Sunteți pe pagina 1din 954

9400 FM.

qxd

8/2/12

4:16 PM

Page i

Nurses
Quick
Check

Diseases
Second Edition

9400 FM.qxd

8/2/12

4:16 PM

Page iv

STAFF
Executive Publisher
Judith A. Schilling McCann, RN, MSN
Editorial Director
H. Nancy Holmes
Clinical Director
Joan M. Robinson, RN, MSN
Art Director
Elaine Kasmer
Editorial Project Manager
Ann E. Houska
Clinical Project Manager
Janet Rader Clark, RN, BSN
Editor
Kimberly A.J. Bilotta
Clinical Editors
Collette Bishop Hendler, RN, BS, MS, CCRN;
Anita Lockhart, RN, MSN; Dorothy P. Terry, RN
Copy Editors
Leslie Dworkin, Jeannine Fielding, Linda Hager
Designer
Joseph John Clark
Digital Composition Services
Diane Paluba (manager), Joyce Rossi Biletz,
Donald G. Knauss, Donna S. Morris
Associate Manufacturing Manager
Beth J. Welsh
Editorial Assistants
Karen J. Kirk, Jeri OShea, Linda K. Ruhf
Indexer
Dianne Schneider

The clinical treatments described and recommended in


this publication are based on research and consultation
with nursing, medical, and legal authorities. To the best
of our knowledge, these procedures reflect currently
accepted practice. Nevertheless, they cant be considered
absolute and universal recommendations. For individual
applications, all recommendations must be considered in
light of the patients clinical condition and, before
administration of new or infrequently used drugs, in light
of the latest package-insert information. The authors and
publisher disclaim any responsibility for any adverse
effects resulting from the suggested procedures, from any
undetected errors, or from the readers misunderstanding
of the text.
2009 by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. All rights
reserved. This book is protected by copyright. No part of
it may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted, in any form or by any meanselectronic,
mechanical, photocopy, recording, or otherwise
without prior written permission of the publisher, except
for brief quotations embodied in critical articles and
reviews and testing and evaluation materials provided by
the publisher to instructors whose schools have adopted
its accompanying textbook. Printed in China. For
information, write Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 323
Norristown Road, Suite 200, Ambler, PA 19002-2756.
NQCD2010408
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Nurses quick check. Diseases. 2nd ed.
p. ; cm.
Includes bibliographical references and index.
1. DiseasesHandbooks, manuals, etc. 2. Nursing
Handbooks, manuals, etc. I. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
[DNLM: 1. DiseaseHandbooks. 2. Nursing Care
Handbooks. 3. TherapeuticsHandbooks.
WY 49 N9742 2008]
RT65.N78 2008
616dc22
ISBN-13: 978-0-7817-8940-0 (alk. paper)
ISBN-10: 0-7817-8940-0 (alk. paper) 2007049036

9400 FM.qxd

8/2/12

4:16 PM

Page v

Contents
Contributors and consultants vii

Diseases (in alphabetical order)

Less common diseases 922


Selected references

933

Web resources 935


Index 937

9400 FM.qxd

8/2/12

4:16 PM

Page vii

Contributors
and consultants
Beverly Anderson, RN, MSN, MOT

Kendra S. Seiler, RN, MSN

Associate Professor
Malcolm X College
Chicago

Nursing Instructor
Rio Hondo College
Whittier, Calif.

Elizabeth A. Archer, RN, EdD

LaDelle Smothers, RN, BSN, MS

Associate Professor
Baptist College of Health Sciences
Memphis

RN Consultant (traveling)
Britthaven, Inc.
Kinston, N.C.

Julie A. Calvery, RN, MS

Rita M. Wick, RN, BSN

Instructor
University of Arkansas
Fort Smith

Education Specialist
Berkshire Health Systems
Pittsfield, Mass.

Kim Cooper, RN, MSN


Nursing Department Chair
Ivy Tech Community College
Terre Haute, Ind.

Lillian Craig, RN, MSN, FNP-C


Adjunct Faculty
Oklahoma Panhandle State University
Goodwell

Shelley Yerger Hawkins, APRN-BC, DSN, FNP, GNP,


FAANP

Post Doctoral Fellow


University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill

Elizaveta House, RN, BSN


Procurement Coordinator
LifeChoice Donor Services, Inc.
Windsor, Conn.

Angela R. Irvin, RN, MSN, ARNP, NP-C


Nurse Practitioner
University of Louisville (Ky.) Family & Geriatric Medicine

Vanessa Kramasz, RN, MSN, FNP


Lead Faculty & Nurse Practitioner
Gateway Technical College
Burlington, Wis.

vii

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 1

Nurses
Quick
Check

Diseases
Second edition

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 2

Abortion, spontaneous
Overview
Description

H Also known as miscarriage


H Expelled products of conception from the uterus be-

fore fetal viability (see Types of spontaneous abortion)

Pathophysiology
H Abortion may result from fetal, placental, or maternal

factors.
Fetal factors
H Fetal factors usually cause abortion to occur between
9 and 12 weeks gestation.
H Spontaneous abortion may result from defective embryologic development.
H Faulty implantation of a fertilized ovum may cause
the ovum to be rejected.
H Abortion may also result from failure of the endometrium to accept the fertilized ovum.
Placental factors
H Placental factors usually cause abortion to occur
around 14 weeks gestation when the placenta takes
over the hormone production necessary to maintain
pregnancy. These factors include:
premature separation of a normally implanted
placenta
abnormal placental implantation
abnormal platelet function.
Maternal factors
H Maternal factors usually cause abortion to occur
between 11 and 19 weeks gestation.

Causes
Spontaneous abortion
H Fetal factors
H Placental factors
H Maternal infection
H Severe malnutrition
H Abnormalities of the reproductive organs
H Thyroid gland dysfunction
H Lowered estriol secretion
H Diabetes mellitus
H Trauma
H Surgery that necessitates manipulation of the pelvic
organs
H Blood group incompatibility and Rh isoimmunization
H Illicit drug use
H Environmental toxins
H Incompetent cervix

Incidence
H Percentage of all pregnancies that end in miscar-

riage: up to 15%
H First pregnancies that end in miscarriage: about 30%
H Miscarriages that occur during the first trimester: at

least 75%

Abortion, spontaneous

Common characteristics
H Pink discharge for several days before cramping
H Scant brown discharge for several weeks before

cramping
H Abdominal cramps
H Vaginal bleeding

Complications
H Infection
H Hemorrhage
H Anemia
H Coagulation defects
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Psychological issues of loss and failure

Assessment
History
H Pink discharge for several days or scant brown dis-

charge for several weeks before onset of cramps and


increased vaginal bleeding
H Cramps that appear for a few hours, intensify, then
occur more frequently
H Continued cramps and bleeding if any uterine contents remain (cramps and bleeding may subside if
entire contents expelled)

Physical findings
H Vaginal bleeding
H Cervical dilation
H Passage of nonviable products of conception

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum human chorionic gonadotropin levels are
decreased, suggesting spontaneous abortion.
H Cytologic analysis shows evidence of products of
conception.
H Serum hemoglobin level and hematocrit are decreased due to blood loss.
Imaging
H Presence or absence of fetal heart tones or empty
amniotic sac is revealed by ultrasound examination.

Treatment
General
H Accurate evaluation of uterine contents before plan-

ning treatment
H Progression of spontaneous abortion unpreventable,

except in cases caused by an incompetent cervix


H Hospitalization to control severe hemorrhage
H Possible bed rest

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 3

Medications
H Transfusion with packed red blood cells or whole

blood (severe bleeding)


H I.V. oxytocin (stimulates uterine contractions)
H Rho(D) immune globulin for an Rh-negative female

with a negative indirect Coombs test

Surgery
H Dilatation and curettage or dilatation and evacuation,

if remnants remain in the uterus


H Surgical reinforcement of the cervix (cerclage) to

prevent abortion

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit no signs and symptoms of infection
H communicate feelings about the current situation
H express feelings of having greater control over the
current situation
H use available support systems, such as family and
friends, to aid in coping.

Nursing interventions
H Do not allow bathroom privileges because the pa-

tient may expel uterine contents without knowing it.


H Inspect bedpan contents carefully for intrauterine

material.
H Save all sanitary pads for evaluation.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide perineal care.
H Provide emotional support and counseling.
H Encourage expression of feelings.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Amount, color, and odor of vaginal bleeding
H Vital signs
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H vaginal bleeding or spotting
H bleeding that lasts longer than 8 days or excessive
bleeding
H importance of reporting signs of bright red blood
immediately
H signs of infection, such as fever and foul-smelling
vaginal discharge
H gradual increase of daily activities
H schedule for returning to work (normally within 1
to 4 weeks)
H abstinence from intercourse for 1 to 2 weeks
H prevention of spontaneous abortion

Types of spontaneous abortion


Depending on clinical findings, a spontaneous abortion
(miscarriage) may be threatened or inevitable, incomplete
or complete, or missed, habitual, or septic. Heres how the
seven types compare.

Threatened abortion
Bloody vaginal discharge occurs during the first half of
pregnancy. About 20% of pregnant women have vaginal
spotting or actual bleeding early in pregnancy; of these,
about 50% abort.

Inevitable abortion
The membranes rupture and the cervix dilates. As labor
continues, the uterus expels the products of conception.

Incomplete abortion
The uterus retains part or all of the placenta. Before 10
weeks gestation, the fetus and placenta are usually expelled together; after the 10th week, theyre expelled separately. Because part of the placenta may adhere to the
uterine wall, bleeding continues. Hemorrhage is possible
because the uterus doesnt contract and seal the large
vessels that feed the placenta.

Complete abortion
The uterus passes all the products of conception. Minimal
bleeding usually accompanies complete abortion because
the uterus contracts and compresses the maternal blood
vessels that feed the placenta.

Missed abortion
The uterus retains the products of conception for 2
months or more after the death of the fetus. Uterine
growth ceases; uterine size may even seem to decrease.
Prolonged retention of the dead products of conception
may cause coagulation defects such as disseminated intravascular coagulation.

Habitual abortion
Spontaneous loss of three or more consecutive pregnancies constitutes habitual abortion.

Septic abortion
Infection accompanies abortion. This may occur with
spontaneous abortion, but usually results from an illegal
abortion or from the presence of an intrauterine device.

H contraceptive information
H avoidance of tampons for 1 to 2 weeks
H follow-up examination.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for professional counseling, if

indicated.

Abortion, spontaneous

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 4

Abruptio placentae
Overview
Description

H Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC)


H Maternal death
H Fetal death

Assessment

H Premature separation of the placenta from the uter-

History

ine wall
H Usually occurs after 20 weeks gestation, most commonly during the third trimester
H Common cause of bleeding during the second half of
pregnancy
H Fetal prognosis depending on gestational age and
amount of blood lost
H Good maternal prognosis if hemorrhage can be controlled
H Classified according to degree of placental separation
and severity of maternal and fetal symptoms (see Degrees of placental separation in abruptio placentae)
H Also called placental abruption

Mild abruptio placentae (marginal


separation)
H Mild to moderate vaginal bleeding
H Vague lower abdominal discomfort
H Mild to moderate abdominal tenderness
Moderate abruptio placentae (about 50%
placental separation)
H Continuous abdominal pain
H Moderate dark red vaginal bleeding
H Severe or abrupt onset of symptoms
Severe abruptio placentae (70% placental
separation)
H Abrupt onset of agonizing, unremitting uterine pain
H Moderate vaginal bleeding

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Spontaneous rupture of blood vessels at the placental

Mild abruptio placentae


H Fetal monitoring possibly indicating uterine irritability
H Strong and regular fetal heart tones
Moderate abruptio placentae
H Vital signs possibly indicating impending shock
H Tender uterus remaining firm between contractions
H Barely audible or irregular and bradycardic fetal
heart tones
H Labor that usually starts within 2 hours and proceeds
rapidly
Severe abruptio placentae
H Vital signs that indicate rapidly progressive shock
H Absence of fetal heart tones
H Tender uterus with boardlike rigidity
H Possible increased uterine size in severe concealed
abruptions

bed may be due to lack of resiliency or to abnormal


changes in uterine vasculature.
H State may be complicated by hypertension or by an
enlarged uterus that cant contract sufficiently to seal
off the torn vessels.
H Bleeding continues unchecked, possibly shearing off
the placenta partially or completely.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Traumatic injury
H Amniocentesis
H Chronic or gestational hypertension
H Multiparity
H Short umbilical cord
H Dietary deficiency
H Smoking
H Advanced maternal age
H Pressure on the vena cava from an enlarged uterus
H Diabetes mellitus

Test results

Common characteristics

Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin level and platelet counts are decreased.
H Progression of abruptio placentae and detection of
DIC is shown by fibrin split products.
Imaging
H Pelvic examination under double setup (preparations
for an emergency cesarean delivery) and ultrasonography may rule out placenta previa.

H Vaginal bleeding
H Abdominal discomfort
H Abdominal tenderness

Treatment

Complications

General

H Hemorrhage
H Shock
H Renal failure

H Blood loss evaluated and controlled


H Viable infant delivered
H Coagulation disorders prevented

Incidence
H Most common in multigravida women older than

age 35, women with gestational hypertension, and


women who use cocaine

Abruptio placentae

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 5

Degrees of placental separation in abruptio placentae


Mild separation

Moderate separation

Severe separation

Internal bleeding between the placenta


and uterine wall characterizes mild
separation.

In moderate separation, external hemorrhage occurs through the vagina.

External hemorrhage is also characteristic in severe separation.

H For severe placental separation with no signs of fetal

life, vaginal delivery unless contraindicated by uncontrolled hemorrhage or other complications

ALERT
Because of possible fetal blood loss through the placenta, a pediatric team should be ready at delivery
to assess and treat the neonate for shock, blood
loss, and hypoxia.

ALERT
Complications of abruptio placentae require
prompt appropriate treatment. With a complication such as DIC, the patient needs immediate intervention with platelets and whole blood, as ordered, to prevent exsanguination.
H Nothing to eat or drink until delivery of the fetus
H Bed rest until delivery of the fetus

H Obtain blood samples for hemoglobin level and

hematocrit, coagulation studies, and type and crossmatching, as ordered.


H Provide emotional support during labor.
H Provide information of progress and condition of
fetus during labor.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Help develop effective coping strategies.
H Administer I.V. fluids and blood products.

Monitoring
H Maternal vital signs
H Central venous pressure
H Intake and output
H Vaginal bleeding
H Fetal heart rate (electronically)
H Progression of labor

Patient teaching

Nursing considerations

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of placental abruption
H possibility of an emergency cesarean delivery
H possibility of the delivery of a premature neonate
H changes to expect in the postpartum period
H possibility of neonatal death
H factors affecting survival of the neonate
H importance of frequent monitoring and prompt
management to reduce the risk of death.

Key outcomes

Discharge planning

The patient will:


H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain balanced fluid volume
H express feelings of increased comfort
H communicate feelings about the situation
H use available support systems to aid in coping.

H Refer the patient for professional counseling, if

Medications
H I.V. fluid infusion (by large-bore catheter) as

ordered

Surgery
H Cesarean delivery if the fetus is in distress

indicated.

Nursing interventions
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.

Abruptio placentae

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 6

Accelerationdeceleration injuries

Physical findings

Overview

H Neck muscle asymmetry


H Reduced neck mobility
H Gait disturbances
H Rigidity or numbness in the arms
H Tenderness at the exact location of the injury
H Decreased active and passive range of motion

Description

Test results

H Injury resulting from sharp hyperextension and flex-

Imaging
H Full cervical spine X-rays rule out cervical fracture.

ion of the neck that damages muscles, ligaments,


disks, and nerve tissue
H Excellent prognosis; symptoms usually subside with
symptomatic treatment
H Also called whiplash

Pathophysiology
H Unexpected force causes the head to jerk back and

then forward.
H The neck bones snap out of position, causing injury.
H Irritated nerves can interfere with blood flow and

transmission of nerve impulses.


H Pinched nerves can affect certain body part functions.

Causes

Treatment
General
H Soft cervical collar (see Applying a cervical collar)
H Ice packs
H Physical therapy
H Limited activity during the first 72 hours after the in-

jury
H Limited neck movement
H Limited strenuous activities, such as lifting and con-

tact sports, until full recovery has been established


(which may take more than 2 years)

H Motor vehicle accident


H Sports accident
H Fall
H Assault, including shaking a child

Medications

Risk factors

H Corticosteroids

H Absence of head restraint in automobile


H Osteoporosis
H Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs

Surgery

Incidence
H 1,000,000 cases each year in the United States
H Average age of patient with acceleration-deceleration

injury: the late 40s

Common characteristics
H Nuchal rigidity
H Neck muscle asymmetry

Complications
H Temporomandibular disorder

H Oral analgesics, such as acetaminophen, non-

steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and opioids


H Muscle relaxants, such as baclofen, carisoprodol,

and cyclobenzaprine

H Surgical stabilization possible in severe cervical

acceleration-deceleration injuries

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify factors that intensify pain
H modify behavior to limit movement and avoid extended injury
H develop effective coping mechanisms
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible
H state feelings and fears about the injury.

Assessment

Nursing interventions

History

H Provide protection of the spine during all care.


H Give prescribed drugs.
H Apply a soft cervical collar.

H Mechanism of injury
H Pain initially minimal, but increases 12 to 72 hours

after the accident


H Dizziness
H Headache
H Back pain
H Shoulder pain
H Vision disturbances
H Tinnitus

Acceleration-deceleration injuries

Monitoring
H Pain control
H Response to medications
H Complications
H Neurologic status

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 7

Applying a cervical collar


Cervical collars are used to support an injured or weakened cervical spine and to maintain alignment during
healing.The soft cervical collar, made of spongy foam,
provides gentler support and reminds the patient to avoid
cervical spine motion.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H activity restrictions
H proper application of soft cervical collar
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H instructions regarding driving and the use of alcohol
while taking opioids.

Acceleration-deceleration injuries

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 8

Acne vulgaris
Overview
Description
H Inflammatory disorder of the sebaceous gland con-

tiguous with a hair follicle (pilosebaceous follicle)


H Possibly developing in distinctive pilosebaceous units

(sebaceous follicles)
H Acne lesions: inflammatory (pustules, papules, and

nodules) and noninflammatory (closed and open


comedones) lesions
H Good prognosis with treatment

Pathophysiology
H Acne begins with sebum accumulation that obstructs

the pilosebaceous unit.


H The mass of accumulated keratinous sebaceous ma-

terial and bacteria within the pilosebaceous follicle


causes inflammation when its exposed to the dermis
with rupture of a follicle.
H The Propionibacterium acnes bacteria produce
substances that promote inflammation.
H In noninflammatory acne, the comedones are open,
called blackheads, or closed, called whiteheads; accumulated material causes distention of the follicle
and thinning of follicular canal walls.
H Inflammatory acne develops in closed comedones
when the follicular wall ruptures, expelling sebum
into the surrounding dermis and initiating inflammation.
H Pustules form when the inflammation is close to the
surface; papules and cystic nodules can develop
when the inflammation is deeper, causing mild to
severe scarring.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Follicular hyperkeratinization
H Excessive sebum production
H Proliferation of P. acnes
H Hormonal dysfunction

Causes of acne flare-ups


H Menstrual cycle
H Stress
H Trauma
H Tropical climates
H Rubbing from tight clothing
H Environmental exposure to coal tar derivatives, certain chemicals, cosmetics, or hair pomades
H Hormonal contraceptives containing norethindrone
and norgestrel; testosterone
H Anabolic agents
H Corticotropin, gonadotropins, corticosteroids (prolonged use)
H Iodine- or bromine-containing drugs
H Trimethadione
H Phenytoin
H Isoniazid
8

Acne vulgaris

H Lithium
H Halothane

Incidence
H Affects nearly 75% of adolescents, although lesions

can appear as young as age 8


H Affects males more commonly and more severely
H Occurs in females at an earlier age and tends to

affect them for a longer time, sometimes into adulthood


H Tends to be familial

Common characteristics
H Pustules, papules, nodules
H Closed and open comedones
H Follicles located primarily on face and upper parts of

chest and back

Complications
H Deep cystic process
H Gross inflammation
H Abscess formation
H Secondary bacterial infection
H Acne scars

Assessment
History
H Presence of one or more predisposing factors
H Seasonal or monthly eruption patterns
H Pain and tenderness around area of infected follicle

Physical findings
H Acne lesions, typically located on the face, neck,

shoulders, chest, and upper back


H Red, swollen area around the infected follicle
H Acne plugs that appear as closed or open comedones
H Oily and thickened skin
H Visible scars

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity of pustules or abscesses shows
causative organism of secondary bacterial infection.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of causative factors
H Well-balanced diet
H Regular exercise

Medications
H Topical

Antibiotics, including erythromycin, clindamycin,


and sodium sulfacetamide
Keratolytics, including benzoyl peroxide, azelaic
acid, and salicylic acid

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 9

Retinoids, including adapalene, tretinoin, and


tazarotene
H Systemic
Antibiotics, such as tetracycline, erythromycin, and
clindamycin
Diuretics such as spironolactone
Oral hormonal contraceptives
Retinoids, including isotretinoin

Surgery
H Comedo extraction
H Intralesional steroids such as triamcinolone
H Cryosurgery
H Dermabrasion

Special populations
Tetracycline is contraindicated during pregnancy
and childhood because it may cause permanent
discoloration of teeth (in children younger than
age 8), enamel defects, and bone growth retardation. Erythromycin is an alternative for these patients.

H Sensitivity reactions
H GI disturbances
H Liver dysfunction
H Response to treatment
H Skin and mucous membranes

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H signs and symptoms of infection
H causative factors associated with acne flare-up
H well-balanced diet
H adequate rest
H stress management.

ALERT
Because oral tretinoin is known to cause birth defects, the manufacturer, with Food and Drug Administration approval, recommends pregnancy
testing before dispensing, dispensing only a 30-day
supply, repeat pregnancy testing throughout the
treatment period, effective contraception during
treatment, and informed consent of the patient or
parents regarding the danger of the drug.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
H demonstrate the recommended skin care regimen
H verbalize feelings about body image
H verbalize understanding of the condition and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Assist the patient in identifying and eliminating pre-

disposing factors.
H Encourage good personal hygiene and the use of oil-

free skin care products.


H Discourage picking or squeezing the lesions.
H Encourage the patient to verbalize his feelings.
H Encourage patient to develop interests that support a

positive self-image and de-emphasize appearance.

Monitoring
H Liver function studies, serum triglyceride levels, and

pregnancy testing with tretinoin use


H Complications

Acne vulgaris

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 10

Acquired
immunodeficiency
syndrome and human
immunodeficiency virus

Assessment

Overview

Physical findings

Description

H Persistent generalized adenopathy


H Nonspecific symptoms (weight loss, fatigue, night

H Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) type 1; retro-

virus causing acquired immunodeficiency syndrome


(AIDS)
H Causes patients to become susceptible to opportunistic infections, unusual cancers, and other abnormalities
H Marked by progressive failure of the immune system
H Transmitted by contact with infected blood or body
fluids and associated with identifiable high-risk behaviors

Pathophysiology
H HIV strikes helper T cells bearing the CD4 antigen.
H The antigen serves as a receptor for the retrovirus

and lets it enter the cell.


H After invading a cell, HIV replicates, leading to cell
death, or becomes latent.
H HIV infection leads to profound pathology, either
directly, through destruction of CD4+ cells, other
immune cells, and neuroglial cells, or indirectly,
through the secondary effects of CD4+ T-cell dysfunction and resultant immunosuppression.

History
H Mononucleosis-like syndrome after high-risk expo-

sure and inoculation; then may remain asymptomatic


for years
H Laboratory evidence of seroconversion only sign in
latent stage

sweats, fevers)
H Neurologic symptoms resulting from HIV encepha-

lopathy
H Opportunistic infection or cancer (Kaposis sarco-

ma)

Special populations
Children show a higher incidence of bacterial
infections.

Test results
Laboratory
H CD4+ T-cell count of at least 200 cells/ml confirms
HIV infection.
H Screening test enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
and confirmatory test (Western blot) detect the presence of HIV antibodies, which indicate HIV infection.

Treatment

Causes

General

H Infection with HIV, a retrovirus

H Variety of therapeutic options for opportunistic infec-

Risk factors
H I.V. drug users who share needles or syringes
H Unprotected sexual intercourse
H Placental transmission
H History of sexually transmitted disease
H Homosexual lifestyle
H Contact with infected blood

Incidence
H Average time between exposure to the virus and diag-

nosis of AIDS: 8 to 10 years, but can be shorter and


longer

Common characteristics
H May produce no symptoms for years
H Flulike symptoms

Complications
H Repeated opportunistic infections
H Neoplasms
H Premalignant diseases
H Organ-specific syndrome

10

tions (the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in


patients infected with HIV)
H Disease-specific therapy for a variety of neoplastic
and premalignant diseases and organ-specific syndromes
H Symptom management (fatigue and anemia)
H Well-balanced diet
H Regular exercise, as tolerated, with adequate rest
periods

Medications
H Immunomodulatory agents
H Anti-infectives, as appropriate
H Antineoplastics
H Highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART)

Primary therapy
H Protease inhibitors, such as ritonavir, amprenavir,
and nelfinavir
H Nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, such as
zidovudine and lamivudine
H Nonnucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors, such
as delavirdine and nevirapine

Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome and human immunodeficiency virus

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 11

Preventing HIV transmission


H Use precautions in all situations that risk exposure to
blood, body fluids, and secretions. Diligently practicing
standard precautions can prevent the inadvertent
transmission of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV),
hepatitis B, and other infectious diseases that are
transmitted by similar routes.
H Teach the patient, his family, sexual partners, and friends
about disease transmission and prevention of extending
the disease to others.
H Tell the patient not to donate blood, blood products,
organs, tissue, or sperm.
H If the patient uses I.V. drugs, caution him not to share
needles.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H achieve management of symptoms of illness
H demonstrate use of protective measures, including
conservation of energy, maintenance of wellbalanced diet, and getting adequate rest
H follow safer sex practices
H use available support systems to help with coping
H express feelings about changes in sexual identity and
social response to disease
H develop no complications of illness
H comply with the treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions

H Inform the patient that high-risk sexual practices for HIV


transmission are those that exchange body fluids, such
as vaginal or anal intercourse without a condom.
H Discuss safer sexual practices, such as hugging, petting,
mutual masturbation, and protected sexual intercourse.
Abstinence is the most effective method to prevent
transmission.
H Advise the female patient of childbearing age to avoid
pregnancy. Explain that an infant may become infected
before birth, during delivery, or during breast-feeding.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H medication regimens
H importance of informing potential sexual partners,
caregivers, and health care workers of HIV infection
(see Preventing HIV transmission)
H signs of impending infection and the importance of
seeking immediate medical attention
H symptoms of AIDS dementia and its stages and
progression.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a local support group.
H Refer the patient to hospice care, as indicated.

H Help the patient cope with an altered body image, the

emotional burden of serious illness, and the threat of


death.
H Avoid glycerin swabs for mucous membranes. Use
normal saline or bicarbonate mouthwash for daily
oral rinsing.
H Ensure adequate fluid intake during episodes of
diarrhea.
H Provide meticulous skin care, especially in the debilitated patient.
H Encourage the patient to maintain as much physical
activity as he can tolerate. Make sure his schedule
includes time for exercise and rest.

Monitoring
H Fever, noting any pattern
H Skin integrity
H Signs of illness, such as cough, sore throat, and

diarrhea
H Swollen, tender lymph nodes
H Laboratory values
H Calorie intake
H Progression of lesions in Kaposis sarcoma
H Opportunistic infections or signs of disease

progression
H Compliance with medication regimen

Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome and human immunodeficiency virus

11

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 12

Acute poststreptococcal
glomerulonephritis

Assessment
History
H Untreated respiratory streptococcal infection 1 to

Overview
Description
H Renal disease in which the glomeruli become

inflamed

3 weeks before
H Decreased urination
H Smoky or coffee-colored urine
H Fatigue
H Dyspnea and orthopnea

H Usually associated with a postinfectious state, com-

Physical findings

monly a streptococcal infection of the respiratory


tract or, less commonly, a skin infection such as
impetigo
H Up to 95% recovery in children and 70% in adults
H Possible chronic renal failure within months in elderly patients
H Relatively common
H Also called acute glomerulonephritis

H Oliguria
H Mild to moderate periorbital edema
H Mild to severe hypertension
H Bibasilar crackles (with heart failure)

Pathophysiology
H Antigen-antibody complexes are produced in re-

sponse to group A beta-hemolytic streptococcus


infection.
H Entrapment and collection of antigen-antibody complexes occurs in the glomerular capillary membranes.
H Inflammatory damage results, impeding glomerular
function.
H Immune complement may further damage the glomerular membrane.
H Damaged and inflamed glomeruli lose the ability to
be selectively permeable.
H Red blood cells (RBCs) and proteins then filter
through as the glomerular filtration rate decreases.
H Uremic poisoning may result.

Causes
H Untreated group A beta-hemolytic streptococcus in-

fection, especially of the respiratory tract

Risk factors
H Streptococcal infection
H Impetigo

Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in boys ages 3 to 7; can oc-

cur at any age

Common characteristics

Test results
Laboratory
H Electrolyte imbalances are evident.
H Blood urea nitrogen (BUN) and creatinine levels are
elevated.
H Serum protein levels are decreased.
H The presence of RBCs, white blood cells, mixed cell
casts, and protein in the urine indicates renal failure.
H Fibrin-degradation products and C3 protein levels
are high.

Special populations
Proteinuria in an elderly patient usually isnt as
pronounced.
H Antistreptolysin-O titers (in 80% of patients), strep-

tozyme, and anti-DNase B titers are elevated; serum


complement levels, which verify recent streptococcal
infection, are low.
H Group A beta-hemolytic streptococci is revealed by
throat culture.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder radiography reveals bilateral
kidney enlargement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Renal biopsy or assessment of renal tissue confirms
diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Correction of electrolyte imbalances (possible dialy-

H Oliguria
H Fluid overload
H Periorbital edema

H Fluid restriction
H High-calorie, low-protein, low-sodium, low-

Complications

H Bed rest

H Progressive deterioration of renal function

sis)
potassium diet

Medications
H Antibiotics if appropriate
H Loop diuretics, such as metolazone and furosemide

12

Acute poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 13

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or minimize complications
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain urine specific gravity within the designated
limits
H report increased comfort
H identify risk factors that exacerbate the condition and
modify lifestyle accordingly.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization.
H Provide support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Electrolyte values and serum creatinine and BUN

levels
H Urine creatinine clearance test results
H Intake and output
H Daily weight

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of follow-up examinations to monitor
renal function
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate resources for infor-

mation and support.

Acute poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis

13

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 14

Acute pyelonephritis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the kidney occurring mainly in the

interstitial tissue and renal pelvis and occasionally in


the renal tubules
H Affecting one or both kidneys
H Good prognosis; extensive permanent damage rarely
occurs
H Also called acute infective tubulointerstitial
nephritis

Pathophysiology
H Infection spreads from the bladder to the ureters to

the kidneys, commonly through vesicoureteral reflux.


H Vesicoureteral reflux may result from congenital

weakness at the junction of the ureter and bladder.


H Bacteria refluxed to intrarenal tissues may create

colonies of infection within 24 to 48 hours.


H Female anatomy allows for higher incidence of
infection.

Causes
H Bacterial infection of the kidneys

Risk factors
H Renal procedures that involve instrumentation such

as cystoscopy
H Hematogenic infection such as septicemia
H Sexually active women
H Pregnant women
H Neurogenic bladder
H Obstructive disease
H Renal diseases

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Pain over one or both kidneys
H Urinary urgency and frequency
H Burning during urination
H Dysuria, nocturia, hematuria
H Anorexia, vomiting, diarrhea
H Fatigue
H Symptoms that develop rapidly over a few hours or a

few days

Physical findings
H Pain on flank palpation
H Cloudy urine
H Ammonia-like or fishy odor to urine
H Fever of 102 F (38.9 C) or higher
H Shaking chills

Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis and culture and sensitivity testing reveal
pyuria, significant bacteriuria, low specific gravity
and osmolality, slightly alkaline urine pH, or proteinuria, glycosuria, and ketonuria (less frequent).
H White blood cell count, neutrophil count, and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder radiography reveals calculi,
tumors, or cysts in the kidneys or urinary tract.
H Excretory urography shows asymmetrical kidneys,
possibly indicating a high frequency of infection.

Treatment
General
H Identification and correction of predisposing factors

to infection, such as obstruction or calculi

H More common in females than in males


H Community-acquired cases in 15 per 100,000

H Short courses of therapy for uncomplicated infec-

annually
H Hospital-acquired cases in 7 per 10,000 annually

H Increased fluid intake

Common characteristics

H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Urinary analgesics such as phenazopyridine

H Pain over one or both kidneys


H Urinary urgency and frequency
H Dysuria
H Nocturia

tions

Medications

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H Renal calculi
H Renal failure
H Renal abscess
H Multisystem infection
H Septic shock
H Chronic pyelonephritis

The patient will:


H maintain fluid balance
H maintain urine specific gravity within the designated
limits
H identify risk factors that exacerbate decreased tissue
perfusion and modify lifestyle appropriately
H report increased comfort.

14

Acute pyelonephritis

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 15

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Characteristics of urine
H Pattern of urination
H Daily weight
H Renal function studies

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H avoidance of bacterial contamination by following hygienic toileting practices (wiping the perineum from
front to back after bowel movements for women)
H proper technique for collecting a clean-catch urine
specimen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H routine checkup with a history of urinary tract
infections
H signs and symptoms of recurrent infection.

Acute pyelonephritis

15

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 16

Life-threatening disorder

Incidence
H Patients with three concurrent causes: 85% probabil-

ity of developing ARDS

Acute respiratory
distress syndrome

Common characteristics

Overview

Complications

Description
H Severe form of alveolar injury or acute lung injury
H A form of pulmonary edema; may be difficult to

H Shortness of breath
H Dry cough with thick, frothy sputum
H Bloody, sticky secretions

H Metabolic acidosis
H Respiratory acidosis
H Cardiac arrest
H Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome

recognize
H Hallmark sign: hypoxemia despite increased supple-

mental oxygen
H A four-stage syndrome; can rapidly progress to intractable and fatal hypoxemia
H Little or no permanent lung damage in patients who
recover
H May coexist with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC)
H Also known as ARDS, adult respiratory distress syndrome and shock, stiff, white, wet, or Da Nang
lung

Pathophysiology
H Increased permeability of the alveolocapillary mem-

branes allows fluid to accumulate in the lung interstitium, alveolar spaces, and small airways, causing the
lung to stiffen.
H Ventilation is impaired, reducing oxygenation of pulmonary capillary blood.
H Elevated capillary pressure increases interstitial and
alveolar edema.
H Alveolar closing pressure then exceeds pulmonary
pressures.
H Closure and collapse of the alveoli occurs.

Causes
H Indirect or direct lung trauma (most common)
H Anaphylaxis
H Aspiration of gastric contents
H Diffuse pneumonia (especially viral)
H Drug overdose
H Idiosyncratic drug reaction
H Inhalation of noxious gases
H Near-drowning
H Oxygen toxicity
H Coronary artery bypass grafting
H Hemodialysis
H Leukemia
H Acute miliary tuberculosis
H Pancreatitis
H Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
H Uremia
H Venous air embolism

16

Acute respiratory distress syndrome

Assessment
History
H Causative factor (one or more)
H Dyspnea, especially on exertion

Physical findings
Stage I
H Shortness of breath, especially on exertion
H Normal to increased respiratory and pulse rates
H Diminished breath sounds
Stage II
H Respiratory distress
H Use of accessory muscles for respiration
H Pallor, anxiety, and restlessness
H Dry cough with thick, frothy sputum
H Bloody, sticky secretions
H Cool, clammy skin
H Tachycardia and tachypnea
H Elevated blood pressure
H Basilar crackles
Stage III
H Respiratory rate greater than 30 breaths/minute
H Tachycardia with arrhythmias
H Labile blood pressure
H Productive cough
H Pale, cyanotic skin
H Crackles and rhonchi possible
Stage IV
H Acute respiratory failure with severe hypoxia
H Deteriorating mental status (may become comatose)
H Pale, cyanotic skin
H Lack of spontaneous respirations
H Bradycardia with arrhythmias
H Hypotension
H Metabolic and respiratory acidosis

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis initially shows a
reduced partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2)
(less than 60 mm Hg) and a decreased partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide (PaCO2) (less than
35 mm Hg).

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 17

H ABG analysis later shows increased PaCO2 (more than

45 mm Hg) and decreased bicarbonate levels (less


than 22 mEq/L) and decreased PaO2 despite oxygen
therapy.
H Gram stain and sputum culture and sensitivity show
infectious organism.
H Blood cultures reveal infectious organisms.
H Toxicology tests show drug ingestion in overdose.
H Serum amylase levels are increased in pancreatitis.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show early bilateral infiltrates; in
later stages, a ground-glass appearance and, eventually, whiteouts of both lung fields.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary artery catheterization may show a pulmonary artery wedge pressure of 12 to 18 mm Hg.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Correction of electrolyte and acid-base imbalances

For mechanical ventilation


H Target low tidal volumes; use of increased respiratory
rates
H Target plateau pressures less than or equal to
40 cm H2O
H Positive end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) as necessary
H Fluid restriction
H Tube feedings or parenteral nutrition
H Bed rest

Medications
H Humidified oxygen
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol and theophylline
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Perform tracheal suctioning, as necessary.
H Ensure adequate humidification.
H Reposition the patient often.
H Consider prone positioning for alveolar recruitment.
H Administer tube feedings or parenteral nutrition, as

ordered.
H Allow periods of uninterrupted sleep.
H Perform passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Reposition the endotracheal (ET) tube per facility

policy.
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide alternative communication means.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status (breath sounds, ABG results)
H Mechanical ventilator settings
H Sputum characteristics
H Level of consciousness
H Daily weight
H Laboratory studies
H Response to treatment
H Complications, such as cardiac arrhythmias, DIC, GI

bleeding, infection, malnutrition, or pneumothorax


H Nutritional status

ALERT
Because PEEP may lower cardiac output, check for
hypotension, tachycardia, and decreased urine
output. To maintain PEEP, suction only as needed.

For mechanical ventilation


H Sedatives
H Opioids
H Neuromuscular blockers
H Short course of high-dose corticosteroids if fatty
emboli or chemical injury
H Sodium bicarbonate if severe metabolic acidosis
H Fluids and vasopressors if hypotensive
H Antimicrobials, as appropriate, for nonviral infection

If the patient requires mechanical


ventilation
H Ventilator settings
H Cuff pressure
H Complications of mechanical ventilation
H ET tube position and patency
H Signs and symptoms of stress ulcer

Surgery

Patient teaching

H Possible tracheostomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H use effective coping strategies
H maintain skin integrity
H report feelings of increased comfort.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H complications, such as GI bleeding, infection, and
malnutrition
H recovery time.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a pulmonary rehabilitation

program, if indicated.

Acute respiratory distress syndrome

17

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 18

Life-threatening disorder

Acute respiratory
failure
Overview
Description
H Inadequate ventilation resulting from the inability of

the lungs to adequately maintain arterial oxygenation


or eliminate carbon dioxide

Pathophysiology
H If respiratory failure is primarily hypercapnic, its the

result of inadequate alveolar ventilation.

H Metabolic alkalosis
H Respiratory and cardiac arrest

Assessment
History
Precipitating events
H Infection
H Accumulated pulmonary secretions secondary to
cough suppression
H Trauma
H MI
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary emboli
H Exposure to irritants (smoke or fumes)
H Myxedema
H Metabolic acidosis

H If respiratory failure is primarily hypoxemic, its the

Physical findings

result of inadequate exchange of oxygen between the


alveoli and capillaries.
H Many people have a combined hypercapnic and
hypoxemic respiratory failure.

H Cyanosis of the oral mucosa, lips, and nail beds


H Yawning and use of accessory muscles
H Pursed-lip breathing
H Nasal flaring
H Ashen skin
H Rapid breathing
H Cold, clammy skin
H Asymmetrical chest movement
H Decreased tactile fremitus over an obstructed

Causes
H Any condition that increases the work of breathing

and decreases the respiratory drive of patients with


chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Respiratory tract infection
H Bronchospasm
H Accumulated secretions secondary to cough suppression
H Ventilatory failure
H Gas exchange failure
H Central nervous system depression
H Myocardial infarction (MI)
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary emboli
H Airway irritants
H Endocrine or metabolic disorders
H Thoracic abnormalities

Incidence
H Occurs in patients with hypercapnia and hypoxemia
H Occurs in patients who have an acute deterioration in

arterial blood gas (ABG) values

Common characteristics
H Rapid breathing
H Restlessness
H Anxiety
H Depression
H Lethargy
H Agitation
H Confusion

Complications
H Tissue hypoxia
H Chronic respiratory acidosis

18

Acute respiratory failure

bronchi or pleural effusion


H Increased tactile fremitus over consolidated lung

tissue
H Hyperresonance
H Diminished or absent breath sounds
H Wheezes (in asthma)
H Rhonchi (in bronchitis)
H Crackles (in pulmonary edema)

Test results
Laboratory
H ABG analysis reveals hypercapnia and hypoxemia.
H Serum white blood cell count is increased in bacterial infections.
H Serum hemoglobin level and hematocrit show decreased oxygen-carrying capacity.
H Serum electrolyte results reveal hypokalemia and
hypochloremia.
H Blood cultures, Gram stain, and sputum cultures
show the pathogen. (See Identifying respiratory
failure.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show underlying pulmonary diseases or conditions, such as emphysema, atelectasis,
lesions, pneumothorax, infiltrates, and effusions.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show arrhythmias, cor pulmonale, and myocardial ischemia.
H Pulse oximetry may show decreased arterial oxygen
saturation.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 19

H Pulmonary artery catheterization may show pulmo-

nary or cardiovascular causes of acute respiratory


failure.

Treatment
General
H Mechanical ventilation with an endotracheal (ET) or

a tracheostomy tube

Identifying respiratory failure


Use these measurements to identify respiratory failure:
H vital capacity less than 15 cc/kg
H tidal volume less than 3 cc/kg
H negative inspiratory force less than 25 cm H2O
H respiratory rate more than twice the normal rate
H diminished partial pressure of arterial oxygen despite
increased fraction of inspired oxygen
H elevated partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide with
pH lower than 7.25.

H High-frequency ventilation, if the patient doesnt

respond to conventional mechanical ventilation


H Fluid restriction with heart failure
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Cautious oxygen therapy to increase partial pressure

of arterial oxygen
H Antacids
H Histamine-receptor antagonists, such as cimetidine

and ranitidine
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol and theophylline
H Corticosteroids
H Positive inotropics, such as digoxin and milrinone
H Vasopressors, such as dopamine and dobutamine
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide

Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use a support system to assist with coping
H maintain skin integrity
H express feelings of increased comfort
H modify lifestyle to minimize the risk of decreased
tissue perfusion.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Orient the patient frequently.
H Administer oxygen, as ordered.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Encourage pursed-lip breathing.
H Encourage the use of an incentive spirometer.
H Reposition the patient every 1 to 2 hours.
H Help clear the patients secretions with postural

drainage and chest physiotherapy.


H Assist with or perform oral hygiene.
H Position the patient for comfort and optimal gas

exchange.
H Maintain normothermia.
H Schedule care to provide frequent rest periods.

If the patient requires mechanical


ventilation
H Obtain blood samples for ABG analysis, as ordered.
H Suction the trachea after hyperoxygenation, as
needed.
H Provide humidification.
H Secure the ET tube per facility policy.
H Prevent infection.
H Prevent tracheal erosion.
H Maintain skin integrity.
H Provide alternative communication means.
H Provide sedation, as necessary.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Intake and output
H Laboratory studies
H Daily weight
H Cardiac rate and rhythm
H Respiratory status (breath sounds and ABG results)
H Chest X-ray results
H Complications
H Sputum quality, consistency, and color
H Signs and symptoms of infection

If the patient requires mechanical


ventilation
H Ventilator settings
H Cuff pressures
H Complications of mechanical ventilation
H ET tube position and patency
H Signs and symptoms of stress ulcers

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H smoking cessation, if appropriate
H communication techniques, if intubated
H signs and symptoms of respiratory infection.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

applicable.

Acute respiratory failure

19

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 20

Acute tubular necrosis

Physical findings

Overview

H Evidence of bleeding abnormalities, such as petechi-

H Acute tubular necrosis usually in advanced stage

when diagnosis made

Description
H Injury to the nephrons tubular segment resulting

from ischemic or nephrotoxic injury and causing


renal failure and uremic syndrome
H Also known as acute tubulointerstitial nephritis

Pathophysiology
H In ischemic injury, circulatory collapse, severe hy-

potension, trauma, hemorrhage, dehydration, cardiogenic or septic shock, surgery, anesthetics, and
reactions to transfusions may cause disruption of
blood flow to the kidneys.
H Nephrotoxic injury may follow ingestion of certain
chemical agents, such as contrast medium or antibiotics, or result from a hypersensitive reaction of the
kidneys.

Causes
H Diseased tubular epithelium
H Obstructed urine flow
H Ischemic injury to glomerular epithelial cells or vas-

cular endothelium

Incidence
H Accounts for about 75% of acute renal failure cases
H Most common cause of acute renal failure in critical-

ly ill patients

Common characteristics
H Decreased urine output
H Hyperkalemia
H Uremic syndrome with oliguria or, rarely, anuria

Complications
H Heart failure
H Uremic pericarditis
H Pulmonary edema
H Uremic lung
H Anemia
H Anorexia, intractable vomiting
H Poor wound healing due to debilitation

ALERT
Fever and chills may signal the onset of an infection, the leading cause of death in acute tubular
necrosis.

Assessment
History
H Ischemic or nephrotoxic injury
H Low urine output (less than 400 ml/24 hours)
H Fever and chills

20

Acute tubular necrosis

ae and ecchymosis
H Dry, pruritic skin
H Dry mucous membranes
H Uremic breath
H Cardiac arrhythmia, if hyperkalemic
H Muscle weakness

Test results
Laboratory
H Urinary sediment contains red blood cells (RBCs)
and casts.
H Urine specific gravity is low (1.010).
H Urine osmolality is low (less than 400 mOsm/kg).
H Urine sodium level is high(40 to 60 mEq/L).
H Potassium, blood urea nitrogen, and serum creatinine levels are elevated.
H Complete blood count shows decreased RBC count,
hemoglobin level, and hematocrit.
H Metabolic acidosis is evident from blood gas and
electrolyte study results.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show arrhythmias and, with
hyperkalemia, a widening QRS complex, disappearing P waves, and tall, peaked T waves.

Treatment
General
Acute phase
H Vigorous supportive measures until normal kidney
function resumes
Long-term management
H Daily replacement of projected and calculated fluid
loss (including insensible loss)
H Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis if the patient is
catabolic or if hyperkalemia and fluid volume overload arent controlled by other measures
H Fluid restriction
H Low-sodium, low-potassium diet
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H Diuretics
H Transfusion of packed RBCs
H Epoetin alfa
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Emergency I.V. administration of 50% glucose, regu-

lar insulin, and sodium bicarbonate (with hyperkalemia)


H Sodium polystyrene sulfonate with sorbitol by mouth
or enema (with hyperkalemia)

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 21

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain urine specific gravity within the designated
limits
H have improved kidney function.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs and blood products.
H Restrict foods containing high sodium and potassium

levels.
H Use aseptic technique, particularly when handling

catheters.
H Perform passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Provide good skin care.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Laboratory studies
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of infection and when to report them to the
physician
H dietary restrictions
H how to set goals that are realistic for the patients
prognosis.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate supportive services

or social service.

Acute tubular necrosis

21

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 22

Adrenal hypofunction
Overview
Description
H Primary adrenal hypofunction or insufficiency (Addi-

sons disease) originating within the adrenal gland


and characterized by the decreased secretion of mineralocorticoids, glucocorticoids, and androgens
H Secondary adrenal hypofunction due to a disorder
outside the gland such as impaired pituitary secretion of corticotropin; characterized by decreased glucocorticoid secretion
H Adrenal crisis (addisonian crisis), a critical deficiency of mineralocorticoids and glucocorticoids generally following acute stress, sepsis, trauma, surgery, or
the omission of steroid therapy in patients who have
chronic adrenal insufficiency; adrenal crisis, a medical emergency that needs immediate, vigorous treatment

Pathophysiology
H Dysfunction of the adrenal gland results from the

partial or complete destruction of the adrenal cortex.


H It manifests as a clinical syndrome in which the

symptoms are associated with deficient production of


the adrenocortical hormones cortisol, aldosterone,
and androgen.
H High levels of corticotropin and corticotropinreleasing hormone are produced.
H Addisons disease involves all zones of the cortex,
causing deficiencies of the adrenocortical secretions,
glucocorticoids, androgens, and mineralocorticoids.
H Cortisol deficiency causes decreased liver gluconeogenesis (the formation of glucose from molecules
that arent carbohydrates); resulting low blood glucose levels can become dangerously low in patients
who take insulin routinely.
H An aldosterone deficiency causes increased renal
sodium loss and enhances potassium reabsorption.
H Hypotension then develops due to sodium excretion.
H Angiotensin II production increases due to the low
plasma volume and decreased arteriolar pressure.
H Androgen deficiency may decrease hair growth in
axillary and pubic areas (less noticeable in men)
as well as on the extremities of women.

Causes
Primary hypofunction
H Autoimmune process in which circulating antibodies
react specifically against the adrenal tissue
H Tuberculosis (once the chief cause, now responsible
for less than 20% of adult cases)
H Bilateral adrenalectomy
H Hemorrhage into the adrenal gland
H Neoplasms
H Infections (histoplasmosis, cytomegalovirus)

22

Adrenal hypofunction

H Family history of autoimmune disease (may predis-

pose the patient to Addisons disease and other


endocrinopathies)
Secondary hypofunction
H Hypopituitarism
H Abrupt withdrawal of long-term corticosteroid
therapy
H Removal of a corticotropin-secreting tumor
Adrenal crisis
H Exhausted body stores of glucocorticoids in a patient
with adrenal hypofunction after trauma, surgery, or
other physiologic stress

Incidence
Primary hypofunction
H Relatively uncommon
H Can occur at any age and in both sexes
Autoimmune Addisons disease
H Most common in white females (genetic predisposition likely)
H More common in patients with a familial predisposition to autoimmune endocrine diseases

Special populations
Most people with Addisons disease are diagnosed
in their 20s to 40s.

Common characteristics
Primary hypofunction
H Conspicuous bronze color of the skin
H Darkening of scars, areas of vitiligo (absence of pigmentation), and increased pigmentation of the mucous membranes, especially the buccal mucosa
H Decreased tolerance for even minor stress
H Fasting hypoglycemia
H Craving for salty food
Secondary hypofunction
H Similar to primary hypofunction, but without hyperpigmentation
Addisonian crisis
H Profound weakness and fatigue
H Nausea, vomiting, and dehydration
H Hypotension
H High fever followed by hypothermia (occasionally)

Complications
H Hyperpyrexia
H Psychotic reactions
H Deficient or excessive steroid treatment
H Shock
H Profound hypoglycemia
H Ultimate vascular collapse, renal shutdown, coma,

and death (if untreated)

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 23

Assessment

Nursing considerations

History

Key outcomes

H Synthetic steroid use, adrenal surgery, or recent

The patient will:


H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain an adequate fluid balance
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H develop adequate coping skills.

infection
H Muscle weakness
H Fatigue
H Weight loss
H Craving for salty food
H Decreased tolerance for stress
H GI disturbances
H Dehydration
H Amenorrhea (in females)
H Impotence (in males)

Physical findings
H Poor coordination
H Decreased axillary and pubic hair (in females)
H Bronze coloration of the skin, darkening of scars
H Areas of vitiligo
H Increased pigmentation of mucous membranes
H Weak, irregular pulse
H Hypotension

Test results
Laboratory
H Rapid corticotropin stimulation test: low corticotropin level indicates a secondary disorder; elevated
level indicates a primary disorder.
H Plasma cortisol level is decreased (less than 10
mcg/dl in the morning; less in the evening).
H Serum sodium and fasting blood glucose levels are
decreased.
H Serum potassium, calcium, and blood urea nitrogen
levels are increased.
H Hematocrit is elevated and lymphocyte and eosinophil counts are increased.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows small heart.
H Computed tomography scan of the abdomen shows
adrenal calcification (if the cause is infectious).

Treatment
General
H I.V. fluids
H Periods of rest
H Small, frequent, high-protein meals

Medications
H Lifelong corticosteroid replacement, usually with

cortisone or hydrocortisone
H Oral fludrocortisone
H Hydrocortisone
H I.V. saline and glucose solutions (for adrenal crisis)

Nursing interventions
H Until onset of mineralocorticoid effect, encourage

fluids to replace excessive fluid loss.


H Arrange for a diet that maintains sodium and potassi-

um balances; if the patient is anorexic, suggest six


small meals per day to increase caloric intake.
H Observe for cushingoid signs such as fluid retention
around the eyes and face.
H Check for petechiae.
H If the patient receives glucocorticoids alone, observe
for orthostatic hypotension or electrolyte abnormalities.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of shock (decreased level of consciousness and

urine output)
H Hyperkalemia before treatment; hypokalemia after

treatment
H Cardiac rhythm
H Blood glucose levels
H Daily weight
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H lifelong steroid therapy requirement
H symptoms of steroid overdose (swelling, weight gain)
and steroid underdose (lethargy, weakness)
H risk for developing diabetes
H dosage may need to be increased during times of
stress or illness (when the patient has a cold, for
example)
H infection, injury, or profuse sweating in hot weather
may precipitate adrenal crisis
H importance of carrying a medical identification card
that states the patient is on steroid therapy (name of
the drug and its dosage should be included on the
card)
H how to give a hydrocortisone injection and to keep
an emergency kit containing hydrocortisone in a prepared syringe available for use in times of stress
H stress-management techniques.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the National Adrenal Diseases

Foundation for support and information.

Adrenal hypofunction

23

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 24

Adrenogenital
syndrome
Overview
Description
H A group of disorders resulting from hyperplasia of

the adrenal cortex


H May be inherited (congenital adrenal hyperplasia

[CAH]) or acquired, usually as a result of an adrenal


tumor (adrenal virilism)
H May cause fatal adrenal crisis in neonates (salt-losing
CAH)

Pathophysiology
H Deficiencies occur in the enzymes needed for adre-

nocortical secretion of cortisol and, possibly, aldosterone.


H Compensatory secretion of corticotropin produces
varying degrees of adrenal hyperplasia.
Simple virilizing CAH
H Deficiency of the enzyme 21-hydroxylase results in
underproduction of cortisol.
H This cortisol deficiency stimulates increased secretion of corticotropin, producing large amounts of
cortisol precursors and androgens that dont require
21-hydroxylase for synthesis.
Salt-losing CAH
H 21-hydroxylase is almost completely absent.
H Corticotropin secretion increases, causing excessive
production of cortisol precursors, including saltwasting compounds.
H Plasma cortisol and aldosterone levels both dependent on 21-hydroxylase fall precipitously and,
in combination with the excessive production of saltwasting compounds, precipitate acute adrenal crisis.
H Corticotropin hypersecretion stimulates adrenal androgens and produces masculinization.

Causes
H Transmitted as an autosomal recessive trait

Incidence
H Acquired adrenal virilism: rare and affects twice as

many females as males

Special populations
CAH is the most prevalent adrenal disorder in infants and children; simple virilizing CAH and saltlosing CAH are the most common forms.

Common characteristics
Simple virilizing CAH
H Ambiguous genitalia but normal genital tract and gonads (Female neonates may present with labioscrotal

24

Adrenogenital syndrome

fusion and an enlarged clitoris with a urethral opening at its base.)


Salt-losing CAH
FEMALES
H More complete virilization than the simple form
H Results in development of male external genitalia

without testes
MALES
H No external genital abnormalities
H Difficult immediate neonatal diagnosis; commonly

delayed until the infant develops severe systemic


symptoms

Complications
H Hypertension
H Hyperkalemic infertility
H Adrenal tumor
H Adrenal crisis
H Altered growth, external genitalia, and sexual

maturity
Salt-losing CAH
H Cardiovascular collapse
H Cardiac arrest

Assessment
History
Simple virilizing CAH
H Failure to begin menstruation
H Frequent erections at an early age
Salt-losing CAH
H Apathy, failure to eat, and diarrhea (in infants)
H Symptoms of adrenal crisis in the first week of life
(vomiting, dehydration from hyponatremia, hyperkalemia)

Physical findings
H In CAH, pseudohermaphroditism in females or pre-

cocious puberty in both sexes


Salt-losing CAH
H Signs of progressive virilization at an early age: early
appearance of pubic and axillary hair, deep voice,
acne, facial hair
H Small testes
H Possible greater height than other children of the
same age

Test results
Laboratory
H Plasma 17-ketosteroid (17-KS) levels , which can be
suppressed by administering oral dexamethasone,
are elevated.
H Urine levels of hormone metabolites, particularly
pregnanetriol, are elevated.
H Plasma 17-hydroxyprogesterone level is elevated.
H Urine levels of 17-hydroxycorticosteroids are normal
or decreased.
H Plasma aldosterone and cortisol levels are decreased.
H Serum DHEA sulfate levels are high.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 25

Special populations
Adrenal hypofunction or adrenal crisis in the first
week of life suggests salt-losing CAH. Hyperkalemia, hyponatremia, and hypochloremia with excessive urinary 17-KS and pregnanetriol and decreased urinary aldosterone levels confirm it.

Diagnostic procedures
H Gonadal biopsy and chromosomal studies confirm
hermaphrodism.
Other
H Sex chromatin and karyotype studies determine the
genetic sex of patients with ambiguous external genitalia.
H X-ray evaluates accelerated bone aging.

Treatment
General
H Well-balanced diet
H No activity restriction

Medications
Simple virilizing CAH
H Daily administration of cortisone or hydrocortisone
Salt-losing CAH with patient in adrenal crisis
H Immediate I.V. sodium chloride and glucose infusion
H Desoxycorticosterone I.M. and hydrocortisone I.V.
H Maintenance includes mineralocorticoid (desoxycorticosterone, fludrocortisone, or both) and glucocorticoid (cortisone or hydrocortisone) replacement

Monitoring
H Body weight
H Blood pressure
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Edema, weakness, and hypertension for the patient

receiving desoxycorticosterone or fludrocortisone

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H possible adverse effects (cushingoid symptoms) of
long-term therapy (lifelong maintenance therapy with
hydrocortisone, cortisone, or the mineralocorticoid
fludrocortisone is essential)
H importance of not withdrawing therapeutic drugs
suddenly because potentially fatal adrenal hypofunction will result
H need to report stress and infection, which require increased steroid dosages
H importance of carrying a medical identification card
that states the patient is on steroid therapy (name of
the drug and its dosage should be included on the
card)
H risk of developing diabetes due to long-term
cortisone therapy.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling to help

accept this disorder.

Surgery
H Reconstructive surgery based on the determined sex

and external genitalia

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H have normal laboratory test results
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
modality, as will his family.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain I.V. access, infuse fluids, and give steroids,

as ordered.
H Watch for cyanosis, hypotension, tachycardia, tachyp-

nea, and signs of shock.


H Minimize external stressors.
H If a child is receiving maintenance therapy with

steroid injections, rotate I.M. injection sites to


prevent atrophy; tell the parents to do the same.

Adrenogenital syndrome

25

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 26

Age-related macular
degeneration

Causes

Overview

H Smoking
H Age
H Race
H High blood pressure
H Vascular disease
H High intake of saturated fat and cholesterol
H Farsightedness
H Exposure to sunlight

Description
H Deterioration of the macular portion of the retina,

which is responsible for detailed vision


H May be atrophic, also called involutional or dry
H May be exudative, also called hemorrhagic or wet
H No cure for atrophic form
H Commonly affects both eyes
H Also known as AMD

Pathophysiology
H Pathologic changes occur primarily in the retinal pig-

ment epithelium, Bruchs membrane, and choriocapillaries in the macular region that result from the
hardening and obstruction of retinal arteries.
H Formation of new blood vessels in the macular area
obscures central vision.
H Vision loss occurs as the retinal pigment epithelium
detaches and becomes atrophic.
H Exudative macular degeneration develops as new
blood vessels in the choroid project through abnormalities in Bruchs membrane, invading the potential
space underneath the retinal pigment epithelium.
H The vessels leak, and fluid in the retinal pigment epithelium increases, resulting in blurry vision.

H Unknown
H Genetic in origin

Risk factors

Incidence
H Affects as many as 15 million Americans
H Leading cause of vision loss in people older than age

60 in the United States


H Irreversible central vision loss in at least 10% of

elderly people
H Atrophic form in about 85% of patients
H More common in whites, but affects all races

Common characteristics
H Decreased central vision, for near and distance (see

How AMD affects central vision)


H Progressive worsening
H Blind spots

Complications
H Blindness
H Nystagmus

How AMD affects central vision


Central vision occurs in the macula and involves the ability
to perceive sharp, detailed images. At the center of the macula is the fovea containing the highest concentration of
rods and cones and the most light-sensitive portion of
the macula.
Light entering the cornea and lens are focused on the
fovea. If any part of the macula deteriorates, the eye must

Lens

Visual
axis

Cornea
Iris
Macula
Fovea
Optic nerve

26

Age-related macular degeneration

rely on the less-sensitive, outer portion of the retina, which


is responsible for peripheral vision.
With age-related macular degeneration (AMD), grayness,
haziness, or a blind spot may appear in the area of central
vision. Words may be blurred on a page; straight lines may
appear to have kinks in them; colors may seem dimmer.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 27

Assessment
History
H Blank spot seen in the center of a page (scotoma)

while reading

Monitoring
H Visual acuity
H Environment (for safety purposes)

Patient teaching

H Central vision that blurs intermittently and has graduH Straight lines appearing distorted
H Letters appearing fragmented

Be sure to cover:
H ways to modify the home environment for safety
H effects on peripheral vision.

Physical findings

Discharge planning

H Tiny yellowish spots (drusen) beneath retina

H Refer the patient to the American Foundation for

Test results

the Blind or Associated Services for the Blind, as


indicated.
H Refer the patient to a local support group.

ally worsened

Diagnostic procedures
H Indirect ophthalmoscopy may show changes in the
macular region of the fundus.
H Fluorescein angiography may show leaking vessels in
subretinal neovascular net.
H Amsler grid test may detect visual distortion.

Treatment
General
H Laser treatment, if leaking blood vessels have devel-

oped away from the fovea


H Diet high in vitamins A, C, and E; beta-carotene; and

zinc
H Activity restrictions based on visual acuity

Medications
H Copper and zinc supplements
H Lutein, vitamins C and E, and beta-carotene

Surgery
H In exudative form, argon laser photocoagulation

(may slow the progression of severe visual loss)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings and concerns over diminishing eyesight
H sustain no harm or injury
H verbalize understanding of the condition and treatment
H maintain optimal visual function or adapt as necessary.

Nursing interventions
H Help the patient obtain optical aids such as magni-

fiers.
H Offer the patient emotional support.
H Encourage expression of fears and concerns.

Age-related macular degeneration

27

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 28

Alcoholism
Overview
Description
H Chronic disorder of uncontrolled intake of alcoholic

beverages
H Interferes with physical and mental health, social and

familial relationships, and occupational responsibilities

Pathophysiology
H Alcohol is soluble in water and lipids and permeates

all body tissues.


H Liver metabolizes 90% of alcohol absorbed and is the

most severely affected organ; hepatic steatosis followed by hepatic fibrosis is evident days after heavy
drinking.
H Laennecs cirrhosis may develop after inflammatory
response (alcoholic hepatitis) or in absence of inflammation, as a consequence of direct activation of
lipocytes (Ito cells).
H Lactic acidosis and excess uric acid is promoted; gluconeogenesis, B-oxidation of fatty acids, and the
Krebs cycle are opposed; and hypoglycemia and hyperlipidemia develop.
H Toxicity of cells occurs through reduction of mitochondrial oxygenation utilization, depletion of deoxyribonucleic acid, and other actions.

Causes
H Biological factors
H Psychological factors
H Sociocultural factors

Risk factors
H Male gender
H Low socioeconomic status
H Family history
H Depression
H Anxiety
H History of other substance abuse disorders

Incidence
H Affects all social and economic groups
H 10% of the population accounts for 50% of all alco-

hol consumed
H About 13% of all adults older than age 18 have suf-

fered from alcohol abuse or dependence


H Males are two to five times more likely to abuse alco-

hol than females


H Occurs at all stages of the life cycle, beginning as
early as elementary school age
H Prevalent in 20% of adult hospital inpatients

Special populations
Prevalence of drinking is highest between ages 21
and 34, but current statistics show that up to 19%

28

Alcoholism

of 12- to 17-year-olds have serious drinking problems. Research also suggests that alcoholism affects
2% to 10% of adults older than age 60.

Common characteristics
H Hide or deny addiction
H May temporarily manage to maintain a functional

lifestyle

Complications
H Cardiomyopathy
H Pneumonia
H Cirrhosis
H Esophageal varices
H Pancreatitis
H Alcoholic dementia
H Wernickes encephalopathy
H Seizure disorder
H Depression
H Multiple substance abuse
H Hypoglycemia
H Leg and foot ulcers
H Suicide and homicide
H Death

Assessment
History
H Need for daily or episodic alcohol use for adequate

function
H Inability to discontinue or reduce alcohol intake
H Episodes of anesthesia or amnesia during intoxica-

tion
H Episodes of violence during intoxication
H Interference with social and familial relationships

and occupational responsibilities


H Malaise, dyspepsia, mood swings or depression, and

an increased incidence of infection


H Secretive behavior

Physical findings
H Poor personal hygiene
H Unusually high tolerance for sedatives and opioids
H Signs of nutritional deficiency
H Signs of injury
H Withdrawal signs and symptoms
H Major motor seizures

DSM-IV-TR criteria
A diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets at least
three of these signs and symptoms:
H more alcohol ingested than intended
H persistent desire or efforts to diminish alcohol use
H excessive time spent obtaining alcohol
H frequent intoxication or withdrawal symptoms
H impairment of social, occupational, or recreational
activities

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 29

H continued alcohol consumption despite knowledge

of a social, psychological, or physical problem thats


caused or exacerbated by alcohol use
H marked tolerance
H characteristic withdrawal symptoms
H alcohol used to relieve or avoid withdrawal symptoms
H persistent symptoms for at least 1 month or recurrence over a longer time.

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood alcohol tests show levels of at least 0.10%
weight/volume (200 mg/dl).
H Serum electrolyte levels are abnormal.
H Serum ammonia levels are increased.
H Serum amylase levels are increased.
H Urine toxicology may show abuses of other drugs.
H Liver function study results are abnormal.

Other
H CAGE screening test: two affirmative responses make

patient 7 times more likely to be alcohol dependent.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family) will:
H report feeling safe in hospital environment
H join gradually in self-care and the decision-making
process
H engage in appropriate social interaction with others
H demonstrate a decrease in negative self-evaluation
verbally and behaviorally
H identify support systems to assist them and participate in mobilizing these systems.

Nursing interventions
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Orient the patient to reality.
H Maintain a calm environment, minimizing noise and

shadows.
H Avoid restraints, unless necessary for protection.
H Use a nonthreatening approach.

H Alcohol disorders identification test (AUDIT): score

Monitoring

greater than 8 indicates alcohol dependency.


H Michigan alcohol screening test (MAST): score
greater than 5 indicates alcohol dependency.

H Mental status
H Vital signs
H Safety measures
H Nutritional and hydration status
H Intake and output

Treatment
General
Immediate
H Support for respiration
H Prevention of aspiration of vomitus
H Replacement of fluids
H Administration of I.V. glucose
H Correction of hypothermia or acidosis
H Treatment of trauma, infection, or GI bleeding
Long-term
H Total abstinence
H Detoxification, rehabilitation, and aftercare program
H Supportive counseling
H Individual, group, or family psychotherapy
H Ongoing support groups
H Well-balanced diet
H Safety precautions, including preventing aspiration
of vomitus
H Seizure precautions

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H alcohol abstinence
H plan for relapse
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H effects of disorder on significant others.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a rehabilitation program.
H Refer the patient to social services.
H Refer the patient to support services.
H Refer the patient to personal and family counseling.

Medications
H Anticonvulsants
H Antiemetics
H Antidiarrheals
H Tranquilizers, particularly benzodiazepines
H Naltrexone
H Antipsychotics
H Daily oral disulfiram
H Vitamin supplements

Alcoholism

29

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 30

Allergic purpura
Overview
Description
H An acute or chronic vascular inflammation affecting

the skin, joints, and GI and genitourinary (GU)


tracts, in association with allergy symptoms
H Purpura associated with other conditions such as
erythema nodosum
H A nonthrombocytopenic purpura
H Known as Henoch-Schnlein syndrome or anaphylactoid purpura when it primarily affects the GI tract
and is accompanied by joint pain

Pathophysiology
H An autoimmune reaction triggered by a bacterial in-

fection is directed against vascular walls.


H Inflammation of the veins and capillaries disrupts the

vascular wall, resulting in loss of red blood cells and


bleeding and leakage into the skin and mucous
membranes.

Causes
H Bacterial infection (particularly streptococcal infec-

tion)
H Allergic reactions to some drugs and vaccines, insect

bites, and foods (such as wheat, eggs, milk, and


chocolate)

Henoch-Schnlein syndrome
H Transient or severe colic
H Tenesmus (spasmodic contraction of the anal
sphincter)
H GI bleeding
H Rheumatoid pains and periarticular effusions, usually
affecting the legs and feet

Complications
H Renal disease (renal failure and acute glomeru-

lonephritis)
H Hypertension

Assessment
History
H Bacterial infection or exposure to allergen
H Moderate and irregular fever
H Headache
H Anorexia
H Pruritus and paresthesia in areas of lesions

Physical findings
H Characteristic lesions that usually appear in symmet-

rical patterns on the arms, legs, and buttocks


H In children, urticarial skin lesions that expand and

become hemorrhagic
H Possibly scattered petechiae on the legs, buttocks,

and perineum
H Localized edema of the hands, feet, or scalp

Incidence

Test results

H Affects more males than females


H Most prevalent in children ages 3 to 7

Laboratory
H Results of tests for blood in the urine and stool may
be positive.
H Increased blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels
may indicate renal involvement.

Common characteristics
H Skin lesions that are purple, macular, ecchymotic,

and of varying size and are caused by vascular leakage into the skin and mucous membranes (see Identifying purpuric lesions)

Identifying purpuric lesions


Lesions of allergic purpura, such as those pictured on the
foot and leg below, characteristically vary in size.

ALERT
No laboratory test clearly identifies allergic purpura (although white blood cell count and erythrocyte
sedimentation rate are elevated).

Imaging
H Small-bowel X-rays may reveal areas of transient
edema.

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic

Medications
H Steroids
H Analgesics

30

Allergic purpura

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 31

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of comfort and relief of pain
H exhibit improved or healed lesions
H identify precipitating factors with appropriate skin
care regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage maintenance of an elimination diet to

help identify specific allergenic foods.


H Provide analgesics, as needed.
H Provide passive range-of-motion exercises, if appro-

priate.
H Provide emotional support and reassurance, espe-

cially if the patient is temporarily disfigured by florid


skin lesions.

Monitoring
H Condition and number of skin lesions
H Level of pain
H GI and GU complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need for the patient to immediately report recurrence of symptoms (most common about 6 weeks
after initial symptoms)
H importance of returning for follow-up urinalysis as
scheduled.

Allergic purpura

31

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 32

Allergic rhinitis
Overview
Description
H An immune response of the upper airways triggered

by inhaled airborne allergens


H Seasonal allergic rhinitis: an immunoglobulin (Ig) E-

mediated type I hypersensitivity response to an environmental antigen (allergen) in a genetically susceptible person
H Perennial rhinitis: inhaled allergens provoke antigen
responses that produce signs and symptoms
year-round

Pathophysiology
H The bodys immune system overresponds to common

Perennial allergic rhinitis


H Chronic and extensive nasal obstruction or stuffiness

Physical findings
Seasonal allergic rhinitis
H Pale, cyanotic, edematous nasal mucosa
H Red and edematous eyelids and conjunctivae
H Excessive lacrimation
Perennial allergic rhinitis
H Nasal polyps
H Dark circles under the eyes (allergic shiners)

Test results
Laboratory
H Sputum and nasal secretions show a high number of
eosinophils.
H IgE levels are normal or elevated, possibly linked to
seasonal overproduction of interleukin-4 and -5
(involved in the allergic inflammatory process).

allergens in the nose.


H Antibodies attach to mast cells, which release several

chemicals, including histamine, which cause dilation


of blood vessels, skin redness, and swollen membranes in the nose.

Causes
Seasonal allergic rhinitis
H Tree pollens (in spring)
H Grass and weed pollens (in summer)
H Weed pollens (in fall)
H Mold spores (occasionally, in summer and fall)
Perennial allergic rhinitis
H House dust and dust mites
H Molds
H Animal dander
H Tobacco smoke
H Processed materials or industrial chemicals

Incidence
H Affects more than 20 million Americans
H Can affect anyone at any age
H Most prevalent in young children and adolescents

Common characteristics
H Swollen nasal membranes

Complications

Treatment
General
H Elimination of environmental antigens, if possible
H Increased fluid intake to loosen secretions
H Restriction of activities in areas of allergen exposure

Medications
H Antihistamines, such as cetirizine, diphenhydramine,

and loratadine
H Intranasal corticosteroids, such as budesonide and

triamcinolone
H Leukotriene receptor antagonists such as mon-

telukast
H Nasal decongestants, such as oxymetazoline and

pseudoephedrine
Long-term management
H Immunotherapy or desensitization with injections of
allergen extracts administered before or during the
allergy season or perennially

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

H Secondary sinus and middle ear infections


H Nasal polyps

The patient (or family) will:


H maintain current health status
H verbalize feelings and concerns
H express feelings of increased comfort.

Assessment

Nursing interventions

History
Seasonal allergic rhinitis
H Paroxysmal sneezing, profuse watery rhinorrhea
H Nasal obstruction or congestion
H Pruritus of the nose and eyes
H Headache or sinus pain
H Itchy throat, malaise, and fever

32

Allergic rhinitis

H Implement measures to relieve signs and symptoms

and increase the patients comfort.


H Encourage increased fluid intake to loosen secre-

tions.
H Elevate the head of the bed and provide humidifica-

tion to ease breathing.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 33

ALERT
Before giving a desensitization injection, assess the
patients symptoms. After giving the injection, observe him for 30 minutes to detect adverse reactions, including anaphylaxis and severe localized
erythema. Make sure epinephrine and emergency
resuscitation equipment are available.

Monitoring
H Compliance with the prescribed drug regimen
H Changes in control of signs and symptoms
H Indications of drug misuse

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of calling the physician if the patient experiences a delayed reaction to the desensitizing injections
H reduction of environmental exposure to airborne allergens
H skin protectant applications
H possible lifestyle changes, such as relocation to a
pollen-free area either seasonally or year-round, in
severe and resistant allergic rhinitis
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Allergic rhinitis

33

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 34

Alopecia
Overview
Description
H More commonly known as hair loss, typically occurs

on the scalp; less common and conspicuous elsewhere on the body


H Can be irreversible because scarring alopecia usually
destroys hair follicle
H Nonscarring form (noncicatricial alopecia): hair
generally regrows
H Most common form of nonscarring alopecia known
as male-pattern alopecia or androcentric alopecia
H Telogen effluvium: a diffuse alopecia in which numerous hair follicles simultaneously change from the
growing anagen phase to the resting telogen phase of
the hair growth cycle
H Alopecia areata (idiopathic form): a generally reversible and self-limiting disorder most prevalent in
young and middle-aged adults of both sexes
H Time of onset, degree of baldness, speed with which
it spreads, and pattern of hair loss dependent on genetic predisposition
H Poor prognosis for regrowth with hair loss that persists for more than 1 year

Pathophysiology
H In male-pattern alopecia, a genetically predisposed

response to androgens causes transformation of the


androgen-sensitive follicles into vellus follicles; normal hair is shed and replaced by fine, light, short
hair.
H In female-pattern alopecia, theres usually an elevation in serum adrenal androgen dehydroepiandrosterone sulfate.

Causes
Nonscarring alopecia
H Genetic predisposition
H Androgen response
H Aging
H Radiation
H Chemotherapy
H Drugs (see Cancer drugs that cause alopecia)
H Bacterial and fungal infections
H Psoriasis
H Seborrhea
H Endocrine disorders
H Excess vitamin A
Scarring alopecia
H Physical or chemical trauma
H Radiation
H Chemotherapy
H Chronic tension on a hair shaft
H Destructive skin tumors
H Granulomas
H Lupus erythematosus
H Scleroderma
34

Alopecia

H Follicular lichen planus


H Severe bacterial or viral infections

Incidence
H Affects males more than females
H Occurs most commonly in males older than age 50

in male-pattern alopecia
H Rises with increasing age in male-pattern alopecia
H Occurs to some degree in 37% of postmenopausal

women

Common characteristics
H Hair loss

Complications
H Impaired self-image

Assessment
History
Male-pattern alopecia
H Presence of predisposing factors
H Family history of hair loss
H Gradual onset of hair loss
H Typically describes hairline as receding and his
crown becoming bald
Female-pattern alopecia
H Typically describes a widening of her part and increasing visibility of her front scalp or crown
Telogen effluvium
H Loss of about 400 hairs per day, which is four to five
times greater than the normal daily hair loss
Alopecia areata
H Sudden loss of hair

Physical findings
H Small patches of visible scalp or entire scalp visible

(alopecia totalis); may involve the entire body


(alopecia universalis)
H Generally, normal scalp appearance
H Exclamation point hairs (loose hairs with dark,
rough, brushlike tips on narrow, less pigmented
shafts) at the periphery of new patches
H Regrowth initially as fine, white, downy hair; replaced by normal hair

Test results
Laboratory
H Direct microscopic examination shows structural
abnormalities or signs of infection.
Diagnostic procedures
TELOGEN EFFLUVIUM
H Pluck or pull test reveals positive results if more than

four hairs come out.


H Woods lamp examination shows presence of fungal

infection.
H Trichogram shows abnormal ratio of anagen to

telogen hairs.
H Scalp biopsy shows hair phase and the extent of

structural damage.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 35

Cancer drugs that cause alopecia


Certain cancer drugs can cause hair loss ranging from sporadic thinning to complete baldness. Some drugs damage hair follicles and cause hair roots to atrophy.

Mild alopecia

H bleomycin
H carmustine
H fluorouracil
H hydroxyurea
H melphalan

Moderate alopecia

Severe alopecia

H busulfan
H etoposide
H floxuridine
H methotrexate
H mitomycin

Treatment
General
H Identification and treatment of underlying cause
H Cosmetic interventions, such as hairpieces, weaving,

or bonding

H cyclophosphamide
H daunorubicin
H doxorubicin
H vinblastine
H vincristine

H For the patient undergoing radiation therapy or

chemotherapy with drugs that cause alopecia, suggest selecting a hair replacement before treatment.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings. Help
him develop interests that contribute to a positive
self-image.

H Occlusive dressing that promotes normal hair growth

Monitoring

by protecting the site of hair loss (in trichotillomania)


H Cold cap application and scalp tourniquet that reduce the blood supply to the scalp and thereby preserve more hair structure

H Complications
H Response to treatment

Medications
H Topical application of minoxidil
H Oral finasteride

ALERT
Finasteride is contraindicated in women of childbearing age.
H Corticosteroids
H Photochemotherapy with methoxsalen and ultraviolet

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H familial link in male-pattern alopecia
H well-balanced diet with adequate protein
H avoidance of excess vitamin A
H myths concerning commercial preparations
H signs and symptoms of skin infection
H possibility that hair may grow back in a different color or type, such as curly or straight.

light
H Dermatomucosal agents
H Antibiotics
H Antifungal agents

Surgery
H Surgical redistribution of hair follicles by auto-

grafting
H Hair transplantation and tunnel grafting

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express concerns about his condition or treatment
H avoid complications
H verbalize feelings about changed body image.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Reassure the patient with female-pattern alopecia

that hair thinning doesnt lead to total baldness. Suggest that she wear a wig or hairpiece.

Alopecia

35

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 36

Alzheimers disease

H Pneumonia and other infections


H Malnutrition and dehydration

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Degenerative disorder of the cerebral cortex (espe-

H History obtained from a family member or caregiver


H Insidious onset
H Initial changes almost imperceptible
H Forgetfulness and subtle memory loss
H Recent memory loss
H Difficulty learning and remembering new information
H General deterioration in personal hygiene
H Inability to concentrate
H Tendency to perform repetitive actions and experi-

cially the frontal lobe), which accounts for more


than 50% of all cases of dementia
H Poor prognosis
H No cure or definitive treatment

Pathophysiology
H Alzheimers disease is a genetic abnormality on chro-

mosome 21.
H Brain damage is caused by a genetic substance (amy-

loid).
H There are three distinguishing features of brain tissue: neuro-fibrillary tangles, neuritic plaques, and
granulovascular degeneration.

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
Neurochemical
H Deficiencies of the neurotransmitters
Environmental
H Aluminum and manganese
H Trauma
H Genetic abnormality on chromosome 21
H Slow-growing central nervous system viruses

Incidence
H Severe form in patients older than age 65
H May affect 5 million Americans
H Affects 13% or 1 in 8 people older than age 65 and

nearly 50% of those older than age 85

ence restlessness
H Negative personality changes (irritability, depression,

paranoia, hostility)
H Nocturnal awakening
H Disorientation
H Suspicious and fearful of imaginary people and situa-

tions
H Misperceives own environment
H Misidentifies objects and people
H Complains of stolen or misplaced objects
H Emotions may be described as labile
H Mood swings, sudden angry outbursts, and sleep dis-

turbances

Physical findings
H Impaired sense of smell (usually an early symptom)
H Impaired stereognosis
H Gait disorders
H Tremors
H Positive snout reflex
H Organic brain disease in adults
H Urinary or fecal incontinence
H Seizures

Common characteristics

Test results

H Gradual loss of recent and remote memory


H Loss of sense of smell
H Flattening of affect and personality
H Difficulty with learning new information
H Deterioration in personal hygiene
H Inability to concentrate
H Increasing difficulty with abstraction and judgment
H Impaired communication
H Loss of coordination
H Inability to write or speak
H Nocturnal awakenings
H Signs of anxiety
H Loss of eye contact and fearful look
H Acute confusion, agitation, obsessive-compulsive

H Diagnosed by exclusion; tests are performed to rule

behavior

Complications
H Injury from violent behavior, wandering, or unsuper-

vised activity

36

Alzheimers disease

out other diseases.


H Positive diagnosis is made on autopsy.

Imaging
H Position-emission tomography reveals metabolic
activity of the cerebral cortex.
H Computed tomography scan shows excessive and
progressive brain atrophy.
H Magnetic resonance imaging rules out intracranial
lesions.
H Cerebral blood flow studies reveal abnormalities in
blood flow to the brain.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows chronic neurologic infection.
H EEG evaluates the brains electrical activity and may
show slowing of the brain waves in late stages of the
disease.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 37

Other
H Neuropsychologic tests may show impaired cognitive
ability and reasoning.

Treatment
General
H Behavioral interventions (patient-centered or care-

Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Fluid intake and nutrition status
H Environment (for safety purposes)

Patient teaching

Medications

Be sure to cover:
H the disease process
H exercise regimen
H importance of cutting food and providing finger
foods, if indicated
H use of plates with rim guards, built-up utensils, and
cups with lids
H independence.

H Psychostimulators
H Antidepressants, such as paroxetine, sertraline, and

Discharge planning

giver training) focused on managing cognitive and


behavioral changes
H Well-balanced diet (may need to be monitored)
H Safe activities as tolerated (may need to be
monitored)

fluoxetine
H Anxiolytics, such as alprazolam and diazepam
H Antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, risperidone, and
quetiapine
H Anticonvulsants, such as valproic acid, gabapentin,
and lamotrigine
H Anti-inflammatories (experimental)
H Anticholinesterase agents, such as donepezil, rivastigmine, and galantamine
H Vitamin E (experimental)
H N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonists such as
memantine

H Refer the patient to the Alzheimers Association.


H Refer the patient to a local support group.
H Refer the patient to social services for additional sup-

port.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H perform activities of daily living
H maintain daily calorie requirements
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H perform self-care needs
H use support systems and develop adequate coping
behaviors.

Nursing interventions
H Provide an effective communication system.
H Use soft tones and a slow, calm manner when speak-

ing to the patient.


H Allow the patient sufficient time to answer questions.
H Protect the patient from injury.
H Provide rest periods.
H Provide an exercise program.
H Encourage independence.
H Offer frequent toileting.
H Assist with hygiene and dressing.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide familiar objects to help with orientation and

behavior control.

Alzheimers disease

37

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 38

Amebiasis
Overview
Description
H An acute or chronic protozoal infection caused by

Entamoeba histolytica
H Produces varying degrees of illness, from no symp-

toms to mild diarrhea to fulminant dysentery


H Extraintestinal type: may induce hepatic abscess and

infections of the lungs, pleural cavity, pericardium,


peritoneum and, rarely, the brain
H Also known as amebic dysentery

Pathophysiology
H E. histolytica exists in two forms, as a cyst (which

can survive outside the body) and a trophozoite


(which cant survive outside the body).
H The ingested cysts pass through the intestine, where
digestive secretions break them down and liberate
the motile trophozoites within.
H The trophozoites multiply and either invade and ulcerate the mucosa of the large intestine or simply
feed on intestinal bacteria.
H As the trophozoites are carried slowly toward the
rectum, theyre encysted and then excreted in feces.

Causes
H Ingestion of feces-contaminated food or water

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide: most common in the tropics, sub-

tropics, and other areas with poor sanitation and


health practices
H In the United States: overall incidence between 1%
and 3% but may be higher among homosexuals and
institutionalized people, in whom fecal-oral contamination is more common and in immigrants from developing countries

Common characteristics
H The clinical effects of amebiasis varying with the

severity of the infestation


Acute amebic dysentery
H Sudden high temperature of 104 to 105 F (40 to
40.6 C)
H Profuse, bloody, mucoid diarrhea with tenesmus
Chronic amebic dysentery
H Intermittent diarrhea that lasts for 1 to 4 weeks and
recurs several times per year
Amebic granuloma
H Blood and mucus in the stool
H Partial or complete bowel obstruction

Complications
H Subacute appendicitis
H Perforation of the intestinal wall with spread to the

liver, lungs, pleural cavity, peritoneum, and brain.

38

Amebiasis

Assessment
History
Acute amebic dysentery
H Fever, chills
H Abdominal cramping
H Profuse, bloody, mucoid diarrhea
Chronic amebic dysentery
H Multiple (4 to 18) foul-smelling mucus- and bloodtinged stools daily
H Mild fever
H Vague abdominal cramps
H Possible weight loss

Physical findings
Acute amebic dysentery
H Diffuse abdominal tenderness
Chronic amebic dysentery
H Tenderness over the cecum and ascending colon
H Hepatomegaly (occasionally)

Test results
Laboratory
H Stool or aspirates from abscesses, ulcers, or tissue
show E. histolytica.
H Indirect hemagglutination test with current or previous infection is positive.
H Complement fixation is positive (usually only during
active disease).
Imaging
H Barium studies rule out nonamebic causes of diarrhea, such as polyps and cancer.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy detects rectosigmoid ulceration.

Treatment
General
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Frequent rest periods
H Avoidance of enemas

Medications
H Metronidazole
H Emetine hydrochloride
H Iodoquinol (diiodohydroxyquin)
H Chloroquine
H Tetracycline (in combination with emetine hydro-

chloride, metronidazole, or paromomycin)

Surgery
H Exploratory surgery hazardous; can lead to peritoni-

tis, perforation, and pericecal abscess

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 39

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain or improve weight
H maintain skin integrity
H return to a normal elimination pattern
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Apply perirectal protective cream to prevent excoria-

tion and skin breakdown.

Monitoring
H Vital signs, especially temperature
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Daily weight
H Frequency, amount, and character of stools
H Skin integrity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need for avoiding alcohol ingestion when taking
metronidazole, which can cause nausea, vomiting,
and headache
H importance of returning for follow-up appointments
H advising family and sexual partners to seek medical
attention for amebiasis
H how to handle infectious material and perform
proper hand washing
H safer sex practices
H boiling untreated or contaminated water when traveling to endemic areas.

Amebiasis

39

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 40

Amenorrhea
Overview
Description
H The abnormal absence or suppression of menstrua-

tion
H Primary amenorrhea: the absence of menarche in an

adolescent (age 16 and older)


H Secondary amenorrhea: the failure of menstruation
for at least 3 months after the normal onset of
menarche

Pathophysiology
Primary amenorrhea
H The hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian axis is dysfunctional.
H Anatomic defects of the central nervous system cause
the ovary not to receive the hormonal signals that
normally initiate the development of secondary sex
characteristics and the beginning of menstruation.
Secondary amenorrhea
H The endometrium is sufficiently scarred and no functional endometrium exists.

Causes
H Pregnancy
H Hormonal abnormalities
H Lack of ovarian response to gonadotropins
H Constant presence of progesterone or other en-

docrine abnormalities
H Absence of a uterus
H Endometrial damage
H Ovarian, adrenal, or pituitary tumors
H Emotional disorders
H Malnutrition and intense exercise

Incidence
H Primary amenorrhea: 0.3% of women
H Secondary amenorrhea: 5% of women

Common characteristics
H Absence of menstruation
H Vasomotor flushes, vaginal atrophy, hirsutism (ab-

normal hairiness), and acne (secondary amenorrhea)

Complications
H Infertility
H Endometrial adenocarcinoma
H Estrogen deficiency syndrome
H Osteoporosis

Assessment
History
H Failure to menstruate in females age 16 and older

40

Amenorrhea

H Absence of menstruation for 3 months in a previously

established menstrual pattern


H Change in menstrual pattern
H Dependent on cause: may include headaches, hot

flashes, nausea, weight gain or loss, emotional upset,


trauma, extreme exercise, prolonged use of hormonal contraceptives

Physical findings
H Based on cause of amenorrhea: may include hir-

sutism, acne, abdominal mass, signs of malnutrition

Test results
Laboratory
H Pregnancy test is positive (when pregnancy is the
cause).
H Pituitary gonadotropin levels are either elevated or
low.
H Thyroid levels are abnormal.
H Serum progesterone levels are abnormal.
H Serum androgen levels are abnormal.
H Urine 17-ketosteroid levels are elevated with excessive androgen secretions.
H Plasma follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) level is
greater than 50 International Units/L, depending on
the laboratory; this suggests primary ovarian failure.
H FSH level is either normal or low; this suggests possible hypothalamic or pituitary abnormality, depending
on the clinical situation.
Imaging
H X-rays identify ovarian, adrenal, and pituitary tumors.
Diagnostic procedures
H Microscopic examination shows ferning of cervical
mucus (an estrogen effect).
H Vaginal cytologic examination and endometrial biopsy evaluate hormone levels.
Other
H Pelvic examination reveals anatomic abnormalities.

Treatment
General
H Based on cause
H Well-balanced diet
H Moderate exercise routine

Medications
H Progestational agents (to stimulate menstruation)
H Calcium supplement (if cause is hypoestrogenism)
H Clomiphene citrate (may induce ovulation in women

with amenorrhea caused by gonadotropin deficiency,


polycystic ovary syndrome, or excessive weight loss
or gain)
H FSH and human menopausal gonadotropins for
women with pituitary disease

Surgery
H Removal of tumor or obstruction

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 41

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate nutrition
H express understanding of disorder
H communicate feelings about the situation.

Nursing interventions
H Provide reassurance and emotional support.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms
H Intake and output
H Laboratory test results

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to keep an accurate record of menstrual cycles
to aid early detection of recurrent amenorrhea.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if

appropriate.

Amenorrhea

41

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 42

Amyotrophic lateral
sclerosis
Overview
Description
H Most common motor neuron disease of muscular

atrophy
H Chronic, progressive, and debilitating disease thats

invariably fatal
H Also known as Lou Gehrig disease

Pathophysiology
H An excitatory neurotransmitter accumulates to toxic

levels.
H Motor units no longer innervate.
H Progressive degeneration of axons cause loss of

myelin.
H Progressive degeneration of upper and lower motor

neurons occurs.
H Progressive degeneration of motor nuclei in the cere-

bral cortex and corticospinal tracts occurs.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H 10% of patients inherit as an autosomal dominant

trait
H Virus that creates metabolic disturbances in motor

neurons
H Immune complexes such as those formed in autoim-

mune disorders
Precipitating factors that cause acute
deterioration
H Severe stress such as myocardial infarction
H Traumatic injury
H Viral infections
H Physical exhaustion

Incidence
H Three times more common in males than in females
H Affects people ages 40 to 70

Common characteristics
H Muscle weakness
H Atrophy
H Fasciculations

Complications
H Respiratory tract infections
H Complications of physical immobility

Assessment
History
H Mental function intact
H Family history of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS)
H Asymmetrical weakness first noticed in one limb

42

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis

H Easy fatigue and easy cramping in the affected mus-

cles

Physical findings
H Location of the affected motor neurons
H Severity of the disease
H Fasciculations in the affected muscles
H Progressive weakness in muscles of the arms, legs,

and trunk
H Brisk and overactive stretch reflexes
H Difficulty talking, chewing, swallowing, and breathing
H Shortness of breath and occasional drooling

Test results
Laboratory
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows increased protein
levels.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan rules out other disorders.
Diagnostic procedures
H Muscle biopsy discloses atrophic fibers.
Other
H EEG rules out other disorders.
H Electromyography shows the electrical abnormalities
of involved muscles.
H Nerve conduction studies appear normal.

Treatment
General
H Rehabilitative measures
H May need tube feedings
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Muscle relaxants or antispasmodics such as dantro-

lene and baclofen


H I.V. or intrathecal administration of thyrotropin-

releasing hormone
H Riluzole to slow progression

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H maintain daily calorie requirements
H seek support systems and exhibit adequate coping
behaviors
H remain free from infection.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional and psychological support.
H Promote independence.
H Turn and reposition the patient frequently.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide airway and respiratory management.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 43

Modifying the home for a patient with ALS


To help the patient with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS)
live safely at home, follow these guidelines:
H Explain basic safety precautions, such as keeping stairs
and pathways free from clutter; using nonskid mats in
the bathroom and in place of loose throw rugs; keeping
stairs well lit; installing handrails in stairwells and the
shower, tub, and toilet areas; and removing electrical and
telephone cords from traffic areas.
H Discuss the need for rearranging the furniture, moving
items in or out of the patients care area, and obtaining a
hospital bed, a commode, or oxygen equipment.

H Recommend devices to ease the patients and caregivers


work, such as extra pillows or a wedge pillow to help the
patient sit up, a draw sheet to help him move up in bed,
a lap tray for eating, or a bell for calling the caregiver.
H Help the patient adjust to changes in the environment.
Encourage independence.
H Advise the patient to keep a suction machine handy to
reduce the fear of choking due to secretion accumulation
and dysphagia. Teach him how to suction himself when
necessary.

H Promote nutrition.
H Maintain aspiration precautions.

Monitoring
H Muscle weakness
H Respiratory status
H Speech
H Swallowing ability
H Skin integrity
H Nutritional status
H Environment (for safety purposes)
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H swallowing therapy regimen
H medications and adverse effects
H skin care
H ROM exercises
H deep-breathing and coughing exercises
H safety in the home. (See Modifying the home for a
patient with ALS.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a local ALS support group.
H Refer the patient to hospice, as appropriate.

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis

43

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 44

Life-threatening disorder

Anaphylaxis
Overview
Description

H A lump in the patients throat caused by angioedema


H Dyspnea and complaints of chest tightness

Physical findings
H Hives
H Hoarseness or stridor, wheezing
H Severe abdominal cramps, nausea, diarrhea
H Urinary urgency and incontinence
H Dizziness, drowsiness, headache, restlessness, and

seizures

H Dramatic, acute atopic reaction to an allergen


H Marked by sudden onset of rapidly progressive ur-

H Hypotension, shock; sometimes, angina and cardiac

ticaria and respiratory distress


H More severe the sooner signs and symptoms appear
after exposure to the antigen
H Vascular collapse, leading to systemic shock and,
possibly, death from severe reaction

H Angioedema

Pathophysiology
H After initial exposure to an antigen, the immune sys-

tem produces specific immunoglobulin (Ig) antibodies in the lymph nodes. Helper T cells enhance the
process.
H The antibodies (IgE) then bind to membrane receptors located on mast cells and basophils.
H After the body re-encounters the antigen, the IgE antibodies, or cross-linked IgE receptors, recognize the
antigen as foreign; this activates the release of power
chemical mediators.
H IgG or IgM enters into the reaction and activates the
release of complement factors.

Causes
H Systemic exposure to sensitizing drugs, foods, insect

venom, or other specific antigens

Incidence
H Most common anaphylaxis-causing antigen is peni-

cillin, which induces a reaction in 1 to 4 of every


10,000 patients treated

Common characteristics
H Apprehension and anxiety
H Dyspnea
H Hoarseness
H Angioedema

Complications
H Respiratory obstruction
H Systemic vascular collapse
H Death

Assessment
History
H Immediately after exposure, complaints of a feeling

of impending doom or fright and exhibiting apprehension, restlessness, cyanosis, cool and clammy
skin, erythema, edema, tachypnea, weakness, sweating, sneezing, dyspnea, nasal pruritus, and urticaria

44

Anaphylaxis

arrhythmias

Test results
H No tests are required to identify anaphylaxis. The pa-

tients history and signs and symptoms establish the


diagnosis.
Laboratory
H Skin testing may help identify a specific allergen.

Treatment
General
H Patent airway (establish and maintain)
H Cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if cardiac arrest oc-

curs
H Nothing by mouth, until stable
H Bed rest, until stable

Medications
H Immediate injection of epinephrine 1:1,000 aque-

ous solution, 0.1 to 0.5 ml subcutaneously or I.V.


H Corticosteroids
H Diphenhydramine I.V.
H Volume expander infusions, as needed
H Vasopressors, such as norepinephrine and dopamine
H Aminophylline I.V.
H Antihistamines

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain normal cardiac output and normal heart
rate
H identify causative allergen.

Nursing interventions
H Provide supplemental oxygen and prepare to assist

with insertion of an endotracheal tube, if necessary.


H Insert a peripheral I.V. line
H Administer medications as prescribed.
H Continually reassure the patient, and explain all tests

and treatments.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 45

H If the patient undergoes skin or scratch testing, mon-

itor for signs of a serious allergic reaction. Keep


emergency resuscitation equipment readily available.

ALERT
If a patient must receive a drug to which hes allergic, prevent a severe reaction by making sure he
receives careful desensitization with gradually increasing doses of the antigen or with advance administration of corticosteroids. Closely monitor the
patient during testing and have resuscitation
equipment and epinephrine readily available.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Adverse reactions from radiographic contrast media
H Respiratory status
H Serious allergic response after skin or scratch testing
H Neurologic status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Degree of edema

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H risk for delayed symptoms and importance of reporting them immediately
H avoidance of exposure to known allergens
H importance of carrying and becoming familiar with
an anaphylaxis kit and learning to use it before the
need arises
H need for medical identification jewelry to identify allergy.

Anaphylaxis

45

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 46

Anemia, aplastic
Overview

H Bibasilar crackles, tachycardia, and a gallop murmur


H Fever, oral and rectal ulcers, and sore throat
H Nausea
H Decreased hair and skin quality
H Petechial rash

Description

Test results

H Potentially fatal marrow failure syndrome resulting

Laboratory
H RBC count is 1 million/mm3 or less, usually with normochromic and normocytic cells; absolute reticulocyte count is very low.
H Serum iron levels are elevated (unless bleeding
occurs), but total iron-binding capacity is normal or
slightly reduced.
H Serum platelet and white blood cell counts are decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow biopsies performed at several sites
may yield a dry tap or show severely hypocellular or
aplastic marrow, with a varying amount of fat, fibrous
tissue, or gelatinous replacement; absence of tagged
iron and megakaryocytes; and depression of erythroid elements.

from injury to or destruction of stem cells in bone


marrow or the bone marrow matrix
H Causes pancytopenia (anemia, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia) and bone marrow hypoplasia

Pathophysiology
H Aplastic anemia usually develops when damaged or

destroyed stem cells inhibit red blood cell (RBC)


production.
H Less commonly, this disease develops when damaged
bone marrow microvasculature creates an unfavorable environment for cell growth and maturation.

Causes
H Result of adverse drug reaction
H Immunologic factors; severe disease, especially hep-

atitis; viral infection, especially in children; and preleukemic and neoplastic infiltration of bone marrow
H Congenital hypoplastic anemia, also known as
Diamond-Blackfan anemia, which develops
between ages 2 and 3 months and Fanconis
syndrome, between birth and age 10
H May be idiopathic

Treatment
General
H Elimination of identifiable cause
H Vigorous supportive measures, such as packed

H Pallor and ecchymoses

RBCs, platelets, and experimental histocompatibility


antigen-matched leukocyte transfusions
H Respiratory support with oxygen
H Prevention of infection ranging from frequent hand
washing to filtered airflow
H Well-balanced diet
H Neutropenic precautions, if appropriate

Complications

Medications

H Hemorrhage
H Infection
H Heart failure

H Antibiotics
H Marrow-stimulating agents, such as erythropoietin,

Incidence
H More common in children and young adults

Common characteristics

Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Weight loss
H Dizziness
H Syncope
H Bruising
H Nosebleeds
H Shortness of breath

Physical findings
H Pallor, ecchymosis, petechiae, or retinal hemorrhage
H Alterations in level of consciousness, weakness, fa-

tigue

46

Anemia, aplastic

and colony-stimulating factors, such as filgrastim and


sargramostim
H Immunosuppressants
Corticosteroids such as methylprednisolone
Antithymocyte globulin
Cyclosporine

Surgery
H Bone marrow transplantation (for severe aplasia and

patients who need constant RBC transfusions)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state the need to increase activity level gradually
H maintain vital signs within prescribed limits during
activity

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 47

H maintain normal cardiac output


H exhibit adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased

pain.

Nursing interventions
H Help the patient to prevent or manage hemorrhage,

infection, adverse effects of drug therapy, and blood


transfusion reaction.
H If the patients platelet count is low (less than
20,000/mm3), prevent hemorrhage by avoiding I.M.
injections, and suggesting the use of an electric razor
and a soft toothbrush. Apply pressure to venipuncture sites until bleeding stops.
H Follow neutropenic precautions.
H Make sure throat, urine, nasal, stool, and blood cultures are done regularly and correctly to check for
infection.
H Schedule frequent rest periods.
H Administer oxygen therapy.
H Ensure a comfortable environmental temperature.
H If blood transfusions are necessary, administer according to facility policy and assess for transfusion
reactions.

Monitoring
H Blood studies in patients receiving anemia-inducing

drugs
H Early detection of bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of contact with potential sources of infection, such as crowds, soil, and standing water that
can harbor organisms
H the disorder and its treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse reactions and
when to report them
H normal lifestyle with appropriate restrictions until remission occurs (for the patient who doesnt require
hospitalization).

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Aplastic Anemia Foundation

of America for additional information, assistance,


and support.

Anemia, aplastic

47

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 48

Anemia, folic acid


(folate) deficiency

H Palpitations
H Weakness and light-headedness
H Numbness or tingling in hands and feet

Overview

H Generalized pallor and jaundice


H Weight loss
H Wasted or malnourished appearance
H Possible reddened lips with fissures (cheilosis)
H Red, swollen, smooth, shiny, and tender tongue

Description
H A common, slowly progressive megaloblastic anemia
H Caused by a deficiency of the vitamin folate

Pathophysiology
H When folic acid stores in the body are low or diet is

deficient in folic acid, the bone marrow produces


large red blood cells or megaloblasts resulting in
anemia.

Causes
H Alcohol abuse
H Poor diet
H Impaired absorption from small intestine
H Bacteria competing for available folic acid
H Excessive cooking of foods, which destroys the avail-

able nutrient
H Limited storage capacity in infants
H Prolonged drug therapy with such drugs as anticon-

vulsants, estrogens, and methotrexate


H Increased folic acid requirements during pregnancy,

rapid growth periods in infancy, childhood and adolescence, and in patients with neoplastic diseases or
some skin diseases such as exfoliative dermatitis

Physical findings

(glossitis)
H Reduced sense of taste
H Tachycardia

Test results
Laboratory
H Folic acid deficiency anemia and pernicious anemia
can be distinguished by the Schilling test and a therapeutic trial of vitamin B12 injections.
H Blood studies show macrocythemia, decreased reticulocyte count, increased mean corpuscular volume,
abnormal platelets, and serum folate levels less than
4 mg/ml.

Treatment
General
H Elimination of contributing causes
H Well-balanced diet high in folic acid (see Foods high

in folic acid)
H Frequent rest periods during activity, as needed

Incidence

Medications

H Most prevalent in infants, adolescents, pregnant and

H Folic acid supplements


H Vitamin supplementation (should begin at least 3

lactating women, alcoholics, elderly people, and people with malignant or intestinal diseases

Common characteristics
H Progressive fatigue
H Systemic signs of anemia

Complications
H Pregnant women deficient in folic acid have an in-

creased risk for giving birth to a neonate with a neural tube defect.

Assessment
History
H Severe, progressive fatigue, the hallmark of

folic acid deficiency


H Diarrhea
H Nausea
H Anorexia
H Headaches
H Forgetfulness
H Irritability
H Chest pain
H Shortness of breath

48

Anemia, folic acid (folate) deficiency

months before conception in women trying to become pregnant)


H Blood transfusions in severe cases

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state the need to increase activity level gradually
H maintain vital signs within prescribed limits during
activity
H remain hemodynamically stable
H have normal bowel movements
H experience no further weight loss.

Nursing interventions
H Plan activities, rest periods, and necessary diagnostic

tests to conserve energy.


H Advise the patient to report signs and symptoms of

decreased perfusion to vital organs (dyspnea, chest


pain, dizziness).
H If the patient has glossitis, emphasize the importance
of good oral hygiene.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 49

Foods high in folic acid


The body needs folic acid to develop healthy red blood cells
and synthesize deoxyribonucleic acid. Although body stores
are comparatively small (about 70 mg), this vitamin is plentiful in most well-balanced diets. But because folic acid is
water-soluble and heat-labile, its easily destroyed by cooking. Also, about 20% of folic acid intake is excreted unabsorbed. Daily folic acid intake less than 50 mcg/day usually
induces folic acid deficiency within 4 months. Heres a list of
foods high in folic acid.

Food

mcg/100 g

Asparagus spears
Beef liver
Broccoli spears
Collards (cooked)
Mushrooms
Oatmeal
Peanut butter
Red beans
Wheat germ

109
294
54
102
24
33
57
180
305

H Ask the dietitian to give the patient nonirritating

foods because a sore mouth and tongue make eating


painful. If these symptoms make talking difficult,
supply a pad and pencil or some other aid to facilitate communication.
H To ensure accurate Schilling test results, make sure
that all urine excreted over a 24-hour period is collected and that the specimens remain uncontaminated by bacteria.
H Provide a well-balanced diet, including foods high in
folate, such as dark green leafy vegetables, organ
meats, eggs, milk, oranges, bananas, dry beans, and
whole-grain breads.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte balance

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of a well-balanced diet high in folic acid
H use of commercially prepared formulas for mothers
who arent breast-feeding
H daily folic acid requirements and the need to keep
taking the supplements even when he begins to feel
better
H importance of guarding against infections and reporting signs of infection promptly.

Anemia, folic acid (folate) deficiency

49

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 50

Anemia, iron deficiency

Common characteristics

Overview

Complications

Description
H Decreased total iron body content diminishing ery-

thropoiesis
H Produces smaller (microcytic) cells with less color

H Fatigue
H Systemic signs of anemia

H Infection
H Pneumonia
H Overreplacement of oral or I.M. iron supplements,

which can affect the liver, heart, pituitary glands, and


joints

on staining (hypochromia)

Special populations

Pathophysiology
H Body stores of iron, including plasma iron, decrease.
H Transferrin, which binds with and transports iron,

also decreases.

In a child, iron deficiency anemia can cause pica,


which may lead to eating lead-based paint resulting in lead poisoning.

H Insufficient body stores of iron lead to a depleted red

blood cell mass and to a decreased hemoglobin concentration.


H Anemic state results in decreased oxygen-carrying
capacity of the blood. (See Iron absorption and
storage.)

Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of iron
H Iron malabsorption
H Blood loss secondary to drug-induced GI bleeding or

Assessment
History
H Can persist for years without signs and symptoms
H Fatigue
H Inability to concentrate
H Headache, shortness of breath (especially on exer-

tion)

due to heavy menses, hemorrhage from trauma, GI


ulcers, malignant tumors, and varices
H Pregnancy
H Intravascular hemolysis-induced hemoglobinuria or
paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria
H Mechanical erythrocyte trauma caused by a prosthetic heart valve or vena cava filter
H Can be related to lead poisoning in children

H Increased frequency of infections


H Pica, an uncontrollable urge to eat strange things,

Incidence

Physical findings

H Common worldwide
H Affects 10% to 30% of the adult population of the

H Red, swollen, smooth, shiny, and tender tongue

United States
H Most prevalent among premenopausal women, infants, children, adolescents, alcoholics, and elderly
people

H Corners of the mouth may be eroded, tender, and

Iron absorption and storage


Found in abundance throughout the body, iron is needed
for erythropoiesis. Two-thirds of total-body iron is found
in hemoglobin; the other third, mostly in the reticuloendothelial system (liver, spleen, and bone marrow), with
small amounts in muscle, serum, and body cells.
Adequate iron in the diet and recirculation of iron released from disintegrating red blood cells maintain iron
supplies. The duodenum and upper part of the small intestine absorb dietary iron. Such absorption depends on gastric acid content, the amount of reducing substances
(ascorbic acid, for example) present in the alimentary
canal, and amount of iron intake. If iron intake is deficient,
the body gradually depletes its iron stores, causing decreased hemoglobin levels and, eventually, signs and
symptoms of iron deficiency anemia.

50

Anemia, iron deficiency

such as clay, starch, ice and, in children, lead


H Menorrhagia
H Dysphagia
H Vasomotor disturbances
H Numbness and tingling of the extremities
H Neuralgic pain

(glossitis)
swollen (angular stomatitis)
H Spoon-shaped, brittle nails
H Tachycardia

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin levels are decreased (males, less
than 12 g/dl; females, less than 10 g/dl) or, in severe
anemia, decreased mean corpuscular hemoglobin
level.
H Serum hematocrit is decreased (males, less than
47 ml/dl; females, less than 42 ml/dl).
H Serum iron levels are decreased with high binding
capacity.
H Serum ferritin levels are decreased.
H Serum red blood cell (RBC) count is decreased with
microcytic and hypochromic cells (in early stages,
RBC count may be normal, except in infants and children).

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 51

Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow studies reveal depleted or absent iron
stores (done by staining) as well as normoblastic
hyperplasia.
H GI studies, such as guaiac stool tests, barium swallow
and enema, endoscopy, and sigmoidoscopy, rule out
or confirm the diagnosis of bleeding causing the iron
deficiency.

Recognizing iron overdose


Excessive iron replacement may produce signs and symptoms, such as diarrhea, fever, severe stomach pain, nausea, and vomiting.
When these signs and symptoms occur, notify the
physician and give prescribed treatment, which may include chelation therapy, vigorous I.V. fluid replacement,
gastric lavage, whole-bowel irrigation, and supplemental
oxygen.

Treatment
General

Monitoring

H Determination of underlying cause


H Nutritious, nonirritating foods
H Planned rest periods during activity

H Vital signs
H Compliance with prescribed iron supplement therapy
H Iron replacement overdose (see Recognizing iron

Medications
H Oral preparation of iron or a combination of iron

and ascorbic acid


H I.M. iron in rare cases
H Total-dose I.V. infusions of supplemental iron for

pregnant and elderly patients with severe disease

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight without further loss
H maintain vital signs within prescribed limits during
activity
H express feelings of increased energy
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Note the patients signs or symptoms of decreased

overdose)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dangers of lead poisoning, especially if the patient
reports pica
H importance of continuing therapy, even after the patient begins to feel better
H absorption interference with milk or antacid of iron
supplementation
H increased absorption with vitamin C
H avoidance of staining teeth by drinking liquid supplemental iron through a straw
H when to report adverse effects of iron therapy
H basics of a nutritionally balanced diet
H importance of avoiding infection and when to report
signs of infection
H need for regular checkups
H compliance with prescribed treatment.

perfusion to vital organs.


H Provide oxygen therapy, as necessary.
H Assess the familys dietary habits for iron intake, not-

ing the influence of childhood eating patterns, cultural food preferences, and family income on adequate
nutrition.
H Ask the dietitian to give the patient nonirritating
foods.
H Give prescribed analgesics for headache and other
discomfort.
H Evaluate the patients drug history. Certain drugs,
such as pancreatic enzymes and vitamin E, can interfere with iron metabolism and absorption; aspirin,
steroids, and other drugs can cause GI bleeding.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H If the patient receives iron I.V., monitor the infusion
rate carefully and observe for an allergic reaction.
H Use the Z-track injection method when administering
iron I.M. to prevent skin discoloration, scarring, and
irritating iron deposits in the skin.
H Provide good nutrition and meticulous care of I.V.
sites.

Anemia, iron deficiency

51

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 52

Anemia, pernicious
Overview
Description
H Deficiency of vitamin B12 causing serious neurologic,

psychological, gastric, and intestinal abnormalities

H Characterized by decreased gastric production of hy-

drochloric acid and deficiency of intrinsic factor, essential for vitamin B12 absorption
H Also known as Addisons anemia

Pathophysiology
H An inherited autoimmune response may cause gastric

mucosal atrophy and resultant decreased hydrochloric acid and intrinsic factor production, a substance
normally secreted by the parietal cells of the gastric
mucosa.
H Intrinsic factor deficiency impairs vitamin B12 absorption.
H Vitamin B12 deficiency inhibits the growth of all
cells, particularly red blood cells (RBCs), leading to
insufficient and deformed RBCs with poor oxygencarrying capacity.

Causes
H Genetic predisposition
H Secondary pernicious anemia results from partial

removal of the stomach


H Chronic gastric inflammation

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Characteristic triad of symptoms: weakness; a beefy

red, sore tongue; and numbness and tingling in the


extremities
H GI disturbance: nausea, vomiting, anorexia, weight
loss, flatulence, diarrhea, and constipation
H Peripheral numbness and paresthesia
H Light-headedness
H Headache
H Diplopia and blurred vision
H Loss of taste
H Tinnitus

Physical findings
H Smooth, beefy red, painful tongue
H Slightly jaundiced sclera and pale to bright yellow

skin
H Tachycardia
H Systolic murmur
H Enlarged liver and spleen
H Weakness in the extremities
H Disturbed position sense
H Lack of coordination
H Impaired fine finger movement
H Loss of bowel and bladder control
H Impotence (in males)
H Irritable, depressed, delirious, and ataxic
H Memory loss
H Positive Babinskis and Rombergs signs
H Optic muscle atrophy

H In the United States, most common in New England

Test results

and the Great Lakes region because of ethnic concentration


H Common in Northern Europeans of fair complexion
H Rare in children, Blacks, and Asians
H Onset typically between ages 50 and 60; incidence
increases with advancing age

Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level is decreased.
H RBC count is decreased.
H Mean corpuscular volume is increased (less than
120 mm3); mean corpuscular hemoglobin concentration is also increased.
H White blood cell and platelet counts may be decreased, and the platelets are large and malformed.
H Serum vitamin B12 tests may show levels less than
0.1 mcg/ml.
H Serum lactate dehydrogenase levels are elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow studies reveal erythroid hyperplasia
with increased numbers of megaloblasts but few normally developing RBCs.
H Gastric analysis shows an absence of free hydrochloric acid after histamine or pentagastrin injection.
H The Schilling test may reveal a urinary excretion of
less than 3% in the first 24 hours in patients with
pernicious anemia; may reveal normal excretion of
vitamin B12 when repeated with intrinsic factor
added.

Common characteristics
H Weakness
H Beefy red, sore tongue
H Systemic signs of anemia

Complications
H Heart failure with severe anemia
H Myocardial ischemia
H Paralysis
H Psychotic behavior
H Loss of sphincter control of bowel and bladder
H Peptic ulcer disease

52

Anemia, pernicious

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 53

Treatment
General
H Based on underlying cause
H Well-balanced diet, including foods high in vitamin

B12

Dietary sources of vitamin B12


The following foods are good sources of vitamin B12:
H Meat, especially organ meats
H Poultry, fresh fish, and seafood
H Eggs
H Dairy products
H Fortified cereals and flours

H Sodium and fluid restriction for heart failure


H If anemia causes extreme fatigue, bed rest until

hemoglobin level increases

Medications
H Early I.M. vitamin B12 replacement
H Maintenance levels (monthly) of vitamin B12 doses,

after the patients condition improves

H observance of and when to report confusion and irri-

tability
H prevention of pernicious anemia, by taking vitamin

B12 supplements, in patients who have had extensive


gastric resections or who follow strict vegetarian
diets.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state his understanding of the need to increase activity level gradually
H modify lifestyle to minimize risk for decreased tissue
perfusion
H maintain normal hemoglobin level and hematocrit
H maintain normal coagulation profile.

Nursing interventions
H If the patient has severe anemia, plan activities, rest

periods, and necessary diagnostic tests to conserve


his energy.
H To ensure accurate Schilling test results, make sure
that all urine excreted over a 24-hour period is collected.
H Provide a well-balanced diet, including foods high in
vitamin B12. (See Dietary sources of vitamin B12.)
H Institute safety precautions to prevent falls.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Mental and neurologic status
H Environment (for safety purposes)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H protection against infections and when to report
signs of infection
H when to report signs and symptoms of decreased
perfusion to vital organs and symptoms of neuropathy
H avoidance of irritating foods
H avoidance of exposure to extreme heat or cold on the
extremities
H continuation of vitamin B12 replacement even after
symptoms subside
H proper injection techniques

Anemia, pernicious

53

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 54

Anemia, sickle cell


Overview
Description
H Congenital hemolytic disease that results from a de-

fective hemoglobin (Hb) molecule, HbS, that causes


red blood cells (RBCs) to become sickle-shaped
H Impaired circulation caused by sickle cells resulting
in chronic ill health (fatigue, dyspnea on exertion,
swollen joints), periodic crises, long-term complications, and premature death
H No cure

Pathophysiology
H The abnormal HbS found in the patients RBCs be-

comes insoluble whenever hypoxia occurs.


H The RBCs become rigid, rough, and elongated, form-

ing a crescent or sickle shape.


H Sickling can produce hemolysis (cell destruction).
H The altered cells accumulate in capillaries and small-

er blood vessels, making the blood more viscous.


H Normal circulation is impaired, causing pain, tissue

infarctions, and swelling.

Causes
H Homozygous inheritance of the HbS-producing gene

(defective Hb gene from each parent)

Incidence
H Most common in tropical Africans and in people of

African descent
H Abnormal gene about 1 in 10 blacks (if two such

carriers have offspring, each child has a 1-in-4


chance of developing the disease)
H Found in one in every 500 blacks in the United States
H Also occurs in Puerto Rico, Turkey, India, the Middle
East, and the Mediterranean area

Common characteristics
H Chronic fatigue
H Intense pain due to vascular occlusion in a sickling

episode
H Frequent bacterial infections due to involvement of

spleen
H Systemic signs of anemia

Complications
H Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Heart failure
H Retinopathy
H Nephropathy

54

Anemia, sickle cell

Assessment
History
H Signs and symptoms usually dont develop until after

age 6 months
H Chronic fatigue
H Unexplained dyspnea or dyspnea on exertion
H Joint swelling
H Aching bones
H Chest pain
H Ischemic leg ulcers
H Increased susceptibility to infection
H Pulmonary infarctions and cardiomegaly

Physical findings
H Jaundice or pallor
H May appear small in stature for age
H Delayed growth and puberty
H Spiderlike body build (narrow shoulders and hips,

long extremities, curved spine, and barrel chest) in


adult
H Tachycardia
H Hepatomegaly and, in children, splenomegaly
H Systolic and diastolic murmurs
H Sleepiness with difficulty awakening
H Hematuria
H Pale lips, tongue, palms, and nail beds
H Body temperature greater than 104 F (40 C) or a
temperature of 100 F (37.8 C) that persists for 2
or more days
In painful crisis
H Most common crisis and the hallmark of the disease,
usually appears periodically after age 5, characterized by severe abdominal, thoracic, muscle, or bone
pain and, possibly, increased jaundice, dark urine,
and a low-grade fever
In aplastic crisis
H Pallor, lethargy, sleepiness, dyspnea, possible coma,
markedly decreased bone marrow activity, and RBC
hemolysis
In acute sequestration crisis
H Occurs in infants between ages 8 months and 2
years, causes lethargy and pallor and, if untreated,
progresses to hypovolemic shock and death
In hemolytic crisis
H Liver congestion and hepatomegaly

Test results
Laboratory
H Stained blood smear shows sickle cells and Hb electrophoresis shows HbS. (Electrophoresis should be
done on umbilical cord blood samples at birth to
provide sickle cell disease screening for all neonates
at risk.)
H RBC counts and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are
decreased; white blood cell and platelet counts are
elevated; and serum iron levels are increased.
H RBC survival is decreased and reticulocytosis is present; Hb levels are normal or low.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 55

Imaging
H A lateral chest X-ray detects the characteristic Lincoln log deformity. (This spinal abnormality develops in many adults and some adolescents with sickle
cell anemia, leaving the vertebrae resembling logs
that form the corner of a cabin.)
Diagnostic procedures
H Ophthalmoscopic examination reveals corkscrew or
comma-shaped vessels in the conjunctivae.

Treatment
General
H Avoidance of extreme temperatures
H Avoidance of stress
H Well-balanced diet
H Adequate amounts of folic acidrich foods
H Adequate fluid intake
H Bed rest during crises
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Vaccines, such as polyvalent pneumococcal vaccine

and Haemophilus influenzae B vaccine


H Anti-infectives, as appropriate
H Analgesics
H Iron supplements
H Transfusion of packed RBCs, if Hb level decreases
suddenly or if condition deteriorates rapidly
H Sedation and administration of analgesics, blood
transfusion, oxygen therapy, and large amounts of
oral or I.V. fluids, in an acute sequestration crisis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible
H exhibit adequate ventilation
H maintain collateral circulation
H maintain balanced fluid volume where input will
equal output
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain normal peripheral pulses
H maintain normal skin color and temperature.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to talk about his fears and

concerns.
H If a male patient develops sudden, painful priapism,
reassure him that such episodes are common and
have no permanent harmful effects.
H Make sure that the patient receives adequate
amounts of folic acidrich foods such as green,
leafy vegetables.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.

H Apply warm compresses, warmed thermal blankets,

and warming pads or mattresses to painful areas of


the patients body, unless he has neuropathy.
H Administer analgesics and antipyretics, as needed.
H When cultures demonstrate the presence of infection,
administer prescribed antibiotics.
H Administer prescribed prophylactic antibiotics.
H Use strict sterile technique when performing treatments.
H Encourage bed rest with the head of the bed elevated
to decrease tissue oxygen demand.
H Administer oxygen, as needed.
H Administer blood transfusions.
H If the patient requires general anesthesia for surgery,
help ensure that he receives adequate ventilation to
prevent hypoxic crisis.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complete blood count and other laboratory study

results

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of tight clothing that restricts circulation
H conditions that provoke hypoxia, such as strenuous
exercise, vasoconstricting medications, cold temperatures, unpressurized aircraft, and high altitude
H importance of normal childhood immunizations,
meticulous wound care, good oral hygiene, regular
dental checkups, and a balanced diet as safeguards
against infection
H need for prompt treatment of infection
H need to increase fluid intake to prevent dehydration,
which can cause increased blood viscosity
H symptoms of vaso-occlusive crisis
H need for hospitalization in a vaso-occlusive crisis in
which I.V. fluids, parenteral analgesics, oxygen therapy, and blood transfusions may be necessary
H need to inform all health care providers that the patient has this disease before undergoing any treatment, especially major surgery
H pregnancy and the disease
H balanced diet, including folic acid supplements during pregnancy.

Discharge planning
H Refer parents of children with sickle cell anemia for

genetic counseling to answer their questions about


the risk to future offspring.
H Refer other family members for genetic counseling to
determine if theyre heterozygote carriers.
H If necessary, refer the patient for psychological counseling to help him cope.
H Refer women with sickle cell anemia for birth control counseling.

Anemia, sickle cell

55

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 56

Anemia, sideroblastic
Overview
Description

Physical findings
H Pale skin and oral mucous membranes
H Slight jaundice
H Petechiae or bruises
H Enlarged lymph nodes
H Hepatosplenomegaly

H A group of heterogenous disorders with a common

Test results

defect that causes failure to use iron in hemoglobin


synthesis despite the availability of adequate iron
stores
H Can be acquired or hereditary; the acquired form, in
turn, can be primary or secondary

Laboratory
H Red blood cell (RBC) indices that are revealed by
microscopic examination of blood show erythrocytes
to be hypochromic or normochromic and slightly
macrocytic; RBC precursors may be megaloblastic,
with anisocytosis (abnormal variation in RBC size)
and poikilocytosis (abnormal variation in RBC
shape).
H Vitamin B12 and folic acid levels are normal unless
combined anemias are present.
H Serum reticulocyte count is low because young cells
die in the marrow.
Diagnostic procedures
H Ringed sideroblasts on microscopic examination of
bone marrow aspirate stained with Prussian blue dye
confirms the diagnosis. (See Ringed sideroblast.)

Pathophysiology
H Normoblasts fail to use iron to synthesize hemoglo-

bin.
H Iron is deposited in the mitochondria of normo-

blasts, rather than in the hemoglobin molecules.


H Iron toxicity can cause organ damage.

Causes
H Hereditary; may be due to a rare genetic defect on

the X chromosome
H Acquired form may be secondary to ingestion of or

exposure to toxins, such as alcohol and lead, or to


drugs such as isoniazid and chloramphenicol
H Complication of neoplastic and inflammatory diseases, such as lymphoma, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus
erythematosus, multiple myeloma, tuberculosis, and
severe infections
H Primary acquired form cause unknown

Incidence
H Most prevalent in young males
H Appears to be transmitted by X-linked inheritance; fe-

males are carriers and usually show no signs of this


disorder
H Primary acquired form most common in elderly people but occasionally found in young people

Common characteristics
H Anorexia and fatigue
H Systemic signs of anemia

Complications

Treatment
General
H Underlying cause determines the course of treatment

(for example, in acquired secondary form, the causative drug or toxin is removed)
H Nutritious diet
H Frequent rest periods
H Chelation therapy to decrease iron overload from
repeated transfusions

Medications
In hereditary sideroblastic anemia
H High doses of pyridoxine
In primary acquired anemia
H Transfusion or high doses of androgens
In chronic iron overload
H Deferoxamine

H Severe cardiac, hepatic, splenic, and pancreatic

Nursing considerations

disease
H Acute myelogenous leukemia

Key outcomes

Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Dizziness
H Dyspnea

56

Anemia, sideroblastic

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased energy
H maintain skin integrity
H not develop infection
H show improvement or healing in his lesions or
wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 57

Nursing interventions
H Provide frequent rest periods. Plan activities and di-

agnostic tests so the patient can rest in between.


H Institute safety measures to prevent falls.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide comfort measures; have the patient perform

Ringed sideroblast
Electron microscopy shows large iron deposits in the mitochondria that surround the nucleus, forming the characteristic ringed sideroblast.

relaxation techniques to facilitate coping.


H Administer blood transfusions. Notify the physician if

signs of a transfusion reaction occur.


H If the patient has jaundice or pruritus, provide metic-

ulous skin care.


H Ask about possible exposure to lead in the home

(especially for children) or on the job.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of neuropathy
H Signs and symptoms of decreased perfusion

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed treatment and possible complications
H importance of continuing prescribed therapy, even
after the patient begins to feel better
H precautions for parents about house paint and not allowing children to eat paint chips because of the possibility of lead
H recognition of and when to report adrenergic adverse effects, if androgens are used as part of the
treatment
H recognition of and when to report signs and symptoms of heart failure
H need for proper hygiene and other measures to
guard against infections and when to report signs
and symptoms of infection.

Discharge planning
H Identify patients who abuse alcohol and refer them

for appropriate therapy.

Anemia, sideroblastic

57

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 58

Aneurysm,
abdominal aortic

H Lower back pain unaffected by movement


H Gastric or abdominal fullness
H Sudden onset of severe abdominal pain or lumbar

pain with radiation to flank and groin


H May note a pulsating mass in the periumbilical area:

Overview
Description
H Abnormal dilation in the arterial wall of the aorta,

commonly between the renal arteries and iliac


branches
H Can be fusiform (spindle-shaped), saccular (pouchlike), or dissecting

Pathophysiology
H Focal weakness in the tunica media layer of the aorta

due to degenerative changes allows the tunica intima


and tunica adventitia layers to stretch outward.
H Blood pressure within the aorta progressively weakens vessel walls and enlarges the aneurysm.

Causes
H Arteriosclerosis or atherosclerosis (95%)
H Trauma
H Syphilis; other infections

Risk factors
H Hypertension
H Smoking
H Hypercholesterolemia
H Obesity

Incidence
H Seven times more common in hypertensive males

than in females
H Most common in whites ages 50 to 80

Common characteristics
H Located in the infrarenal aorta (98%)
H Most develop at bifurcations in the vessels

Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Shock
H Dissection

dont palpate
Ruptured aneurysm
H Into the peritoneal cavity, severe, persistent abdominal and back pain
H Into the duodenum, GI bleeding with massive hematemesis and melena
H Mottled skin; poor distal perfusion
H Absent peripheral pulses distally
H Decreased level of consciousness
H Diaphoresis
H Hypotension
H Tachycardia
H Oliguria
H Distended abdomen
H Ecchymosis or hematoma in the abdominal, flank, or
groin area
H Paraplegia if aneurysm rupture reduces blood flow to
the spine
H Systolic bruit over the aorta
H Tenderness over affected area

Test results
Imaging
H Abdominal ultrasonography or echocardiography
determines the size, shape, and location of the
aneurysm.
H Anteroposterior and lateral abdominal X-rays detect
aortic calcification, which outlines the mass, at least
75% of the time.
H Computed tomography scan can visualize the aneurysms effect on nearby organs.
H Aortography shows the condition of vessels proximal
and distal to the aneurysm and the extent of the
aeurysm; aneurysm diameter may be underestimated
because it shows only the flow channel and not the
surrounding clot.

Treatment
General
H Delayed surgery if aneurysm is small and produces

Assessment
History
H Asymptomatic until the aneurysm enlarges and com-

presses surrounding tissue


H Syncope when aneurysm ruptures
H Asymptomatic when clot forms and bleeding stops or

abdominal pain when bleeding continues into the


peritoneum

Physical findings
Intact aneurysm
H Gnawing, generalized, steady abdominal pain
58

Aneurysm, abdominal aortic

no symptoms
H Careful control of hypertension
H Fluid and blood replacement
H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Low-fat diet
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as metoprolol
H Antihypertensives
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics, as appropriate

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 59

Endovascular grafting for repair of AAA


Endovascular grafting is a minimally invasive procedure for the patient who
requires repair of an abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA). Endovascular
grafting reinforces the walls of the aorta to prevent rupture and expansion
of the size of the aneurysm.
The procedure is performed with fluoroscopic guidance, whereby a delivery catheter with an attached compressed graft is inserted through a
small incision into the femoral or iliac artery over a guidewire. The delivery
catheter is advanced into the aorta, where its positioned across the
aneurysm. A balloon on the catheter expands the graft and affixes it to the
vessel wall. The procedure usually takes 2 to 3 hours to perform. Patients
are instructed to walk the first day after surgery and are discharged from
the hospital in 1 to 3 days.

Surgery
H Endovascular grafting or resection of large aneu-

rysms or those that produce symptoms (see Endovascular grafting for repair of AAA)
H Bypass procedures for poor perfusion distal to
aneurysm
H Repair of ruptured aneurysm with a graft replacement

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain palpable pulses distal to the aneurysm site
H maintain adequate urine output (output equivalent to
intake)
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
In a nonacute situation
H Allow the patient to express his fears and concerns
and identify effective coping strategies.
H Offer the patient and his family psychological support.
H Give prescribed drugs.
In an acute situation
H Insert an I.V. line with at least a 14G needle to facilitate blood replacement.
H Obtain blood samples for laboratory tests as ordered.
H Give prescribed drugs.

ALERT
Be alert for signs of rupture, which may be immediately fatal. If rupture does occur, surgery needs to
be immediate. Medical antishock trousers may be
used while transporting the patient to surgery.

After surgery
H Assess peripheral pulses for graft failure or occlusion.

H Watch for signs of bleeding retroperitoneally from

the graft site.


H Maintain blood pressure in prescribed range with

fluids and medications.

ALERT
Assess the patient for severe back pain, which can
indicate that the graft is tearing.
H Have the patient cough, or suction the endotracheal

tube, as needed.
H Provide frequent turning, and assist with ambulation

as soon as the patient is able.

Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm and hemodynamics
H Vital signs, intake and output hourly, neurologic sta-

tus, and pulse oximetry


H Respirations and breath sounds at least every hour
H Arterial blood gas values as ordered
H Daily weight
H Fluid status
H Nasogastric intubation for patency, amount, and type

of drainage
H Laboratory studies
H Abdominal dressings
H Wound site for infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H surgical procedure and expected postoperative care
H importance of taking all medications as prescribed
and carrying a list of medications at all times, in case
of an emergency
H physical activity restrictions until medically cleared
by the physician
H need for regular examination and ultrasound checks
to monitor progression of the aneurysm, if surgery
wasnt performed.

Aneurysm, abdominal aortic

59

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 60

Aneurysm,
femoral and popliteal
Overview
Description
H Progressive atherosclerotic changes occurring in the

walls (medial layer) of the femoral and popliteal


arteries resulting in a dilation or outpouching (see
Arteries of the leg)
H May be fusiform (spindle-shaped) or saccular
(pouchlike)
H Usually progressive, eventually ending in thrombosis,
embolization, and gangrene

Pathophysiology
H Atherosclerotic plaque formation or loss of elastin

and collagen in the vessel wall causes localized outpouching or dilation of a weakened arterial wall.

Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Congenital weakness in the arterial wall (rare)
H Trauma (blunt or penetrating)
H Bacterial infection
H Peripheral vascular reconstructive surgery (which

causes suture line or false aneurysms, whereby a


blood clot forms a second lumen)

Incidence
H Most common in males older than age 50

Common characteristics
H Pain
H Edema and venous distention
H Symptoms of severe ischemia in the leg or foot

Complications
H Gangrene

Assessment
History
H Pain in affected extremity

Physical findings
H Loss of pulse and color, coldness in the affected leg

or foot
H Distal petechial hemorrhages (from aneurysmal emboli)
H Pulsating mass above or below the inguinal ligament
H Firm, nonpulsating mass above or below the inguinal
ligament when thrombosis has occurred

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Arteriography or ultrasonography reveals aneurysm.
60

Aneurysm, femoral and popliteal

Treatment
General
H Nothing by mouth before surgery
H Limited movement of the affected extremity

Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics (before surgery), as appropriate
H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin and heparin

Surgery
H Surgical bypass and reconstruction of the artery, usu-

ally with an autogenous saphenous vein graft replacement


H Leg amputation if arterial occlusion causes severe
ischemia and gangrene

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain pulses and adequate circulation to damaged
aneurysm site
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H carry out activities of daily living without excess fatigue or exhaustion.

Nursing interventions
Before corrective surgery
H Evaluate the patients circulatory status, noting the location and quality of peripheral pulses in the affected
arm or leg.
H Administer a prophylactic antibiotic or anticoagulant,
as needed.
H Discuss expected postoperative procedures with the
patient, and review the surgical procedure.
After arterial surgery
H Correlate condition of extremity with preoperative
circulatory assessment. Mark the sites on the patients skin where pulses are palpable, to facilitate repeated checks.
H Help the patient walk soon after surgery, to prevent
venostasis and thrombus formation.

Monitoring
H Neurovascular condition of affected extremity (pulse,

temperature, sensation, color)


H Vital signs
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of immediately informing the physician
of any recurrence of symptoms

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 61

Arteries of the leg


Front view

Back view
Abdominal
aorta
Common
iliac artery
Internal
iliac artery
External
iliac artery

Deep femoral
artery

Deep femoral
artery

Superficial
femoral artery

Superficial
femoral artery

Popliteal artery
Popliteal artery

Anterior tibial
artery

Anterior
tibial artery

Posterior tibial
artery

Dorsalis pedis
Medial plantar
artery

Lateral plantar
artery

H how to apply antiembolism stockings (Warn the pa-

tient against wearing constrictive clothing.)


H measures to prevent bleeding (if an anticoagulant is
prescribed) such as using an electric razor
H importance of reporting signs of bleeding immediately (bleeding gums, easy bruising, or black, tarry
stools)

H importance of follow-up blood studies to monitor an-

ticoagulant therapy.

Aneurysm, femoral and popliteal

61

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 62

Life-threatening disorder

Aneurysm, intracranial
Overview
Description

Assessment
History
H Headache
H Intermittent nausea
H Seizure
H Photophobia
H Blurred vision

H Weakness in the wall of a cerebral artery that causes

Physical findings

localized dilation
H Most common form is the berry aneurysm, a saclike
outpouching in a cerebral artery
H Usually occurs at an arterial junction in the Circle of
Willis, the circular anastomosis forming the major
cerebral arteries at the base of the brain
H Commonly ruptures and causes subarachnoid hemorrhage

Typically, the severity of a ruptured intracranial


aneurysm is graded according to the patients signs and
symptoms. (See Determining severity of an intracranial aneurysm rupture.)
H Nuchal rigidity
H Back and leg pain
H Fever
H Restlessness
H Irritability
H Hemiparesis
H Hemisensory defects
H Dysphagia
H Visual defects (diplopia, ptosis, dilated pupil, and inability to rotate the eye caused by compression on
the oculomotor nerve if aneurysm is near the internal
carotid artery)

Pathophysiology
H Blood flow exerts pressure against a congenitally

weak arterial wall, stretching it like an overblown


balloon and making it likely to rupture.
H Such a rupture is followed by a subarachnoid hemorrhage, in which blood spills into the space normally
occupied by cerebrospinal fluid.
H Blood spills into brain tissue, where a clot can cause
potentially fatal increased intracranial pressure and
brain tissue damage.

Causes
H Congenital defect
H Degenerative process
H Combination of congenital defect and degenerative

process
H Trauma

Incidence
H Slightly higher in females than in males, especially

those in their late 40s or early- to mid-50s

Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan reveals subarachnoid or
ventricular bleeding with blood in subarachnoid
space and displaced midline structures.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows a cerebral blood
flow void.
H Skull X-rays may reveal calcified wall of the aneurysm
and areas of bone erosion.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebral angiography reveals altered cerebral blood
flow, vessel lumen dilation, and differences in arterial
filling.

H May occur at any age in either sex

Common characteristics

Treatment

H Headache
H Nuchal rigidity
H Stiff back and legs

General

With rupture
H Sudden severe headache
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC)

H Avoidance of coffee, other stimulants, and aspirin

Complications
H Neurologic deficits
H Recurrent bleeding
H Vasospasm
H Death

H Bed rest in a quiet, darkened room with minimal

stimulation

Medications
H Analgesics
H Antihypertensive agents
H Sedatives
H Calcium channel blockers, such as nicardipine and

diltiazem for vasodilation


H Corticosteroids
H Anticonvulsants
H Aminocaproic acid to control bleeding

62

Aneurysm, intracranial

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 63

Determining severity of an intracranial aneurysm rupture


The severity of symptoms varies from patient to patient, depending on the site and amount of bleeding. Five grades
characterize a ruptured cerebral aneurysm:
H Grade I: minimal bleeding The patient is alert with no
neurologic deficit; he may have a slight headache and
nuchal rigidity.
H Grade II: mild bleeding The patient is alert, with a mild
to severe headache and nuchal rigidity; he may have
third-nerve palsy.

Surgery

H Grade III: moderate bleeding The patient is confused


or drowsy, with nuchal rigidity and, possibly, a mild focal
deficit.
H Grade IV: severe bleeding The patient is stuporous,
with nuchal rigidity and, possibly, mild to severe
hemiparesis.
H Grade V: moribund (usually fatal) If the rupture is
nonfatal, the patient is in a deep coma or decerebrate.

Patient teaching

H Surgical repair by clipping, ligation, or wrapping

(before or after rupture)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain or improve LOC
H maintain hemodynamic stability.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize signs of rebleeding.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a visiting nurse or a rehabilita-

tion center when necessary.

Nursing interventions
H Establish and maintain a patent airway.
H Position the patient to promote pulmonary drainage

and prevent upper airway obstruction.


H Impose aneurysm precautions (bed rest in a quiet,

darkened room, keeping the head of the bed flat or


less than 30 degrees, as ordered; limited visitation;
avoidance of strenuous physical activity and straining
with bowel movements; and restricted fluid intake).
H Assist with active range-of-motion (ROM) exercises;
if the patient is paralyzed, perform regular passive
ROM exercises.
H If the patient has facial weakness, assess the gag reflex and assist him during meals, placing food in the
unaffected side of his mouth. If he cant swallow, insert a nasogastric tube, as ordered, and administer
tube feedings.
H If the patient cant speak, establish a simple means of
communication or use cards or a notepad. Encourage his family to speak to him in a normal tone, even
if he doesnt seem to respond.
H Provide emotional support, and include the patients
family in his care as much as possible. Encourage
family members to adopt a realistic attitude, but
dont discourage hope.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Intake and output

Aneurysm, intracranial

63

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 64

Aneurysm, thoracic
aortic
Overview
Description

H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Leg weakness
H Transient paralysis
H Abrupt onset of intermittent neurologic deficits
H Abrupt loss of radial and femoral pulses and right

and left carotid pulses


H Increasing area of flatness over the heart, suggesting

Incidence

cardiac tamponade and hemopericardium


In dissecting ascending aneurysm
H Pain with a boring, tearing, or ripping sensation in
the thorax or the right anterior chest; may extend to
the neck, shoulders, lower back, and abdomen
H Pain most intense at onset
H Murmur of aortic insufficiency, a diastolic murmur
H Pericardial friction rub (if hemopericardium present)
H Blood pressure may be normal or significantly elevated, with a large difference in systolic blood pressure
between the right and left arms
In dissecting descending aneurysm
H Sharp, tearing pain located between the shoulder
blades that usually radiates to the chest
H Carotid and radial pulses present and equal
bilaterally
H Systolic blood pressure equal
H May detect bilateral crackles and rhonchi if pulmonary edema present
In dissecting transverse aneurysm
H Sharp, boring, and tearing pain that radiates to the
shoulders
H Hoarseness
H Dyspnea
H Throat pain
H Dysphagia
H Dry cough

H Ascending thoracic aorta most common site


H Occurs predominantly in males younger than age 60

Test results

H Abnormal widening of the ascending, transverse, or

descending part of the thoracic aorta


H May be saccular (outpouching), fusiform (spindle-

shaped), or dissecting

Pathophysiology
H Thoracic aortic aneurysm is caused by a circumfer-

ential or transverse tear of the aortic wall intima,


usually within the medial layer.
H This occurs in about 60% of patients; its usually an
emergency with poor prognosis.

Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Blunt chest trauma
H Bacterial infections, usually at an atherosclerotic

plaque
H Coarctation of the aorta
H Syphilis infection
H Rheumatic vasculitis
H Marfan syndrome

Risk factors
H Cigarette smoking
H Hypertension

who have coexisting hypertension


H Descending thoracic aortic aneurysms most common

in younger patients who have had chest trauma

Common characteristics
H Asymptomatic until dissection

Complications
H Cardiac tamponade
H Dissection

Assessment
History
H Without signs and symptoms until aneurysm expands

and begins to dissect


H Sudden pain and possibly syncope

Physical findings
H Pallor
H Diaphoresis

64

Aneurysm, thoracic aortic

Laboratory
H Hemoglobin levels are normal or decreased due to
blood loss caused by a leaking aneurysm.
Imaging
H Posteroanterior and oblique chest X-rays show
widening of the aorta and mediastinum.
H Aortography shows lumen of the aneurysm and its
size and location.
H Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography scan help confirm and locate the presence of
aortic dissection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography helps rule out the presence of
myocardial infarction.
H Echocardiography may help identify dissecting
aneurysm of the aortic root.
H Transesophageal echocardiography can be used to
measure the aneurysm in the ascending and descending aorta.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 65

Treatment
General
H I.V. fluids and whole blood transfusions, if needed
H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Low-fat diet
H No activity restrictions unless surgery

Medications
H Antihypertensives
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics, as appropriate

Surgery
H Surgical resection with a Dacron or Teflon graft

replacement

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H show no signs or symptoms of infection
H maintain adequate fluid volume.

ALERT
After surgical repair, monitor for signs that resemble those of the initial dissecting aneurysm, suggesting a tear at the graft site.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the diagnosis
H procedure and expected postoperative care, if
surgery is scheduled
H compliance with antihypertensive therapy, including
the need for such drugs and the expected adverse
effects
H monitoring of blood pressure
H when to call the physician if the patient has any sharp
pain in the chest or back of the neck.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Nursing interventions
H In a nonemergency situation, allow the patient to ex-

press his fears and concerns and identify and use effective coping strategies.
H Offer the patient and his family psychological support.
H Give prescribed analgesics to relieve pain.
After repair of thoracic aneurysm
H Maintain blood pressure in prescribed range with
fluids and medications.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H After stabilization of vital signs, encourage and assist
the patient in turning, coughing, and deep breathing.
H Help the patient walk as soon as hes able.
H Assist the patient with range-of-motion exercises.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and hemodynamics
H Chest tube drainage
H Heart and lung sounds
H Laboratory results
H Distal pulses
H Level of consciousness and pain
H Signs of infection
H I.V. therapy and intake and output

Aneurysm, thoracic aortic

65

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 66

Aneurysm, ventricular
Overview
Description
H An outpouching, almost always of the left ventricle,

that produces ventricular wall dysfunction


H May develop within days to weeks after myocardial

infarction (MI) or may be delayed for years

Pathophysiology
H When MI destroys a large muscular section of the left

ventricle, necrosis reduces the ventricular wall to a


thin sheath of fibrous tissue.
H Under intracardiac pressure, the thin sheath stretches and forms a separate noncontractile sac (aneurysm).
H Abnormal muscle wall movement accompanies ventricular aneurysm.
H During systolic ejection, the abnormal muscle wall
movements cause the remaining normally functioning myocardial fibers to increase the force of contraction to maintain stroke volume and cardiac
output.
H At the same time, a portion of the stroke volume is
lost to passive distention of the noncontractile sac.

Causes
H MI

Incidence
H Occurs in about 20% of patients after MI

Common characteristics
H Occurs after MI

Complications
H Ventricular arrhythmias
H Cerebral embolization
H Heart failure

H Double, diffuse, or displaced apical impulse


H Gallop rhythm
H Crackles and rhonchi

Test results
Imaging
H Two-dimensional echocardiography demonstrates
abnormal motion in the left ventricular wall.
H Left ventriculography reveals left ventricular enlargement, with an area of akinesia or dyskinesia (during
cineangiography) and diminished cardiac function.
H Chest X-rays may disclose an abnormal bulge distorting the hearts contour if the aneurysm is large;
X-rays may be normal if the aneurysm is small.
H Noninvasive nuclear cardiology scan may indicate the
site of infarction and suggest the area of aneurysm.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show persistent ST-T wave
elevations.

Treatment
General
H Depends on the size of the aneurysm and the pres-

ence of complications
H May require only routine medical examination to fol-

low the patients condition


H May require aggressive measures, such as cardiover-

sion, defibrillation, and endotracheal intubation


H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Low-fat diet
H No activity restrictions, unless surgery

Medications
H Antiarrhythmics, such as lidocaine and procainamide
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Fluid and electrolyte replacement
H Analgesics
H Antihypertensives, as appropriate
H Nitrates
H Anticoagulants, such as heparin and warfarin

Assessment

Surgery

History

H Embolectomy
H Aneurysmectomy with myocardial revascularization

H Previous MI
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue

Nursing considerations

Physical findings

Key outcomes

H Edema
H Visible or palpable systolic precordial bulge
H Distended jugular veins, if heart failure is present
H Irregular peripheral pulse rhythm
H Arrhythmias such as premature ventricular contrac-

The patient will:


H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased energy and decreased
fatigue
H express feelings of decreased anxiety.

tions
H Pulsus alternans

66

Aneurysm, ventricular

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 67

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Prepare for surgery, if indicated.

ALERT
Be alert for sudden changes in sensorium that may
indicate cerebral embolization and for any signs
that suggest renal failure or MI.
H Provide psychological support for the patient and his

family.

Monitoring
Heart failure
H Vital signs and heart sounds
H Cardiac rhythm, especially for ventricular arrhythmias
H Intake and output; and fluid and electrolyte balance
H Blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine levels
After surgery
H Pulmonary artery catheter pressures
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Type and amount of chest tube drainage

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H expected postoperative care, if the patient is scheduled to undergo resection
H monitoring pulse irregularity and rate changes.

Discharge planning
H Refer family or caregiver to a community-based car-

diopulmonary resuscitation training program.


H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Aneurysm, ventricular

67

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 68

Ankylosing spondylitis
Overview
Description
H Rheumatoid disease primarily affecting sacroiliac,

apophyseal, and costocervical joints and adjacent ligamentous or tendinous attachments to bone
H Usually occurs as a primary disorder; may occur secondary to Reiters syndrome, psoriatic arthritis, or
inflammatory bowel disease
H Also called rheumatoid spondylitis or MarieStrmpell disease

Pathophysiology
H Disease begins in the sacroiliac; gradually progresses

to the lumbar, thoracic, and cervical spine.


H Bone and cartilage deterioration leads to fibrous

tissue formation and eventual fusion of the spine


or peripheral joints.

Causes
H Unknown
H Familial tendency
H Initial inflammation may result from immune system

activation by bacterial infection

Incidence
H Affects males two to three times more commonly

than females
H Well-recognized in males but commonly overlooked

or missed in females
H More peripheral joint involvement in females

Common characteristics
H Symptoms can unpredictably remit, exacerbate, or

arrest at any stage

Complications
H Atlantoaxial subluxation of cervical vertebrae
H Deposits of amyloid material in the kidneys, which

may lead to renal impairment or failure

Detecting ankylosing spondylitis


in women
Ankylosing spondylitis seldom occurs in women, which is
why if a womans symptoms include pelvic pain diagnosticians typically overlook ankylosing spondylitis and suspect pelvic imflammatory disease. However, its important
to assess a female patient with apparent pelvic disease
carefully especially if culture results identify no apparent cause of her discomfort. Otherwise, misdiagnosis can
lead to unwarranted invasive tests and treatments and
cause the patient needless anxiety related to contracting a
sexually transmitted disease. Asking the patient if theres a
family history of ankylosing spondylitis and the performance of a thorough health and social history is advisable.

68

Ankylosing spondylitis

Assessment
History
H Intermittent lower back pain most severe in the

morning or after inactivity and relieved by exercise


H Mild fatigue, fever, anorexia, and weight loss
H May describe pain in shoulders, hips, knees, and an-

kles
H Pain over the symphysis pubis, which may lead to its

being mistaken for pelvic inflammatory disease (see


Detecting ankylosing spondylitis in women)

Physical findings
H Stiffness or limited motion of the lumbar spine
H Pain and limited chest expansion
H Kyphosis
H Iritis
H Warmth, swelling, or tenderness of affected joints
H Sausage shape to small joints such as toes
H Aortic murmur caused by insufficiency
H Cardiomegaly
H Upper lobe pulmonary fibrosis, which mimics tuber-

culosis, that may reduce vital capacity to 70% or less


of predicted volume

Test results
H Diagnosis of primary ankylosing spondylitis requires

meeting established criteria. (See Diagnosing primary ankylosing spondylitis.)


Laboratory
H HLA antigen typing test shows serum findings that include HLA-B27 in about 95% of patients with primary
ankylosing spondylitis and up to 80% of patients with
secondary disease.
H Serum rheumatoid factor tests show the absence of
rheumatoid factor, which helps rule out rheumatoid
arthritis, which has similar symptoms.
H Serum alkaline phosphate and creatine kinase tests
show slightly elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate,
serum alkaline phosphate levels, and creatine kinase
levels in active disease.
H Serum immunoglobulin (Ig) profile shows elevated
serum IgA levels.
Imaging
H X-ray studies define characteristic changes, such as
bilateral sacroiliac involvement (the hallmark of the
disease); blurring of the joints bony margins in early
disease; patchy sclerosis with superficial bony erosions; eventual squaring of vertebral bodies; and
bamboo spine with complete ankylosis.

Treatment
General
H Good posture; stretching and deep-breathing

exercises
H Braces and lightweight supports, if appropriate
H Heat, warm showers, baths, and ice

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 69

H Nerve stimulation
H Nutritious diet
H Encourage activity as tolerated

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as

ibuprofen
H Sulfasaline
H Methotrexate
H Corticosteroids
H Tumor-necrosis-factor alpha inhibitors

Surgery
H Hip replacement surgery with severe hip involvement
H Spinal wedge osteotomy with severe spinal involve-

ment

Diagnosing primary ankylosing


spondylitis
For a reliable diagnosis, the patient must meet:
H criterion 7 and any one of criteria 1 through 5, or
H any five of criteria 1 through 6 if he doesnt have
criterion 7.

Seven criteria
1. Axial skeleton stiffness for at least 3 months thats
relieved by exercise
2. Lumbar pain that persists at rest
3. Thoracic cage pain of at least 3 months duration that
persists at rest
4. Past or current iritis
5. Decreased lumbar range of motion
6. Decreased chest expansion (age-related)
7. Bilateral, symmetrical sacroiliitis demonstrated by
radiographic studies

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express feelings of increased energy
H recognize limitations imposed by illness and express
feelings about these limitations
H identify factors that increase the risk for injury.

Nursing interventions
H Keep in mind the patients limited range of motion

(ROM) when planning self-care tasks and activities.


H Offer support and reassurance.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Apply heat locally and massage, as indicated.
H Have the patient perform active ROM exercises.
H Pace periods of exercise and rest to help the patient
achieve comfortable energy levels and lung oxygenation.
H If treatment includes surgery, ensure proper body
alignment and positioning.
H Involve other caregivers, such as a social worker, visiting nurse, and dietitian.

H avoidance of prolonged walking, standing, sitting, or

driving
H regular stretching and deep-breathing exercises;

swimming on a regular basis, if possible


H measurement of patients height every 3 to 4 months

to detect kyphosis
H nutrition and weight maintenance.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy, as needed.
H Refer the patient to the Spondylitis Association of

America or the Arthritis Foundation for additional


support and information.

Monitoring
H Mobility and comfort level
H Respiratory status
H Heart sounds

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of physical activity that places stress on the
back such as lifting heavy objects
H importance of standing upright; sitting upright in a
high, straight-back chair; and avoiding leaning over a
desk
H importance of sleeping in a prone position on a hard
mattress and avoiding using pillows under the neck
or knees

Ankylosing spondylitis

69

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 70

Anorexia nervosa

H Limits or restricts food intake; eats small portions

Overview

Complications

Description
H Psychological disorder of self-imposed starvation re-

sulting from a distorted body image and an intense


and irrational fear of gaining weight
H Actual loss of appetite, which is rare
H May occur simultaneously with bulimia nervosa

Pathophysiology
H Decreased calorie intake depletes body fat and pro-

tein stores.
H Estrogen deficiency occurs (in females) due to lack

of lipid substrate for synthesis, causing amenorrhea.


H Testosterone levels fluctuate (in males), and de-

creased erectile function and sperm count occurs.


H Ketoacidosis occurs from increased use of fat as en-

(see Criteria for hospitalizing a patient with


anorexia nervosa)
H Suicide
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Malnutrition
H Dehydration
H Esophageal erosion, ulcers, tears, and bleeding
H Tooth and gum erosion and dental caries
H Decreased left ventricular muscle mass and chamber

size
H Decreased cardiac output
H Hypotension
H Electrocardiogram (ECG) changes
H Heart failure
H Increased susceptibility to infection
H Amenorrhea
H Anemia
H Death

ergy fuel.

Causes

Assessment

H Exact cause unknown


H Social attitudes that equate slimness with beauty
H Subconscious effort to exert personal control over

History

H Low self-esteem
H Compulsive personality
H High achievement goals

H 15% or greater weight loss for no organic reason


H Morbid fear of being fat
H Compulsion to be thin
H Angry disposition
H Tendency to minimize weight loss
H Ritualistic
H Amenorrhea
H Infertility
H Loss of libido
H Fatigue
H Sleep alterations
H Intolerance to cold
H Constipation or diarrhea

Incidence

Physical findings

H 5% to 10% of the population; more than 90% of

H Hypotension
H Bradycardia
H Emaciated appearance
H Skeletal muscle atrophy
H Loss of fatty tissue
H Atrophy of breast tissue
H Blotchy or sallow skin
H Lanugo on the face and body
H Dryness or loss of scalp hair
H Calluses of the knuckles
H Abrasions and scars on the dorsum of the hand
H Dental caries
H Oral or pharyngeal abrasions
H Painless salivary gland enlargement
H Bowel distention
H Slowed reflexes

life or to protect oneself from dealing with issues


surrounding sexuality
H Elaborate food preparation and eating rituals
H Achievement pressure
H Dependence and independence issues
H Stress caused by multiple responsibilities
H History of sexual abuse

Risk factors

those affected are females

Special populations
Anorexia nervosa occurs primarily in adolescents
and young adults but may also affect older females
and, occasionally, males.

Common characteristics
H Preoccupation with body size
H Tendency to describe self as fat
H Dissatisfaction with a particular aspect of physical

appearance
H Compulsive exercising
H Self-induced vomiting
H Laxative or diuretic abuse

70

Anorexia nervosa

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 71

DSM-IV-TR criteria
These criteria must be documented:
H Refusal to maintain or achieve normal weight for age
and height
H Intense fear of gaining weight or becoming fat, even
though underweight
H Disturbance in perception of body weight, size, or
shape
H Absence of at least three consecutive menstrual cycles when otherwise expected to occur (in females)

Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level, platelet count, and white blood
cell count are decreased.
H Bleeding time is prolonged.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is decreased.
H Serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, uric acid,
cholesterol, total protein, albumin, sodium, potassium, chloride, calcium, and fasting blood glucose
levels are decreased.
H Alanine aminotransferase and aspartate aminotransferase levels are elevated in severe starvation states.
H Serum amylase levels are elevated.
H In females, serum luteinizing hormone and folliclestimulating hormone levels are decreased.
H Triiodothyronine levels are decreased.
H Urinalysis shows dilute urine.
Diagnostic procedures
H ECG may show nonspecific ST interval, T-wave
changes, and prolonged PR interval; ventricular
arrhythmias may also be present.

Treatment
General
H Behavior modification
H Curtailed activity for cardiac arrhythmias
H Group, family, or individual psychotherapy
H Balanced diet with a normal eating pattern
H Parenteral nutrition, if necessary
H Gradual increase in physical activity when weight

gain and stabilization occur

Criteria for hospitalizing a patient


with anorexia nervosa
A patient with anorexia nervosa can be successfully treated on an outpatient basis. However, if the patient displays
any of the signs listed here, hospitalization is mandatory:
H rapid weight loss equal to 15% or more of normal body
mass
H persistent bradycardia (50 beats/minute or less)
H hypotension with a systolic reading less than or equal
to 90 mm Hg
H hypothermia (core body temperature less than or equal
to 97 F (36.1 C)
H presence of medical complications, suicidal ideation
H persistent sabotage or disruption of outpatient
treatment resolute denial of condition and the need
for treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Support the patients efforts to achieve target weight.
H Negotiate an adequate food intake with the patient.
H Supervise the patient one-on-one during meals and

for 1 hour afterward.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Electrolyte and complete blood count levels
H Weight on a regular schedule
H Activity for compulsive exercise

ALERT
Monitor the patient for 1 hour after meals to ensure no self-induced vomiting.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H nutrition
H importance of keeping a food journal
H avoidance of discussions about food between the
patient and her family.

Medications

Discharge planning

H Vitamin and mineral supplements


H Electrolyte replacement
H Serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as citalopram,

H Refer the patient to support services.

fluoxetine, and sertraline, after weight gain is established

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H acknowledge change in body image
H express positive feelings about self
H achieve and maintain expected body weight
H achieve expected state of wellness.

Anorexia nervosa

71

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 72

Life-threatening disorder

Anthrax

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Most common in developing countries
H Most common in domestic herbivores, including

sheep, cattle, horses, and goats, and wild herbivores


H Estimates of 20,000 to 100,000 cases per year (Ap-

Overview
Description

proximately 95% of human anthrax are the cutaneous form; about 5% are the inhalation form; GI anthrax is rare.)

H An acute bacterial infection occurring most com-

Common characteristics

monly in herbivorous animals; the natural resistance


of humans to anthrax greater than that of these
animals
H Also known as a potential agent for use in bioterrorism and biological warfare; classified as a Category A
biological disease
H Three forms of anthrax in humans, depending on the
mode of transmission: cutaneous, inhalation (woolsorters disease), and GI
H Cutaneous anthrax: the most common form
H Without treatment, mortality rate from cutaneous anthrax, 20%; mortality rate less than 1% with treatment
H Even with treatment, inhalation anthrax usually fatal
H With treatment, death in 25% to 60% of cases of GI
anthrax
H No screening test for anthrax

H History of exposure to B. anthracis spores


H Clinical manifestation will depend on the form of

Pathophysiology
H Bacillus anthracis is an encapsulated, aerobic,

chain-forming, gram-positive rod that forms oval


spores; spores are hardy and can survive for years
under adverse conditions.
H B. anthracis, an extracellular pathogen, evades
phagocytosis, invades the bloodstream, and multiplies rapidly.
H In cutaneous anthrax, spores enter the body through
abraded or broken skin or by biting flies; the spores
germinate within hours, the vegetative cells multiply,
and anthrax toxin is produced.
H In inhalation anthrax, spores are deposited directly
into the alveoli and phagocytized by macrophages;
some are carried to and germinate in mediastinal
nodes. This may result in overwhelming bacteremia,
hemorrhagic mediastinitis, and secondary pneumonia.
H In GI anthrax, primary infection can occur in the intestine by organisms that survive passage through the
stomach; acute inflammation of the intestinal tract
results.

Causes
H Bacterial infection with B. anthracis

Risk factors
H Laboratory and industrial workers at risk for occupa-

tional exposure

72

Anthrax

anthrax

Complications
H Septicemia
H Hemorrhagic mediastinitis
H Pneumonia
H Respiratory failure
H Hemorrhagic thoracic lymphadenitis
H Meningitis
H Death

Assessment
History
Cutaneous anthrax
H Painless ulcer
H Mild or no constitutional symptoms
Inhalation anthrax
H Initial prodromal flulike symptoms:
Malaise; dry cough
Mild fever; chills
Headache; myalgia
Severe respiratory distress
Chest pain
GI anthrax
H Nausea; vomiting
H Decreased appetite
H Fever
H Abdominal pain
H Vomiting blood
H Severe bloody diarrhea

Physical findings
Cutaneous anthrax
H Initially, a small, papular, pruritic lesion that resembles an insect bite
H Lesion that develops into a vesicle in 1 to 2 days
H Lesion that finally becomes a small, painless ulcer
with a necrotic center, surrounded by nonpitting
edema
H Smaller secondary vesicles that may surround some
lesions
H Lesions that are generally located on exposed areas
of the skin
H Painful, regional, nonspecific lymphadenitis

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 73

Inhalational anthrax
H Increasing fever
H Dyspnea, stridor
H Hypoxia; cyanosis
H Hypotension; shock
GI anthrax
H Fever
H Rapidly developing ascites

Test results
Laboratory
H Gram stain, direct fluorescent antibody staining, and
culture show presence of B. anthracis.
H Blood cultures show presence of B. anthracis.
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis reveals presence of
B. anthracis.
H Complete blood count shows polymorphonuclear
leukocytosis in severe disease.
H Serum antibody tests reveal the presence of the
specific antibody to B. anthracis.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray show symmetrical mediastinal widening
in hemorrhagic mediastinitis.

Treatment
General

H Encourage verbalization of fears and concerns.


H Provide adequate hydration.
H Provide a well-balanced diet.
H Assist the patient in the development of effective cop-

ing mechanisms.
H Provide adequate rest periods.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
H Cardiovascular status
H Skin lesions
H GI status
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Progression of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H anthrax prevention.

H Treatment initiated as soon as exposure to anthrax is

suspected (essential to preventing anthrax infection;


may also help prevent death)
H No dietary restrictions
H Adequate fluid intake
H Physical activity as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as ciprofloxacin, doxycycline, and

amoxicillin
H Oxygen, as needed

Surgery
H May be necessary for complications such as hemor-

rhagic mediastinitis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate nutrition and hydration
H verbalize feelings of fear and anxiety
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H maintain effective ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Maintain patent airway and adequate ventilation.
H Report any case of anthrax in either livestock or hu-

mans to the local board of health.


H Maintain standard precautions.

Anthrax

73

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 74

Aortic insufficiency
Overview
Description
H A heart condition in which blood flows back into the

left ventricle, causing excess fluid volume


H Also called aortic regurgitation

Pathophysiology
H Blood flows back into the left ventricle during dias-

tole, causing increased left ventricular diastolic pressure.


H This results in volume overload, dilation and, eventually, hypertrophy of the left ventricle.
H Excess fluid volume also eventually results in increased left atrial pressure and increased pulmonary
vascular pressure.

Causes
H Rheumatic fever
H Primary disease of the aortic valve leaflets, the wall

or the aortic root, or both


H Hypertension
H Infective endocarditis
H Trauma
H Idiopathic valve calcification
H Aortic dissection
H Aortic aneurysm
H Connective tissue diseases

Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in males
H When associated with mitral valve disease: more

common in females

Common characteristics
H Typically asymptomatic until the fourth or fifth

decade of life
H Orthopnea
H Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
H Exertional dyspnea

Complications
H Left-sided heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Myocardial ischemia

Assessment
History
H Exertional dyspnea, orthopnea, paroxysmal noctur-

nal dyspnea
H Sensation of a forceful heartbeat, especially in supine
position
H Angina, especially nocturnal
H Fatigue

74

Aortic insufficiency

H Palpitations, head pounding


H Symptoms of heart failure, in late stages

Physical findings
H Corrigans pulse
H Pulsus bisferiens
H Pulsating nail beds and Quinckes sign
H Wide pulse pressure
H Diffuse, hyperdynamic apical impulse, displaced lat-

erally and inferiorly


H Systolic thrill at base or suprasternal notch
H S3 gallop with increased left ventricular end-diastolic

pressure

H High frequency, blowing early-peaking, diastolic de-

crescendo murmur best heard with the patient sitting


leaning forward and in deep fixed expiration (see
Identifying the murmur of aortic insufficiency)
H Austin Flint murmur
H Head bobbing with each heartbeat
H Tachycardia, peripheral vasoconstriction, and pulmonary edema if severe aortic insufficiency

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show left ventricular enlargement
and pulmonary vein congestion.
H Echocardiography may show left ventricular enlargement, increased motion of the septum and posterior
wall, thickening of valve cusps, prolapse of the valve,
flail leaflet, vegetations, or dilation of the aortic root.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows sinus tachycardia, left
axis deviation, left ventricular hypertrophy, and left
atrial hypertrophy in severe disease.
H Cardiac catheterization shows presence and degree
of aortic insufficiency, left ventricular dilation and
function, and coexisting coronary artery disease.

Treatment
General
H Periodic noninvasive monitoring of aortic insufficien-

cy and left ventricular function with echocardiogram


H Medical control of hypertension
H Low-sodium diet
H Planned periodic rest periods to avoid fatigue

Medications
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Vasodilators such as nitrates
H Antihypertensives
H Antiarrhythmics, such as amiodarone and

propafenone
H Infective endocarditis prophylaxis, as appropriate
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Antiplatelets, such as clopidogrel and ticlopidine

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 75

ALERT
Avoid using beta-adrenergic blockers due to their
negative inotropic effects.

Identifying the murmur of aortic


insufficiency
A high-pitched, blowing decrescendo murmur that radiates from the aortic valve area to the left sternal border
characterizes aortic insufficiency.

Surgery
H Valve replacement

SYSTOLE
S1

DIASTOLE
S2

SYSTOLE
S1

S2

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without excess fatigue or decreased energy
H maintain cardiac output, demonstrate hemodynamic
stability, and not develop arrhythmias
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H If the patient needs bed rest, stress its importance;

provide a bedside commode.


H Alternate periods of activity and rest.
H Allow the patient to express his concerns about the

effects of activity restrictions on his responsibilities


and routines.
H Keep the patients legs elevated while he sits in a
chair.
H Place the patient in an upright position, if necessary,
and administer oxygen.
H Keep the patient on a low-sodium diet. Consult a dietitian.
H Following surgery, watch for hypotension, arrhythmias, and thrombus formation.

Monitoring

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H periodic rest periods in the patients daily routine
H leg elevation whenever the patient sits
H dietary restrictions
H signs and symptoms of heart failure
H importance of consistent follow-up care
H monitoring of pulse rate and rhythm
H blood pressure control.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an outpatient cardiac rehabilita-

tion program, if indicated.


H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

indicated.

H Signs and symptoms of heart failure


H Pulmonary edema
H Adverse reactions to drug therapy
H Complications

After surgery
H Vital signs and cardiac rhythm
H Heart sounds
H Chest tube drainage
H Neurologic status
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Intake and output; daily weight
H Blood chemistry studies, prothrombin time, and
International Normalized Ratio values
H Chest X-ray results
H Pulmonary artery catheter pressures

Aortic insufficiency

75

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 76

Aortic stenosis
Overview
Description
H Narrowing of the aortic valve that affects blood flow

in the heart
H Classified as either acquired or rheumatic

Pathophysiology
H Stenosis of the aortic valve results in impedance to

forward blood flow.


H The left ventricle requires greater pressure to open

the aortic valve.


H Added workload increases myocardial oxygen demands.
H Diminished cardiac output reduces coronary artery
blood flow.
H Left ventricular hypertrophy and failure result.

Causes
H Idiopathic fibrosis and calcification
H Congenital aortic bicuspid valve
H Rheumatic fever
H Atherosclerosis

Risk factors
H Diabetes mellitus
H Hypercholesterolemia

Incidence
H Possibly asymptomatic until ages 50 to 70, even

though stenosis present since childhood


H About 80% of patients: male

Common characteristics
H Long latent period
H Classic triad of angina pectoris, syncope, and

dyspnea

Complications
H Left-sided heart failure
H Right-sided heart failure
H Infective endocarditis
H Cardiac arrhythmias, especially atrial fibrillation
H Sudden death
H Left ventricular hypertrophy

Physical findings
H Small, sustained arterial pulses that rise slowly
H Distinct lag between carotid artery pulse and apical

pulse
H Orthopnea
H Prominent jugular vein a waves
H Peripheral edema
H Diminished carotid pulses with delayed upstroke
H Apex of the heart may be displaced inferiorly and lat-

erally
H Suprasternal thrill

Special populations
An early systolic ejection murmur may be present
in children and adolescents who have noncalcified
valves. The murmur is low-pitched, rough, and
rasping and is loudest at the base in the second intercostal space.
H Split S2 develops as stenosis becomes more severe
H Prominent S4
H Harsh, rasping, mid- to late-peaking systolic murmur

thats best heard at the base and commonly radiates


to carotids and apex (see Identifying the murmur
of aortic stenosis)

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows valvular calcification, left ventricular enlargement, pulmonary vein congestion and, in
later stages, left atrial, pulmonary artery, right atrial,
and right ventricular enlargement.
H Echocardiography shows decreased valve area, increased gradient, and increased left ventricular wall
thickness.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization shows increased pressure
gradient across the aortic valve, increased left ventricular pressures, and presence of coronary artery
disease.
H Electrocardiography may show left ventricular hypertrophy, atrial fibrillation, or other arrhythmia.

Treatment
General
H Periodic noninvasive evaluation of the severity of

valve narrowing

Assessment
History
H May be asymptomatic
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Angina
H Exertional syncope
H Fatigue
H Palpitations
H Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea

76

Aortic stenosis

H Lifelong treatment and management of congenital

aortic stenosis
H Low-sodium, low-fat, low-cholesterol diet
H Planned rest periods

Medications
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Antibiotic infective endocarditis prophylaxis
H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin
H Antiplatelets such as clopidogrel and ticlopidine

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 77

ALERT
The use of diuretics and vasodilators may lead to
hypotension and inadequate stroke volume.

Surgery
H In adults, valve replacement after they become symp-

Identifying the murmur of aortic stenosis


A low-pitched, harsh crescendo-decrescendo murmur that
radiates from the aortic valve area to the carotid artery
characterizes aortic stenosis.
SYSTOLE
S1

DIASTOLE
S2

SYSTOLE
S1

S2

tomatic with hemodynamic evidence of severe obstruction


H Percutaneous balloon aortic valvuloplasty
H In children without calcified valves, simple commissurotomy under direct visualization
H Ross procedure in patients younger than age 5

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H perform activities of daily living without excess fatigue or exhaustion
H avoid complications
H maintain cardiac output
H demonstrate hemodynamic stability
H maintain balanced fluid status
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H develop and demonstrate adequate coping skills.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Maintain a low-sodium diet. Consult with a dietitian.
H If the patient requires bed rest, stress its importance.

Provide a bedside commode.


H Alternate periods of activity and rest.
H Allow the patient to voice concerns about the effects
of activity restrictions.
H Keep the patients legs elevated while he sits in a
chair.
H Place the patient in an upright position, and administer oxygen, as needed.
H Allow the patient to express his fears and concerns.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H periodic rest in the patients daily routine
H leg elevation whenever the patient sits
H dietary and fluid restrictions
H importance of consistent follow-up care
H signs and symptoms of heart failure
H infective endocarditis prophylaxis
H pulse rate and rhythm
H monitoring for atrial fibrillation and other arrhythmias.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure
H Signs and symptoms of progressive aortic stenosis
H Daily weight
H Arrhythmias
H Respiratory status
H Prothrombin time and International Normalized

Ratio
If the patient has surgery
H Signs and symptoms of thrombus formation
H Hemodynamics
H Arterial blood gas results
H Blood chemistry results
H Chest X-ray results

Aortic stenosis

77

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 78

Appendicitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the vermiform appendix
H Most common major abdominal surgical disease
H Fatal if left untreated; gangrene and perforation de-

velop within 36 hours

Pathophysiology
H Mucosal ulceration triggers inflammation, which

temporarily obstructs the appendix.


H Obstruction causes mucus outflow, increasing pres-

sure in the distended appendix; the appendix then


contracts.
H Bacteria multiply and inflammation and pressure increase, restricting blood flow and causing thrombus
and abdominal pain.

Causes
H Foreign body
H Neoplasm
H Mucosal ulceration
H Fecal mass
H Stricture
H Barium ingestion
H Viral infection

Risk factors

H Anorexia
H Nausea, vomiting

Physical findings
H Low-grade fever, tachycardia
H Adjusts posture to decrease pain
H Guarding
H Normoactive bowel sounds, with possible constipa-

tion or diarrhea
H Rebound tenderness and spasm of the abdominal

muscles
H Rovsings sign (pain in right lower quadrant that oc-

curs with palpation of left lower quadrant)


H Psoas sign (abdominal pain that occurs when the pa-

tient flexes his hip with pressure applied to his knee)


H Obturator sign (abdominal pain that occurs when the

hip is rotated)
H Absent abdominal tenderness or flank tenderness

with retrocele or pelvic appendix

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is moderately elevated, with
an increased numbers of immature cells.
Imaging
H Abdominal or transvaginal ultrasound shows appendiceal inflammation.
H Barium enema reveals nonfilling appendix.
H Abdominal computed tomography scan demonstrates
suspected perforation or abscess.

H Adolescent male

Treatment

Incidence

General

H Can occur at any age; however, the majority of cases

H Delaying surgery until antibiotic therapy has been ini-

occur between ages 11 and 20


H Affects both sexes; however, between puberty and age
25, more prevalent in men

H Nothing by mouth until after surgery, then gradual re-

Common characteristics

H Early postoperative ambulation


H Incentive spirometry

H Abdominal pain
H Anorexia
H Vomiting

Medications

Complications
H Wound infection
H Intra-abdominal infection
H Fecal fistula
H Intestinal obstruction
H Incisional hernia
H Peritonitis (most common)
H Death

Assessment
History
H Abdominal pain thats initially generalized, then lo-

calizes in the right lower abdomen (McBurneys


point)

78

Appendicitis

tiated, if an abscess suspected


turn to regular diet

H I.V. fluids
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics preoperatively and if peritonitis develops

Surgery
H Appendectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H avoid complications
H exhibit no signs of infection
H maintain calorie requirement
H maintain normal fluid volume.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 79

Nursing interventions
H Maintain nothing-by-mouth status until surgery is

performed.
H Administer I.V. fluids
H Avoid administering analgesics until the diagnosis is

confirmed.
H Avoid administering cathartics or enemas that may

rupture the appendix.


H Place the patient in Fowlers position to decrease

pain.
H Give prescribed drugs.

ALERT
Never apply heat to the right lower abdomen; this
can cause the appendix to rupture.

Monitoring
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Bowel sounds, passing of flatus, or bowel movements
H Wound healing

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching
H possible complications
H appropriate wound care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse reactions
H postoperative activity limitations.

Appendicitis

79

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 80

Arterial occlusive
disease
Overview
Description
H An obstruction or narrowing of the lumen of the aor-

ta and its major branches


H May affect arteries, including the carotid, vertebral,

innominate, subclavian, femoral, iliac, renal, mesenteric, and celiac


H Prognosis dependent on location of the occlusion
and development of collateral circulation that counteracts reduced blood flow

Pathophysiology
H Narrowing of vessel leads to interrupted blood flow,

usually to the legs and feet.


H During times of increased activity or exercise, blood

flow to surrounding muscles cant meet the metabolic demand.


H This results in pain in affected areas.

Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Immune arteritis
H Embolism
H Thrombosis
H Thromboangiitis obliterans
H Raynauds disease
H Fibromuscular disease
H Atheromatous debris (plaques)
H Indwelling arterial catheter
H Direct blunt or penetrating trauma

Risk factors
H Smoking
H Hypertension
H Dyslipidemia
H Diabetes mellitus
H Advanced age

Incidence
H More common in males than in females
H Usually occurs in people older than age 50
H Higher incidence in patients with diabetes
H Arteries in the legs more commonly affected

Common characteristics
H Intermittent claudication
H Decreased temperature in arms and legs
H Numbness or paresthesia

Complications
H Severe ischemia
H Skin ulceration
H Gangrene
H Limb loss

80

Arterial occlusive disease

Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors
H Family history of vascular disease
H Intermittent claudication
H Rest pain
H Poor healing wounds or ulcers
H Impotence
H Dizziness or near syncope
H Transient ischemic attack symptoms

Physical findings
H Trophic changes of involved arm or leg
H Diminished or absent pulses in arm or leg
H Presence of ischemic ulcers
H Pallor with elevation of arm or leg
H Dependent rubor
H Arterial bruit
H Hypertension
H Pain
H Pulselessness distal to the occlusion
H Paralysis and paresthesia occurring in the affected

arm or leg
H Cool extremities

Test results
Imaging
H Arteriography shows type, location, and degree of
obstruction, and the establishment of collateral circulation.
H Ultrasonography and plethysmography show decreased blood flow distal to the occlusion.
H Doppler ultrasonography shows a relatively
low-pitched sound and a monophasic waveform.
H EEG and computed tomography scan may show the
presence of brain lesions.
Other
H Segmental limb pressures and pulse volume measurements show the location and extent of the occlusion.
H Ophthalmodynamometry shows the degree of obstruction in the internal carotid artery.
H Electrocardiography may show presence of cardiovascular disease.

Treatment
General
H Smoking cessation
H Hypertension, diabetes, and dyslipidemia control
H Foot and leg care
H Weight control
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol, high-fiber diet
H Regular walking program

Medications
H Antiplatelets, such as clopidogrel and ticlopidine
H Lipid-lowering agents

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 81

H Hypoglycemics
H Antihypertensives
H Thrombolytics, such as alteplase and streptokinase
H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin and heparin
H Niacin or vitamin B complex

Surgery
H Embolectomy
H Endarterectomy
H Atherectomy
H Laser angioplasty
H Endovascular stent placement
H Percutaneous transluminal angioplasty
H Laser surgery
H Patch grafting
H Bypass graft
H Lumbar sympathectomy
H Amputation
H Bowel resection

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain palpable pulses and collateral circulation
H maintain skin integrity
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H develop no signs or symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
For chronic arterial occlusive disease
H Use preventive measures, such as minimal pressure
mattresses, heel protectors, a foot cradle, or a footboard.
H Avoid using restrictive clothing such as antiembolism
stockings.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Allow the patient to express fears and concerns.
For preoperative care during an acute episode
H Assess the patients circulatory status.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Give prescribed heparin or thrombolytics.
H Wrap the patients affected foot in soft cotton batting,
and reposition it frequently to prevent pressure on
any one area.
H Strictly avoid elevating or applying heat to the affected leg.
For postoperative care
H Watch the patient closely for signs of hemorrhage.
H In mesenteric artery occlusion, connect a nasogastric
tube to low intermittent suction.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Assist with early ambulation, but dont allow the patient to sit for an extended period.
H If amputation has occurred, check the stump carefully for drainage, and note and record its color and
amount and the time.
H Elevate the stump as ordered.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of fluid or electrolyte imbalance

or renal failure
H Signs and symptoms of stroke
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Distal pulses
H Neurologic status
H Bowel sounds
H Prothrombin time and International Normalized

Ratio

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H dietary restrictions
H regular exercise program
H foot care
H signs and symptoms of graft occlusion
H signs and symptoms of arterial insufficiency and
occlusion
H avoidance of wearing constrictive clothing, crossing
legs, or wearing garters
H risk factor modification
H avoidance of temperature extremes.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a physical and occupational ther-

apist, as indicated.
H Refer the patient to a podiatrist for foot care, as

needed.
H Refer the patient to an endocrinologist for glucose

control, as indicated.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program,

as indicated.

Arterial occlusive disease

81

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 82

Arteriovenous
malformations

H Symptoms of intracranial (intracerebral, subarach-

noid, or subdural) hemorrhage, including sudden


severe headache, seizures, confusion, lethargy, and
meningeal irritation
H Hydrocephalus

Overview

Complications

Description

H Aneurysm development and subsequent rupture


H Hemorrhage (intracerebral, subarachnoid, or sub-

H Tangled masses of thin-walled, dilated blood vessels

between arteries and veins that dont connect by capillaries


H Common in the brain, primarily in the posterior portion of the cerebral hemispheres
H Adequate perfusion of brain tissue prevented due to
abnormal channels between arterial and venous system mixing oxygenated and unoxygenated blood
H Range in size from a few millimeters to large malformations extending from the cerebral cortex to the
ventricles
H Commonly more than one arteriovenous malformation (AVM) present

Pathophysiology

dural, depending on the location of the AVM)


H Hydrocephalus

Assessment
History
H Chronic headache
H Seizures
H Change in mental status

Physical findings
H Systolic carotid bruit
H Neurologic deficits

H Typical structural characteristics of the blood vessels

Test results

arent present.
H Vessels of an AVM are very thin. (One or more arteries feed into the AVM, causing it to appear dilated
and torturous.)
H Typically, high-pressured arterial flow moves into the
venous system through the connecting channels to
increase venous pressure, engorging and dilating the
venous structures.
H If the AVM is large enough, the shunting can deprive
the surrounding tissue of adequate blood flow.
H Thin-walled vessels may ooze small amounts of blood
or actually rupture, causing hemorrhage into the
brain or subarachnoid space.

Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebral arteriogram confirms the presence of AVMs
and evaluates blood flow.
H Doppler ultrasonography of cerebrovascular system
indicates abnormal, turbulent blood flow.

Treatment
General
H Support measures, including aneurysm precautions

to prevent possible rupture

Causes

H Nothing by mouth, if scheduled for surgery


H Limited activity
H Quiet atmosphere

H Congenital (hereditary)
H Penetrating injuries such as trauma

Medications

Incidence
H Males and females equally affected
H AVMs possibly familial
H Most AVMs present at birth; however, typically asymp-

tomatic until ages 10 to 20

Common characteristics
H Chronic mild headache and confusion
H Seizures
H Systolic bruit over carotid artery, mastoid process, or

orbit
H Focal neurologic deficits (depending on the location

of the AVM) resulting from compression and diminished perfusion

82

Arteriovenous malformations

H I.V. fluid
H Analgesics
H Sedatives
H Stool softener

Surgery
H Block dissection, laser, or ligation to repair the com-

municating channels and remove the feeding vessels


H Embolization or radiation therapy, if surgery isnt

possible, to close the communicating channels and


feeder vessels and thus reduce the blood flow to the
AVM

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 83

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain stable neurologic status
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Control hypertension and seizure activity.
H Maintain a quiet atmosphere and provide relaxation

techniques.
H If the AVM has ruptured, work to control elevated in-

tracranial pressure and intracranial hemorrhage.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of reporting signs of intracranial bleeding immediately (sudden severe headache, vision
changes, decreased movement in extremities, change
in level of consciousness).

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social service for support ser-

vices if neurologic deficits have occurred due to a


ruptured AVM.

Arteriovenous malformations

83

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 84

Asbestosis
Overview
Description
H Lung disease characterized by diffuse interstitial pul-

monary fibrosis resulting from prolonged exposure


to airborne asbestos particles
H May develop many years (about 15 to 20) after regular exposure to asbestos ceases
H Pleural plaques and mesotheliomas of the pleura and
the peritoneum formed by exposure
H A form of pneumoconiosis
H Also known as mesothelioma

Pathophysiology
H Inhaled asbestos fibers travel down the airway and

penetrate respiratory bronchioles and alveolar walls.


H Mucus production and goblet cells are stimulated to

protect the airway and aid in expectoration.


H Fibers become encased in a brown, iron-rich, pro-

teinlike sheath, called asbestosis bodies.


H Chronic irritation by the fibers continues, causing

edema of the airways.


H Fibrosis develops in response to the chronic irrita-

tion.

Causes
H Prolonged inhalation of asbestos fibers from indus-

tries, such as mining and milling, construction, fireproofing, and textile


H Production of paints, plastics, and brake and clutch
linings
H Exposure to fibrous dust shaken off workers clothing
H Exposure to fibrous dust or waste piles from nearby
asbestos plants

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Exposure to asbestos fibers
H Exertional or rest dyspnea
H Cough
H Chest pain
H Recurrent respiratory tract infections

Physical findings
H Tachypnea
H Clubbing of the fingers
H Characteristic dry crackles in the lung bases

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows decreased
partial pressures of arterial oxygen and carbon dioxide.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show fine, irregular, and linear diffuse infiltrates; a honeycomb or ground-glass appearance to lungs; and pleural thickening and pleural calcification, bilateral obliteration of costophrenic
angles, and an enlarged heart with shaggy border.
Other
H Pulmonary function tests may show decreased vital
capacity, forced vital capacity (FVC), and total lung
capacity; decreased or normal forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) a normal ratio of FEV1 to
FVC; and reduced diffusing capacity for carbon
monoxide.

Treatment
General
H Controlled coughing and postural drainage with

chest percussion and vibration

H Commonly occurring between ages 40 and 75


H Affects males more commonly than females

H At least 3 qt (3 L) of fluids daily


H High-calorie, high-protein, low-sodium diet
H Activity as tolerated

Common characteristics

Medications

H Exposure to asbestos fibers


H Exertional or rest dyspnea
H Dry cough
H Chest pain
H Recurrent respiratory tract infections

H Inhaled mucolytics such as acetylcysteine


H Supplemental oxygen
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Antibiotics, as appropriate

Complications

Surgery

H Pulmonary fibrosis
H Respiratory failure
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Cor pulmonale

H Lung transplantation, in severe cases

84

Asbestosis

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 85

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H express understanding of the illness
H identify measures to prevent or reduce fatigue.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs and provide oxygen therapy.
H Provide supportive care.
H Provide chest physiotherapy.
H Provide high-calorie, high-protein, low-sodium foods

in small, frequent meals.


H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Provide frequent rest periods.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status (breath sounds, ABG results)
H Sputum production
H Mentation
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H transtracheal catheter care, if applicable
H prevention of infection
H signs and symptoms of infection
H influenza and pneumococcus immunizations
H home oxygen therapy, if required
H importance of follow-up care
H chest physiotherapy
H high-calorie, high-protein, low-sodium diet
H adequate oral fluid intake
H energy conservation techniques.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Asbestosis

85

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 86

Ascariasis
Overview
Description
H Intestinal infection caused by the parasitic worm As-

caris lumbricoides, a large roundworm resembling


an earthworm
H Never passes directly from person to person
H Also known as roundworm infection

Pathophysiology
H After ingestion, A. lumbricoides ova hatch and re-

lease larvae, which penetrate the intestinal wall and


reach the lungs through the bloodstream.
H After about 10 days in pulmonary capillaries and
alveoli, the larvae migrate to the bronchioles,
bronchi, trachea, and epiglottis.
H From the epiglottis, the larvae are swallowed and
return to the intestine to mature into worms.

Causes
H Ingestion of food, drink, or soil contaminated with

A. lumbricoides ova

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide but most common in tropical ar-

eas with poor sanitation and in Asia, where farmers


use human stool as fertilizer
H In the United States, more prevalent in the South,
particularly among younger children

Common characteristics
H Stomach discomfort
H Vomiting

Test results
Laboratory
H Microscopic studies show ova in the stool, or adult
worm is observed in emesis.
H Complete blood count: shows eosinophilia
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays show whirlpool pattern of intraluminal worms. (Intestinal obstruction may be noted.)
H Chest X-rays show characteristic bronchovascular
markings infiltrates, patchy areas of pneumonitis,
and widening of hilar shadows (if migrated to lungs).

Treatment
General
H Nasogastric (NG) suctioning (with intestinal obstruc-

tion)
H Nothing by mouth until stable
H Rest as needed

Medications
H I.V. fluids
H Mebendazole and albendazole
H Anthelmintic therapy (pyrantel or piperazine) (avoid

use if intestinal obstruction is present)

ALERT
Piperazine is contraindicated in patients with
seizure disorder and may cause stomach upset,
dizziness, and urticaria. Pyrantel produces red
stool and vomitus and may cause stomach upset,
headache, dizziness, and rash. Albendazole and
mebendazole may cause abdominal pain and diarrhea.

Complications

Surgery

H Intestinal obstruction
H Pneumonitis

H Intestinal surgery to relieve obstruction, if necessary

Assessment
History
H Stomach discomfort or pain
H Nausea and vomiting
H Recent travel to endemic area
H Restlessness
H Disturbed sleep

Physical findings
H Abdominal tenderness
H Dehydration
H Crackles, wheezing, and tachypnea (if migrated to

the lungs)

86

Ascariasis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H regain normal intestinal function
H express understanding of proper sanitation of food
and hands.

Nursing interventions
H Isolation is unnecessary; proper disposal of stool and

soiled linen, using standard precautions, should be


adequate.
H If the patient is receiving NG suctioning, provide
good mouth care.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 87

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Appearance of stools (for worms)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand washing, especially before eating and
after defecating
H bathing and changing underwear and bed linens
daily
H adverse effects of medications prescribed for the
patient.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services if living conditions

are questionable regarding cleanliness.

Ascariasis

87

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 88

Life-threatening disorder

Aspergillosis

H Organ transplants
H TB or another cavitary lung disease (in asper-

gilloma)

Incidence
H Aspergillus: found worldwide, commonly in ferment-

Overview
Description
H An opportunistic, sometimes life-threatening infec-

tion, growth, or allergic response caused by fungi of


the genus Aspergillus, usually A. fumigatus, A.
flavus, or A. niger, occurring in:
Aspergilloma: produces a fungus ball in the lungs
(called a mycetoma)
Allergic aspergillosis: a hypersensitive asthmatic
reaction to Aspergillus antigens
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis: an infection of the
anterior and posterior chambers of the eye that
can lead to blindness
Invasive aspergillosis: an acute infection that produces septicemia, thrombosis, and infarction of
virtually any organ, especially the heart, lungs,
brain, and kidneys
H Variable prognosis according to each form (aspergilloma possibly causing fatal hemoptysis)

Pathophysiology
H Conidia (asexual spores) travel into the alveoli via in-

halation or, in aspergillosis endophthalmitis, through


a wound or other tissue injury.
H Pulmonary macrophages may be able to kill the conidia.
H The alternative complement pathway is activated, resulting in recruitment of neutrophils and monocytes.
H The disease may be accompanied by hyphal invasion
of the blood vessels in the involved tissues.
H In aspergilloma, colonization of the bronchial tree
with Aspergillus produces plugs and atelectasis and
forms a tangled ball of hyphae (fungal filaments),
fibrin, and exudate in a cavity left by a previous illness such as tuberculosis (TB).

Causes
H Contact with Aspergillus, commonly found growing

on dry leaves, stored grain, compost piles, or decaying vegetation

Risk factors
H Excessive or prolonged use of antibiotics, glucocorti-

coids, or other immunosuppressants


H Radiation therapy
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H Hodgkins disease
H Leukemia
H Azotemia
H Alcoholism
H Sarcoidosis
H Bronchitis and bronchiectasis

88

Aspergillosis

ing compost piles and damp hay

Common characteristics
Aspergilloma
H May produce no symptoms
H Mimics TB, causing a productive cough and purulent
or blood-tinged sputum, dyspnea, empyema, and
lung abscesses
Allergic aspergillosis
H Wheezing
H Dyspnea
H Cough with some sputum production
H Pleural pain
H Fever
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Usually appears 2 to 3 weeks after an eye injury or
surgery
H Clouded vision
H Eye pain
H Reddened conjunctivae
Invasive aspergillosis
H Thrombosis
H Infarctions
H Sepsis

Complications
H Infection of the ear (otomycosis), cornea (mycotic

keratitis), or prosthetic heart valve (endocarditis)


H Pneumonia (especially in those receiving an im-

munosuppressant such as an antineoplastic drug or


high-dose steroid therapy)
H Sinusitis
H Brain abscesses
H Life-threatening hemoptysis
H Septicemia

Assessment
History
Aspergilloma and allergic aspergillosis
H Immunosuppression
H Dyspnea
H Cough with sputum production
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Eye pain
H Vision changes
H Recent eye injury or surgery
Invasive aspergillosis
H History based on infected organ

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 89

Physical findings

Nursing interventions

Aspergilloma and allergic aspergillosis


H Diminished breath sounds
H Adventitious breath sounds
H Cough with sputum production
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Reddened conjunctivae
H Blurred vision
Invasive aspergillosis
H Findings based on infected organ

H Perform chest physiotherapy every 2 hours.


H Encourage coughing and deep breathing every hour.

Test results
Laboratory
ASPERGILLOMA
H Serum is positive for anti-Aspergillus antibodies.
ALLERGIC ASPERGILLOSIS
H Sputum culture reveals hyphae that grow Aspergillus

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Sputum production, amount, color, and character

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H adverse effects of medications.

and eosinophils.
H Serum is positive for immunoglobulin (Ig) E and IgG

anti-Aspergillus antibodies.
ASPERGILLOSIS ENDOPHTHALMITIS
H Eye culture or exudate shows Aspergillus.

Diagnostic procedures
INVASIVE ASPERGILLOSIS
H Bronchoscopy and open lung biopsy are performed

to obtain a tissue sample that confirms diagnosis.


Imaging
ASPERGILLOMA
H Chest X-ray shows a round to oval mass with a radi-

olucent crescent over the upper portion of the mass


(Monods sign).

Treatment
General
H Supportive therapy

Medications
Allergic aspergillosis
H Desensitization
H Steroids
Aspergillosis endophthalmitis
H Amphotericin B
Invasive aspergillosis
H Antifungal therapy

Surgery
Aspergilloma
H Local excision of the lesion
H Lobectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain stable vital signs
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment.

Aspergillosis

89

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 90

Life-threatening disorder

Asphyxia
Overview
Description

H Altered respiratory rate


H Little or no air movement
H Intercostal rib retractions
H Pale skin
H Cyanosis in mucous membranes, lips, and nail beds
H Erythema and petechiae on the upper chest (trauma)
H Cherry-red mucous membranes (carbon monoxide

poisoning)
H Decreased or absent breath sounds

H A condition of insufficient oxygen and accumulating

Test results

carbon dioxide in the blood and tissues


H Leads to cardiopulmonary arrest; fatal without
prompt treatment

Laboratory
H Decreased partial pressure of arterial oxygen (less
than 60 mm Hg) and increased partial pressure of
arterial carbon dioxide (more than 50 mm Hg) are
indicated by arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis.
H Toxicology tests show drugs, chemicals, or abnormal
hemoglobin level.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may detect a foreign body, pulmonary
edema, or atelectasis.
H Pulmonary function tests may indicate respiratory
muscle weakness.
H Bronchoscopy can locate foreign body.

Pathophysiology
H An interference with respiration causes insufficient

oxygen intake and hypoxemia.


H Carbon dioxide accumulates due to the lack of gas

exchange in the lungs.


H This leads to inadequate tissue perfusion and cell

death.

Causes
H Opioid abuse
H Respiratory muscle paralysis
H Airway obstruction
H Aspiration
H Pulmonary edema
H Near drowning
H Tumor
H Strangulation
H Trauma to airway
H Carbon monoxide poisoning
H Smoke inhalation

Incidence
H Can occur at any age

Common characteristics

Treatment
General
H Establish airway and ventilation
H Treat the underlying cause
H Nothing by mouth until able to protect airway
H Activity based on outcome of interventions

Medications
H Oxygen
H Narcan (if caused by opioid abuse)

Surgery
H Tumor removal

H Altered respirations
H Changes in level of consciousness
H Cardiac arrest

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H Neurologic damage
H Death

The patient will:


H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain acceptable cardiac output
H demonstrate knowledge of safety measures to prevent
suffocation.

Assessment
History
H Cause of the asphyxia possibly apparent
H Causes of signs and symptoms varying

Physical findings
H Anxiousness or agitation
H Confusion
H Dyspnea
H Prominent neck muscles
H Wheezing and stridor

90

Asphyxia

Nursing interventions
H Perform abdominal thrust, if obstruction is present.
H Maintain patent airway.
H Begin cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if necessary.
H Insert a nasogastric tube or an Ewald tube for lavage

(for opioid abuse).


H Give prescribed drugs.
H Reassure the patient and his family.
H Ensure I.V. access.

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 91

Monitoring
H ABG levels, pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H Cardiac status
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H cause of asphyxia (with patient and family members,
discuss measures to prevent recurrence, if appropriate)
H safety measures if the victim is a child.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the proper authorities, if criminal

intent was involved.


H Refer the patient to resource and support services, if

appropriate.

Asphyxia

91

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 92

Life-threatening disorder

Asthma

H Psychological stress
H Cold air
H Exercise

Incidence
H Can occur at any age; about 50% of all patients with

Overview
Description
H A chronic reactive airway disorder involving episod-

ic, reversible airway obstruction resulting from bronchospasms, increased mucus secretions, and mucosal edema
H Signs and symptoms that range from mild wheezing
and dyspnea to life-threatening respiratory failure
H Signs and symptoms of bronchial airway obstruction
that may persist between acute episodes

Pathophysiology
H Tracheal and bronchial linings overreact to various

stimuli, causing episodic smooth-muscle spasms that


severely constrict the airways.
H Mucosal edema and thickened secretions further
block the airways.
H Immunoglobulin (Ig) E antibodies, attached to
histamine-containing mast cells and receptors on cell
membranes, initiate intrinsic asthma attacks.
H When exposed to an antigen such as pollen, the IgE
antibody combines with the antigen. On subsequent
exposure to the antigen, mast cells degranulate and
release mediators.
H The mediators cause the bronchoconstriction and
edema of an asthma attack.
H During an asthma attack, expiratory airflow decreases, trapping gas in the airways causing alveolar hyperinflation.
H Atelectasis may develop in some lung regions.
H The increased airway resistance initiates labored
breathing.

Causes
H Sensitivity to specific external allergens or from in-

ternal, nonallergenic factors


Extrinsic causes
H Pollen
H Animal dander
H House dust or mold
H Kapok or feather pillows
H Food additives containing sulfites and any other sensitizing substance
Intrinsic causes
H Emotional stress
H Genetic factors
Bronchoconstriction
H Hereditary predisposition
H Sensitivity to allergens or irritants such as pollutants
H Viral infections
H Drugs, such as aspirin, beta-adrenergic blockers,
and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Tartrazine

92

Asthma

asthma are younger than age 10; affects twice as


many boys as girls
H In about one-third of patients, onset between ages 10
and 30
H In about one-third of patients, two or more patients
in same immediate family
H Coexistence of intrinsic and extrinsic causes in many
patients

Common characteristics
H Wheezing
H Shortness of breath, feelings of suffocation
H Tightness in chest
H Extrinsic asthma in children; commonly accompa-

nied by other manifestations of atopy

Complications
H Status asthmaticus
H Respiratory failure
H Death

Assessment
History
H Often preceded by severe respiratory tract infections,

especially in adults
H Irritants, emotional stress, fatigue, endocrine

changes, temperature and humidity variations, and


exposure to noxious fumes possibly aggravating intrinsic asthma attacks
H An asthma attack possibly beginning dramatically,
with simultaneous onset of severe, multiple symptoms, or insidiously, with gradually increasing respiratory distress
H Exposure to a particular allergen then followed by a
sudden onset of dyspnea and wheezing and by tightness in the chest also accompanied by a cough that
produces thick, clear, or yellow sputum

Physical findings
H Visibly dyspneic
H Ability to speak only a few words before pausing for

breath
H Use of accessory respiratory muscles
H Diaphoresis
H Increased anteroposterior thoracic diameter
H Hyperresonance
H Tachycardia; tachypnea; mild systolic hypertension
H Inspiratory and expiratory wheezes
H Prolonged expiratory phase of respiration
H Diminished breath sounds
H Cyanosis, confusion, and lethargy indicating the onset

of life-threatening status asthmaticus and respiratory


failure

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 93

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis reveals hypoxemia.
H Serum IgE levels are increased due to an allergic reaction.
H Complete blood count with differential shows increased eosinophil count.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show hyperinflation with areas of
focal atelectasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests (PFTs) may show decreased
peak flows and forced expiratory volume in 1 second, low-normal or decreased vital capacity, and increased total lung and residual capacities.
H Skin testing may identify specific allergens.
H Bronchial challenge testing shows the clinical significance of allergens identified by skin testing.
Other
H Pulse oximetry measurements may show decreased
oxygen saturation.

H use effective coping strategies


H report feelings of comfort
H maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Place the patient in high Fowlers position.
H Encourage pursed-lip and diaphragmatic breathing.
H Administer prescribed humidified oxygen.
H Adjust oxygen according to the patients vital signs

and ABG values.


H Assist with intubation and mechanical ventilation, if

appropriate.
H Perform postural drainage and chest percussion, if

tolerated.
H Suction an intubated patient, as needed.
H Treat the patients dehydration with I.V. or oral fluids

as tolerated.
H Anticipate bronchoscopy or bronchial lavage.
H Keep the room temperature comfortable.
H Advise the patient to use an air conditioner or a fan

in hot, humid weather.

Treatment
General
H Identification and avoidance of precipitating factors
H Desensitization to specific antigens
H Establishment and maintenance of patent airway
H Fluid replacement
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol, pirbuterol, sal-

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of theophylline toxicity
H Breath sounds
H ABG results
H PFT results
H Pulse oximetry
H Complications of corticosteroids
H Level of anxiety

meterol, and theophylline


H Corticosteroids
H Histamine antagonists, such as cetirizine and diphen-

hydramine
H Leukotriene antagonists, such as montelukast, zafirlukast, and zileuton
H Anti-inflammatories, such as cromolyn and nedocromil
H Low-flow oxygen
H Antibiotics, as appropriate

ALERT
The patient with increasingly severe asthma that
doesnt respond to drug therapy is usually admitted
for treatment with corticosteroids, epinephrine,
and sympathomimetic aerosol sprays. He may require endotracheal intubation and mechanical
ventilation.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H avoidance of known allergens and irritants
H metered-dose inhaler or dry powder inhaler use
H pursed-lip and diaphragmatic breathing
H use of peak flow meter
H effective coughing techniques
H maintaining adequate hydration.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a local asthma support group.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway

Asthma

93

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 94

Atelectasis
Overview
Description
H Incomplete expansion of alveolar clusters or lung

segments leading to partial or complete lung collapse


H May be chronic or acute
H Good prognosis with prompt removal of any airway

obstruction, relief of hypoxia, and re-expansion of


the collapsed lung

Pathophysiology
H Due to incomplete expansion, certain regions of the

lung are removed from gas exchange.


H Unoxygenated blood passes unchanged through these

regions and produces hypoxia.


H Alveolar surfactant causes increased surface tension,

permitting complete alveolar deflation.

Causes
H Bronchial occlusion
H Bronchiectasis
H Cystic fibrosis
H Bed rest in a supine position
H General anesthesia
H Pleural effusion
H Pulmonary embolism
H Sarcoidosis
H Bronchogenic carcinoma
H Inflammatory lung disease
H Idiopathic respiratory distress syndrome of the

neonate
H Oxygen toxicity
H Pulmonary edema
H External compression

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Recent abdominal or other major surgery
H Prolonged immobility
H Mechanical ventilation
H CNS depression
H Smoking
H COPD
H Rib fractures, tight chest dressings

Physical findings
H Decreased chest wall movement
H Cyanosis
H Diaphoresis
H Substernal or intercostal retractions
H Anxiety
H Decreased fremitus
H Mediastinal shift to the affected side
H Dullness or flatness over lung fields
H End-inspiration crackles
H Decreased (or absent) breath sounds
H Tachycardia

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows hypoxia.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show characteristic horizontal lines in
the lower lung zones and characteristic dense shadows.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy may show an obstructing neoplasm,
foreign body, or pneumonia.
H Pulse oximetry shows decreased oxygen saturation.

Treatment

H Common in patients after upper abdominal or tho-

General

racic surgery
H More common in patients with prolonged immobility,
on mechanical ventilation, or with central nervous
system (CNS) depression
H Increased predisposition in patients who smoke and
those with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
(COPD)

H Incentive spirometry
H Chest percussion
H Postural drainage
H Frequent coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H Bronchoscopy if above measures fail
H Humidity
H Intermittent positive-pressure breathing therapy
H Radiation possibly required for obstructing neoplasm
H Diet based on patients condition as tolerated
H Increased fluids
H Activity as tolerated; discourage bed rest

Common characteristics
H Shortness of breath
H Chest pain
H Anxiety

Complications
H Hypoxemia
H Acute respiratory failure
H Pneumonia

Medications
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol, pirbuterol, and

salmeterol
H Analgesics after surgery

Surgery
H May be required if obstructing neoplasm present

94

Atelectasis

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 95

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H report feelings of increased comfort
H use support systems to assist with anxiety and fear.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs and provide oxygen therapy.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
H Reposition the patient often.
H Encourage and assist with ambulation as soon as

possible.
H Help the patient use an incentive spirometer.
H Humidify inspired air.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Loosen secretions with postural drainage and chest

percussion.
H Provide suctioning, as needed.
H Offer the patient reassurance and emotional support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status (breath sounds, arterial blood gas

results)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H use of incentive spirometer
H postural drainage and percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H importance of splinting incisions
H energy-conservation techniques
H stress-reduction strategies
H importance of mobilization.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

indicated.

Atelectasis

95

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 96

Atopic dermatitis
Overview
Description
H A chronic skin disorder characterized by superficial

skin inflammation and intense itching

Pathophysiology
H The allergic mechanism of hypersensitivity results in

a release of inflammatory mediators through sensitized antibodies of the immunoglobulin (Ig) E class.
H Histamine and other cytokines induce acute inflammation.
H Abnormally dry skin and a decreased threshold for
itching set up the itch-scratch-itch cycle, which
eventually causes lesions (excoriations, lichenification).

Causes

Incidence
H May appear at any age but typically begins during in-

fancy or early childhood (may then subside spontaneously, followed by exacerbations in late childhood,
adolescence, or early adulthood)
H Affects less than 1% of the population

Common characteristics
H Erythematous, weeping lesions, usually located in ar-

eas of flexion and extension, such as the neck, antecubital fossa, popliteal folds, and behind the ears
In children with atopic dermatitis
H Pink pigmentation and swelling of the upper eyelid
and a double fold under the lower lid (Morgans line
or Dennies sign)

Complications
H Scarring
H Severe viral infections
H Bacterial and fungal skin infections
H Ocular disorders
H Allergic contact dermatitis

H The exact etiology of atopic dermatitis unknown;

however, genetic predisposition likely


H Possible contributing factors:

Food allergy
Infection
Chemical irritants
Extremes of temperature and humidity
Psychological stress or strong emotions

Special populations
About 10% of juvenile cases of atopic dermatitis
are caused by allergic reactions to certain foods,
especially eggs, peanuts, milk, and wheat.

Assessment
History
H Atopy, such as asthma, hay fever, or urticaria (or

similar family history)(see Factors contributing to


atopy)
H Exposure to allergen
H Pruritus

Physical findings
H Erythematous, weeping lesions (see Signs of atopic

dermatitis)
H Pink pigmentation and swelling of the upper eyelid

and a double fold under the lower lid

Factors contributing to atopy


H Changes associated with industrialization, such as
exposure to new chemicals like diesel fumes, have
proven to increase the antigenicity of common pollens.
H Increased exposure to antigens, such as dust mites (in
wall-to-wall carpets), especially at an early age,
contributes to a predisposition to developing allergies.
H Dietary changes, such as increased fat intake and an
earlier weaning from human breast milk, may be
contributing factors.
H Vaccination may cause a shift in T-cell function away
from the normal helper T cell (Th1) response to the
Th2 allergic response by limiting early bacterial and
viral infections.
H Lack of exposure to intestinal parasites may contribute
to a similar shift in T-cell functioning.
H Frequent use of antibiotics, especially in early
childhood, may decrease normal intestinal flora and
further contribute to the shift.

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows eosinophilia.
H Serum IgE levels are elevated.
Other
H Skin testing shows specific allergen.

Treatment
General
H Meticulous skin care
H Environmental control of offending allergens
H Nonirritating topical lubricants

Medications
H Corticosteroids
H Antipruritics such as hydroxyzine
H Antihistamines, such as diphenhydramine and fexofe-

nadine
H Antibiotics if secondary infection develops

96

Atopic dermatitis

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 97

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express relief from itching and pain
H demonstrate improved skin condition
H remain free from infection.

Nursing interventions
H Offer support to help the patient and his family cope

with this chronic disorder.


H Dissuade the patient from scratching during urticaria

Signs of atopic dermatitis


This illustration shows the typical lesions involved in
atopic dermatitis.

Edema, crusting,
and scaling

Erythematous
areas on dry
skin

to help prevent infection.


H Apply prescribed topical medications.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Compliance with drug therapy
H Treatment of lesions
H Nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H when and how to apply topical corticosteroids
H importance of regular personal hygiene using only
water with little soap
H signs and symptoms of secondary infection
H avoidance of laundry additives, such as fragrances
and dyes
H avoidance of allergens.

Atopic dermatitis

97

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 98

Complications

Atrial fibrillation

H Transient ischemic attack


H Stroke
H Heart failure
H Thromboembolism

Overview
Description
H Rhythm disturbance of the atria
H Characterized by an irregularly irregular cardiac rate

and rhythm (see Recognizing atrial fibrillation)

Pathophysiology
H Rapid discharges from numerous ectopic foci in the

atria occur.
H This leads to erratic and uncoordinated atrial

rhythm.

Assessment
History
H Palpitations
H Fatigue
H Dyspnea
H Chest pain
H Syncope

Physical findings

Causes
H Hypertension
H Myocardial infarction (MI)
H Pulmonary embolism
H Heart failure
H Cardiomyopathy
H Hypersympathetic state associated with acute alcohol

ingestion
H Pericarditis
H Hyperthyroidism
H Valvular disease
H Cardiothoracic surgery
H Atrial fibrosis

Incidence
H Seen more commonly in patients older than age 70
H Males affected more than females

Common characteristics
H Cardiac rhythm: irregularly irregular

H Irregular pulse
H Possible tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Signs of heart failure
H Respiratory distress

Test results
Laboratory
H Cardiac enzymes show myocardial damage (with MI).
H Thyroid function studies reveal hyperthyroidism.
H Complete blood count checks for anemia, if the patient has a history of recent blood loss.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may determine if pulmonary edema is
present.
H Echocardiogram or transesophageal echocardiography may help identify valvular disease, left ventricular
dysfunction, or atrial clots.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may indicate irregular rhythm.
H Holter monitor may diagnose paroxysmal atrial fibrillation.

Recognizing atrial fibrillation


The following rhythm strip shows atrial fibrillation.

H Rhythm: Irregular
H Rate: Atrial indiscernible;
ventricular 130 beats/minute

98

Atrial fibrillation

H P wave: Absent; replaced by fine


fibrillatory waves
H PR interval: Indiscernible
H QRS complex: 0.08 second

H T wave: Indiscernible
H QT interval: Unmeasurable
H Other: None

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 99

Treatment
General

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to programs such as Coumadin

Clinic to monitor anticoagulant therapy.

H Possible electrical cardioversion


H Atrial fibrillation suppression pacemaker
H Ablation
H Surgical maze procedure
H Low-fat, low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction, if indicated
H Planned rest periods, as needed

Medications
H Calcium channel blockers, such as cardizem and am-

lodipine
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as metoprolol and

atenolol
H Antiarrhythmics, such as amiodarone, propafenone,

and sotalol
H Cardiac glycosides such as digoxin
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report ways to reduce activity intolerance
H identify effective coping mechanisms to manage
anxiety
H discuss the causes of fatigue
H verbalize understanding of medication regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient and his family to talk about

feelings and concerns.


H Plan rest periods.

Monitoring
H Vital signs at rest and after physical activity
H Signs and symptoms of embolism
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Abnormal bleeding
H Prothrombin time and International Normalized

Ratio

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H instructions on how to monitor pulse
H anticoagulation precautions
H abnormal bleeding
H signs and symptoms of embolic events.

Atrial fibrillation

99

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 100

Atrial septal defect


Overview
Description
H An acyanotic congenital heart defect featuring an

opening between the left and right atria that allows


blood to flow from left to right, resulting in ineffective pumping of the heart, thus increasing the risk of
heart failure
H Three types:
Ostium secundum defect, the most common type:
occurs in the region of the fossa ovalis and, occasionally, extends inferiorly, close to the vena cava
Sinus venosus defect: occurs in the superiorposterior portion of the atrial septum, sometimes
extending into the vena cava, and almost always
associated with abnormal drainage of pulmonary
veins into the right atrium
Ostium primum defect: occurs in the inferior portion of the septum primum and usually associated
with atrioventricular valve abnormalities (cleft mitral valve) and conduction defects

Pathophysiology
H Blood shunts from the left atrium to the right atrium

because the left atrial pressure is normally slightly


higher than the right atrial pressure.
H This pressure difference forces large amounts of
blood through a defect.
H This shunt results in right heart volume overload,
affecting the right atrium, right ventricle, and pulmonary arteries.
H Eventually, the right atrium enlarges, and the right
ventricle dilates to accommodate the increased blood
volume.
H If pulmonary artery hypertension develops, increased
pulmonary vascular resistance and right ventricular
hypertrophy follow.
H Irreversible pulmonary artery hypertension causes
reversal of the shunt direction in some adults, which
results in unoxygenated blood entering the systemic
circulation, causing cyanosis.

Causes
H No known cause
H Ostium primum defects commonly occurring in

patients with Down syndrome

Common characteristics
H Fatigue after exertion
H Early to midsystolic murmur at the second or third

left intercostal space


H Low-pitched diastolic murmur at the left lower ster-

nal border; more pronounced on inspiration


H Fixed, widely split S2
H Systolic click or late systolic murmur at the apex
H Clubbing and cyanosis, if a right-to-left shunt

develops

ALERT
An infant may be cyanotic because he has a cardiac or pulmonary disorder. Cyanosis that worsens
with crying most likely has a cardiac cause because
crying increases pulmonary resistance to blood
flow, resulting in an increased right-to-left shunt.
Cyanosis that improves with crying most likely has
a pulmonary cause because deep breathing improves tidal volume.

Complications
H Physical underdevelopment
H Respiratory infections
H Heart failure
H Atrial arrhythmias
H Mitral valve prolapse

Assessment
History
H Increasing fatigue
H Chest pain
H Dyspnea
H Coughing
H Dizziness or syncope

Physical findings
H Early to midsystolic murmur at the second or third

left intercostal space


H Low-pitched diastolic murmur at the left lower ster-

nal border, more pronounced on inspiration


H Fixed, widely split S2
H Systolic click or late systolic murmur at the apex
H Peripheral edema
H Cyanosis
H Distended jugular veins

Incidence

Test results

H Accounts for about 10% of congenital heart defects


H Appears almost twice as often in females than in

Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows an enlarged right atrium and right
ventricle, a prominent pulmonary artery, and increased pulmonary vascular markings.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography results may be normal, but
commonly show right axis deviation, a prolonged
PR interval, varying degrees of right bundle-branch

males, with a strong familial tendency


H Usually benign defect during infancy and childhood

(Delayed development of symptoms and complications makes it one of the most common congenital
heart defects diagnosed in adults.)

100

Atrial septal defect

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 101

block, right ventricular hypertrophy, atrial fibrillation


(particularly in severe cases in patients older than
age 30) and, in ostium primum defect, left axis deviation.
H Echocardiography measures right ventricular enlargement, may locate the defect, and shows volume
overload in the right side of the heart. It may reveal
right ventricular and pulmonary artery dilation.
H Two-dimensional echocardiography with color
Doppler flow, contrast echocardiography, or both has
supplanted cardiac catheterization as the confirming
test for atrial septal defects (ASDs). Cardiac catheterization is used if inconsistencies exist in the clinical
data or if significant pulmonary hypertension is suspected.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H pretest and posttest procedures to the child and his
parents (If possible, use drawings or other visual
aids to explain it to the child.)
H postoperative procedures, tubes, dressings, and
monitoring equipment
H antibiotic prophylaxis to prevent infective endocarditis.

Treatment
General
H Activity as tolerated
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol diet

Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and torsemide
H Antibiotics, as appropriate
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Minimally invasive heart surgery may be required for

the patient with an uncomplicated ASD with evidence


of significant left-to-right shunting.
H A large defect may need immediate surgical closure
with sutures or a patch graft.
H Cardiac catheterization closure the insertion of an
umbrella-like patch or septal occluder through a
cardiac catheter may be performed.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain an optimal cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H experience no cardiac arrhythmias.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the child to engage in any activity he can

tolerate.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Central venous and intra-arterial pressures
H Intake and output
H Cardiac rhythm
H Oxygenation

Atrial septal defect

101

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 102

Attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder
Overview
Description
H A behavioral problem characterized by difficulty with

inattention, impulsivity, hyperactivity, and boredom


H Also called ADHD and ADD

Pathophysiology
H Alleles of dopamine genes may alter dopamine, sero-

tonin, and adrenalin transmission in the neural networks.


H During fetal development, bouts of hypoxia and hypotension could selectively damage neurons located
in some of the critical regions of the anatomical networks.

Causes
H Underlying cause unknown
H Limited evidence of a genetic component
H May result from altered neurotransmitter levels in the

brain

Risk factors
H Family history
H History of learning disability
H Mood or conduct disorder

Incidence
H Present at birth, but diagnosis before age 4 or 5 is

difficult; some patients undiagnosed until adulthood


H Occurs in 3% to 5% of school-age children
H Affects males three times more than females

Common characteristics
H Impulsive behavior
H Inattentiveness
H Disorganization in school
H Tendency to jump quickly from one partly completed

project, thought, or task to another


H Difficulty meeting deadlines and keeping track of

school or work tools and materials

Complications
H Emotional and social complications
H Poor nutrition

Assessment
History
H Characterized as a fidgeter and a daydreamer
H Appears inattentive and lazy
H Performs sporadically at school or work

102

Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder

Physical findings
Symptoms of inattention
H Makes careless mistakes
H Struggles to sustain attention
H Fails to finish activities
H Difficulty with organization
H Avoids tasks that require sustained mental effort
H Distracted or forgetful
Symptoms of hyperactivity
H Fidgets
H Cant sit still for sustained period
H Difficulty playing quietly
H Talks excessively
Symptoms of impulsivity
H Interrupts
H Cant wait patiently

DSM-IV-TR criteria
These criteria confirm a diagnosis:
H six symptoms or more from the inattention or hyperactivity-impulsivity categories
H symptoms present for at least 6 months
H symptoms evident before age 7
H impairment present in two or more settings
H symptoms arent accounted for by another mental
disorder.

Test results
H Complete psychological, medical, and neurologic

evaluations rule out other problems; specific tests include continuous performance test, behavior rating
scales, and learning disability.

Treatment
General
H Education regarding the nature and effect of the dis-

order
H Behavior modification
H External structure
H Supportive psychotherapy
H Elimination of sugar, dyes, and additives from diet
H Monitor activity (for safety purposes)

Medications
H Stimulants, such as methylphenidate, dextroampheta-

mine, and pemoline


H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as desipramine and

imipramine
H Mood stabilizers such as bupropion
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as propranolol
H Selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors such as

atomoxetine
H Alpha2-agonists such as clonidine

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 103

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family) will:
H demonstrate effective social interaction skills in oneon-one and group settings
H report improvement in family and social interactions
H demonstrate effective coping behavior.

Nursing interventions
H Set realistic expectations and limits to avoid frustrat-

ing the patient.


H Maintain a calm and consistent manner.
H Keep all instructions short and simple make one-

step requests.
H Provide praise, rewards, and positive feedback when-

ever possible.
H Provide diversional activities suited to a short atten-

tion span.

Monitoring
H Activity level
H Nutritional status
H Adverse drug reactions
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Activity (for safety purposes)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H behavior therapy
H reinforcement of good behavior
H realistic expectations
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H nutrition.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to family therapy.

Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder

103

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 104

Autistic disorder
Overview
Description
H A severe, pervasive developmental disorder
H Degree of impairment varies
H Usually apparent before age 3
H Poor prognosis
H Sometimes called Kanners autism

Pathophysiology
H Defects in the central nervous system (CNS) may

arise from prenatal complications.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Defects in CNS from prenatal complications such as

rubella
H Nutritional deficiency
H Disease caused or triggered by immunizations

Risk factors
H High-risk pregnancy

Incidence
H Affects an estimated 1 in 1,000 children
H Three to four times more likely in males than in

females, usually the firstborn male

Common characteristics
H Unresponsive to social contact
H Gross deficit in intelligence and language develop-

H Pronoun reversal
H Bizarre or self-destructive behavior
H Extreme compulsion for sameness
H Abnormal reaction to sensory stimuli
H Cognitive impairment
H Eating, drinking, and sleeping problems
H Mood disorders

DSM-IV-TR criteria
At least 6 of these 12 characteristics must be present,
including at least 2 items from the first section, 1 from
the second, and 1 from the third.
H Qualitative impairment in social interaction:
Impaired nonverbal behavior
Absence of peer relationships
Failure to seek or share enjoyment, interests, or
achievements
Lack of social or emotional reciprocity
H Qualitative impairment in communication:
Delay or lack of language development
Inability to initiate or sustain conversation
Idiosyncratic or repetitive language
Lack of appropriate imaginative play
H Restricted repetitive and stereotyped patterns of behavior, interests, and activities:
Abnormal preoccupation with a restricted pattern
of interest
Inflexible routines or rituals
Repetitive motor mannerisms
Preoccupation with parts of objects
H The diagnostic criteria also include delays or abnormal functioning in at least one of these areas before
age 3:
Social interaction and language skills
Symbolic or imaginative play

ment
H Ritualistic and compulsive behavior
H Restricted capacity for developmentally appropriate

activities and interests


H Bizarre response to the environment

Complications
H Epileptic seizures
H Depression

During stress
H Catatonic phenomena
H Undifferentiated psychotic state

Treatment
General
H Structured treatment plan
H Behavioral techniques
H Pleasurable sensory and motor stimulation
H Monitor activities (for safety purposes)

Medications
H Serotonin receptor reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-

voxamine and sertratine

Assessment
History
H Becomes rigid or flaccid when held
H Cries when touched
H Shows little or no interest in human contact

Physical findings
H Delayed smiling response
H Severe language impairment
H Lack of socialization and imaginative play
H Echolalia

104

Autistic disorder

H Antidepressants, such as doxepin, imipramine, and

clomipramine
H Antipsychotics, such as haloperidol, thioridazine, and

risperidone
H Stimulants, such as dextroamphetamine and

methylphenidate
H Alpha2-agonists such as clonidine
H Bet-adrenergic blockers such as propranolol

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 105

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family) will:
H identify and contact available resources, as needed
H openly share feelings about the present situation
H as much as possible, demonstrate age-appropriate
skills and behaviors
H practice safety measures and take safety precautions
in the home
H interact with family or friends.

Nursing interventions
H Institute safety measures when appropriate.
H Provide positive reinforcement.
H Encourage development of self-esteem.
H Encourage self-care.
H Prepare the child for change by telling him about it.
H Help family members develop strong one-on-one

relationships with the patient.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Patterns of behavior
H Nutritional status
H Social interaction
H Communication skills
H Activity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H physical care for the childs needs
H importance of identifying signs of excessive stress
and coping skills.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to resource and support services.

Autistic disorder

105

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 106

Avian influenza
Overview
Description
H Extremely virulent virus occurring naturally in birds
H Rapidly mutating and has been transmitted from

birds to mammals, including humans


H Risk of pandemic as the virus evolves and more hu-

man cases occur each year


H International concern because virus spreads by mi-

gratory birds

Pathophysiology
H The virus invades the epithelium of the respiratory

tract, causing inflammation.

H Shortness of breath
H Eye infections
H Cytokine storm

Hypotension
Tachycardia
Dyspnea
Fever
Uncontrollable hemmorrhage
Signs of multisystem organ failure from ischemia
or insufficient tissue perfusion

Test results
Laboratory
H Oropharyngeal, nasal, nasopharyngeal, or lower respiratory tract specimen culture shows causative organism.
H Serology for influenza H5N1-specific antibody shows
causative organism.

H The immune system releases inflammatory mediators

(cytokines, oxygen free radicals and coagulation factors).


H Cytokine storm, an inappropriate and exaggerated
immune response, is caused by rapidly proliferating
and active T-cells.
H If the immune response isnt limited, the lungs are
permanently damaged.
H Patients develop acute respiratory distress syndrome,
sepsis, and multisystem organ failure.

Treatment

Causes

captopril, enalapril and lisinopril and angiotensin II


receptor blockers, such as candesartan, valsartan
and irbesartan to treat cytokine storm
H Corticosteroids
H Vaccine produced and approved for distribution by
public-health officials if needed (Further vaccine research is underway.)

H Influenza A, H5N1 virus strain

Incidence
H Few hundred cases per year world-wide
H No recent cases in the United States
H Affects all age-groups and both sexes
H Primarily in those with exposure to infected poultry
H Greater than 50% mortality

Common characteristics
H Influenza-like symptoms

Complications
H Acute respiratory distress
H Viral pneumonia
H Multisystem organ failure

Assessment
History
H Close contact with infected poultry or contaminated

surfaces
H Rarely, close contact with infected human

Physical findings
H Influenza-like symptoms

106

Fever
Cough
Sore throat
Muscle aches

Avian influenza

General
H Supportive measures

Medications
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Anti-viral medications (effectiveness under study)
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, such as

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no complications
H maintain stable vital signs
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen

Nursing interventions
H Observe standard and respiratory precautions to pre-

vent transmission of the disease.


H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care and emotional support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
H Response to treatment
H Complications

9400A.qxd

8/2/12

4:21 PM

Page 107

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H measures to prevent the spread of disease
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of continuing the prescribed antibiotic
until the entire prescription is finished
H disposal of secretions and the use of proper handwashing technique
H fact that seasonal influenza vaccine doesnt protect
against avian flu

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist, if

necessary.

Avian influenza

107

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 108

Basal cell carcinoma


Overview
Description

H Nonmelanoma skin cancer


H Slow-growing, destructive cancerous skin tumor
H Two major types: noduloulcerative and superficial
H Most common malignant tumor that affects whites

(see Identifying basal cell carcinoma)

Pathophysiology
H Although the pathogenesis is uncertain, some experts

hypothesize that it originates when undifferentiated


basal cells become carcinomatous instead of differentiating into sweat glands, sebum, and hair.

Causes
H Prolonged sun exposure (90% of tumors occur on

sun-exposed areas of the body)

Risk factors
H Arsenic ingestion
H Radiation exposure
H Burns
H Immunosuppression
H Vaccinations (rare)
H History of previous nonmelanoma skin cancer

Incidence
H Usually occurs in people older than age 40
H Most prevalent in blond, fair-skinned males

Common characteristics
H Lesion found on face, head, neck, and back
H Five warning signs

An open sore

Identifying basal cell carcinoma


This illustration shows an enlarged nasal nodule in basal
cell carcinoma. Note its depressed center and firm, elevated border.

A reddish patch
A shiny bump
A pink growth
A scarlike area

Complications
H Disfiguring lesions of the eyes, nose, and cheeks

Assessment
History
H Odd-looking skin lesion
H Prolonged exposure to the sun
H Nonhealing sore of varying duration

Physical findings
H Lesions characterized as small, smooth, pinkish, and

translucent papules (early-stage noduloulcerative)


H Telangiectatic vessels across surface and lesions may

be pigmented
H Lesions enlarge with depressed centers and firm and

elevated borders (also called rodent ulcers)


H Multiple oval or irregularly shaped, lightly pigmented

plaques on chest or back


H Head and neck possibly showing waxy, sclerotic, yel-

low to white plaques without distinct borders

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Incisional or excisional biopsy and histologic study
may help determine the tumor type and histologic
subtype.
Other
H All types of basal cell carcinomas are diagnosed by
clinical appearance.

Treatment
General
H Depends on the size, location, and depth of the le-

sion
H Irradiation, if the tumor location requires it; pre-

ferred for elderly or debilitated patients who might


not tolerate surgery
H Cryotherapy (liquid nitrogen that freezes the cells
and kills them)
H Well-balanced diet; no restrictions
H Avoidance of sun exposure

Medications
H Chemotherapy such as topical fluorouracil
H Immune response modifier such as topical

imiquimod

Surgery
H Curettage and electrodesiccation

108

Basal cell carcinoma

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 109

H Microscopically controlled surgical excision, known

as Mohs surgery, that carefully removes recurrent


lesions until a tumor-free plane is achieved (after
removal of large lesions, skin grafting may be required)
H Simple excision
H Chemosurgery

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit healing lesions or wounds
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Provide appropriate wound care.

Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Wound healing
H Skin surveillance for additional lesions

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H appropriate wound care
H importance of avoiding excessive sun exposure,
wearing protective clothing, and using a strong sunscreen or sunshade to protect the skin.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services, as

needed.

Basal cell carcinoma

109

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 110

Bells palsy
Overview

H Local traumatic injury


H Autoimmune disease
H Lyme disease
H Tumor
H Bacterial infections such as meningitis

Description

Incidence

H Condition in which the impulses from the seventh

H Affects all age-groups


H Most common between ages 20 and 60
H Affects males and females equally

cranial nerve are blocked, causing muscle weakness


or paralysis
H Rapid onset
H Subsides spontaneously in 80% to 90% of patients
H Complete recovery in 1 to 8 weeks
H Delayed recovery in elderly people
H Partial recovery: contractures may develop on the
paralyzed side of the face
H May recur on same or opposite side of the face

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics
H Unilateral facial weakness
H Aching at jaw angle
H Drooping mouth
H Distorted and loss of taste
H Impaired ability to fully close eye on affected side
H Tinnitus

H An inflammatory reaction occurs around the seventh

Complications

cranial nerve (motor innervation of the facial muscles).


H Inflammation is usually at the internal auditory
meatus.
H Unilateral facial weakness or paralysis results.

H Corneal ulceration and blindness


H Impaired nutrition secondary to paralysis of the low-

Causes

Assessment

H Unknown
H Ischemia
H Viral disease, such as herpes simplex or herpes

History

zoster

Facial paralysis in Bells palsy


Unilateral facial paralysis characterizes Bells palsy. The
paralysis produces a distorted appearance and an inability
to wrinkle the forehead, close the eyelid, smile, show the
teeth, or puff out the cheek on the affected side.

er face
H Long-term psychosocial problems

H Pain on the affected side around the angle of the jaw

or behind the ear for a few hours or days before onset of weakness
H Difficulty chewing on the affected side
H Difficulty speaking clearly

Physical findings
H Mouth droops on the affected side (see Facial paral-

ysis in Bells palsy)


H Smooth forehead
H Distorted taste perception
H Inability to raise eyebrow, smile, show teeth, or puff

out cheek
H Impaired ability to close eye on the weak side
H Eye rolls upward (Bells phenomenon) when at-

tempting to close the eye


H Excessive tearing

Test results
H Diagnosis is based on clinical presentation.

Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging rules out tumor.

Treatment
General
H Eliminating the source of damage to the nerve immeSMILING

110

Bells palsy

diately

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 111

H Oral hygiene maintenance


H Eye protection such as sunglasses
H Hearing protection
H Moist heat
H Diet, as tolerated
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Oral corticosteroids, such as prednisone and

hydrocortisone
H Analgesic such as ibuprofen
H Antiviral such as acyclovir

Surgery
H Exploration of the facial nerve (possibly)
H Facial reanimation, such as direct facial nerve repair

or facial nerve grafting

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience increased comfort and relief from pain
H consume an adequate amount of calories daily
H express positive feelings about self
H express understanding of the condition and treatment regimen
H exhibit improvement in facial muscle movement.

Nursing interventions
H Provide psychological support.
H Apply moist heat to the affected side of the face.
H Massage the patients face with a gentle upward

motion.
H Provide a facial sling.
H If the patient had surgery, provide preoperative and

postoperative care.
H Administer medication, as ordered.

Monitoring
H Neurologic function
H Response to medications
H Signs and symptoms of peptic ulceration, pancreati-

tis, or other GI adverse effects of prednisone and


hydrocortisone
H Nutritional status
H Facial muscle movement

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder
H medication and adverse effects
H protection of affected eye
H exercises of the facial muscles
H nutritional management program.

Bells palsy

111

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 112

Benign prostatic
hyperplasia
Overview
Description
H Enlargement of prostate gland enough to compress

urethra, causing overt urinary obstruction

H Urinary hesitancy and frequency


H Difficulty initiating urination
H Nocturia, hematuria
H Dribbling, incontinence
H Urine retention

Physical findings
H Visible midline mass above the symphysis pubis from

distended bladder
H Enlarged prostate on digital rectal examination

H May be treated surgically or symptomatically, de-

Test results

pending on the size of prostate, age and health of


patient, and extent of obstruction
H Referred to as BPH

Laboratory
H Elevated blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine
levels suggest impaired renal function.
H Bacterial count that exceeds 100,000/mm3 reveals
hematuria, pyuria, and UTI.
Imaging
H Excretory urography may indicate urinary tract obstruction, hydronephrosis, calculi or tumors, and
bladder filling and emptying defects.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cystourethroscopy determines the best surgical intervention and shows prostate enlargement, bladder
wall changes, calculi, and raised bladder.
Other
H International Prostate Symptom Score classifies
disorders severity.

Pathophysiology
H Changes occur in periurethral glandular tissue.
H Prostate enlarges and may extend into the bladder.
H Compression or distortion of prostatic urethra

obstructs urine outflow.


H BPH may cause diverticulum through the muscula-

ture leading to urinary retention.

Causes
H Unknown
H Possible link with hormonal activity

Risk factors
H Age
H Intact testes

Treatment

Incidence

General

Special populations
BPH occurs in 80% of all males older than age 40,
and in 95% of all males older than age 80.

Common characteristics
H Changes in voiding patterns and urine stream

Complications
H Urinary stasis, urinary tract infection (UTI), or renal

calculi
H Bladder wall trabeculation
H Detrusor muscle hypertrophy
H Bladder diverticula and saccules
H Urethral stenosis
H Hydronephrosis
H Paradoxical (overflow) incontinence
H Acute or chronic renal failure
H Acute postobstructive diuresis

Assessment
History
H Decreased urine stream caliber and force
H Interrupted urinary stream

112

Benign prostatic hyperplasia

H Prostatic massage
H Short-term fluid restriction (prevents bladder disten-

tion)
H Avoidance of lifting, performing strenuous exercises,

and taking long automobile rides for at least 1 month


after surgery
H No sexual intercourse for several weeks after surgery

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefepime and levofloxacin, if

infection present
H Alpha-1-adrenergic blockers, such as doxazosin and

terazosin
H 5-Alpha-reductase inhibitors such as dutasteride and

finasteride

Surgery
H For relief of acute urine retention, hydronephrosis,

severe hematuria, and recurrent UTI or for palliative


relief of intolerable symptoms
H Suprapubic (transvesical) prostatectomy
H Perineal prostatectomy
H Retropubic (extravesical) prostatectomy
H Transurethral resection of the prostate
H Balloon dilatation, ultrasound needle ablation, and
use of stents

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 113

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express understanding of disorder and treatment
H demonstrate skill in managing urinary elimination
H express feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexual activity.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Avoid giving sedatives, alcohol, antidepressants, or

anticholinergics (which can worsen the obstruction).


H Provide I.V. therapy, as ordered.
H Administer continuous bladder irrigation, as pre-

scribed.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees

to prevent pneumonia.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight

ALERT
Watch for signs of postobstructive diuresis, characterized by polyuria exceeding 2 L in 8 hours and
excessive electrolyte losses. Although usually selflimiting, it can result in vascular collapse and
death if not promptly treated.

After prostatic surgery


H Pain control
H Catheter function and drainage
H Continuous bladder irrigation function
H Signs of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of UTI that should be reported
H when to seek medical care (fever, unable to void, or
passing bloody urine).

Benign prostatic hyperplasia

113

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 114

Bipolar disorder
Overview
Description
H An affective disorder marked by severe pathologic

mood swings from hyperactivity and euphoria to


sadness and depression
H In cyclothymia, a variant of bipolar disorder: numerous episodes of hypomania and depressive symptoms
too mild to meet the criteria for major depression or
bipolar disorder (see Cyclothymic disorder)
H Manic episodes that emerge over a period of days to
weeks, but onset possible within hours
H Untreated episodes that can last weeks or as long as
8 to 12 months, with some having an unremitting
course
H Found in 15% of patients, mostly female, rapid cycling, in which four or more episodes of either depression or mania occur in 1 year
H Difficulties in work performance and psychosocial
functioning in about half of all patients with this disorder

Pathophysiology
H Bipolar disorder may be an effect of neurotransmit-

ter imbalance.
H Mood swings may involve membrane changes in

sodium- and potassium-activated adenosine triphosphatase involving disordered intracellular signals.

Common characteristics
Manic phase
H Accelerated speech
H Frequent changes of topic
H Flight of ideas
Depressive phase
H Loss of self-esteem
H Overwhelming inertia
H Social withdrawal
H Feelings of hopelessness
H Apathy or self-reproach
H Suicidal thoughts
Bipolar II disorder
H Meets all the diagnostic criteria for a manic episode
H May experience recurrent depressions, separated by
periods of mild activation and increased energy

Complications
H Emotional and social consequences
H Sexually transmitted disease
H Exhaustion
H Nutritional deficits
H Sleep disturbances
H Suicide

Assessment
History
H Sleeping and eating disturbances
H Exhibits expansive, grandiose, sometimes irritable

mood alternating with symptoms of depression

Causes

Physical findings

H Exact cause unclear


H Autosomal dominant inheritance found in genetic

Mania
H Increased psychomotor activity
H Excessive social extroversion
H Impulsive actions
H Impaired judgment
H Delusions
H Paranoid thinking
H Limited attention span
H Inflated sense of self-esteem
H Rapid responses to external stimuli
Depression
H Slow speech and response
H No obvious disorientation or intellectual impairment
H Psychomotor retardation
H Lethargy
H Low muscle tone
H Weight loss
H Slowed gait

studies
H Some evidence that links to an X chromosome

disorder
H May be triggered by death, separation, or divorce
H Imbalances in the biochemistry that controls food

(biochemical) imbalances

Risk factors
H Family history
H Substance abuse

Incidence
H Affects over 5 million people in the United States
H Equally common in females and males
H Females: likely to have more depressive episodes
H Males: likely to have more manic episodes
H Higher among relatives of affected patients than in

the general population

Special populations
Age of onset is usually between ages 20 and 35, but
35% of patients experience onset between ages 35
and 60.

114

Bipolar disorder

DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets the criteria established for a manic or hypomanic episode:
H experiences a distinct period of abnormally and persistently elevated, expansive, or irritable mood
H during the mood disturbance, at least three of these
symptoms must persist (four, if the mood is only irritable) and be present to a significant degree:

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 115

inflated self-esteem or grandiosity


decreased need for sleep
excessive talking
flight of ideas
easily distracted
psychomotor agitation
excessive involvement in dangerous activities
symptoms dont meet criteria for a mixed episode
impairment in occupational function, usual social
activities, or relations with others severe enough
to require hospitalization to prevent harm to self
or others
substance use or other causative medical conditions not present.

Treatment
General
H Group and individual therapy
H Monitoring of activity when in manic phase
H No dietary restrictions

Medications
H Anticonvulsants, such as carbamazepine and valproic

acid
H Antimanic such as lithium
H Antipsychotics, such as aripiprazole, olanzapine,

quetiapine, risperidone, and ziprasidone


H Antidepressant such as fluoxetine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify effective coping techniques
H recognize symptoms and comply with medication
regimen
H express feelings related to self-esteem
H join gradually in self-care and the decision-making
processes.

Nursing interventions
For the manic patient
H Encourage activities that require gross motor movements.
H Assist with personal hygiene; encourage responsibility for personal care.
H Protect from overstimulation.
H Set realistic goals and limits for the patients behavior.
H Provide diversional activities suited to a short attention span.
H Reorient to reality.
H Avoid power struggles.
For the depressed patient
H Avoid overwhelming expectations.
H Allow increased time for activities and responses.
H Provide a structured routine.
H Promote interaction with others.

Cyclothymic disorder
A chronic mood disturbance of at least 2 years duration,
cyclothymic disorder involves numerous episodes of hypomania or depressive symptoms that arent of sufficient
severity or duration to qualify as a major depressive
episode.
In the hypomanic phase, the patient may experience insomnia; hyperactivity; inflated self-esteem; increased productivity and creativity; overinvolvement in pleasurable
activities, including an increased sexual drive; physical
restlessness; and rapid speech. Depressive symptoms
may include insomnia, feelings of inadequacy, decreased
productivity, social withdrawal, loss of libido, loss of interest in pleasurable activities, lethargy, depressed speech,
and crying.
A number of medical disorders (for example, endocrinopathies, such as Cushings disease, stroke, brain tumors, head trauma, and drug overdose) can produce a
similar pattern of mood alteration. These organic causes
must be ruled out before making a diagnosis of cyclothymic disorder.

H Encourage verbalization; provide support.


H Institute safety measures.
H Encourage physical activity.

Monitoring
H Patterns of behavior
H Response to treatment
H Social interaction
H Complications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of continuing the prescribed medication
regimen.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling.
H Refer the patient to support services.

Bipolar disorder

115

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 116

Bladder cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumor that develops on the bladder wall

Assessment
History
H Gross, painless, intermittent hematuria, usually with

clots
H Suprapubic pain after voiding suggesting invasive

lesions

surface or grows within the wall and quickly invades


underlying muscles
H Less common bladder tumors: adenocarcinomas,
epidermoid carcinomas, squamous cell carcinomas,
sarcomas, tumors in bladder diverticula, and carcinoma in situ
H Most common cancer of the urinary tract

H Bladder irritability, urinary frequency, nocturia, and

Pathophysiology

Test results

H About 90% of bladder cancers are transitional cell

Laboratory
H Complete blood count helps detect anemia.
H Urinalysis detects blood and malignant cells in the
urine.
Imaging
H Excretory urography can identify a large, early-stage
tumor or an infiltrating tumor; delineate functional
problems in the upper urinary tract; assess hydronephrosis; and detect rigid deformity of the bladder
wall.
H Retrograde cystography evaluates bladder structure
and integrity; it also helps confirm a bladder cancer
diagnosis.
H Bone scan can detect metastasis.
H Computed tomography scan defines the thickness of
the involved bladder wall and discloses enlarged
retroperitoneal lymph nodes.
H Ultrasonography reveals metastasis in tissues beyond
the bladder and can distinguish a bladder cyst from a
bladder tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cystoscopy and biopsy confirm bladder cancer diagnosis; if the test results show cancer cells, further
studies will determine the cancer stage and treatment.
Other
H Bimanual examination may be performed during a
cystoscopy if the patient has received an anesthetic;
this helps to determine whether the bladder is fixed
to the pelvic wall.

carcinomas, arising from the transitional epithelium


of mucous membranes. (They may result from malignant transformation of benign papillomas.)

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Associated with chronic bladder irritation and infec-

tion in people with renal calculi, indwelling urinary


catheters, chemical cystitis caused by cyclophosphamide, or pelvic irradiation

Risk factors
H Certain environmental carcinogens, such as

2-naphthylamine, tobacco, nitrates, and coffee


H Occupational exposure to carcinogens

Incidence
H Bladder tumors most prevalent in people older than

age 50
H More common in males than in females
H Occurs more commonly in densely populated indus-

trial areas

Common characteristics
H Asymptomatic in early stages for 25% of patients
H First sign: gross, painless, intermittent hematuria,

with or without clots


H Suprapubic pain after voiding most commonly

associated with invasive lesions

dribbling
H Flank pain possibly indicating an obstructed ureter

Physical findings
H Gross hematuria
H Flank tenderness if ureteral obstruction present

H Bladder irritability
H Urinary frequency
H Nocturia
H Dribbling

Treatment

Complications

H Cancers stage, patients lifestyle, other health prob-

H Bone metastasis
H Problems resulting from tumor invasion of contigu-

ous viscera

116

Bladder cancer

General
lems, and mental outlook influencing selection of
therapy
H Initially postoperatively, avoidance of heavy lifting
and contact sports
H After recovery, no activity restrictions

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 117

Medications

Discharge planning

H Intravesical chemotherapy, such as thiotepa and

H Refer the patient to resource and support services.


H Before discharge, arrange for follow-up home nurs-

mitomycin
H Attenuated live bacille Calmette-Gurin vaccine
H Chemotherapy, such as cisplatin and doxorubicin

Surgery

ing care.
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist and for

services provided by the therapist.

H Transurethral resection (cystoscopic approach) and

fulguration (electrically)
H Segmental bladder resection
H Radical cystectomy
H Ureterostomy, nephrostomy, continent vesicostomy

(Kock pouch), ileal bladder, and ureterosigmoidostomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms
H express feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexual activity.

Nursing interventions
H Provide support and encourage verbalization.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide preoperative teaching; discuss procedure

and postoperative course.


H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees

to prevent pneumonia.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Provide skin care.
H Provide stoma care.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications, such as pneumonia,

deep vein thrombosis, and infection


H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H stoma care
H skin care and evaluation
H avoidance of heavy lifting and contact sports (postoperatively with a urinary stoma)
H encouragement of participation in usual athletic and
physical activities.

Bladder cancer

117

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 118

Blastomycosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection that usually affects the lungs and

produces bronchopneumonia
H May develop into extrapulmonary disease
H Also called Gilchrists disease

Pathophysiology
H Blastomycosis is generally contracted by inhalation of

aerosolized conidial forms of the fungus from its natural soil habitat.
H The conidia then transforms to the yeast phase at
body temperature (thermal dimorphism).
H Inflammatory response is evoked by multiplication
of organism.
H Dissemination is possible through the blood and
lymphatics to other organs.

Causes
H Inhalation of the yeastlike fungus Blastomyces

dermatitidis

Incidence
H Generally found in North America, where B. der-

matitidis normally inhabits the soil


H Endemic to the southeastern United States
H More common in males than females
H Onset most common between ages 30 and 50, but

can occur at any age

Common characteristics
H Signs and symptoms of a viral upper respiratory tract

infection
H Small, painless, nonpruritic, and nondistinctive macules or papules on exposed body parts

Complications
H Osteomyelitis
H Central nervous system, skin, and genital disorders
H Addisons disease (adrenal insufficiency)
H Pericarditis
H Arthritis

Physical findings
H Thick sputum (may contain blood)
H Bronchial breath sounds; dullness on chest percus-

sion
H Decreased breath sounds
H Tachypnea
H Decreased pulse oximetry
H Raised and reddened lesions
H Chest pain
H Dyspnea

Extrapulmonary findings
H Skin lesions
H Osteolytic lesions
H Joint swelling

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture from skin lesions, pus, sputum, or pulmonary secretions shows presence of B. dermatitidis.
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are increased.
H Serum globulin levels are slightly increased, and mild
normochromic anemia occurs.
H Alkaline phosphatase level is increased (with bone
lesions).
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show pulmonary infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy of tissue from the skin or lungs or of bronchial washings, sputum, or pus shows infecting
organism.
Other
H Immunodiffusion testing detects antibodies for the A
and B antigens of blastomycosis.

Treatment
General
H Increased fluid intake
H Respiratory treatments
H Rest periods, as needed

Medications
H Antifungals, such as amphotericin B, itraconazole,

and ketoconazole
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen

Assessment

Nursing considerations

History

Key outcomes

H Fever, chills
H Dry, hacking, productive cough
H Weight loss
H Night sweats
H Pleuritic chest pain
H Malaise
H Myalgia

The patient will:


H maintain adequate oxygenation
H improve skin integrity
H report increased comfort and decreased pain.

118

Blastomycosis

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 119

Nursing interventions
H Provide a cool room; if the patient is feverish, admin-

ister a tepid sponge bath.


H Elevate painful joints and apply heat.
H Provide appropriate skin care.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pulse oximetry
H Laboratory tests
H Sputum production for hemoptysis
H Level of consciousness and pupil response
H Hematuria
H Lesion healing
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper administration of medications
H skin care.

Discharge planning
H Stress appropriate follow-up care.

Blastomycosis

119

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 120

Blepharitis
Overview
Description
H Common inflammation of eyelash follicles and

meibomian glands of the upper or lower eyelids


H May affect both eyes
H May affect upper and lower eyelids
H Ulcerative type: may coexist with seborrheic bleph-

aritis

Pathophysiology
H Inflammatory responses of the eyelids to bacteria or

seborrheic dermatitis occurs.

Causes
Seborrheic blepharitis
H Generally results from seborrhea of the scalp, eyebrows, and ears
Ulcerative blepharitis
H Generally results from a Staphylococcus aureus infection
H Pediculosis

Incidence
H More common in elderly people
H Most common ocular disease

Common characteristics
H Eye drainage
H Burning, itching, and swelling of eyes
H Tends to recur
H May become chronic

Complications
H Ocular involvement
H Keratitis
H Excess tearing or dry eye

Assessment
History
H Eyelids itch or burn
H Feeling of foreign body
H Crusty eyelids, which stick together when awakening
H Loss of eyelashes

Physical findings
H Continual blinking
H Red-rimmed appearance to the eyelid margins
H Swelling of eyelids

Seborrheic blepharitis
H Scales along eyelids, especially upon awakening
H Dandruff on scalp and eyebrows

120

Blepharitis

Ulcerative blepharitis
H Flaky scales on eyelashes, especially in morning
H Missing eyelashes
H Ulcerations on eyelid margins

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of the ulcerated eyelid margin reveals
S. aureus in ulcerative blepharitis.

Treatment
General
H Early treatment to prevent recurrence or complica-

tions
H Daily cleansing (using diluted baby-shampoo on a

cotton-tipped applicator or washcloth) to remove


scales from eyelid margins
H Warm eye compresses
H Removal of nits with forceps for blepharitis caused
by pediculosis
H Avoidance of eye makeup
H Avoidance of contact lens use until resolved

Medications
H Antibiotic eye ointment such as gentamicin
H Ophthalmic physostigmine or other insecticidal

ointment for blepharitis caused by pediculosis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H sustain no harm or injury
H verbalize feelings and concerns
H identify available health resources
H demonstrate appropriate coping skills
H maintain current visual acuity.

Nursing interventions
H Provide eyelid care at least twice daily.
H Apply warm compresses, four times daily.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Apply ointments, as ordered. (See Applying an

ophthalmic ointment.)
H Maintain infection-control techniques.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to medication
H Complications

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 121

Applying an ophthalmic ointment


Follow these directions to apply an ophthalmic ointment
cleanly and quickly:
H Tilt the patients head back, and ask him to look toward
the ceiling.
H Gently pull the lower eyelid down, and squeeze a small
ribbon of ointment along the edge of the conjunctival
sac from the inner to the outer canthus.
H Take care to avoid touching the eye with the tip of the
ointment tube.
H Repeat this procedure for the other eye, if ordered.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H daily eyelid care
H removal of scales from eyelids
H application of warm compresses
H medications and possible adverse effects
H infection control
H potential complications
H importance of keeping follow-up appointments.

Blepharitis

121

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 122

Life-threatening disorder

Blood transfusion
reaction

Risk factors
H Multiple transfusions
H Rare blood type

Incidence
H Mild reactions in 1% to 2% of transfusions

Common characteristics

Overview
Description
H A hemolytic reaction following the transfusion of mis-

matched blood

H Mild to severe fever within the first 15 minutes of

transfusion or within 2 hours after its completion


H Chills
H Urticaria
H Shortness of breath

H Accompanies or follows I.V. administration of blood

Complications

components
H Mediated by immune or nonimmune factors
H From mild to severe

H Bronchospasm
H Acute tubular necrosis leading to acute renal failure
H Anaphylactic shock
H Vascular collapse
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation

Pathophysiology
H Recipients antibodies, immunoglobulin (Ig) G or

IgM, attach to donor red blood cells (RBCs), leading


to widespread clumping and destruction of recipients RBCs.
H Transfusion with Rh-incompatible blood triggers a
less serious reaction, known as Rh isoimmunization, within several days to 2 weeks. (See Understanding the Rh system.)
H A febrile nonhemolytic reaction the most common
type of reaction develops when cytotoxic or agglutinating antibodies in the recipients plasma attack
antigens on transfused lymphocytes, granulocytes, or
plasma cells.

Causes
H Transfusion with incompatible blood

Assessment
History
H Transfusion of blood product
H Chills, nausea, vomiting, chest tightness, or chest and

back pain

Physical findings
H Fever, tachycardia, and hypotension
H Dyspnea, anxiety, and restlessness
H Urticaria and angioedema
H Wheezing
H In a surgical patient, blood oozing from mucous

membranes or the incision site


H In a hemolytic reaction: fever, an unexpected de-

Understanding the Rh system


The Rh system contains more than 30 antibodies and
antigens. Of the worlds population, about 85% are Rh
positive, which means that their red blood cells carry the
D or Rh antigen. The rest of the population are Rh negative and dont have this antigen.

Effects of sensitization
When an Rh-negative person receives Rh-positive blood
for the first time, he becomes sensitized to the D antigen
but shows no immediate reaction to it. If he receives Rhpositive blood a second time, he experiences a massive
hemolytic reaction.
For example, an Rh-negative mother who delivers an
Rh-positive baby is sensitized by the babys Rh-positive
blood. During her next Rh-positive pregnancy, her sensitized blood will cause a hemolytic reaction in the fetal circulation.

Preventing sensitization
To prevent the formation of antibodies against Rh-positive
blood, an Rh-negative mother should receive Rho(D) immune globulin (human) (RhoGAM) I.M. within 72 hours
after delivering an Rh-positive baby.

122

Blood transfusion reaction

crease in serum hemoglobin level, frank blood in


urine, and jaundice

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin levels are decreased.
H Serum bilirubin levels and indirect bilirubin levels
are elevated.
H Urinalysis reveals hemoglobinuria.
H Indirect Coombs test or serum antibody screen is
positive for serum anti-A or anti-B antibodies.
H Prothrombin time is increased and fibrinogen level is
decreased.
H Blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine levels are
increased.

Treatment
General
H Immediate halt of transfusion
H Dialysis (may be necessary if acute tubular necrosis

occurs)

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 123

H Diet, as tolerated
H Bed rest

Medications
H Osmotic or loop diuretics, such as mannitol and

furosemide
H I.V. normal saline solution
H I.V. vasopressors, such as dopamine and phenyl-

ephrine

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H signs and symptoms of transfusion reaction (before
transfusion begins)
H importance of notifying health care providers of
history of reaction
H wearing or carrying rare blood type identification.

H Adrenergic such as epinephrine


H Antihistamine such as diphenhydramine
H Corticosteroid such as dexamethasone
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H show no signs of active bleeding
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express understanding of disorder.

Nursing interventions
H Stop the blood transfusion.
H Maintain a patent I.V. line with normal saline

solution.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Report early signs of complications.
H Cover the patient with blankets to ease chills.
H Administer supplemental oxygen, as needed.
H Document the transfusion reaction on the patients

chart, noting the duration of the transfusion and the


amount of blood absorbed.
H Follow your facilitys blood transfusion policy and
procedure.

ALERT
Double-check the patients name, identification
number, blood type, and Rh status before administering blood. If you find any discrepancy, dont administer the blood. Notify the blood bank immediately and return the unopened unit.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs of shock
H Laboratory results
H Respiratory status
H Cardiac status
H Pulse oximetry

Blood transfusion reaction

123

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 124

Bone tumors, primary


malignant

Assessment

Overview

History

Description
H Rare type of bone cancer (less than 1% of all malig-

nant tumors)
H Also known as osteoblastoma or

H Hemorrhage
H Local recurrence
H Pathologic fractures

osteosarcoma

H Localized, dull bone pain


H Weight loss
H Impaired mobility
H Pathologic fracture

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Proliferation of cancerous cells clump together to

H Palpable mass
H Cachectic appearance
H Abnormal gait
H Swelling and redness at the site

form a tumor, which is able to spread beyond the


original site.
H Osseous bone tumors arise from the bony structure
itself and include osteogenic sarcoma (most common), parosteal osteogenic sarcoma, chondrosarcoma (chondroblastic), and malignant giant cell tumor.
H Nonosseous bone tumors arise from hematopoietic,
vascular, and neural tissues and include Ewings sarcoma, fibrosarcoma (fibroblastic), and chordoma.

Causes
H No immediately apparent cause in most cases
H Genetic abnormalities (retinoblastoma, Rothmund-

Thomson syndrome)
H Exposure to carcinogens
H Heredity, trauma, and excessive radiation therapy,

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated (with
sarcoma).
Imaging
H Bone X-rays and radioisotope bone and computed
tomography (CT) scans show tumor size.
H Bone scans and CT scans of the lungs reveal metastatic disease.
Diagnostic procedures
H Incision or aspiration biopsy confirms primary
malignancy.

according to theories

Incidence

Treatment

H Account for less than 0.2% of all cancers


H More common in males than females
H Higher incidence in children and adolescents, al-

General

though some types occurring in patients between


ages 35 and 60 (see Types of primary malignant
bone tumors)

Special populations
Osteogenic and Ewings sarcomas are the most
common bone tumors in children.

Common characteristics
H Localized, dull bone pain
H Usually more intense at night
H Presence of a mass or tumor

Special populations
Limb pain, refusal to walk, and limited range of
motion (ROM) are common findings in children
with bone tumors.

Complications
H Infection

124

Bone tumors, primary malignant

H High-protein, high-calorie diet


H Rest periods, as needed
H Physical therapy
H Radiation therapy

Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as gemcitabine and docetaxel
H Analgesics, such as morphine, oxycodone, hydro-

codone, and fentanyl

Surgery
H Excision of the tumor
H Radical surgery, such as hemipelvectomy or inter-

scapulothoracic or limb amputation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight within an acceptable range
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H express feelings of comfort and decreased pain
H express feelings and fears.

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 125

Types of primary malignant bone tumors


Type

Clinical features

Treatment

Chondrosarcoma

Develops from cartilage


Painless; grows slowly; locally recurrent and invasive
Occurs most commonly in pelvis, proximal femur, ribs, and
shoulder girdle
Usually in males ages 30 to 50

Hemipelvectomy, surgical resection (ribs)


Radiation (palliative)
Chemotherapy

Malignant
giant cell tumor

Arises from benign giant cell tumor


Found most commonly in long bones, especially in the knee
area
Usually in females ages 18 to 50

Curettage
Total excision
Radiation for recurrent disease

Osteogenic
sarcoma

Osteoid tumor present in specimen


Tumor arises from bone-forming osteoblast and bonedigesting osteoclast
Occurs most commonly in femur, but also tibia and humerus; occasionally, in fibula, ileum, vertebra, or mandible
Usually in males ages 10 to 30

Surgery (tumor resection, high


thigh amputation, hemipelvectomy, interscapulothoracic
surgery)
Chemotherapy

Parosteal
osteogenic
sarcoma

Develops on surface of bone instead of interior


Progresses slowly
Occurs most commonly in distal femur, but also in tibia,
humerus, and ulna
Usually in females ages 30 to 40

Surgery (tumor resection, possible amputation, interscapulothoracic surgery, hemipelvectomy)


Chemotherapy
Combination of the above

OSSEOUS ORIGIN

NONOSSEOUS ORIGIN

Chordoma

Derived from embryonic remnants of notochord


Progresses slowly
Usually found at end of spinal column and in sphenooccipital, sacrococcygeal, and vertebral areas
Characterized by constipation and visual disturbances
Usually in males ages 50 to 60

Surgical resection (commonly


resulting in neural defects)
Radiation (palliative, or when
surgery not applicable, as in
occipital area)

Ewings sarcoma

Originates in bone marrow and invades shafts of long and


flat bones
Usually affects lower extremities, most commonly femur,
innominate bones, ribs, tibia, humerus, vertebra, and fibula;
may metastasize to lungs
Pain increasingly severe and persistent
Usually in males ages 10 to 20
Prognosis poor

High-voltage radiation (tumor is


radiosensitive)
Chemotherapy to slow growth
Amputation only if theres no evidence of metastasis

Fibrosarcoma

Relatively rare
Originates in fibrous tissue of bone
Invades long or flat bones (femur, tibia, mandible) but also
involves periosteum and overlying muscle
Usually in males ages 30 to 40

Nursing interventions

Amputation
Radiation
Chemotherapy
Bone grafts (with low-grade fibrosarcoma)

H Cardiovascular status

H Encourage communication, and help the patient set

realistic goals.
H Administer prescribed I.V. infusions and drugs.
H Postoperative care, including coughing, deep breath-

ing, incentive spirometer use, and turning.


H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Elevate the foot of the bed or place the affected

stump on a pillow for the first 24 hours. (Be careful not to leave the stump elevated for more than
48 hours because this may lead to contractures.)

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Circulation to the affected extremity
H Wound dressings
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H use of assistive devices
H wound care
H reporting new pain or masses
H the need for antibiotic prophylaxis when undergoing
dental procedures (with bone grafts or prosthetic
implants).

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the American Cancer Society for

information and support.

Bone tumors, primary malignant

125

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 126

Life-threatening disorder

Common characteristics
H Symptoms 18 to 30 hours after ingestion of con-

Botulism

taminated food; may be delay of up to 10 days before


symptoms appear
H Range in severity and can mimic other illnesses,
especially neurologic disorders

Overview

Complications

Description
H Life-threatening paralytic illness
H Results from an exotoxin produced by the gram-

positive, anaerobic bacillus Clostridium botulinum


H Occurs as botulism food poisoning, wound botulism,

and infant botulism (see Infant botulism)

H Respiratory failure
H Paralytic ileus
H Death

Assessment

H Mortality about 25%, with death most commonly

History

caused by respiratory failure during the first week of


illness
H Critical and potentially fatal illness signaled by onset
within 24 hours

H Consumption of home-canned food 18 to 30 hours

before onset of symptoms

H Clostridium botulinum bacteria

H Vertigo
H Sore throat
H Weakness
H Nausea and vomiting
H Constipation or diarrhea
H Diplopia
H Blurred vision
H Dysarthria
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea
H Heroin use

Risk factors

Physical findings

H Eating improperly preserved foods


H Use of injectable street drugs

H Ptosis
H Dilated, nonreactive pupils
H Appearance of dry, red, and crusted oral mucous

Pathophysiology
H Endotoxin acts at the neuromuscular junction of

skeletal muscle, preventing acetylcholine release and


blocking neural transmission, eventually resulting in
paralysis.

Causes

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Average yearly occurrence of about 110 cases in the

United States
H Affects adults more than children

membranes
H Abdominal distention with absent bowel sounds
H Descending weakness or paralysis of muscles in the

extremities or trunk
H Deep tendon reflexes may be intact, diminished, or

absent

Infant botulism
Infant botulism, which usually afflicts neonates and infants between 3 and 20 weeks old, is commonly caused
by ingesting the spores of botulinum bacteria, which then
grow in the intestines and release toxin. This disorder can
produce floppy infant syndrome, characterized by constipation, a feeble cry, a depressed gag reflex, and an inability to suck. The infant also exhibits a flaccid facial expression, ptosis, and ophthalmoplegia the result of cranial
nerve deficits.
As the disease progresses, the infant develops generalized weakness, hypotonia, areflexia, and sometimes a
striking loss of head control. Almost 50% of affected infants develop respiratory arrest.
Intensive supportive care allows most infants to recover
completely. Antitoxin therapy isnt recommended because
of the risk of anaphylaxis.

H Unexplained orthostatic hypotension


H Urine retention
H Photophobia
H Slurred speech

Test results
Laboratory
H Mouse bioassay detects toxin thats found in the patients serum, stool, or gastric contents.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electromyography shows diminished muscle action
potential after a single supramaximal nerve stimulus.

Treatment
General
H Supportive measures
H Early tracheotomy and ventilatory assistance in respi-

ratory failure
H Nasogastric (NG) suctioning

126

Botulism

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 127

H Total parenteral nutrition


H Bed rest

Medications
H I.V. or I.M. botulinum antitoxin

Surgery
H Debridement of wounds to remove source of toxin-

producing bacteria

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain stable neurologic status.

Nursing interventions
H Administer I.V. fluids, as ordered.
H Administer oxygen as needed.
H Perform NG suctioning as needed.

ALERT
Immediately report all cases of botulism to the
local board of health.

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Cardiac and respiratory function
H Cough and gag reflexes
H Intake and output
H Arterial blood gas analysis
H Pulse oximetry

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper techniques in processing and preserving
foods
H never tasting food from a bulging can or one with a
peculiar odor
H sterilizing utensils by boiling what came in contact
with suspected contaminated food
H not feeding honey to infants (can be fatal if contaminated).

Discharge planning
H If botulism exposure appears to be related to adverse

socioeconomic conditions, refer the patient to the


appropriate community agency.

Botulism

127

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 128

Brain tumor
Overview
Description
H Abnormal growth among cells within the intracranial

space
H May affect brain tissue, meninges, pituitary gland,
and blood vessels
H In adults, most common tumor types: gliomas and
meningiomas (usually benign), which usually occur
above the covering of the cerebellum, and supratentorial tumors
H In children, most common tumor types: astrocytomas, medulloblastomas, ependymomas, and brain
stem gliomas

Pathophysiology
H Tumor is classified based on histology or grade of

cell malignancy.
H Central nervous system changes occur due to cancer

cells invading and destroying tissues and by secondary effect mainly compression of the brain, cranial nerves, and cerebral vessels; cerebral edema;
and increased intracranial pressure (ICP).

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
H Preexisting cancer

Incidence
H Slightly more common in males than in females
H Gliomas, meningiomas, and schwannomas: overall

incidence of 4.5 per 100,000


H Can occur at any age, but most in children before age

1 or between ages 2 and 12


H In adults, incidence highest between ages 40 and 60

Common characteristics
H Increased ICP
H Headache
H Decreased motor strength and coordination
H Seizures
H Altered vital signs
H Nausea and vomiting
H Papilledema

Complications
H Radiation encephalopathy

Special populations
Brain tumors are the most common cause of cancer death in children.

Life-threatening complications from


increased ICP
H Coma
H Respiratory or cardiac arrest
H Brain herniation

Assessment
History
H Insidious onset
H Headache
H Nausea and vomiting

Physical findings
H May vary according to size and location of tumor

Signs and symptoms of increased ICP


H Vision disturbances
H Weakness, paralysis
H Aphasia, dysphagia
H Ataxia, incoordination
H Seizure
H Decreased level of consciousness

Test results
Imaging
H Skull X-rays confirm presence of tumor.
H Brain scan confirms presence of tumor.
H Computed tomography scan confirms presence of
tumor.
H Magnetic resonance imaging confirms presence of
tumor.
H Cerebral angiography confirms presence of tumor.
H Positron-emission tomography confirms presence of
tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Tissue biopsy confirms type of tumor.
Other
H Lumbar puncture shows increased cerebrospinal
fluid (CSF) pressure, which reflects ICP, increased
protein levels, decreased glucose levels and, occasionally, tumor cells in CSF.

Treatment
General
H Specific treatments varying with the tumors histolog-

ic type, radiosensitivity, and location


H No dietary restrictions unless swallowing impaired
H Possibly altered physical ability based on neurologic

status

Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as carmustine, cisplatin, and

lomustine
H Steroid such as dexamethasone
H Histamine-receptor antagonists, such as cimetidine,

famotidine, and ranitidine


H Anticonvulsants, such as phenytoin and fosphenytoin
H Analgesic such as codeine

128

Brain tumor

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 129

Surgery
For glioma
H Resection by craniotomy
H Radiation therapy and chemotherapy follow resection
For low-grade cystic cerebellar astrocytoma
H Surgical resection
For astrocytoma
H Repeated surgeries, radiation therapy, and shunting
of fluid from obstructed CSF pathways
For oligodendroglioma and ependymoma
H Surgical resection and radiation therapy
For medulloblastoma
H Surgical resection
H Possibly, intrathecal infusion of methotrexate or
another antineoplastic drug
For meningioma
H Surgical resection, including dura mater and bone
For schwannoma
H Microsurgical technique

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of infection or bleeding that may result from
chemotherapy
H adverse effects of chemotherapy and other treatments
and actions that may alleviate them
H early signs of tumor recurrence.

Discharge planning
H Consult with occupational and physical therapy staff

for postdischarge care plan.


H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H recognize limitations imposed by illness and express
feelings about them
H continue to function in usual roles as much as
possible
H enlist support from available sources
H express feelings of increased comfort.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Take steps to protect the patients safety.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H After supratentorial craniotomy, elevate the head of

the bed about 30 degrees.


H After infratentorial craniotomy, keep the patient flat

for 48 hours.
H As appropriate, instruct the patient to avoid Valsalvas

maneuver and isometric muscle contractions when


moving or sitting up in bed.
H Provide postoperative care.
H Encourage incentive spirometer use.
H Consult with occupational, speech, and physical
therapists.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H Pain level, location, and effectiveness of treatment
H Cardiovascular status

Brain tumor

129

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 130

Breast cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant proliferation of epithelial cells lining the

ducts or lobules of the breast


H Early detection and treatment influencing the prognosis considerably

ALERT
The most reliable detection method of breast cancer is regular breast self-examination, followed by
an immediate professional evaluation of any abnormality. (Theoretically, slow-growing breast cancer may take up to 8 years to become palpable at
1 cm.)
H With adjunctive therapy, 10-year (or longer) 70% to

75% survival in females with negative nodes, compared to 20% to 25% survival in females with positive
nodes

Pathophysiology
H Breast cancer spreads by way of the lymphatic system

H Estrogen therapy
H Antihypertensive therapy
H Alcohol and tobacco use
H Preexisting fibrocystic disease

Incidence
H A female living in the United States to age 80 a

1-in-8 chance of developing invasive breast cancer


sometime during her life
H The second-leading cause of cancer death in females
after lung cancer
H Most common after age 50; but may develop anytime
after puberty
H Seldom occurs in males

Special populations
Breast cancer is the leading cause of cancer deaths
among females ages 35 to 54.

Common characteristics
H Lump or mass in the breast (see Breast tumor

sources and sites)


H Breast pain
H Change in symmetry or size of breast
H Change in skin, such as thickening, scaly skin around

the nipple, dimpling, edema, or ulceration

and the bloodstream through the right side of the


heart to the lungs and to the other breast, chest wall,
liver, bone, and brain.
Classification
H Adenocarcinoma (ductal) arises from the epithelium.
H Intraductal cancer develops within the ducts (includes Pagets disease).
H Infiltrating cancer occurs in the breasts parenchymal
tissue.
H Inflammatory cancer (rare) grows rapidly and causes overlying skin to become edematous, inflamed,
and indurated.
H Lobular carcinoma in situ involves the lobes of glandular tissue.
H Medullary or circumscribed cancer is an enlarged tumor with a rapid growth rate.

H Nipple discharge

Causes

H Clear, milky, or bloody discharge from the nipple,

H Unknown

Risk factors
H Family history of breast cancer, particularly first-

degree relatives, including mother, sister, maternal


grandmother, and maternal aunt
H Positive tests for genetic mutations (BRCA1)
H A female older than age 45 and premenopausal
H Long menstrual cycles
H Early onset of menses, late menopause
H Nulliparous or first pregnancy after age 30
H High-fat diet
H Endometrial or ovarian cancer
H History of unilateral breast cancer
H Radiation exposure

130

Breast cancer

Complications
H Distant metastasis
H Infection
H Central nervous system effects
H Respiratory effects

Assessment
History
H Detection of a painless lump or mass in the breast
H Change in breast tissue
H History of risk factors

Physical findings
nipple retraction, scaly skin around the nipple, and
skin changes, such as dimpling or inflammation
H Arm edema
H Hard lump, mass, or thickening of breast tissue
H Lymphadenopathy

Test results
Laboratory
H Hormonal receptor assay determines whether the
tumor is estrogen- or progesterone-dependent; also
guides decisions to use therapy that blocks the action
of the estrogen hormone that supports tumor growth.
H In Vitro Diagnostic Multivariate Index Assay predicts
the odds that an early-stage breast cancer will metastasize in 5 to 10 years.

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 131

Imaging
H Mammography can reveal a tumor thats too small to
palpate.
H Ultrasonography can distinguish between a
fluid-filled cyst and solid mass.
H Chest X-rays can pinpoint metastasis in the chest.
H Scans of the bone, brain, liver, and other organs can
detect distant metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Fine-needle aspiration and excisional biopsy provide
cells for histologic examination that may confirm the
diagnosis.

Breast tumor sources and sites


About 90% of all breast tumors arise from the epithelial
cells lining the ducts. About half of all breast cancers develop in the breasts upper outer quadrant the section
containing the most glandular tissue.
The second most common cancer site is the nipple,
where all the breast ducts converge.
The next most common site is the upper inner quadrant,
followed by the lower outer quadrant and, finally, the lower inner quadrant.

Treatment
General

50%

H The choice of treatment usually depends on: stage

15%

and type of disease, age, menopausal status, and any


disfiguring effects of surgery
H Therapy may include: any combination of surgery,
radiation, chemotherapy, and hormone therapy
H Arm motion and exercises possibly needed after
surgery
H Primary radiation therapy
H Preoperative breast irradiation

18%
11%
6%

Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as a combination of drugs, in-

cluding anastrozole, capecitabine, cyclophosphamide, docetaxel, epirubicin, ememestane, fluorouracil, methotrexate, doxorubicin, vincristine,
paclitaxel, prednisone, and trastuzumab
H Regimen of cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, and
fluorouracil (used in premenopausal and postmenopausal females)
H Antiestrogen therapy such as tamoxifen
H Hormonal therapy, including estrogen, progesterone,
androgen, or antiandrogen aminoglutethimide
therapy

Surgery
H Lumpectomy
H Partial, total, or modified radical mastectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H recognize limitations imposed by illness and express
feelings about these limitations
H express positive feelings about self
H report feelings of comfort
H express increased sense of well-being
H use situational supports to reduce fear.

Nursing interventions

H Provide emotional support.


H Provide postoperative care, such as turning, cough-

ing, deep breathing, and incentive spirometer use.


H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees

to prevent pneumonia.
H Encourage early ambulation.

Monitoring
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H White blood cell count
H Pain control
H Psychological status
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H all procedures and treatments
H activities or exercises that promote healing
H breast self-examination
H risks and signs and symptoms of recurrence
H avoidance of venipuncture or blood pressure monitoring on the affected arm.

H Provide information about the disease process, diag-

Discharge planning

nostic tests, and treatment.


H Give prescribed drugs.

H Refer the patient to local and national support

groups.

Breast cancer

131

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 132

Bronchiectasis

H Dramatically decreased incidence over the past 20

Overview

years due to the availability of antibiotics to treat


acute respiratory infections
H Highest among Inuit populations in the northern
hemisphere and the Maoris of New Zealand

Description

Common characteristics

H Lung disease characterized by abnormal dilation of

H Chronic cough productive for copious, foul-smelling,

the bronchi and destruction of the bronchial walls


H Results from conditions associated with repeated
damage to bronchial walls and with abnormal mucociliary clearance, causing a breakdown of supporting tissue adjacent to the airways
H Can occur throughout the tracheobronchial tree, or
may be confined to one segment or lobe
H Usually bilateral and involves the basilar segments of
the lower lobes
H Occurs in three forms: cylindrical (fusiform), varicose, and saccular (cystic)

Pathophysiology
H Hyperplastic squamous epithelium, denuded of cilia,

replaces ulcerated columnar epithelia.

mucopurulent secretions
H Dyspnea
H Weight loss
H Malaise

Complications
H Chronic malnutrition
H Amyloidosis
H Right-sided heart failure
H Cor pulmonale
H Respiratory failure

Assessment

H Abscess formation occurs, involving all layers of the

History

bronchial walls, which produces inflammatory cells


and fibrous tissues, resulting in dilation and narrowing of the airways.
H Sputum stagnates in the dilated bronchi and leads to
secondary infection, characterized by inflammation
and leukocytic accumulations.
H Additional debris collects in the bronchi and occludes them.
H Building pressure from the retained secretions induces mucosal injury.
H Extensive vascular proliferation of bronchial circulation occurs and produces frequent hemoptysis.

H Frequent bouts of pneumonia


H Coughing up of blood or blood-tinged sputum
H Chronic cough that produces copious, foul-smelling,

Causes
H Cystic fibrosis
H Mucoviscidosis
H Immune disorders
H Recurrent bacterial respiratory tract infections
H Complications of measles, pneumonia, pertussis, or

influenza
H Obstruction with recurrent infection
H Inhalation of corrosive gas
H Repeated aspiration of gastric juices
H Congenital anomalies (rare) such as bronchomalacia
H Various rare disorders such as immotile cilia syn-

drome

Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to damaging inhalants
H Risky behaviors that lead to immunodeficiency disor-

ders, such as human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

Incidence
H Affects people of both sexes and of all ages

132

Bronchiectasis

mucopurulent secretions
H Dyspnea
H Weight loss
H Malaise

Physical findings
H Sputum that may show a cloudy top layer, a central

layer of clear saliva, and a heavy, thick, purulent bottom layer upon settling
H Clubbed fingers and toes
H Cyanotic nail beds
H Dullness over affected lung fields, if pneumonia or
atelectasis present
H Diminished breath sounds
H Crackles during inspiration over affected area
H Occasional wheezes

Test results
Laboratory
H Sputum culture and Gram stain show predominant
pathogens.
H Complete blood count reveals anemia and leukocytosis.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows bronchiectasis.
H Bronchography shows location and extent of disease.
H Chest X-rays show peribronchial thickening, atelectatic areas, and scattered cystic changes.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy may show the source of secretions or
the bleeding site in hemoptysis.
H Pulmonary function studies show decreased vital
capacity, expiratory flow, and hypoxemia.

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 133

Other
H A sweat electrolyte test may show cystic fibrosis as
the underlying cause.

Treatment
General
H Postural drainage and chest percussion
H Bronchoscopy to remove secretions
H Well-balanced, high-calorie diet
H Adequate hydration
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefdinir, cefpodoxime, and

levofloxacin
H Bronchodilators, such as albuterol and aformoterol
H Oxygen
H Mucolytic such as acetylcysteine

Surgery
For poor pulmonary function
H Segmental resection
H Bronchial artery embolization
H Lobectomy

Nursing considerations

H Arterial blood gas results


H Complications
H Chest tube drainage after surgery
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H proper disposal of secretions
H infection control techniques
H frequent rest periods
H preoperative and postoperative instructions, if
surgery is required
H postural drainage and percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing techniques
H avoidance of air pollutants and people with known
upper respiratory tract infections
H immunizations
H balanced, high-protein diet
H avoidance of milk products
H adequate hydration.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H utilize energy conservation techniques
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Perform preoperative and postoperative teaching.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care.
H Administer oxygen, as needed.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a warm, quiet, comfortable environment.
H Alternate rest and activity periods.
H Provide well-balanced, high-calorie meals.
H Offer small, frequent meals.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Encourage incentive spirometer use, coughing, and

deep breathing.
H Provide postoperative care.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Cardiac status
H Sputum production
H Pulse oximetry

Bronchiectasis

133

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 134

Bronchitis, chronic
Overview
Description
H An inflammation of the lining of the bronchial tubes
H Form of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Characterized by excessive production of tracheo-

bronchial mucus with a cough for at least 3 months


each year for 2 consecutive years
H Severity linked to the amount of cigarette smoke or
other pollutants inhaled and inhalation duration
H Respiratory tract infections that typically exacerbate
the cough and related symptoms
H Development of significant airway obstruction seen in
few patients with chronic bronchitis

Pathophysiology
H Hypertrophy and hyperplasia of the bronchial mu-

cous glands, increased goblet cells, ciliary damage,


squamous metaplasia of the columnar epithelium,
and chronic leukocytic and lymphocytic infiltration
of bronchial walls results.
H Additional effects include widespread inflammation,
airway narrowing, and mucus within the airways
all producing resistance in the small airways and, in
turn, a severe ventilation-perfusion imbalance. (See
What happens in chronic bronchitis.)

Causes
H Cigarette smoking
H Possible genetic predisposition
H Environmental pollution
H Organic or inorganic dusts and noxious gas exposure

Incidence
H About 20% of males affected
H More than 8.8 million people in the United States di-

agnosed annually
H More prevalent in females than in males
H Children of parents who smoke: higher risk for con-

tracting chronic bronchitis than children of parents


who dont smoke

Common characteristics
H Long-time smoker
H Frequent upper respiratory tract infections
H Productive cough
H Exertional dyspnea

Complications
H Cor pulmonale
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Right ventricular hypertrophy
H Acute respiratory failure

Assessment
History
H Longtime smoker
H Frequent upper respiratory tract infections
H Productive cough
H Exertional dyspnea
H Cough, initially prevalent in winter, but gradually

becoming year-round
H Increasingly severe coughing episodes
H Worsening dyspnea

Physical findings
H Cough producing copious gray, white, or yellow

sputum
H Cyanosis
H Accessory respiratory muscle use
H Tachypnea
H Substantial weight gain
H Pedal edema
H Jugular vein distention
H Wheezing
H Prolonged expiratory phase
H Rhonchi

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows decreased partial
pressure of oxygen and normal or increased partial
pressure of carbon dioxide.
H Sputum culture reveals microorganisms and neutrophils.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show hyperinflation and increased
bronchovascular markings.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests show increased residual
volume, decreased vital capacity and forced expiratory flow, and normal static compliance and diffusing
capacity.
H Electrocardiography may show atrial arrhythmias;
peaked P waves in leads II, III, and aVF; and right
ventricular hypertrophy.

Treatment
General
H Smoking cessation
H Avoidance of air pollutants
H Chest physiotherapy
H Ultrasonic or mechanical nebulizer treatments
H Adequate fluid intake
H High-calorie, protein-rich diet
H Activity, as tolerated with frequent rest periods

Medications
H Oxygen
H Antibiotics, such as cefdinir, cefpodoxime, and

levofloxacin

134

Bronchitis, chronic

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 135

What happens in chronic bronchitis


In chronic bronchitis, irritants inhaled
for a prolonged period inflame the tracheobronchial tree. The inflammation
leads to increased mucus production
and a narrowed or blocked airway.
As inflammation continues, the
mucus-producing goblet cells undergo
hypertrophy, as do the ciliated epithelial cells that line the respiratory tract.
Hypersecretion from the goblet cells
blocks the free movement of the cilia,
which normally sweep dust, irritants,
and mucus from the airways.
As a result, the airway stays
blocked, and mucus and debris accumulate in the respiratory tract.

CROSS SECTION OF THE NORMAL


BRONCHIAL TREE

Cilia

Cilia

Goblet cell

H Bronchodilators, such as aformoterol, salmeterol,

and tiotropium
H Corticosteroids, such as fluticasone, hydrocortisone,
methylprednisolone, and prednisone
H Diuretics such as furosemide

Surgery

NARROWED BRONCHIAL TUBE IN


CHRONIC BRONCHITIS

Epithelial cell

Goblet cell

Epithelial cell

H Daily weight
H Edema
H Response to treatment
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching

H Tracheostomy in advanced disease

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H identify measures to prevent or reduce fatigue
H express understanding of the illness
H maintain a patent airway.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage expression of fears and concerns.
H Include the patient and his family in care decisions.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a high-calorie, protein-rich diet.
H Offer small, frequent meals.
H Encourage energy-conservation techniques.
H Ensure adequate oral fluid intake.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Encourage daily activity.
H Provide diversional activities, as appropriate.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H infection control practices
H influenza and pneumococcus immunizations
H home oxygen therapy, if required
H postural drainage and chest percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H inhaler use
H high-calorie, protein-rich meals
H adequate hydration
H avoidance of inhaled irritants
H prevention of bronchospasm
H respiratory hygiene and cough etiquette.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to the American Lung Association

for information and support.


H Refer the patient to support services for respiratory

care equipment and supplies.

spirometer use.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Sputum production
H Respiratory status, including breath sounds and

pulse oximetry

Bronchitis, chronic

135

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 136

Brucellosis
Overview
Description
H An acute febrile illness transmitted to humans from

animals
H Also known as undulant fever, Malta fever, or

Bangs disease

Pathophysiology
H Brucellosis is transmitted through the consumption

of unpasteurized dairy products or uncooked or undercooked contaminated meat, and through contact
with infected animals or their secretions or excretions.

Causes
H The nonmotile, nonspore-forming, gram-negative

coccobacilli of the genus Brucella, notably B. suis


(found in swine), B. melitensis (in goats), B. abortus (in cattle), and B. canis (in dogs)

Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to animals

Incidence
H Most common among farmers, stock handlers,

butchers, and veterinarians


H Six times more common in males than in females
H Less common in children
H People with chlorhydria particularly susceptible be-

cause hydrochloric acid in gastric juices kills Brucella bacteria


H Most prevalent in the Middle East, Africa, Russia, India, South America, and Europe; uncommon in the
United States

Common characteristics
Acute phase
H Fever
H Chills
H Profuse sweating
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Backache
H Enlarged lymph nodes
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Weight loss
H Abscess and granuloma formulation in subcutaneous
tissues, lymph nodes, liver, and spleen
Chronic phase
H Recurrent depression
H Sleep disturbances
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Sweating
H Sexual impotence

136

Brucellosis

H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Enlarged lymph nodes

Complications
H Abscesses in the testes, ovaries, kidneys, and brain

(meningitis and encephalitis)


H Osteomyelitis
H Orchitis
H Subacute bacterial endocarditis
H Pleural effusions
H Pneumothorax
H Eczematous rashes, petechiae, purpura

Assessment
History
H Direct exposure to animals
H Ingestion of unpasteurized dairy products
H Recent travel to an endemic area
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Intermittent fever
H Profuse sweating
H Anxiety
H General aching

Physical findings
H Excessive perspiration
H Chills
H Weakness
H Lymphadenopathy
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Tenderness in the right upper quadrant

Test results
Laboratory
H Agglutinin titers are 1:160 or higher.
H Definitive diagnosis is provided by three to six
cultures of blood and bone marrow and biopsies
of infected tissue (for example, the spleen).
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
H White blood cell count is either normal or reduced.

Treatment
General
H Bed rest during the acute phase
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Secretion precautions until lesions stop draining

Medications
H Antibiotic such as tetracycline
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
H Corticosteroids, such as hydrocortisone, methylpred-

nisolone, and prednisone

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 137

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from signs and symptoms of infection
H attain relief from immediate symptoms
H experience feelings of comfort or absence of pain
H regain or maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Keep suppurative granulomas and abscesses dry.
H Maintain contact precautions: double-bag and prop-

erly dispose of all secretions and soiled dressings.


H Reassure the patient that this infection is curable.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Complications
H Depression and disturbed sleep pattern
H Lesion healing
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H continuing medication for the prescribed duration
H preventing recurrence by cooking meat thoroughly
and avoiding unpasteurized milk
H advice to meat packers and other people at risk for
occupational exposure to wear rubber gloves and
goggles.

Brucellosis

137

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 138

Buergers disease
Overview

H Digital ischemia
H Trophic nail changes
H Absent or diminished radial, ulnar, or tibial pulses
H Ischemic ulcers on the toes, feet, or fingers
H Superficial thrombophlebitis

Description

Test results

H An inflammatory, nonatheromatous occlusive condi-

Imaging
H Doppler ultrasonography shows diminished circulation in the peripheral vessels.
H Arteriography locates lesions and rules out atherosclerosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Plethysmography helps detect decreased circulation
in the peripheral vessels.
Other
H Allens test results are abnormal. (See Performing
Allens test.)

tion that impairs circulation to the legs, feet and, occasionally, hands
H Sometimes called thromboangiitis obliterans

Pathophysiology
H Polymorphonuclear leukocytes infiltrate the walls of

small and medium-sized arteries and veins.


H Thrombus develops in the vascular lumen, eventually

occluding and obliterating portions of the small vessels, resulting in decreased blood flow to the feet and
legs.
H This diminished blood flow may produce ulceration
and, eventually, gangrene.

Treatment

Causes

General

H Unknown
H Linked to smoking (suggesting a hypersensitivity

H Smoking cessation
H Nothing by mouth, if surgery is needed
H Exercise program that uses gravity to fill and drain

reaction to nicotine)

Incidence
H More common in males than females
H Most patients ages 20 to 45
H Affects natives of India, Japan, and Korea and Ashke-

nazic Jews

Common characteristics

the blood vessels

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefuroxime, gentamicin, and

tobramycin, for secondary infection


H Analgesics, such as morphine, hydromorphone, and

ketarolac

H Intermittent claudication of the instep, aggravated by

Surgery

exercise and relieved by rest


H Initially, coldness, cyanosis, and numbness in feet
during exposure to low temperature; later, redness,
heat, and tingling
H Impaired peripheral pulses and migratory superficial
thrombophlebitis

H In severe disease, a lumbar sympathectomy to in-

Complications
H Ulceration
H Muscle atrophy
H Gangrene

Assessment
History
H Exposure to secondhand smoke
H Use of nicotine patch
H Use of chewing tobacco
H Smoking
H Painful, intermittent claudication of the instep, aggra-

vated by exercise and relieved by rest

Physical findings
H Feet that are cold, numb, and cyanotic when exposed

to low temperatures

138

Buergers disease

crease blood supply to the skin


H Amputation for nonhealing ulcers, intractable pain,

or gangrene

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain tissue integrity
H carry out previous roles without the limitations of the
disease process
H develop adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Position the patient for comfort with the head of the

bed elevated at least 30 degrees.


H Provide a padded footboard or bed cradle to prevent

pressure from bed linens.


H Protect the feet with soft padding.
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer medications, as ordered.

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 139

Performing Allens test


Dont obtain an arterial blood gas specimen from the radial artery until you assess collateral arterial blood supply using the
Allens test.
Direct the patient to close his hand
while you occlude his radial and ulnar
arteries for 10 to 30 seconds, watching for the hand to blanch.

Tell the patient to open his hand.

Release pressure on the ulnar artery.


Color should return to the patients
hand in 15 seconds. If the color
doesnt return, select another site
for an arterial puncture.

Monitoring
H Skin integrity
H Peripheral circulation
H Infection
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding precipitating factors, such as emotional
stress, exposure to extreme temperatures, and
trauma
H proper foot care, especially the importance of wearing well-fitting shoes and cotton or wool socks.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a self-help group to help him

stop smoking.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if

needed.
H If the patient has undergone amputation, refer him

to physical therapists, occupational therapists, and


social service agencies, as needed.

Buergers disease

139

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 140

Bulimia nervosa
Overview
Description
H Behavioral disorder characterized by eating binges

followed by feelings of guilt, humiliation, and


self-deprecation
H Self-induced vomiting, the use of laxatives or diuretics, or strict dieting or fasting to overcome the effects
of the binges
H Seldom incapacitating

Pathophysiology
H Decreased caloric intake depletes body fat and pro-

H Distinguished for participation in competitive activi-

ties

Complications
H Dental caries
H Erosion of tooth enamel
H Parotitis
H Gum infections
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Dehydration
H Arrhythmias
H Cardiac failure
H Sudden death
H Esophageal tears
H Gastric ruptures
H Mucosal damage to intestine
H Suicide

tein stores.
H Estrogen deficiency occurs in women due to lack of

lipid substrate for synthesis, causing amenorrhea.


H Testosterone levels fluctuate in men, causing de-

creased erectile function and sperm count.


H Ketoacidosis occurs from increased use of fat as en-

ergy fuel.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Family disturbance or conflict
H Sexual abuse
H Maladaptive learned behavior
H Struggle for control or self-identity
H Cultural overemphasis on physical appearance
H Parental obesity
H Female gender
H Adolescent or young adult

Incidence
H Affects nine females for every one male
H Between 1% and 3% of adolescent and young fe-

males meeting the diagnostic criteria; 5% to 15%


having some symptoms of the disorder

Assessment
History
H Episodic binge eating
H Continues eating until abdominal pain, sleep, or the

presence of another person interrupts it


H Preferred food usually sweet, soft, and high in calo-

ries and carbohydrate content


H Exaggerated sense of guilt
H Depression
H Childhood trauma
H Parental obesity
H Unsatisfactory sexual relationships

Physical findings
H Thin or slightly overweight
H Use of diuretics, laxatives, vomiting, and exercise
H Abdominal and epigastric pain
H Amenorrhea
H Painless swelling of the salivary glands
H Unusual swelling of cheeks or jaw area
H Hoarseness
H Throat irritation or lacerations
H Calluses of the knuckles or abrasions and scars on

the dorsum of the hand

Special populations
Bulimia has been found to begin in adolescence or
early adulthood.

Common characteristics
H Strongly associated with depression
H Can occur simultaneously with anorexia nervosa
H More prone to psychoactive substance abuse
H Hyperactivity
H Peculiar eating habits or rituals
H Frequent weighing
H Perceived by others as a perfect student, mother,

or career woman

140

Bulimia nervosa

DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis of bulimia nervosa can be confirmed when
these criteria are met, on average, twice per week for
3 months:
H recurrent episodes of binge eating
H repeated inappropriate behaviors to prevent weight
gain.

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum electrolyte studies show elevated bicarbonate,
decreased potassium, and decreased sodium levels.
Other
H The Beck Depression Inventory may identify coexisting depression.

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 141

Treatment
General
H Inpatient or outpatient psychotherapy
H Self-help groups
H Drug rehabilitation
H Balanced diet
H Monitoring of eating pattern
H Monitoring of activity

Medications
H Antidepressant such as fluoxetine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H acknowledge change in body image
H participate in decision-making about her case
H express positive feelings about self
H achieve expected state of wellness.

Nursing interventions
H Supervise mealtime and for a specified period after

meals, usually up to 1 hour.


H Set a time limit for each meal.
H Provide a pleasant, relaxed environment for eating.
H Use behavior modification techniques.
H Establish a food contract, specifying the amount and

type of food to be eaten at each meal.


H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Suicide potential
H Elimination patterns
H Eating patterns
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Activity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H importance of keeping a food journal
H risks of laxative, emetic, and diuretic abuse
H assertiveness training
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services or specialized

inpatient care.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling.

Bulimia nervosa

141

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 142

Burns
Overview
Description
H Heat or chemical injury to tissue
H May be permanently disfiguring and incapacitating
H May be partial thickness or full thickness

Pathophysiology
Superficial, partial-thickness burns
H These burns cause localized injury to the epidermis
that isnt life-threatening.
Deep, partial-thickness burns
H These burns cause destruction of the epidermis and
some dermis resulting in thin-walled and fluid-filled
blisters.
H Nerve endings are exposed to air as blisters break.
H Pain develops when blisters are exposed to air.
H Barrier function of the skin is lost.
Full-thickness burns
H These burns affect every body system and organ and
extend into the subcutaneous tissue layer damaging
muscle, bone, and interstitial tissues.
H Interstitial fluids result in edema and an immediate
immunologic response occurs.
H These burns carry a threat of wound sepsis.
H Depending on the level of nerve damage, the patient
may have no pain.

Causes
H Residential fires
H Motor vehicle accidents
H Improper use or handling of matches
H Improperly stored gasoline
H Space heater or electrical malfunctions
H Improper handling of firecrackers
H Scalding accidents
H Child or elder abuse
H Contact, ingestion, inhalation, or injection of acids,

alkali, or vesicants
H Contact with faulty electrical wiring
H Contact with high-voltage power lines
H Chewing electric cords
H Friction or abrasion
H Sun exposure

Incidence
H Affects more than 2 million people each year
H 70,000 hospitalizations
H 20,000 specialized burn unit admissions

Common characteristics
Superficial, partial-thickness burns
H Localized pain
H Erythema
H Blanching
H Chills
H Headache
142

Burns

H Nausea and vomiting

Deep, partial-thickness burns


H Thin-walled, fluid-filled blisters
H Mild to moderate pain
H White, waxy appearance of damaged area
Full-thickness burns
H Pale, white, brown, or black leathery tissue
H Visible thrombosed vessels
H No blister formation
H Painless
Electrical burns
H Silver-colored, raised area at contact site
H Smoke inhalation and pulmonary damage
H Singed nasal hair
Mucosal burns
H Sores in mouth or nose
H Voice changes
H Coughing, wheezing
H Darkened sputum

Complications
H Respiratory complications
H Sepsis
H Hypovolemic shock
H Anemia
H Malnutrition
H Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome

Assessment
History
H Cause of the burn revealed
H Preexisting medical conditions

Physical findings
H Depth and size of the burn assessed
H Severity of the burn estimated
H Major more than 10% of the patients body sur-

face area (BSA); more than 20% of a childs BSA


H Moderate 3% to 10% of a patients BSA; 10% to

20% of a childs BSA


H Minor less than 3% of a patients BSA; less than

10% of a childs BSA


H Respiratory distress and cyanosis
H Edema
H Alteration in pulse rate, strength, and regularity
H Stridor, wheezing, crackles, and rhonchi
H S3 or S4
H Hypotension

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas levels show hypoxia.
H Complete blood count shows decreased hemoglobin
level and hematocrit, if blood loss has occurred.
H Electrolyte levels are abnormal due to fluid losses
and shifts.
H Blood urea nitrogen levels are increased with fluid
losses.

9400B.qxd

8/2/12

4:25 PM

Page 143

H Glucose level is decreased in children due to limited

glycogen storage.
H Urinalysis shows myoglobinuria and hemoglobinuria.
H Carboxyhemoglobin level is increased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show myocardial ischemia,
injury, or arrhythmias, especially in electrical burns.
H Fiber-optic bronchoscopy may show airway edema.

Treatment
General
H Burn source cessation
H Airway secured
H Hypoxia prevention
H Giving I.V. fluids through a large-bore I.V. line

Adult: maintain urine output of 30 to 50 ml/hour.


Child less than 66 lb (30 kg): maintain urine output of 1 ml/kg/hour.
H Nasogastric tube and urinary catheter insertion
H Wound care
H Nothing by mouth until severity of burn established,
then high-protein, high-calorie diet
H Increased hydration with high-calorie, high-protein
drinks, not free water
H Total parenteral nutrition if unable to take food by
mouth
H Activity limitation based on extent and location of
burn
H Physical therapy

Medications
H Booster of tetanus toxoid
H Analgesic such as morphine
H Antibiotics, such as gentamicin, tobramycin, and

H Remove constricting items.


H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Perform appropriate wound care.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H Weigh the patient daily.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Perform range-of-motion exercises.

Monitoring

F
T
f

F
E

H Wound healing
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status, including pulse oximetry
H Signs of infection
H Intake and output
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Pain control
H Cardiac status

S
E

Patient teaching

Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H appropriate wound care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H developing a dietary plan
H signs and symptoms of complications.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to rehabilitation, if appropriate.
H Refer the patient to psychological counseling, if

needed.
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

vancomycin
H Antianxiety agent such as lorazepam

Surgery
H Loose tissue and blister debridement
H Escharotomy
H Skin grafting

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility
H maintain fluid balance within the acceptable range
H maintain a patent airway
H demonstrate effective coping techniques.

Nursing interventions
H Apply immediate, aggressive burn treatment.
H Use strict sterile technique.
H Remove clothing thats still smoldering; soak first

with normal saline solution if its stuck to patients


skin.

Burns

143

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 144

Campylobacteriosis

H More common in the summer months

Overview

H Mild or severe diarrhea


H Abdominal cramps
H Malaise

Description

Common characteristics

H In humans and animals, intestinal infection caused

Complications

by the Campylobacter organism, a spiral-shaped


bacteria
H Signs and symptoms developing 2 to 5 days after exposure to Campylobacter
H May spread to the bloodstream in persons with compromised immune systems, causing a life-threatening
infection

H Bacteremia
H Severe dehydration and electrolyte disturbances
H Guillain-Barr syndrome
H Reiters syndrome

Pathophysiology

History

H The organism invades and destroys the epithelial

H Exposure to contaminated food or water


H Acute onset of diarrhea
H Recent close contact with a person who has diarrhea

cells of the jejunum, ileum, and colon.


H This produces an increase in motility and secretions
that results in diarrhea.

Causes
H Ingestion of contaminated food or water or unpas-

teurized milk
H Occasionally from infected pets or wild animals
H Contact with an infected persons stool

Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to cattle, sheep, and other

Assessment

Physical findings
H Cramping abdominal pain
H Nausea and vomiting
H Fever
H Traces of blood in the stool

Test results
Laboratory
H Stool culture identifies Campylobacter.

farm animals
H Laboratory worker
H Homosexual men

Treatment

Incidence

General

H Most common bacterial cause of diarrheal illness in

H Contact precautions (see Contact precautions)


H Correction of fluid and electrolyte imbalances
H Increased fluid intake
H Activity as tolerated

the United States

Contact precautions
In addition to standard precautions, follow these precautions:
H Place the patient in a private room. If a private room
isnt available, consult with infection control personnel.
As an alternative, he may be placed in a room with a
patient who has an active infection with the same microorganism.
H Wear gloves whenever you enter the patients room. Always change them after contact with infected material.
Remove them before leaving the room. Wash your
hands immediately with an antimicrobial soap, or rub
them with a waterless antiseptic. Then avoid touching
contaminated surfaces.
H Wear a gown when entering the patients room if you
think your clothing will have extensive contact with him
or anything in his room or if he has diarrhea or is incontinent. Remove the gown before leaving the room.
H Limit the patients movement from the room, and
check with infection control personnel whenever he
must leave it.

Medications
H Oral antibiotics, such as doxycycline, minocycline,

and tetracycline

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain or maintain normal fluid and electrolyte balance
H have an elimination pattern that returns to normal.

Nursing interventions
H Follow contact precautions for those with active diar-

rhea.
H Isolate a patient who cant practice good hygiene.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Replace lost fluids and electrolytes through diet or

I.V. fluids.

144

Campylobacteriosis

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 145

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
H Electrolytes
H Amount and characteristics of stool
H Abdominal status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H proper food-handling practices
H medications and possible adverse effects
H complications and when to notify the physician
H preventive measures.

Campylobacteriosis

145

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 146

Candidiasis
Overview
Description
H Mild, superficial fungal infection
H Can lead to severe disseminated infections and

fungemia in immunocompromised patient, transplant


recipient, burn patient, low-birth-weight neonate, or
patient on hyperalimentation
H Prognosis variable, depending on patients resistance
H Also known as candidosis and moniliasis

Pathophysiology
H Change in the patients resistance to infection, his im-

munocompromised state, and antibiotic use permit


the sudden proliferation of Candida albicans.

Causes

H Total parenteral nutrition


H Surgery
H Use of antibiotic agents

Incidence
H Affects 14% of immunocompromised patients
H Affects males and females equally
H Can occur at any age

Common characteristics
H Causative fungi infecting the nails (paronychia), skin

(diaper rash), or mucous membranes, especially the


oropharynx (thrush), vagina (vaginitis), esophagus,
and GI tract (see Identifying thrush)
H Systemic infection predominating among drug
abusers and diabetic and immunosuppressed
patients

Complications
H Dissemination with organ failure of the kidneys,

brain, GI tract, eyes, lungs, and heart

H In most cases, infection with C. albicans or C. tropi-

calis

Risk factors
H Maternal vaginitis present during vaginal delivery
H Preexisting diabetes mellitus, cancer, or immunosup-

pressant illness
H Immunosuppressant drug use
H Radiation
H Aging
H Irritation from dentures
H I.V. or urinary catheterization
H Drug abuse

Identifying thrush
Candidiasis of the oropharyngeal mucosa (thrush) causes
cream-colored or bluish white pseudomembranous patches on the tongue, mouth, or pharynx (as shown). Fungal
invasion may extend to circumoral tissues.

Assessment
History
H Underlying illness
H Recent course of antibiotic or antineoplastic therapy
H Drug abuse
H Hyperalimentation

Physical findings
H Scaly, erythematous, papular rash, possibly covered

with exudate and erupting in breast folds, between


fingers, and at the axillae, groin, and umbilicus
H Red, swollen, darkened nailbeds; occasionally, purulent discharge; possibly nail separation from the
nailbed
H Scales in the mouth and throat
H White or yellow vaginal discharge, with local excoriation; white or gray raised patches on vaginal walls,
with local inflammation
H Cream-colored or bluish white lacelike patches of
exudate on the tongue, mouth, or pharynx revealing
bloody engorgement when scraped
H Hemoptysis, cough; coarse breath sounds in the
infected lung fields
H Flank pain, dysuria, hematuria, cloudy urine with
casts
H Headache, nuchal rigidity, seizures, focal neurologic
deficits
H Blurred vision, orbital or periorbital pain, eye exudate, floating scotomata, and lesions with a white,
cotton-ball appearance seen during ophthalmoscopy
H Chest pain and arrhythmias
H Septic shock

Test results
Laboratory
H Fungal serological panel shows the presence of the
candidal organism.
146

Candidiasis

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 147

Treatment
General
H Treatment of predisposing condition
H No dietary restrictions unless oral infection
H With oral infection, spicy food only as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Antifungals, such as amphotericin B, anidulafungin,

clotrimazole, and nystatin

Surgery
H Abscess drainage; surgically or percutaneously

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express increased comfort
H avoid or have minimal complications
H maintain skin integrity
H express understanding of disorder and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide a nonirritating mouthwash to loosen tena-

cious secretions and a soft toothbrush to avoid irritation.


H Observe high-risk patients daily for patchy areas, irritation, sore throat, oral and gingival bleeding, and
other signs of superinfection.
H Assess the patient for underlying systemic causes.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, and urine

blood and protein levels


H Potassium levels

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H good oral hygiene practices
H (for a woman in her third trimester of pregnancy)
the need for examination for vaginitis to protect her
neonate from thrush infection at birth.

Candidiasis

147

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 148

Life-threatening disorder

Cardiac tamponade
Overview
Description
H Rapid increase in intrapericardial pressure caused

by fluid accumulation in the pericardial sac


H Impaired diastolic filling of the heart

Pathophysiology
H Progressive accumulation of fluid in the pericardial

sac causes compression of the heart chambers.


H Compression of the heart chambers obstructs blood

flow into the ventricles and reduces the amount of


blood pumped out with each contraction.
H With each contraction, more fluid accumulates,
decreasing cardiac output. (See Understanding
cardiac tamponade.)

Causes
H May be idiopathic
H Effusion in cancer, bacterial infections, tuberculosis

and, rarely, acute rheumatic fever


H Trauma
H Hemorrhage from nontraumatic cause
H Viral, postirradiation, or idiopathic pericarditis
H Acute myocardial infarction
H Chronic renal failure
H Drug reaction
H Connective tissue disorders
H Cardiac catheterization
H Cardiac surgery

Incidence
H More common in males than in females
H Occurs with 2% of penetrating chest traumas

Common characteristics
H Systemic hypotension
H Muffled heart sounds
H Jugular vein distention

Physical findings
H Vary with volume of fluid and speed of fluid accumu-

lation
H Diaphoresis
H Anxiety and restlessness
H Pallor or cyanosis
H Jugular vein distention
H Edema
H Rapid, weak pulses
H Hepatomegaly
H Decreased arterial blood pressure
H Increased central venous pressure
H Pulsus paradoxus
H Narrow pulse pressure
H Muffled heart sounds

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show slightly widened mediastinum and
enlargement of the cardiac silhouette.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show low voltage complexes in the precordial leads.
H Hemodynamic monitoring shows equalization of
mean right atrial, right ventricular diastolic, pulmonary artery wedge, and left ventricular diastolic pressures.
H Echocardiography may show an echo-free space, indicating fluid accumulation in the pericardial sac.

Treatment
General
H Pericardiocentesis, if necessary
H Diet, as tolerated
H Bed rest with the head of the bed elevated at least 30

degrees

Medications
H Intravascular volume expansion
H Inotropic agents, such as digoxin, milrinon, and

inamrinone
H Oxygen

Surgery

H Cardiogenic shock
H Death

H Pericardial window
H Subxiphoid pericardiotomy
H Complete pericardectomy
H Thoracotomy

Assessment

Nursing considerations

History

Key outcomes

H Presence of one or more causes


H Dyspnea
H Shortness of breath
H Chest pain

The patient will:


H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H not develop arrhythmias
H express understanding of disorder and treatment.

Complications

148

Cardiac tamponade

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 149

Understanding cardiac tamponade


The pericardial sac, which surrounds
and protects the heart, is composed of
several layers. The fibrous pericardium
is the tough outermost membrane; the
inner membrane, called the serous
membrane, consists of the visceral and
parietal layers. The visceral layer clings
to the heart and is also known as the
epicardial layer of the heart. The parietal layer lies between the visceral layer
and the fibrous pericardium. The pericardial space between the visceral
and parietal layers contains 10 to
30 ml of pericardial fluid. This fluid
lubricates the layers and minimizes
friction when the heart contracts.

NORMAL HEART AND PERICARDIUM

Aorta
Superior vena cava
Parietal pericardium
Visceral pericardium
Fibrous pericardium
Pericardial space
Attachment of fibrous
pericardium to diaphragm

Diaphragm

In cardiac tamponade, blood or fluid


fills the pericardial space, compressing
the heart chambers, increasing intracardiac pressure, and obstructing venous
return. As blood flow into the ventricles
falls, so does cardiac output. Without
prompt treatment, low cardiac output
can be fatal.

CARDIAC TAMPONADE

Aorta
Superior vena cava
Fibrous pericardium
Parietal pericardium
Visceral pericardium
Pericardial space filled
with excess fluid
Compressed heart

Diaphragm

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide reassurance.
H Assist with pericardiocentesis, if necessary.
H Infuse I.V. solutions, as ordered.
H Administer oxygen therapy, as needed.
H Maintain the chest drainage system, if used.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of increasing tamponade
H Cardiovascular status, including cardiac rhythm
H Hemodynamics
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Respiratory status
H Complications

H Pulse oximetry
H Jugular vein distention
H Chest tube drainage

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H preoperative and postoperative care
H emergency procedures.

Cardiac tamponade

149

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 150

Cardiomyopathy, dilated
Overview
Description
H Disease of the heart muscle fibers
H Also called congestive cardiomyopathy

Pathophysiology
H Extensively damaged myocardial muscle fibers re-

duce contractility of left ventricle.


H The hearts pumping ability is reduced.
H As systolic function declines, cardiac output falls.
H The sympathetic nervous system is stimulated to increase heart rate and contractility.
H When compensatory mechanisms can no longer
maintain cardiac output, the heart begins to fail.
(See Understanding dilated cardiomyopathy.)

H Dry cough at night


H Shortness of breath
H Fatigue
H Weight gain

Complications
H Intractable heart failure
H Arrhythmias
H Emboli

Assessment
History
H Possible history of a disorder that can cause cardio-

myopathy
H Gradual onset of shortness of breath, orthopnea,

dyspnea on exertion, paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea,


fatigue, dry cough at night, palpitations, and vague
chest pain

Causes

Physical findings

H Viral or bacterial infections


H Hypertension
H Peripartum syndrome related to toxemia
H Ischemic heart disease
H Valvular disease
H Drug hypersensitivity
H Chemotherapy
H Cardiotoxic effects of drugs or alcohol

H Peripheral edema
H Jugular vein distention
H Ascites
H Peripheral cyanosis
H Tachycardia even at rest and pulsus alternans in late

Incidence
H Most commonly affects middle-aged males but can

occur in any age-group and females

Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion

Understanding dilated cardiomyopathy

stages
H Hepatomegaly and splenomegaly
H Narrow pulse pressure
H Irregular rhythms, diffuse apical impulses, pansys-

tolic murmur
H S3 and S4 gallop rhythms
H Pulmonary crackles

ALERT
Dilated cardiomyopathy may need to be differentiated from other types of cardiomyopathy. (See Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies.)

Test results

H Greatly increased chamber size


H Thinning of left ventricular muscle
H Increased atrial chamber size
H Increased myocardial mass
H Normal ventricular inflow resistance
H Decreased contractility

150

Cardiomyopathy, dilated

Imaging
H Chest X-rays demonstrate moderate to marked cardiomegaly and possible pulmonary edema.
H Echocardiography may reveal ventricular thrombi,
global hypokinesis, and the degrees of left ventricular
dilation and systolic dysfunction.
H Gallium scans may identify patients with dilated cardiomyopathy and myocarditis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization evaluates heart structure and
function.
H Transvenous endomyocardial biopsy may be useful in
determining underlying disorder in some patients.
H Electrocardiography evaluates ischemic heart disease
and identifies arrhythmias and intraventricular conduction defects.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 151

Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies


Type

Assessment findings

Dilated cardiomyopathy

Generalized weakness, fatigue


Chest pain, palpitations
Syncope
Tachycardia
Narrow pulse pressure
Pulmonary congestion, pleural effusions
Jugular vein distention, peripheral edema
Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea, orthopnea, dyspnea on exertion

Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy

Angina, palpitations
Syncope
Orthopnea, dyspnea on exertion
Pulmonary congestion
Loud systolic murmur
Life-threatening arrhythmias
Sudden cardiac arrest

Restrictive cardiomyopathy

Generalized weakness, fatigue


Bradycardia
Dyspnea
Jugular vein distention, peripheral edema
Liver congestion, abdominal ascites

Treatment
General
H No ingestion of alcohol if cardiomyopathy caused by

alcoholism
H Low-sodium diet supplemented by vitamin therapy
H Rest periods

H develop no complications of excess fluid volume


H recognize and accept limitations of chronic illness
H express feelings of increased energy and decreased

fatigue.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Alternate periods of rest with required activities of

daily living.

Special populations
A woman of childbearing age with dilated cardiomyopathy should avoid pregnancy.

Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, such as

benazepril and captopril


H Oxygen
H Anticoagulant such as warfarin
H Vasodilator such as isosorbide
H Antiarrhythmic such as esmolol
H Beta-adrenergic blocker such as metoprolol

Surgery
H Heart transplantation
H Possible cardiomyoplasty

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H maintain adequate ventilation

H Consult with dietitian to provide a low-sodium diet.


H Administer oxygen, as needed.
H Check serum potassium levels for hypokalemia, es-

pecially if therapy includes a cardiac glycoside.


H Offer support and let the patient express his feelings.
H Allow patient and family to express fears and con-

cerns; help them identify effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and hemodynamics
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Daily weights
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H sodium and fluid restrictions
H signs and symptoms of worsening heart failure.

Discharge planning
H Refer family members to community cardiopul-

monary resuscitation classes.

Cardiomyopathy, dilated

151

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 152

Cardiomyopathy,
hypertrophic
Overview
Description

Common characteristics
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Signs of heart failure

Complications
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Heart failure
H Ventricular arrhythmias

H Primary disease of cardiac muscle characterized by

left ventricular hypertrophy


H Also known as idiopathic hypertrophic subaortic

stenosis, hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy, and muscular aortic stenosis

Pathophysiology
H The hypertrophied ventricle becomes stiff, noncom-

pliant, and unable to relax during ventricular filling.


H Ventricular filling time is reduced as compensation

to tachycardia.
H Reduced ventricular filling leads to low cardiac output. (See Understanding hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.)

Causes

Assessment
History
H Generally, no visible clinical features until disease

well advanced
H Atrial fibrillation
H Possible family history of hypertrophic cardiomyop-

athy
H Orthopnea
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Anginal pain
H Fatigue
H Syncope, even at rest

H Transmission by autosomal dominant trait (about

Physical findings

one-half of all cases)


H Associated with hypertension

H Rapidly rising carotid arterial pulse possible


H Pulsus bisferiens
H Double or triple apical impulse, possibly displaced

Incidence
H More common in males than females
H Affects 5 to 8 people per 100,000 in the United States
H More common in blacks

laterally
H Bibasilar crackles if heart failure present
H Harsh systolic murmur heard after S1 at the apex

near the left sternal border

H Possible S4

Understanding hypertrophic
cardiomyopathy

ALERT
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy may need to be differentiated from other types of cardiomyopathy.
(See Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies, page
151.)

Test results

H Normal right and decreased left chamber size


H Left ventricular hypertrophy
H Thickened interventricular septum (hypertrophic
obstructive cardiomyopathy)
H Atrial chamber size increased on left
H Increased myocardial mass
H Increased ventricular inflow resistance
H Increased or decreased contractility

152

Cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic

Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show a mild to moderate increase
in heart size.
H Thallium scan usually reveals myocardial perfusion
defects.
H Angiography reveals a dilated, diffusely hypokinetic
left ventricle.
Diagnostic procedures
H Echocardiography shows left ventricular hypertrophy
and a thick, asymmetrical intraventricular septum in
obstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, whereas
hypertrophy affects various ventricular areas in
nonobstructive hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.
H Cardiac catheterization reveals elevated left ventricular end-diastolic pressure and, possibly, mitral insufficiency.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 153

H Electrocardiography usually shows left ventricular

hypertrophy, ST-segment and T-wave abnormalities,


Q waves in leads II, III, aVF, and in V4 to V6 (because
of hypertrophy, not infarction), left anterior hemiblock, left axis deviation, and ventricular and atrial
arrhythmias.

Treatment
General
H Cardioversion for atrial fibrillation
H Low-fat, low-sodium diet
H Fluid restrictions
H Avoidance of alcohol
H Activity limitations individualized
H Bed rest, if necessary

Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blocker such as propranolol
H Calcium channel blocker such as diltiazam
H Antiarrhythmic such as amiodarone (if atrioventricu-

lar block isnt present)

ALERT
If beta-adrenergic blockers will be discontinued,
dont stop the drug abruptly; doing so may cause
rebound effects, resulting in myocardial infarction
or sudden death.
H Offer support and let the patient express his feelings.
H Allow the patient and his family to express their fears

and concerns and identify effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm
H Hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status (amiodarone may cause lung

toxicity)
H Emotional status

Patient teaching

H Antibiotic prophylaxis such as amoxicillin

ALERT
Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, nitrates, other beta-adrenergic blockers, and digoxin
are contraindicated in hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.

Surgery
H Ventricular myotomy alone or combined with mitral

valve replacement
H Heart transplantation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Be sure to cover:
H that propranolol can cause depression and the need
to notify the physician if symptoms occur
H instructions to take medication as ordered
H the need to notify any physician caring for the patient
that he shouldnt be given nitroglycerin, digoxin, or
diuretics because they can worsen the obstruction
H the need for antibiotic prophylaxis before dental
work or surgery to prevent infective endocarditis
H warnings against strenuous activity, which may precipitate syncope or sudden death
H the need to avoid Valsalvas maneuver or sudden
position changes.

Discharge planning
H Refer family members to community cardiopulmo-

nary resuscitation classes.

The patient will:


H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H develop no complications of excess fluid volume
H carry out activities of daily living (ADLs) without excess fatigue or decreased energy
H express feelings of comfort and decreased pain
H develop adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Alternate periods of rest with required ADLs and

treatments.
H Provide personal care, as needed, to prevent fatigue.
H Provide active or passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Obtain daily weight.
H Administer prescribed medications.

Cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic

153

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 154

Cardiomyopathy,
restrictive

Common characteristics

Overview

H Fatigue
H Dyspnea
H Orthopnea
H Chest pain
H Edema
H Systolic murmurs

Description

Complications

H Disease of the heart muscle fibers resulting in re-

H Heart failure
H Arrhythmias
H Systemic or pulmonary embolization
H Sudden death

strictive filling and reduced diastolic volume of one


or both ventricles
H Irreversible if severe

Pathophysiology
H Stiffness of the ventricle is caused by left ventricular

hypertrophy and endocardial fibrosis and thickening,


thus reducing the ventricles ability to relax and fill
during diastole.
H Failure of the rigid myocardium to contract completely during systole causes decreased cardiac output. (See Understanding restrictive cardiomyopathy.)

Causes
H Idiopathic or associated with other disease (for ex-

ample, amyloidosis or endomyocardial fibrosis)


H Heart transplant
H Mediastinal radiation
H Carcinoid heart disease

Incidence
H Rare; accounts for 5% of all cases of primary heart

disease
H Occurs equally in males and females

Understanding restrictive
cardiomyopathy

Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Viral infection
H Dyspnea
H Chest pain

Physical findings
H Peripheral edema
H Liver engorgement
H Peripheral cyanosis
H Pallor
H S3 or S4 gallop rhythms (due to heart failure)
H Systolic murmurs

ALERT
Restricted cardiomyopathy may need to be differentiated from other types of cardiomyopathy. (See
Assessment findings in cardiomyopathies, page 151.)

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count reveals eosinophilia.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may reveal cardiomegaly.
H Echocardiography may reveal left ventricular muscle
mass, normal or reduced left ventricular cavity size,
and decreased systolic function.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may reveal low-voltage hypertrophy, arterioventricular conduction defects, and arrhythmias.
H Cardiac catheterization shows reduced systolic function and increased left ventricular end-diastolic pressures.

H Decreased ventricular chamber size


H Left ventricular hypertrophy
H Increased atrial chamber size
H Normal myocardial mass
H Increased ventricular inflow resistance
H Decreased contractility

154

Cardiomyopathy, restrictive

Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying cause
H Low-sodium diet
H Initially, bed rest, then activity, as tolerated

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 155

Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Vasodilator such as isosorbide
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor such as

captopril
H Anticoagulant such as warfarin
H Corticosteroid such as prednisone

Surgery
H Permanent pacemaker
H Heart transplantation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H express understanding of the disorder
H recognize and accept limitations of chronic illness
H seek support and establish coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide psychological support.
H Provide appropriate diversionary activities for the pa-

tient restricted to prolonged bed rest.

Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Hemodynamics
H Daily weight
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H signs of digoxin toxicity
H importance of recording daily weight and reporting
weight gain of 2 lb (0.9 kg) or more
H dietary restrictions.

Discharge planning
H Refer for psychosocial counseling, as necessary, for

assistance in coping with restricted lifestyle.

Cardiomyopathy, restrictive

155

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 156

Carpal tunnel syndrome

Pathophysiology
H Space-occupying lesion or direct pressure within the

carpal canal increases pressure on the median nerve,


resulting in compression.
H Compression of the median nerve interrupts normal
function. (See The carpal tunnel.)

Overview
Description
H Compression of the median nerve in the wrist
H Most common nerve entrapment syndrome
H May pose a serious occupational health problem

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Repetitive wrist motions involving excessive flexion

or extension

The carpal tunnel


The carpal tunnel is clearly visible in this palmar view and
cross section of a right hand. Note the median nerve, flexor tendons of fingers, and blood vessels passing through
the tunnel on their way from the forearm to the hand.

Flexor
tendons
of fingers

Radial nerve
Median nerve
CARPAL
TUNNEL

Ulnar nerve

H Dislocation
H Acute sprain that may damage the median nerve
H Tumors
H Gout
H Amyloidosis
H Edema-producing conditions

Risk factors
H Diabetes
H Pregnancy
H Alcoholism
H Hypothyroidism
H Renal failure

Incidence
H Most common in females ages 30 to 60
H Occurs in people who move their wrists continually

Common characteristics
H Weakness, pain, burning, numbness, tingling in the

hand
H Thumb, forefinger, middle finger, and half of fourth

finger affected by paresthesia


H Inability to clench fist
H Atrophic nails
H Dry and shiny skin

Complications
H Tendon inflammation
H Compression
H Neural ischemia
H Permanent nerve damage with loss of movement and

sensation

Assessment
History
H Occupation or hobby requiring strenuous or repeti-

tive use of the hands


H Condition that causes swelling in carpal tunnel struc-

tures
H Weakness, pain, burning, numbness, or tingling that

occurs in one or both hands


Flexor tendons
of fingers

Transverse
carpal ligament

H Paresthesia that worsens at night and in the morning


H Pain that spreads to the forearm and, in severe cases,

as far as the shoulder


H Pain can be relieved by:

shaking hands vigorously


dangling the arms at sides

156

Carpal tunnel syndrome

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 157

Physical findings
H Inability to make a fist
H Fingernails may be atrophied, with surrounding dry,

shiny skin

Test results
Imaging
H Electromyography shows a median nerve motor conduction delay of more than 5 milliseconds.
H Digital electrical stimulation shows median nerve
compression by measuring the length and intensity of
stimulation from the fingers to the median nerve in
the wrist.
Other
H Compression test result supports the diagnosis.

H the prescribed medication regimen


H adverse reactions to drugs
H avoidance of NSAIDs in pregnancy.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for occupational counseling if a job

change is necessary.

Treatment
General
H Conservative initially:

Splinting the wrist for 1 to 2 weeks


Possible occupational changes
Correction of any underlying disorder
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) such

as ibuprofen
H Corticosteroid such as prednisone
H Vitamin supplement such as vitamin B complex

Surgery
H Decompression of the nerve
H Neurolysis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and pain relief
H maintain muscle strength
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H perform activities of daily living.

Nursing interventions
H Promote self-care.
H Give prescribed analgesics.

Monitoring
H Response to analgesia
H After surgery, vital signs
H Color, sensation, and motion of the affected hand

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H splint application
H hand exercises in warm water

Carpal tunnel syndrome

157

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 158

Cataract
Overview
Description
H Opacity of the lens or lens capsule of the eye
H Common cause of gradual vision loss
H Commonly affects both eyes
H Traumatic cataracts usually unilateral

Pathophysiology
H The clouded lens blocks light shining through the

cornea.
H Images cast onto the retina are blurred.
H A hazy image is interpreted by the brain.

Causes
H Classified according to cause

Senile cataracts
H Chemical changes in lens proteins in elderly patients
Congenital cataracts
H Inborn errors of metabolism
H Maternal rubella infection during the first trimester
H Congenital anomaly
H Genetic causes (usually autosomal dominant)
H Recessive cataracts may be sex-linked
Traumatic cataracts
H Foreign bodies causing aqueous or vitreous humor
to enter lens capsule
Complicated cataracts
H Uveitis
H Glaucoma
H Retinitis pigmentosa
H Retinal detachment
H Diabetes
H Hypoparathyroidism
H Atopic dermatitis
H Ionizing radiation or infrared rays
Toxic cataracts
H Drug or chemical toxicity:
ergot
dinitrophenol
naphthalene
phenothiazines

Incidence
H Most prevalent in people older than age 70

Common characteristics
H Painless, gradual vision loss
H Glare
H Milky white pupil

Complications

H Hyphema
H Pupillary block glaucoma
H Retinal detachment
H Infection

Assessment
History
H Painless, gradual vision loss
H Blinding glare from headlights with night driving
H Poor reading vision
H Annoying glare
H Poor vision in bright sunlight
H Better vision in dim light than in bright light (central

opacity)

Physical findings
H Milky white pupil on inspection with a penlight
H Grayish white area behind the pupil (advanced

cataract)
H Red reflex lost (mature cataract)

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Indirect ophthalmoscopy reveals a dark area in the
normally homogeneous red reflex.
H Slit-lamp examination confirms lens opacity.
H Visual acuity test establishes the degree of vision loss.

Treatment
General
H Before surgery, eyeglasses and contact lenses that

may help to improve vision


H Sunglasses in bright light and lamps that provide re-

flected lighting rather than direct lighting, decreasing


glare and aiding vision
H Restricted activity according to vision loss

Medications
For cataract removal
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as
ketorolac and bromfenac

Surgery
H Lens extraction and implantation of intraocular lens

(see Comparing methods of cataract removal)


H Extracapsular cataract extraction
H Intracapsular cataract extraction
H Phacoemulsification

Nursing considerations

H Complete vision loss

Key outcomes

Possible complications of surgery


H Loss of vitreous
H Wound dehiscence

The patient will:


H maintain current health status
H sustain no harm or injury

158

Cataract

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 159

Comparing methods of cataract removal


Cataracts can be removed by intracapsular or extracapsular techniques.

Intracapsular cataract extraction

Lens

Cryoprobe

In this technique, the surgeon makes a partial incision at


the superior limbus arc. He then removes the lens using
specially designed forceps or a cryoprobe, which freezes
and adheres to the lens to facilitate its removal.

Cornea

Extracapsular cataract extraction


In this technique, the surgeon may use irrigation and aspiration or phacoemulsification. In the former approach, the surgeon makes an incision at the limbus, opens the anterior lens capsule with a cystotome, and exerts pressure from below
to express the lens. He then irrigates and suctions the remaining lens cortex.
In phacoemulsification, he uses an ultrasonic probe to break the lens into minute particles, which are aspirated by the
probe.
PHACOEMULSIFICATION

IRRIGATION AND ASPIRATION


Cortical and nuclear cataract
material aspirated through
needle

Nucleus and cortex fragmented


and aspirated by probe

Cystotome

Lens
Ultrasonic probe

Lens

H voice feelings and concerns


H regain visual function.

Nursing interventions
H Perform routine postoperative care.
H Assist with early ambulation.
H Apply an eye shield or eye patch postoperatively, as

ordered.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Visual acuity
H Complications of surgery

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to avoid activities that increase intraocular
pressure, such as straining with coughing, bowel
movements, or lifting
H the need to abstain from sexual intercourse until the
patient receives physicians approval
H proper instillation of ophthalmic ointment or drops.

ALERT
If the patient has increased eye discharge, sharp
eye pain thats unrelieved by analgesics, or deterioration in vision, instruct him to notify his physician immediately.

Cataract

159

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 160

Celiac disease
Overview
Description
H A multisystem intestinal intramucosal enzyme defect
H Characterized by poor food absorption and inability

to digest gluten, a protein found in wheat and wheat


products, rye, barley and, possibly, oats
H Also known as idiopathic steatorrhea, nontropical
sprue, gluten enteropathy, celiac sprue

Pathophysiology
H A toxic reaction in response to the ingestion of gluten

causes damage to the small intestines mucosal surface.


H Villi in the small intestine atrophy.
H Activity and amount of enzymes in the surface of the
epithelium decrease.
H Interference with nutrient absorption results.

Causes
H Exact mechanism unknown
H Environmental factors
H Genetic predisposition (associated with a group of

genes on chromosome 6)
H May be autoimmune in nature
H Strongly associated with two human leukocyte antigen haplotypes, DR3 and DQw2
H Can appear at any time in a persons life
H Triggers include surgery, infection, severe emotional
stress, and childbirth

Risk factors
H Family history

Incidence
H Affects 1 in every 133 persons in United States
H Affects twice as many females as males
H Primarily affects whites and those of European ances-

try
H Commonly associated with type 1 diabetes mellitus,

lactose intolerance, thyroid disease, Down syndrome,


liver disease, and autoimmune disorders, such as
rheumatoid arthritis and systemic lupus erythematosus

Common characteristics
H Varying significantly from person to person
H Some people asymptomatic

Complications
Prognosis usually good with treatment compliance
Without treatment:
H Anemia
H Central and peripheral nervous system disorders
H Intestinal lymphomas
H Neurologic changes
H Osteoporosis or osteopenia

160

Celiac disease

H Pancreatic insufficiency
H Skin disorders (dermatitis herpetiformis)
H Unexplained infertility or miscarriage
H Vitamin K deficiency with risk of hemorrhage
H Vitamin and mineral deficiencies

Assessment
History
H GI symptoms, including chronic diarrhea or consti-

pation (or both) and recurrent attacks of steatorrhea


(pale, foul-smelling, or fatty stool)
H Abdominal pain
H Anorexia or increased appetite without weight gain
H Fatigue
H Bone or joint pain (especially in lower back, rib
cage, and pelvis)
H Muscle cramps
H Mood changes and irritability
H Tingling or numbness in the legs
H Seizures
H Amenorrhea
H Itchy skin rash

Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Muscle wasting
H Compression fractures
H Unexplained short stature
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Dry skin, eczema, psoriasis, dermatitis herpetiformis,

or acne rosacea
H Generalized fine, sparse, prematurely gray hair
H Brittle nails
H Localized hyperpigmentation on the face, lips, and

mucosa
H Pale sores inside the mouth, called aphthous ulcers
H Tooth discoloration or loss of enamel

Special populations
Infants, toddlers, and children are commonly
found to have delayed growth, failure to thrive,
rickets, vomiting, a bloated abdomen, and behavioral changes.

Test results
Laboratory
H Alkaline phosphatase level is elevated possibly due to
bone loss.
H Cholesterol, albumen, and serum carotene levels are
decreased and may reflect malabsorption and malnutrition.
H Unexplained decrease in hemoglobin level and
hematocrit is noted; white blood cell and platelet
counts are reduced.
H Liver enzyme levels are mildly elevated.
H Prothrombin time is decreased.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 161

H Antibody blood testscombined are sensitive and

specific indicator.

Patient teaching

H Total serum immunoglobulin A (IgA), IgA anti-

endomysium antibodies (AEA), anti-tissue transglutaminase (tTGA), and antigliadin (IgA and IgG) levels
are elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Small-bowel biopsy specimens obtained by esophagogastroduodenoscopy show histologic changes that
confirm the diagnosis.

Treatment
General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and its treatment
H the reasons for not beginning a gluten-free diet before a diagnosis is made
H foods that are allowed on a gluten-free diet
H food product labels and how to identify ingredients
that may contain hidden gluten
H that gluten may be used as a binder in some medications and vitamins as well as stamp and envelope adhesives
H importance of contacting a dietitian
H testing of family members.

H Life-long gluten-free dietfull return to normal in

months or may never occur


H Eliminate all wheat, barley, rye, and oat products as

well as foods made from these grains, such as breads


and baked goods

Medications
H Corticosteroids for short-term use
H Supportive treatment with vitamin B12, iron, folic

acid, and vitamin K

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the disease and treatment
regimen
H consume an adequate number of calories daily
H express feelings of comfort and decreased pain
H develop a normal bowel elimination pattern
H demonstrate adaptive coping behaviors.

Nursing interventions
H Assess the patients acceptance and understanding of

the disease and treatment regimen.


H Observe the patients nutritional status and progress

by daily calorie counts and weight checks.


H Assess the patients pain and administer pain medica-

tion as ordered.
H Provide fluid replacement as ordered, and observe

for signs and symptoms of dehydration and electrolyte imbalance.


H Encourage the patient to use support systems to assist with coping.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Compliance with dietary restrictions
H Nutritional status
H Frequency and characteristics of stools

Celiac disease

161

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 162

Cellulitis
Overview
Description
H Acute infection of the dermis and subcutaneous tis-

Complications
H Sepsis
H Deep vein thrombosis (DVT)
H Progression of cellulitis
H Local abscesses
H Thrombophlebitis
H Lymphangitis
H Amputation

sue causing inflammation of the cells


H May follow damage to the skin, such as a bite or

wound
H Prognosis usually good with timely treatment
H With other comorbidities, such as diabetes, in-

creased risk of developing or spreading cellulitis

Pathophysiology
H A break in skin integrity almost always precedes in-

fection.
H As the offending organism invades the compromised

area, it overwhelms the defensive cells, including the


neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, and mast cells,
that normally contain and localize the inflammation.
H As cellulitis progresses, the organism invades tissue
around the initial wound site.

Causes
H Bacterial infections, usually by Staphylococcus au-

reus and group A beta-hemolytic streptococci


H Fungal infections
H Extension of a skin wound or ulcer
H Furuncles or carbuncles

Risk factors
H Venous and lymphatic compromise
H Edema
H Diabetes mellitus
H Underlying skin lesion
H Prior trauma

Special populations
Cellulitis of the lower extremity is more likely to
develop into thrombophlebitis in an elderly patient.

Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in the lower extremities
H Affects males and females equally

Special populations
Perianal cellulitis occurs more commonly in children, especially boys.

Assessment
History
H Presence of one or more risk factors
H Tenderness
H Pain at the site and possibly surrounding area
H Erythema and warmth
H Edema
H Possible fever, chills, malaise

Physical findings
H Erythema with indistinct margins
H Fever
H Warmth and tenderness of the skin
H Regional lymph node enlargement and tenderness
H Red streaking visible in skin proximal to area of cel-

lulitis

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count shows mild leukocytosis.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate shows mild elevation.
H Culture and Gram stain may show the causative
organism.

Treatment
General
H Immobilization and elevation of the affected

extremity
H Moist heat
H Well-balanced diet
H Bed rest, with the head of bed elevated at least

30 degrees, possibly necessary in severe infection

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as cefuroxime and cephalexin
H Topical antifungal such as mupirocin
H Analgesics, such as ibuprofen and acetaminophen

Surgery
H Tracheostomy possibly needed for severe cellulitis of

head and neck

Common characteristics
H Tenderness
H Pain
H Erythema
H Warmth
H Edema

162

Cellulitis

H Possible abscess drainage


H Amputation (with gas-forming cellulitis [gangrene])

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 163

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid injury
H express feelings of increased comfort
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H verbalize feelings and concerns.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Elevate affected extremity.
H Apply moist heat, as ordered.
H Encourage a well-balanced diet.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings and concerns.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Institute contact precautions if a draining wound is

present.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Edema
H Laboratory results
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Complications
H Cellulitis progression

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H use of warm compresses
H signs and symptoms of infection
H prevention of injury and trauma
H infection control
H signs and symptoms of DVT.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for management of diabetes melli-

tus, as indicated.

Cellulitis

163

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 164

Cerebral contusion
Overview
Description
H Ecchymosis of brain tissue resulting from injury to

the head

Pathophysiology
H Trauma to the head causes tearing or twisting of the

structures and blood vessels of the brain.


H Scattered hemorrhages form over the surface.
H Functional disruption occurs and may be prolonged.

Causes

Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows contusion.

Treatment
General
H Establishment of a patent airway
H Administration of oxygen as needed
H Administration of I.V. fluids
H Minimization of environmental stimuli
H Activity based on neurologic status
H Initially, bed rest with the head of bed elevated at

least 30 degrees
H Avoidance of contact sports

H Acceleration-deceleration or coup-contrecoup

Medications

injuries
H Head trauma

H Analgesics, such as codeine and acetaminophen

Risk factors

H Craniotomy

Surgery

H Unsteady gait
H Participation in contact sports
H Receiving anticoagulant therapy

Nursing considerations

Incidence

Key outcomes

H Occurs at any age

The patient will:


H use support systems to assist with coping
H maintain a stable neurologic state
H express feelings of comfort and pain relief
H maintain adequate fluid volume.

Common characteristics
H Change in level of consciousness
H Hypertension
H Dizziness
H Headache
H Nausea and vomiting
H Pupil changes
H Hemiparesis
H Memory loss or forgetfulness
H Seizure

Nursing interventions
H Perform neurologic examinations.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Give prescribed drugs (no aspirin).
H Protect from injury.
H Institute seizure precautions.

Complications

Monitoring

H Intracranial hemorrhage
H Hematoma
H Tentorial herniation
H Increased intracranial pressure (see What happens

H Vital signs
H Neurologic and respiratory status
H Check for cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) leakage
H Pain control

with increased ICP)

Assessment
History
H Head injury or motor vehicle accident
H Loss of consciousness

Physical findings
H Unconscious patient: pale and motionless; altered

vital signs
H Conscious patient: drowsy or easily disturbed
H Scalp wound
H Possible involuntary evacuation of bowel and bladder
H Hemiparesis

164

Cerebral contusion

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to avoid coughing, sneezing, or blowing the
nose until after recovery
H observation for CSF drainage
H how to detect and report mental status changes
H signs and symptoms of infection.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a neurologist for follow-up, as

indicated.
H Refer the patient for rehabilitation, as needed.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 165

What happens with increased ICP


Intracranial pressure (ICP) is the pressure exerted within the intact skull by the intracranial volume, which is comprised of
about 10% blood, 10% cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), and 80% brain tissue. The rigid skull allows very little space for expansion
of these substances. When ICP increases to pathologic levels, brain damage can result.
The brain compensates for increases in ICP by regulating the volumes of the three substances in the following ways:
H limiting blood flow to the head
H displacing CSF into the spinal canal
H increasing absorption or decreasing production of CSF withdrawing water from brain tissue into the blood and excreting it through the kidneys.
When compensatory mechanisms become overworked, small changes in volume lead to large changes in pressure.
Brain insult
Trauma (contusion, laceration, intracranial hemorrhage)
Cerebral edema (following surgery, stroke, infection, hypoxia)
Hydrocephalus
Space-occupying lesion (tumor, abscess)

Slight increase in ICP

Attempt at normal regulation of ICP by decreased blood flow to head

Slight decrease in cerebral perfusion pressure (CPP)

Loss of autoregulatory mechanism of constriction or dilation


of cerebral blood vessels if increased ICP persists

Passive dilation

Increased cerebral blood flow; venous congestion

Further increase in ICP

Cellular hypoxia

Uncal or central herniation

Further decrease in CPP

BRAIN DEATH

Cerebral contusion

165

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 166

Cerebral palsy

H Poisoning
H Any condition resulting in cerebral thrombus or em-

bolus

Overview
Description
H Most common crippling neuromuscular disease in

children
H Comprises several neuromuscular disorders
H Results from prenatal, perinatal, or postnatal central

nervous system (CNS) damage


H Three types (sometimes occur in mixed forms):
spastic (affecting about 70% of children with cerebral palsy)
athetoid (affecting about 20%)
ataxic (affecting about 10%)
H Motor impairment may be minimal or severely disabling
H Associated defects:
seizures
speech disorders
mental retardation
H Prognosis varies

Pathophysiology
H A lesion or an abnormality occurs in the early stages

of brain development.
H Structural and functional defects occur, impairing

Incidence
H Highest in premature neonates and in those who are

small for gestational age


H Slightly more common in boys than in girls
H More common in whites

Common characteristics
H Excessive lethargy or irritability
H High-pitched cry
H Poor head control
H Weak sucking reflex
H Delayed motor development
H Abnormal head circumference
H Abnormal postures
H Abnormal reflexes
H Abnormal muscle tone and performance

Complications
H Seizure disorders
H Speech, vision, and hearing problems
H Language and perceptual deficits
H Mental retardation (in up to 40% of patients)
H Dental problems
H Respiratory difficulties
H Poor swallowing and gag reflexes

motor or cognitive function.


H Defects may not be distinguishable until months after

birth.

Assessment

Causes

History

H Conditions that result in cerebral anoxia, hemor-

H Maternal or patient history revealing possible cause

rhage, or other CNS damage


Prenatal causes
H Rh factor incompatibility
H ABO blood type incompatibility
H Maternal infection (especially rubella in the first
trimester)
H Maternal diabetes
H Irradiation
H Anoxia
H Toxemia
H Malnutrition
H Abnormal placental attachment
H Isoimmunization
Parturition causes
H Trauma during delivery
H Depressed maternal vital signs from general or spinal
anesthesia
H Asphyxia from the cord wrapping around the neck
H Prematurity
H Prolonged or unusually rapid labor
H Multiple births (neonates born last in a multiple
birth have an especially high rate of cerebral palsy)
Postnatal causes
H Infections, such as meningitis and encephalitis
H Head trauma

166

Cerebral palsy

(see When to suspect cerebral palsy)

Physical findings
H Child with retarded growth and development
H Difficulty chewing and swallowing

Spastic cerebral palsy


H Underdevelopment of affected limbs
H Characteristic scissors gait
H Walks on toes
H Crosses one foot in front of the other
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes
H Increased stretch reflexes
H Rapid alternating muscle contraction and relaxation
H Muscle weakness
H Impaired fine and gross motor skills
H Contractures in response to manipulation of muscles
Athetoid cerebral palsy
H Involuntary movements
H Grimacing
H Wormlike writhing
H Dystonia
H Sharp jerks that impair voluntary movement
H Involuntary facial movements (speech difficult)
H Drooling

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 167

Ataxic cerebral palsy


H Lack of leg movement during infancy
H Wide gait when child begins to walk
H Disturbed balance
H Incoordination (especially of the arms)
H Hypoactive reflexes
H Nystagmus
H Muscle weakness
H Tremors

Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging of the brain may show structural abnormalities of the brain such as cerebral atrophy.
H EEG may show the source of seizure activity.

When to suspect cerebral palsy


Early detection of cerebral palsy is essential for effective
treatment and requires careful clinical observation during
infancy and precise neurologic assessment. Suspect cerebral palsy whenever a neonate:
H has difficulty sucking or keeping the nipple or food in
his mouth
H seldom moves voluntarily or has arm or leg tremors
with voluntary movement
H crosses his legs when lifted from behind rather than
pulling them up or bicycling like a normal neonate
H has legs that are hard to separate, making diaper
changing difficult
H persistently uses only one hand or, as he gets older,
uses his hands well but not his legs.

Treatment

H Provide a safe physical environment.


H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.

General

Monitoring

H Braces or splints
H Special appliances, such as adapted eating utensils

H Pain control
H Seizure activity
H Speech
H Visual and auditory acuity
H Respiratory status
H Swallowing function
H Neurologic status
H Nutritional status
H Skin integrity
H Motor development
H Muscle strength

and low toilet seat with arms


H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises
H Prescribed exercises to maintain muscle tone

Medications
H Anticonvulsant such as phenytoin
H Muscle relaxant such as dantrolene
H Antianxiety agent such as lorazepam

Surgery
H Orthopedic surgery
H Neurosurgery

Patient teaching

Nursing considerations

Be sure to cover:
H the prescribed medication regimen
H adverse drug reactions
H daily skin inspection and massage
H the need to place food far back in patients mouth to
facilitate swallowing
H the need to chew food thoroughly
H drinking through a straw
H sucking lollipops to develop muscle control
H proper nutrition
H opportunities for learning, such as summer camps or
Special Olympics
H correct use of assistive devices.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H consume calorie requirements daily
H express positive feelings about self
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H develop adequate coping mechanisms
H develop effective communication skills.

Nursing interventions
H Speak slowly and distinctly.
H Give all care in an unhurried manner.
H Allow participation in care decisions.
H Provide a diet with adequate calories. Stroking the

throat may aid swallowing.


H Provide frequent mouth and dental care.
H Provide skin care.
H Perform prescribed exercises to maintain muscle
tone.
H Care for associated hearing and vision disturbances,
as necessary.
H Postoperatively, give analgesics, as ordered.

Discharge planning
H Refer family members to community support groups

such as the local chapter of the United Cerebral Palsy


Association.

Cerebral palsy

167

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 168

Cervical cancer

Incidence
H Typically occurs between ages 30 and 45; rarely,

before age 20

Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the cervix
H Third most common cancer of the female reproduc-

tive system
H Classified as either preinvasive (curable in 75% to
90% of patients with early detection and proper
treatment) or invasive

Pathophysiology
Preinvasive cancer
H Preinvasive cancer ranges from minimal cervical dysplasia, in which the lower third of the epithelium
contains abnormal cells, to carcinoma in situ, in
which the full thickness of the epithelium contains
abnormally proliferating cells.
Invasive cancer
H Cancer cells penetrate the basement membrane and
can spread directly to contiguous pelvic structures or
disseminate to distant sites by way of lymphatic
routes.
H Most (95%) cases are squamous cell carcinoma; 5%
of cases are adenocarcinomas.

Common characteristics
H Abnormal vaginal bleeding

Complications
H Renal failure
H Distant metastasis
H Vaginal stenosis
H Ureterovaginal or vesicovaginal fistula
H Proctitis
H Cystitis
H Bowel obstruction

Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors present

Preinvasive cancer
H No symptoms or other clinical changes
Invasive cancer
H Abnormal vaginal bleeding or discharge
H Gradually increasing flank pain

Physical findings

H Unknown

H Vaginal discharge
H Postcoital bleeding
H Irregular bleeding

Risk factors

Test results

H Frequent intercourse at a young age (younger than

Imaging
H Lymphangiography can show metastasis.
H Cystography can show metastasis.
H Organ and bone scans can show metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Papanicolaou (Pap) test shows abnormal cells, and
colposcopy shows the source of the abnormal cells
seen on the Pap test. (See Testing for cervical cancer.)
H Cone or punch biopsy is performed if endocervical
curettage is positive.
H Vira Pap test permits examination of the specimens
deoxyribonucleic acid structure to detect HPV.

Causes

age 16)
H Multiple sexual partners
H Multiple pregnancies
H Human papillomavirus (HPV) infection
H Bacterial or viral venereal infections
H Exposure to diethylstilbestrol in utero
H Human immunodeficiency virus
H Smoking (see Preventing cervical cancer)

Prevention

Preventing cervical cancer


Cervical cancer can be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Delay sexual intercourse.
H Limit the number of sexual partners.
H Avoid sexual activity with people who have had many
other sexual partners.
H Use barrier protection.
H Dont smoke.
H Receive the human papilloma virus vaccine.

168

Cervical cancer

Treatment
General
H Accurate clinical staging used to determine type of

treatment
H Well-balanced diet, as tolerated

Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as bleomycin, cisplatin, ifos-

famide, and topotecan

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 169

Testing for cervical cancer


To analyze cervical cells, the ThinPrep may be collected in
the same manner as a Papanicolaou (Pap) test using a cytobrush and plastic spatula. The specimens are deposited in
a bottle provided with a fixative and sent to the laboratory.
A filter is then inserted into the bottle and excess mucus,
blood, and inflammatory cells are filtered out by centrifuge.
Remaining cells are then placed on a slide in a uniform, thin
layer and read as a Pap test. This causes fewer slides to be
classified as unreadable, significantly reducing the incidence
of false negatives and the need for repeat tests.
When the ThinPrep test is used, screening can also be
easily done for the human papillomavirus (HPV), of which
certain strains have been identified as the primary cause of
cervical cancer. The Digene hc2 HPV deoxyribonucleic acid
(DNA) test has been approved by the Food and Drug Administration to determine if those identified as high risk for developing cervical cancer have been exposed to HPV. The

Surgery
Preinvasive lesions
H Total excisional biopsy
H Cryosurgery
H Laser destruction
H Conization, followed by frequent Pap test follow-ups
H Hysterectomy (rare)
Invasive squamous cell carcinoma
H Radical hysterectomy and radiation therapy (internal,
external, or both)
H Pelvic exenteration (rare; may be performed for recurrent cervical cancer)

specimen is collected as a Pap smear but is dispersed with


ThinPrep solution. Separate aliquots are used for each test,
from brushings of the endocervix. The brush is then inserted
into the specialized tube and snapped off at the shaft, capping securely. The target solution in the tube disrupts the
virus and releases target DNA, which combines with specific
ribonucleic acid (RNA) probes creating RNA:DNA hybrids.
The hybrids are captured, bound, and able to be magnified
and measured using a luminometer.
If a patient is positive for HPV, it means she had been infected with the virus. Depending on the type of HPV found
through DNA testing, those harboring high-risk HPV strains
have a high risk of developing cervical cancer. These patients should have a colposcopy in which the cervix is
viewed under microscope and a biopsy taken from the tissue
sample.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of follow-up care
H how treatment wont radically alter the patients
lifestyle or prohibit sexual intimacy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H express feelings and perceptions about changes in
sexual activity
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H experience no signs or symptoms of infection
H use support systems and develop coping strategies.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Complications
H Pain control
H Vaginal discharge
H Renal status
H Response to treatment

Cervical cancer

169

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 170

Chalazion

H Infection
H Vision disturbance

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Painless, slowly growing nodule on the eyelid


H Common disorder of the sebaceous gland in the

H Nodule on eyelid
H Rosacea or blepharitis

eyelid
H May become large enough to press on the eyeball,

Physical findings

producing astigmatism
H May be chronic

H Palpable small lump in the eyelid


H Red, elevated area on the conjunctival surface (see

Pathophysiology

Recognizing chalazion)

H Granulomatous inflammation in the upper or lower

Test results

eyelid is the result of an obstruction of the meibomian (sebaceous) gland duct.


H Edema is usually contained on the conjunctival portion of the eyelid.

Other
H Visual examination and palpation of the eyelid
reveals chalazion.
H Biopsy rules out meibomian cancer.

Causes
H Rosacea
H Chronic blepharitis
H Seborrhea
H Meibomian cancer

Treatment
General
H Warm compresses to the affected eyelid

Incidence

Medications

H Higher incidence in fair-skinned males than in other

H Antibiotic such as sulfacetamide


H Corticosteroid such as dexamethasone

groups, possibly because of that groups higher incidence of rosacea and blepharitis
H More common in adults ages 30 to 50

Common characteristics

Surgery
H Incision and curettage of the chalazion under local

anesthetic (possibly)

H Painless, hard lump that usually points toward the

conjunctival side of the eyelid

Complications
H Cosmetic deformity
H Bleeding after surgery

Recognizing chalazion
A chalazion is a nontender granulomatous inflammation of
a meibomian gland on the upper or lower eyelid.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report improvement of condition of eyelid
H maintain positive outlook regarding body image
H remain free from signs of bleeding or infection.

Nursing interventions
H Apply warm compress after surgery.
H Apply eye patch to the affected eye for 24 hours. (See

Applying an eye patch.)


H Instill eyedrops, as ordered.

Monitoring
H Bleeding (after surgery)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper instillation of eyedrops
H signs and symptoms of infection
H reporting recurrence.

170

Chalazion

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 171

Applying an eye patch


You may apply an eye patch for various reasons: to protect the eye after injury or surgery, to prevent accidental damage to
an anesthetized eye, to promote healing, to absorb secretions, to protect the eye from drying when the patient is comatose
or unable to close the eye as in Bells palsy, or to prevent the patient from touching or rubbing his eye.
A thicker patch, called a pressure patch, may be used to help corneal abrasions heal, compress postoperative edema, or
control hemorrhage from traumatic injury. Application requires an ophthalmologists prescription and supervision.
To apply a patch, choose a gauze pad of appropriate size
for the patients face, place it gently over the closed eye (as
shown), and secure it with two or three strips of tape. Extend the tape from midforehead across the eye to below
the earlobe.

A pressure patch, which is markedly thicker than a singlethickness gauze patch, exerts extra tension against the
closed eye. After placing the initial gauze pad, build it up
with additional gauze pieces. Tape it firmly so that the
patch exerts even pressure against the closed eye (as
shown).

For increased protection of an injured eye, place a plastic


or metal shield (as shown) on top of the gauze pads and
apply tape over the shield.
Occasionally, you may use a head dressing to secure a
pressure patch. The dressing applies additional pressure
or, in burn patients, holds the patch in place without tape.

ALERT
Tell the patient to start applying warm compresses
at the first sign of lid irritation to increase the
blood supply and keep the lumen open.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care, as ordered.

Chalazion

171

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 172

Chancroid

H More common in males than in females


H Occurs at any age but is most common among young,

sexually active people

Overview

Common characteristics

Description

H Multiple papules that ulcerate


H Lesions possibly healing spontaneously and usually

H Sexually transmitted disease


H Characterized by painful genital ulcers and inguinal

adenitis
H Common cause of genital ulcers in patients in devel-

oping countries

Pathophysiology
H Organisms are carried from the site of entry through

the lymphatics to regional lymph nodes, resulting in


node swelling.
H The initial lesion is a papule that ulcerates within
24 hours. (See Chancroidal lesion.)
H Untreated infections disseminate to other organs,
causing systemic inflammation and specific organ
dysfunction.

Causes
H Haemophilus ducreyi, a short, nonmotile, gram-

negative bacillus

Risk factors
H Poor personal hygiene
H Unprotected sex
H Multiple sex partners
H Uncircumcised males

Incidence
H Increasing in the United States

Chancroidal lesion
Chancroid produces a soft, painful chancre, similar to that
of syphilis. Without treatment, it may progress to inguinal
adenitis and formation of buboes (enlarged, inflamed
lymph nodes).

responding well to treatment when no secondary


infections present

Complications
H Phimosis and urethral fistulas in males
H Secondary infection
H Abscess formation
H Inguinal adenitis and formation of buboes

Assessment
History
H May report unprotected sexual contact with an infect-

ed person or with unknown or multiple partners


H Pain from ulcers and lymphadenopathy
H Headaches and malaise

Physical findings
H Genital area initially with single or multiple papules

surrounded by redness that rapidly become pustular


and then ulcerate
H Ulcers nonindurated with ragged edges, a base of
granulation tissue, and bleed easily; range from 1 to
2 mm in diameter
H Lesions on the tongue, lip, or breast
H Suppuration with bubo formation in the untreated
patient; rupture of abscess may follow
H Tender, fluctuant inguinal nodes

Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures from the lesion show H. ducreyi.

Treatment
General
H Aspiration of fluid-filled nodes
H Good personal hygiene
H Abstinence from sexual activity (until genital lesions

are healed)
H Evaluation of patient for syphilis, herpes simplex

virus, and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as azithromycin, doxycycline,

erythromycin, minocylcine, and tetracycline

Surgery
H Surgical drainage for large abscess

172

Chancroid

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 173

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H communicate feelings about changes in body image
H regain skin integrity with decrease in size of chancroids
H state infection risk factors
H voice feelings about changes in sexual activity.

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Wash the affected area with soap and water, followed

by a bactericidal agent.
H Dry the affected area thoroughly.
H Report all cases of chancroid to the local board of

health.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medications
H Compliance with treatment regimen
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need to avoid applying creams, lotions, or oils on or
near genitalia or on other lesion sites
H abstaining from sexual contact until follow-up shows
that healing is complete
H proper washing techniques of the genitalia
H HIV infection and recommend testing
H following safer sex practices.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and affected sexual partners for

treatment.

Chancroid

173

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 174

Chlamydial infections
Overview
Description
H Infection that results in urethritis in males, cervicitis

in females, and lymphogranuloma venereum in both


sexes
H Trachoma inclusion conjunctivitis: seldom occurs in
United States, but is leading cause of blindness in developing countries
H Most common sexually transmitted disease (STD) in
the United States

H Urethral and rectal strictures


H Perihepatitis
H Cervical cancer
H Trachoma
H Urethritis and epididymitis (in males)
H Sterility
H Stillbirth, neonatal death, premature labor (with in-

fected pregnant females)

Assessment
History
H Unprotected sexual contact with an infected person
H Previous STD

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Chlamydial infections are transmitted by direct con-

H Two-thirds of patients asymptomatic

tact (such as sexual).


H Infection produces local inflammation.
H Endometritis and salpingitis occur as the organism
ascends the genitourinary tract.

Female
H Pelvic or abdominal pain
H Dyspareunia
H Cervical erosion
H Mucopurulent discharge
H Dysuria
H Urinary frequency
Male
H Dysuria
H Urinary frequency
H Pruritus
H Urethral discharge (copious and purulent)
H Meatal erythema
H Severe scrotal pain
Lymphogranuloma venereum
H Painless vesicle or nonindurated ulcer, 2 to 3 mm in
diameter, on the glans or shaft of the penis; on the
labia, vagina, or cervix; or in the rectum
H Enlarged inguinal lymph nodes
H Regional nodes appearing as series of bilateral
buboes
H Untreated buboes possibly rupturing and forming
sinus tracts that discharge thick, yellow, granular
secretion

Causes
H Transmission of Chlamydia trachomatis, by sexual

contact (oral, anal, or vaginal)


H Neonate infection caused by transport through the

infected mothers birth canal

Risk factors
H Multiple sex partners or new sex partner
H Unprotected sex
H Coinfection with another STD

Incidence
H About 4 million cases annually
H Affects primarily the Native American population of

the southwest United States


H Occurs more commonly among minorities and lower

socioeconomic groups and people living in urban


areas

Special populations
Chlamydial infections have a 10% incidence
among sexually active adolescent girls.

Common characteristics
H Primarily occurring after vaginal or rectal inter-

course or oral-genital contact with an infected person


H Late appearance of signs and symptoms during the
course of the disease
H No symptoms in 75% of females, 50% of males
H Sexual transmission of organism that occurs unknowingly

Complications
H Infertility
H Pelvic inflammatory disease

174

Chlamydial infections

Test results
Laboratory
H Swab culture of the infection site shows C. trachomatis. (See Chlamydia trachomatis.)
H Culture of aspirated blood, pus, or cerebrospinal
fluid establishes epididymitis, prostatitis, and
lymphogranuloma venereum.
H Serologic studies reveal previous exposure.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay shows C. trachomatis antibody.

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic treatment (sex partners also treated)
H Abstinence from sexual activity until infection re-

solved

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 175

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as azithromycin, doxycycline,

erythromycin, levofloxacin, and tetracycline

Chlamydia trachomatis
In chlamydial infections, microscopic examination reveals
Chlamydia trachomatis, a unicellular parasite with a rigid
cell wall.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H voice feelings about changes in sexuality
H express concern about self-concept, self-esteem, and
body image
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express relief from pain.

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Check the neonate of an infected mother for signs of

infection.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide appropriate skin care.
H Report cases of chlamydial infection to the local

board of health.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, signs and symptoms, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H abstinence from intercourse or use of condoms
H importance of getting tested for the human immunodeficiency virus
H dealing with long-term risks and complications from
infection
H transmission of infection
H prevention of STDs by following safer sex practices
H follow-up care
H complications.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
H Advise rescreenings at 3 to 4 months and annual

screenings for sexually active teens and females ages


20 to 25.

Chlamydial infections

175

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 176

Cholelithiasis,
cholecystitis,
and related disorders
Overview
Description
Cholelithiasis
H Leading biliary tract disease
H Formation of calculi (gallstones) in the gallbladder
Cholecystitis
H Related disorder that arises from formation of gallstones
H Acute or chronic inflammation of gallbladder
H Usually caused by a gallstone lodged in the cystic
duct
H Acute form most common during middle age
H Chronic form most common among elderly persons
Choledocholithiasis
H Related disorder arising from formation of gallstones
H Partial or complete biliary obstruction due to gallstones lodged in the common bile duct
Cholangitis
H Related disorder that arises from formation of gallstones
H Infected bile duct
H Commonly linked to choledocholithiasis
H Rapid response of nonsuppurative type to antibiotic
treatment
H Poor prognosis of suppurative type unless surgery to
correct obstruction and drain infected bile performed promptly
Gallstone ileus
H Related disorder that arises from obstruction of the
small bowel by a gallstone
H Most common in elderly persons

Pathophysiology
H Calculi formation in the biliary system causes ob-

struction.

immobility, chronic dieting, adhesions, prolonged


anesthesia, and opioid abuse)

Risk factors
H High-calorie, high-cholesterol diet
H Obesity
H Elevated estrogen levels due to hormonal contracep-

tive use, postmenopausal hormone-replacement


therapy, or pregnancy
H Diabetes mellitus, ileal disease, hemolytic disorders,
hepatic disease (cirrhosis), or pancreatitis
H Rapid weight loss

Incidence
H Six times more common in females ages 20 to 50
H Males and females equal after age 50; increases with

each succeeding decade

Common characteristics
H Epigastric or right upper quadrant abdominal pain
H Nausea, vomiting
H Low-grade fever
H Abdominal distention

Complications
Cholelithiasis
H Cholangitis
H Cholecystitis
H Choledocholithiasis
H Gallstone ileus
Cholecystitis
H Gallbladder complications, such as empyema,
hydrops or mucocele, and gangrene
H Chronic cholecystitis and cholangitis
Choledocholithiasis
H Cholangitis
H Obstructive jaundice
H Pancreatitis
H Secondary biliary cirrhosis
Cholangitis
H Septic shock
H Death
Gallstone ileus
H Bowel obstruction

H Obstruction of hepatic duct leads to intrahepatic re-

tention of bile; increased release of bilirubin into the


bloodstream occurs.
H Obstruction of cystic duct leads to inflammation of
the gallbladder; increased gallbladder contraction
and peristalsis occurs.
H Obstruction of bile causes impairment of digestion
and absorption of lipids.

Causes
H Calculi formation; type of disorder that develops de-

pendent on where in the gallbladder or biliary tract


the calculi collect
H Acute cholecystitis also a result of conditions that alter gallbladders ability to fill or empty (trauma, reduced blood supply to the gallbladder, prolonged

176

Assessment
History
H Gallbladder disease possibly producing no symptoms

(even when X-rays reveal gallstones)


Acute cholecystitis
H Sudden onset of severe steady or aching pain in the
midepigastric region or the right upper abdominal
quadrant
H Pain radiating to the back, between the shoulder
blades or over the right shoulder blade, or just to the
shoulder area
H Attack occurring after eating a fatty meal or a large
meal after fasting for an extended time
H Attack occurring in the middle of the night

Cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, and related disorders

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 177

H Nausea, vomiting, and chills


H Low-grade fever
H History of milder GI symptoms that preceded the

acute attack; indigestion, vague abdominal discomfort, belching, and flatulence after eating meals or
snacks rich in fats

H Bile salts
H Analgesics
H Antispasmodics
H Anticholinergics
H Antiemetics
H Antibiotics

Physical findings

Surgery

H Severe pain
H Pallor
H Diaphoresis
H Low-grade fever (high in cholangitis)
H Exhaustion
H Jaundice (chronic)
H Dark-colored urine and clay-colored stools
H Tachycardia
H Tenderness over the gallbladder, which increases on

H Cholecystectomy (laparoscopic or abdominal), cho-

inspiration (Murphys sign)

lecystectomy with operative cholangiography, choledochostomy, or exploration of the common bile duct

Other
H Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography to

visualize and remove calculi


H Lithotripsy

H Palpable, painless, sausagelike mass (calculus-filled

Nursing considerations

gallbladder without ductal obstruction)


H Hypoactive bowel sounds

Key outcomes

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood studies may reveal elevated levels of serum alkaline phosphatase, lactate dehydrogenase, aspartate
aminotransferase, icteric index, and total bilirubin;
white blood cell count is slightly elevated during
cholecystitis attack.
Imaging
H Plain abdominal X-rays show gallstones if they contain enough calcium to be radiopaque. X-rays are
also helpful in identifying porcelain gallbladder, limy
bile, and gallstone ileus.
H Ultrasonography of the gallbladder confirms
cholelithiasis in most patients and distinguishes between obstructive and nonobstructive jaundice; calculi as small as 2 mm can be detected.
H Oral cholecystography confirms the presence of gallstones, although this test is gradually being replaced
by ultrasonography.
H Technetium-labeled iminodiacetic acid scan of the
gallbladder indicates cystic duct obstruction and
acute or chronic cholecystitis if the gallbladder cant
be seen.
Diagnostic procedures
H Percutaneous transhepatic cholangiography, imaging
performed under fluoroscopic guidance, supports
the diagnosis of obstructive jaundice and is used to
visualize calculi in the ducts.

Treatment
General
H Low-fat diet
H Nothing by mouth if surgery required
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased comfort
H show no signs of infection
H have laboratory values that return to within normal
parameters
H avoid complications.

Nursing interventions
H Position the patient for comfort and reposition at

least every 2 hours.


H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Encourage early ambulation postoperatively.
H Maintain nothing-by-mouth status.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Abdominal status
H Respiratory status

After surgery
H T tube patency and drainage
H Cardiac status
H Postoperative complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to breathe deeply, cough, expectorate, and perform leg exercises that are necessary after surgery
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H wound care.

H Gallstone dissolution therapy

Cholelithiasis, cholecystitis, and related disorders

177

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 178

Cholera
Overview
Description
H Acute enterotoxin-mediated GI infection
H Transmitted through food and water contaminated

with fecal material from carriers or people with active infections


H Food poisoning caused by Vibrio parahaemolyticus,
a similar bacterium (see Vibrio parahaemolyticus
food poisoning)
H Also known as Asiatic cholera or epidemic cholera

Pathophysiology
H Humans are the only hosts and victims of V. choler-

ae, a motile, aerobic organism.


H The incubation period is several hours to 5 days.
H Enterotoxins cause profuse watery diarrhea and vom-

iting without nausea.


H Massive fluid and electrolyte loss occurs and, if not

corrected, leads to metabolic acidosis, uremia, and


possibly coma and death.
H Infection doesnt confer permanent immunity.

Causes
H Gram-negative bacillus V. cholerae

Risk factors
H Deficiency or absence of hydrochloric acid

Incidence
H Most common in Africa, Southern and Southeast

Asia, and the Middle East, although outbreaks have


occurred in Japan, Australia, and Europe
H Occurs during the warmer months; most prevalent
among lower socioeconomic groups
H Common among children ages 1 to 5 in India, but
equally distributed among all age-groups in other
endemic areas

Common characteristics
H Acute, painless, profuse, watery diarrhea
H Effortless vomiting (without preceding nausea)

Complications
H Dehydration
H Hypovolemic shock
H Metabolic acidosis
H Uremia
H Coma and death

Assessment
History
H Profuse, watery diarrhea
H Vomiting
H Intense thirst
H Weakness
H Muscle cramps (especially in the extremities)

Physical findings
H Stools containing white flecks of mucus (rice-water

stools)

Vibrio parahaemolyticus food poisoning


Vibrio parahaemolyticus is a common cause of gastroenteritis in Japan. Outbreaks also occur on American cruise
ships and in the eastern and southeastern coastal areas of
the United States, especially during the summer.
V. parahaemolyticus, which thrives in a salty environment, is transmitted through the ingestion of uncooked or
undercooked contaminated shellfish, particularly crab and
shrimp. After an incubation period of 2 to 48 hours,
V. parahaemolyticus causes watery diarrhea, moderately
severe cramps, nausea, vomiting, headache, weakness,
chills, and fever. Food poisoning is usually self-limiting
and subsides spontaneously within 2 days. Occasionally,
however, its more severe and may even be fatal in debilitated or elderly persons.
Diagnosis requires bacteriologic examination of vomitus, blood, stool smears, or fecal specimens collected by
rectal swab. Diagnosis must rule out not only other causes of food poisoning but also other acute GI disorders.
Treatment is supportive, consisting primarily of bed rest
and oral fluid replacement. I.V. replacement therapy is seldom necessary, but oral tetracycline may be prescribed.
Thorough cooking of seafood prevents this infection.

178

Cholera

H Loss of skin turgor, wrinkled skin, sunken eyes


H Pinched facial expression
H Cyanosis
H Tachycardia
H Tachypnea
H Thready or absent peripheral pulses
H Hypotension
H Fever
H Inaudible, hypoactive bowel sounds

Test results
Laboratory
H A culture of V. cholerae from feces or vomitus indicates cholera.
H Microscopic examination of fresh feces shows rapidly moving bacilli (like shooting stars).
H Agglutination reveals reactions to group- and typespecific antisera.
Other
H In endemic areas or during epidemics, typical clinical features strongly suggest cholera.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 179

Treatment
General
H Standard precautions
H Supportive care
H Increased fluid intake

Medications
H Rapid I.V. infusion of large amounts (50 to 100 ml/

minute) of isotonic saline solution, alternating with


sodium bicarbonate or sodium lactate
H Antibiotic such as tetracycline

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain and maintain adequate fluid and electrolyte
balance
H have normal elimination patterns
H have stable vital signs
H produce adequate urine volume.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain standard precautions.
H Carefully observe jugular veins.
H Administer prescribed medications.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Laboratory values
H I.V. infusion
H Jugular veins
H Respiratory status
H GI status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H administration of cholera vaccine to travelers in
endemic areas
H proper hand-washing technique
H need for increased fluid intake.

Discharge planning
H Explain the use of oral tetracycline to family mem-

bers.
H If the physician orders a cholera vaccine, tell the

patient that hell need a booster 3 to 6 months later


for continuing protection.

Cholera

179

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 180

Chronic fatigue and


immune dysfunction
syndrome
Overview

Incidence
H Affects people of all ages, occupations, and income

levels
H More common in females than in males or children,

especially females younger than age 45


H Sporadic incidence and epidemic clusters
H Estimated to affect about 200 out of every 100,000

persons in the United States

Special populations

Description
H Characterized by prolonged overwhelming fatigue
H Also called chronic fatigue syndrome, chronic

Epstein-Barr virus, myalgic encephalomyelitis,


and Yuppie flu

Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome is most prevalent among professionals in
their 20s and 30s.

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics

H Infectious agents or environmental factors trigger

H Suggests viral illness in some cases


H Characterized by incapacitating fatigue
H Waxing and waning symptoms
H Severely debilitating; can last for months or years
H Depression and anxiety after the syndromes onset
H Fever
H Pharyngitis
H Lymphadenopathy

an abnormal immune response and hormonal alterations.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Possibly cytomegalovirus, herpes simplex virus types

1 and 2, human herpesvirus 6, Inoue-Melnick virus,


human adenovirus 2, enteroviruses, measles virus, or
a retrovirus that resembles human T-cell lymphotropic virus type II
H May result from overactive immune system

Risk factors
H Genetic predisposition
H Hormonal balance
H Neuropsychiatric factors
H Gender
H Previous illness
H Stressful environment

Diagnosing chronic fatigue syndrome


Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome is defined by:
H New or relapsing fatigue that isnt the result of ongoing
exertion or alleviated by rest and reduces occupational,
educational, social, or personal activities or efforts.
H Four or more of the following symptoms, occurring for
6 months or more:
self-reported impairment in short-term memory or
concentration
sore throat
tender cervical or axillary nodes
muscle pain
multiple joint pain without redness or swelling
headaches of a new pattern or severity
nonrefreshing sleep
postexertional malaise lasting 24 hours or longer.

180

Complications
H Social and occupational impairment

Assessment
History
H Characteristic complaints of prolonged, overwhelm-

ing fatigue (see Diagnosing chronic fatigue syndrome)

Physical findings
H Myalgia
H Cognitive dysfunction

Test results
Laboratory
H Lymphocyte differential reveals reduced natural killer
cell cytotoxicity, abnormal CD4+:CD8+ T-cell ratios,
and mild lymphocytosis.
H Immunoglobulin profile shows decreased immunoglobulin subclasses.
H Immune complex profile reveals circulating immune
complexes.
H Antimicrosomal antibody testing reveals increased
levels of antimicrosomal antibodies.

Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 181

Treatment
General
H Focus on supportive care
H Psychiatric evaluation
H Behavioral therapy
H Well-balanced diet high in vitamins and minerals
H Physical therapy
H Frequent rest periods, as needed
H Avoidance of strenuous activities

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug such as ibu-

profen
H Antidepressants, such as sertraline and paroxetine
H Antihistamines, such as loratidine and fexofenidine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbally report having an increased energy level
H express feelings about diminished capacity to
perform usual roles
H recognize limitations imposed by illness
H make decisions regarding the course of treatment
and management of the illness
H voice feelings related to self-esteem.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Begin a graded exercise program.
H Administer prescribed medications.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to decrease activities when fatigue is
greatest
H the need to avoid bed rest, which has no proven
therapeutic value
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H appropriate activity planning.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.

Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome

181

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 182

Cirrhosis
Overview
Description
H Chronic hepatic disease
H Several types

Pathophysiology
H Diffuse destruction and fibrotic regeneration of

hepatic cells occurs.


H Necrotic tissue yields to fibrosis.
H Liver structure and normal vasculature are altered.
H Blood and lymph flow are impaired.
H Hepatic insufficiency occurs.

Causes
Lannecs or micronodular cirrhosis
(alcoholic or portal cirrhosis)
H Chronic alcoholism
H Malnutrition
Postnecrotic or macronodular cirrhosis
H Complication of viral hepatitis
H Possible after exposure to such liver toxins as
arsenic, carbon tetrachloride, and phosphorus
Biliary cirrhosis
H Prolonged biliary tract obstruction or inflammation
Idiopathic cirrhosis (cryptogenic)
H No known cause
H Sarcoidosis
H Chronic inflammatory bowel disease

Risk factors
H Alcoholism
H Toxins
H Biliary obstruction
H Hepatitis
H Metabolic disorders

Incidence
H Tenth most common cause of death in the United

States
H Most common among those ages 45 to 75
H Occurs in twice as many males as females

Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Pruritus
H Jaundice
H Ascites
H Indigestion
H Anemia

Complications
H Portal hypertension
H Bleeding esophageal varices
H Hepatic encephalopathy
H Hepatorenal syndrome
H Death

182

Cirrhosis

Assessment
History
H Chronic alcoholism
H Malnutrition
H Viral hepatitis
H Exposure to liver toxins such as arsenic and certain

medications
H Prolonged biliary tract obstruction or inflammation

Early stage
H Vague signs and symptoms
H Abdominal pain
H Diarrhea, constipation
H Fatigue
H Nausea, vomiting
H Muscle cramps
Later stage
H Chronic dyspepsia
H Constipation
H Pruritus
H Weight loss
H Bleeding tendency, such as frequent nosebleeds, easy
bruising, and bleeding gums

Physical findings
H Telangiectasis on the cheeks
H Spider angiomas on the face, neck, arms, and trunk
H Gynecomastia
H Umbilical hernia
H Distended abdominal blood vessels
H Ascites
H Testicular atrophy
H Menstrual irregularities
H Palmar erythema
H Clubbed fingers
H Thigh and leg edema
H Ecchymosis
H Jaundice
H Palpable, large, firm liver with a sharp edge (early

finding)
H Enlarged spleen
H Asterixis
H Slurred speech, paranoia, hallucinations

Test results
Laboratory
H Liver enzyme levels, such as alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase, total serum bilirubin, and indirect bilirubin are elevated.
H Total serum albumin and protein levels are decreased.
H Prothrombin time is prolonged.
H Hemoglobin, hematocrit, and serum electrolyte levels
are decreased.
H Vitamins A, C, and K are deficient.
H Urine levels of bilirubin and urobilinogen are increased; fecal urobilinogen levels are decreased.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 183

Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays show an enlarged liver and spleen
and cysts or gas in the biliary tract or liver; liver calcification; and massive ascites.
H Computed tomography and liver scans determine
liver size, identify liver masses, and visualize hepatic
blood flow and obstruction.
H Radioisotope liver scans show liver size, blood flow,
or obstruction.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy is the definitive test for cirrhosis, revealing hepatic tissue destruction and fibrosis.
H Esophagogastroduodenoscopy reveals bleeding
esophageal varices, stomach irritation or ulceration,
and duodenal bleeding and irritation.

Treatment

H Provide appropriate skin care.


H Maintain patient safety.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Laboratory values
H Hydration and nutritional status
H GI status
H Cardiovascular status
H Hemodynamic status
H Respiratory status
H Abdominal girth
H Weight
H Bleeding tendencies
H Skin integrity
H Changes in mentation, behavior
H Neurologic status

General

Patient teaching

H Removal or alleviation of underlying cause


H I.V. fluids
H Blood transfusion
H Restricted sodium consumption
H Restricted fluid intake
H No alcohol intake
H High-calorie diet
H Frequent rest periods, as needed
H Paracentesis
H Esophageal balloon tamponade
H Sclerotherapy

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H over-the-counter medications that may increase
bleeding tendencies
H dietary modifications
H the need to avoid infections and abstain from alcohol
H the need to avoid sedatives and acetaminophen (hepatotoxic)
H high-calorie diet and small, frequent meals.

Medications

H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous, if appro-

H Vitamin supplementation such as thiamine


H Posterior pituitary hormone such as vasopressin
H Potassium-sparing diuretic such as spirolactone
H Ammonia detoxicant such as lactoluse
H Antiemetic such as metoclopramide
H Antidiarrheal such as octreotide

Discharge planning
priate.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if

needed.

Surgery
H May be required to divert ascites into venous circula-

tion; if so, peritoneovenous shunt used


H Portal-systemic shunts
H Transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunt

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain caloric intake, as required
H maintain normal fluid volume
H incur no injuries
H exhibit no bleeding.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed I.V. fluids and blood products.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Cirrhosis

183

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 184

Cleft lip and cleft palate


Overview
Description
H Imperfect fusion of front and sides of the face and

the palatine shelves during pregnancy


H May occur separately or in combination
H Can occur unilaterally, bilaterally or, rarely, in the

midline
H May affect just the lip or extend into the upper jaw or

nasal cavity (see Types of cleft deformities)

Pathophysiology
H Chromosomal abnormality, exposure to teratogens,

genetic abnormality, or environmental factors cause


the lip or palate to fuse imperfectly during the second month of pregnancy.
H A complete cleft includes the soft palate, the bones of
the maxilla, and the alveolus on one or both sides of
the premaxilla.
H A double cleft runs from the soft palate forward to either side of the nose, separating the maxilla and premaxilla into freely moving segments. The tongue and
other muscles can displace the segments, enlarging
the cleft.

ALERT
Isolated cleft palate occurs more commonly with
congenital defects other than isolated cleft lip. The
constellation of U-shaped cleft palate, mandibular
hypoplasia, and glossoptosis known as Robin sequence can occur as an isolated defect or one feature of many different syndromes.These infants
should have comprehensive genetic evaluation. Because of their mandibular hypoplasia and glossoptosis, the airway in infants with Robin sequence
must be carefully evaluated and managed.

Common characteristics
H Obvious cleft lip or cleft palate
H Feeding difficulties from incomplete fusion of the

palate

Complications
H Malnutrition
H Hearing impairment
H Permanent speech impediment

Assessment
History
H Family history of cleft defects
H Maternal exposure to teratogens during pregnancy
H Clinical presentation obvious at birth

Physical findings
H Cleft that runs from the soft palate forward to either

side of the nose

Test results
Imaging
H Prenatal targeted ultrasound reveals abnormality.

Treatment
General
H Orthodontic prosthesis to improve sucking
H Use of a contoured speech bulb attached to the pos-

terior of a denture to occlude the nasopharynx when


a wide horseshoe defect makes surgery impossible
(to help the child develop intelligible speech)
H Use of a large, soft nipple with large holes, such as a
lambs nipple, to improve feeding patterns and promote adequate nutrition

Medications
ALERT

Causes
H Chromosomal or Mendelian syndrome (cleft defects

caused by more than 300 syndromes)


H Exposure to teratogens during fetal development
H Combined genetic and environmental factors

Incidence
H Twice as common in males than in females
H More common in children with a family history of

cleft defects
H Cleft lip with or without cleft palate occurs in about 1

in 1,000 births among Whites; incidence higher in


Asians (1.7 in 1,000) and Native Americans (more
than 3.6 in 1,000), but lower in Blacks (1 in 2,500)

184

Cleft lip and cleft palate

Daily use of folic acid before conception decreases


the risk for isolated (not associated with another
genetic or congenital malformation) cleft lip or
palate by up to 25%. Women of childbearing age
should be encouraged to take a daily multivitamin
containing folic acid until menopause or until
theyre no longer fertile.

Surgery
H Surgical correction of cleft lip in the first few days of

life and again at 12 to 18 months, after the infant


gains weight and is infection-free

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 185

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit normal growth and development patterns
within the confines of the disorder
H not aspirate feedings.
The family will:
H express an understanding of the condition and
treatment
H seek appropriate resources to assist with coping.

Types of cleft deformities


These illustrations show variations of cleft lip and cleft
palate.
NOTCH IN THE VERMILLION BORDER
(JUNCTION OF THE LIP AND SURROUNDING SKIN)

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the mother of an infant with cleft lip to

breast-feed if the cleft doesnt prevent effective


sucking.
H Suction, as necessary.
H Help the parents deal with their feelings about the
childs deformity.

UNILATERAL CLEFT LIP AND PALATE

ALERT
Never place a child with Robin sequence on his
back because his tongue could fall back and obstruct his airway. Place the infant on his side for
sleeping. Most other infants with a cleft palate can
sleep on their backs without difficulty.

Monitoring

BILATERAL CLEFT LIP AND PALATE

H Swallowing ability
H Weight gain
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H treatment plan
H how to best feed the infant
H burping the infant frequently
H gently cleaning the palatal cleft with a cotton-tipped
applicator dipped in half-strength hydrogen peroxide
or water after each feeding.

CLEFT PALATE

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to speech therapy to correct speech

patterns.
H Refer the parents to a social worker who can guide

them to community resources, if needed, and to a


genetic counselor to determine the recurrence risk.

Cleft lip and cleft palate

185

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 186

Clostridium difficile
infection
Overview
Description
H A gram-positive anaerobic bacterium commonly

resulting in antibiotic-associated diarrhea

H Hemorrhage
H Pseudomembranous colitis

Assessment
History
H Recent antibiotic therapy
H Abdominal pain
H Cramping

H Symptoms ranging from asymptomatic carrier states

Physical findings

to severe pseudomembranous colitis caused by


exotoxins (Toxin A is an enterotoxin and toxin B
is a cytotoxin.)
H Within 14 to 30 days of treatment, recurrence with
the same organism possible in 10% to 20% of
patients

H Soft, unformed, or watery diarrhea (more than three

Pathophysiology
H Antibiotics may trigger toxin production.
H Toxin A mediates alteration in fluid secretion, en-

hances inflammation, and causes leakage of albumin


from the postcapillary venules.
H Toxin B causes damage and exfoliation to the superficial epithelial cells and inhibits adenosine diphosphate ribosylation of Rho proteins.
H Both toxins cause electrophysiologic alterations of
colonic tissue.

Causes
H Antibiotics that disrupt the bowel flora
H Enemas and intestinal stimulants
H Transmission from infected person
H Some antifungal and antiviral agents

Risk factors

stools in a 24-hour period) that may be foul smelling


or grossly bloody
H Abdominal tenderness
H Fever

Test results
Laboratory
H Cell cytotoxin test shows toxins A and B.
H Enzyme immunoassay identifies C. difficile; its
slightly less sensitive than cell cytotoxin test but
has a turnaround time of only a few hours.
H Stool culture identifies C. difficile.

Treatment
General
H Withdrawal of causative antibiotic
H Avoidance of antimotility agents
H Good skin care
H Well-balanced diet
H Increased fluid intake, if appropriate
H Rest periods, if fatigued

H Contaminated equipment and surfaces


H Antibiotics
H Abdominal surgery
H Antineoplastic agents that have an antibiotic activity
H Immunocompromised state

Medications

Incidence

Key outcomes

H More common in people in nursing homes and day-

care facilities
H One of the most common nosocomial infections
(contracted by about 20% of hospitalized patients
taking antibiotics)

The patient will:


H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal electrolyte levels
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain skin integrity.

Common characteristics

Nursing interventions

H Watery, foul-smelling diarrhea

H Give prescribed drugs.


H Institute contact precautions for those with active

Complications
H Electrolyte abnormalities
H Hypovolemic shock
H Toxic megacolon
H Colonic perforation
H Peritonitis
H Sepsis

186

Clostridium difficile infection

H Antibiotics, such as vancomycin and metronidazole

Nursing considerations

diarrhea.
H Wash your hands with an antiseptic soap after direct

contact with the patient or his immediate environment.


H Make sure reusable equipment is disinfected with a
bleach-based solution before its used on another
patient.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 187

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complications
H Serum electrolytes
H Adverse effects of medication
H Response to treatment
H Amount and characteristics of stools
H Skin integrity
H GI status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H proper disinfection of contaminated clothing or
household items
H adequate fluid intake
H signs and symptoms of dehydration
H medications and possible adverse effects
H complications and when to notify the physician
H perirectal skin care.

Clostridium difficile infection

187

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 188

Clubfoot

H Heredity
H Idiopathic
H Suspected muscle abnormalities, leading to varia-

tions in length and tendon insertions

Overview

Incidence

Description
H Foot deformity caused by a deformed talus and short-

ened Achilles tendon, giving the foot a characteristic


clublike appearance
H In talipes equinovarus: foot points downward (equinus) and turns inward (varus), and front of foot
curls toward the heel (forefoot adduction)
H Also known as talipes: most common congenital disorder of lower extremities

H 1 per 1,000 live births


H Usually occurs bilaterally
H Twice as common in boys as in girls
H May be linked to other birth defects, such as

myelomeningocele, spina bifida, and arthrogryposis

Common characteristics
H Inward deformity of the foot (see Recognizing club-

foot)

Pathophysiology

Complications

H Unknown, but contributing factors may include:

H Abnormal gait
H Stress changes on lateral side of the foot
H Residual deformity

defective cartilage with ligamentous laxity


muscle imbalance
abnormal intrauterine position
central nervous system anomaly
persistence of a normal fetal relationship.

Assessment

Causes

History

H Combination of genetic and environmental factors in

H Family history
H Muscular atrophy or dystrophy

utero

Recognizing clubfoot
Clubfoot (talipes) may have
various names, depending
on the orientation of the deformity, as shown in the illustrations at right.

188

Clubfoot

TALIPES EQUINUS

TALIPES CALCANEUS

TALIPES CAVUS

TALIPES VARUS

TALIPES EQUINOVARUS

TALIPES CALCANEOVARUS

TALIPES VALGUS

TALIPES CALCANEOVALGUS

TALIPES EQUINOVALGUS

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 189

Physical findings
H Deformed talus with a shortened Achilles tendon, the

H Proper foot alignment


H Pain control

calcaneus somewhat shortened and flattened


H Shortened, underdeveloped calf muscles, with soft

tissue contractures at the site of the deformity

Patient teaching

H Foot tight in its deformed position and resistant of

manual efforts to push it back into normal position

Test results
Imaging
H X-rays show superimposition of the talus and the
calcaneus and a ladderlike appearance of the
metatarsals.

Treatment

Be sure to cover:
H the need for prompt treatment
H signs of circulatory impairment
H proper skin care
H use of exercise, night splints, and orthopedic shoes
to maintain alignment.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to rehabilitation resources, as

needed.

General
H Correction of the deformity
H Activity according to ability
H Maintaining the correction until the foot regains nor-

mal muscle balance


H Close observation to prevent the deformity from re-

curring
Sequential correction
H For forefoot adduction: uncurling the front of the
foot away from the heel (forefoot abduction)
H For varus deformity: turning the foot so the sole faces
outward (eversion)
H For equinus: casting the foot with the toes pointing
up (dorsiflexion)

Medications
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Subcutaneous tenotomy of the Achilles tendon and

posterior capsulotomy of the ankle joint (may need


to be done with the equinus stage of correction)
H In severe cases, bone surgery, such as wedge resections, osteotomy, or astragalectomy possibly appropriate (After surgery, a cast is applied to preserve
the correction.)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H maintain muscle strength
H show no evidence of complications.

Nursing interventions
H After casting, elevate the childs feet with pillows.
H Perform proper skin and cast care.

Monitoring
H Neurovascular status of affected extremity after cast-

ing or surgery

Clubfoot

189

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 190

Coarctation of the aorta


Overview
Description
H A narrowing of the aorta, usually just below the left

subclavian artery, near the site where the ligamentum


arteriosum (the remnant of the ductus arteriosus, a
fetal blood vessel) joins the pulmonary artery to the
aorta
H May occur with aortic valve stenosis (usually of a bicuspid aortic valve) and with severe cases of hypoplasia of the aortic arch, patent ductus arteriosus
(PDA), and ventricular septal defect
H Ineffective pumping of the heart and increased risk
due to heart failure caused by the obstruction of
blood flow

Pathophysiology
H Coarctation of the aorta may develop as a result of

spasm and constriction of the smooth muscle in the


ductus arteriosus as it closes.
H This contractile tissue extends into the aortic wall,
causing narrowing.
H The obstructive process causes hypertension in the
aortic branches above the constriction (arteries that
supply the arms, neck, and head) and diminished
pressure in the vessel below the constriction.
H Restricted blood flow through the narrowed aorta increases the pressure load on the left ventricle and
causes dilation of the proximal aorta and ventricular
hypertrophy.
H As oxygenated blood leaves the left ventricle, a portion travels through the arteries that branch off the
aorta proximal to the coarctation.
H If PDA is present, the rest of the blood travels
through the coarctation, mixes with deoxygenated
blood from the PDA, and travels to the legs.
H If PDA is closed, the legs and lower portion of the
body must rely solely on the blood that gets through
the coarctation.

Causes
H Unknown
H Turners syndrome

Incidence
H Accounts for about 7% of all congenital heart defects

in children
H Twice as common in males as in females
H In females, commonly linked to Turners syndrome, a

chromosomal disorder that causes ovarian dysgenesis

Common characteristics
H Resting systolic hypertension in the upper body
H Absent or diminished femoral pulses

190

Coarctation of the aorta

H Wide pulse pressure


H Signs and symptoms of heart failure

Complications
H Heart failure
H Severe hypertension
H Cerebral aneurysms and hemorrhage
H Rupture of the aorta
H Aortic aneurysm
H Infective endocarditis
H Hypoperfusion of lower extremities

Assessment
History
H Tachypnea
H Dyspnea
H Failure to thrive
H Headache
H Vertigo
H Epistaxis
H Claudication

Physical findings
H Pallor
H Hypertension
H Crackles
H Edema
H Tachycardia
H Cardiomegaly
H Hepatomegaly
H Hypertension
H Pink upper arms and cyanotic legs
H Absent or diminished femoral pulses
H Arm blood pressure greater than leg blood pressure
H Chest and arms more developed than legs

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show left ventricular hypertrophy,
heart failure, a wide ascending and descending aorta,
and notching of the ribs undersurfaces due to erosion by collateral circulation. (See Recognizing
coarctation of the aorta.)
H Echocardiography may show increased left ventricular muscle thickness, coexisting aortic valve abnormalities, and the coarctation site.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may reveal left ventricular hypertrophy.
H Cardiac catheterization evaluates collateral circulation and measures pressure in the right and left ventricles and in the ascending and descending aortas
(on both sides of the obstruction).
H Aortography locates the site and extent of coarctation.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 191

Treatment
General
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restrictions
H Limited activity

Recognizing coarctation of the aorta


Collateral circulation develops to bypass the occluded aortic lumen, and can be seen on X-ray as notching of the
ribs. By adolescence, palpable, visible pulsations may be
evident.
Coarctation

Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Oxygen
H Sedative such as chloral hydrate
H Prostaglandin infusion to keep the ductus open
H Antibiotic prophylaxis such as amoxicillin
H Antihypertensive such as enalaprilat

Surgery
H A flap of the left subclavian artery may be used to

reconstruct the aorta.


H Balloon angioplasty or resection with end-to-end

anastomosis or use of a tubular graft may also be


performed.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Offer emotional support.
H Regulate environmental temperature.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Hemodynamics
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Blood glucose levels
H Postoperative pain
H Signs of infection
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H exercise restrictions
H endocarditis prophylaxis.

Discharge planning
H Stress the need for follow-up care, as ordered.

Coarctation of the aorta

191

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 192

Coccidioidomycosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection occurring primarily as a respiratory

tract infection, although generalized dissemination


may occur
H Also known as valley fever or San Joaquin Valley
fever

Pathophysiology

Assessment
History
H Living or traveling to an endemic area
H Fever
H Dry cough
H Pleuritic chest pain
H Sore throat
H Chills
H Malaise
H Headache
H Joint pain

H After spores are inhaled, cell activation and cytokine

Physical findings

formation stimulate inflammatory cells and facilitate


killing of the organism.
H Immunosuppression may delay resolution of the infection.

H Fever
H Itchy macular rash
H Hemoptysis
H Local swelling and redness in involved sites (with

Causes

H Bronchial breath sounds

H Inhaled spores of Coccidioides immitis found in

the soil or dust from dressings or plaster casts of infected persons

Risk factors
H Occupational exposure to dust, such as with farmers

and construction workers


H Impaired immune system

Incidence
H Disseminated illness more common in dark-skinned

males, pregnant females, and patients taking an immunosuppressant


H Endemic to the southwestern United States, especially
between the San Joaquin Valley in California and
southwestern Texas; also found in Mexico, Guatemala, Honduras, Venezuela, Colombia, Argentina,
and Paraguay
H Generally affects Filipino Americans, Mexican Americans, Native Americans, and Blacks because of population distribution and an occupational link (common in migrant farm laborers)

Common characteristics
Primary coccidioidomycosis
H Acute or subacute respiratory signs and symptoms
H Fever that persists for weeks
Disseminated coccidioidomycosis
H Fever
H Abscesses throughout the body, especially in skeletal,
central nervous system, splenic, hepatic, renal, and
subcutaneous tissues

Complications
H Meningitis
H Bronchiectasis
H Osteomyelitis
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Liver failure

192

Coccidioidomycosis

musculoskeletal involvement)

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum precipitins (immunoglobulins) are positive.
H C. immitis spores is detected through immunodiffusion testing of sputum, pus from lesions, and tissue
biopsy.
H Antibodies are present in pleural and joint fluid and
a rising serum or body fluid antibody titer indicates
dissemination.
H White blood cell count is increased.
H Eosinophil count is increased.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows bilateral diffuse infiltrates.
Other
H Coccidioidin skin test result is abnormal.

Treatment
General
H Bed rest
H Symptomatic measures

Medications
H I.V. fluids
H Antifungal such as amphotericin B
H Analgesics, such as acetaminophen and morphine
H Oxygen

Surgery
H Excision or drainage of lesions
H Lobectomy for severe pulmonary lesions

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 193

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from pain
H maintain a patent airway
H cough effectively.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Administer oxygen as prescribed.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Encourage bed rest, with head of the bed elevated

30 degrees.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Provide measures to relieve pain and increase

comfort.

Monitoring
H Pain control
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Sputum color, consistency, and amount
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H wound care.

Coccidioidomycosis

193

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 194

Colorectal cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumors of colon or rectum almost always

adenocarcinomas (about one-half are sessile lesions


of rectosigmoid area; all others, polypoid lesions)
H Slow progression
H Five-year survival rate 50%; potentially curable in
75% of patients if early diagnosis allows resection
before nodal involvement
H Second most common visceral neoplasm in United
States and Europe

Pathophysiology
H Most lesions of the large bowel are moderately differ-

entiated adenocarcinomas.
H Tumors tend to grow slowly and produce no symp-

toms for long periods.


H Tumors in the sigmoid and descending colon under-

go circumferential growth and constrict the intestinal


lumen.
H Tumors in the ascending colon are usually large at
diagnosis and are palpable on physical examination.

Assessment
History
H Right colon tumors: no signs and symptoms in early

stages because stool is liquid in that part of colon


H Transverse colon tumors: may cause cramps, gas,

partial or complete obstruction


H Descending colon tumors and rectal tumors: may

cause pencil-shaped stools if the tumor partially


obstructs the intestine
H Black, tarry stools
H Abdominal aching, pressure, or dull cramps
H Weakness
H Diarrhea, anorexia, obstipation, weight loss, and
vomiting
H Rectal bleeding
H Intermittent abdominal fullness
H Rectal pressure
H Urgent need to defecate on arising

Physical findings
H Abdominal distention or visible masses
H Enlarged abdominal veins
H Enlarged inguinal and supraclavicular nodes
H Abnormal bowel sounds
H Abdominal masses (right-side tumors that usually

H Unknown

feel bulky; tumors of transverse portion more easily


detected)
H Generalized abdominal tenderness

Risk factors

Test results

H Excessive intake of saturated animal fat


H Digestive tract diseases
H Older than age 40
H History of ulcerative colitis
H Familial polyposis
H Family history of colon cancer
H High-protein, low-fiber diet

Laboratory
H Fecal occult blood test may show blood in stools, a
warning sign of rectal cancer.
H Carcinoembryonic antigen allows patient monitoring
before and after treatment to detect metastasis or
recurrence.
Imaging
H Excretory urography verifies bilateral renal function
and allows inspection for displacement of the kidneys, ureters, or bladder by a tumor pressing against
these structures.
H Barium enema studies use a dual contrast of barium
and air and reveal the location of lesions that arent
detectable manually or visually. Barium examination
shouldnt precede colonoscopy or excretory urography because barium sulfate interferes with these
tests.
H Computed tomography scan allows better visualization if a barium enema yields inconclusive results or
if metastasis to the pelvic lymph nodes is suspected.
Diagnostic procedures
H Proctoscopy or sigmoidoscopy permits visualization
of the lower GI tract. It can detect up to 66% of colorectal cancers.
H Colonoscopy permits visual inspection and photography of the colon up to the ileocecal valve and provides access for polypectomies and biopsies of suspected lesions.

Causes

Incidence
H Equally distributed among males and females
H Greater in areas of higher economic development

Common characteristics
H Changes in bowel habits
H Symptoms of direct extension to bladder, prostate,

ureters, vagina, or sacrum


H Symptoms of local obstruction

Complications
H Abdominal distention and intestinal obstruction as

tumor growth encroaches on abdominal organs


H Anemia

194

Colorectal cancer

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 195

Other
H Digital rectal examination can be used to detect almost 15% of colorectal cancers; specifically, it can
be used to detect suspicious rectal and perianal lesions.

Treatment
General
H Radiation preoperatively and postoperatively to

induce tumor regression


H High-fiber diet
H After surgery, avoidance of heavy lifting and contact

sports

Medications
H Antibiotics such as metronidazole postoperatively
H Chemotherapy, such as bevacizumab, capecitabine,

cetuximab, fluorouracil, irinotecan, oxaliplatin, and


panitumunab
H Analgesic such as morphine

Surgery
H Resection or right hemicolectomy for advanced dis-

ease; may include resection of the terminal segment


of the ileum, cecum, ascending colon, and right half
of the transverse colon with corresponding mesentery for tumor of cecum and ascending colon
H Right colectomy that includes the transverse colon
and mesentery corresponding to midcolic vessels, or
segmental resection of the transverse colon and associated midcolic vessels for proximal and middle
transverse colon tumor
H Resection usually limited to the sigmoid colon and
mesentery for sigmoid tumor
H Anterior or low anterior resection for upper rectal
tumor
H Abdominoperineal resection and permanent sigmoid
colostomy required for lower rectal tumor

Monitoring
H Stools
H Diet

Postoperative
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Electrolyte levels
H Wound and stoma site
H Postoperative complications
H GI status
H Pain control
H Psychological status
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, treatment, and postoperative
course
H stoma care
H avoidance of heavy lifting
H the need for keeping follow-up appointments
H risk factors and signs of recurrence.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain intact mucous membranes
H report feeling less pain
H express increased sense of well-being
H use support systems and employ coping strategies.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage early ambulation postoperatively.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees

to prevent pneumonia.
H Provide support and encourage verbalization.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide stoma care.

Colorectal cancer

195

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 196

Common cold
Overview
Description
H Acute, usually afebrile viral infection that causes in-

flammation of the upper respiratory tract


H Transmission through airborne respiratory droplets

or through contact with contaminated objects, including hands


H Accounts for 30% to 50% of time lost from work by
adults and 60% to 80% of time lost from school by
children, more than any other illness
H Communicable for 2 to 3 days after onset of symptoms
H Usually benign and self-limiting

Pathophysiology
H Rhinoviruses may infect cells by attaching to specific

receptors.
H Infiltration with neutrophils, lymphocytes, plasma
cells, and eosinophils occurs.
H Mucus-secreting glands become hyperactive and
nasal turbinates become engorged. (See What happens in the common cold.)

Causes

Complications
H Secondary bacterial infection causing sinusitis, otitis

media, pharyngitis, or lower respiratory tract infection

Assessment
History
H Exposure to persons with the common cold
H Sore throat
H Fatigue
H Malaise
H Myalgia
H Fever

Physical findings
H Copious nasal discharge that commonly irritates the

nose
H Increased erythema of nasal and pharyngeal mucous

membranes
H Nasal quality to voice
H Excoriated skin around nose

Test results
H There isnt an explicit diagnostic test.

Laboratory
H White blood cell count and differential are within
normal limits.

H Viral infection of the upper respiratory tract passages

and consequent mucous membrane inflammation responsible for 90% of cases


H More than 200 viruses, including rhinoviruses, coronaviruses, myxoviruses, adenoviruses, coxsackieviruses, and echoviruses
H Mycoplasma

Risk factors
H Exposure to an infected person or contact with con-

taminated objects
H Compromised immune system

Incidence
H Most common infectious disease
H More prevalent in children, adolescent boys, and

adult females
H In temperate climates, occurring more commonly in
the colder months
H In the tropics, occurring more commonly during the
rainy season

Common characteristics
H Initial complaints of nasal congestion, headache, and

burning, watery eyes, chills, myalgia, arthralgia,


malaise, lethargy, sore throat, and a hacking, nonproductive or nocturnal cough
H Most patients afebrile, although fever possibly occurring, especially in children

196

Common cold

Treatment
General
H Use of humidified inspired air
H Prevention of chilling
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods, as needed

Medications
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
H Throat lozenges
H Antitussive such as dextromethorphan
H In infants, saline nose drops and mucus aspiration

with a bulb syringe

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feeling of increased comfort
H cope effectively with illness
H reestablish normal temperature
H have respiratory secretions that remain clear and
odorless
H maintain adequate air exchange.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 197

What happens in the common cold

Virus-infected droplets enter the body and


attack the cells lining the throat and nose.
The virus particles then multiply rapidly.

Body cell

The immune system responds by sending lymphocytes to the infected mucosa,


causing blood vessels in the nasal
mucosa to swell. This swelling causes
secretion of excess fluid the classic
cold symptom of a runny nose.

Infected
nasal lining
Virus
particles

Blood vessel
Lymphocyte

Phagocytes engulf and destroy dead virus


particles and damaged cells. Soon the cold
symptoms disappear.
Antibodies
Phagocyte

Some lymphocytes
immobilize the virus
particles with virusspecific proteins
(antibodies); others
kill infected cells with
a chemical substance.

Chemicals
Damaged
virus particles

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide a lubricant for nostrils to decrease irritation.
H Relieve throat irritation with sugarless hard candy or

cough drops.
H A warm bath or heating pad can reduce aches and

pains.
H Suggest a hot or cold steam vaporizer to relieve nasal

congestion.

Monitoring

Lymphocyte

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H advice against overuse of nose drops or sprays
H how to avoid spreading colds
H proper hand-washing technique.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for medical care if a high fever per-

sists, level of consciousness changes, or significant


respiratory symptoms develop.

H Body temperature
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications

Common cold

197

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 198

Complex regional pain


syndrome
Overview
Description
H A chronic pain disorder resulting from abnormal

healing after minor or major injury to a bone,


muscle, or nerve
H Also known as reflex sympathetic dystrophy
(RSD/CRPS1) or causalgia (CRPS2)

Pathophysiology
H Abnormal functioning of the sympathetic nervous sys-

tem causes development of symptoms commonly disproportionate to the injurys severity.


H Interference with normal signals for sensations, temperature, and blood flow may be caused by impaired
communication between the damaged nerves of the
sympathetic nervous system and the brain.

Causes

H Muscle wasting (see Stages of complex regional

pain syndrome)

Test results
Imaging
H Bone X-rays rule out other conditions.

Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Anti-inflammatory such as ibuprofen
H Antidepressant such as venlafaxine
H Analgesics, such as diclofenac and oxycodone

Surgery
H Nerve or regional blocks

Nursing considerations

H Exact cause unknown

Key outcomes

Precipitating factors
H Trauma
H Neurologic disorder
H Herpes zoster infection
H Myocardial infarction
H Musculoskeletal disorder (shoulder rotator cuff
injury)
H Malignancy

The patient will:


H express increased comfort
H use support systems and develop coping techniques
H demonstrate effective relaxation techniques.

Incidence
H Can occur at any age but is less common in children
H Reported more commonly in women

Common characteristics

Nursing interventions
H Offer emotional support.
H Apply antiembolism stockings.
H Apply heat or cold therapy.

Monitoring
H Pain control
H Effects of medications
H Blood glucose level

H Severe, constant pain

Complications
H Impaired mobility
H Depression

Assessment
History
H Injury
H Severe pain that worsens after activity

Physical findings
H Altered blood flow, feeling either warm or cool to the

touch, with discoloration, sweating, or swelling to the


affected extremity
H Skin, hair, and nail changes
H Impaired mobility and weakness

198

Complex regional pain syndrome

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease and treatment
H relaxation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home therapy.
H Refer the patient to a pain care specialist.
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling and

support groups, as indicated.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 199

Stages of complex regional pain syndrome


Complex regional pain syndrome is divided into three stages. The stages arent always distinct and not all of the signs may
be present.

Stage

Duration

Pain, swelling,
and immobility

Skin

Hair and
nails

Osteoporosis

Symptoms
begin within
hours, days,
or weeks of
the injury; this
stage lasts
several weeks

Gradual or abrupt
onset of severe
aching, throbbing,
and burning pain at
site of injury
Pain may be accompanied by sensitivity
to touch, swelling,
muscle spasm, stiffness, and limited
mobility

Warm, red,
dry skin at
onset;
changes to
bluish and
becomes cold
and sweaty

Accelerated
hair and nail
growth

Early
osteoporosis
symptoms

Continuous burning,
aching, or throbbing
pain thats more severe than stage I
Swelling spreads
and changes from
soft to brawny and
firm
Loss of range of
motion, muscle
wasting

Cool, pale,
bluish,
sweaty

Altered hair
growth;
cracked,
grooved, or
ridged nails

More apparent
osteoporosis

Pain spreads proximally and may be intractable, but sometimes lessens and
stabilizes
More distinct dystrophic changes and
irreversible tissue
damage
Muscle atrophy and
contractures

Thin, shiny

Increasingly
brittle and
ridged nails

Marked diffuse
osteoporosis

I (Acute)

II (Subacute or dystrophic)

Lasts 3 to
6 months

III (Chronic or atrophic)

Lasts more
than 6 months

Complex regional pain syndrome

199

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 200

Concussion
Overview
Description
H Blow to the head forceful enough to jostle the brain

and make it strike the skull


H Acceleration-deceleration injury
H Causes temporary (less than 48 hours) neural dys-

function

Assessment
History
H Trauma to head
H Short-term loss of consciousness
H Vomiting
H Antegrade and retrograde amnesia
H Change in level of consciousness (LOC)
H Dizziness
H Nausea
H Severe headache

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Concussion causes diffuse soft tissue damage.


H Inflammation occurs.
H Structural damage is usually minimal.

H Tenderness or hematomas on skull palpation

Causes
H Trauma to the head

Incidence
H More than 2 million instances of concussion per year

in the United States


H May occur in up to 20% of football players
H More common in males than in females
H Most commonly affects those ages 15 to 24

Common characteristics
H Short-term loss of consciousness
H Nausea and vomiting
H Dizziness
H Retrograde amnesia
H Erratic behavior
H Headache
H Blurred vision

Complications
H Seizures
H Persistent vomiting
H Intracranial hemorrhage (rare)

What to look for after a concussion


Before the patients discharge, follow these teaching
guidelines: Instruct the caregiver to awaken the patient
every 2 hours through the night and to ask his name and
whether he can identify the caregiver.
Advise the caregiver to return the patient to the facility
immediately if he is difficult to arouse, is disoriented,
has seizures, or experiences a persistent or worsening
headache, forceful or constant vomiting, blurred vision,
changes in personality, abnormal eye movements, a staggering gait, or twitching. If the patient is a child, explain to
the parents that some children have no apparent ill effects
immediately after a concussion but may grow lethargic or
somnolent a few hours later. Teach the patient the signs of
postconcussion syndrome headache, vertigo, anxiety,
personality changes, memory loss, and fatigue. Explain
that these signs may persist for several weeks.

200

Concussion

Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging help rule out fractures and more serious
injuries.

Treatment
General
H Observation for changes in mental status
H Clear liquids if vomiting occurs
H Bed rest initially with head of the bed elevated at

least 30 degrees
H Avoidance of contact sports until fully recovered

Medications
H Nonopioid analgesic such as acetaminophen

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state appropriate interactions for pain relief
H maintain stable vital signs
H identify factors that increase the potential for injury
H recover or be rehabilitated from physical injuries to
the extent possible.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs, and avoid opioids that may

decrease LOC.
H Reorient the patient to time and place, if necessary.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Pain control

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 201

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H nonopioid analgesics for a headache and avoidance
of products containing aspirin
H change in LOC or projectile vomiting, which requires
a return to the hospital
H signs and symptoms of increased intracranial pressure.

Discharge planning
H Arrange for continued observation at home. (See

What to look for after a concussion.)

Concussion

201

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 202

Conjunctivitis

H Transmission by contaminated towels, washcloths, or

ones own hand


H Systemic diseases, such as erythema multiforme and

thyroid disease

Overview

H Candidal infection

Description

Incidence

H Inflammation of palpebral or bulbar conjunctiva


H Characterized by hyperemia of the conjunctiva
H Usually spreads rapidly from one eye to the other
H Usually benign and self-limiting
H Seldom affects vision
H If chronic, may signal degenerative changes or dam-

H Most common eye disorder in the Western hemi-

age from repeated acute attacks


H Acute bacterial conjunctivitis (pink eye) usually lasting about 2 weeks
H Other viral conjunctival infections lasting 2 to
3 weeks; chronic and may produce severe disability

Pathophysiology
H Conjunctivitis is an inflammatory response of the

conjunctiva that usually begins in one eye and may


rapidly spread to the other eye.
H Vernal conjunctivitis is linked to a severe form of immunoglobulin E-mediated mast cell hypersensitivity
reaction.

sphere
H Responsible for about 30% of all eye complaints

Common characteristics
H Reddened conjunctiva
H Edema of eyelid
H Pain in the eye
H Increased lacrimation
H Burning in eyes

Complications
H Tic
H Corneal infiltrates
H Corneal ulcers
H Eye loss

Assessment

Causes

History

H Allergens
H Bacteria
H Viruses
H Chemical irritations

H Eye pain
H Photophobia
H Burning, itching, and sensation of a foreign body in

the eye
H Sore throat and fever, in children

Physical findings
Recognizing conjunctival papillae
If you see papillae in the conjunctiva of the upper eyelid,
your patient may have vernal (allergic) conjunctivitis.
These cobblestone bumps are the telltale sign. They result
from swollen lymph tissue within the conjunctival membrane.

H Conjunctival hyperemia
H Discharge
H Tearing
H Crust of sticky, mucopurulent discharge (in bacterial

conjunctivitis)
H Profuse, purulent discharge (in gonococcal conjunc-

tivitis)
H Copious tearing and minimal discharge (in viral con-

junctivitis)
H Conjunctival papillae (in vernal conjunctivitis) (see

Recognizing conjunctival papillae)


H Ipsilateral preauricular lymph node enlargement (in

viral conjunctivitis)

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity tests may identify the bacterial
pathogen.
H Stained smears of conjunctival scrapings may show
mostly monocytes with viral conjunctivitis; polymorphonuclear cells (neutrophils) are predominate with
bacterial conjunctivitis; and eosinophils are predominate with allergic conjunctivitis.

202

Conjunctivitis

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 203

Treatment
General
H Warm compresses
H Depends on cause

Medications
H Antibiotics, such a ciprofloxacin, erythromycin, and

mixofloxacin
H Antiviral such as acyclovir
H Corticosteroid such as dexamethasone
H Histamine-1 receptor antagonist such as azelastine
H Oral antihistamine such as loratidine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current health status
H sustain no harm or injury
H exhibit no signs of infection
H regain visual function.

Nursing interventions
H Apply warm compresses.
H Apply therapeutic ointment or eyedrops, as ordered.
H Avoid irrigating the eye to prevent the spread of in-

fection.
H Notify public health officials if culture results identify

Neisseria gonorrhoeae.
H Obtain culture specimens before antibiotic therapy.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Adverse reactions
H Visual acuity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand-washing technique
H instillation of eyedrops and ointments
H completing the prescribed antibiotics
H methods for preventing disease transmission
H importance of avoiding chemical irritants
H avoiding eye makeup and contact lens use until the
infection has cleared.

ALERT
Caution the patient to avoid rubbing the infected
eye so that he can prevent the spread of infection
to the other eye or to other people.

Conjunctivitis

203

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 204

Corneal abrasion
Overview
Description

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Fluorescein staining of the injured area of the cornea
appears green when illuminated.
H Slit-lamp examination discloses the depth of the
abrasion.

H Scratch on the epithelial surface of the cornea


H Prognosis usually good with appropriate treatment

Treatment

Pathophysiology

General

H Epithelial layers of cornea are lost due to trauma.


H Superficial abrasions dont involve Bowmans mem-

H Eye irrigation (see Performing eye irrigation)


H Removal of foreign body
H Warm compresses
H Eye patch for 24 hours
H Eye protection with potentially dangerous activities

brane.
H Deep abrasions penetrate Bowmans membrane.

Causes
H Eye trauma
H Foreign bodies embedded under eyelid
H Contact lenses
H Chemicals
H Fingernails
H Hair brushes
H Tree branches
H Dust

Incidence

Medications
H Antibiotic eyedrops or ointment, such as ciproflox-

acin, erythromycin, gentamicin, and tobramycin


H Corticosteroid such as dexamethasone

Surgery
H Surgical repair of corneal lacerations by an ophthal-

mologist

H Affects males and females equally

Nursing considerations

Common characteristics

Key outcomes

H Difficulty opening the eye


H Eye pain
H Erythema
H Feeling of foreign body in eye
H Increased lacrimation

The patient will:


H regain visual function
H sustain no harm or injury
H express feelings of increased comfort
H verbalize feelings and concerns.

Complications

Nursing interventions

H Corneal erosion
H Corneal ulceration
H Permanent vision loss
H Secondary infection

H Use a flashlight to inspect the cornea.


H Check visual acuity before treatment begins.
H If a foreign body is present, irrigate the eye with

Assessment
History
H Eye trauma
H Prolonged contact lens wear
H Sensation of foreign body in eye
H Sensitivity to light
H Decreased visual acuity
H Eye pain

Physical findings
H Redness in eye
H Increased tearing
H Possibly a foreign object embedded under the eyelid,

uncovered by eyelid eversion


H Disruption of corneal surface

204

Corneal abrasion

normal saline solution.


H Give prescribed antibiotics and cycloplegics.
H Instill prescribed topical anesthetics.

ALERT
Never give the patient topical anesthetic drops for
self-administration. Abuse of this medication can
delay healing, especially if the patient rubs the
numb eye and further injures it.

Monitoring
H Visual acuity
H Response to treatment

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 205

Performing eye irrigation


SQUEEZE BOTTLE

I.V. TUBE

MORGAN LENS

For moderate-volume irrigation to


remove eye secretions, for example
apply sterile ophthalmic irrigant to the
eye directly from the squeeze bottle
container. Direct the stream at the inner canthus and position the patient so
that the stream washes across the
cornea and exits at the outer canthus.

For copious irrigation to treat chemical burns, for example set up an


I.V. bag and tubing without a needle.
Use the procedure described for moderate irrigation to flush the eye for at
least 15 minutes. Alkali burns may require irrigation for several hours.

Connected to irrigation tubing, a Morgan lens permits continuous lavage


and delivers medication to the eye.
Use an adapter to connect the lens to
the I.V. tubing and the solution container. Begin the irrigation at the prescribed flow rate. To insert the device,
ask the patient to look down as you insert the lens under the upper eyelid.
Then have her look up as you retract
and release the lower eyelid over the
lens.

ALERT
Pulse oximeter probes should be applied to the
middle, ring, or preferably little finger, but never
the index finger, in order to minimize the likelihood of corneal abrasion, especially as patients
emerge from anesthesia.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H healing process
H proper instillation of antibiotic eyedrops or ointment
H effects of untreated corneal infection
H need to wear safety glasses in the workplace, if
appropriate
H contact lens care and instructions for wear.

Corneal abrasion

205

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 206

Coronary artery disease


Overview
Description
H Heart disease that results from narrowing of coro-

nary arteries over time due to atherosclerosis


H Primary effect: loss of oxygen and nutrients to myo-

cardial tissue because of diminished coronary blood


flow

Pathophysiology
H Increased blood levels of low-density lipoprotein

(LDL) irritate or damage the inner layer of coronary


vessels.
H LDL enters the vessel after damaging the protective
barrier, accumulates, and forms a fatty streak.
H Smooth muscle cells move to the inner layer to engulf the fatty substance, produce fibrous tissue, and
stimulate calcium deposition.
H Cycle continues, resulting in transformation of the
fatty streak into fibrous plaque and, eventually, a
coronary artery disease (CAD) lesion evolves.
H Oxygen deprivation forces the myocardium to shift
from aerobic to anaerobic metabolism, leading to
accumulation of lactic acid and reduction of cellular pH.
H The combination of hypoxia, reduced energy availability, and acidosis rapidly impairs left ventricular
function.
H The strength of contractions in the affected myocardial region is reduced as the fibers shorten inadequately, resulting in less force and velocity.
H Wall motion is abnormal in the ischemic area, resulting in less blood being ejected from the heart with
each contraction.

Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Dissecting aneurysm
H Infectious vasculitis
H Syphilis
H Congenital defects
H Coronary artery spasm

Risk factors
H Family history
H High cholesterol level
H Smoking
H Diabetes
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Obesity
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Stress
H Increased homocystine levels

Incidence
H Occurs after age 40

206

Coronary artery disease

H Males eight times more susceptible than premeno-

pausal females
H Risk increased by positive family history
H White males more susceptible than nonwhite males;

nonwhite females more susceptible than white females


H Occurs in about 11 million Americans

Common characteristics
H Angina

Complications
H Arrhythmias
H Myocardial infarction (MI)
H Heart failure

Assessment
History
H Angina that may radiate to the left arm, neck, jaw, or

shoulder blade
H Commonly occurring after physical exertion but pos-

sibly following emotional excitement, exposure to


cold, or ingestion of a large meal
H May develop during sleep; symptoms wake the
patient
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Fainting
H Sweating
H Stable angina (predictable and relieved by rest or nitrates)
H Unstable angina (increases in frequency and duration and is more easily induced and generally indicates extensive or worsening disease and, untreated,
may progress to MI)
H Crescendo angina (an effort-induced pain occurring
with increasing frequency and decreasing provocation)
H Prinzmetals or variant angina pectoris (severe noneffort-produced pain occurs at rest without provocation due to spasm)

Physical findings
H Cool extremities
H Xanthoma
H Arteriovenous nicking of the eye
H Obesity
H Hypertension
H Positive Levines sign (holding fist to chest)
H Decreased or absent peripheral pulses

Test results
Imaging
H Myocardial perfusion imaging with radionucleotide
during treadmill exercise shows ischemic areas of
the myocardium, visualized as cold spots.
H Pharmacologic myocardial perfusion imaging in arteries with stenosis shows decrease in blood flow
proportional to the percentage of occlusion.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 207

H Coronary angiography reveals the location and de-

gree of coronary artery stenosis or obstruction, collateral circulation, and the condition of the artery
beyond the narrowing.
H Stress echocardiography may show abnormal wall
motion.
H Multiple-gated acquisition scanning demonstrates
cardiac wall motion and reflects injury to cardiac
tissue.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may be normal between anginal
episodes. During angina, it may show ischemic
changes.
H Exercise stress testing may be performed to detect
ST-segment changes during exercise, indicating
ischemia, and to determine a safe exercise prescription.

Treatment
General

Preventing coronary artery disease


Because coronary artery disease is so widespread, prevention is important. Dietary restrictions aimed at reducing the intake of calories (in obesity) and of salt, fats, and
cholesterol minimize the risk, especially when supplemented with regular exercise. Abstention from smoking
and reduction of stress are also essential.
Other preventive actions include control of hypertension
(with diuretics or sympathetic beta-adrenergic blockers),
control of elevated serum cholesterol or triglyceride levels
(with antilipemics such as HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors,
including atorvastatin, pravastatin, or simvastatin), and
measures to minimize platelet aggregation and the danger
of blood clots (with aspirin, for example).

Nursing interventions
H Ask the patient to grade the severity of his pain on a

scale of 0 to 10.
H Keep nitroglycerin available for immediate use. In-

and maintaining ideal body weight (see Preventing


coronary artery disease)
H Low-fat, low-sodium diet
H Activity restrictions possible
H Regular exercise

struct the patient to call immediately whenever he


feels pain and before taking nitroglycerin.
H Observe for signs and symptoms that may signify
worsening of condition.
H Maintain bed rest immediately postoperatively with
the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use postoperatively.
H Encourage early ambulation after surgery.

Medications

Monitoring

H Antianginals, such as ranolazine and nitroglycerin


H Beta-adrenergic blocker such as metoprolol
H Calcium channel blocker such as diltiazem
H Antiplatelets, such as ticlopidine and aspirin
H Antilipemic such as simvastatin
H Antihypertensive such as lisinopril

H Vital signs
H Hemodynamic status
H Intake and output
H Effectiveness of pain medication during anginal

Surgery

H Respiratory status
H Chest tube drainage, after surgery
H Cardiac rate and rhythm
H Cardiovascular status

H Stress reduction techniques essential, especially if

known stressors precipitate pain


H Lifestyle modifications, such as smoking cessation

H Coronary artery bypass graft


H Keyhole or minimally invasive surgery
H Angioplasty
H Endovascular stent placement
H Laser angioplasty
H Atherectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H plan menus appropriate to prescribed diet
H demonstrate understanding of the disease process
H express concern about self-concept, self-esteem, and
body image
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

episodes
H Abnormal bleeding and distal pulses following inter-

vention procedures

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H risk factors for CAD
H avoidance of activities that precipitate pain
H effective coping mechanisms to deal with stress
H the need to follow the prescribed drug regimen
H low-sodium and low-calorie diet
H the importance of regular, moderate exercise.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-loss program, if needed.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

needed.
H Refer the patient to a cardiac rehabilitation program,

if indicated.

Coronary artery disease

207

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 208

Cor pulmonale

H In response to hypoxia, the bone marrow produces

more red blood cells, causing polycythemia.


H The bloods viscosity increases, further aggravating

pulmonary hypertension. This increases the right


ventricles workload, causing heart failure. (See Cor
pulmonale: An overview.)

Overview
Description
H Hypertrophy and dilation of the right ventricle sec-

Causes

ondary to disease affecting the structure or function


of the lungs or their vasculature
H Can occur at the end stage of various chronic disorders of the lungs, pulmonary vessels, chest wall, or
respiratory control center
H Also called right-sided heart failure

H Disorders affecting the pulmonary parenchyma


H Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Bronchial asthma
H Primary pulmonary hypertension
H Vasculitis
H Pulmonary emboli
H External vascular obstruction resulting from a tumor

Pathophysiology
H An occluded vessel impairs the hearts ability to gen-

erate enough pressure.


H Increased blood flow creates pulmonary hyperten-

sion.
H Pulmonary hypertension increases the hearts work-

load.
H To compensate, the right ventricle hypertrophies to

force blood through the lungs.

or aneurysm
H Kyphoscoliosis
H Pectus excavatum (funnel chest)
H Muscular dystrophy
H Poliomyelitis
H Obesity
H High altitude

Incidence
H Accounts for 6% to 7% of all types of adult heart

disease in the United States

Cor pulmonale: An overview


Although pulmonary restrictive disorders (such as fibrosis
or obesity), obstructive disorders (such as bronchitis), or
primary vascular disorders (such as recurrent pulmonary
emboli) may cause cor pulmonale, these disorders share
this common pathway.

H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Dyspnea
H Tachypnea
H Signs of heart failure

Complications
Pulmonary disorder

Anatomic alterations in the pulmonary blood vessels and


functional alterations in the lung

H Right- and left-sided heart failure


H Hepatomegaly
H Edema
H Ascites
H Pleural effusions
H Thromboembolism due to polycythemia

Assessment
Increased pulmonary vascular resistance

Pulmonary hypertension

History
H Dyspnea
H Chronic productive cough
H Fatigue
H Weakness

Physical findings

Right ventricular hypertrophy (cor pulmonale)

HEART FAILURE

208

Cor pulmonale

H Wheezing respirations
H Tachypnea
H Dependent edema
H Enlarged, tender liver
H Hepatojugular reflux
H Jugular vein distention
H Tachycardia
H Pansystolic murmur at the lower left sternal border

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 209

Test results

Monitoring

Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis detects decreased
partial pressure of arterial oxygen (usually less
than 70 mm Hg and rarely more than 90 mm Hg).
H Hematocrit is typically over 50%.
H Serum hepatic tests may show an elevated level of
aspartate aminotransferase levels.
Imaging
H Echocardiography demonstrates right ventricular
enlargement.
H Angiography shows right ventricular enlargement.
H Chest X-rays reveal large central pulmonary arteries
and right ventricular enlargement.
H Magnetic resonance imaging measures the right ventricular mass, wall thickness, and ejection fraction.
H Cardiac catheterization measures pulmonary vascular
pressures.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows arrhythmias, such as premature atrial and ventricular contractions and atrial
fibrillation during severe hypoxia, and also right
bundle-branch block, right axis deviation, prominent
P waves, and an inverted T wave in right precordial
leads.
H Pulmonary function studies reflect underlying pulmonary disease.
Other
H Pulmonary artery catheterization shows increased
right ventricular and pulmonary artery pressures.

H Vital signs
H Oxygenation
H Intake and output
H Laboratory values
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home services, as indicated.

Treatment
General
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restrictions
H Limited activity or bed rest
H Phlebotomy, if necessary

Medications
H Cardiac glycoside such as digoxin
H Antibiotics, such as amoxicillin and ampicillin
H Vasodilator such as isosorbide
H Oxygen

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use support services and develop coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Reposition the patient often.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Administer oxygen as prescribed.

Cor pulmonale

209

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 210

Life-threatening disorder

Creutzfeldt-Jakob
disease

H Sporadic form of unknown etiology


H Iatrogenic or acquired form due to inadvertent expo-

sure to CJD-contaminated equipment or material as


a result of brain surgery, corneal grafts, or use of human pituitary-derived growth hormones or gonadotropin

Incidence

Overview
Description
H Rapidly progressive infectious disease attacking the

central nervous system (CNS)


H Manifested by progressive dementia, tremors, and

muscle wasting

H About one case in 1 million people worldwide

annually
H Most cases sporadic, accounting for about 85% of all

cases
H About 5% to 15% of cases familial, with an autoso-

mal dominant pattern of inheritance


H Usually patients older than age 55; median age of

death in the United States: 68

H Always fatal
H Not transmitted by normal casual contact (although

H Affects males and females of diverse ethnic back-

iatrogenic transmission can occur)


H Has a 15- to 20-month incubation period
H Typical duration: 6 months
H New variant of Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease emerged in
Europe in 1996 (see Understanding new-variant
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease)
H No cure and cant slow progression
H Also known as CJD

H Most cases in Libya, North Africa, and Slovakia

Pathophysiology

grounds

Common characteristics
H Rapidly progressive dementia
H Prominent myoclonus

Complications
H Severe, progressive dementia
H CNS abnormalities
H Death

H CJD is caused by the abnormal accumulation or me-

tabolism of prion proteins.


H These modified proteins are resistant to proteolytic

digestion and aggregate in the brain to produce rodlike particles.


H The accumulation of these modified cellular proteins
results in neuronal degeneration and spongiform
changes in brain tissue.

Causes
H Familial or genetically inherited form

Understanding new-variant
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease
Like conventional Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), variant
CJD (vCJD) is a rare, fatal neurodegenerative disease.
Most cases have been reported in the United Kingdom,
and its most likely caused by exposure to bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), a fatal brain disease in cattle
also known as mad cow disease. Ingestion of beef products from cattle with BSE is the most probable route of
exposure.
vCJD affects patients at a much younger age than CJD,
and the duration of the illness is much longer (14 months
versus 6 months).
Regulations have been established in Europe to control
outbreaks of BSE in cattle and to prevent contaminated
meat from entering the food supply. vCJD and its relationship with BSE are still being explored by the Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization.

210

Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease

Assessment
History
H Mood changes
H Emotional lability
H Poor concentration
H Lethargy
H Impaired judgment
H Memory loss
H Involuntary muscle movements
H Vision disturbances or other types of hallucinations
H Gait disturbances

Physical findings
H Dementia
H Myoclonus
H Spasticity
H Agitation
H Tremor
H Clumsiness
H Ataxia
H Hypokinesis and rigidity
H Hyperreflexia

Test results
Laboratory
H Cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) immunoassay may show
abnormal protein species.
H CSF analysis may show mildly elevated protein level.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 211

Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging of the brain may show evidence of generalized cortical atrophy.
Diagnostic procedures
H EEG may show burst suppression changes in brainwave activity.
H Brain biopsy may show spongiform changes.
Other
H Autopsy of brain tissue allows definitive diagnosis.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and supportive treatment
H prevention of disease transmission
H effective coping strategies
H safety precautions.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and his family to CJD support

Treatment

groups.
H Refer the patient for hospice care, as appropriate.

General
H Palliative care to make the patient comfortable and to

ease symptoms
H Well-balanced diet
H Adequate fluid intake
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Antiparkinsonian such as amantadine

Surgery
H Possible brain biopsy for diagnosis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize feelings of anxiety and fear
H demonstrate effective coping techniques
H remain free from injury
H maintain social interaction to the extent possible
H utilize support systems.

Nursing interventions
H Assist the patient and his family through the grieving

process.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Encourage verbalization of concerns and fears.
H Encourage involvement of the patient and his family

in care decisions.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status

Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease

211

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 212

Crohns disease

H Perforation
H Nutritional deficiencies caused by malabsorption and

maldigestion

Overview
Description

Assessment

H Inflammatory bowel disease possibly affecting any

History

part of the GI tract but commonly involving the terminal ileum


H Fifty percent of cases involving colon and small bowel; 33% involving terminal ileum; 10% to 20% involving only colon
H Extends through all layers of the intestinal wall; possibly involving regional lymph nodes and mesentery

H Gradual onset of signs and symptoms, marked by pe-

Pathophysiology
H Crohns disease involves slow, progressive inflamma-

tion of the bowel.

riods of remission and exacerbation


H Fatigue and weakness
H Fever, flatulence, nausea
H Steady, colicky, or cramping abdominal pain usually

occurring in the right lower quadrant


H Diarrhea possibly worsening after emotional upset

or ingestion of poorly tolerated foods, such as milk,


fatty foods, and spices
H Weight loss

H Lymphatic obstruction is caused by enlarged lymph

Physical findings

nodes.
H Edema, mucosal ulceration, fissures, and abscesses
occur.
H Elevated patches of closely packed lymph follicles
(Peyers patches) develop in the small intestinal lining.
H Fibrosis occurs, thickening the bowel wall and causing stenosis.
H Inflamed bowel loops adhere to other diseased or
normal loops.
H The diseased bowel becomes thicker, shorter, and
narrower.

H Possible soft or semiliquid stool, usually without

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Lymphatic obstruction and infection among con-

tributing factors

Risk factors
H History of allergies
H Immune disorders
H Genetic predisposition 10% to 20% of patients

with the disease have one or more affected relatives;


sometimes occurs in monozygotic twins

Incidence
H Occurs equally in males and females
H More common in Jewish people
H Onset usually before age 30

Common characteristics
H Diarrhea
H Abdominal pain
H Weight loss

gross blood
H Right lower quadrant tenderness or distention
H Possible abdominal mass, indicating adherent loops

of bowel
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Bloody diarrhea
H Perianal and rectal abscesses

Test results
Laboratory
H Occult blood is seen in stools.
H Hemoglobin level and hematocrit are decreased.
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are increased.
H Serum potassium, calcium, and magnesium levels
are decreased.
H Hypoproteinemia is present due to intestinal protein
loss.
H Vitamin B12 and folate levels are decreased.
Imaging
H Small-bowel X-rays may show irregular mucosa, ulceration, and stiffening.
H Barium enema reveals the string sign (segments of
stricture separated by normal bowel) and may also
show fissures and narrowing of the lumen.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy and colonoscopy show patchy areas
of inflammation and may also reveal the characteristic coarse irregularity (cobblestone appearance) of
the mucosal surface.
H Biopsy reveals granulomas in up to half of all specimens.

Complications

Treatment

H Anal fistula
H Perineal abscess
H Fistulas of the bladder or vagina or to the skin in an

General

old scar area


H Intestinal obstruction

212

Crohns disease

H Stress reduction
H Avoidance of foods that worsen diarrhea
H Adequate caloric, protein, and vitamin intake

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 213

H Parenteral nutrition, if necessary


H Reduced physical activity

Medications
H Corticosteroid such as budesonide
H Immunosuppressants, such as adalimumab and

infliximab
H Sulfonamide such as sulfasalazine
H Antibacterials and antiprotozoals, such as metronida-

zole and nitazoxanide


H Antidiarrheal such as octreotide
H Opioid such as morphine
H Vitamin supplements, such as vitamin B12 and folate
H Antispasmodic such as alosetron
H Iron supplement such as ferrous sulfate

Surgery
H Indicated for acute intestinal obstruction
H Colectomy with ileostomy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H information about the disease, symptoms, and complications
H ordered diagnostic tests and pretest guidelines
H the importance of adequate rest
H how the patient can identify and reduce sources of
stress
H prescribed dietary changes
H prescribed medications, administration, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

appropriate.
H Refer the patient to enterostomal therapist, if indi-

cated.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H maintain normal fluid volume
H regain normal bowel movements
H verbalize understanding of the disease process and
treatment regimen
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms and seek
appropriate sources of support.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support to the patient and his

family.
H Provide meticulous skin care after each bowel

movement.
H Schedule patient care to include rest periods

throughout the day.


H Assist with dietary modification.
H Give prescribed iron supplements and blood

transfusions.
H Give prescribed analgesics.

Monitoring
H GI status
H Vital signs
H Intake and output, including amount of stool
H Daily weight
H Serum electrolyte, glucose, and Hb levels and stools

for occult blood


H Signs of infection or obstruction
H Bleeding, especially with steroid use
H Pain control
H Skin integrity

Crohns disease

213

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 214

Croup
Overview
Description
H Viral infection causing severe inflammation and ob-

struction of the upper airway


H Childhood disease manifested by acute laryngotracheobronchitis (most commonly), laryngitis, acute
spasmodic laryngitis, and febrile rhinitis
H Incubation period about 3 to 6 days; contagious
while febrile
H Recovery usually complete

Pathophysiology
H Viral invasion of the laryngeal mucosa leads to in-

flammation, hyperemia, edema, epithelial necrosis,


and shedding.
H This leads to irritation and cough, reactive paralysis
and continuous stridor, or collapsible supraglottic or
inspiratory stridor and respiratory distress.
H A thin, fibrinous membrane covers the mucosa of the
epiglottis, larynx, and trachea. (See How croup affects the upper airways.)

Causes
H Parainfluenza viruses
H Adenoviruses
H Respiratory syncytial virus
H Influenza viruses
H Measles viruses
H Bacteria (pertussis and diphtheria)

Incidence
Special populations
Occurs mainly in children ages 3 months to 5
years.
H Affects boys more commonly than girls
H Usually occurs in late autumn and early winter

Special populations
Acute spasmodic laryngitis affects children
between ages 1 and 3, particularly those with
allergies.

Common characteristics
H Sharp, barklike, or brassy cough progressing to

stridor
H Hoarse or muffled vocal sounds

Complications
H Airway obstruction
H Respiratory failure

214

Croup

H Dehydration
H Ear infection
H Pneumonia
H Hypoxia
H Hypercapnia

Assessment
History
H Recent upper respiratory infection

Laryngotracheobronchitis
H Fever and breathing problems usually occurring at
night
H Difficulty exhaling
Laryngitis in children
H Mild sore throat
H Cough
H Marked hoarseness (rare)
H No respiratory distress
Laryngitis in infants
H Respiratory distress
Acute spasmodic laryngitis
H Mild to moderate hoarseness
H Nasal discharge
H Characteristic cough and noisy inspiration
H Anxiety
H Increased dyspnea
H Transient cyanosis

Physical findings
H Rhinorrhea
H Use of accessory muscles
H Nasal flaring
H Barklike cough
H Hoarse, muffled vocal sounds
H Inspiratory stridor
H Diminished breath sounds

Laryngotracheobronchitis
H Edema of bronchi and bronchioles
H Decreased breath sounds
H Expiratory rhonchi
H Scattered crackles
Laryngitis
H Suprasternal and intercostal retractions
H Inspiratory stridor
H Dyspnea, tachypnea
H Diminished breath sounds
H Severe dyspnea and exhaustion in later stages
Acute spasmodic laryngitis
H Labored breathing with retractions
H Clammy skin
H Rapid pulse rate

Test results
Laboratory
H Throat cultures show bacteria and sensitivity to
antibiotics.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 215

Imaging
H Neck X-ray may show upper airway narrowing and
edema in subglottic folds; helps to differentiate croup
from bacterial epiglotidititis.
H Computed tomography scan helps differentiate between croup, epiglotidititis, and noninfection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Laryngoscopy may reveal inflammation and obstruction in epiglottal and laryngeal areas.

How croup affects the upper airways


In croup, inflammatory swelling and spasms constrict the
larynx, thereby reducing airflow. This cross-sectional
drawing (from chin to chest) shows the upper airway
changes caused by croup. Inflammatory changes almost
completely obstruct the larynx (which includes the epiglottis) and significantly narrow the trachea.

Treatment
General
H Home or hospitalized care
H Humidification during sleep
H Intubation if other means of preventing respiratory

failure unsuccessful
H Diet, as tolerated
H Parenteral fluids, if required
H Rest periods

Medications
H Oxygen therapy, as needed
H Antipyretic such as acetaminophen
H Antibiotics, such as cefuroxime and cefprozil, if

Inflamed
laryngeal area
Inflamed
subglottic tissue

Narrowed
trachea

cause is bacterial
H Adrenergic, aerosolized racemic epinephrine for

moderately severe croup


H Corticosteroids for acute laryngotracheobronchitis

Surgery
H Tracheostomy (rare)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain normal temperature
H maintain a patent airway
H use effective coping strategies
H verbalize understanding of the disorder.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Adminster oxygen, as prescribed.
H Administer I.V. fluids, as prescribed.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide quiet diversional activities.
H Engage parents in the care of the infant or child.
H Position an infant in an infant seat or prop him up

H Use sponge baths and hypothermia blanket, as or-

dered, for temperatures above 102 F (38.9 C).

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H humidification
H hydration
H signs and symptoms of ear infection
H signs and symptoms of pneumonia.

with a pillow.
H Position an older child in Fowlers position.
H Provide humidification.
H Avoid milk-based fluids if the patient has thick mucus

or swallowing difficulties.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Isolate patients for respiratory syncytial virus and

parainfluenza infections.

Croup

215

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 216

Cryptococcosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection that usually begins as asymptomatic

pulmonary infection in patient who presents with


meningoencephalitis
H Also known as torulosis and European blastomycosis

Pathophysiology
H Small granulomas and cysts in the cerebral cortex

and, later, in deep cerebral tissues produce a minimal inflammatory response.


H In chronic cases, dense basilar arachnoiditis occurs.
H Lung lesions with intense granulomatous inflammation occur.

Causes
H Airborne fungus Cryptococcus neoformans found in

dust particles contaminated by pigeon stool


H Transmission by inhalation of cryptococci

Incidence
H Prevalent in immunocompromised patients and those

taking immunosuppressant drugs


H Increasing, especially in patients with acquired im-

munodeficiency syndrome

Common characteristics
H Disseminates to extrapulmonary sites, including the

central nervous system (CNS), skin, bones, prostate


gland, liver, and kidneys
H Without treatment, leads to CNS infection and death
H Mortality dramatically reduced with treatment; neurologic deficits, such as paralysis and hydrocephalus,
not necessarily reduced with treatment

Complications
H Optic atrophy
H Ataxia
H Hydrocephalus
H Deafness
H Paralysis
H Organic mental syndrome
H Personality changes
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Human immunodeficiency virus infection or another

immunosuppressive disorder
H Usually asymptomatic but patient may complain of

dull chest pain and cough producing slight amount


of white, blood-streaked sputum

216

Cryptococcosis

Physical findings
H Progressively severe frontal and temporal headache
H Diplopia, blurred vision, and papilledema
H Tinnitus, dizziness, ataxia, and aphasia
H Vomiting
H Memory changes, inappropriate behavior, irritability,

and psychosis
H Facial weakness
H Hyperactive reflexes and seizures in the late stage
H Pain in the long bones, skull, spine, and joints
H Red facial papules and other skin abscesses, with or

without ulceration
H Rarely, pleural friction rub or crackles
H Photophobia

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray or computed tomography scan of the
chest reveals lesions in pulmonary cryptococcosis.
Laboratory
H Analysis or cultures of the sputum, urine, prostatic
secretions, or bone marrow aspirate show C. neoformans.
H Tissue or neural biopsy shows myriad cryptococci.
H India ink preparation of cerebrospinal fluid (CSF)
diagnosing CNS infection when C. neoformans is
detected.
H Blood cultures are positive only in severe infection.
H Antigen titer in serum and CSF is elevated in disseminated infection.
H Protein levels and white blood cell count are elevated
in CNS infection.
H CSF glucose levels are moderately decreased in about
50% of patients.
Other
H Lumbar puncture shows increased CSF pressure.

Treatment
General
H Early treatment for cryptococcal disease

Medications
H Combination of antifungal antibiotics amphotericin B

and flucytosine, or amphotericin B alone

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from pain
H be free from injury
H maintain patent airway
H increase activity, as tolerated.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Give prescribed drugs.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 217

H Before therapy, obtain electrolyte and creatinine

levels.
H Observe for adverse effects such as diarrhea.
H Evaluate the need for long-term venous access for

administering amphotericin B.
H Provide psychological support to help the patient

cope with long-term treatment.


H If vision loss occurs, provide a safe environment.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic checks
H Respiratory status
H Headache, vomiting, and nuchal rigidity
H Intake and output
H Blood urea nitrogen, creatinine levels, and complete

blood count results


H Urinalysis results
H Magnesium and potassium levels and liver function

test results
H Blood levels of flucytosine

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H medication therapy, including dosage, desired drug
actions, adverse effects, and need for long-term treatment.

Discharge planning
H Urge the patient to return for follow-up care and

evaluation every few months for 1 year.


H Refer the patient for resource and support services,

as needed.

Cryptococcosis

217

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 218

Cryptorchidism

H True undescended testes remain along the path of

Overview

Causes

normal descent, while ectopic testes deviate from


that path.

Description
H Congenital disorder in which one or both testes fail

to descend into the scrotum, remaining in the abdomen or inguinal canal or at the external ring
H May be bilateral, but more commonly affects the
right testis (see Varieties of cryptorchidism)

H Hormonal factors
H Testosterone deficiency
H Structural factors
H Genetic predisposition

Incidence
H Occurs in 30% of premature male neonates, but in

only 3% of those born at term

Pathophysiology

H In about 80% of affected infants: testes descend

H In the male fetus, testosterone normally stimulates

the formation of the gubernaculum. A fibromuscular


band connects the testes to the scrotal floor.
H This band probably helps pull the testes into the
scrotum by shortening as the fetus grows.
H Thus, cryptorchidism may result from inadequate
testosterone levels or a defect in the testes or the gubernaculum.
H Because the testis is maintained at a higher temperature, spermatogenesis is impaired, leading to reduced fertility.

spontaneously during first year; in the rest: testes


may descend later

Common characteristics
H Testis on the affected side not palpable in the scro-

tum; underdeveloped scrotum (unilateral cryptorchidism)


H Scrotum enlarged on the unaffected side
H Infertility

Varieties of cryptorchidism
Descent interrupted beyond
external inguinal ring

Descended but not to


bottom of scrotum

218

Cryptorchidism

Partially descended

Testis retained in
abdomen

Normal

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 219

Complications
H Sterility
H Increased risk for testicular cancer
H Increased vulnerability of the testes to trauma

Assessment
Physical findings
H Nonpalpable testes
H Underdeveloped scrotum

Test results
Laboratory
H Buccal smear (cells from oral mucosa) determines
genetic sex (a male sex chromatin pattern).
H Serum gonadotropin confirms the presence of testes
by showing presence of circulating hormone.

Treatment
Medications
H Human chorionic gonadotropin

Surgery
H Orchiopexy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express or demonstrate feelings of increased comfort
H be free from complications.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the parents of the child with undescended

testes to express their concern about his condition.


H Tell the parents that a rubber band may be taped to

the patients thigh for about 1 week after surgery to


keep the testis in place. Explain that his scrotum may
swell but shouldnt be painful.

Monitoring
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Operative site
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, treatment, and effect on reproduction
H surgery or medications prescribed.

Cryptorchidism

219

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 220

Cushings syndrome

H Menstrual disturbances
H Sexual dysfunction
H Psychiatric problems, ranging from mood swings to

Overview

frank psychosis

Description

Assessment

H Clinical manifestations of glucocorticoid excess, par-

ticularly cortisol
H May also reflect excess secretion of mineralocorti-

coids and androgens


H Classified as primary, secondary, or iatrogenic, depending on etiology
H Prognosis dependent on early diagnosis, identification of underlying cause, and effective treatment

Pathophysiology
H A loss of normal feedback inhibition by cortisol

occurs.
H Elevated levels of cortisol dont suppress hypothala-

mic and anterior pituitary secretion of corticotropinreleasing hormone and adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH).
H The result is excessive levels of circulating cortisol.

Causes
H Pituitary microadenoma
H Excess production of corticotropin
H Corticotropin-producing tumor in another organ
H Chronic use of synthetic glucocorticoids or corti-

cotropin
H Cortisol-secreting adrenal tumor

Special populations
In neonates, the usual cause of Cushings syndrome
is adrenal carcinoma.

Incidence
H More common in females than in males
H Can affect a person at any age

Common characteristics
H Adiposity of the face, neck, and trunk
H Purple striae on the skin
H Truncal weight gain
H Glucose intolerance

Complications
H Osteoporosis and pathologic fractures
H Peptic ulcer
H Dyslipidemia
H Impaired glucose tolerance
H Diabetes mellitus
H Frequent infections
H Slow wound healing
H Suppressed inflammatory response
H Hypertension
H Ischemic heart disease; heart failure

220

Cushings syndrome

History
H Use of synthetic steroids
H Fatigue
H Muscle weakness
H Sleep disturbances
H Polyuria
H Thirst
H Frequent infections
H Water retention
H Amenorrhea
H Decreased libido
H Irritability; emotional instability
H Symptoms resembling those of hyperglycemia
H Impotence
H Headache

Physical findings
H Thin hair
H Moon-shaped face
H Hirsutism
H A buffalo-humplike back
H Thin extremities
H Muscle wasting and weakness
H Petechiae, ecchymoses, and purplish striae
H Delayed wound healing
H Swollen ankles
H Hypertension
H Central obesity
H Acne

Test results
Laboratory
H Salivary free cortisol level is elevated.
H ACTH is decreased in adrenal disease and excess
pituitary or ectopic secretion of ACTH is increased.
H Blood chemistry may show hypernatremia, hypokalemia, hypocalcemia, and elevated blood glucose
level.
H Urinary free cortisol level is elevated.
H Serum cortisol level is elevated in the morning.
H Glycosuria occurs.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography, computed tomography scan, and
magnetic resonance imaging may show the location
of a pituitary or adrenal tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H A low-dose dexamethasone suppression test shows
failure of plasma cortisol levels to be suppressed.

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 221

Treatment
General
H Management to restore hormone balance and re-

verse Cushings syndrome, including radiation, drug


therapy, or surgery
H High-protein, high-potassium, low-calorie, lowsodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Antihypertensive such as atenolol
H Diuretic such as furosemide
H Glucocorticoid such as dexamethasone
H Potassium supplements
H Antihormone agents, such as ketoconazole, amino-

glutethimide, and mitotane


H Pituitary hormone such as pitressin

ALERT
Glucocorticoid administration on the morning of
surgery can help prevent acute adrenal insufficiency during surgery. Cortisol therapy is essential during and after surgery to help the patient tolerate
the physiologic stress caused by removal of the
pituitary or adrenal glands.

Surgery
H Possible hypophysectomy or pituitary irradiation
H Bilateral adrenalectomy
H Excision of nonendocrine, corticotropin-producing

tumor, followed by drug therapy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain skin integrity
H remain free from infection
H perform activities of daily living as tolerated within
the confines of the disorder
H express positive feelings about self
H express understanding of disorder.

With transsphenoidal approach to


hypophysectomy
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Maintain nasal packing.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Avoid activities that increase intracranial pressure
(ICP).

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weights
H Serum electrolyte results

After bilateral adrenalectomy and


hypophysectomy
H Neurologic status
H Severe nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H GI status
H Adrenal hypofunction
H Increased ICP
H Hypopituitarism
H Transient diabetes insipidus
H Hemorrhage and shock
After transsphenoidal approach to
hypophysectomy
H Cerebrospinal fluid leak

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H lifelong steroid replacement
H signs and symptoms of adrenal crisis
H medical identification bracelet
H prevention of infection
H stress reduction strategies.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a mental health professional for

additional counseling, if necessary.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Consult a dietitian.
H Use protective measures to reduce the risk of

infection.
H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
H Schedule adequate rest periods.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help to develop effective coping strategies.

Cushings syndrome

221

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 222

Cystic fibrosis
Overview
Description
H Chronic, progressive, inherited, incurable disease af-

fecting exocrine (mucus-secreting) glands


H Transmitted as an autosomal recessive trait
H Genetic mutation that involves chloride transport

across epithelial membranes (more than 100 specific mutations of the gene identified)
H Characterized by major aberrations in sweat gland,
respiratory, and GI functions
H Accounts for almost all cases of pancreatic enzyme
deficiency in children
H Signs and symptoms apparent soon after birth or not
for several years
H Death typically from pneumonia, emphysema, or
atelectasis

Pathophysiology
H The viscosity of bronchial, pancreatic, and other mu-

cous gland secretions increases, obstructing glandular ducts.


H The accumulation of thick, tenacious secretions in
the bronchioles and alveoli causes respiratory
changes, eventually leading to severe atelectasis and
emphysema.
H The disease also causes characteristic GI effects in
the intestines, pancreas, and liver.
H Obstruction of the pancreatic ducts results in a deficiency of trypsin, amylase, and lipase. This prevents
the conversion and absorption of fat and protein in
the intestinal tract and interferes with the digestion of
food and absorption of fat-soluble vitamins.
H In the pancreas, fibrotic tissue, multiple cysts, thick
mucus, and fat replace the acini, producing signs of
pancreatic insufficiency.

Causes

H Dyspnea
H Poor weight gain

Complications
H Bronchiectasis
H Pneumonia
H Atelectasis
H Dehydration
H Distal intestinal obstructive syndrome
H Malnutrition
H Gastroesophageal reflux
H Cor pulmonale
H Hepatic disease
H Diabetes
H Arthritis
H Biliary disease
H Clotting problems
H Retarded bone growth
H Delayed sexual development
H Azoospermia in males
H Secondary amenorrhea in females
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Potentially fatal shock
H Death

Assessment
History
H Recurring bronchitis and pneumonia
H Nasal polyps and sinusitis
H Wheezing
H Dry, nonproductive cough
H Shortness of breath
H Abdominal distention, vomiting, constipation
H Frequent, bulky, foul-smelling, and pale stool with a

high fat content


H Poor weight gain
H Poor growth
H Ravenous appetite
H Hematemesis

H Autosomal recessive mutation of gene on chromo-

some 7
H Causes of symptoms: increased viscosity of bronchial,

pancreatic, and other mucous gland secretions and


consequent destruction of glandular ducts

Incidence
H Most common fatal genetic disease of white children
H Twenty-five percent chance of transmission with each

pregnancy: both parents carriers of the recessive


gene
H Highest in people of northern European ancestry
H Less common in Blacks, Native Americans, and people of Asian ancestry
H Equally common in both sexes

Common characteristics
H Wheezy respirations
H Dry, nonproductive, paroxysmal cough

222

Cystic fibrosis

Special populations
Neonates may exhibit meconium ileus and develop
symptoms of intestinal obstruction, such as abdominal distention, vomiting, constipation, dehydration, and electrolyte imbalance.

Physical findings
H Wheezy respirations
H Dry, nonproductive, paroxysmal cough
H Dyspnea
H Tachypnea
H Bibasilar crackles and hyperresonance
H Barrel chest
H Cyanosis, and clubbing of the fingers and toes
H Distended abdomen
H Thin extremities

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 223

H Sallow skin with poor turgor


H Delayed sexual development
H Neonatal jaundice
H Hepatomegaly
H Rectal prolapse
H Failure to thrive

Test results
Laboratory
H Sweat test reveals sodium and chloride values.
H Stool specimen analysis shows absence of trypsin.
H Deoxyribonucleic acid testing shows presence of the
delta F 508 deletion.
H Liver enzyme tests may show hepatic insufficiency.
H Sputum culture may show such organisms as
Pseudomonas and Staphylococcus.
H Serum albumin level is decreased.
H Serum electrolytes may show hypochloremia and
hyponatremia.
H Arterial blood gas shows hypoxemia.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show early signs of lung obstruction.
H High-resolution chest computed tomography scan
shows bronchial wall thickening, cystic lesions, and
bronchiectasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests show decreased vital capacity, elevated residual volume, and decreased forced
expiratory volume in 1 second.

Treatment
General
H Based on organ systems involved
H Chest physiotherapy, nebulization, and breathing ex-

ercises several times per day


H Postural drainage
H Gene therapy (experimental)
H Salt supplements
H High-fat, high-protein, high-calorie diet
H Activity, as tolerated, encouraged

Medications
H Pulmonary enzyme, such as dornase alfa, given by

aerosol nebulizer
H Antibiotic, as appropriate
H Oxygen therapy, as needed
H Oral pancreatic enzymes such as pancreatin
H Bronchodilator such as albuterol
H Corticosteroid such as prednisone
H Vitamin A, D, E, and K supplements
H Annual influenza vaccination

Surgery
H Heart-lung transplantation
H Feeding tube placement for nutritional support

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H consume adequate calories daily
H use a support system to assist with coping
H express an understanding of the illness.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Administer pancreatic enzymes with meals and

snacks.
H Perform chest physiotherapy and postural drainage.
H Administer oxygen therapy, as needed.
H Provide a well-balanced, high-calorie, high-protein

diet; include adequate fats.


H Provide vitamin A, D, E, and K supplements, if indi-

cated.
H Ensure adequate oral fluid intake.
H Provide exercise and activity periods.
H Encourage breathing exercises.
H Provide the young child with play periods.
H Enlist the help of the physical therapy department

and play therapists, if available.


H Provide emotional support.
H Include family members in all phases of the childs

care.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Hydration and nutrition
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H GI status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H aerosol therapy
H chest physiotherapy
H signs and symptoms of infection
H complications.

Discharge planning
H Refer family members for genetic counseling, as

appropriate.
H Refer the patient and his family to a local support

group such as the Cystic Fibrosis Foundation.

Cystic fibrosis

223

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 224

Cytomegalovirus
infection
Overview
Description
H Infection with a member of the herpesvirus group
H Also called generalized salivary gland disease and

cytomegalic inclusion disease

Neonatal complications
H Stillbirth
H Neonatal retinitis
H Microcephaly
H Mental retardation
H Seizures
H Hearing loss
H Thrombocytopenia
H Hemolytic anemia

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

H Cytomegalovirus (CMV) is found in the saliva, urine,

H Immunosuppressive condition

semen, breast milk, feces, blood, and vaginal and


cervical secretions of infected people. It can be detected in body fluids for weeks or months after infection.
H CMV usually remains latent, but reactivation occurs
when T-lymphocyte-mediated immunity is compromised, as in organ transplantation, lymphoid neoplasms, and certain acquired immunodeficiencies.
H CMV spreads through the body in lymphocytes or
mononuclear cells to the lungs, liver, GI tract, eyes,
and central nervous system (CNS), typically producing inflammatory reactions.

Causes
H Results from a deoxyribonucleic acid virus belonging

to the herpes family


H Transmitted by human contact; once infected, CMV

carried for life


H Transmission through direct contact with secretions

and excretions, through blood transfusions, transplacentally, and through transplanted organs

Risk factors
H Poor hygiene
H Immunosuppression
H Child care workers

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Occurs in approximately 30% to 50% of acquired

immunodeficiency syndrome patients


H One of the most opportunistic pathogens in patients

infected with human immunodeficiency virus

Common characteristics
H Mild fatigue, myalgia, and headache or no clinical

symptoms

Complications
H Pneumonia
H Hepatitis
H Ulceration of the GI tract and esophagus
H Retinitis
H Encephalopathy

224

Cytomegalovirus infection

Physical findings
H Fever common
H Lethargy
H In immunocompetent patient with CMV mononucleo-

sis, 3 or more weeks of irregular high fever may be


only finding
H Tachypnea
H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Cough
H Jaundice
H Spider angiomas
H Hepatomegaly
H Splenomegaly
H In infants, CNS damage (mental retardation, hearing
loss, seizures), jaundice, petechial rash, respiratory
distress

Test results
Laboratory
H Isolating the virus or demonstrating increasing serologic titers by complement fixation studies, hemagglutination inhibition antibody tests and, in congenital infections, indirect immunofluorescent tests for
CMV immunoglobulin M antibody allows diagnosis.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray reveals bilateral, diffuse, white infiltrates.
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging shows CNS involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Endoscopy shows GI involvement.
H Fundoscopy may show retinitis.

Treatment
General
H Rest, as needed

Medications
H Antivirals, such as cidofovir and ganciclovir
H Immune serum such as cytomegalovirus immune

globulin

9400C.qxd

8/2/12

4:29 PM

Page 225

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal temperature
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H demonstrate skill in conserving energy while carrying
out daily activities to tolerance level
H verbally report having an increased energy level
H articulate factors that intensify pain and modify behavior accordingly
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths of baseline
H express feeling of comfort while maintaining air
exchange.

Nursing interventions
H Institute standard precautions.
H Give prescribed drugs.
H If vision impairment occurs, provide a safe environ-

ment and encourage optimal independence.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Ventilation and oxygenation if the respiratory system

involved
H Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand-washing technique
H need for parents to wear gloves when in contact with
secretions or changing diapers and to dispose of diapers or soiled articles properly and wash hands thoroughly
H need for female health care workers trying to get
pregnant to have CMV titers drawn to identify their
risk of contracting the infection
H need for an immunosuppressed or pregnant patient
to avoid contact with any person who has confirmed
or suspected CMV infection
H need for an immunosuppressed patient whos CMVseronegative to carry this information with him so he
wont be given CMV-positive blood.

Discharge planning
H Provide emotional support and counseling to the

parents of a child with severe CMV infection. Help


them find support systems, and coordinate referrals
to other health care professionals.
H For information and support, refer the patient and
his family to a local chapter of the National Center for
Infectious Diseases.

Cytomegalovirus infection

225

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 226

Dacryocystitis
Overview
Description

H Infection of the lacrimal sac resulting from obstruc-

tion of the nasolacrimal duct

H Acute, chronic, or congenital

Pathophysiology

H The lacrimal excretory system is a mucous mem-

brane-lined tract thats contiguous with conjuctival


and nasal mucosa.
H Conjuctival and nasal mucosa are normally colonized
with bacteria.
H Inability to drain tears due to a blocked lacrimal
drainage system results in infection. (See A close
look at tears.)

Causes
Acute form
H Staphylococcus aureus
H Beta-hemolytic streptococci
Chronic form
H Streptococcus pneumonia
H Fungus, such as Actinomyces or Candida albicans
H Chronic mucosal degeneration
H Secondary tumors from sinuses, nose, and eye orbits

Risk factors
H Congenital blockage of nasolacrimal duct

Incidence
H More common in adults older than age 40
H More common on the left side than the right side
H Rare in blacks
H Affects females more commonly than males

Common characteristics
Acute form
H Sudden onset of pain
H Redness in the medial canthal region
Chronic form
H Incidious onset of watery eyes

Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Infection
H Cerebrospinal fluid leakage

Assessment
History
H Eye pain
H Fever

A close look at tears


Tears begin in the lacrimal gland and drain through the nasolacrimal duct into the nose.
Lacrimal gland

Punctum
Lacrimal canals
Lacrimal sac

Nasolacrimal duct

226

Dacryocystitis

Iris
Pupil
Sclera

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 227

Physical findings
H Severe erythematous swelling around nasal aspect of

lower eyelid
H Tenderness of eyelid
H Tearing
H Conjunctival injection
H Palpable mass inferior to the medial canthal tendon
H Decreased visual acuity
H Orbital cellulitis

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H applying warm compresses and eyedrops
H reporting signs of worsening infection.

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of discharge shows causative organism.
H Complete blood count shows elevated white blood
cell count.
Imaging
H X-ray after injection of radiopaque medium locates
atresia.
H Dacryocystography and dacryoscintigraphy identify
anatomical abnormalities of the nasolacrimal
drainage system.

Treatment
General
H Warm compresses
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotic eyedrops such as polymyxin/trimethoprim
H Antibiotics, such as gentamicin, amoxicillin, and

clavulanate potassium

Surgery
H Incision and drainage
H Dacryocystorhinostomy (chronic cases)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H remain free from signs of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed antibiotics.
H Apply compresses.

Monitoring
H Temperature
H Pain
H Visual acuity

Dacryocystitis

227

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 228

Dermatitis
Overview
Description
H Skin condition characterized by inflammation
H Can be acute or chronic
H Occurs in several forms, including contact, seborrhe-

ic, nummular, exfoliative, and stasis dermatitis (see


Types of dermatitis, pages 230 and 231)
H Typically associated with other atopic diseases

Pathophysiology
H The allergic mechanism of hypersensitivity results in

a release of inflammatory mediators through sensitized antibodies of immunoglobulin (Ig) E.


H Histamine and other cytokines induce an inflammatory response resulting in edema, skin breakdown,
and pruritus.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Possible underlying metabolic or biochemical causes
H Possible genetic link to elevated serum IgE levels
H Possible defective T-cell function
H Precipitating factors:

Infections
Allergens
Temperature extremes
Humidity
Sweating
Stress

Incidence
H Common in infants and toddlers between ages 6

H Exposure to an allergen or irritant


H Intense itching

Physical findings
H Depend on type of dermatitis
H Erythematous patches in excessively dry areas

Special populations
In children, look for lesions on the forehead,
cheeks, and extensor surfaces of the arms and legs.
H Lesions usually at flexion points in adults
H During a flare-up: edema, scaling, and vesiculation;

pus-filled vesicles
H In chronic disease: multiple areas of dry, scaly skin,

with white dermatographism, blanching, and lichenification

Test results
H Results depend on type of dermatitis.

Laboratory
H Serum analysis shows elevated IgE levels.
H Tissue cultures may rule out bacterial, viral, or fungal superinfections.
H Allergy testing may disclose allergic rhinitis or
asthma.
Diagnostic procedures
H Patch testing and distribution of lesions are used to
pinpoint the provoking allergen.
Other
H Firm stroking of the patients skin with a blunt instrument causes a white not reddened hive to appear on the skin of 70% of patients with atopic dermatitis.
H Food elimination diet may help to identify at least one
allergen.

months and 2 years


H Common in those with strong family histories of

atopic disease

Treatment

Common characteristics

General

H Pruritus
H Skin lesions

H Dependent on type of dermatitis


H Elimination of allergens
H Avoidance of precipitating factors
H Ultraviolet B light therapy to increase the thickness of

Complications
H Permanent skin damage
H Lichenification
H Altered pigmentation
H Scarring
H Bacterial, fungal, and viral infections
H Kaposis varicelliform eruption

Assessment
History
H Depends on type of dermatitis
H Family history of atopic dermatitis

228

Dermatitis

the stratum corneum


H Avoidance of food allergens
H Avoidance of overheating

Medications
H Antihistamines, such as diphenhydramine
H Corticosteroids, such as betamethasone and hydro-

cortisone
H Antibiotics such as gentamicin
H Antifungals such as ketoconazole
H Antivirals such as acyclovir
H Antipruritics such as hydroxyzine hydrochloride

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 229

Surgery
H Vein stripping, sclerotherapy, or skin grafts in stasis

dermatitis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H avoid complications
H demonstrate understanding of skin care regimen
H verbalize feelings about altered body image.

Nursing interventions
Nursing interventions are guided by the type of dermatitis.
H Assist with daily skin care, and avoid using perfumed
soaps.
H Apply intermittent occlusive dressings to lichenified
skin.
H Apply cool, moist compresses.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support and reassurance.
H Administer medications as prescribed.
H Prevent rubbing and scratching of the affected area.

Monitoring
H Adverse reactions
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H skin care
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of corticosteroid overdose and
notifying the practitioner immediately if they occur
H control of pruritus
H meticulous hand washing and good personal hygiene
H use of plain, tepid water (96 F [35.6 C]) and nonperfumed soaps
H application of occlusive dressings when skin is
lichenified
H application of wet-to-dry dressings
H identification and avoidance of aggravating factors
H avoidance of temperature extremes.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the American Academy of Derma-

tology.

Dermatitis

229

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 230

Types of dermatitis
Type

Causes

Assessment
findings

Diagnosis

Treatment
and intervention

Thick, lichenified, single or multiple lesions


on any part of the
body (commonly on
the hands)
Inflammation and
scaling
Recurrence after long
remissions

No characteristic pattern or
course; diagnosis based on
detailed history
and physical
findings

Elimination of known allergens and decreased exposure


to irritants, wearing protective
clothing such as gloves, and
washing immediately after
contact with irritants or allergens
Antibiotics for secondary infection
Avoidance of excessive washing and drying of hands and
of accumulation of soaps and
detergents under rings
Use of emollients with topical
steroids

Mild irritants and allergens: erythema and


small vesicles that
ooze, scale, and itch
Strong irritants: blisters and ulcerations
Classic allergic response: clearly defined lesions, with
straight lines following points of contact
Severe allergic reaction: marked edema
of affected areas

Patient history
Patch testing
to identify allergens
Shape and distribution of lesions

Same as for chronic dermatitis


Topical anti-inflammatories
(such as steroids), systemic
steroids for edema and bullae,
antihistamines, and local applications of Burows solution
(for blisters)
Other nursing interventions
similar to those for atopic dermatitis

Generalized dermatitis, with acute loss of


stratum corneum, and
erythema and scaling
Sensation of tight skin
Hair loss
Possibly fever, sensitivity to cold, shivering, gynecomastia,
and lymphadenopathy

Identification
of the underlying cause

Hospitalization, with protective isolation and hygienic


measures to prevent secondary bacterial infection
Open wet dressings, with colloidal baths
Bland lotions over topical
steroids
Maintenance of constant environmental temperature to prevent chilling or overheating
Careful monitoring of renal
and cardiac status
Systemic antibiotics and
steroids
Other nursing interventions
similar to those for atopic dermatitis

CHRONIC DERMATITIS

Characterized by
inflammatory
eruptions of the
hands and feet

Usually unknown but may


result from progressive contact
dermatitis
Secondary factors: trauma,
infections, redistribution of
normal flora,
photosensitivity,
and food sensitivity, which
may perpetuate
this condition

CONTACT DERMATITIS

Commonly,
sharply demarcated skin inflammation and irritation
due to contact
with concentrated
substances to
which the skin is
sensitive, such as
perfumes or
chemicals

Mild irritants:
chronic exposure to detergents or solvents
Strong irritants:
damage on contact with acids
or alkalis
Allergens: sensitization after
repeated exposure

EXFOLIATIVE DERMATITIS

Severe, chronic
skin inflammation
characterized by
redness and widespread erythema
and scaling

Progression of
preexisting skin
lesions to exfoliative stage, as
in contact dermatitis, drug reaction, lymphoma, or
leukemia

LOCALIZED NEURODERMATITIS (LICHEN SIMPLEX CHRONICUS, ESSENTIAL PRURITUS)

Superficial skin
inflammation
characterized by
itching and papular eruptions that
appear on thickened, hyperpigmented skin

230

Dermatitis

Chronic
scratching or
rubbing of a
primary lesion
or insect bite,
or other skin
irritation

Intense, sometimes
continual scratching
Thick, possibly dry,
scaly lesions, with
sharp borders and
raised papules
Usually affects easily
reached areas, such
as ankles, lower legs,
anogenital area, back
of neck, and ears

Physical findings

Scratching must stop; then


erosions will disappear in
2 weeks
Fixed dressing or Unnas boot
to cover affected area
Topical steroids (occlusive
dressings or intralesional injections)
Antihistamines and open wet
dressings
Emollients

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 231

Types of dermatitis (continued)


Type

Causes

Assessment
findings

Diagnosis

Treatment
and intervention

Round, nummular
(coin-shaped) lesions,
usually on arms and
legs, with distinct borders of crusts and
scales
Possibly oozing and
severe itching
Summertime remissions common, with
wintertime recurrence

Physical findings and patient history;


history of
atopic dermatitis in middleaged or older
patient
Exclusion of
fungal infections, atopic or
contact dermatitis, and
psoriasis

Elimination of known irritants


Measures to relieve dry skin:
increased humidification, limited frequency of baths and
use of bland soap and bath
oils, and application of emollients
Wet dressings in acute phase
Topical steroids (occlusive
dressings or intralesional injections) for persistent lesions
Tar preparations and antihistamines for itching and antibiotics for infection
Other interventions similar to
those for atopic dermatitis

Eruptions in areas
with many sebaceous
glands (usually scalp,
face, and trunk) and
in skin folds
Itching, redness, and
inflammation of affected areas; lesions
that may appear
greasy; possibly
fissures
Indistinct, occasionally yellowish scaly
patches from excess
stratum corneum
(dandruff may be mild
seborrheic dermatitis)

Patient history
and physical
findings, especially distribution of lesions
in sebaceous
gland areas
Exclusion of
psoriasis

Removal of scales by frequent


washing and shampooing
with selenium sulfide suspension, zinc pyrithione, tar and
salicylic acid shampoo or ketoconazole shampoo
Application of topical steroids
and antifungal agents to nonhairy areas
For infants, baby shampoo

Varicosities and
edema common, but
obvious vascular insufficiency not always
present
Usually affects the
lower leg, just above
internal malleolus, or
sites of trauma or irritation
Early signs: dusky red
deposits of hemosiderin in skin, with
itching and dimpling
of subcutaneous tissue; later signs:
edema, redness, and
scaling of large area
of legs
Possibly fissures,
crusts, and ulcers

Positive history of venous


insufficiency
and physical
findings such
as varicosities

Measures to prevent venous


stasis: avoidance of prolonged
sitting or standing, use of
support stockings, and weight
reduction for obese patients
Corrective surgery for underlying cause
After ulcer develops, rest periods with legs elevated; open
wet dressings; Unnas boot
(provides continuous pressure to areas); and antibiotics
for secondary infection after
wound culture

NUMMULAR DERMATITIS

Chronic form of
dermatitis characterized by coinshaped, vesicular,
crusted scales
and, possibly, pruritic lesions

Possibly precipitated by stress;


or dryness, irritants, or
scratching

SEBORRHEIC DERMATITIS

An acute or subacute disease that


affects the scalp,
face and, occasionally, other areas and is characterized by lesions
covered with yellow or brownish
gray scales

Unknown;
stress and neurologic conditions may be
predisposing
factors

STASIS DERMATITIS

Condition usually
caused by impaired circulation
and characterized
by eczema of the
legs with edema,
hyperpigmentation, and persistent inflammation

Secondary to
peripheral vascular diseases
affecting legs,
such as recurrent thrombophlebitis and resultant chronic
venous insufficiency

Dermatitis

231

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 232

Developmental
dysplasia of the hip

H Can be unilateral or bilateral


H Occurs in three forms of varying severity (see De-

Overview

H Excessive or abnormal movement of the joint during

Description
H An abnormality of the hip joint present at birth
H Most common disorder affecting the hip joints in

children younger than age 3

Degrees of hip dysplasia


Normally, the head of the femur fits snugly into the
acetabulum, allowing the hip to move properly. In
developmental hip dysplasia, flattening of the acetabulum
prevents the head of the femur from rotating adequately.
The childs hip may be unstable, subluxated (partially
dislocated), or completely dislocated, with the femoral
head lying totally outside the acetabulum. The degree of
dysplasia and the childs age are considered in
determining the treatment choice.

grees of hip dysplasia)

Pathophysiology
a traumatic birth may cause dislocation.
H Displacement of bones within the joint may damage

joint structures, including articulating surfaces,


blood vessels, tendons, ligaments, and nerves.
H Disruption of blood flow to the joint may lead to ischemic necrosis.

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
H Breech delivery
H Elevated maternal relaxin (hormone secreted by the

corpus luteum during pregnancy that causes relaxation of pubic symphysis and cervical dilation)
H Large neonates and twins

Incidence
H About 85% of cases: female

NORMAL HIP

Common characteristics
H Level of knees uneven
H Limited abduction on the dislocated side
H Buttock fold on the affected side higher with the

Acetabulum
Head of the femur

child lying prone (see Ortolanis and Trendelenburgs signs)

Complications
H Degenerative hip changes
H Abnormal acetabular development
H Lordosis (abnormally increased concave curvature of

the lumbar and cervical spine)


SUBLUXATED HIP

H Joint malformation
H Sciatic nerve injury (paralysis)
H Avascular necrosis of femoral head
H Soft tissue damage
H Permanent disability

Assessment
History
DISLOCATED HIP

H Traumatic birth
H Large birth size
H Twin

Physical findings
H Extra fold on the thigh of the affected side
H Limited abduction on the dislocated side
H Level of knees uneven
H Swaying from side to side (duck waddle) because

of uncorrected bilateral dysplasia


H Limp due to uncorrected unilateral dysplasia

232

Developmental dysplasia of the hip

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 233

Test results
Imaging
H X-rays show the location of the femur head and a
shallow acetabulum.
H Computed tomography scan shows the location and
extent of the deformity.
H Sonography and magnetic resonance imaging assess
reduction.
Other
H Physical examination helps to confirm the diagnosis.

Treatment
Treatment of developmental dysplasia of the hip varies
with the patients age.
Younger than age 3 months:
H Gentle manipulation to reduce the dislocation, followed by splint-brace or Pavlik harness
H Splint-brace or Pavlik harness worn continuously for
2 to 3 months, then a night splint for another month
Older than age 3 months:
H Bilateral skin traction (in infants) or skeletal traction
(in children who have started walking)
H Bryants traction or divarication traction (both extremities placed in traction, even if only one is affected, to help maintain immobilization) for children
younger than 3 years and weighing less than 35 lb
(15.9 kg) for 2 to 3 weeks
H Immobilization in a spica cast for about 3 months for
children ages 6 to 12 months

Special populations
Treatment begun after age 5 rarely restores satisfactory hip function.

General
H Activity, as tolerated
H No dietary restrictions

Surgery
H Gentle closed reduction under general anesthesia to

further abduct the hips, followed by a spica cast for 3


months (if traction fails)
H In children older than age 18 months, open reduction and pelvic or femoral osteotomy to correct bony
deformity, followed by immobilization in a spica cast
for 6 to 8 weeks
H In children ages 2 to 5 years, skeletal traction and
subcutaneous adductor tenotomy (surgical cutting of
the tendon)

Ortolanis and Trendelenburgs signs


A positive Ortolanis or Trendelenburgs sign confirms
developmental dysplasia of the hip.

Ortolanis sign

H Place the infant on his back, with hip flexed and in


abduction. Adduct the hip while pressing the femur
downward.
H Next, abduct the hip while moving the femur upward. A
click or a jerk (produced by the femoral head moving
over the acetabular rim) indicates subluxation in an
infant younger than 1 month. The sign indicates
subluxation or complete dislocation in an older infant.

Trendelenburgs sign

H When the child rests his weight on the side of the


dislocation and lifts his other knee, the pelvis drops on
the normal side because abductor muscles in the
affected hip are weak.
H However, when the child stands with his weight on the
normal side and lifts the other knee, the pelvis remains
horizontal.

H achieve the highest level of mobility possible within

the confines of the disease.

Nursing interventions
H Provide reassurance to the parents.
H Turn the child every 2 hours.
H Provide appropriate cast care.

Monitoring
H Parental care of cast or equipment
H Skin integrity
H Color, sensation, and motion of the infants legs and

feet
H Comfort

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H how to correctly splint or brace the hips, as ordered
H good hygiene
H signs and symptoms of cast compression (cyanosis,
cool extremities, or pain).

Discharge planning
H Stress the need for frequent checkups.
H Refer the child and parents to a child life specialist to

ensure continued developmental progress.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H maintain muscle strength

Developmental dysplasia of the hip

233

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 234

Diabetes insipidus
Overview
Description
H Disorder in which secretion of antidiuretic hormone

is inadequate, causing an inability to concentrate


urine
H Two types: primary and secondary
H May occur transiently during pregnancy, usually after
the fifth or sixth month of gestation
H Impaired or absent thirst mechanism increasing risk
of complications
H If uncomplicated, prognosis good
H If complicated by underlying disorder, such as cancer, prognosis variable
H Also referred to as DI

Pathophysiology
H Vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone) is synthesized in

the hypothalamus and stored by the posterior pituitary gland.


H Once released into the general circulation, vasopressin acts on the distal and collecting tubules of
the kidneys.
H Vasopressin increases the water permeability of the
tubules and causes water reabsorption.
H The absence of vasopressin allows filtered water to
be excreted in the urine instead of being reabsorbed.

Causes
H Failure of vasopressin secretion in response to nor-

mal physiologic stimuli


H Failure of the kidneys to respond to vasopressin,
called nephrogenic DI
H Familial
H Idiopathic
H Congenital malformation of the central nervous system (CNS)
H Infection
H Trauma
H Tumors
H Neurosurgery, skull fracture, or head trauma
H Granulomatous disease
H Vascular lesions
H Psychogenic
H Pregnancy (gestational DI)
H Damage to hypothalamus or pituitary gland
H Certain medications such as lithium

Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
H Primary DI in 50% of patients

Common characteristics
H Polyuria with low specific gravity and osmolality
H Nocturia
H Dehydration

234

Diabetes insipidus

H Polydipsia
H Weight loss
H Fatigue

Complications
H Hypovolemia
H Hyperosmolality
H Circulatory collapse
H Loss of consciousness
H CNS changes
H Bladder distention
H Hydroureter
H Hydronephrosis

Assessment
History
H Abrupt onset of extreme polyuria
H Extreme thirst
H Extraordinarily large oral fluid intake
H Weight loss
H Dizziness; weakness; fatigue
H Constipation
H Nocturia

Special populations
In children, reports of enuresis, sleep disturbances,
irritability, anorexia, thirst, and decreased weight
gain and linear growth are common.

Physical findings
H Signs of dehydration
H Fever
H Dyspnea
H Pale, voluminous urine
H Poor skin turgor
H Tachycardia
H Decreased muscle strength
H Hypotension

Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis shows colorless urine with specific gravity
1.005 or less and osmolality less than 200 mOsm/kg.
H 24-hour urine sample shows decreased specific gravity and increased volume.
H Serum chemistries show elevated sodium, blood urea
nitrogen (BUN), and creatinine levels.
H Serum osmolality is increased.
H Serum vasopressin level is decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Dehydration test or water deprivation test shows an
increase in urine osmolality after vasopressin administration exceeding 9%.
H Magnetic resonance imaging may show a pituitary tumor or brain tumor.

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 235

H Computed tomography scan may reveal head trauma,

pituitary tumor, or brain tumor.

Treatment
General
H Identification and treatment of underlying cause
H Control of fluid balance; administration of I.V. fluids

to match urine output


H Dehydration prevention
H Free access to oral fluids
H With nephrogenic DI, low-sodium diet

Medications
H Posterior pituitary hormones, such as vasopressin

and desmopressin
H Thiazide diuretics, such as hydrochlorothiazide, in

nephrogenic DI
H I.V. fluids:

If serum sodium > 150 mEq/L: 5% dextrose in


water
If serum sodium < 150 mEq/L: normal saline solution

H Signs and symptoms of hypovolemic shock


H Changes in mental or neurologic status
H Cardiac rhythm

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the practitioner
H signs and symptoms of dehydration
H daily weight
H intake and output
H use of a hydrometer to measure urine specific gravity
H need for medical identification jewelry
H need for ongoing medical care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a mental health professional for

additional counseling, as indicated.

Surgery
H Not indicated, unless required to treat underlying

cause such as a tumor

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate balanced fluid volume
H display adaptive coping behaviors
H avoid complications
H demonstrate normal laboratory values.

Nursing interventions
H Administer I.V. fluid to match urine output.
H Administer medications, as ordered.
H Provide meticulous skin and mouth care.

ALERT
Use caution when administering vasopressin to a
patient with coronary artery disease because it can
cause coronary artery constriction.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer encouragement while providing a realistic as-

sessment of the situation.


H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
H Urine specific gravity
H Serum electrolytes and BUN

Diabetes insipidus

235

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 236

Diabetes mellitus
Overview
Description
H Chronic disease of absolute or relative insulin defi-

ciency or resistance
H Characterized by disturbances in carbohydrate, pro-

tein, and fat metabolism

Complications
H Ketoacidosis
H Hyperosmolar hyperglycemic nonketotic syndrome
H Cardiovascular disease
H Peripheral vascular disease
H Retinopathy, blindness
H Nephropathy
H Diabetic dermopathy
H Impaired resistance to infection
H Cognitive depression
H Hypoglycemia

H Two primary forms:

Type 1, characterized by absolute insufficiency


Type 2, characterized by insulin resistance with
varying degrees of insulin secretory defects

Pathophysiology
H The effects of diabetes mellitus (DM) result from in-

sulin deficiency or resistance to endogenous insulin.

Special populations
Neonates of diabetic mothers have a two to three
times greater incidence of congenital malformations and fetal distress, unless the mothers blood
glucose levels are well-controlled before conception
and during pregnancy.

H Insulin allows glucose transport into the cells for use

as energy or storage as glycogen.


H Insulin also stimulates protein synthesis and free fatty

acid storage in the adipose tissues.


H Insulin deficiency compromises the body tissues ac-

cess to essential nutrients for fuel and storage.

Causes
H Genetic factors
H Autoimmune disease (type 1)

Risk factors
H Viral infections (type 1)
H Obesity (type 2)
H Physiologic or emotional stress
H Sedentary lifestyle (type 2)
H Pregnancy
H Medication, such as thiazide diuretics, adrenal corti-

costeroids, and hormonal contraceptives

Incidence
H Type 1 usually occurs before age 30, although it

may occur at any age


H More common in males
H Type 2 usually occurs in obese adults after age 30,

although it may be seen in obese North American


youths of African-American, Native American, or Hispanic descent
H Affects about 8% of the population of the United
States
H About one-third of patients undiagnosed
H Increases with age (type 2)

Common characteristics
H Polyuria
H Polydipsia
H Polyphagia
H Weight loss
H Fatigue

236

Diabetes mellitus

Assessment
History
H Polyuria, nocturia
H Dehydration
H Polydipsia
H Dry mucous membranes
H Poor skin turgor
H Weight loss and hunger
H Weakness; fatigue
H Vision changes
H Frequent skin and urinary tract infections
H Dry, itchy skin
H Sexual problems
H Numbness or pain in the hands or feet
H Postprandial feeling of nausea or fullness
H Nocturnal diarrhea

Type 1
H Rapidly developing symptoms
Type 2
H Vague, long-standing symptoms that develop
gradually
H Family history of DM
H Pregnancy
H Severe viral infection
H Other endocrine diseases
H Recent stress or trauma
H Use of drugs that increase blood glucose levels

Physical findings
H Retinopathy or cataract formation
H Skin changes, especially on the legs and feet
H Muscle wasting and loss of subcutaneous fat (type 1)
H Obesity, particularly in the abdominal area (type 2)
H Poor skin turgor
H Dry mucous membranes
H Decreased peripheral pulses
H Cool skin temperature
H Diminished deep tendon reflexes

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 237

H Orthostatic hypotension
H Characteristic fruity breath odor in ketoacidosis
H Possible hypovolemia and shock in ketoacidosis and

hyperosmolar hyperglycemic state

Test results
Laboratory
H Fasting plasma glucose level is greater than or equal
to 126 mg/dl on at least two occasions.
H Random blood glucose level is greater than or equal
to 200 mg/dl.
H Two-hour postprandial blood glucose level is greater
than or equal to 200 mg/dl.
H Glycosylated hemoglobin (Hb A1C) level is increased.
H Urinalysis may show acetone or glucose.
Diagnostic procedures
H Ophthalmologic examination may show diabetic
retinopathy.

Treatment
General
H Exercise and diet control
H Tight glycemic control for prevention of complica-

tions

H Provide meticulous skin care, especially to the feet

and legs.
H Treat all injuries, cuts, and blisters immediately.
H Avoid constricting hose, slippers, or bed linens.
H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help to develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Serum glucose
H Urine acetone
H Renal status
H Cardiovascular status
H Signs and symptoms of:

Hypoglycemia
Hyperglycemia
Hyperosmolar coma
Urinary tract and vaginal infections
Diabetic neuropathy

Patient teaching

H Modest caloric restriction for weight loss or mainte-

Nursing considerations

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the practitioner
H prescribed meal plan
H prescribed exercise program
H signs and symptoms of:
urinary tract and vaginal infection
hypoglycemia
hyperglycemia
diabetic neuropathy
H self-monitoring of blood glucose
H complications of hyperglycemia
H foot care
H annual regular ophthalmologic examinations
H safety precautions
H management of diabetes during illness.

Key outcomes

Discharge planning

The patient will:


H maintain optimal body weight
H remain free from infection
H avoid complications
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment
H demonstrate adaptive coping behaviors.

H Refer the patient to a dietitian.


H Refer the patient to a podiatrist, if indicated.
H Refer the patient to an ophthalmologist.
H Refer the adult patient who is planning a family for

nance
H American Diabetes Association recommendations to

reach target glucose, Hb A1c lipid, and blood pressure levels


H Regular aerobic exercise

Medications
H Exogenous insulin (type 1 or possibly type 2)
H Oral antidiabetics (type 2), such as arcabose, exe-

natide, glimeperide, glipizide, glyburide, metformin,


pioglitazone, and sitagliptin

Surgery
H Pancreas transplantation

Nursing interventions

preconception counseling.
H Refer the patient to the Juvenile Diabetes Research

Foundation, the American Association of Diabetes


Educators, and the American Diabetes Association to
obtain additional information.

H Administer prescribed drugs.


H Give rapidly absorbed carbohydrates for hypo-

glycemia or, if the patient is unconscious, glucagon


or I.V. dextrose, as ordered.
H Administer I.V. fluids and insulin replacement for hyperglycemic crisis, as ordered.

Diabetes mellitus

237

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 238

Diphtheria
Overview
Description
H Acute, highly contagious, toxin-mediated infection

that usually infects the respiratory tract primarily


the tonsils, nasopharynx, and larynx
H GI and urinary tracts, conjunctivae, and ears rarely
involved

Pathophysiology
H The organism proliferates at the site of implantation.
H Endotoxins are produced, absorbed by the blood,

and transported to the heart and central nervous system.

Causes
H Corynebacterium diphtheriae, a gram-positive rod
H Transmission usually through intimate contact, air-

borne respiratory droplets, or a break in the skin

Risk factors
H Crowded living conditions
H Poor hygiene

H In cutaneous diphtheria, yellow spots or skin lesions

(resembles impetigo)

Complications
H Thrombocytopenia
H Myocarditis
H Neurologic involvement (primarily affecting motor

fibers but possibly also sensory neurons)


H Renal involvement
H Pulmonary involvement (bronchopneumonia)

Assessment
History
H Fever
H Sore throat
H Rasping cough
H Malaise
H Vomiting
H Dysphagia

Physical findings
H Hoarseness or stridor
H Thick, patchy, grayish green membrane over the mu-

Incidence

cous membranes of the pharynx, larynx, tonsils, soft


palate, and nose
H Swelling of the palate
H Yellow spots or lesions (cutaneous)

H More prevalent during the colder months


H Rare in many parts of the world, including the United

Test results

States
H Cutaneous diphtheria on the increase since 1972, especially in the Pacific Northwest and the Southwest
H More prevalent in children younger than age 15

Laboratory
H Throat culture or culture of other suspect lesions
grows C. diphtheriae.
H Arterial blood gas results may reveal hypoxemia.

Common characteristics
H Thick, patchy, grayish green membrane over the mu-

cous membranes of the pharynx, larynx, tonsils, soft


palate, and nose
H Symptoms similar to croup
H Bleeding when membrane dislodged

Droplet precautions
Droplet precautions prevent the spread of infectious diseases transmitted by contact with nasal or oral secretions
(droplets arising from coughing or sneezing) from the infected patient with the mucous membranes of the susceptible host.
Effective droplet precautions require a single room
(not necessarily a negative-pressure room), and the door
doesnt need to be closed. Persons having direct contact
with, or who will be within 3 feet of, the patient should
wear a surgical mask covering the nose and mouth.
When handling infants or young children who require
droplet precautions, you may also need to wear gloves
and a gown to prevent soiling of clothing with nasal and
oral secretions.

238

Diphtheria

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Droplet precautions (see Droplet precautions)
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated
H Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation,

as necessary

Medications
H Diphtheria antitoxin
H Antibiotics, such as penicillin and erythromycin
H Oxygen therapy

Surgery
H Tracheotomy (if airway obstruction occurs)

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 239

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain patent airway
H have adequate ventilation
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Enforce droplet precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Obtain cultures, as ordered.
H Report all cases to local public health authorities.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Maintain a patent airway.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pulse oximetry
H Respiratory status
H Signs of shock
H Cardiac rhythm and cardiovascular status
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper disposal of nasopharyngeal secretions
H maintaining isolation precautions until two consecutive negative nasopharyngeal cultures at least 1
week after drug therapy stops.

Discharge planning
H Stress the need for childhood immunizations to all

parents.

Diphtheria

239

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 240

Dislocations and
subluxations
Overview
Description
H Dislocation displacement of joint bones so that ar-

ticulating surfaces totally lose contact (see Common


dislocation)
H Subluxation partial displacement of articulating
surfaces
H May accompany fractures of joints

Pathophysiology
H Trauma causes displacement of the joint.
H Joint structures (blood vessels, ligaments, tendons,

and nerves) are damaged.

Common dislocation
The elbow is a common site of dislocation.
NORMAL ELBOW JOINT

H Injuries may result in deposition of fracture frag-

ments between joint surfaces, damaging surrounding


structures.
H Joint function is impaired.

Causes
H Congenital
H Trauma
H Pagets disease of surrounding joint tissues

Risk factors
H Participation in contact sports

Incidence
H Shoulder dislocations more than half of disloca-

tions seen in emergency departments


H Hip dislocations from trauma, more common in

those younger than age 35; from falls, more common


in those older than age 65

Common characteristics
H Visible deformity of affected extremity
H Shortening of affected extremity
H Local pain
H Swelling
H Limitation of function
H Numbness of affected extremity

Complications
H Damage to surrounding muscle, ligaments, nerves,

and blood vessels


H Avascular necrosis
H Bone necrosis

Assessment
History
H Trauma or fall
H Extreme pain at injury site
H Participation in contact sports

Physical findings
ELBOW JOINT WITH
LATERAL DISLOCATION

H Joint surface fractures


H Deformity around the joint
H Change in the length of the involved extremity
H Impaired joint mobility
H Point tenderness

Test results
Imaging
H X-rays confirm the diagnosis and reveal any associated fractures.

Treatment
General
H Ice application
H Immediate reduction and immobilization

240

Dislocations and subluxations

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 241

H Nothing by mouth if surgery scheduled


H Activity limitations based on injury
H Active range-of-motion (ROM) exercises for adjacent

joints not immobilized

Medications
H Sedative, such as lorazepam
H Analgesics, such as ibuprofen and oxycodone
H Muscle relaxants, such as carisoprodol and cy-

H medication administration, dosage, and possible ad-

verse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a rehabilitation program, if ap-

propriate.
H Refer the patient for home health care, if appropri-

ate.

clobenzaprine

Surgery
H Open reduction
H Skeletal traction
H Ligament repair

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify factors that intensify pain
H identify factors that increase the risk for injury
H maintain muscle strength and tone
H maintain joint ROM.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide proper positioning of the affected area.
H Apply ice, as ordered.
H Encourage ROM exercises, as ordered, for adjacent

nonmobilized joints.
H Provide meticulous skin care.

ALERT
Immediately report signs and symptoms of severe
vascular compromise, such as pallor, pain, loss of
pulse, paralysis, and paresthesia; the patient needs
an immediate orthopedic examination and emergency reduction.

Monitoring
H Respiratory status when I.V. sedatives used
H Neurovascular status of involved extremity
H Integrity of skin

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to report numbness, pain, cyanosis, and
coldness of the extremity below the cast or splint
H how to evaluate skin integrity
H how to assess neurovascular status
H the use of assistive devices
H the importance of follow-up visits

Dislocations and subluxations

241

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 242

Life-threatening disorder

Disseminated
intravascular
coagulation
Overview
Description

Common characteristics
H Abnormal bleeding
H Hemorrhage

Complications
H Cardiac tamponade
H Hemothorax
H Renal failure
H Hepatic damage
H Stroke
H Ischemic bowel
H Respiratory distress
H Death (mortality is greater than 50%)
H Intracerebral bleed

H Syndrome of activated coagulation characterized by

bleeding or thrombosis
H Complicates diseases and conditions that accelerate

clotting, causing occlusion of small blood vessels, organ necrosis, depletion of circulating clotting factors
and platelets, and activation of the fibrinolytic system
H Also known as DIC, consumption coagulopathy,
and defibrination syndrome

Pathophysiology
H Typical accelerated clotting results in generalized ac-

tivation of prothrombin and a consequent excess of


thrombin.
H Excess thrombin converts fibrinogen to fibrin, producing fibrin clots in the microcirculation.
H This process consumes exorbitant amounts of coagulation factors (especially platelets, factor V, prothrombin, fibrinogen, and factor VIII), causing
thrombocytopenia, deficiencies in factors V and VIII,
hypoprothrombinemia, and hypofibrinogenemia.
H Circulating thrombin activates the fibrinolytic system,
which lyses fibrin clots into fibrinogen degradation
products (FDPs).
H The hemorrhage that occurs may be due largely to
the anticoagulant activity of FDPs and depletion of
plasma coagulation factors.

Causes
H Infection, sepsis
H Obstetric complications
H Neoplastic disease
H Disorders that produce necrosis, such as extensive

burns and trauma


H Other disorders, such as heatstroke, shock, incom-

patible blood transfusion, drug reactions, cardiac arrest, surgery necessitating cardiopulmonary bypass,
acute respiratory distress syndrome, diabetic ketoacidosis, pulmonary embolism, and sickle cell anemia
H Snakebite

Incidence
H Dependent on the cause

242

Disseminated intravascular coagulation

Assessment
History
H Abnormal bleeding without a history of a serious

hemorrhagic disorder; bleeding possibly occurring


at all bodily orifices
H Possible presence of one of the causes of DIC
H Possible signs of bleeding into the skin, such as
cutaneous oozing, petechiae, ecchymoses, and
hematomas
H Possible bleeding from surgical or invasive procedure sites, such as incisions or venipuncture sites
H Possible nausea and vomiting; severe muscle, back,
and abdominal pain; chest pain; hemoptysis; epistaxis; seizures; and oliguria
H Possible GI bleeding, hematuria

Physical findings
H Petechiae
H Acrocyanosis
H Dyspnea, tachypnea
H Mental status changes, including confusion

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum platelet count is less than 150,000/mm3.
H Serum fibrinogen level is less than 170 mg/dl.
H Prothrombin time is more than 19 seconds.
H Partial thromboplastin time is more than 40 seconds.
H FDPs are increased (commonly greater than 45
mcg/ml, or positive at less than 1:100 dilution).
H Result of D-dimer test (specific fibrinogen test for
DIC) is positive at less than 1:8 dilution.
H Thrombin time is prolonged.
H Blood clotting factors V, VIII, X, XII, and protein C
are diminished.
H Complete blood count shows decreased hemoglobin
level (less than 10 g/dl).
H Blood urea nitrogen level is greater than 25 mg/dl,
and serum creatinine level is greater than 1.3 mg/dl.
H Antithrombin III level is decreased.

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 243

Treatment

H Limit venipunctures whenever possible.


H Watch for transfusion reactions and signs of fluid

General

H Measure the amount of blood lost, weigh dressings

H Treatment of underlying condition


H Possibly supportive care alone if the patient not ac-

H Weigh the patient daily, particularly in renal involve-

tively bleeding
H Activity, as tolerated
H Fluid replacement
H Oxygen therapy
H Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation,

as necessary

Medications
If the patient is actively bleeding
H Administration of blood, fresh frozen plasma,
platelets, or packed red blood cells
H Cryoprecipitate
H Antithrombin III and gabexate
H Anticoagulant such as heparin
H Analgesics such as morphine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain balanced intake and output
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H have laboratory values return to normal
H use available support systems to assist in coping with
fears.

overload.
and linen, and record drainage.
ment.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.
H Provide nutritional support.
H Maintain bed rest with range-of-motion exercises.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Results of serial blood studies
H Signs of shock
H Intake and output, especially when administering

blood products
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status, including pulse oximetry

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (for the patient and his family):
H an explanation of the disorder
H the signs and symptoms of the problem, diagnostic
procedures required, and treatment that the patient
will receive.

Nursing interventions
ALERT
Focus on early recognition of signs of abnormal
bleeding, prompt treatment of the underlying disorders, and prevention of further bleeding.
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
H Give prescribed analgesics as necessary.
H Reposition the patient every 2 hours, and provide

meticulous skin care.


H Give prescribed oxygen therapy.
H Maintain a patent airway.

ALERT
To prevent clots from dislodging and causing fresh
bleeding, dont vigorously rub the affected areas
when bathing.
H Protect the patient from injury.
H If bleeding occurs, use pressure and topical hemo-

static agents to control bleeding.

Disseminated intravascular coagulation

243

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 244

Diverticular disease

Complications

Overview

H Intestinal obstruction
H Rectal hemorrhage
H Portal pyemia
H Fistula
H Sepsis

H Ruptured diverticula that cause abdominal abscesses

or peritonitis

Description
H Bulging pouches (diverticula) in GI wall pushing the

mucosal lining through surrounding muscle


H Sigmoid colon most common site, but possibly devel-

oping anywhere, from proximal end of the pharynx


to the anus
H Other typical sites:
The duodenum, near the pancreatic border or the
ampulla of Vater
The jejunum
H Diverticular disease of the ileum (Meckels diverticulum) most common congenital anomaly of the GI
tract
H Two clinical forms:
Diverticulosis: diverticula present but dont cause
symptoms
Diverticulitis: diverticula inflamed and may cause
complications

Pathophysiology
H Pressure in the intestinal lumen is exerted on weak

areas, such as points where blood vessels enter the


intestine, causing a break in the muscular continuity
of the GI wall, creating a diverticulum.
H Diverticulitis occurs when retained undigested food
mixed with bacteria accumulates in the diverticulum,
forming a hard mass (fecalith). This substance cuts
off the blood supply to the diverticulums thin walls,
increasing its susceptibility to attack by colonic bacteria.
H Inflammation follows bacterial infection, causing abdominal pain.

Causes
H Diminished colonic motility and increased intralumi-

nal pressure
H Defects in colon wall strength

Risk factors
H Age
H Low-fiber diet

Incidence
H Most common in adults ages 45 and older
H Affects 30% of adults older than age 60

Common characteristics
H Left lower quadrant abdominal pain
H Generalized abdominal pain
H Diarrhea or constipation
H Palpable mass
H Nausea, vomiting

244

Diverticular disease

Assessment
History
Diverticulosis
H May be symptom-free
H Occasional intermittent pain in the left lower abdominal quadrant, which may be relieved by defecation
or the passage of flatus
H Alternating bouts of constipation and diarrhea
Diverticulitis
H History of diverticulosis
H Low fiber consumption
H Recent consumption of foods containing seeds or
kernels or indigestible roughage, such as celery and
corn
H Complaints of moderate dull or steady pain in the left
lower abdominal quadrant, aggravated by straining,
lifting, or coughing
H Mild nausea, gas, diarrhea, or intermittent bouts of
constipation, sometimes accompanied by rectal
bleeding

Physical findings
Diverticulitis
H Distressed appearance
H Left lower quadrant abdominal tenderness
H Low-grade fever
H Palpable mass
Acute diverticulitis
H Muscle spasms
H Signs of peritoneal irritation
H Guarding and rebound tenderness

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count reveals leukocytosis.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated (in diverticulitis).
H Stool test is positive for occult blood (in 25% of patients with diverticulitis).
Imaging
H Barium studies reveal barium-filled diverticula or
outlines, but barium doesnt fill diverticula blocked
by impacted stools. This procedure isnt performed
for acute diverticulitis due to potential rupture.
H Radiography may reveal colonic spasm if irritable
bowel syndrome accompanies diverticular disease.
H Abdominal X-rays rule out perforation.

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 245

Diagnostic procedures
H Colonoscopy or flexible sigmoidoscopy shows diverticula or inflamed mucosa. It isnt usually performed
in the acute phase.
H Biopsy results may rule out cancer.
H Computed tomography scan of the abdomen evaluates the presence of abscess.

Treatment
General
H For asymptomatic diverticulosis, no treatment
H Bed rest

For symptomatic diverticulosis


H Liquid or low-residue diet (if experiencing pain)
H Increased water consumption, if appropriate
H High-residue diet
For severe diverticulitis
H Nothing by mouth
H Nasogastric (NG) decompression

Medications
For diverticulosis
H Stool softeners such as docusate sodium
H Bulk medication such as calcium polycarbophil
For diverticulitis
H Antibiotics, such as metronidazole and ceftazidime
H Analgesics such as morphine
H I.V. therapy for severe diverticulitis

Surgery
H Colon resection
H May require temporary colostomy to drain abscesses

or to rest the colon for 6 to 8 weeks


H Needed for rupture or to correct cases refractory to

medical treatment

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

H Maintain bed rest for acute diverticulitis.


H Maintain the prescribed diet.
H If surgery is scheduled, provide routine preoperative

care.
After colon resection
H Provide meticulous wound care.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing and incentive spirometer use to prevent atelectasis.
H Administer I.V. fluids and prescribed drugs.
H Provide colostomy care, if appropriate.
H Apply sequential compression device.
H Encourage early ambulation.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H GI status
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Stools for color, consistency, and frequency
H NG drainage, if appropriate
H Signs and symptoms of complications

After colon resection


H Signs of infection and postoperative bleeding
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H bowel and dietary habits (in uncomplicated diverticulosis)
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching (for a patient needing surgery)
H postoperative teaching (for a patient who must care
for his colostomy)
H the desired actions and possible adverse effects of
prescribed medications.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist, if ap-

propriate.
H Refer the patient to a dietitian, if needed.

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volume
H have bowel movements that return to normal
H verbalize understanding of the disease process and
treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
ALERT
Remember that diverticulitis produces more serious signs and symptoms as well as complications,
and requires more interventions than diverticulosis.
H If the patient is anxious, provide psychological sup-

port.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Diverticular disease

245

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 246

Down syndrome
Overview
Description
H A chromosomal aberration that results in mental and

physical abnormalities
H Average IQ between 30 and 50 (some higher)
H Also known as mongolism and trisomy 21 syn-

drome

Pathophysiology
H Down syndrome is an aberration in which chromo-

some 21 has three copies instead of the normal two


because of faulty meiosis (nondisjunction) of the
ovum or, sometimes, the sperm.
H Theres unbalanced translocation, in which the long
arm of chromosome 21 breaks and attaches to another chromosome.
H The result is a karyotype of 47 chromosomes instead
of the normal 46.

Causes
H Trisomy 21
H Mosaicism and trisomy 21
H Robertsonian translation and partial trisomy 21

Risk factors
H Maternal age, especially older than age 35

Incidence
H Occurs in 1 per 800 to 1,000 live births
H Increases with maternal age, especially after age 35

Common characteristics
H Mental retardation
H Abnormal facial features
H Heart defects
H Other congenital defects

Complications
H Death
H Congenital heart defects
H Premature senile dementia
H Leukemia
H Acute and chronic infections
H Diabetes mellitus
H Thyroid disorders

H Brushfields spots on the iris


H Small skull
H Flat bridge across the nose
H Flattened face
H Small external ears
H Short neck with excess skin
H Dry, sensitive skin with decreased elasticity
H Umbilical hernia
H Short stature
H Short extremities with broad, flat, and squarish

hands and feet


H Dysplastic middle phalanx of the fifth finger
H Wide space between the first and second toes
H Abnormal fingerprints and footprints
H Impaired reflex development
H Absent Moros reflex and hyperextensible joints
H Impaired posture, coordination, and balance
H Clubfoot
H Imperforate anus
H Cleft lip and palate
H Pelvic bone abnormalities

Test results
Laboratory
H Karyotype analysis or chromosome mapping shows
the chromosomal abnormality and confirms the diagnosis of Down syndrome.
H Prenatal serum alpha-fetoprotein reveals reduced
levels of alpha-fetoprotein.
Imaging
H Prenatal ultrasonography can suggest Down syndrome if a duodenal obstruction or an atrioventricular canal defect is present.
H Amniocentesis allows prenatal diagnosis.
Other
H Developmental screening tests show severity and
progress of retardation.

Treatment
General
H Early intervention
H Special education programs
H Special athletic programs
H Maximal environmental simulation for infants
H Safety precautions for children and adults in a con-

trolled environment

Medications
H Antibiotics, depending on the infective organism, for

Assessment
History
H Neonate lethargic and a poor feeder

Physical findings
H Slanting, almond-shaped eyes
H Small, open mouth, protruding tongue
H Single transverse palmar crease

246

Down syndrome

recurrent infections
H Thyroid hormone replacement with levothyroxine for

hypothyroidism

Surgery
H Open-heart surgery to correct cardiac defects, such

as ventricular or atrial septal defects


H Plastic surgery to correct congenital abnormalities,

such as protruding tongue, cleft lip, and cleft palate

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 247

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible
H perform health maintenance activities according to
level of ability
H participate in developmental stimulation programs to
increase skill levels.

Nursing interventions
H Establish a trusting relationship with the childs par-

ents.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Encourage the parents to hold and nurture their

child.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Complications
H Nutritional status
H Growth and development
H Thyroid function test results
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need for adequate exercise and maximal environmental stimulation
H realistic goals for the parents and child
H information about a balanced diet
H the importance of remembering the emotional needs
of other children in the family.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to infant stimulation classes.
H Refer the parents and older siblings for genetic and

psychological counseling, as appropriate.


H Refer the patient and his parents to support services.

Down syndrome

247

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 248

Dysmenorrhea
Overview
Description

H Obesity
H Smoking

Incidence
H Affects more than 45% of females of reproductive age
H Usually peaks in the early 20s, then slowly decreases

H Painful menstruation unassociated with pelvic dis-

Common characteristics

ease
H Most common gynecologic complaint
H A primary disorder that begins 6 to 12 months after
the onset of ovulation
H A secondary disorder that typically begins between
ages 20 and 30, but possible any time after menarche

H Sharp, intermittent, cramping, lower abdominal pain,

Pathophysiology
H Pain may result from increased prostaglandin secre-

tion in menstrual blood, which intensifies normal


uterine contractions.
H Prostaglandins intensify myometrial smooth muscle
contraction and uterine blood vessel constriction,
thereby worsening the uterine hypoxia normally associated with menstruation.
H Intense muscle contractions and hypoxia cause the
intense pain of dysmenorrhea.

Causes
Primary
H Increased prostaglandin secretion caused by sloughing endometrial cells
Secondary
H Endometriosis
H Cervical stenosis
H Uterine leiomyomas (benign fibroid tumors)
H Pelvic inflammatory disease
H Pelvic tumors (see Causes of pelvic pain)

Risk factors
Primary
H Early-onset menarche
H Null parity

Causes of pelvic pain


The characteristic pelvic pain of dysmenorrhea must be
distinguished from the acute pain caused by many other
disorders, such as:
H GI disorders: appendicitis, acute diverticulitis, acute or
chronic cholecystitis, chronic cholelithiasis, acute pancreatitis, peptic ulcer perforation, intestinal obstruction
H urinary tract disorders: cystitis, renal calculi
H reproductive disorders: acute salpingitis, chronic inflammation, degenerative fibroid, ovarian cyst torsion
H pregnancy disorders: impending abortion (pain and
bleeding early in pregnancy), ectopic pregnancy, abruptio placentae, uterine rupture, leiomyoma degeneration,
toxemia
H emotional conflicts: psychogenic (functional) pain.
Other conditions that may mimic dysmenorrhea include
ovulation and normal uterine contractions experienced in
pregnancy.

usually radiating to the back, thighs, groin, and vulva


H Pain typically starting with or immediately before

menstrual flow and peaking within 24 hours

Complications
H Dehydration

Assessment
History
H Pelvic disease
H Urinary frequency
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diarrhea
H Headache
H Backache
H Chills
H Depression
H Irritability

Physical findings
H Abdominal tenderness
H Painful breasts

Test results
Imaging
H Laparoscopy, hysteroscopy, and pelvic ultrasound
help diagnose underlying disorders (in secondary
dysmenorrhea).
Other
H Pelvic examination and a detailed patient history help
identify the cause.

Treatment
General
H Heat applied locally to the lower abdomen
H Increased fluid intake
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Analgesics, such as acetaminophen, diclofenac, and

ketoprofen
H Prostaglandin inhibitors, such as aspirin and ibupro-

fen

Surgery
H Surgical treatment of underlying disorders, such as

endometriosis or uterine leiomyomas (secondary)

248

Dysmenorrhea

9400D.qxd

8/2/12

4:31 PM

Page 249

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from pain
H express understanding of disorder.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.

Monitoring
H Depression
H Hydration
H Pain control
H Menstrual cycle

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H explanation of normal female anatomy and physiology as well as the nature of dysmenorrhea
H information on pregnancy and contraception
H keeping a detailed record of her menstrual cycle and
symptoms
H seeking medical care if symptoms persist.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling, if

appropriate.

Dysmenorrhea

249

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 250

Life-threatening disorder

Ebola virus infection

Risk factors
H Travel to endemic areas of Africa
H Exposure to animals, humans, or contaminated nee-

dles

Incidence

Overview

H Not endemic to the United States


H Affects males and females of all ages

Description

Common characteristics

H An unclassified ribonucleic acid virus that results in

H Flulike symptoms
H Severe diarrhea
H Vomiting
H Internal and external hemorrhage
H Macular papular rash

bleeding
H Four known strains: Ebola Zaire (EBO-Z), Ebola Sudan (EBO-S), Ebola Tai (EBO-C), and Ebola Reston
(affects only monkeys)
H Poor prognosis

Pathophysiology
H The virus is transmitted by direct contact with infect-

ed blood, body secretions, or infected tissues.


H It can be transmitted by nosocomial and community-

acquired modes.
H Viral replication causes focal tissue necrosis, most

Complications
H Liver and kidney dysfunction
H Dehydration
H Hemorrhage
H Abortion
H Myocarditis
H Pulmonary edema

severely in the liver.


H Microvasculature damage causes increased vascular

permeability and bleeding.


H Ebola virus remains contagious even after the patient

has died.

Causes
H EBO-Z, EBO-S, or EBO-C virus strains

Prevention

Preventing the spread of Ebola virus


The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends the following guidelines to help prevent the spread
of this deadly disease:
H Keep the patient in isolation throughout the course of
the disease.
H If possible, place the patient in a negative-pressure
room at the beginning of hospitalization to avoid the
need for transfer as the disease progresses.
H Restrict nonessential staff members from entering the
patients room.
H Make sure that anyone who enters the patients room
wears gloves and a gown to prevent contact with any
surface in the room that may have been soiled.
H Use barrier precautions to prevent skin and mucous
membrane exposure to blood or other body fluids, secretions, or excretions when caring for the patient.
H If you must come within 3 (1 m) of the patient, also
wear a face shield or a surgical mask and goggles or
eyeglasses with side shields.
H Dont reuse gloves or gowns unless they have been
completely disinfected.
H Make sure any patient who dies of the disease is
promptly buried or cremated. Precautions to avoid
contact with the patients body fluids and secretions
should continue even after the patients death.

250

Ebola virus infection

Assessment
History
H Contact with an infected person
H Headache
H Malaise
H Myalgia
H Fever
H Cough
H Sore throat
H Nausea
H Vomiting

Physical findings
H Conjunctival injection
H Bruising
H Maculopapular eruptions
H Melena
H Hematemesis
H Bleeding gums

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood studies show specific antigens or antibodies
and may show the isolated virus.
H Blood studies show neutrophil leukocytosis, hypofibrinogenemia, thrombocytopenia, and microangiopathic hemolytic anemia.
H Blood studies show elevated blood urea nitrogen and
creatinine levels.
H Blood studies show elevated aspartate aminotransferase and alanine aminotransferase levels.

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 251

Treatment
General
H Supportive care
H Strict isolation (see Preventing the spread of Ebola

virus)
H Diet as tolerated or total parental nutrition
H Bed rest or limited activity

Medications
H I.V. fluids
H Blood transfusions

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H remain hemodynamically stable
H understand the implications of his illness.

Nursing interventions
H Enforce strict isolation.
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed I.V. solutions and blood prod-

ucts.
H Provide safety precautions.
H Provide nutritional support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of bleeding
H Intake and output
H Laboratory studies
H GI status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of bleeding
H isolation precautions.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home care, if appropriate.
H Stress to the patient the need for continued follow-up

care.

Ebola virus infection

251

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 252

Ectopic pregnancy
Overview
Description
H Implantation of a fertilized ovum outside the uterine

cavity, most commonly in the fallopian tube (see Implantation sites of ectopic pregnancy)
H Prognosis good with prompt diagnosis, appropriate
surgical intervention, and control of bleeding
H Very few fetuses carried to term; rarely, with abdominal implantation, fetus survives to term
H About one in three chance of giving birth to live
neonate in subsequent pregnancy

H Previous surgery, such as tubal ligation or resection


H Transmigration of the ovum
H Congenital defects in reproductive tract
H Ectopic endometrial implants in the tubal mucosa
H Sexually transmitted tubal infection
H Intrauterine device
H Smoking
H Hormonal contraceptives

Incidence
H In whites, about 1 of 200 pregnancies
H In nonwhites, about 1 of 120 pregnancies

Common characteristics

Pathophysiology

H Abdominal tenderness
H Abdominal discomfort
H Minimal vaginal bleeding
H Amenorrhea

H The transport of a blastocyst to the uterus is delayed.


H The blastocyst implants at another available vascular-

Complications

ized site, usually the fallopian tube lining.


H Normal signs of pregnancy are initially present.
H Uterine enlargement occurs in about 25% of cases.
H Human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) hormonal
levels are lower than in uterine pregnancies.
H If not interrupted, internal hemorrhage occurs with
rupture of the fallopian tube.

H Rupture of fallopian tube


H Hemorrhage
H Shock
H Peritonitis
H Infertility
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Death

Causes
H Abnormal reproductive organ anatomy
H Delay in reproductive events such as movement of

zygote to uterus
H Unknown

Assessment
History
H Amenorrhea
H Abnormal menses (after fallopian tube implantation)
H Slight vaginal bleeding
H Unilateral pelvic pain over the mass
H If fallopian tube ruptures, sharp lower abdominal

Risk factors
H Endosalpingitis
H Diverticula
H Tumors pressing against the tube

pain, possibly radiating to the shoulders and neck

Implantation sites of ectopic pregnancy


In about 95% of patients with ectopic pregnancy, the
ovum implants in part of the fallopian tube: the fimbria,
ampulla, or isthmus. Other possible abnormal sites of implantation include the interstitium, ovarian ligament,
ovary, abdominal viscera, and internal cervical os.

ALERT
Ectopic pregnancy sometimes produces symptoms
of normal pregnancy or no symptoms other than
mild abdominal pain (especially in abdominal
pregnancy), making diagnosis difficult.

Physical findings

Ampulla
Fimbria

Isthmus

H Possible extreme pain when cervix is moved and ad-

nexa palpated

Interstitium

H Boggy and tender uterus


H Adnexa possibly enlarged

Test results
Ovary
Ovarian ligament

252

Ectopic pregnancy

Internal cervical os

Laboratory
H Serum HCG level is abnormally low; when repeated
in 48 hours, it remains lower than levels found in a
normal intrauterine pregnancy.
Imaging
H Real-time ultrasonography shows intrauterine pregnancy or ovarian cyst.

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 253

Diagnostic procedures
H Laparoscopy may reveal pregnancy outside the
uterus.

Treatment

H Signs of impending shock


H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching

Medications

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H postoperative care
H prevention of recurrent ectopic pregnancy
H prompt treatment of pelvic infections
H risk factors for ectopic pregnancy, including surgery
involving the fallopian tubes and pelvic inflammatory
disease.

H Transfusion with packed red blood cells


H Broad-spectrum I.V. antibiotics, according to isolated

Discharge planning

General
H Initially, in the event of pelvic-organ rupture, man-

agement of shock
H Diet determined by clinical status
H Activity determined by clinical status

organism
H Supplemental iron

H Refer the patient to a mental health professional for

additional counseling, if necessary.

Surgery
H Laparotomy and salpingectomy; possibly after lap-

aroscopy to remove affected fallopian tube and control bleeding


H Microsurgical repair of the fallopian tube for patients
who wish to have children
H Oophorectomy for ovarian pregnancy
H Hysterectomy for interstitial pregnancy
H Laparotomy to remove the fetus for abdominal pregnancy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have stable vital signs
H express feelings about the current situation
H use available support systems to aid in coping.

Nursing interventions
H Prepare the patient with excessive blood loss for

emergency surgery.
H Administer prescribed blood transfusions.
H Provide emotional support.
H Give prescribed analgesics.
H Administer Rho(D) immune globulin (RhoGAM), as

ordered, if the patient is Rh-negative.


H Determine the date and description of her last men-

strual period.
H Provide a quiet, relaxing environment.
H Encourage the patient to express her feelings of fear,

loss, and grief.


H Help the patient to develop effective coping strate-

gies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Vaginal bleeding
H Pain control
H Intake and output
H Signs of hypovolemia

Ectopic pregnancy

253

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 254

Life-threatening disorder

Electric shock
Overview
Description
H Electric current passing through body
H Physical damage depending on intensity of current,

resistance of the tissues it passes through, type of


current, and frequency and duration of current flow
H Classified as lightning, low voltage (less than 600 V),
and high voltage (greater than 600 V)
H Burns the most common injury

Pathophysiology
H Electrical energy results in altered cell membrane

resting potential, causing depolarization in muscles


and nerves.
H Electric shock alters normal electrical activity of the
heart and brain.
H Electric shock resulting from a high-frequency current generates more heat in tissues than a lowfrequency current, resulting in burns and local tissue
coagulation and necrosis.
H Muscle tetany is elicited.
H Tissue destruction and coagulative necrosis occur.

Causes
H Accidental contact with an exposed part of an electri-

cal appliance or wiring


H Lightning
H Flash of electric arcs from high-voltage power lines

or machines

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Exposure to electricity or lightning
H Loss of consciousness
H Muscle pain
H Fatigue
H Headache
H Nervous irritability

Physical findings
H Determined by voltage exposure
H Burns
H Local tissue coagulation
H Entrance and exit injuries
H Cyanosis
H Apnea
H Markedly decreased blood pressure
H Cold skin
H Unconsciousness
H Numbness or tingling or sensorimotor deficits

Test results
Laboratory
H Laboratory test results evaluate internal damage and
guide treatment:
Arterial blood gas analysis may show hypoxemia
and acid-base imbalance.
Urine may test positive for myoglobin.
Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels may be
elevated.
Imaging
H If chest injury or shortness of breath occurred, chest
X-rays evaluate internal damage and guide treatment.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography evaluates internal damage and
guides treatment.

H Causes more than 1,000 deaths annually


H More common in males ages 20 to 40

Treatment

Common characteristics

General

H Cutaneous burn
H Variable deep tissue damage

H Separation of victim from current source


H Stabilization of cervical spine
H Emergency measures to maintain airway, breathing,

Complications
H Sepsis
H Neurologic dysfunction
H Cardiac dysfunction
H Psychiatric dysfunction
H Renal failure
H Electrolyte abnormalities
H Peripheral nerve injuries
H Vascular disruption
H Thrombi
H Death

254

Electric shock

and circulation
H Treatment of acid-base imbalance
H Vigorous fluid replacement
H No dietary restrictions if swallowing ability intact
H Activity based on outcome of interventions

Medications
H Tetanus prophylaxis with tetanus toxoid

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 255

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable cardiac rhythm
H maintain cardiac output
H regain skin integrity
H have wounds and incisions that appear clean, pink,
and free from purulent drainage.

Nursing interventions
H Separate the victim from the current source.
H Provide emergency treatment to maintain airway,

breathing, and circulation.


H Give rapid I.V. fluid infusion.
H Obtain a 12-lead electrocardiogram.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide wound care.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm (continuously) and cardiovascular

status
H Intake and output (hourly)
H Neurologic status
H Sensorimotor deficits
H Peripheral neurovascular status
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H information about the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to avoid electrical hazards at home and at work
H electrical safety regarding children.

Electric shock

255

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 256

Emphysema
Overview
Description
H Progressive, chronic lung disease characterized by

permanent enlargement of air spaces distal to the


terminal bronchioles and by exertional dyspnea
H One of several diseases usually labeled collectively as
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or chronic
obstructive lung disease

Pathophysiology
H Recurrent inflammation associated with the release

of proteolytic enzymes from lung cells causes abnormal, irreversible enlargement of the air spaces distal
to the terminal bronchioles.
H This enlargement leads to the destruction of alveolar
walls, which results in a breakdown of elasticity. (See
What happens in emphysema.)

Causes
H Cigarette smoking
H Air pollutants

Risk factors
H Genetic deficiency of alpha1-antitrypsin

Incidence
H Most common cause of death from respiratory dis-

ease in the United States


H More prevalent in males than in females
H About 2 million U.S. residents affected
H Affects 1 in 3,000 neonates

Common characteristics
H Exertional dyspnea
H Chronic cough
H Shortness of breath
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Malaise

Complications

Physical findings
H Barrel chest
H Pursed-lip breathing
H Use of accessory muscles
H Cyanosis
H Clubbed fingers and toes
H Tachypnea
H Decreased tactile fremitus
H Decreased chest expansion
H Hyperresonance
H Decreased breath sounds
H Crackles
H Inspiratory wheeze
H Prolonged expiratory phase with grunting respira-

tions
H Distant heart sounds

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows decreased partial
pressure of oxygen; partial pressure of carbon dioxide remains normal until late in the disease.
H Red blood cell count shows an increased hemoglobin level late in the disease.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show:
a flattened diaphragm
reduced vascular markings at the lung periphery
overaeration of the lungs
a vertical heart
enlarged anteroposterior chest diameter
large retrosternal air space.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests typically show:
increased residual volume and total lung capacity
reduced diffusing capacity
increased inspiratory flow.
H Electrocardiography may show tall, symmetrical P
waves in leads II, III, and aVF; a vertical QRS axis;
and signs of right ventricular hypertrophy late in the
disease.

Treatment

H Recurrent respiratory tract infections


H Cor pulmonale
H Respiratory failure
H Peptic ulcer disease
H Spontaneous pneumothorax
H Pneumomediastinum

General

Assessment

Medications

History
H Smoking
H Shortness of breath
H Chronic cough
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Malaise

256

Emphysema

H Chest physiotherapy
H Possible transtracheal catheterization and home oxy-

gen therapy
H Adequate hydration
H High-protein, high-calorie diet
H Activity, as tolerated

H Bronchodilators such as formoterol


H Anticholinergics such as tiotropium
H Mucolytics such as acetylcysteine
H Corticosteroids such as fluticasone
H Antibiotics according to the isolated organism
H Oxygen

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 257

H Immunizations, such as influenza virus vaccine and

pneumococcal vaccine

Surgery
H Chest tube insertion for pneumothorax
H Lung volume reduction surgery

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H demonstrate energy conservation techniques
H express understanding of the illness
H demonstrate effective coping strategies.

What happens in emphysema


In normal, healthy breathing, air moves in and out of the
lungs to meet metabolic needs. A change in airway size
compromises the lungs ability to circulate sufficient air.
In a patient with emphysema, recurrent pulmonary inflammation damages and eventually destroys the alveolar
walls, creating large air spaces. This breakdown leaves the
alveoli unable to recoil normally after expanding and results in bronchiolar collapse on expiration. This traps air
within the lungs.
Associated pulmonary capillary destruction usually allows a patient with severe emphysema to match ventilation to perfusion and thus avoid cyanosis.
NORMAL ALVEOLI
Bronchiole

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care.
H Help the patient adjust to lifestyle changes necessitat-

ed by a chronic illness.
H Encourage the patient to express his fears and con-

cerns.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a high-calorie, protein-rich diet.
H Give small, frequent meals.
H Encourage daily activity and diversional activities.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated at least 30 degrees.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.

Alveoli

ABNORMAL ALVEOLI

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Complications
H Respiratory status
H Activity tolerance
H Cardiovascular status
H Nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the practitioner
H avoidance of smoking and areas where smoking is
permitted
H avoidance of crowds and people with known infections
H home oxygen therapy, if indicated
H transtracheal catheter care, if needed
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H the proper use of handheld inhalers
H high-calorie, protein-rich diet
H adequate oral fluid intake
H avoidance of respiratory irritants
H signs and symptoms of pneumothorax.

ALERT
Urge the patient to notify the practitioner if he experiences a sudden onset of worsening dyspnea or
sharp pleuritic chest pain exacerbated by chest
movement, breathing, or coughing.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient for influenza and pneumococcal

pneumonia immunizations, as needed.


H Refer the family of patients with familial emphysema

for alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency screening.

Emphysema

257

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 258

Encephalitis
Overview
Description
H Severe inflammation of the brain

Pathophysiology
H Intense lymphocytic infiltration of brain tissues and

the leptomeninges results in:


cerebral edema
degeneration of the brains ganglion cells
diffuse nerve cell destruction (gray matter more
than white).

Causes
H Mosquito- or tick-borne arboviruses specific to rural

areas

H Sore throat and upper respiratory tract symptoms


H Sudden onset of altered level of consciousness
H Seizures

Physical findings
H Confusion, disorientation, or hallucinations
H Tremors
H Cranial nerve palsies
H Exaggerated deep tendon reflexes and absent superfi-

cial reflexes
H Paresis or paralysis of the arms and legs
H Stiff neck when the head is bent forward
H Fever
H Nausea and vomiting
H Cerebral hemispheres
H Aphasia
H Involuntary movements
H Ataxia
H Sensory defects

H Enteroviruses in urban areas (coxsackievirus, po-

Test results

liovirus, and echovirus)


H Herpesvirus
H Mumps virus
H Adenoviruses
H Demyelinating diseases after measles, varicella,
rubella, or vaccination
H Human immunodeficiency virus

Laboratory
H Blood analysis identifies the virus.
H Serologic studies in herpes encephalitis show rising
titers of complement-fixing antibodies.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging locates the lesion.
H Computed tomography scan shows cerebral edema.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis identifies the
virus.
H Lumbar puncture discloses CSF pressure.
H EEG shows slowing of waveforms.

Incidence
H About 1,500 cases annually in the United States
H More common in elderly people and infants

Common characteristics
H Dysuria; pyuria
H Fever
H Nausea and vomiting
H Myalgia
H Photophobia
H Stiff neck; headache
H Localized seizures
H Acute confusion or amnesic state

Complications
H Bronchial pneumonia
H Urinary retention and urinary tract infection
H Pressure ulcers
H Coma
H Epilepsy
H Parkinsonism
H Mental deterioration

Assessment
History
H Headache
H Muscle stiffness and malaise

258

Encephalitis

Treatment
General
H Supportive measures
H Airway maintenance
H Oxygen administration
H Adequate fluid and electrolyte intake
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Osmotic diuretics such as mannitol
H Corticosteroids such as dexamethasone
H Anticonvulsants such as phenytoin
H Antipyretics such as acetaminophen
H Antibiotics according to isolated organism
H Antivirals such as vidarabine
H Oxygen
H Stool softeners such as docusate sodium

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 259

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H exhibit fluid balance within normal limits
H exhibit temperature within normal limits
H consume adequate calorie requirements daily
H verbalize feelings of increased comfort and relief
from pain.

Nursing interventions
H Ensure adequate fluid intake.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Position and turn the patient often.
H Assist with range-of-motion exercises.
H Maintain adequate nutrition.
H Administer laxatives or stool softeners.
H Administer mouth care.
H Maintain a quiet environment.
H Start seizure precautions, if necessary.
H Reorient the patient often, if necessary.
H Keep the head of the bed elevated, as ordered.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Response to medications
H Intracranial pressure (severe cases)
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H transient behavior changes
H the medication regimen
H adverse effects of medication
H follow-up care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an outpatient rehabilitation pro-

gram, as indicated.

Encephalitis

259

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 260

Endocarditis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation or infection of the endocardium, heart

valves, or cardiac prosthesis


H Classified as infective (bacterial or fungal) or noninfective

Pathophysiology
H Fibrin, neutrophils, lymphocytes, and platelets clus-

ter on valve tissue and engulf bacteria, fungi, or


necrotic tissue. (See Degenerative changes in endocarditis.)
H This produces vegetation, which may cover the valve
surfaces, causing deformities and destruction of
valvular tissue, and may extend to the chordae
tendineae, causing them to rupture, leading to valvular insufficiency.
H Vegetative growth on the heart valves, endocardial
lining of a heart chamber, or the endothelium of a
blood vessel may embolize to the spleen, kidneys,
central nervous system, and lungs.

Causes
H Bacterial or fungal infection
H Advanced stages of cancer
H Immune system disorders

Risk factors
H Cardiac valvular disease
H I.V. drug use
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Prosthetic heart valves
H Congenital heart disease
H Mitral valve prolapse
H Degenerative heart disease
H Calcific aortic stenosis (in elderly patients)
H Asymmetrical septal hypertrophy
H Marfan syndrome
H Syphilitic aortic valve
H Long-term hemodialysis
H Streptococcal infection
H Systemic lupus erythematosus

Incidence
H No underlying heart disease in up to 40% of patients

Native valve endocarditis


H More common in males than in females
H Most patients older than age 50
H Uncommon in children
H Rheumatic valvular disease in about 25% of cases
H Mitral valve most commonly involved valve
H Drug abusers with endocarditis (frequently young
males)

260

Endocarditis

Common characteristics
H Heart murmur

Complications
H Valve stenosis or regurgitation
H Myocardial erosion
H Embolic debris lodged in the small vasculature of the

visceral tissue causing multiple organ infarcts


H Stroke
H Myocardial infarction
H Heart failure
H Acute renal failure

Assessment
History
H Predisposing condition
H Complaint of nonspecific symptoms, such as weak-

ness, fatigue, weight loss, anorexia, arthralgia, night


sweats, and intermittent fever, that may recur for
weeks

Physical findings
H Petechiae on the skin (especially common on the up-

per anterior trunk) and on the buccal, pharyngeal,


or conjunctival mucosa
H Splinter hemorrhages under the nails
H Clubbing of the fingers in long-standing disease
H Heart murmur in all patients except those with early
acute endocarditis and I.V. drug users with tricuspid
valve infection
H Murmur that changes suddenly or new murmur that
develops with a fever (classic physical sign)
H Oslers nodes
H Roths spots
H Janeway lesions
H Splenomegaly in long-standing disease
H Dyspnea, tachycardia, and bibasilar crackles possible
with left-sided heart failure
H Splenic infarction causing pain in the upper left
quadrant, radiating to the left shoulder, and abdominal rigidity
H Renal infarction causing hematuria, pyuria, flank
pain, and decreased urine output
H Cerebral infarction causing hemiparesis, aphasia,
and other neurologic deficits
H Pulmonary infarction causing cough, pleuritic pain,
pleural friction rub, dyspnea, and hemoptysis
H Peripheral vascular occlusion causing numbness and
tingling in arm, leg, finger, or toe or signs of impending peripheral gangrene

Test results
Laboratory
H Three or more blood cultures over 24 to 48 hours
identify the causative organism in up to 90% of patients.
H White blood cell count with differential are normal
or elevated.

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 261

H Complete blood count shows normocytic, normo-

chromic anemia in subacute infective endocarditis.


H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate and serum creatinine
levels are elevated.
H Serum rheumatoid factor is positive in about half of
patients after the disease is present for 6 weeks.
H Urinalysis shows proteinuria and microscopic hematuria.
Imaging
H Echocardiography may identify valvular damage in up
to 80% of patients with native valve disease.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show atrial fibrillation and
other arrhythmias that accompany valvular disease.

Degenerative changes in endocarditis


This illustration shows typical vegetations on the endocardium produced by fibrin and platelet deposits on infection sites.

Treatment
General
H Prompt therapy that continues for several weeks
H Selection of anti-infective drug based on type of in-

fecting organism and sensitivity studies


H If blood cultures negative (10% to 20% of subacute

cases), possible I.V. antibiotic therapy (usually for 4


to 6 weeks) against probable infecting organism
H Sufficient fluid intake
H Bed rest

Medications
H Antiplatelets or antipyretics such as aspirin
H Antibiotics, according to isolated organism

Surgery
H With severe valvular damage, especially aortic insuffi-

ciency or infection of a cardiac prosthesis, possible


corrective surgery if refractory heart failure develops
or if an infected prosthetic valve must be replaced

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm and cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status, including pulse oximetry
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Renal status
H Arterial blood gas analysis, as needed

ALERT
Watch for signs of embolization, a common occurrence during the first 3 months of treatment. Tell
the patient to watch for and report these signs.

Nursing considerations

Patient teaching

Key outcomes

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H anti-infectives the patient needs to continue taking
H the need to watch closely for fever, anorexia, and
other signs of relapse about 2 weeks after treatment
stops
H the need for prophylactic antibiotics before dental
work and some surgical procedures
H proper dental hygiene and avoiding flossing the teeth
H how to recognize symptoms of endocarditis and to
notify the practitioner immediately if such symptoms
occur.

The patient will:


H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability with adequate cardiac output
H exhibit no arrhythmias
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings about diminished capacity to perform usual roles.

Nursing interventions
H Stress the importance of bed rest.
H Provide a bedside commode.
H Allow the patient to express his concerns.
H Obtain a history of allergies.
H Administer antibiotics, as prescribed.
H Administer oxygen.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care with a cardiologist.

Endocarditis

261

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 262

Endometriosis
Overview
Description
H Poorly understood gynecologic condition character-

ized by pain that occurs with menstruation


H Endometrial tissue appears outside uterine cavity

lining
H Ectopic tissue generally confined to the pelvic
area, but can appear anywhere in the body

Pathophysiology
H Endometrial cells respond to estrogen and proges-

terone with proliferation and secretion.


H During menstruation, ectopic tissue bleeds and caus-

es inflammation of the surrounding tissues.


H Inflammation leads to fibrosis.
H Fibrosis leads to adhesions that produce pain and in-

fertility.

Assessment
History
H Cyclic pelvic pain that peaks 5 to 7 days before

menses and lasts 2 to 3 days


H Infertility
H Acquired dysmenorrhea
H Pain in lower abdomen, vagina, posterior pelvis and

back; often radiates down legs


H Additional symptoms depending on site of involve-

ment:
Hypermenorrhea (oviducts and ovaries)
Deep-thrust dyspareunia (ovaries and cul-de-sac)
Suprapubic pain, dysuria, and hematuria (bladder)
Dyschezia, rectal bleeding with menses, and pain
in the coccyx or sacrum (rectovaginal septum and
colon)
Nausea and vomiting that worsen before menses
(small bowel and appendix)
Abdominal cramps (small bowel and appendix)

Causes

Physical findings

H Direct cause unknown


H Familial susceptibility
H Direct implantation
H Transportation (retrograde menstruation)
H Formation in situ
H Induction of labor
H Immune system defects
H Lymphatic spread theory
H Inflammatory influence
H Environmental contaminants

H Multiple tender nodules on uterosacral ligaments or

Incidence
H Usually occurs between ages 20 and 40; uncommon

before age 20
H More common in females who postpone childbear-

ing
H More common in white females

Common characteristics
H Early menarche
H Menstrual flow lasting longer than 7 days
H Cycles lasting longer than 27 days
H Family history of endometriosis
H Multiparity
H Cyclic pelvic pain
H Severe dysmenorrhea

Complications
H Infertility
H Spontaneous abortion
H Anemia secondary to excessive bleeding
H Emotional problems secondary to infertility
H Pelvic adhesions
H Severe dysmenorrhea
H Ovarian cyst
H Ovarian cancer

rectovaginal septum
H Enlarged nodules (tender during menses)
H Ovarian enlargement with endometrial cysts on the

ovaries
H Thickened, nodular adnexa

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H A scoring and staging system created by the American
Fertility Society quantifies endometrial implants according to size, character, and location:
Stage I indicates minimal disease (1 to 5 points).
Stage II indicates mild disease (6 to 15 points).
Stage III indicates moderate disease (16 to 40
points).
Stage IV indicates severe disease (more than 40
points).
H Laparoscopy confirms the diagnosis and identifies
the disease stage.
H Ultrasonography helps confirm the diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Determined by stage of disease, patients age, and de-

sire to have children


H Pregnancy, if possible (provides temporary relief)
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Progestins such as medroxyprogesterone
H Hormonal contraceptives such as norethindrone
H Gonadotropin-releasing hormone, such as goserelin

and leuprolide
H Analgesics such as ibuprofen

262

Endometriosis

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 263

Surgery
H Laparoscopy to lyse adhesions, remove small im-

plants, and cauterize implants; for laser vaporization


of implants; usually followed by hormonal therapy to
suppress return of endometrial implants
H Total abdominal hysterectomy with bilateral
salpingo-oophorectomy in stages III and IV

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs of infection
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
H develop adequate coping behaviors.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to express her feelings about

the disorder.
H Offer emotional support.
H Encourage using open communication before and

during intercourse.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Effect of treatment
H Complications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Coping ability
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H associated complications
H avoiding minor gynecologic procedures immediately
before and during menstruation
H not postponing childbearing due to potential for infertility
H annual pelvic examination and Papanicolaou test.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and her partner to a mental health

professional for additional counseling, if necessary.


H Refer the patient to a support group such as the En-

dometriosis Association.

Endometriosis

263

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 264

Enterobacteriaceae
infections
Overview
Description

Assessment
History
H Recent travel to another country
H Ingestion of contaminated food or water
H Recent close contact with a person who has diarrhea
H Abrupt onset of watery diarrhea

H Variety of infections caused by a family of mostly aer-

Physical findings

obic, gram-negative bacilli


H Cause local and systemic infections, including invasive diarrhea resembling shigellosis and noninvasive,
toxin-mediated diarrhea resembling cholera
H Escherichia coli: the cause of most nosocomial infections

H Cramping abdominal pain with hyperactive bowel

Pathophysiology
H When infected, incubation takes 12 to 72 hours.
H Noninvasive diarrhea results from two toxins pro-

duced by enterotoxigenic or enteropathogenic strains


of E. coli.
H Toxins interact with intestinal juices and promote excessive loss of chloride and water.
H The invasive form directly attacks the intestinal mucosa without producing enterotoxins, causing local
irritation, inflammation, and diarrhea. This form
produces sporadic and outbreak-associated bloody
diarrhea due to hemorrhagic colitis, which can be
life-threatening at age extremes.

Causes

sounds
H Blood and pus in infected stools
H Vomiting and anorexia
H Low-grade fever
H Signs of dehydration, especially in children
H Signs and symptoms of hyponatremia, hypokalemia,

hypomagnesemia, and hypocalcemia from electrolyte


losses
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Rapid, thready pulse
H Initially in infants, loose, watery stools that change
from yellow to green and contain little mucus or
blood
H Listlessness and irritability in infants

Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures growth of E. coli in a normally sterile location, including the bloodstream, cerebrospinal fluid, biliary tract, pleural fluid, or peritoneal cavity
suggest E. coli infection at that site.

H Some strains of E. coli that are part of normal GI flo-

ra but cause infection in immunocompromised patients


H Infection usually from nonindigenous strains
H Transmission directly from an infected person
H Ingestion of contaminated food or water or contact
with contaminated utensils
H Enterotoxigenic E. coli (major cause of diarrhea
among those who travel from industrialized to developing regions)
H Most common food source: ground beef

Treatment

Incidence

H Activity, as tolerated

H May be major cause of diarrheal illness in children

in United States
H Incidence highest among travelers returning from

abroad, especially Mexico (noninvasive form),


Southeast Asia (noninvasive form), and South America (invasive form)

General
H Contact enteric precautions
H Correction of fluid and electrolyte imbalances
H Initially, nothing by mouth
H Increased fluid intake (if appropriate)
H Avoidance of foods that cause diarrhea
H Small frequent meals until bowel function returns to

normal

Medications
H I.V. antibiotics such as cotrimoxazole

Nursing considerations

Common characteristics

Key outcomes

H Diarrhea (cardinal symptom)

The patient will:


H regain or maintain normal fluid and electrolyte balance
H have an elimination pattern that returns to normal
H show no further evidence of weight loss
H maintain normal cardiac output.

Complications
H Bacteremia
H Severe dehydration and life-threatening electrolyte

disturbances
H Acidosis
H Shock

264

Enterobacteriaceae infections

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 265

Nursing interventions
H Institute contact enteric precautions and use proper

hand-washing technique.
H Replace fluids and electrolytes, as needed.
H Clean the perianal area after each episode of diar-

rhea and apply skin protectant, as needed.


H Administer prescribed antibiotics.
H During epidemics, screen all facility personnel and

visitors for diarrhea, and prevent people with the disorder from having direct patient contact.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Stool volume measurement and presence of blood

and pus
H Serum electrolyte results
H Signs and symptoms of gram-negative septic shock
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Vital signs
H GI status
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H the need to avoid unbottled water, ice, unpeeled fruit,
and uncooked vegetables in other countries
H signs of dehydration and seeking prompt medical attention if these occur (if the patient will be cared for
at home).

Enterobacteriaceae infections

265

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 266

Epididymitis
Overview
Description
H Infection of the epididymis (cordlike excretory duct

of the testis)
H One of most common infections of the male repro-

ductive tract

Pathophysiology
H Organisms enter the epididymis by the vas deferens

or lymphatics.
H Inflammation occurs.
H Other organs, such as the testes and prostate, may be

Incidence
H Usually affects males ages 19 to 40 or older than 60
H Affects 1 in 1,000 males anually
H Rare before puberty

Common characteristics
H Dull, aching groin pain
H Fever

Complications
H Orchitis (see Understanding orchitis)
H Sterility
H Abscess
H Atrophy
H Pyocele
H Infarction
H Sepsis

affected.

Causes
H Pyogenic organisms, such as staphylococci, Es-

cherichia coli, streptococci, chlamydia, Neisseria


gonorrhoeae, and Treponema pallidum
H Tuberculosis
H Sarcoidosis
H Brucellosis
H Leprosy
H Trauma
H Certain drugs such as amiodarone
H Obstruction

Risk factors
H Urinary tract infection
H Unprotected sex
H Prostatitis
H Trauma

Assessment
History
H Chills
H Fever
H Unilateral, dull, aching pain
H Pain radiating to spermatic cord, lower abdomen,

and flank
H Scrotal pain
H Dysuria, frequency, urgency, and urine retention
H Mild scrotal cellulitis
H Scrotal edema

Physical findings
H Erythema
H High fever
H Characteristic waddle (attempt to protect groin and

scrotum while walking)

Understanding orchitis
Orchitis, an infection of the testes, is a serious complication of epididymitis. It may also result from mumps,
which can lead to sterility or, less commonly, another systemic infection.

Signs and symptoms


Typical effects of orchitis include unilateral or bilateral tenderness and redness, sudden onset of pain, and swelling
of the scrotum and testes. Nausea and vomiting also occur. Sudden cessation of pain indicates testicular ischemia, which can cause permanent damage to one or
both testes. Hydrocele may also be present.

Treatment
Appropriate treatment consists of immediate antibiotic
therapy in bacterial infection or, in mumps orchitis, injection of 20 ml of lidocaine near the spermatic cord of the
affected testis, which may relieve swelling and pain. Severe orchitis may require surgery to incise and drain the
hydrocele and to improve testicular circulation. Other
treatments are similar to those for epididymitis.
To prevent mumps orchitis, suggest that prepubertal
males receive the mumps vaccine (or gamma globulin injection after contracting mumps).

266

Epididymitis

H Urethral discharge
H Prehn sign: elevation of hemiscrotum relieves pain
H Scrotal abscess

Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis shows an increased white blood cell
(WBC) count, indicating infection.
H Urine culture and sensitivity tests may show the
causative organism.
H Serum WBC count is greater than 10,000/l, indicating infection.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography shows an enlarged epididymis
(larger than 17 mm) and can rule out testicular torsion.

Treatment
General
H Scrotal elevation
H Ice bag to groin

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 267

H Increased oral fluids


H Bed rest until condition improves
H Use of an athletic supporter until recovered

Medications
H Broad-spectrum antibiotics such as cefazolin
H Analgesics such as ibuprofen
H Antipyretics such as acetaminophen

Surgery
H Scrotal exploration for complications of acute epi-

didymitis
H Epididymectomy under local anesthesia, if disease is

refractory to antibiotic therapy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimal complications
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express concern about self-concept and body image
H express feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexual activity.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Apply ice packs for comfort.

Monitoring
H Signs of abscess formation
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the use of a scrotal support while sitting, standing, or
walking
H safer sex practices.

Epididymitis

267

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 268

Life-threatening disorder

Epidural hematoma
Overview

Assessment
History
H Injury to head
H Headache
H Nausea, vomiting
H Change in mental status

Description

Physical findings

H Acceleration-deceleration or coup-contrecoup in-

H Head wound
H Neurologic signs based on the extent of bleeding

juries that disrupt normal nerve functions in bruised


area and cause intracranial bleeding

Pathophysiology
H Injury is directly beneath the site of impact when the

brain rebounds against the skull from the force of a


blow (a beating with a blunt instrument, for example), when the force of the blow drives the brain
against the opposite side of the skull, or when the
head is hurled forward and stopped abruptly (as in
an automobile accident when a drivers head strikes
the windshield).
H Brain continues moving and slaps against the skull
(acceleration), then rebounds (deceleration). Brain
may strike bony prominences inside the skull (especially the sphenoidal ridges), causing intracranial
hemorrhage or hematoma that may result in tentorial
herniation.

Causes
H Trauma
H Anticoagulation
H Thrombolysis
H Lumbar puncture
H Epidural anesthesia
H Coagulopathy or bleeding diathesis
H Hepatic disease with portal hypertension
H Vascular malformation
H Disk herniation
H Paget disease of bone
H Valsalvas maneuver
H Hypertension
H Intracerebral lesion

Incidence
H Rare in people younger than age 2 and older than

age 60
H Four times more common in males than in females

dilated pupils, weakness, sensory deficits, alterations


in reflexes, alterations in bladder or anal sphincter
tone
H Bradycardia and hypertension (with increased ICP)

Test results
Laboratory
H Coagulation studies show clotting abnormalities (if
cause is anticoagulation).
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging identifies abnormal masses or structural
shifts within the cranium.

Treatment
General
H Supportive: airway, breathing, circulation
H Wound care
H Head of the bed elevated 30 degrees with intracere-

bral injury
H Diet based on extent of injury
H Nothing by mouth if surgery is necessary
H Bed rest initially, then activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Vitamin K, fresh frozen plasma, platelets, or clotting

products (if coagulation studies are abnormal)


H Analgesics such as codeine
H Osmotic diuretics such as mannitol
H Anticonvulsants such as phenytoin
H Prophylactic antibiotics
H Corticosteroids such as dexamethasone

Surgery

Common characteristics

H Placement of burr holes


H Evacuation of the hematoma
H Craniotomy

H Brief loss of consciousness


H Headache
H Deteriorating mental status

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H Increased intracranial pressure (ICP)


H Seizures
H Respiratory depression and failure

The patient will:


H be hemodynamically stable
H recover or be rehabilitated from physical injuries to
the greatest extent possible

268

Epidural hematoma

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 269

H use support systems to assist with coping


H express a feeling of increased comfort and pain

relief.

Nursing interventions
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Institute seizure precautions.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Wound healing
H Seizure activity
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status, including cardiac rhythm

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H reporting changes in neurologic status
H avoiding aspirin as a pain treatment
H observing for cerebrospinal fluid drainage and signs
of infection.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical, occupational, and

speech therapy, as appropriate.


H Refer the patient to social service for extended ser-

vices, as appropriate.

Epidural hematoma

269

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 270

Life-threatening disorder

Epiglottiditis
Overview
Description
H Acute inflammation of the epiglottis and surrounding

area
H Life-threatening emergency that rapidly causes edema and induration
H If untreated, results in complete airway obstruction
H Mortality 8% to 12%, typically in children

Pathophysiology

H Apprehension
H Irritability

Complications
H Airway obstruction
H Death
H Sepsis
H Vocal cord paralysis

Assessment
History
H Recent upper respiratory tract infection
H Sore throat
H Dysphagia
H Sudden onset of high fever

H An infection of the epiglottis and surrounding area

Physical findings

leads to intense inflammation of the supraglottic region.


H Swelling of the epiglottis, aryepiglottic folds, arytenoid cartilage, and ventricular bands leads to acute
airway obstruction.

H Stridor
H Red and inflamed throat
H Fever
H Drooling
H Pale or cyanotic skin
H Restlessness and irritability
H Nasal flaring
H Tendency to sit in tripod position with mouth open

Causes
H Viral infection, usually Haemophilus influenzae

type B

and tongue protruding

H Pneumococci or group A streptococci

Incidence
H Higher incidence in Blacks and Hispanics
H Most common in children ages 2 to 6 years
H Occurs in any season
H More common in males than females

Common characteristics
H Sore throat
H Dysphagia

Airway crisis
Epiglottiditis can progress to complete airway obstruction
within minutes. To prepare for this medical emergency,
keep these tips in mind:
H Watch for the inability to speak; weak, ineffective
cough; high-pitched sounds or no sounds while inhaling; increased difficulty breathing; and possible
cyanosis. These are warning signs of total airway obstruction and the need for an emergency tracheotomy.
H Keep the following equipment available at the patients
bedside in case of sudden, complete airway obstruction: a tracheotomy tray, endotracheal tubes, a handheld resuscitation bag, oxygen equipment, and a laryngoscope with blades of various sizes.
H Remember that using a tongue blade or throat culture
swab can initiate sudden, complete airway obstruction.
H Before examining the patients throat, request trained
personnel, such as an anesthesiologist, to stand by if
emergency airway insertion is needed.

270

Epiglottiditis

H Thick and muffled voice sounds


H Subcostal, suprasternal, and intercostal retractions

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis may show hypoxia.
H Blood studies reveal elevated white blood cell count.
Imaging
H Lateral neck X-rays show an enlarged epiglottis and
distended hypopharynx.
Diagnostic procedures
H Direct laryngoscopy shows swollen, beefy-red
epiglottis.
Other
H Pulse oximetry may show decreased oxygen saturation.

Treatment
General
H Emergency hospitalization
H Humidification of airway
H Parenteral fluids
H Activity, as tolerated
H Endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation

Medications
H Parenteral antibiotics according to infective organism
H Corticosteroids such as hydrocortisone
H Oxygen therapy

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 271

Surgery
H Possible tracheotomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain a patent airway (see Airway crisis)
H use alternate means of communication.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Place the patient in a sitting position.
H Place the patient in a cool-mist tent.
H Encourage the parents to remain with their child.
H Offer reassurance and support.
H Ensure adequate fluid intake.
H Minimize external stimuli.
H Maintain a patent airway.

Monitoring
H Swallowing
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H ABG results
H Pulse oximetry
H Signs and symptoms of secondary infection
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to call the practitioner
H humidification
H signs and symptoms of respiratory distress
H signs and symptoms of dehydration.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for H. influenzae b conjugate vac-

cine, preferably at age 2 months, if indicated.

Epiglottiditis

271

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 272

Epilepsy

H Also known as seizure disorder

H Headache
H Mood changes
H Lethargy
H Myoclonic jerking
H Description of an aura
H Pungent smell
H GI distress
H Rising or sinking feeling in the stomach
H Dreamy feeling
H Unusual taste in the mouth
H Vision disturbance
H Incontinence

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Seizures are paroxysmal events involving abnormal

H Findings possibly normal while patient isnt having a

Overview
Description
H Neurologic condition characterized by recurrent

seizures
H Good seizure control in about 80% of patients with

strict adherence to prescribed treatment

electrical discharges of neurons in the brain and cell


membrane potential.
H On stimulation, the neuron fires, the discharge
spreads to surrounding cells, and stimulation continues to one side or both sides of the brain, resulting
in seizure activity.

Causes
H Idiopathic in half of cases

Nonidiopathic epilepsy
H Birth trauma
H Anoxia
H Perinatal infection
H Genetic abnormalities (tuberous sclerosis and
phenylketonuria)
H Perinatal injuries
H Metabolic abnormalities (hypoglycemia, pyridoxine
deficiency, hypoparathyroidism)
H Brain tumors or other space-occupying lesions
H Meningitis, encephalitis, or brain abscess
H Traumatic injury
H Ingestion of toxins, such as mercury, lead, or carbon
monoxide
H Stroke
H Apparent familial incidence in some seizure disorders

seizure and when the cause is idiopathic


H Findings related to underlying cause of the seizure

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum glucose and calcium study results rule out
other diagnoses.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging may indicate abnormalities in internal structures.
H Skull radiography may show certain neoplasms within the brain substance or skull fractures.
H Brain scan may show malignant lesions when X-ray
findings are normal or questionable.
H Cerebral angiography may show cerebrovascular abnormalities, such as aneurysm or tumor.
Other
H EEG shows paroxysmal abnormalities. (A negative
EEG doesnt rule out epilepsy because paroxysmal
abnormalities occur intermittently.)

Treatment
General

Incidence

H Airway protection during seizure


H Vagus nerve stimulation by pacemaker (see Vagus

H Patients usually younger than age 20


H Affects both sexes
H First seizure usually during childhood or after age 50

H A detailed presurgical evaluation to characterize

nerve stimulation)

Complications

seizure type, frequency, site of onset, psychological


functioning, and degree of disability to select candidates for surgery in medically intractable patients
H No dietary restrictions
H Safety measures
H Activity, as tolerated

H Anoxia
H Traumatic injury

Medications

Common characteristics
H Recurring seizures

Assessment
History
H Seizure occurrence unpredictable and unrelated to

activities
H Precipitating factors or events possibly reported

272

Epilepsy

H Anticonvulsants such as phenytoin


H Benzodiazepines such as lorazepam

Surgery
H Removal of a demonstrated focal lesion
H Correction of the underlying problem

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 273

Vagus nerve stimulation


The vagus nerve stimulator is a Food and Drug Administrationapproved method to treat medically refractory
epilepsy. The stimulator device is about the size of a pacemaker and is surgically placed in a pocket under the skin
in the upper chest. Leadwires from the stimulator are tunneled under the skin to a neck incision where the vagus
nerve has been exposed. The electrode coils are then
placed around the nerve. The treating practitioner has a
computer, which can be used to alter the stimulation
parameters, thereby optimizing the treatment of seizures.
The device stimulates the vagus nerve for 30 seconds
every 5 minutes to prevent seizure occurrence. A magnet
over the area can activate the device to give extra, ondemand stimulation if the patient feels a seizure coming
on. Adverse effects are voice change, throat discomfort,
shortness of breath, and coughing and are usually experienced only when the device is on.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Epilepsy Foundation of Amer-

ica.
H Refer the patient to his states motor vehicle depart-

ment for information about a drivers license.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from injury
H communicate understanding of the condition and
treatment regimen
H use support systems and develop adequate coping
H maintain usual participation in social situations and
activities.

Nursing interventions
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Prepare the patient for surgery, if indicated.
H Administer prescribed anticonvulsants.

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Response to anticonvulsants
H Vital signs
H Seizure activity
H Respiratory status
H Adverse drug reactions
H Associated injuries

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H maintaining a normal lifestyle
H compliance with the prescribed drug schedule
H adverse drug effects
H care during a seizure
H the importance of regular meals and checking with
the practitioner before dieting
H the importance of carrying a medical identification
card or wearing medical identification jewelry.

Epilepsy

273

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 274

Erectile dysfunction
Overview
Description
H Inability to attain or maintain penile erection long

enough to complete intercourse


H Classified as primary or secondary:

Assessment
History
H Long-standing inability to achieve erection
H Sudden loss of erectile function
H Gradual decline in sexual function
H Medical disorders, drug therapy, or psychological

trauma
H Achievement of erection through masturbation but

Primary impotence: never achieving sufficient


erection
Secondary impotence: patient has achieved erection and completed intercourse in the past
H Also called impotence

Physical findings

Pathophysiology

DSM-IV-TR criteria

H A lack of autonomic signal or impairment of perfu-

H Diagnosis confirmed when patient meets criteria:

sion may interfere with arteriolar dilation due to inappropriate adrenergic stimulation.
H Premature collapse of the sacs of the corpus cavernosum occurs.
H Pelvic steal syndrome can cause loss of erection before ejaculation due to increased blood flow to pelvic
muscles.

Causes

not with a partner


H Anxious appearance
H Signs of depression

Persistent or recurrent partial or complete failure


to attain or maintain erection until completion of
sexual activity
Marked distress or interpersonal difficulty as a result of erectile dysfunction
Erectile dysfunction not better accounted for by
another Axis I disorder and not caused by a drug
or medical condition

H 80% of cases believed to have an organic cause, such

Test results

as vascular insufficiency and veno-occlusive dysfunction


H 20% of cases believed to be psychogenic in origin

Laboratory
H Hormone levels may be decreased.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography evaluates vascular function.
Diagnostic procedures
H Angiography evaluates vaso-occlusive disease.
Other
H Direct injection of prostaglandin E1 (alprostadil)
into the corpora evaluates the quality of erection.
H Nocturnal penile tumescence testing helps distinguish psychogenic impotence from organic impotence.

Risk factors
H Medication
H Pelvic injury or surgery
H Alcohol use
H Increasing age
H Smoking
H Obesity
H Hypertension
H Diabetes mellitus
H Scleroderma
H Renal failure
H Cancer treatment
H Stroke
H Multiple sclerosis
H Alzheimers disease
H Depression

Incidence
H Affects males of all age-groups, but incidence in-

creases with age

Common characteristics
H Depression
H Inability to obtain or maintain an erection

Complications
H Serious disruption of marital or other sexual rela-

tionships

274

Erectile dysfunction

Treatment
General
H Sex therapy for psychogenic impotence
H Treatment of cause for organic impotence
H Psychological counseling
H Avoidance of alcohol
H External vacuum device

Medications
H Intracavernosal injection therapy
H Medicated Urethral System for Erections

intraurethral suppository
H Hormone replacement such as testosterone
H Phosphodiesterase type-5 inhibitors, such as silde-

nafil and vardenafil

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 275

Surgery
H Surgically inserted inflatable or semirigid penile

prosthesis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H acknowledge a problem in sexual function
H discuss feelings and perceptions about changes in
sexual performance
H develop and maintain a positive attitude toward sexuality and sexual performance.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H As needed, refer the patient to a physician, nurse,

psychologist, social worker, or counselor trained in


sex therapy.
After penile prosthesis surgery
H Apply ice packs to the penis for 24 hours.
H Empty the drainage device when its full.
H If the patient has an inflatable prosthesis, provide instructions for use.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Complications
H Postoperative bleeding
H Postoperative infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the anatomy and physiology of the reproductive system and the human sexual response cycle
H the need to avoid intercourse until the incision heals,
usually 6 weeks after penile implant surgery
H signs of infection.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.

Erectile dysfunction

275

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 276

Life-threatening disorder

Erythroblastosis fetalis
Overview
Description
H Hemolytic disease of the fetus and neonate
H Stems from an incompatibility of fetal and maternal

blood
H Also known as hemolytic disease of the newborn

Pathophysiology
ABO incompatibility
H Each blood group has specific antigens on red blood
cells (RBCs) and specific antibodies in the serum.
H The maternal immune system forms antibodies
against fetal cells when blood groups differ.

What happens in Rh isoimmunization


Rh-negative woman before pregnancy

H This can cause hemolytic disease even if fetal ery-

throcytes dont escape into the maternal circulation


during pregnancy.
Rh incompatibility
H During her first pregnancy, an Rh-negative female becomes sensitized (during delivery or abortion) by exposure to Rh-positive fetal blood antigens inherited
from the father.
H A female may also become sensitized from receiving
blood transfusions with alien Rh antigens; from inadequate doses of Rh0(D) (RhoGAM); or from failure
to receive Rh0(D) after significant fetal-maternal
leakage during abruptio placentae (premature detachment of the placenta).
H A subsequent pregnancy with an Rh-positive fetus
provokes maternal production of agglutinating antibodies, which cross the placental barrier, attach to
Rh-positive cells in the fetus, and cause hemolysis
and anemia.
H To compensate, the fetal blood-forming organs step
up the production of RBCs, and erythroblasts (immature RBCs) appear in the fetal circulation.
H Extensive hemolysis releases more unconjugated
bilirubin than the liver can conjugate and excrete,
causing hyperbilirubinemia and hemolytic anemia.

Causes
H ABO incompatibility
H Rh isoimmunization (see What happens in Rh

isoimmunization)

Incidence
H Rh negativity 15% of Whites, 5% to7% of Blacks,
Pregnancy with Rh-positive fetus

rare in Asians
H About 4,000 cases per year
H ABO incompatibility frequently occurs during first

pregnancy; present in about 12% of pregnancies


Placental separation

Maternal sensitization to Rh-positive blood

Common characteristics
H Jaundice
H Anemia
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Hydrops fetalis

Complications
Next pregnancy with Rh-positive fetus

Maternal anti-Rh antibodies enter fetal circulation

H Fetal death in utero


H Severe anemia
H Heart failure
H Kernicterus

Assessment
History

Anti-Rh antibody to fetal Rh-positive red blood cells (RBCs)

H Mother Rh-positive; father Rh-negative


H Antigen-antibody response developed during previ-

ous pregnancy
Hemolysis of fetal RBCs

H Blood transfusion
H Maternal history (for erythroblastotic stillbirths,

abortions, previously affected children, previous antiRh titers)

276

Erythroblastosis fetalis

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 277

Physical findings
H Pallor
H Edema
H Petechiae
H Bile-stained umbilical cord
H Yellow- or meconium-stained amniotic fluid
H Mild to moderate hepatosplenomegaly
H Pulmonary crackles
H Heart murmur
H Jaundice

Test results
Laboratory
H Paternal blood is typed for ABO and Rh.
H Amniotic fluid analysis shows increased bilirubin and
anti-Rh titers.
H Direct Coombs test of umbilical cord blood measures RBC (Rh-positive) antibodies in the neonate
(positive only when the mother is Rh negative and
the fetus is Rh positive).
H Cord hemoglobin level in neonate is less than 10 g,
indicating severe disease.
H Many nucleated peripheral RBCs are present.
Imaging
H Radiologic studies show edema and, in hydrops fetalis, the halo sign (edematous, elevated, subcutaneous
fat layers) and the Buddha position (fetuss legs are
crossed).

H maintain fluid balance within normal limits


H maintain normal temperature.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of fears by parents concerning

possible complications of treatment.


H Promote normal parental bonding.
H Administer Rho(D) I.M., as ordered.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac rhythm and rate
H Temperature
H Respiratory status
H Transfusion complications
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medications, drug routes, and administration
H preventive measures for reoccurrence.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up appointments.

Treatment
General
H Phototherapy (exposure to ultraviolet light to reduce

bilirubin levels)
H Intubation of neonate
H Removal of excess fluid
H Maintenance of body temperature

Medications
H Intrauterine-intraperitoneal transfusion (if amniotic

fluid analysis suggests the fetus is severely affected


and not mature enough to deliver)
H Exchange transfusion
H Albumin infusion
H Gamma globulin containing anti-Rh antibody
(Rho[D])

Surgery
H Planned delivery (usually 2 to 4 weeks before term

date, depending on maternal history, serologic test


results, and amniocentesis)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit adequate ventilation
H remain hemodynamically stable

Erythroblastosis fetalis

277

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 278

Esophageal cancer
Overview
Description
H Esophageal tumors usually fungating and infiltrating

and nearly always fatal


H Common sites of metastasis are liver and lungs
H Includes two types of malignant tumors: squamous
cell carcinoma and adenocarcinoma
H Grim prognosis (5-year survival rates occur in less
than 5% of cases; most patients die within 6 months
of diagnosis)

Pathophysiology
H Most esophageal cancers are poorly differentiated

squamous cell carcinomas, with 50% occurring in


the lower portion of the esophagus, 40% in the middle portion, and 10% in the upper or cervical esophagus.
H Adenocarcinomas occur less frequently and are contained to the lower third of the esophagus.
H The tumor partially constricts the lumen of the
esophagus.
H Regional metastasis occurs early by way of submucosal lymphatics, often fatally invading adjacent vital
intrathoracic organs. (If the patient survives primary
extension, the liver and lungs are the usual sites of
distant metastases; unusual metastasis sites include
the bone, kidneys, and adrenal glands.)

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
H Human papillomavirus
H Chronic irritation from heavy smoking
H Excessive use of alcohol
H Stasis-induced inflammation, as in achalasia or stric-

ture
H Previous head and neck tumors
H Nutritional deficiency, such as in untreated sprue and

Complications
H Direct invasion of adjoining structures
H Inability to control secretions
H Obstruction of the esophagus
H Loss of lower esophageal sphincter control (may re-

sult in aspiration pneumonia)

Assessment
History
H Feeling of fullness, pressure, indigestion, or subster-

nal burning
H Dysphagia and weight loss; the degree of dysphagia

varies, depending on the extent of disease


H Hoarseness
H Pain on swallowing or pain that radiates to the back
H Anorexia, vomiting, and regurgitation of food

Physical findings
H Chronic cough (possibly from aspiration)
H Cachexia and dehydration

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count reveals anemia.
H Bleeding time may be prolonged.
Imaging
H X-rays of the esophagus, with barium swallow and
motility studies, are used to delineate structural and
filling defects and reduced peristalsis.
H Computed tomography scan may help to diagnose
and monitor esophageal lesions.
H Esophagogastroduodenoscopy shows tumor and permits biopsy.
Diagnostic procedures
H Esophagoscopy, punch and brush biopsies, and exfoliative cytologic tests confirm esophageal tumors.
H Bronchoscopy (usually performed after an esophagoscopy) may reveal tumor growth in the tracheobronchial tree.
H Endoscopic ultrasonography of the esophagus combines endoscopy and ultrasound technology to measure the depth of penetration of the tumor.

Plummer-Vinson syndrome
H Exposure to nitrosamines

Incidence
H Most common in males older than age 60
H Occurs worldwide, but most common in Japan, Rus-

sia, China, the Middle East, and the Transkei region


of South Africa

Common characteristics
H Dysphagia
H Weight loss
H Esophageal obstruction
H Acute pain
H Hoarseness, coughing
H Cachexia

278

Esophageal cancer

Treatment
General
H Surgery and other treatments to relieve disease ef-

fects
H Palliative therapy used to keep esophagus open:

Dilatation of the esophagus


Laser therapy
Radiation therapy
Installation of prosthetic tubes (such as Celestins
tube)
H Liquid to soft diet, as tolerated
H High-calorie supplements

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 279

Medications
H Chemotherapy such as fluorouracil
H Analgesics such as morphine

Surgery
H Radical surgery to excise tumor and resect esopha-

gus or stomach and esophagus


H Gastrostomy or jejunostomy

Other
H Endoscopic laser treatment and bipolar electrocoag-

ulation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight
H maintain fluid volumes within the normal range
H not aspirate
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Provide support and encourage verbalization.
H Position the patient with the head of the bed elevated

at least 30 degrees to prevent aspiration.


H Provide tube feedings, as ordered.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage incentive spirometer use.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Electrolyte levels
H Intake and output
H Postoperative complications
H Swallowing ability
H Pain control
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease process, treatment, and postoperative
course
H dietary needs
H the need for rest between activities.

Discharge planning
H Arrange for home care follow-up after discharge.
H Refer the patient to the American Cancer Society.

Esophageal cancer

279

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 280

Exophthalmos
Overview
Description

Assessment
History
H Vision changes
H Eye trauma

H Unilateral or bilateral bulging or protrusion of the

Physical findings

eyeballs or their apparent forward displacement


(with lid retraction)
H Also called proptosis

H Eye protrusion (see Detecting unilateral exophthal-

Pathophysiology
H Increase in volume within the fixed bony orbital con-

fines displaces the globular orbit anteriorly.

Causes
H Ophthalmic Graves disease
H Trauma
H Hemorrhage
H Varicosities
H Thrombosis
H Edema
H Infection
H Orbital cellulitis
H Panophthalmitis
H Tumors and neoplastic diseases
H Vasculitis

Incidence
H Occurs more often in females than in males
H Can occur at any age, but more common between

ages 30 and 50

Common characteristics
H Bulging eyeball (see Recognizing exophthalmos)
H Diplopia

Complications
H Vision changes

mos)
H Visible rim of the sclera
H Infrequent blinking
H Limited ocular movement
H Ocular tenderness

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of discharge determines the infecting organism.
H Sensitivity testing indicates appropriate antibiotic
therapy.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan detects swollen extraocular muscles or lesions within the orbit.
Diagnostic procedures
H Exophthalmometer readings confirm diagnosis by
showing the degree of anterior projection and asymmetry between the eyes. (Normal bar readings range
from 12 to 20 mm.)

Treatment
General
H Cold and warm compresses (trauma)
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotics such as cefazolin to treat infection
H Antithyroid therapy such as propylthyrouracil for

Graves disease
H Corticosteroids such as dexamethasone to treat optic

neuropathy
H Eye lubricants

Surgery
Recognizing exophthalmos
This photo shows the characteristic forward protrusion of
the eyes from the orbit associated with exophthalmos.

H Orbital decompression (removal of the superior and

lateral orbital walls) if vision threatened, followed by


lid (blepharoplasty) and muscle surgery
H Surgical exploration of the orbit and excision of the
tumor

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain functional eyesight
H understand cause and treatment of exopthalmus
H experience normal eye movement.

280

Exophthalmos

9400E.qxd

8/2/12

4:32 PM

Page 281

Detecting unilateral exophthalmos


If one of the patients eyes seems more prominent than
the other, examine both eyes from above the patients
head. Look down across his face, gently draw his lids up,
and compare the relationship of the corneas to the lower
lids. Abnormal protrusion of one eye suggests unilateral
exophthalmos.
Dont perform this test if you suspect eye trauma.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Apply cold and warm compresses, as ordered, for

fracture or other trauma.


H Provide postoperative care.
H Provide emotional support.
H Protect the exposed cornea with lubricants to prevent

corneal drying.

Monitoring
H Response to therapy
H Visual acuity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H eye care
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H proper administration of eyedrops.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care.

Exophthalmos

281

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 282

Failure to thrive
Overview

H Young or single mother without social supports


H Parents who are overly focused on career
H Caregivers with inadequate adaptive and social skills
H Depression (in parent or in adult patient with failure

to thrive)

Description

Incidence

H Failure to maintain weight (and sometimes height)

H Exact figures unknown


H 1% to 5% of children younger than age 2 years who

above the fifth percentile


H Deviation from established growth curve
H Three types
Organic
Nonorganic
Mixed
H Occurs in infants, children, adolescents, and adults

Pathophysiology

are admitted to hospitals


H An estimated 10% of children in primary care set-

tings
H Higher in children from families with medical and

psychosocial problems, those of low socioeconomic


status, and undeveloped countries
H Nonorganic form slightly higher in females

H Organic

Common characteristics

Calorie intake is less than required for nutritional


needs due to the presence of a physiologic disorder.
H Nonorganic
A complex dynamic exists between the caregiver
and the patient, including a decreased emotional
attachment.
Sufficient food is available, but the patient may be
fed an unusual or overly restricted diet.
H Mixed
This is a combination of organic and nonorganic
explanations.

H Absence of weight gain or weight loss


H Altered body posture
H Thin appearance
H Muscle wasting

Causes

Assessment

H Organic

Complications
H Disease susceptibility
H Growth retardation
H Developmental delays
H Impaired bonding
H Altered family relationships

Acute or chronic illness


Defects in major organ systems
Malabsorption syndrome
Endocrine deficiencies
Congenital heart defects
Fetal alcohol syndrome
Cystic fibrosis
Feeding difficulties
Long-term gastroenteritis
Premature birth
Dementia (in adults)
H Nonorganic
Psychological problem between patient and primary caregiver
Failure to bond
Dysfunctional parenting behaviors
Economic problems
Poor eating habits
Neglect or abuse
Parental ignorance about appropriate child care
H Mixed
Combination of organic and nonorganic causes

History

Risk factors

Physical findings

H Untreated medical conditions


H Low-birth-weight or premature infant
H Domestic violence
H Poverty

H Short stature
H Weight below fifth percentile
H Small head circumference
H Decreased skin-fold thickness

282

Failure to thrive

H Prenatal

Use of drugs, alcohol, cigarettes


Diseases
H Labor and delivery
H Family medical and social history, including genetic
disorders
H Early neonatal
Birth weight
Initial weight loss
Birth defects
H Feeding
Nursing patterns of breast-fed infant; frequency
and time spent nursing
Maternal diet
Formula; type, amount, and frequency
Current eating patterns
H Psychosocial family problems
H Age at which the problem was first observed
H Previous growth information
H Medications
H Caregivers knowledge of appropriate care

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 283

H Delayed motor function


H Developmental delays
H Neuromuscular weakness
H Gaze avoidance
H Minimal smiling
H Signs and symptoms of underlying disease
H Caregiver-patient interactions

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows anemia.
H Stool analysis shows abnormal absorption or blood
indicating possible underlying disorder.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated, indicating
possible underlying disorder.
H Decreased electrolyte levels show poor nutritional intake.
H Blood lead level indicates lead poisoning.
H Thyroid test results indicate a hyperthyroid state.
H Elevated liver function study results point to an underlying disorder.
H Sweat-chloride test is done to rule out cystic fibrosis.
H Elevated glucose or glycosylated hemoglobin level indicates diabetes.
H Elevated blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels indicate a kidney disorder.
X-rays
H GI studies may detect an organic cause.
H Bone X-rays establish bone age.
Other
H Short-term hospitalization determines whether disorder is nonorganic (child will gain weight).
H Developmental testing shows delays.

Nursing interventions
H Plot the childs growth and weight, as ordered.
H Assess for signs and symptoms of organic disease.
H Provide supportive environment.
H Encourage positive parenting.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Nutritional status
H Caregiver compliance with patients nutritional needs
H Weight

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and its treatment
H importance of maintaining the feeding schedule
H normal growth and development
H where and how to obtain help during crisis situations
H the proper care of infants and children.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social worker and nutrition spe-

cialist, as appropriate.
H Refer the patient to community agencies, education

programs, stress management training, and support


groups, as indicated.

Treatment
General
H Underlying medical condition
H Liquid nutritional supplements
H High-calorie balanced diet

Medications
H Vitamins

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H receive appropriate medical care
H display age-appropriate nutrient intake
H demonstrate normal growth and development.
The caregiver will:
H verbalize understanding of the need for adequate nutrition
H demonstrate appropriate feeding techniques
H participate in developing a plan to promote parenting
skills, as appropriate
H seek psychological care and social assistance, as
needed.

Failure to thrive

283

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 284

Fibrocystic breast
disease

Complications
H Benign condition usually not leading to breast cancer
H Makes it more challenging to do breast self-examina-

tions
H May make mammography more difficult to interpret;

Overview

early cancerous lesions possibly being overlooked

Description

Assessment

H Common, benign breast condition


H Changes in breast tissue related to hormonal cycles
H Typically resolves after menopause

History

Pathophysiology
H Hormonal variations during the menstrual cycle are

normal.
H Estrogen and progesterone cause breast tissue cells

to grow and multiply.


H Prolactin, growth factor, insulin, and thyroid hor-

mone also affect breast tissue.


H They stimulate growth of breast glandular tissue and
increase the activity of blood vessels, cell metabolism, and supporting tissue.
H Secretions produced by glandular cells may not be
completely reabsorbed, causing fibrosis.
H Secretions become trapped in glandular cells, forming cysts.

Causes
H Fluctuations in hormone levels during menstrual

cycle
H Changes typically right before menstruation
H Dietary factors, including consumption of caffeine,
excessive saturated fats, and salts
H Estradiol excess (can occur from taking oral contraceptives or other synthetic forms of estrogen)
H Diabetes or thyroid dysfunction

Risk factors

H Premenstrual breast tenderness and swelling that im-

proves after menstrual period


H Dull, heavy pain and tenderness
H Feeling of fullness in breasts
H Nipple sensation changes; possibly itching

Physical findings
H Dense, irregular, and bumpy cobblestone consis-

tency in breast tissue


H Usually found in outer upper quadrants and under-

side of the breast


H Can occur as an isolated lump, in clusters, or wide-

spread
H Free movement of lumps in breast tissue
H Lumps usually smooth, round, fluid-filled, and slight-

ly elastic; varying in texture and size


H Possibly severe breast tenderness and pain
H Non-bloody nipple discharge; varying from clear and

watery to sticky

Test results
Imaging
H Mammography, ultrasonography, or magnetic resonance imaging rule out malignancy.
Diagnostic procedures
H Needle aspiration and biopsy confirm benign condition.

H Hormone replacement therapy


H Nullipara
H Irregular menstrual cycles
H Family history of fibrocystic breast disease or breast

Treatment

cancer
H Dietary factors

H Dietary changes such as:

Incidence
H Present in about 30% of females in United States
H Most common between the ages of 30 and 50
H Estimated to affect over 60% of all females
H Rare in postmenopausal females

Common characteristics
H Tends to be symmetrical but can occur in only one

breast
H Lumps that move freely in the breast tissue and vary

in texture and size


H Breast tenderness and pain ranging from mild to se-

vere

284

Fibrocystic breast disease

General
Reducing or eliminating caffeine consumption
(controversial); includes chocolate, sodas, coffee,
and tea
Reducing sugar and salt intake
Limiting consumption of saturated fats
Avoiding commercially raised meats containing
hormones
Eating a high-fiber diet, including many plantbased foods, fruits and vegetables, beans and peas,
raw seeds and nuts, and whole grains
Increasing seafood consumption, such as salmon,
trout, and mackerel (high in omega-3 fatty acids
and iodine)
H Increased vitamin and mineral intake
Vitamin A to reduce the pain symptoms and the
size of the breast lesions

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 285

Vitamin E to reduce pain and tenderness as well as


size of cysts
Magnesium supplement to help relieve cyclic
breast pain
Evening primrose oil, a source of the essential fatty acid, linoleic acid, and its chemical derivative,
gamma linolenic acid, to relieve symptoms and
possibly aid in correction of hormonal irregularities
H Application of heat to relieve pain
H Use of bra with good support to restrict motion
H Avoidance of estrogen supplementation

Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide,

and triamterene
H Drugs that alter hormone levels, such as bromocrip-

tine, tamoxifen, and danazol


H Acetaminophen or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory

drugs, such as ibuprofen and naproxen

Surgery
H Removal of lumps in the most severe cases

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of comfort and reduced pain
H verbalize understanding of the disease and its treatment
H demonstrate correct procedure for performing
breast self-examination
H acknowledge need to contact practitioner if changes
occur in breasts.

Nursing interventions
H Provide pain medication, as ordered.
H Assist with breast examination.

Monitoring
H Pain signs and symptoms
H Changes in breast lumps

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disease and its treatment
H the correct method of breast self-examination
H dietary modifications
H when to contact the practitioner.

Fibrocystic breast disease

285

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 286

Fibromyalgia syndrome

H Sleep disturbances with frequent arousal and frag-

Overview

mented sleep or frequent waking throughout night


(patient unaware of arousals)
H Possible report of irritable bowel syndrome, tension
headaches, puffy hands, and paresthesia

Description

Physical findings

H A diffuse chronic pain syndrome


H Referred to as FMS
H Previously called fibrositis

H Tender points are elicited by applying a moderate

Pathophysiology

Test results

H Several theories describe FMS:

H Diagnostic testing in FMS not associated with an un-

Blood flow to the muscle is decreased (due to


poor muscle aerobic conditioning, rather than
other physiologic abnormalities).
Blood flow in the thalamus and caudate nucleus is
decreased, leading to a lowered pain threshold.
Endocrine dysfunction such as abnormal
pituitary-adrenal axis responses or abnormal
levels of the neurotransmitter serotonin in brain
centers affects pain and sleep.
The functioning of other pain-processing pathways
is abnormal.

Causes
H Unknown
H May be primary disorder or associated with underly-

ing disease
H Possible association with infection
H May be multifactorial and influenced by stress, physical conditioning, abnormal-quality sleep, neuroendocrine factors, psychiatric factors and, possibly,
hormonal factors (due to predominance in females)

Incidence
H Observed in up to 15% of patients seen in general

rheumatology practice and 5% of general medicine


clinic patients
H More common in females than in males
H May occur at almost any age; peak incidence among
those ages 20 to 60

Common characteristics
H Widespread pain and fatigue

Complications
H Pain
H Depression
H Sleep deprivation

Assessment
History

amount of pressure to a specific location. (See Tender points of fibromyalgia.)

derlying disease is generally negative for significant


abnormalities.

Treatment
General
H Massage therapy
H Ultrasound treatments
H Regular, low-impact aerobic exercise program such

as water aerobics
H Preexercise and postexercise stretching to minimize

injury

Medications
H Serotonin reuptake inhibitors such as paroxetine
H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline and

nortriptyline
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as

ibuprofen
H Magnesium supplements
H Lidocaine injections

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
the confines of the disease
H express feelings about limitations
H express an increased sense of well-being.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Encourage the patient to perform regular stretching

exercises safely and effectively.


H Provide reassurance that FMS can be treated.

H Diffuse, dull, aching pain across neck and shoulders

Monitoring

and in lower back and proximal limbs


H Pain typically worse in morning, sometimes with stiffness; can be exacerbated by stress, lack of sleep,
weather changes, and inactivity

H Sensory disturbances
H Pain control
H Response to treatment
H Fatigue
H Depression

286

Fibromyalgia syndrome

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 287

Tender points of fibromyalgia


The patient with fibromyalgia syndrome may complain of specific areas of tenderness, which are shown in the
illustrations below.
Occiput:
Suboccipital muscle
insertions
Trapezius:
Midpoint of the upper
border
Supraspinatus:
Above the scapular spine
near the medial border

Gluteal:
Upper outer quadrants
of buttocks
Greater trochanter:
Posterior to the
trochanteric prominence

Low cervical:
Anterior aspects of the intertransverse spaces at C5 to C7

Second rib:
Second costochondral
junctions

Lateral epicondyle:
2 cm distal to the
epicondyles
Knee:
Medial fat pad proximal
to the joint line

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of exercise in maintaining muscle
conditioning, improving energy and, possibly, improving sleep quality
H the importance of taking the tricyclic antidepressant
dose 1 to 2 hours before bedtime, which can improve sleep benefits while reducing the morningafter effect
H the avoidance of decongestants and caffeine before
bedtime
H the need for a low-fat diet, high in complex carbohydrates, to decrease symptoms.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate counseling, as

needed.

Fibromyalgia syndrome

287

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 288

Folliculitis,
furunculosis, and
carbunculosis

Carbunculosis
H Abscess of adjacent furuncles
H Develops more slowly

Pathophysiology
H The infecting organism invades the hair follicle.
H An inflammatory reaction within the hair follicle re-

sults. (See Hair follicles and bacterial infection.)

Overview

Causes

Description

H Bacterial infection, typically coagulase-positive

Folliculitis
H Superficial bacterial infection of hair follicles that
usually heals without scarring
H Characterized by the formation of pustules
H Typically a localized eruption
H Predilection for perifollicular (hairy) areas and flexural surfaces
H May occur in the beard region (sycosis barbae)
H May occur in the scalp or on extremities (follicular
impetigo)
H May lead to the development of furuncles (furunculosis) or carbuncles
H Prognosis depending on severity, patients physical
condition, and ability to resist infection
Furunculosis
H Deeper infections characterized by deeper, more tender, and erythematous nodules or boils
H Worsened by irritation, friction, or perspiration

Hair follicles and bacterial infection


The degree of hair follicle involvement in bacterial skin infection ranges from superficial folliculitis (erythema and a
pustule in a single follicle) to deep folliculitis (extensive
follicle involvement), to furunculosis (red, tender nodules
that surround follicles with a single draining point) and, finally, to carbunculosis (deep abscesses that involve several follicles with multiple draining points).
Superficial folliculitis
Deep folliculitis

Staphylococcus aureus
H Contamination from an infected wound elsewhere on

the body

Risk factors
H Poor personal hygiene
H Debilitation
H Immunosuppression
H Diabetes mellitus
H Occlusive agents or chemicals such as cosmetics
H Tight-fitting clothing
H Improper shaving technique
H Occlusive therapy, using steroids
H Obesity
H Chronic colonization of S. aureus in nares or per-

ineum

Incidence
Folliculitis
H Common infection
H Affects all ages
H Affects males more commonly than females
Furunculosis
H Uncommon in children unless immunocompromised
H Increased frequency after puberty
H More common in adolescents and young adults
H Affects males and females equally
Carbunculosis
H Not uncommon for several family members to be affected at the same time
H More common in patients with diabetes and in patients who are immunocompromised
H Affects males more commonly than females

Common characteristics

Furunculosis
Carbunculosis

H Pustules
H Pain
H Erythema

Complications
H Cellulitis
H Septicemia
H Hematogenous seeding to heart valves, joints, and

other organs
H Residual scarring

288

Folliculitis, furunculosis, and carbunculosis

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 289

Assessment
History
H Presence of risk factors
H Pain and erythema for several days or longer
H Malaise

Physical findings
Folliculitis
H Localized pustules, usually on the scalp or extremities
H Pustules possibly also in beard area or on eyelids
(styes)
Furunculosis
H Hard, painful, or fluctuant nodules usually on neck,
face, axillae, or buttocks
H If nodules enlarge and rupture, pus and necrotic material on the skin surface
H Erythema that may persist for days or weeks after
nodule rupture
Carbunculosis
H Fever
H Extremely painful, deep abscesses
H Abscesses drain through multiple openings onto the
skin surface
H Pain, tenderness, and edema around pustule sites
H Hard or fluctuant nodules under skin surface
H Localized lymphadenopathy

Test results
Laboratory
H Wound culture and sensitivity results show the infecting organism.
H Complete blood count may reveal leukocytosis.

H report feelings of increased comfort


H demonstrate understanding of proper skin care regi-

men.

Nursing interventions
H Perform wound care.
H Properly dispose of contaminated dressings.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Apply warm, moist compresses.
H Assist with general hygiene and comfort measures, as

needed.
H Administer prescribed pain medications and antibi-

otics.

Monitoring
H Adverse drug reactions
H Response to treatment
H Level of comfort
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H meticulous hand-washing technique
H good personal hygiene
H how to prevent the spread of the infection
H lesion care
H the prescribed medication and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer patients with recurrent furunculosis for a phys-

ical examination to assess for underlying diseases.

Treatment
General
H Thorough cleaning of infected area with soap and

water
H Avoidance of occlusive agents
H Application of warm, moist compresses

Medications
H Topical or systemic antibiotics, according to the iso-

lated organism

Surgery
H Possible incision and drainage in patients with furun-

culosis or carbunculosis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or minimize complications
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions

Folliculitis, furunculosis, and carbunculosis

289

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 290

Fragile X syndrome
Overview
Description
H Most common inherited cause of mental retardation;

average IQ about 30 to 70
H Signs and symptoms of the syndrome apparent in

about 85% of males and 50% of females who inherit


the fragile X mental retardation-1 (FMR1) gene
H Distinct physical features, behavioral difficulties, and
cognitive impairment often found in postpubescent
males with syndrome
H More subtle symptoms usually found in females with
syndrome

Pathophysiology
H This X-linked condition doesnt follow a simple

X-linked inheritance pattern.


H Full mutation typically causes abnormal methylation

(methyl groups attach to components of the gene) of


FMR1.
H Methylation inhibits gene transcription and, thus,
protein production.
H The reduced or absent protein production leads to
the clinical features of fragile X syndrome.

Assessment
History
H Hyperactivity, speech difficulties, language delay, and

autistic-like behaviors
H Excessive shyness or social anxiety

Physical findings
H A prominent jaw and forehead
H Head circumference exceeding the 90th percentile
H Long, narrow face with long or large ears that may be

posteriorly rotated
H Hyperextension of the fingers
H Severe pectus excavatum
H Unusually large testes after puberty

Test results
Laboratory
H Positive genetic test, preferably deoxyribonucleic
acid analysis of blood or buccal samples, detects the
size of the cytosine-guanine-guanine repeat and the
methylation status of FMR1.
Imaging
H Echocardiography reveals a floppy mitral valve.

Treatment

Causes

General

H Genetic defect of the X-chromosome


H Well-defined mutation at a specific location on the

H Early intervention during preschool years


H Special education tailored to the childs needs
H Activity, as tolerated

FMR1 gene

Incidence

Medications

H Estimated to occur in about 1 in 1,500 males and

1 in 2,500 females
H Occurs in almost all races and ethnic populations

H Anticonvulsants such as phenytoin


H Antidepressants such as clomipramine
H Sedatives such as diazepam

Common characteristics

Surgery

Males
H Physical manifestations
H Hyperactivity, speech difficulties, language delay, and
autistic-like behaviors
Females
H Some degree of cognitive impairment, most commonly learning disabilities (math difficulties, language deficits, and attentional problems)
H Autistic-like features (rare)
H Excessive shyness or social anxiety

H Mitral valve repair

Complications

Nursing interventions

H Behavioral or learning difficulties


H Cognitive impairment
H Connective tissue abnormalities

H Administer prescribed drugs.


H Provide emotional support to the patient and his

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H function at the highest level possible
H be free from signs and symptoms of infection
H demonstrate effective learning related to potential.

family.
H Encourage appropriate activities for the patients

ability.
H Encourage the family to follow a routine schedule.

290

Fragile X syndrome

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 291

Monitoring
H Language development
H Seizures
H Hyperactivity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H medication administration and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family for genetic counseling.
H Refer the family to a support group.
H Advocate for special education services and individu-

alized speech, language, and occupational therapy


services during the patients schooling.

Fragile X syndrome

291

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 292

Frostbite
Overview
Description
H Damage to skin and other tissues caused by freezing
H Caused by sustained exposure to cold temperatures

or to certain chemicals without proper protection


H Signs or symptoms persisting longer than 30 minutes

after start of rewarming


H Classified by degree of injury as first-, second-,

third-, or fourth-degree
H Frost nip: less severe cold exposure with complete

resolution within 30 minutes of starting to rewarm

Pathophysiology
H Loss of body heat causes a fall in tissue temperature.
H Tissue hypoxia and acidosis occurs as blood vessels

narrow in response to cold.


H Tissues begin to freeze; ice crystals form and force

water out of cells, causing cell death.


H Blood no longer flows through the capillaries, and

Common characteristics
H First-degree frostbite characterized by white or blue

skin, edema, waxy appearance, spongy texture of the


tissue, and sensory deficits
H Second-degree frostbite characterized by white,
blotchy, or blue skin; edema; and formation of vesicles filled with clear or milky fluid (form within 24
hours of injury)
H Third-degree frostbite characterized by presence of
blood-filled vesicles, which progress to a black eschar
H Fourth-degree frostbite characterized by fullthickness damage affecting muscles, tendons, and
bone, with resultant tissue loss

Complications
H Wound-related sepsis
H Gangrene
H Compartment syndrome
H Loss of affected part; amputation
H Increased sensitivity to cold
H Pain with use of the affected area
H Altered sensation in the affected area, possibly lasting

throughout life

clots form in the arterioles and venules from increased blood viscosity.
H Inflammatory mediators are released, causing further
damage.
H Extent of permanent injury depends on duration of
frozen tissue.

H Tetanus
H Osteoporosis
H Muscle atrophy
H Phantom pain of amputated extremities
H Death, when associated with hypothermia or sepsis

Causes

Assessment

H Exposure to cold temperatures, without proper pro-

tection
H Time for this to occur affected by air temperature,

wind speed, and moisture (in the air as well as wet


clothing and skin)
H Chemical exposure, such as to dry ice or highly compressed gases

Risk factors
H Outdoor winter activities
H Workers in cold environments
H Homelessness
H Alcohol consumption and smoking
H Fatigue
H Inadequate, tight, or wet clothing
H Previous cold injury
H Young children and older adults
H Diseases, including diabetes, atherosclerosis, and

thyroid disease
H Infections
H Medications such as beta-adrenergic blockers

Incidence
H Hands or feet affected in 90% of injuries
H Ears, nose, chin, cheeks, or penis affected in remain-

ing 10% of injuries


H Males affected more often than females

292

Frostbite

History
H Prolonged exposure to cold or exposure without ad-

equate protection
H Numbness in affected part
H Feeling of clumsiness and confusion
H Possible shivering
H Pain, burning, or throbbing on rewarming

Physical findings
H Skin

Color: White, blotchy, or blue; purple in large affected area


Waxy appearance
Stiff to touch
H Spongy feeling to underlying tissue
H Edema
H Vesicles filled with clear or milky fluid or blood
H Joint stiffness and pain
H Sweating

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may show hemoconcentration.
Imaging
H X-rays determine bone involvement.
H Angiography determines extent of blood vessel damage.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 293

H Thermography measures blood flow.


H Technetium-99 pertechnetate scintigraphy deter-

mines extent of deep-tissue injury and assesses the


response of damaged tissue to therapy.

Treatment
General
H Replacement of wet or tight clothing with dry, loose

clothing
H Protection of injured area
H Rewarming affected part for 20 to 40 minutes in wa-

ter at 100 to 108 F (37.8 to 42.2 C) to halt ice


crystal formation and dilate blood vessels
H Hydration with warm fluids
H High-protein, high-calorie diet
H Physical therapy
H Acupuncture and homeopathic and botanical therapies
H Hyperbaric therapy

Medications
H Tetanus toxoid immunization and appropriate antibi-

otics, if needed, with open injuries


H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as

ibuprofen and naproxen, for inflammation and pain


H Opioids, such as morphine, meperidine, and
propoxyphene, for severe pain
H Vasodilators, such as nifedipine, to increase perfusion
H Aloe vera cream to debride blisters and prevent further trauma
H Anticlotting agent, tissue plasminogen activator, to reduce the risk of amputation (experimental)

H Assist with rewarming and other treatments, as or-

dered.
H Maintain aseptic technique when changing dressings.
H Provide pain medication, as ordered.

Monitoring
H Wound condition
H Pain level
H Capillary refill time
H Sensation
H Peripheral pulses
H Hydration status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and its treatment
H possible long-term effects
H need for smoking or alcohol cessation, if indicated
H increased susceptibility to cold
H how to prevent future cold injuries. (See Preventing
frostbite.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a social service agency, if indi-

cated.

Surgery
H Debridement or fasciotomy, if indicated
H Amputation, as needed (necessity usually unknown

for at least 1 month)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the injury and how to prevent future occurrences
H experience no further injury from frostbite
H remain free from infection
H express feelings of increased comfort and reduced
pain
H show progressive wound healing
H maintain optimal perfusion to affected areas
H demonstrate effective coping.

Nursing interventions
H Provide a bed cradle to keep covers off lower ex-

tremities, if indicated.

Prevention

Preventing frostbite
H Anticipate poor weather, and dress appropriately.
H Be aware that wet and windy conditions worsen the
chill factor and increase the risk of cold injury.
H Limit exposure time.
H Wear layers of loose-fitting clothing. Mittens provide
more warmth than gloves.
H Wear head, face, and ear coverings at all times.
H Wear two pairs of socks. An outer layer of wool socks
worn over synthetic socks that wick moisture away
from the skin provides the best insulation.
H Wear waterproof shoes or boots.
H Avoid smoking cigarettes and drinking alcohol, which
impair circulation.
H Remove metal jewelry, which conducts cold.

Frostbite

293

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 294

Gas gangrene

H Most common in extremities and abdominal wounds;

less common in uterus

Common characteristics

Overview

H Sudden, severe pain at wound site

Description

Complications

H Rare condition caused by local infection with anaero-

H Renal failure
H Hypotension and shock
H Hemolytic anemia
H Tissue death requiring amputation of the affected

bic, spore-forming, gram-positive, rod-shaped bacillus Clostridium perfringens or another clostridial


species
H Occurs in devitalized tissues and results from compromised arterial circulation

body part

Assessment

Pathophysiology
H Incubation is 1 to 4 days but can vary from 3 hours

to 6 weeks or longer.
H C. perfringens invades soft tissues, producing

thrombosis of regional blood vessels, tissue necrosis,


and localized edema. (See Effects of Clostridium
perfringens.)
H Necrosis releases carbon dioxide and hydrogen subcutaneously, producing interstitial gas bubbles.

History
H Recent surgery (within 72 hours)
H Traumatic injury
H Septic abortion
H Delivery

Physical findings
H Normothermia, followed by a moderate increase,

Causes

usually not above 101 F (38.3 C)

H C. perfringens
H Transmission when the organism enters the body

during trauma or surgery

H Toxemia (hypotension, tachycardia, tachypnea)


H Localized swelling and discoloration (often dusky

brown or reddish)
H Bullae and tissue necrosis
H Dark red or black necrotic muscle
H Foul-smelling, watery, or frothy discharge
H Subcutaneous emphysema (hallmark of gas gan-

Risk factors
H Diabetes mellitus

Incidence

grene)

H Rare, although more than 30% of deep wounds in-

fected with clostridia

H In later stages, altered level of consciousness that

may deteriorate to delirium and coma

H Most common in deep wounds, especially when tis-

sue necrosis further reduces oxygen supply

Effects of Clostridium perfringens


As C. perfringens grows in a closed wound, it destroys
cell walls and causes hemolysis, local tissue death, and
increasing edema.

C. perfringens
and necrotic
muscle in
closed wound

Test results
Laboratory
H Anaerobic cultures of wound drainage disclose
C. perfringens.
H Gram stain of wound drainage shows large,
gram-positive, rod-shaped bacteria.
H Blood studies show leukocytosis and, later,
hemolysis.
Imaging
H X-rays reveal gas in tissues.

Treatment

Increased
edema

General
Destruction
of cell walls

Edema

H Hyperbaric oxygen therapy


H Adequate hydration
H Nothing by mouth if surgery is planned
H Bed rest until recovery begins

Medications
Local
tissue
death

294

Gas gangrene

Hemolysis

H I.V. antibiotics such as vancomycin


H Analgesics such as morphine

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 295

Surgery
H Immediate wide surgical excision of all affected tis-

sues and necrotic muscle in myositis


H Amputation of the affected part

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have skin that remains warm, dry, and intact
H maintain collateral circulation
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Prepare for surgery, if indicated.
H Provide adequate fluid replacement.
H Maintain the airway and ventilation.
H Provide appropriate skin care and meticulous wound

care; place the patient on an air mattress or an


air-fluidized bed.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pulmonary and cardiac status
H Wound site
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to report severe pain at the wound site immediately
H the need to report foul odor or drainage from the
wound site.

Discharge planning
H After recovery, refer the patient for physical rehabili-

tation, as necessary.
H After extensive surgery, such as amputation, refer the

patient for psychological support, as necessary.

Gas gangrene

295

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 296

Gastric cancer

H Vague feeling of fullness, heaviness, and moderate

abdominal distention after meals

Overview

H Weight loss, nausea, vomiting


H Weakness and fatigue
H Dysphagia

Description

Physical findings

H Cancer of the GI tract classified according to gross

H Abdominal distention
H Palpable mass
H Palpable lymph nodes, especially the supraclavicular

appearance (polypoid, ulcerating, ulcerating and infiltrating, or diffuse)


H Prognosis depending on stage of disease at time of
diagnosis (5-year survival rate about 15%)

Pathophysiology

and axillary nodes


H Other assessment findings that depend on extent of

disease and location of metastasis

H The most commonly affected areas of the stomach

Test results

are the pylorus and antrum.


H The remaining areas affected in order of descending
frequency are the lesser curvature of the stomach,
the cardia, the body of the stomach, and the greater
curvature of the stomach.
H Rapid metastasis occurs to the regional lymph nodes,
omentum, liver, and lungs.

Laboratory
H Complete blood count may show iron deficiency anemia.
H Liver function studies may be elevated with metastatic
spread of tumor to liver.
H Carcinoembryonic antigen radioimmunoassay may
be elevated.
Imaging
H Barium X-rays of the GI tract with fluoroscopy show
changes that suggest gastric cancer, including a tumor or filling defect in the outline of the stomach,
loss of flexibility and distensibility, and abnormal gastric mucosa with or without ulceration.
Diagnostic procedures
H Gastroscopy with fiber-optic endoscope helps rule
out other diffuse gastric mucosal abnormalities by allowing direct visualization.
H Gastroscopic biopsy permits evaluation of gastric
mucosal lesions.
Other
H Gastric acid stimulation test discloses whether the
stomach secretes acid properly.

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
H Gastritis with gastric atrophy
H Type A blood (10% increased risk)
H Family history of gastric cancer
H Smoked foods, pickled vegetables, and salted fish

and meat
H High alcohol consumption
H Smoking
H Helicobacter pylori infection

Incidence
H Common worldwide in all races
H Incidence greater in males older than age 40
H Mortality high in Japan, Iceland, Chile, and Austria
H Incidence decreased 50% over the past 25 years;

death rate now one-third that of 30 years ago

Common characteristics
H Feeling of fullness
H Abdominal distention
H Back, epigastric, or retrosternal pain

Complications
H Malnutrition
H GI obstruction
H Iron deficiency anemia
H Metastasis

Assessment
History
H Back, epigastric, or retrosternal pain not relieved

with nonprescription medications

296

Gastric cancer

Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy combined with chemotherapy (not

indicated preoperatively because it may damage viscera and impede healing)


H Diet based on the extent of the disorder and clinical
condition
H Parenteral feeding with an inability to consume adequate calories

Medications
H Chemotherapy, such as fluorouracil and doxorubicin
H Antiemetics, such as aprepitant and dolasetron
H Opioid analgesics such as morphine
H Antibiotics such as tetracycline

Surgery
H Excision of lesion with appropriate margins (in more

than one-third of patients)


H Gastroduodenostomy
H Gastrojejunostomy

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 297

H Partial gastric resection


H Total gastrectomy (If metastasis has occurred, omen-

tum and spleen may have to be removed.)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight
H express feelings of increased energy
H report feeling less tension and pain
H maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Provide a high-protein, high-calorie diet with dietary

supplements.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide parenteral nutrition, as appropriate.
H After surgery, provide supportive care.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Pain control
H Vital signs
H Nutritional status
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications
H Effects of medication
H Intake and output
H Cardiovascular status
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the dietary plan
H effective pulmonary toileting
H avoidance of crowds and people with known infection
H relaxation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and his family to support services.
H Refer the patient for home services, as necessary.
H Refer the patient for physical or occupational thera-

py, as necessary.

Gastric cancer

297

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 298

Gastritis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the gastric mucosa
H May be acute or chronic
H Most common stomach disorder (acute)

Pathophysiology
Acute gastritis
H The protective mucosal layer is altered.
H Acid secretion produces mucosal reddening, edema,
and superficial surface erosion.
Chronic gastritis
H Progressive thinning and degeneration of gastric mucosa occur.

Causes
Acute gastritis
H Chronic ingestion of irritating foods and alcohol
H Drugs, such as aspirin and other nonsteroidal
anti-inflammatory drugs (in large doses), cytotoxic
agents, caffeine, corticosteroids, antimetabolites,
phenylbutazone, and indomethacin
H Ingested poisons, especially dichloro-diphenyltrichloroethane (DDT), ammonia, mercury, carbon
tetrachloride, or corrosive substances
H Endotoxins released from infecting bacteria, such as
staphylococci, Escherichia coli, and salmonella
H Complication of acute illness
Chronic gastritis
H Recurring exposure to irritating substances, such as
drugs, alcohol, cigarette smoke, and environmental
agents
H Pernicious anemia, renal disease, or diabetes mellitus
H Helicobacter pylori infection (common cause of
nonerosive gastritis)

Risk factors
H Age older than 60
H Exposure to toxic substances
H Hemodynamic disorder

Incidence
H May occur at any age; increased incidence of H. py-

lori in people older than age 60


H Occurs equally in both sexes
H Acute gastritis in 8 of 1,000 people; chronic gastritis

in 2 of 10,000 people

Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Indigestion

Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Obstruction

298

Gastritis

H Perforation
H Peritonitis
H Gastric cancer

Assessment
History
H Exposure to one or more causative agents
H Rapid onset of symptoms (acute gastritis)
H Epigastric discomfort
H Indigestion
H Cramping
H Anorexia
H Nausea, hematemesis, and vomiting
H Coffee-ground emesis or melena (if GI bleeding is

present)

Physical findings
H Possible normal appearance
H Grimacing
H Restlessness
H Pallor
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Abdominal distention, tenderness, and guarding
H Normoactive to hyperactive bowel sounds

Test results
Laboratory
H Occult blood is found in vomitus or stools (or both)
if the patient has gastric bleeding.
H Hemoglobin (Hb) level and hematocrit are decreased.
H Urea breath test shows H. pylori.
Diagnostic procedures
H Upper GI endoscopy reveals gastritis when its performed within 24 hours of bleeding.
H Biopsy reveals inflammatory process.

Treatment
General
H Elimination of cause
H For massive bleeding:

Blood transfusion
Iced saline lavage
Angiography with vasopressin
H Nothing by mouth if bleeding occurs
H Elimination of irritating foods
H Activity, as tolerated (encourage mobilization)

Medications
H Histamine antagonists, such as famotidine, ranitidine,

and cimetidine
H Proton pump inhibitors such as pantoprazole
H Prostaglandins such as misoprostol
H Vitamin B12
H Antibiotic therapy, according to infective agent

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 299

Surgery
H When conservative treatment fails
H Vagotomy, pyloroplasty
H Partial or total gastrectomy (rarely)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain weight
H express concerns about current condition
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Provide physical and emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs and I.V. fluids.
H Assist the patient with diet modification.
H If surgery is necessary, prepare the patient preopera-

tively and provide appropriate postoperative care.


H Consult a dietitian, as necessary.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fluid intake and output
H Electrolyte and Hb levels
H Returning symptoms as food is reintroduced
H Response to medication
H Pain control
H GI status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H lifestyle and diet modifications
H preoperative teaching if surgery is necessary
H stress-reduction techniques
H medication administration and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to an alcohol treatment program, if

indicated.

Gastritis

299

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 300

Gastroenteritis

H Viruses, such as adenoviruses, echoviruses, and cox-

sackieviruses
H Ingestion of toxins, such as poisonous plants and

Overview
Description
H Self-limiting inflammation of the stomach and small

intestine
H Intestinal flu, travelers diarrhea, viral enteritis, and

food poisoning

Pathophysiology

toadstools
H Drug reactions from antibiotics
H Food allergens
H Enzyme deficiencies

Risk factors
H Consumption of improperly prepared food or conta-

minated water
H Travel or residence in areas of poor sanitation

H The bowel reacts to the various causes of gastroen-

Incidence

teritis with increased luminal fluid that cant be absorbed.


H This results in abdominal pain, vomiting, severe diarrhea (primarily), and secondary depletion of intracellular fluid.
H Dehydration and electrolyte loss occur.

H Occurs at any age


H Major cause of morbidity and mortality in underde-

Causes

H Can be life-threatening in elderly and debilitated pa-

veloped nations
H Ranks second to common cold as cause of lost work

time in the United States


H Fifth most common cause of death among young

children

H Bacteria, such as Staphylococcus aureus, Salmonel-

la, Shigella, Clostridium botulinum, Clostridium


perfringens, and Escherichia coli
H Amoebas, especially Entamoeba histolytica
H Parasites, such as Ascaris, Enterobius, and
Trichinella spiralis
Prevention

Preventing travelers diarrhea


If the patient travels, especially to developing nations, discuss precautions that he can take to reduce his chances
of getting travelers diarrhea. Explain that travelers diarrhea is caused by inadequate sanitation and occurs after
bacteria-contaminated food or water is ingested. These
organisms attach to the lining of the small intestine,
where they release a toxin that causes diarrhea and
cramps. To minimize this risk, advise him to:
H drink water (or brush his teeth with water) only if its
chlorinated or bottled (Chlorination protects the water
supply from bacterial contaminants such as Escherichia coli.)
H avoid beverages in glasses that may have been washed
in contaminated water
H refuse ice cubes that may have been made from contaminated water
H drink only beverages made with boiled water, such as
coffee and tea, or those in bottles or cans
H sanitize impure water by adding 2% tincture of iodine
(5 drops/L of clear water, 10 drops/L of cloudy water)
or by adding liquid laundry bleach (about 2 drops/L of
clear water; 4 drops/L of cloudy water)
H avoid uncooked vegetables, unpeeled fresh fruits, salads, unpasteurized milk, and other dairy products
H beware of foods offered by street vendors.
If travelers diarrhea occurs despite precautions, bismuth subsalicylate, diphenoxylate with atropine, or loperamide can be used to relieve symptoms.

tients

Common characteristics
H Diarrhea
H Nausea and vomiting

Complications
H Severe dehydration
H Electrolyte imbalance

Assessment
History
H Acute onset of diarrhea
H Abdominal pain and discomfort
H Nausea, vomiting
H Malaise and fatigue
H Exposure to contaminated food
H Recent travel (see Preventing travelers diarrhea)

Physical findings
H Slight abdominal distention
H Poor skin turgor (with dehydration)
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Decreased blood pressure

Test results
Laboratory
H Gram stain, stool culture (by direct rectal swab), or
blood culture shows the causative bacteria.

Treatment
General
H Supportive treatment for nausea, vomiting, and diar-

rhea

300

Gastroenteritis

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 301

H Antidiarrheals generally not given; they can prolong

the infection
H Rehydration
H Initially, clear liquids as tolerated
H Electrolyte solutions
H Avoidance of milk products
H Activity, as tolerated (encourage mobilization)

Medications
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Antibiotics, according to the infective organism
H I.V. fluids

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight without further loss
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain normal vital signs.

Nursing interventions
H Allow uninterrupted rest periods.
H Replace lost fluids and electrolytes through diet or

I.V. fluids.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
H Electrolytes
H GI status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H preventive measures
H how to perform warm sitz baths three times per day
to relieve anal irritation.

Gastroenteritis

301

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 302

Gastroesophageal reflux
disease
Overview
Description

Assessment
History
H Minimal or no symptoms in one-third of patients
H Heartburn that typically occurs 112 to 2 hours after

eating
H Heartburn that worsens with vigorous exercise,

into the esophagus and past the lower esophageal


sphincter (LES), without associated belching or vomiting
H Reflux of gastric acid, causing acute epigastric pain,
usually after a meal
H Popularly called heartburn
H Also called GERD

bending, lying down, wearing tight clothing, coughing, constipation, and obesity
H Reported relief by using antacids or sitting upright
H Regurgitation without associated nausea or belching
H Feeling of fluid accumulation in the throat with a
sour or bitter taste
H Chronic pain radiating to the neck, jaws, and arms
that may mimic angina pectoris
H Nocturnal hypersalivation and wheezing

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Reflux occurs when LES pressure is deficient or pres-

H Odynophagia (sharp substernal pain on swallowing),

H Backflow of gastric or duodenal contents, or both,

sure in the stomach exceeds LES pressure. The LES


relaxes, and gastric contents regurgitate into the
esophagus.
H The degree of mucosal injury is based on the amount
and concentration of refluxed gastric acid, proteolytic enzymes, and bile acids.

Causes
H Pyloric surgery (alteration or removal of the py-

lorus), which allows reflux of bile or pancreatic juice


H Hiatal hernia with incompetent sphincter
H Condition or position that increases intra-abdominal

pressure

Risk factors
H Any agent that lowers LES pressure: acidic and fatty

food, alcohol, cigarettes, anticholinergics (atropine,


belladonna, propantheline) or other drugs (morphine, diazepam, calcium channel blockers, meperidine)
H Nasogastric (NG) intubation for longer than 4 days

possibly followed by a dull substernal ache


H Bright red or dark brown blood in vomitus
H Laryngitis and morning hoarseness
H Chronic cough

Test results
Imaging
H Barium swallow with fluoroscopy shows evidence of
recurrent reflux.
Diagnostic procedures
H Esophageal acidity test reveals degree of gastroesophageal reflux.
H Gastroesophageal scintillation testing shows reflux.
H Esophageal manometry reveals abnormal LES pressure and sphincter incompetence.
H Acid perfusion (Bernstein) test confirms esophagitis.
H Esophagoscopy and biopsy confirm pathologic
changes in the mucosa.

Treatment

Incidence

General

H Affects about 7 million U.S. residents


H Affects all ethnic groups and socioeconomic classes
H Most common in people ages 45 to 64

H Modification of lifestyle
H Positional therapy
H Removal of cause
H Weight reduction, if appropriate
H Avoidance of dietary causes
H Avoidance of eating 2 hours before sleep (see Fac-

Common characteristics
H Epigastric pain, usually after a meal or when lying

down

Complications
H Reflux esophagitis
H Esophageal stricture
H Esophageal ulcer
H Barretts esophagus (metaplasia and possible in-

creased risk of neoplasm)


H Anemia from esophageal bleeding
H Reflux aspiration leading to chronic pulmonary disease

302

Gastroesophageal reflux disease

tors affecting LES pressure)


H Parenteral nutrition or tube feedings
H No activity restrictions for medical treatment
H Lifting restrictions for surgical treatment

Medications
H Histamine-2 receptor antagonists, such as cimeta-

dine, ranitidine, and famotidine


H Proton pump inhibitors, such as esomeprazole, lan-

soprazole, pantoprazole, and rabeprazole

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 303

Factors affecting LES pressure


Various dietary and lifestyle elements can increase or decrease lower esophageal sphincter (LES) pressure. Take
these into account as you plan the patients treatment program.

What increases LES pressure


H Protein
H Carbohydrates
H Nonfat milk
H Low-dose ethanol

What decreases LES pressure


H Fat
H Whole milk
H Orange juice
H Tomatoes
H Antiflatulent (simethicone)
H Chocolate
H High-dose ethanol
H Cigarette smoking
H Lying on right or left side
H Sitting

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H causes of gastroesophageal reflux
H prescribed antireflux regimen of medication, diet,
and positional therapy
H developing a dietary plan
H the need to identify situations or activities that increase intra-abdominal pressure
H the need to refrain from using substances that reduce
sphincter control
H signs and symptoms to watch for and report.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian, as appropriate.

Surgery
H Hiatal hernia repair
H Vagotomy or pyloroplasty
H Esophagectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H state and demonstrate understanding of the disorder
and its treatment
H express feelings of increased comfort
H show no signs of aspiration
H have minimal or no complications.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Offer emotional and psychological support.
H Assist with diet modification.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Use semi-Fowlers position for the patient with an NG

tube.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Response to therapy
H Adverse effects of medication

After surgery
H Respiratory status
H Pain control
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Chest tube drainage
H GI status

Gastroesophageal reflux disease

303

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 304

Generalized anxiety
disorder
Overview
Description

H Anger
H Difficulty concentrating, eating, and sleeping

Physical findings
H Trembling
H Shortness of breath
H Tachycardia
H Sweating

H Feeling of apprehension sometimes described as an

DSM-IV-TR criteria

exaggerated feeling of impending doom, dread, or


uneasiness
H Reaction to an internal threat
H Uncontrollable, unreasonable worry that persists for
at least 6 months and narrows perceptions or interferes with normal functioning

A diagnosis is confirmed when the patients symptoms


match the following criteria:
H Excessive anxiety and worry about a number of
events or activities occur more days than not for at
least 6 months.
H The person finds it difficult to control the worry.
H The anxiety and worry are associated with at least
three of the following six symptoms:
restlessness or feeling keyed up or on edge
being easily fatigued
difficulty concentrating or mind going blank
irritability
muscle tension
sleep disturbances (difficulty falling or staying
asleep, or restless, unsatisfying sleep).
H The focus of the anxiety and worry isnt confined to
features of an axis disorder.
H The anxiety, worry, or physical symptoms cause clinically significant distress or impairment in social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning.
H The disturbance isnt due to the direct physiologic effects of a substance or a general medical condition
and doesnt occur exclusively during a mood disorder, a psychotic disorder, or a pervasive, developmental disorder.

Pathophysiology
H Aberration in benzodiazepine receptor regulation oc-

curs.

Causes
H Unknown
H Roles played by biologic and physiologic factors

Risk factors
H Stressful life situations
H Learned maladaptive behaviors

Incidence
H Can begin at any age but typically begins between

ages 20 and 40
H Twice as common in females as in males

Common characteristics
Mild anxiety
H Psychological symptoms
H Unusually self-aware and alert to surroundings
Moderate anxiety
H Selective inattention, but can concentrate on a single
task
Severe anxiety
H Inability to concentrate on more than scattered details of a task
H Panic state with acute anxiety causing complete loss
of concentration, typically with unintelligible speech

Complications

Test results
Laboratory
H Tests, such as cardiac enzymes, troponin level, and
thyroid studies, rule out organic causes of symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography excludes myocardial ischemia.
Other
H Psychiatric evaluation helps confirm the diagnosis.

Treatment

H Impaired social or occupational functioning


H Substance abuse

General

Assessment

Medications

History

H Benzodiazepines, such as diazepam and lorazepam


H Tricyclic antidepressants such as doxepin
H Serotonin receptor reuptake inhibitors, such as ser-

H Muscle aches and spasms


H Headaches
H Inability to relax
H Apprehension
H Fear

304

Generalized anxiety disorder

H Psychotherapy
H Relaxation techniques

traline, paroxetine, and escitalopram

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 305

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop effective coping strategies
H identify anxiety triggers
H experience reduced anxiety.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Reduce environmental stimuli.
H Help identify triggers to anxiety.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Response to therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed drugs
H relaxation techniques
H effective coping strategies.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling.

Generalized anxiety disorder

305

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 306

Genital herpes

Common characteristics

Overview

H Fever
H Malaise
H Dysuria

H Fluid-filled vesicles that develop into shallow, painful

ulcers with yellow, oozing centers

Description
H Acute inflammatory disease of the genitalia
H Usually self-limiting but able to cause painful local or

systemic disease (see Understanding the genital


herpes cycle)

Pathophysiology
H Virus invades and replicates in neurons and epider-

mal and dermal cells.


H Virions travel to sensory dorsal root ganglion.
H Replication in the sensory ganglia leads to recurrent

Complications
H Herpetic keratitis, which may lead to blindness
H Herpetic encephalitis

Assessment
History

Causes

H Intimate contact with an infected person


H Fever
H Malaise
H Dysuria
H Leukorrhea (females)

H Herpes simplex virus (HSV), type 1 or type 2


H Typically transmitted through sexual intercourse,

Physical findings

clinical outbreaks.

orogenital sexual activity, kissing, hand-to-body contact, and vaginal delivery

Risk factors
H Unprotected sexual activity

Incidence
H One in five adults in the United States serologically

H Shallow, reddened, painful ulcers with yellow, oozing

centers usually on the cervix (the primary infection


site) and possibly on the labia, perianal skin, vulva,
or vagina and on the glans penis, foreskin, or penis
H Extragenital lesions, possibly on the mouth or anus
H Marked edema
H Tender inguinal lymph nodes

HSV-positive

Test results

Understanding the genital herpes cycle

Laboratory
H Vesicular fluid reveals HSV.
H Antigen testing identifies specific antigens.

After a patient is infected with genital herpes, a latency period follows. The virus takes up permanent residence in
the nerve cells surrounding the lesions, and intermittent
viral shedding may take place.
Repeated outbreaks may develop at any time, again followed by a latent stage during which the lesions heal
completely. Outbreaks may recur as often as three to eight
times yearly.
Although the cycle continues indefinitely, some people
remain symptom-free for years.
INITIAL INFECTION
Highly infectious period marked by fever, aches, adenopathy, pain,
and ulcerated skin and mucous membranes

LATENCY
Intermittently infectious period marked by viral dormancy or viral
shedding and no disease symptoms

RECURRENT INFECTION
Highly infectious period similar to initial infection with milder
symptoms that resolve faster

306

Genital herpes

Treatment
General
H Adequate rest periods

Medications
H Antivirals, such as acyclovir, famciclovir, and valacy-

clovir

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express an understanding of the disorder and its
treatment
H practice safe sex
H report feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate improved skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of feelings and concerns.
H Keep lesions dry.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 307

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Skin integrity
H Wound healing

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding sexual intercourse during the active stage of
this disease (while lesions are present)
H using condoms during all sexual encounters
H urging sexual partners to seek medical examination
H having a Papanicolaou test every 6 months (females).

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Herpes Resource Center for

support.

Genital herpes

307

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 308

Genital warts

H Genital tract dysplasia


H Cervical and vulvar cancer in females, penile cancer

in males, and some rectal carcinomas in both sexes

Overview
Description

Assessment

H Papillomas that consist of fibrous tissue overgrowth

History

from the dermis and thickened epithelial coverings


H Also known as venereal warts and condylomata
acuminata

H Unprotected sexual contact with a partner with a

Pathophysiology

H Warts on moist genital surfaces (subpreputial sac,

H Infection is transmitted by sexual contact and incu-

known infection, a new partner, or many partners

Physical findings

bates for 1 to 6 months (2 months, average) before


warts erupt.
H Infection of the basal cells occurs, with proliferation
of all epidermal layers, producing acanthosis, parakeratosis, and hyperkeratosis.

urethral meatus, penile shaft, scrotum, vulva, vaginal


and cervical walls) and around the anus and inside
the rectum
H Tiny red or pink swellings that may grow as large as
10 cm and that may be pedunculated
H Infected lesions that become malodorous

Causes

Test results

H Infection with one of more than 60 strains of human

Laboratory
H Dark-field microscopy of wart-cell scrapings shows
marked epidermal cell vascularization.
H Application of 5% acetic acid (white vinegar) turns
warts white if theyre papillomas.

papillomavirus (HPV)

Risk factors
H Unprotected sexual activity

Incidence
H One of the most common sexually transmitted dis-

eases (STDs) in the United States

Common characteristics
H Appearance of small, pink to red, moist warts with ir-

regular surfaces (see Recognizing genital warts)

Treatment
General
H Good hygiene practices
H Contact precautions

H Usually located around the external genitalia and

Medications

possibly inside the urethra or vagina or on the cervix


H No symptoms in most patients

H Topical interferon alfa 2-b


H Vaccine preparations such as HPV recombinant vac-

Complications

H Immune response modifier such as imiquimod

H During pregnancy, genital warts in the vaginal and

cervical walls that grow large enough to impede vaginal delivery

Recognizing genital warts


Genital warts are marked by clusters of flesh-colored papillary growths that may be barely visible or several inches
in diameter.

cine

Surgery
H Cryosurgery
H Electrodesiccation
H Surgical excision
H Laser ablation
H Circumcision to prevent recurrence

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from all signs and symptoms of infection
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H acknowledge the change in body image
H voice feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexuality
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

308

Genital warts

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 309

Nursing interventions
H Provide a nonthreatening, nonjudgmental atmos-

phere that encourages verbalization, and provide


support.
H Institute contact precautions to avoid transmission.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of medication
H Signs and symptoms of infection (postoperative)
H Concomitant STDs or infections
H Papanicolaou (Pap) test results

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need for sexual abstinence or condom use during
intercourse until healing is complete
H evaluation of the patients sexual partners
H the importance of testing for human immunodeficiency virus infection and other STDs
H the emphasis that genital warts can recur and that the
virus can mutate, causing infection with warts of a
different strain
H recommendation that female patients have a Pap test
every 6 months.

Genital warts

309

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 310

Life-threatening disorder

H Roughly 5% incidence of preeclampsia progressing

to eclampsia

Gestational
hypertension

Common characteristics

Overview

Complications

Description

H Abruptio placentae
H HELLP syndrome: hemolysis, elevated liver enzyme

H Hypertension
H Sudden weight gain
H Irritability
H Emotional tension

H High blood pressure, most commonly occurring after

levels, low platelet count

the 20th week of gestation in a nulliparous woman


H Carries a high risk for fetal mortality because of the
increased incidence of premature delivery
H Among the most common causes of maternal death
in developed countries (especially when complications occur)
H Nonconvulsive form (also called preeclampsia) occurring after the 20th week of gestation; may be mild
or severe
H Convulsive form (also called eclampsia) occurring
between the 24th week of gestation and the end of
the first postpartum week

H Coagulopathy
H Stillbirth
H Seizures
H Coma
H Premature labor
H Renal failure
H Maternal hepatic damage

Pathophysiology
H Generalized arteriolar vasoconstriction is thought to

cause decreased blood flow through the placenta and


maternal organs.
H This leads to intrauterine growth retardation or restriction, placental infarcts, and abruptio placentae.

Causes
H Unknown
H Contributing factors:

Geographic, ethnic, racial, nutritional, immunologic, and familial factors


Preexisting vascular disease
Maternal age
Autolysis of placental infarcts
Autointoxication
Uremia
Maternal sensitization to total proteins
Pyelonephritis
Diabetes

Special populations
Adolescents and primiparas older than age 35 are
at higher risk for preeclampsia.

Risk factors
H First-time pregnancy
H Multiple fetuses
H History of vascular disease

Incidence
H Occurs in about 7% of pregnancies; more common

in females from lower socioeconomic groups

310

Gestational hypertension

Assessment
History
H Sudden weight gain
H Irritability
H Emotional tension
H Severe frontal headache
H Blurred vision
H Epigastric pain or heartburn

Physical findings
H Preeclampsia: blood pressure of 160/110 mm Hg or

higher
H Eclampsia: systolic blood pressure of 180 or

200 mm Hg or higher
H Generalized edema, especially of the face
H Pitting edema of the legs and feet
H Hyperreflexia
H Oliguria
H Vascular spasm, papilledema, retinal edema or de-

tachment, and arteriovenous nicking or hemorrhage


(seen on ophthalmoscopy)
H Seizures

Test results
Laboratory
H In preeclampsia: proteinuria is more than
300 mg/24 hours [1+].
H In severe eclampsia: proteinuria is 5 g/24 hours
[5+] or more.
H In HELLP syndrome: hemolysis, elevated liver enzymes and decreased platelet count are evident.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography aids evaluation of fetal well-being.
Diagnostic procedures
H Stress and nonstress tests and biophysical profiles
help evaluate fetal well-being.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 311

Treatment
General
H Measures to halt progression of the disorder and en-

sure fetal survival


H Prompt labor induction, especially if the patient is

near term (advocated by some clinicians)


H Adequate nutrition
H Low-sodium diet, if indicated
H Limited caffeine
H Complete bed rest
H Left lateral lying position

Medications
H Antihypertensives
H Magnesium sulfate
H Oxytocin
H Oxygen

Surgery

Emergency interventions for gestational


hypertension
When caring for a patient with gestational hypertension,
be prepared to perform the following interventions:
H Observe for signs of fetal distress by closely monitoring results of stress and nonstress tests.
H Keep emergency resuscitative equipment and anticonvulsants at hand in case of seizures and cardiac or respiratory arrest.
H Carefully monitor magnesium sulfate administration.
Signs of drug toxicity include absence of patellar reflexes, flushing, muscle flaccidity, decreased urinary
output, significant blood pressure drop (> 15 mm Hg),
and a respiratory rate below 12 per minute. Keep calcium gluconate at the bedside to counteract the toxic
effects of magnesium sulfate.
H Prepare for emergency cesarean delivery, if indicated.
Alert the anesthesiologist and pediatrician.
H To protect the patient from injury, maintain seizure precautions. Dont leave an unstable patient unattended.
Maintain a patent airway, and have supplemental oxygen readily available.

H Possible cesarean delivery

Nursing considerations

Patient teaching

Key outcomes

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of preeclampsia and eclampsia
H importance of bed rest in the left lateral position, as
ordered
H adequate nutrition and a low-sodium diet
H good prenatal care
H control of preexisting hypertension
H early recognition and prompt treatment of
preeclampsia
H likelihood that the neonate will be small for gestational age, with the probability that hell do better
than other premature neonates of the same weight.

The patient will:


H maintain normal vital signs
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H avoid complications
H remain oriented to the environment.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate edematous arms or legs.
H Eliminate constricting hose, slippers, and bed linens.
H Assist with or insert an indwelling urinary catheter, if

necessary.
H Provide a quiet, darkened room.
H Enforce absolute bed rest.
H Provide emotional support.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for professional counseling, as indi-

cated.

(See Emergency interventions for gestational


hypertension.)

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fetal heart rate
H Vision
H Edema
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
H Level of consciousness
H Deep tendon reflexes
H Headache unrelieved by medication
H Complications

Gestational hypertension

311

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 312

Giardiasis
Overview
Description
H Infection of the small bowel by Giardia lamblia, a

symmetrical flagellate protozoan


H Reinfection possible because infection doesnt confer

H Drinking of suspect water


H Institutionalization

Physical findings
H Possibly, no intestinal symptoms in mild infection
H Abdominal cramps, bloating
H Belching, flatus
H Nausea, vomiting
H Explosive pale, loose, greasy, malodorous, frequent

stools (occurring 2 to 10 times daily)

immunity
H Also called G. enteritis and lambliasis

H Fatigue, weight loss


H Hyperactive bowel sounds in the right upper and left

Pathophysiology

H General upper and right lower quadrant discomfort

H Cysts enter the small bowel and release trophozoites,

which attach to the bowels epithelial surface.


H Attachment causes superficial mucosal invasion and
destruction, inflammation, and irritation.
H Trophozoites become encysted again, travel down the
colon, and are excreted. (Unformed stool may contain trophozoites as well as cysts.)

Causes

lower quadrants just before bowel movements


and guarding

Test results
Laboratory
H Examination of a fresh stool specimen shows cysts or
examination of duodenal aspirate or biopsy shows
trophozoites.

H Ingestion of G. lamblia cysts in stool-contaminated

Treatment

water
H Fecal-oral transfer of cysts from an infected person

General

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide but most common in developing

countries and other areas where sanitation and hygiene are poor (G. lamblia has been found in municipal water sources, nursing homes, and day-care
centers.)
H Children generally more likely to develop giardiasis
than adults
H In the United States, most common in travelers recently returned from endemic areas, campers who
drink water from contaminated streams, male homosexuals, patients with congenital immunoglobulin A
deficiency, and children in day-care centers

Common characteristics
H Diarrhea
H Abdominal pain
H Bloating
H Belching
H Flatus
H Nausea and vomiting

Complications
H Malabsorption
H Dehydration
H Lactose intolerance
H Possible death, in hypogammaglobulinemia

H Examination for possible testing and treatment for

people living with an infected person or those having


had sexual contact with an infected person
H Parenteral fluid replacement to prevent dehydration

Medications
H Antiprotozoals, such as nitazoxanide and tinidazole

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid skin breakdown or infection
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal electrolyte levels
H have an elimination pattern that returns to normal
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Institute enteric contact precautions, and quickly dis-

pose of all fecal material.


H Place a child or an incontinent adult in a private

room.
H Keep the perianal area clean, especially after each

bowel movement.

Assessment

H Administer I.V. fluid therapy, as needed.


H Provide nutritionally adequate foods.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report to public health authorities.

History

Monitoring

H Recent travel to an area with poor sanitation


H Sexual practices that involve oral-anal contact

H Frequency and characteristics of bowel movements


H Nutritional intake (to prevent malnutrition)

312

Giardiasis

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 313

H Adverse drug effects


H Skin integrity
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed medications, including precautions and
adverse effects
H need for the patient whos taking metronidazole or
furazolidone to avoid alcohol while taking the drug
and for 3 days after completing treatment
H need for the family and others in contact with the patient to have their stools tested for G. lamblia cysts
H need for good personal hygiene, especially proper
hand washing as well as correct handling of infectious material by the patient and his family
H importance of safer sex practices
H need for campers to purify all stream and lake water
before drinking it
H need for travelers to endemic areas to avoid drinking
tap or suspect water and to avoid eating uncooked
and unpeeled fruits or vegetables.

Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to return for follow-up ap-

pointments because relapses can occur.

Giardiasis

313

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 314

Glaucoma
Overview
Description
H Eye disorder characterized by high intraocular pres-

sure (IOP) and optic nerve damage


H Two forms:

Open-angle (also known as chronic, simple, or


wide-angle) glaucoma, which begins insidiously
and progresses slowly
Angle-closure (also known as acute or narrowangle) glaucoma, which occurs suddenly and can
cause permanent vision loss in 48 to 72 hours

Pathophysiology

Risk factors
Open-angle glaucoma
H Family history
H Myopia
H Ethnic origin
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Family history
H Cataracts
H Hyperopia

Incidence
H A leading cause of blindness; accounts for about 12%

of newly diagnosed blindness in the United States


H Affects about 2% of Americans older than age 40
H Highest incidence among males and Black and Asian

populations
H Open-angle glaucoma commonly familial

Open-angle glaucoma
H Degenerative changes in the trabecular meshwork
block the flow of aqueous humor from the eye, increasing IOP and resulting in optic nerve damage.
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Obstruction to the outflow of aqueous humor is
caused by an anatomically narrow angle between the
iris and the cornea.
H IOP increases suddenly.

Common characteristics

Causes

Assessment

Open-angle glaucoma
H Degenerative changes
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Anatomically narrow angle between the iris and the
cornea
H Attacks triggered by trauma, pupillary dilation, stress,
or ocular changes that push the iris forward

Optic disk changes


Ophthalmoscopy and slit-lamp examination show cupping
of the optic disk, which is characteristic of glaucoma.

H Decreased visual acuity


H Nausea and vomiting (from increased IOP)
H Eye pain

Complications
H Varying degrees of vision loss
H Total blindness

History
Open-angle glaucoma
H Possibly no symptoms
H Dull, morning headache
H Mild aching in the eyes
H Loss of peripheral vision
H Halos around lights
H Reduced visual acuity (especially at night) not corrected by glasses
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Pain and pressure over the eye
H Blurred vision
H Decreased visual acuity
H Halos around lights
H Nausea and vomiting

Physical findings
H Unilateral eye inflammation
H Cloudy cornea
H Moderately dilated pupil, nonreactive to light
H With gentle fingertip pressure to the closed eyelids,

one eye feels harder than the other (in angle-closure


glaucoma)

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Tonometry measurement shows increased IOP.
H Slit-lamp examination shows effects of glaucoma on
the anterior eye structures. (See Optic disk
changes.)

314

Glaucoma

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 315

H Gonioscopy shows angle of the eyes anterior cham-

Monitoring

ber.
H Ophthalmoscopy aids visualization of the fundus.
H Perimetry or visual field tests show extent of peripheral vision loss.
H Fundus photography shows optic disk changes.

H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Visual acuity

Treatment
ALERT
Angle-closure glaucoma typically has a rapid onset
and is an emergency.

General
H Reduction of IOP by decreasing aqueous humor pro-

duction with medications


H Bed rest (with acute angle-closure glaucoma)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need for meticulous compliance with prescribed
drug therapy
H all procedures and treatments, especially surgery
H the fact that lost vision cant be restored but treatment can usually prevent further loss
H modification of the patients environment for safety
H signs and symptoms that require immediate medical
attention, such as sudden vision change or eye pain
H the importance of glaucoma screening for early detection and prevention.

Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as levobunolol and

timolol
H Prostaglandin analogues such as bimatoprost
H Selective alpha2 agonists such as brimonidine

ALERT
Occasionally, systemic absorption of a betaadrenergic blocker from eyedrops can be sufficient
to cause bradycardia, hypotension, heart block,
bronchospasm, impotence, or depression.

Surgery
H For patients unresponsive to drug therapy:

Argon laser trabeculoplasty


Trabeculectomy
Angle-closure glaucoma
H Laser iridectomy
H Surgical peripheral iridectomy
H In end-stage glaucoma, tube shunt or valve

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express feelings and concerns
H sustain no harm or injury
H maintain present vision.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Prepare for surgery, if indicated.
H After surgery, protect the affected eye.
H Encourage ambulation immediately after surgery.
H Encourage the patient to express his concerns relat-

ed to the chronic condition.

Glaucoma

315

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 316

Glomerulonephritis
Overview

Special populations
Goodpastures syndrome, a type of RPGN, is rare,
but occurs most commonly in males ages 20 to 30.

Description

Common characteristics

H Bilateral inflammation of the glomeruli, typically fol-

H Decreased urination or oliguria


H Smoky or coffee-colored urine
H Dyspnea and orthopnea
H Periorbital edema
H Mild to severe hypertension

lowing a streptococcal infection


H Also called poststreptococcal acute glomerulonephritis or PSAGN

Pathophysiology
H Epithelial or podocyte layer of the glomerular mem-

brane is disturbed, resulting in a loss of negative


charge.
H Acute poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis results
from the entrapment and collection of antigenantibody complexes in the glomerular capillary
membranes, after infection with group A betahemolytic streptococcus.
H Antigens stimulate the formation of antibodies.
H Circulating antigen-antibody complexes become
lodged in the glomerular capillaries.
H Complexes initiate complement activation and the release of immunologic substances that lyse cells and
increase membrane permeability.
H Antibody damage to basement membranes causes
crescent formation.
H Antibody or antigen-antibody complexes in the
glomerular capillary wall activate biochemical mediators of inflammation complement, leukocytes,
and fibrin.
H Activated complement attracts neutrophils and
monocytes, which release lysosomal enzymes that
damage the glomerular cell walls and cause a proliferation of the extracellular matrix, affecting glomerular blood flow.
H Membrane permeability increases and causes a loss
of negative charge across the glomerular membrane
as well as enhanced protein filtration.
H Membrane damage leads to platelet aggregation, and
platelet degranulation releases substances that increase glomerular permeability.

Causes
H Streptococcal infection
H Impetigo
H Immunoglobulin A nephropathy (Bergers disease)
H Lipoid nephrosis

Incidence
H Acute glomerulonephritis most common in boys ages

3 to 7 but can occur at any age


H Rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis (RPGN) most

common between ages 50 and 60

316

Glomerulonephritis

ALERT
The presenting features of glomerulonephritis in
children may be encephalopathy with seizures and
local neurologic deficits. An elderly patient with
glomerulonephritis may report vague, nonspecific
symptoms, such as nausea, malaise, and arthralgia.

Complications
H Pulmonary edema
H Heart failure
H Sepsis
H Renal failure
H Severe hypertension
H Cardiac hypertrophy

Assessment
History
H Decreased urination
H Recent streptococcal infection of the respiratory tract
H Household member with PSAGN
H May be asymptomatic

Physical findings
H Smoky or coffee-colored urine
H Dyspnea
H Periorbital edema
H Increased blood pressure
H Pallor

Test results
Laboratory
H Throat culture shows group A beta-hemolytic streptococcus.
H Electrolyte, blood urea nitrogen, and creatinine levels are elevated.
H Serum protein level is decreased.
H Hemoglobin level is decreased in chronic glomerulonephritis.
H Antistreptolysin-O titers are elevated.
H Streptozyme and anti-DNase B levels are elevated.
H Serum complement levels are low.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 317

H Urinalysis shows red blood cells, white blood cells,

mixed cell casts, protein, fibrin-degradation products, and C3 protein.


Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder X-ray shows bilateral kidney
enlargement (acute glomerulonephritis).
H Chest X-ray reveals congestion caused by fluid retention.
Diagnostic procedures
H Renal biopsy confirms diagnosis.

Treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H taking prescribed drugs
H how to assess ankle edema
H reporting signs of infection
H recording daily weight
H following a low-sodium diet.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services, as appropriate.
H Refer the patient to renal disease support group.

General
H Treatment of the primary disease
H Bed rest
H Fluid restriction
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Correction of electrolyte imbalance
H Dialysis
H Plasmapheresis

Medications
H Antibiotics, according to the infective agent
H Anticoagulants such as heparin
H Diuretics such as furosemide
H Vasodilators such as hydralazine
H Corticosteroids, such as methylprednisolone and

prednisone

Surgery
H Kidney transplantation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H identify risk factors that exacerbate the condition,
and modify lifestyle accordingly
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have laboratory values return to normal.

Nursing interventions
H Provide appropriate skin care and oral hygiene.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings about

the disorder.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Laboratory studies
H Respiratory status
H Renal function
H Cardiovascular status

Glomerulonephritis

317

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 318

Goiter
Overview
Description

or the use of goitrogenic drugs (such as propylthiouracil, methimazole, iodides, and lithium)

Incidence
H Decreases with age
H More common in females than in males

H Thyroid gland enlargement not caused by inflamma-

Common characteristics

tion or a neoplasm
H Commonly classified as toxic (associated with hyperthyroidism) or nontoxic (not associated with hyperthyroidism or hypothyroidism)

H Mildly enlarged gland to a massive, multinodular

Pathophysiology
H Thyroid gland cant produce enough thyroid hor-

mone to meet metabolic requirements.

goiter

Complications
H Tracheal compression
H Hyperthyroidism
H Lymphoma
H Abscess

H Thyroid gland enlarges to compensate for inadequate

hormone synthesis.

Causes
H Thyroid growth-stimulating immunoglobulins
H Inherited defects
H Inadequate dietary intake of iodine
H Ingestion of large amounts of goitrogenic foods

(such as rutabagas, cabbage, soybeans, peanuts,


peaches, peas, strawberries, spinach, and radishes)

Assessment
History
H Respiratory distress
H Dysphagia

Physical findings
H Swelling and distention of the neck, which may be

mildly to massively enlarged (see Understanding


simple goiter)

Understanding simple goiter


A simple (nontoxic) goiter is any enlargement of the thyroid gland not caused by inflammation or neoplasm. The
thyroid mass increases to compensate for inadequate hormone synthesis. Its most common in females, occurring
when thyroid hormone secretion fails to meet metabolic
needs.
Sporadic goiter follows ingestion of goitrogenic drugs
(such as propylthiouracil) and iodides or foods (such as
rutabagas and cabbage). Endemic goiter results from
geographically related nutritional factors such as iodinedepleted soil. Inherited defects may contribute to either
type of goiter.
The patient may report respiratory distress and dysphagia from compression of the trachea and esophagus and
dizziness or syncope when raising her arms over her
head. A firm, irregular enlargement and stridor caused by
tracheal compression may be found.
Diagnostic tests reveal normal serum thyroid hormone
levels; abnormalities rule out this diagnosis. Thyroid antibody titers are usually normal. Iodine 131 uptake is usually normal but may increase with iodine deficiency or a
biosynthetic defect. Urinalysis may show low urinary excretion of iodine.
Treatment to reduce thyroid hyperplasia involves thyroid
hormone replacement. Iodide administration commonly
relieves goiters caused by iodine deficiency. Sporadic goiter requires avoidance of goitrogenic drugs and food. Radioiodine ablation therapy aids some patients. Rarely, partial thyroidectomy is needed to relieve pressure on the
surrounding structures.

318

Goiter

Test results
Laboratory
H Thyroid-stimulating hormone level is high or normal.
H Serum thyroxine concentrations are low-normal or
normal.
H Iodine-131 uptake is normal or increased (50% of
the dose at 24 hours).
Other
H Patient history and physical examination help to confirm the diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Avoidance of known goitrogenic drugs and foods

Medications
H Thyroid hormone such as levothyroxine
H Small doses of iodine

Surgery
H Subtotal thyroidectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain hemodynamically stable
H have a reduced goiter

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 319

H express feelings of increased comfort


H not demonstrate respiratory or swallowing difficulty.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings and con-

cerns.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neck circumference
H Response to therapy
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H symptoms of thyroid toxicosis
H use of iodized salt.

Goiter

319

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 320

Gonadotropin deficiency
Overview
Description
H Lack of hormones (follicle-stimulating hormone

[FSH] and luteinizing hormone [LH]) that stimulate


the sex glands, primarily the testes and ovaries
H If chronic and untreated, can cause infertility and osteopenia

Pathophysiology
H Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (Gn-RH) is secret-

ed by the hypothalamus and causes the anterior pituitary to secrete the gonadotropins testosterone,
estrogen, FSH, and LH.
H Estrogen, progesterone, and testosterone, produced
by the gonads, function in a negative-feedback loop
that regulates Gn-RH secretion.
H Mechanisms that cause Gn-RH deficiency include:
pituitary tumor producing another hormone that
impinges on the gonadotropin-producing cells and
physically impairs Gn-RH biosynthesis
medical treatments such as radiation (impairs
Gn-RHproducing cells)
oversecretion of estrogen, progesterone, or testosterone by dysfunctional target glands, causing
Gn-RH inhibition through the negative-feedback
loop
prolactin (inhibits pituitary secretion of Gn-RH;
prolactin-secreting tumors can cause Gn-RH deficiency)
reduced Gn-RH secretion due to response of hypothalamus to physical stress, obesity, or starvation.

Causes
H Pituitary tumor or hemorrhage
H Oversecretion of target gland hormone, such as es-

trogen, progesterone, or testosterone


H Prolactin-secreting tumor
H Hypothalamic suppression of Gn-RH during periods
of physical or emotional stress, obesity, and starvation
H Genetics

Incidence
H Can occur at any age
H Affects males more commonly than females

Common characteristics
H Decreased libido, strength, and body hair, and fine

wrinkles around the eyes and lips (adults)


H Amenorrhea; vaginal, uterine, and breast atrophy;
clitoral enlargement; voice deepening; and beard
growth (females)
H Testicular atrophy, reduction in beard growth, and
erectile dysfunction (males)
H Mood and behavior changes
H Anosmia

320

Gonadotropin deficiency

H Depending on age of onset: inadequate sexual differ-

entiation, microphallus and partial or complete lack


of testicular descent, poor secondary sex characteristics and muscle development

Complications
H Infertility
H Sexual dysfunction

Assessment
History
H Illness that affects testes
H Underdeveloped secondary sex characteristics
H Mood and behavior changes
H Sexual dysfunction
H Infertility

Physical findings
H Testicular atrophy
H Underdeveloped secondary characteristics
H Decreased body hair
H Fine wrinkles around eyes and lips

Test results
Laboratory
H Testosterone level is low, and Gn-RH level is high in
primary testicular failure.
H Estrogen level is low, and Gn-RH level is high in primary ovarian failure.
H Gn-RH and testosterone or estrogen levels are low in
hypothalamic or pituitary dysfunction.
H Human chorionic gonadotropin stimulation test results are abnormal.
H Gn-RH stimulation test reveals insufficient elevation
of LH or FSH levels.

Treatment
General
H Stress reduction
H Weight gain or loss

Medications
H Gonadotropin, estrogen, or testosterone replacement

Surgery
H Removal of tumors

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H relate an understanding of the disorder and its treatment
H express positive feelings regarding body image
H seek appropriate support measures.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 321

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Laboratory results

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H taking prescribed drugs.

Discharge planning
H Stress to the patient the importance of obtaining on-

going follow-up care.

Gonadotropin deficiency

321

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 322

Gonorrhea

H Pneumonia
H Acute respiratory distress syndrome

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Common sexually transmitted disease (STD) that

H Unprotected sexual contact (vaginal, oral, or anal)

usually starts as infection of the genitourinary tract;


can also begin in rectum, pharynx, or eyes
H Left untreated, spreads through the blood to the
joints, tendons, meninges, and endocardium
H In females, can lead to chronic pelvic inflammatory
disease (PID) and sterility

with an infected person, an unknown partner, or


multiple sex partners
H History of STD

Pathophysiology
H Gonococci infect mucus-secreting epithelial surfaces

and penetrate through or between the cells to the


connective tissue.
H Inflammation and spread of the infection results.

Causes
H Transmission of Neisseria gonorrhoea, the causative

organism, through sexual contact with an infected


person
H For a child born to an infected mother, acquisition of
gonococcal ophthalmia neonatorum during passage
through the birth canal
H Acquisition of gonococcal conjunctivitis by touching
the eyes with a contaminated hand

Risk factors
H Unprotected sexual activity

Incidence
H Among sexually active individuals, incidence highest

in those with multiple partners, teenagers, nonwhites, the poor, the poorly educated, city dwellers,
and unmarried people who live alone
H Reinfection common

Common characteristics
H Possible dysuria in males
H Possible absence of symptoms (in both sexes) or

symptoms related to the area infected

Physical findings
H Fever
H Purulent discharge from urethral meatus
H Female urethral meatus possibly red and edematous
H Friable cervix and a greenish yellow discharge
H Engorged, red, swollen vagina with profuse purulent

discharge
H Rectal infection
H Ocular infection
H Pharyngeal infection
H Papillary skin lesions on hands and feet
H PID
H Perihepatitis
H Pain and a cracking noise when moving an involved

joint

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture from the infection site of the urethra, cervix,
rectum, or pharynx reveals N. gonorrhea.
H Culture of conjunctival scrapings confirms gonococcal conjunctivitis.
H In males, a Gram stain showing gram-negative diplococci may confirm gonorrhea.
H Identification of gram-negative diplococci on smear
from joint fluid and skin lesions indicates gonococcal arthritis.
H Complement fixation and immunofluorescent assays
of serum reveal antibody titers four times the normal
rate.
H Venereal Disease Research Laboratory test may be reactive.
H Rapid plasma reagin test may be reactive.

H Vagina most common site in female children older

than age 1

Complications
H PID
H Acute epididymitis
H Proctitis
H Salpingitis
H Septic arthritis
H Dermatitis
H Perihepatitis
H Corneal ulceration
H Blindness
H Meningitis
H Osteomyelitis

Treatment
General
H Follow-up cultures 4 to 7 days after treatment and

again in 6 months
H For a pregnant patient, final follow-up before delivery
H Effective therapy (ends communicability within

hours)
H Abstinence from sexual activity until infection is

treated

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as ceftriaxone, doxycycline, and

azithromycin

322

Gonorrhea

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 323

Prevention

Monitoring

Preventing gonorrhea

H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug effects
H Complications
H Follow-up culture results

To prevent gonorrhea, provide the following patient teaching:


H Tell the patient to avoid sexual contact until cultures
prove negative and infection is eradicated.
H Advise the patients partner to receive treatment even if
the partner doesnt have a positive culture. Recommend that the partner avoid sexual contact with anyone
until treatment is complete because reinfection is extremely common.
H Counsel the patient and all sexual partners to be tested
for the human immunodeficiency virus and hepatitis B
infection.
H Instruct the patient to be careful when coming into
contact with any bodily discharges to avoid contaminating the eyes.
H Tell the patient to take anti-infectives for the entire time
prescribed.
H To prevent reinfection, tell the patient to avoid sexual
contact with anyone suspected of being infected, to
use condoms during intercourse, to wash genitalia
with soap and water before and after intercourse, and
to avoid sharing washcloths or douche equipment.
H Advise the patient to return for follow-up testing.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H informing all sexual partners of the infection so that
they can seek treatment
H avoiding sexual contact until cultures are negative
and infection is eradicated
H being careful when coming into contact with any
bodily discharges to avoid contaminating the eyes
H safer sex practices
H taking anti-infectives for the time prescribed
H the importance of returning for follow-up testing
(see Preventing gonorrhea).

H 1% silver nitrate drops or erythromycin ointment in

neonates to prevent gonococcal ophthalmia neonatorum

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express concern about self-concept, esteem, and
body image
H state infection risk factors
H identify signs and symptoms of infection
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H practice safer sex.

Nursing interventions
H Isolate the patient if his eyes are infected.
H With gonococcal arthritis, apply moist heat to ease

pain in affected joints.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report all cases of gonorrhea to the local public

health authorities as required.


H Report all cases of gonorrhea in children to child

abuse authorities.
H Routinely instill prophylactic drugs, according to fa-

cility protocol, in the eyes of all neonates on admission to the nursery.


H Check the neonate of an infected mother for signs of
infection, and obtain specimens for culture from the
neonates eyes, pharynx, and rectum.

Gonorrhea

323

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 324

Goodpastures
syndrome
Overview
Description
H Pulmonary renal syndrome characterized by hemop-

tysis and rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis

Pathophysiology
H Abnormal production and deposition of antibodies

against glomerular basement membrane (GBM) and


alveolar basement membrane activate the complement and inflammatory responses.
H This results in glomerular and alveolar tissue damage.

Causes

H Immunofluorescence of GBM shows linear deposi-

tion of immunoglobulins.
H Serum anti-GBM antibody test reveals circulating

anti-GBM antibodies, which distinguish Goodpastures syndrome from other pulmonary-renal syndromes, such as Wegeners granulomatosis, polyarteritis, and systemic lupus erythematosus.
H Serum creatinine and blood urea nitrogen (BUN)
levels typically two to three times normal.
H Urinalysis may reveal red blood cells and cellular
casts, which typify glomerular inflammation; may
also show granular casts and proteinuria.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays reveal pulmonary infiltrates in a diffuse,
nodular pattern.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lung biopsy shows interstitial and intra-alveolar
hemorrhage with hemosiderin-laden macrophages.
H Renal biopsy usually shows focal necrotic lesions and
cellular crescents.

H Unknown
H May be associated with exposure to hydrocarbons or

Treatment

with type II hypersensitivity reaction


H Possible genetic predisposition

General

Incidence
H Occurs at any age; most commonly in males between

ages 20 and 30

H Plasmapheresis
H Dialysis
H Low-protein, low-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Common characteristics

Medications

H Hemoptysis
H Rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis

H High-dose I.V. corticosteroids such as methylpred-

Complications

Surgery

H Renal failure
H Pulmonary edema and hemorrhage

H Kidney transplantation

Assessment
History
H Possible complaint of malaise, fatigue, and pallor
H Possible pulmonary bleeding for months or years be-

fore developing overt hemorrhage and signs of renal


disease

nisolone

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased energy
H avoid complications.

Physical findings

Nursing interventions

H Hematuria
H Decreased urine output
H Dyspnea, tachypnea, orthopnea
H Restlessness
H Hemoptysis, ranging from a cough with blood-tinged

H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees, and

sputum to frank pulmonary hemorrhage


H Pulmonary crackles and rhonchi

Test results
Laboratory
H Immunofluorescence of alveolar basement membrane shows linear deposition of immunoglobulins
as well as C3 and fibrinogen.
324

Goodpastures syndrome

administer humidified oxygen, as ordered.


H Encourage the patient to conserve his energy.
H Assist with range-of-motion exercises.
H Assist with activities of daily living, and provide fre-

quent rest periods.


H Transfuse blood and administer corticosteroids, as

ordered. Watch closely for signs and symptoms of


adverse reactions.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive
spirometer use.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 325

Monitoring
H Respiratory status
H Vital signs
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Cardiovascular status
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Creatinine clearance, BUN, and serum creatinine

levels
H Hematocrit and coagulation studies

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of conserving energy
H an explanation that fluid intake may be restricted
H the name, dosage, purpose, and adverse effects of all
medications
H how to effectively deep-breathe and cough
H how to recognize the signs of respiratory or genitourinary bleeding and the need to report such signs
to the practitioner at once.

Discharge planning
H If dialysis or kidney transplantation is required, refer

the patient to a renal support group.


H Encourage regular follow-up care.

Goodpastures syndrome

325

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 326

Gout
Overview
Description

H Coronary thrombosis
H Hypertension
H Infection when tophi rupture

Assessment

H Inflammatory arthritis caused by uric acid and crystal

History

deposits
H Red, swollen, and acutely painful joints
H Mostly affects feet, great toe, ankle, and midfoot
H Primary gout: patient symptom-free for years between attacks
H Sudden strike and quick peak in first acute attack
H Delayed attacks associated with olecranon bursitis
H Chronic polyarticular gout the final, unremitting
stage of the disease marked by persistent painful
polyarthritis

H Sedentary lifestyle
H Hypertension
H Renal calculi
H Waking during the night with pain in great toe
H Initial moderate pain that grows intense
H Chills; mild fever

Pathophysiology
H Uric acid crystallizes in blood or body fluids, and the

precipitate accumulates in connective tissue (tophi).


H Crystals trigger an immune response.
H Neutrophils secrete lysosomes for phagocytosis.
H Lysosomes damage tissue and exacerbate the im-

mune response.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Decreased renal excretion of uric acid
H Genetic defect in purine metabolism (hyper-

uricemia)
H Secondary gout that develops with other diseases:
Obesity
Diabetes mellitus
Hypertension
Polycythemia
Leukemia
Myeloma
Sickle cell anemia
Renal disease
H Secondary gout that follows treatment with drugs
(hydrochlorothiazide or pyrazinamide)

Incidence
H Primary gout typically in males older than age 30 and

postmenopausal females taking diuretics

Common characteristics
H Extreme pain in affected joints
H Redness and swelling in joints
H Tophi in great toe, ankle, or pinna of ear
H Elevated skin temperature

Complications
H Renal calculi
H Atherosclerotic disease
H Cardiovascular lesions
H Stroke

326

Gout

Physical findings
H Swollen, dusky red or purple joint
H Limited movement of joint
H Tophi, especially in the outer ears, hands, and feet

(see Recognizing gouty tophi)


H Skin over tophi that may ulcerate and release chalky

white exudate or pus


H Secondary joint degeneration
H Erosions, deformity, and disability
H Warmth over joint
H Extreme tenderness
H Fever
H Hypertension

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum uric acid levels are elevated with a gout attack.
H White blood cell count is elevated in an acute attack.
H Urine uric acid level is elevated in 20% of patients.
Imaging
H X-ray of the articular cartilage and subchondral bone
shows evidence of chronic gout.
Diagnostic procedures
H Needle aspiration of synovial fluid shows needlelike
intracellular crystals.

Treatment
General
H Termination of acute attack
H Protection of inflamed, painful joints
H Treatment for hyperuricemia
H Local application of cold
H Prevention of recurrent gout
H Prevention of renal calculi
H Weight loss program, if indicated
H Avoidance of alcohol
H Sparing use of purine-rich foods (such as anchovies,

liver, and sardines)


H Bed rest (in acute attack)
H Immobilization of joint

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 327

Recognizing gouty tophi

Monitoring

In advanced gout, urate crystal deposits develop into


hard, irregular, yellow-white nodules called tophi. These
bumps commonly protrude from the great toe and ear.

H Intake and output


H Serum uric acid levels
H Acute gout attacks 24 to 96 hours after surgery
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Tophus

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to drink plenty of fluids (up to 2 qt [2 L]
per day)
H relaxation techniques
H compliance with the prescribed medication regimen
H dietary adjustments
H the need to control hypertension.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if
Tophi

appropriate.

Medications
H Analgesics such as oxycodone
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as sundi-

lac and naproxen


H Antigout drugs, such as allopurinol, colchicine,

probenecid, and sulfinpyrazone

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disease
H demonstrate knowledge of the condition and treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Allow adequate time for self-care.
H Institute bed rest.
H Use a bed cradle, if appropriate.
H Give pain medication, as needed.
H Apply cold packs to affected areas.
H Identify techniques and activities that promote rest

and relaxation.
H Administer anti-inflammatories, as prescribed.
H Provide a purine-poor diet.

Gout

327

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 328

Graft rejection
syndrome

Assessment
History
H Signs and symptoms that vary markedly, depending

Overview

on type of rejection, underlying illnesses, and type of


organ transplanted

Description

Physical findings

H Rejection of a donated organ occurring when the

H Oliguria and increasing serum creatinine and blood

hosts immune responses are directed against the


graft
H Three subtypes based on time of onset and mechanisms involved:
Hyperacute rejection
Acute rejection
Chronic rejection

Pathophysiology
H Hyperacute rejection occurs within minutes to hours

after graft transplantation.


H Circulating host antibodies recognize and bind to

graft antigens.
H Binding of these antibodies leads to initiation of the

complement cascade, recruitment of neutrophils,


platelet activation, damage to graft endothelial cells,
and stimulation of coagulation reactions.
H Acute rejection may occur several hours to days
(even weeks) after transplantation.
H Alloantigen-reactive T cells from the host infiltrate
the graft and are activated by contact with foreign,
graft-related proteins that are presented to them by
antigen-presenting cells.
H These T cells may cause graft tissue damage.
H Chronic rejection is characterized by the development of blood vessel luminal occlusion due to progressive thickening of the intimal layers of medium
and large arterial walls.
H Large amounts of intimal matrix are produced, leading to increasingly occlusive vessel wall thickening.
H A slowly progressing reduction in blood flow results
in regional tissue ischemia, cell death, and tissue fibrosis.

Causes
H Immune system response to a graft

Incidence
H Hyperacute rejection rare; affects less than 1% of

transplant recipients
H Acute rejection in 50% of transplant patients (only

10% progress to graft loss)


H Chronic rejection in 50% of transplant patients with-

in 10 years after transplantation

Common characteristics

urea nitrogen levels with kidney transplant


H Elevated transaminase levels, decreased albumin lev-

els, and hypocoagulability with liver transplant


H Hypotension, heart failure, and edema with heart

transplant

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy of the transplanted tissue confirms rejection.
H Hyperacute rejection is characterized by large numbers of polymorphonuclear leukocytes in the graft
blood vessels, widespread microthrombi, platelet accumulation, and interstitial hemorrhage with little or
no interstitial inflammation.

Treatment
General
H Close monitoring of function of grafted organ
H Surveillance, with prophylactic measures against op-

portunistic infections
H Dietary restrictions based on organ system affected
H Activity, as tolerated
H Hemodialysis
H Mechanical ventilation

Medications
H Immunosuppressants, such as azathioprine and

basiliximab
H Antirejection therapies such as cyclosporine
H Antibiotics, according to infective organism

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H not experience fever, chills, and other signs and
symptoms of illness
H use support systems to assist with coping
H express his feelings about the condition
H comply with the treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions

H Rapid or gradual progression of organ dysfunction

H Administer prescribed medications.


H Provide emotional support.

Complications

Monitoring

H Rapid thrombosis
H Loss of graft function

H Vital signs
H Function of the transplanted organ

328

Graft rejection syndrome

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 329

H Signs and symptoms of infection


H Signs and symptoms of rejection
H Respiratory status
H Intake and output
H Cardiovascular status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize signs and symptoms of organ dysfunction
H the need to immediately report fever, chills, and other symptoms of infection
H the need for lifelong medication compliance.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and his family to social support, in-

cluding psychological support services, as indicated.

Graft rejection syndrome

329

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 330

Life-threatening disorder

Guillain-Barr
syndrome

H Aspiration
H Respiratory tract infections
H Life-threatening respiratory and cardiac compromise

Assessment
History

Overview

H Minor febrile illness 1 to 4 weeks before current

symptoms

Description

H Tingling and numbness (paresthesia) in the legs


H Progression of symptoms to the arms, the trunk and,

H A form of polyneuritis
H Acute, rapidly progressive, and potentially fatal
H Three phases:

H Stiffness and pain in the calves

Acute: beginning from first symptom, ending in 1


to 3 weeks
Plateau: lasting several days to 2 weeks
Recovery: coincides with remyelination and axonal
process regrowth; extends over 4 to 6 months and
may take up to 2 to 3 years; recovery possibly not
complete

Pathophysiology

finally, the face

Physical findings
H Muscle weakness (the major neurologic sign)
H Sensory loss, usually in the legs (spreads to arms)
H Difficulty talking, chewing, and swallowing
H Paralysis of the ocular, facial, and oropharyngeal

muscles
H Loss of position sense
H Diminished or absent deep tendon reflexes

H Segmented demyelination of peripheral nerves oc-

Test results

curs, preventing normal transmission of electrical


impulses.
H Sensorimotor nerve roots are affected; autonomic
nerve transmission may also be affected. (See Understanding sensorimotor nerve degeneration.)

Diagnostic procedures
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis may show a normal white blood cell count, an elevated protein count
and, in severe disease, increased CSF pressure.
Other
H Electromyography may demonstrate repeated firing
of the same motor unit instead of widespread sectional stimulation.
H Nerve conduction studies show marked slowing of
nerve conduction velocities.

Causes

H Unknown

Risk factors
H Surgery
H Rabies or swine influenza vaccination
H Viral illness
H Hodgkins or some other malignant disease
H Lupus erythematosus

Incidence
H Occurs equally in both sexes
H Occurs between ages 30 and 50

Common characteristics
H Symmetrical muscle weakness initially in lower ex-

tremities and progressing to upper extremities


H Paresthesia
H Diplegia
H Dysphagia
H Hypotonia
H Areflexia

Complications
H Thrombophlebitis
H Pressure ulcers
H Contractures
H Muscle wasting

330

Guillain-Barr syndrome

Treatment
General
H Supportive measures
H Possible endotracheal intubation or tracheotomy

with mechanical ventilation


H Fluid volume replacement
H Plasmapheresis
H Possible tube feedings
H Adequate caloric intake
H Exercise program to prevent contractures
H Emotional support
H Maintenance of skin integrity

Medications
H Corticosteroids such as methylprednisolone
H I.V. immune globulin

Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy
H Possible gastrostomy or jejunotomy feeding tube in-

sertion

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 331

Understanding sensorimotor nerve


degeneration
Guillain-Barr syndrome attacks the peripheral nerves so
that they cant transmit messages to the brain correctly.
Heres what goes wrong:
The myelin sheath degenerates for unknown reasons.
This sheath covers the nerve axons and conducts electrical impulses along the nerve pathways. With degeneration
comes inflammation, swelling, and patchy demyelination.
As this disorder destroys myelin, the nodes of Ranvier (at
the junctures of the myelin sheaths) widen. This delays
and impairs impulse transmission along the dorsal and
ventral nerve roots.
Because the dorsal nerve roots handle sensory function,
the patient may experience sensations, such as tingling
and numbness, when the nerve root is impaired. Similarly,
because the ventral roots are responsible for motor function, impairment causes varying weakness, immobility,
and paralysis.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H effective means of communication
H the appropriate home care plan
H instructions about medications
H adverse medication reactions.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical rehabilitation sources,

as indicated.
H Refer the patient to occupational and speech rehabil-

itation resources, as indicated.


H Refer the patient to the Guillain-Barr Syndrome

Foundation.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H develop an alternate means of communication
H maintain required caloric intake daily
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM).

Nursing interventions
H Establish a means of communication before intuba-

tion is required, if possible.


H Turn and reposition the patient.
H Encourage coughing, deep breathing, and incentive

spirometer use.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Provide passive ROM exercises.
H In case of facial paralysis, provide eye and mouth

care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Elevate the head of the bed at least 30 degrees.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H Arterial blood gas values
H Neurologic status
H Pulse oximetry
H Signs of thrombophlebitis
H Signs of urine retention
H Response to medications
H Skin integrity
H Cardiovascular status

Guillain-Barr syndrome

331

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 332

Gynecomastia
Overview
Description
H Enlargement of breast tissue in males
H Usually bilateral, except in males older than age 50

when its usually unilateral


H Usually resolves spontaneously in 6 to 12 months
H Pseudogynecomastia: accumulation of fat deposits,

Special populations
In neonates, gynecomastia may be associated with
galactorrhea (witchs milk). This sign usually
disappears within a few weeks but may persist
until age 2.

Incidence
H Affects up to 65% of adolescent males
H True gynecomastia: affects 1% of adult males

not breast tissue.

Pathophysiology
H Disturbance in the normal ratio of active androgen to

estrogen results in proliferation of the fibroblastic


stroma and the duct system of the breast.

Causes
H Testicular tumors
H Obesity
H Pituitary tumors
H Some hypogonadism syndromes
H Liver disease causing inability to break down normal

male estrogen secretions


H Chronic renal failure
H Chronic obstructive lung disease
H Other causes (see Drugs and treatments causing

gynecomastia)

Drugs and treatments causing


gynecomastia
In addition to the common causes of gynecomastia, various drugs and treatments may also cause this disorder.

Drugs
When gynecomastia is an effect of drugs, its typically
painful and unilateral. Estrogens used to treat prostate
cancer, including diethylstilbestrol (DES), estramustine,
and chlorotrianisene, directly affect the estrogenandrogen ratio. Drugs that have an estrogen-like effect,
such as cardiac glycosides and human chorionic gonadotropin, may do the same.
Regular use of alcohol, marijuana, or heroin reduces
plasma testosterone levels, causing gynecomastia. Other
drugs such as flutamide, cyproterone, spironolactone,
cimetidine, and ketoconazole produce this sign by
interfering with androgen production or action. Some
common drugs, including phenothiazines, tricyclic antidepressants, and antihypertensives, produce gynecomastia,
but it isnt known how.

Treatments
Gynecomastia may develop within weeks of starting
hemodialysis for chronic renal failure. It may also follow
major surgery or testicular irradiation.

332

Gynecomastia

Special populations
Most males have physicologic gynecomastia at
some time during adolescence, usually around age
14. This gynecomastia is usually asymmetrical and
tender; it commonly resolves within 2 years and
rarely persists beyond age 20.

Common characteristics
H Enlarged breast tissue (at least 2 cm in diameter),

either unilateral or bilateral, beneath the areola

Complications
H Malignancy
H Complications of surgery:

Infection
Scarring
Sensory change
Hematoma
Breast asymmetry

Assessment
History
H Causative tumor
H Change in size of breast tissue
H History of causative factors
H Breast pain

Physical findings
H Enlarged breast tissue beneath the areola
H Further physical findings depending on cause

Test results
Laboratory
H Estrogen levels are excessively high and testosterone
levels are normal in drug- and tumor-induced hyperestrogenism.
H Testosterone levels are very low and estrogen levels
are normal in hypergonadism.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy rules out malignancy.

9400F-G.qxd

8/2/12

4:33 PM

Page 333

Treatment
General
H Treatment of cause

Medications
H Androgens, such as testosterone and methyltestos-

terone

Surgery
H Resection of extra breast tissue for cosmetic reasons
H Liposuction-assisted mastectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the condition and its cause
H express positive feelings concerning body image.

Nursing interventions
H Apply cold compresses.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings and concerns.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Breast size

After surgery
H Pain control
H Wound site

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H cause of condition and related treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H preoperative teaching, if appropriate.

Gynecomastia

333

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 334

Haemophilus
influenzae infection
Overview
Description

H Infection that most commonly attacks respiratory sys-

tem

H Common cause of epiglottiditis, laryngotracheobron-

chitis, pneumonia, bronchiolitis, otitis media, and


meningitis
H Infrequent cause of bacterial endocarditis, conjunctivitis, facial cellulitis, septic arthritis, and osteomyelitis

Pathophysiology
H Antigenic response occurs with invasion of bacteria.
H Systemic disease results from invasion and

hematogenous spread to distant sites (meninges,


bones, and joints).
H Local invasion occurs on the mucosal surfaces.
H Otitis media occurs when bacteria reach the middle
ear through the eustachian tube.

Causes
H H. influenzae, a gram-negative, pleomorphic aero-

bic bacillus
H Transmission by direct contact with secretions or air-

borne droplets

Incidence
H H. influenzae type B (Hib) infection incidence lower

when vaccine is administered at ages 2, 4, 6, and 15


months
H Occurs in fewer than 2 in 100,000 children in the
United States
H H. influenza epiglottiditis most common in children
between ages 3 and 7 but can occur at any age
H Higher incidence of meningitis due to Hib in black
children
H Ten times higher incidence in Native Americans, possibly due to exposure, socioeconomic conditions,
and genetic differences in immune response
H Cause of 5% to 10% of bacterial meningitis cases in
adults
H 3% to 5% mortality rate

H Pericarditis, pleural effusion


H Respiratory failure due to pneumonia

Assessment
History
H Possible report of recent viral infection
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Fever

Physical findings
Epiglottiditis
H Restlessness and irritability
H Use of accessory muscles, inspiratory retractions,
stridor
H Sitting up, leaning forward with mouth open, tongue
protruding, and nostrils flaring
H Expiratory rhonchi; diminishing breath sounds as the
condition worsens
H Pharyngeal mucosa that may look reddened (rarely,
with soft yellow exudate)
H Epiglottis that appears cherry red with considerable
edema
H Severe pain that makes swallowing difficult or impossible
Pneumonia
H Shaking chills
H Tachypnea
H Productive cough
H Impaired or asymmetrical chest movement caused by
pleuritic pain
H Dullness over areas of lung consolidation
Meningitis
H Altered level of consciousness
H Seizures and coma as disease progresses
H Positive Brudzinskis and Kernigs signs
H Exaggerated and symmetrical deep tendon reflexes
H Nuchal rigidity
H Opisthotonos

Test results
Laboratory
H Isolation of the organism in blood culture confirms
infection.
H Hib meningitis is detected in cerebrospinal fluid
cultures.

Common characteristics

Treatment

H Generalized malaise
H High fever

General

Complications

H Airway maintenance (critical in epiglottiditis)


H Diet based on respiratory status (possible need for

H Permanent neurologic sequelae from meningitis,

including hearing loss


H Complete upper airway obstruction from epiglottiditis
H Cellulitis

334

Haemophilus influenzae infection

small, frequent meals)


H Nothing by mouth with inability to swallow ade-

quately
H Activity, as tolerated

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 335

Medications
H Cephalosporin
H Chloramphenicol and ampicillin (alternate regimen)
H Glucocorticoids, such as dexamethasone, betametha-

sone, and methylprednisone

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no adventitious breath sounds
H maintain adequate gas exchange
H have arterial blood gas (ABG) levels that return to
normal
H have no pathogens appear in cultures
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain respiratory isolation.
H Maintain adequate respiratory function through cool

humidification, oxygen, as needed, and croup or face


tents.
H Keep emergency resuscitation equipment readily
available.
H Suction, as needed.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Maintain adequate nutrition and elimination.

Monitoring
H Pulse oximetry
H ABG results
H Complete blood count for signs of bone marrow de-

pression when therapy includes ampicillin or chloramphenicol


H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of continuing the prescribed antibiotic until the entire prescription is finished
H using a room humidifier or breathing moist air from
a shower or bath, as necessary, for home treatment
of a respiratory infection
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises to clear
secretions
H the safe disposal of secretions and use of proper
hand-washing technique.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist, if

necessary.
H Encourage the patient to receive vaccinations to pre-

vent future infections.

Haemophilus influenzae infection

335

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 336

Hantavirus pulmonary
syndrome

H Fever
H Headache
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Cough

Overview

Complications

Description

H Respiratory failure
H Death (in 80% of cases)

H Viral disease that causes flulike symptoms


H Rapidly progresses to respiratory failure

Pathophysiology
H Rodents shed virus in stool, urine, and saliva.
H Human infection occurs from inhalation, ingestion

(of contaminated food or water, for example), contact with rodent excrement, or rodent bites. (See Sin
Nombre virus.)

Causes
H Hantaviruses
H Transmission with exposure to infected rodents

Assessment
History
H Rodent exposure (2 weeks before symptoms)
H Fever
H Myalgia
H Abdominal discomfort
H Dizziness

Physical findings

(deer mice, pinion mice, brush mice, and western


chipmunks)
H Farming, hiking, or camping in rodent-infested areas
and occupying rodent-infested dwellings

H Cough
H Hypotension
H Tachycardia
H Tachypnea
H Severe hypoxemia and respiratory failure

Incidence

Test results

H Occurs mainly in southwestern United States


H More commonly affects whites
H Affects males more than females

H The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and

Common characteristics
H Noncardiogenic pulmonary edema
H Myalgia

Sin Nombre virus


This illustration shows the Sin Nombre virus, the most
common cause of Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome in the
United States and Canada. It exists primarily in western
states and provinces.

state health departments can perform definitive testing for hantavirus exposure and antibody formation.
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is elevated with a predominance of neutrophils, myeloid precursors, and atypical lymphocytes.
H Hematocrit is elevated.
H Platelet count is decreased.
H Partial thromboplastin time is prolonged.
H Fibrinogen level is normal.
H Serum creatinine levels are no greater than
2.5 mg/dl.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays eventually show bilateral diffuse infiltrates in almost all patients (findings consistent with
acute respiratory distress syndrome).

Treatment
General
H Intubation and aggressive respiratory management
H Adequate oxygenation
H Stabilization of heart rate and blood pressure
H Cautious fluid volume replacement
H Nothing by mouth until recovery begins
H Activity, as tolerated, with frequent rest periods

Medications
H Vasopressors, such as dopamine, dobutamine, and

norepinephrine
H Ribavirin

336

Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 337

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute
of baseline
H maintain adequate gas exchange
H cough effectively
H expectorate mucus.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway by suctioning, if necessary.
H Ensure adequate humidification, and check mechani-

cal ventilator settings frequently.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide I.V. fluid therapy based on results of hemody-

namic monitoring.
H Provide emotional support.
H Report cases of Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome to

your state health department.

Monitoring
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to immediately report signs or symptoms of
respiratory distress
H prevention guidelines, with a focus on rodent control.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up with a pulmonologist,

if indicated.

Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome

337

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 338

Headache
Overview
Description
H Head pain that may be a symptom of an underlying

disorder
H Classified as primary (headaches having no organic

or structural cause) or secondary (indicative of an


underlying structural or organic disease)

Pathophysiology
Headache
H Sustained muscle contractions directly deform pain
receptors.
H Inflammation or direct pressure affects the cranial
nerves.
H Pain-sensitive structures respond, including the skin,
scalp, muscles, arteries, and veins; cranial nerves V,
VII, IX, and X; and cervical nerves 1, 2, and 3.
Migraine
H Biochemical abnormalities occur, including local
leakage of a vasodilator polypeptide through the dilated arteries and a decreased plasma level of serotonin.

Causes
Headache
H Underlying intracranial disorder
H Systemic disorder
H Psychological disorders
H Allergy
H Tension (muscle contraction)
H Emotional stress
H Fatigue
H Menstruation
H Environmental stimuli
H Glaucoma
H Hormone replacement therapy
H Inflammation of the eyes or mucosa of the nasal or
paranasal sinuses
H Disorder of the scalp, teeth, extracranial arteries, or
external or middle ear
H Muscle spasms of the face, neck, or shoulders
H Vasodilators
H Hypoxia
H Hypertension
H Head trauma and tumors
H Intracranial bleeding, abscess, or aneurysm
H Caffeine withdrawal
H Overuse of over-the-counter headache medications
(rebound headache)
Migraine
H Constriction and dilation of intracranial and extracranial arteries
H Associated with:
Epilepsy
Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia

338

Headache

Tourettes syndrome
Ischemic stroke
Depression

Incidence
Headache
H Affects 60% to 80% of people in the United States at
any point in time
Migraine
H Appears in childhood or adolescence
H Recurs throughout adulthood
H Affects 17% of females and 6% of males in the United
States
H Strong familial incidence

Common characteristics
H Pain thats aching or tight
H Hatbandlike pattern around head
H Nausea
H Photophobia
H Phonophobia
H Blurred vision

Complications
H Worsening of existing hypertension
H Photophobia
H Emotional lability
H Motor weakness
H Loss of work

Assessment
History
Headache
H Location (frontal, temporal, or cervical), characteristics (frequency and intensity), onset and duration
(continuous or intermittent)
H Precipitating factors: tension, menstruation, loud
noises, menopause, alcohol consumption, stress,
and food allergies
H Aggravating factors: coughing, sneezing, and sunlight
H Associated symptoms: nausea or vomiting, weakness,
facial pain, and scotomas
H Use of headache-inducing medications
H Familial history of headaches
Migraine
H Unilateral, pulsating pain gradually becoming more
generalized
H May be preceded by scintillating scotoma, hemianopsia, unilateral paresthesia, or speech disorders
H May be accompanied by irritability, anorexia, nausea
or vomiting, and photophobia

Physical findings
Headache
H Findings based on cause
H If no underlying problem, normal physical findings
H Possible crepitus or tender spots of the head and
neck

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 339

Migraine
H Pallor
H Possible extraocular muscle palsies
H Possible ptosis
H Possible neurologic deficits

Test results
Imaging
H Skull X-rays may show skull fracture (with trauma).
H Sinus X-rays may show sinusitis.
H Computed tomography scan may show tumor or subarachnoid hemorrhage or other intracranial pathology; may show pathology of sinuses.
H Magnetic resonance imaging may also show tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture may show increased intracranial
pressure, suggesting tumor, edema, or hemorrhage.
H EEG may show alterations in the brains electrical
activity, suggesting intracranial lesion, head injury,
meningitis, or encephalitis.
Other
H Patient questionnaire tool evaluates functional status
and quality of life.

H express an increased sense of well-being


H use support systems to assist with coping
H understand causative factors or triggers.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the use of relaxation techniques.
H Keep the patients room dark and quiet.
H Place ice packs on the patients forehead or a cold

cloth over his eyes.


H Administer prescribed drugs for pain.

Monitoring
H Pain control
H Response to alternative treatment
H Vital signs, especially blood pressure
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H avoidance of migraine triggers
H lifestyle changes
H nonpharmacologic strategies
H monitoring of headaches with headache diary
H appropriate use of preventive medications
H possible adverse reactions to prescribed drugs.

H Yoga, meditation, or other relaxation therapy


H Identification and elimination of causative factors

Discharge planning

Treatment

(including environmental)
H Psychotherapy, if emotional stress involved
H For migraine patient, adequate oral fluid intake and

H Refer the patient to the National Headache Founda-

tion.

avoidance of dietary triggers


H For migraine patient, bed rest in dark, quiet room

Medications
Headache
H Analgesics, such as acetaminophen, aspirin, and
ibuprofen
H Tranquilizers, such as alprazolam, diazepam, and
lorazepam
H Muscle relaxants, such as carisopradol and tizanidine
Migraine
H Ergotamine preparations
H Preventive drugs, such as clonidine, propranolol,
topiramate, and valproate
H Triptan agents, such as electriptan, sumatriptan, and
naratriptan

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H demonstrate methods of promoting relaxation and
inner well-being

Headache

339

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 340

Hearing loss
Overview
Description
H Mechanical or nervous impediment to the transmis-

sion of sound waves to the brain


H Classified as sensorineural, conductive, or mixed
H Presbycusis (age related): most common type of

sensorineural hearing loss


H Congenital hearing loss: may be conductive or sen-

sorineural
H Sudden hearing loss: may be conductive, senso-

rineural, or mixed; usually affects only one ear


H Depending on the cause, with prompt treatment

(within 48 hours), hearing possibly restored


H Noise-induced hearing loss possibly transient or

permanent

Pathophysiology
H In conductive hearing loss, sound wave transmission

is interrupted between the external canal and inner


ear (junction of the stapes and oval window).
H In sensorineural hearing loss, sound wave transmission is interrupted between the inner ear and brain,
and theres cochlea or acoustic nerve dysfunction.
H In mixed hearing loss, a combination of dysfunction
of conduction and sensorineural transmission is involved.

Causes
Conductive hearing loss
H Cerumen impaction
H Blockage of the external ear
H Tympanic membrane thickening, retraction, scarring,
or perforation
H Otitis media, otitis externa
H Otosclerosis
H Serous otitis
Sensorineural hearing loss
H Impairment of the cochlea, eighth cranial or acoustic
nerve
H Loss of hair cells and nerve fibers in the cochlea
H Drug toxicity
H Vascular occlusion of the anterior cerebellar artery
H Infectious diseases
H Arteriosclerosis
H Otospongiosis
H Head or ear trauma
H Organ of Corti degeneration
H Prolonged exposure to loud noise (85 to 90 dB)
H Perilymphatic fistula
H Brief exposure to extremely loud noise (greater than
90 dB)
H Acoustic neuroma
Congenital hearing loss
H Sensorineural or conductive

340

Hearing loss

H May be transmitted as a dominant, autosomal domi-

nant, autosomal recessive, or sex-linked recessive


trait
Hearing loss in neonates
H Trauma during delivery
H Toxicity
H Infection during pregnancy or delivery
H Hereditary disorders
H Maternal exposure to rubella or syphilis during pregnancy
H Use of ototoxic drugs during pregnancy
H Prolonged fetal anoxia during delivery
H Congenital abnormalities of the ears, nose, or throat
Sudden hearing loss
H Occlusion of internal auditory artery by spasm or
thrombosis
H Subclinical mumps
H Bacterial and viral infections
H Acoustic neuroma
H Mnires disease
H Metabolic, vascular, or neurologic disorders
H Blood dyscrasias
H Ototoxic drugs

Risk factors
Special populations
Premature or low-birth-weight neonates with
congenital hearing loss are most likely to have
structural or functional hearing impairments.
H Neonates with serum bilirubin levels greater than

20 mg/dl (toxic effects on the brain)


H Erythroblastosis fetalis
H Maternal infection or drug abuse
H Frequent ear infections
H Repeated exposure to very loud noise

Incidence
H Most common disability in the United States
H Third most prevalent disorder in adults older than

age 65
H Presbycusis prevalent in adults older than age 50

Common characteristics
H Hearing loss
H Tinnitus

Complications
H Tympanic membrane perforation
H Cholesteatoma
H Permanent hearing loss
H Speech and language delay in children

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 341

Assessment

Nursing considerations

History

Key outcomes

H Deficient response to auditory stimuli within 2 to 3

The patient will:


H express understanding of the condition and treatment
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms
H regain hearing or develop alternate means of communication.

days after birth


H Older child with hearing loss that impairs speech development
H Recent upper respiratory tract infection
H Use of ototoxic substances
Sudden deafness
H Recent exposure to loud noise
H Brief exposure to extremely loud noise
H Persistent tinnitus
H Transient vertigo

Nursing interventions
H Face the patient when speaking and enunciate words

clearly, slowly, and in a normal tone.


H Provide an alternative method of communication.

Physical findings

Monitoring

H Obvious hearing difficulty

H Response to medications
H Progression of hearing loss
H Adaptation to hearing aid

Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows vestibular and auditory pathways.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows acoustic tumors
and brain lesions.
Diagnostic procedures
H Auditory brain response shows activity in auditory
nerve and brain stem.
H Pure tone audiometry shows presence and degree of
hearing loss.
H Electronystagmography shows vestibular function.
H Otoscopic or microscopic examination shows middle
ear disorders; removes debris.
H Rinne and Webers tests show whether hearing loss is
conductive or sensorineural.

Patient teaching

Treatment

Be sure to cover:
H hearing loss, its causes, and treatments
H tests and procedures
H preoperative and postoperative instructions
H operation and maintenance of a hearing aid
H lip-reading lessons, which may increase the effectiveness
H the danger of excessive noise exposure
H the use of protective devices in a noisy environment
H the danger of exposure to drugs, chemicals, and infection (with pregnancy)
H the proper technique for ear cleaning or irrigation
H how to instill otic medications
H medication use and possible adverse effects.

General

Discharge planning

H Varies with the type and cause of impairment


H Hearing aids or other effective means of aiding com-

H If hearing deteriorates, refer the patient for speech

munication
H Avoidance of activities that allow water to enter ear, if
eardrum perforated

H Refer a child to an audiologist or otolaryngologist for

and hearing rehabilitation.


further evaluation, as indicated.
H Refer to community resources, as appropriate.

Medications
H Antibiotics as appropriate for infecting organism
H Agents to dissolve cerumen such as triethanolamine

polypeptide oleate-condensate

Surgery
H Correction of tympanic membrane perforation
H Cochlear implants

Hearing loss

341

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 342

Life-threatening disorder

Heart failure

Complications
H Pulmonary edema
H Organ failure, especially the brain and kidneys
H MI

Assessment
Overview
Description
H Fluid buildup in the heart from myocardium that

cant provide sufficient cardiac output


H Usually occurs in a damaged left ventricle but may

occur in right ventricle either primarily or secondary


to left-sided heart failure

Pathophysiology
Left-sided heart failure
H Pumping ability of the left ventricle fails and cardiac
output falls.
H Blood backs up into the left atrium and lungs, causing pulmonary congestion.
Right-sided heart failure
H Ineffective contractile function of the right ventricle
leads to blood backing up into the right atrium and
the peripheral circulation, which results in peripheral edema and engorgement of the kidneys and other
organs.

Causes
H Mitral stenosis secondary to rheumatic heart disease,

constrictive pericarditis, or atrial fibrillation


H Mitral or aortic insufficiency
H Arrhythmias
H Hypertension
H Atherosclerosis with myocardial infarction (MI)
H Myocarditis
H Ventricular and atrial septal defects
H Constrictive pericarditis
H Pregnancy
H Thyrotoxicosis
H Pulmonary embolism
H Infections
H Anemia
H Emotional stress
H Increased sodium or water intake

Incidence
H Affects 1% of people older than age 50
H Affects 10% of people older than age 80

Common characteristics
H Reduced cardiac output
H Shortness of breath
H Peripheral edema
H Dyspnea on exertion

342

Heart failure

History
H A disorder or condition that can precipitate heart

failure
H Dyspnea or paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
H Peripheral edema
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Insomnia
H Anorexia
H Nausea
H Sense of abdominal fullness (particularly in right-

sided heart failure)


H Substance abuse (alcohol,

drugs, tobacco)

Physical findings
H Cough that produces pink, frothy sputum
H Cyanosis of the lips and nail beds
H Pale, cool, clammy skin
H Diaphoresis
H Jugular vein distention
H Ascites
H Tachycardia
H Pulsus alternans
H Hepatomegaly and, possibly, splenomegaly
H Decreased pulse pressure
H S3 and S4 heart sounds
H Moist, bibasilar crackles, rhonchi, and expiratory

wheezing
H Decreased pulse oximetry
H Peripheral edema
H Decreased urinary output

Test results
Laboratory
H B-type natriuretic peptide immunoassay is elevated.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show increased pulmonary vascular
markings, interstitial edema, or pleural effusion and
cardiomegaly.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography reflects heart strain or enlargement or ischemia. It may also reveal atrial enlargement, tachycardia, extrasystole, or atrial fibrillation.
H Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring typically
shows elevated pulmonary artery and pulmonary
artery wedge pressures, left ventricular end-diastolic
pressure in left-sided heart failure, and elevated right
atrial or central venous pressure in right-sided heart
failure.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 343

Treatment
General
H Antiembolism stockings
H Elevation of lower extremities
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Fluid restriction
H Calorie restriction, if indicated
H Low-fat diet, if indicated
H Walking program
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Oxygen
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, bumetanide, torse-

mide, and metolazone


H Inotropic drugs, such as digoxin, dobutamine, and
dopamine
H Vasodilators, such as nitrates, isosorbide, and nesiritide
H Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, such as
captopril, enalapril, and lisinopril
H Angiotensin receptor blockers, such as losartan, valsartan, and irbesartan
H Calcium channel blockers such as amiodipine
H Potassium supplements
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as atenolol, metoprolol, and carvedilol
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin

Surgery
H For valvular dysfunction with recurrent acute heart

failure, surgical replacement


H Heart transplantation
H Ventricular assist device
H Stent placement

Monitoring
H Daily weight for peripheral edema and other signs

and symptoms of fluid overload


H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Response to treatment
H Vital signs
H Mental status
H Peripheral edema

ALERT
Auscultate for abnormal heart and breath sounds,
and report changes immediately.
H Blood urea nitrogen and serum creatinine, potassi-

um, sodium, chloride, and magnesium levels


H Prothrombin time and INR

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of worsening heart failure
H when to notify the physician
H the importance of follow-up care
H the need to avoid high-sodium foods
H the need to avoid fatigue
H instructions about fluid restrictions
H the need to weigh himself every morning, at the same
time, before eating, and after urinating; keeping a
record of his weight, and reporting a weight gain of
3 to 5 lb (1.5 to 2.5 kg) in 1 week
H the importance of smoking cessation, if appropriate
H weight reduction, as needed
H medication administration, dosage, possible adverse
effects, and monitoring needs.

Nursing considerations

Discharge planning

Key outcomes

H Encourage follow-up care.


H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program,

The patient will:


H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H carry out activities of daily living without excess
fatigue or decreased energy
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain adequate fluid balance.

if appropriate.

Nursing interventions
H Place the patient in Fowlers position, and give sup-

plemental oxygen.
H Provide continuous cardiac monitoring during acute

and advanced stages.


H Assist the patient with range-of-motion exercises.
H Apply antiembolism stockings. Check for calf pain

and tenderness.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.

Heart failure

343

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 344

Life-threatening disorder

Heat syndrome
Overview
Description

Common characteristics
H Temperature in excess of 105.8 F (41 C)
H Tachycardia (greater than 130 beats/minute)
H Widened pulse pressure
H Changes in level of consciousness (LOC)
H Tonic-dystonic contractions of the muscles
H Coma
H Tachypnea
H Hypoxia

H Heat exhaustion: acute heat injury with hyperthermia

Complications

caused by dehydration
H Heat stroke: extreme hyperthermia with thermoregulatory failure

H Hypovolemic shock
H Cardiogenic shock
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Renal failure
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Hepatic failure

Pathophysiology
H Normal regulation of temperature is by evaporation

(30% of bodys heat loss) or vasodilation. When heat


is generated or gained by the body faster than it can
dissipate, the thermoregulatory mechanism is
stressed and eventually fails.
H Hyperthermia accelerates.
H Cerebral edema and cerebrovascular congestion occur.
H Cerebral perfusion pressure increases and cerebral
perfusion decreases.
H Tissue damage occurs when temperature exceeds
107.6 F (42 C), resulting in tissue necrosis, organ
dysfunction, and failure.

Causes
H Illness
H Heart disease
H Endocrine disorders
H Neurologic disorder
H Infection (fever)
H Dehydration
H Behavior
H Excessive physical activity
H Excessive clothing
H Lack of acclimatization
H Hot environment without ventilation
H Inadequate fluid intake
H Drugs, such as phenothiazines, anticholinergics, and

amphetamines
H Sudden discontinuation of Parkinsons disease med-

ications

Risk factors
H Obesity
H Sodium and water depletion
H Alcohol use
H Poor physical condition
H Age
H Socioeconomic status

Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
H Increased incidence among elderly patients and

neonates during excessively hot summer days

344

Heat syndrome

Assessment
History
Heat exhaustion
H Prolonged activity in a very warm or hot environment
H Muscle cramps
H Nausea and vomiting
H Thirst
H Weakness
H Headache
H Fatigue
Heat stroke
H Exposure to high temperature and humidity without
air circulation
H Same signs as heat exhaustion
H Blurred vision
H Confusion
H Hallucinations
H Decreased muscle coordination
H Syncope

Physical findings
Heat exhaustion
H Rectal temperature greater than 100 F (37.8 C)
H Pale skin
H Thready, rapid pulse
H Cool, moist skin
H Decreased blood pressure
H Irritability
H Syncope
H Impaired judgment
H Hyperventilation
Heat stroke
H Rectal temperature of at least 104 F (40 C)
H Red, diaphoretic, hot skin in early stages
H Gray, dry, hot skin in later stages
H Tachycardia
H Slightly elevated blood pressure in early stages
H Decreased blood pressure in later stages
H Signs of central nervous system dysfunction
H Altered mental status
H Hyperpnea

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 345

H Cheyne-Stokes respirations
H Anhydrosis (late sign)

Test results
Laboratory
H Abnormal serum electrolytes may show hyponatremia and hypokalemia.
H Arterial blood gas levels may show respiratory alkalosis.
H Complete blood count may show leukocytosis and
thrombocytopenia.
H Coagulation studies may show increased bleeding
and clotting times.
H Urinalysis may show concentrated urine and proteinuria with tubular casts and myoglobinuria.
H Blood urea nitrogen level may be elevated.
H Serum calcium level may be decreased.
H Serum phosphorus level may be decreased.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to avoid reexposure to high temperatures
H the need to maintain adequate fluid intake
H limiting activity in hot weather
H steps to prevent recurrence. (See Preventing heat
illness.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services, if appropriate.

Treatment
General
Heat exhaustion
H Cool environment
H Oral or I.V. fluid administration
Heat stroke
H Lowering the body temperature as rapidly as possible
H Evaporation, hypothermia blankets, and ice packs to
the groin, axillae, and neck
H Supportive respiratory and cardiovascular measures
H Increased hydration; cool liquids only
H Avoidance of caffeine and alcohol
H Rest periods, as needed

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a normal body temperature
H prevent recurrent episodes of hyperthermia
H express understanding of the need to maintain adequate fluid intake.

Nursing interventions
H Perform rapid cooling procedures.
H Provide supportive measures.
H Provide adequate fluid intake.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pulse oximetry readings
H Complications
H LOC
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Myoglobin test results

Prevention

Preventing heat illness


Heat illness can occur insidiously if precautions arent
taken. The patient should follow these guidelines:
H Drink plenty of fluids during outdoor activities, especially on hot days. (Water and sports drinks are the
drinks of choice; avoid tea, coffee, soda, and alcohol
because these can lead to dehydration. He should attempt to take in more than hes losing.)
H Take frequent breaks for drinks and to mist himself
with a spray bottle of water to help with cooling.
H Wear lightweight, tightly woven, loose-fitting clothing
in light colors.
H Schedule vigorous activity and sports for cooler times
of the day.
H Protect himself from direct sun exposure by wearing a
hat, sunglasses, and using an umbrella.
H Gradually increase time spent outdoors to get his body
acclimated to the heat.
H Try to spend as much time as possible in a cooled or
air conditioned environment on very hot and humid
days.
H Discuss chronic conditions with his practitioner for
disease specific precautions.

Heat syndrome

345

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 346

Hemophilia

H Pain and swelling in a weight-bearing joint, such as

the hip, knee, or ankle


H With mild hemophilia or after minor trauma, lack of

Overview
Description
H Hereditary bleeding disorder
H Characterized by greatly prolonged coagulation time
H Results from deficiency of specific clotting factors
H Hemophilia A (classic hemophilia): affects more

than 80% of hemophiliacs; results from factor VIII


deficiency
H Hemophilia B (Christmas disease): affects 15% of
hemophiliacs; results from factor IX deficiency
H Incurable

Pathophysiology
H Low level or absence of the blood protein necessary

for clotting causes disruption of normal intrinsic coagulation cascade.


H Abnormal bleeding, which may be mild, moderate,
or severe, depending on the degree of protein factor
deficiency, occurs.
H A platelet plug forms at the bleeding site, but the lack
of clotting factors impairs formation of a stable fibrin
clot.
H Immediate hemorrhage isnt prevalent; delayed
bleeding is common.

Causes
H Hemophilia A and B usually inherited as X-linked

recessive traits
H Spontaneous mutation
H Acquired immunologic process

Incidence
H Most common X-linked genetic disease
H Occurs in about 400 live male births in the United

States each year; rare in females

Common characteristics

spontaneous bleeding, but prolonged bleeding with


major trauma or surgery
H Moderate hemophilia producing only occasional
spontaneous bleeding episodes
H Severe hemophilia causing spontaneous bleeding
H Prolonged bleeding after surgery or trauma or joint
pain in spontaneous bleeding into muscles or joints
H Signs of internal bleeding, such as abdominal, chest,
or flank pain; episodes of hematuria or hematemesis;
and tarry stools
H Activity or movement limitations and need for assistive devices, such as splints, canes, or crutches

Physical findings
H Hematomas on extremities, torso, or both
H Joint swelling in episodes of bleeding into joints
H Limited and painful joint range of motion in episodes

of bleeding into joints

Test results
Laboratory
HEMOPHILIA A
H Factor VIII assay is 0% to 25% of normal.
H Partial thromboplastin time (PTT) is prolonged.
H Platelet count and function, bleeding time, and pro-

thrombin time are normal.


HEMOPHILIA B
H Factor IX assay is deficient.
H Baseline coagulation results are similar to those of

hemophilia A, with normal factor VIII.


HEMOPHILIA A OR B
H Degree of factor deficiency defines severity:

Mild hemophilia factor levels are 5% to 25% of


normal.
Moderate hemophilia factor levels are 1% to
5% of normal.
Severe hemophilia factor levels are less than
1% of normal.

H Abnormal tendency to bleed


H Painful and swollen joints

Treatment

Complications

General

H Pain, swelling, extreme tenderness, and permanent

H Correct treatment to quickly stop bleeding by in-

joint and muscle deformity


H Peripheral neuropathies, pain, paresthesia, and muscle atrophy
H Ischemia and gangrene
H Shock and death

creasing plasma levels of deficient clotting factors


H Diet consisting of foods high in vitamin K
H Activity guided by degree of factor deficiency

Medications
H Aminocaproic acid

Assessment
History
H Familial history of bleeding disorders
H Prolonged bleeding with circumcision
H Concomitant illness

346

Hemophilia

Hemophilia A
H Cryoprecipitated antihemophilic factor (AHF),
lyophilized AHF, or both
H Desmopressin
Hemophilia B
H Factor IX concentrate

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 347

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have peripheral pulses that remain palpable and
strong
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain range of motion (ROM) and joint mobility
H demonstrate adequate coping skills
H verbalize understanding of disease process and treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Provide emotional support and reassurance when in-

dicated.
During bleeding episodes
H Apply pressure to bleeding sites.
H Administer the deficient clotting factor or plasma, as
ordered, until bleeding stops.
H Apply cold compresses or ice bags, and elevate the
injured part.
H To prevent recurrence of bleeding, restrict activity for
48 hours after bleeding is under control.
H Control pain with prescribed analgesics.
H Avoid I.M. injections.
H Avoid aspirin and aspirin-containing drugs.
During bleeding into a joint
H Immediately elevate the joint.
H To restore joint mobility, begin ROM exercises at
least 48 hours after the bleeding is controlled.
H Restrict weight bearing until bleeding stops and
swelling subsides.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Apply ice packs and elastic bandages to alleviate
pain.

H the need to notify the physician immediately after

even a minor injury


H the need for parents to watch for signs of internal

bleeding
H the importance of avoiding aspirin, combination

medications that contain aspirin, and over-thecounter anti-inflammatory agents (use acetaminophen instead)
H the importance of good dental care and the need to
check with the physician before dental extractions or
surgery
H the need to wear medical identification jewelry at all
times
H how to administer blood factor components at home,
if appropriate
H the need to keep blood factor concentrate and infusion equipment available at all times
H adverse reactions that can result from replacement
factor procedures
H signs, symptoms, and treatment of anaphylaxis
H the need for the patient or parents to watch for early
signs of hepatitis
H the need to follow standard precautions.

Discharge planning
H Refer new patients to a hemophilia treatment center

for evaluation.
H For more information, refer the patients family to the

National Hemophilia Foundation.

Monitoring
H PTT
H Adverse reactions to blood products
H Signs and symptoms of decreased tissue perfusion
H Vital signs
H Bleeding from the skin, mucous membranes, and

wounds

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the benefits of regular isometric exercises
H how parents can protect their child from injury while
avoiding unnecessary restrictions that impair normal
development
H the need to avoid contact sports
H if an injury occurs, directions for parents to apply
cold compresses or ice bags and to elevate the injured part or apply light pressure to bleeding

Hemophilia

347

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 348

Hemorrhoids
Overview
Description

H Pregnancy
H Obesity

Incidence
H Occur in both sexes
H Most cases occurring in people ages 20 to 50

H Varicosities found in the superior or inferior hemor-

Common characteristics

rhoidal venous plexus


H Classified as first, second, third, or fourth degree,
depending on their severity
H First-degree hemorrhoids: confined to the anal canal
H Second-degree hemorrhoids: prolapse during straining but reduce spontaneously
H Third-degree hemorrhoids: prolapsed hemorrhoids
requiring manual reduction after each bowel movement
H Fourth-degree hemorrhoids: irreducible

H Painless, intermittent bleeding during defecation

Pathophysiology

History

H Dilation and enlargement of the superior plexus of

H Bright red blood on stool or toilet tissue


H Anal itching
H Vague feeling of anal discomfort
H Pain

the superior hemorrhoidal veins above the dentate


line cause internal hemorrhoids.
H Enlargement of the plexus of the inferior hemorrhoidal veins below the dentate line causes external
hemorrhoids, which may protrude from the rectum.
(See Comparing types of hemorrhoids.)

Causes

Complications
H Constipation
H Local infection
H Thrombosis of hemorrhoids
H Secondary anemia from severe or recurrent bleeding

Assessment

Physical findings
H Prolapse of rectal mucosa
H Anal tenderness on palpation
H Internal hemorrhoids (with digital examination)

H Prolonged sitting
H Straining at defecation
H Constipation, low-fiber diet

Comparing types of hemorrhoids


Covered by mucosa, internal hemorrhoids bulge into the rectal lumen and may prolapse during defecation. Covered by skin,
external hemorrhoids protrude from the rectum and are more likely to thrombose than internal hemorrhoids. The illustrations below show both frontal and cross-sectional views.
INTERNAL HEMORRHOIDS

348

Hemorrhoids

EXTERNAL HEMORRHOIDS

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 349

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Anoscopy and flexible sigmoidoscopy visualize internal hemorrhoids.

Treatment
General
H High-fiber diet, increased fluid intake
H Avoidance of prolonged sitting
H Warm sitz baths to relieve pain

Medications
H Local anesthetic agents
H Hydrocortisone cream and suppositories

Surgery
H Injection sclerotherapy or rubber band ligation
H Hemorrhoidectomy by cauterization or excision

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have reduced occurrence of hemorrhoids
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Administer enemas preoperatively.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Keep the wound site clean.
H Provide sitz baths.

Monitoring
H Bleeding
H Pain

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding stool softeners after surgery
H the importance of regular bowel habits and good
anal hygiene
H avoiding too-vigorous wiping with washcloths and
use of harsh soaps
H the use of medicated astringent pads and white, unscented toilet paper.

Hemorrhoids

349

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 350

Hemothorax
Overview
Description
H Blood in the pleural cavity
H May result in lung collapse

Pathophysiology

H Anxiety
H Cyanosis
H Stupor
H Affected side may expand and stiffen
H Unaffected side may rise with gasping respirations
H Dullness over affected side
H Decreased or absent breath sounds over affected side
H Symptoms associated with blunt trauma
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension

H Damaged intercostal, pleural, mediastinal, and some-

Test results

times lung parenchymal vessels cause blood to enter


the pleural cavity.
H The amount of bleeding and the cause is associated
with varying degrees of lung collapse and mediastinal
shift.

Laboratory
H Pleural fluid analysis shows hematocrit greater than
50% of serum hematocrit.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis may show increased partial pressure of carbon dioxide and
decreased partial pressure of oxygen.
H Serum hemoglobin level may be decreased, depending on blood loss.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays and computed tomography scan of the
thorax show the presence and extent of hemothorax
and help to evaluate treatment.
Diagnostic procedures
H Thoracentesis may yield blood or serosanguineous
fluid.

Causes
H Blunt or penetrating chest trauma
H Pulmonary infarction
H Necrotizing infections
H Pulmonary arteriovenous fistulas
H Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasis
H Heart or thorax surgery
H Neoplasm
H Dissecting thoracic aneurysm
H Anticoagulant therapy
H Thoracic endometriosis
H Central venous catheter insertion
H Tuberculosis

Incidence
H Occurs in about 30% of patients with chest trauma

Common characteristics
H Chest pain
H Sudden shortness of breath

Complications
H Mediastinal shift
H Ventilatory compromise
H Lung collapse
H Cardiopulmonary arrest
H Pneumothorax
H Empyema

Assessment
History
H Recent trauma
H Recent thoracic surgery
H Metastatic disease

Physical findings
H Tachypnea
H Dusky skin color
H Diaphoresis
H Hemoptysis
H Restlessness

350

Hemothorax

Treatment
General
H Stabilization of the patients clinical condition
H Stoppage of bleeding
H Thoracentesis
H Insertion of chest tube
H Blood transfusion, or autotransfusion if blood loss

approaches or exceeds 1 L (see Using autotransfusion for chest wounds)


H Diet, as tolerated
H I.V. therapy
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Oxygen
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Thoracotomy if chest tube doesnt improve condition

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain fluid volume balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H verbalize understanding of the illness.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 351

Using autotransfusion for chest wounds


Autotransfusion is used most commonly in patients with
chest wounds, especially those that involve hemothorax.
Through autotransfusion, a patients own blood is collected,
filtered, and reinfused. The procedure may also be used
when two or three units of pooled blood can be recovered,
such as in cardiac or orthopedic surgery.
Autotransfusion eliminates the patients risk of transfusion
reaction or blood-borne disease, such as cytomegalovirus,
hepatitis, and human immunodeficiency virus. Its contraindicated in patients with sepsis or cancer.

How autotransfusion works


A large-bore chest tube connected to a closed drainage system is used to collect the patients blood from a wound or
chest cavity. This blood passes through a filter, which
catches most potential thrombi, including clumps of fibrin
and damaged red blood cells (RBCs). The filtered blood

passes into a collection bag. From the bag, the blood is reinfused immediately, or it may be processed in a commercial
cell washer that reduces anticoagulated whole blood to
washed RBCs for later infusion.

Assisting with autotransfusion


Set up the blood collection system as you would any closed
chest drainage system. Attach the collection bag according
to the manufacturers instructions.
If ordered, inject an anticoagulant, such as heparin or
acid-citrate-dextrose solution, into the self-sealing port on
the connector of the patients drainage tubing.
During reinfusion, monitor the patient for complications,
such as blood clotting, hemolysis, coagulopathies, thrombocytopenia, particulate and air emboli, sepsis, and citrate toxicity (from the acid-citrate-dextrose solution).

Drainage tube

From patient

To suction
Locking connectors to
collection bag
Self-sealing
ports

Microfilter

Water-seal chamber
Autotransfusion
collection bag

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Promote comfort and relaxation.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and blood transfu-

sions.
H Assist with thoracentesis.
H Prepare the patient for surgery, if needed.
H Change the chest tube dressing, and provide chest

tube care, as needed.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H preoperative and postoperative care, if needed
H mechanical ventilation, if needed
H deep-breathing exercises
H smoking cessation, if appropriate.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Chest tube drainage
H Central venous pressure
H ABG results
H Chest X-ray results
H Complete blood count results
H Respiratory status
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of infection

Hemothorax

351

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 352

Life-threatening disorder

Hepatic encephalopathy
Overview
Description
H A neurologic syndrome that develops as a complica-

tion of aggressive fulminant hepatitis or chronic hepatic disease


H Most common in patients with cirrhosis
H In advanced stages, prognosis extremely poor despite
vigorous treatment
H Acute form occurring with acute fulminant hepatic
failure; possibly fatal
H Chronic form occurring with chronic liver disease;
usually reversible
H Also called hepatic coma

Pathophysiology
H Normally, the ammonia produced by protein break-

down in the bowel is metabolized to urea in the liver.


When portal blood shunts past the liver, ammonia directly enters the systemic circulation and is carried
to the brain.
H Such shunting may result from the collateral venous
circulation that develops in portal hypertension or
from surgically created portal-systemic shunts.
H Cirrhosis further compounds this problem because
impaired hepatocellular function prevents conversion of ammonia that reaches the liver.

Causes
H Ammonia intoxication of the brain
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Excessive protein intake
H Sepsis
H Excessive accumulation of nitrogenous body wastes

(from constipation or GI hemorrhage)


H Bacterial action on protein and urea to form ammo-

nia
H Hepatitis
H Diuretic therapy
H Alcoholism
H Fluid and electrolyte imbalance (especially metabolic

alkalosis)
H Hypoxia
H Azotemia
H Impaired glucose metabolism
H Infection
H Use of sedatives, opioids, and general anesthetics

Incidence
H Occurs in about 4 of 100,000 people
H Observed in 70% of patients with cirrhosis

352

Hepatic encephalopathy

Common characteristics
H Changes in mental status and personality
H Jaundice
H Muscle tremors
H Fruity breath odor

Complications
H Irreversible coma
H Death

Assessment
History
Prodromal stage
H Slight personality changes, such as agitation, belligerence, disorientation, and forgetfulness
H Difficulty concentrating or thinking clearly
H Fatigue
H Mental changes, such as confusion and disorientation
H Sleep-wake reversal
Impending stage
H Mental changes, such as confusion and disorientation
Stuporous stage
H Marked mental confusion
Comatose stage
H Unable to arouse

Physical findings
Prodromal stage
H Slurred or slowed speech
H Slight tremor
Impending stage
H Tremors that have progressed to asterixis
H Lethargy
H Aberrant behavior
H Apraxia
H Possible incontinence
Stuporous stage
H Drowsy and stuporous
H Noisy and abusive when aroused
H Hyperventilation
H Muscle twitching
H Asterixis
Comatose stage
H Obtunded
H Seizures
H Hyperactive reflexes
H Positive Babinskis sign
H Fetor hepaticus (musty, sweet breath odor)

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum ammonia levels are elevated and, together
with characteristic clinical features, strongly suggest
hepatic encephalopathy.
H Serum bilirubin level is elevated and prothrombin
time is prolonged.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 353

Diagnostic procedures
H EEG shows slowing waves as the disease progresses.

Patient teaching

Treatment

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of complications or worsening symptoms
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

General
H Elimination of underlying cause
H I.V. fluid administration
H Control of GI bleeding
H Life-support measures, if appropriate
H Bowel cleansing
H Limited protein intake
H Nothing by mouth with decreased responsiveness
H Parenteral or enteric feedings, if appropriate
H Bed rest until condition improves
H No alcohol use

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services, as indicated.

Medications
H Lactulose
H Neomycin
H Potassium supplements
H Salt-poor albumin
H Sorbitol-induced catharsis

Surgery
H Possible liver transplant

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain orientation to environment
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Promote rest, comfort, and a quiet atmosphere.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Use appropriate safety measures to protect the pa-

tient from injury.


H Maintain skin integrity.
H Perform passive range-of-motion exercises.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Level of consciousness and neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Weight and abdominal girth
H Signs of anemia, alkalosis, GI bleeding, and infection
H Serum ammonia level

Hepatic encephalopathy

353

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 354

Hepatitis, nonviral
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the liver
H Classified as toxic or drug-induced (idiosyncratic)

Pathophysiology
H Hepatocellular damage and necrosis are usually

caused by toxins and is dose-dependent.


H Nonvrial hepatitis occurs primarily in connection
with acetaminophen overdose.

Causes
H Acetaminophen overdose
H Alcohol overuse
H Aspirin and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Direct hepatotoxicity
H Lack of bile excretion
H Possibly direct hepatotoxicity from hormonal contra-

ceptives or anabolic steroids


H Hypersensitivity to phenothiazine derivatives such as
chlorpromazine
H Statin drugs
H Inhaled anesthetics such as halothane
H Antifungal medications, such as ketoconazole and
amphotericin B
H Herbal supplements, such as cascava, kava, and
ma-huang
H Industrial chemicals such as for cleaning use or
herbicidals
H Antibiotics
H Thyroid medications
H Antidiabetic drugs
H Cytotoxic drugs
H Cholestatic reactions
H Metabolic and autoimmune disorders
H Infectious agents

Incidence
H Can affect males and females (autoimmune affects

females more commonly)

arthralgias, lymphadenopathy, and epigastric or


right upper quadrant pain.

Complications
H Fulminant hepatic failure
H Renal failure
H Liver fibrosis
H Cirrhosis

Assessment
History
H Exposure to causative agent
H Anorexia
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Possibly abdominal pain
H Pruritus

Physical findings
H Jaundice
H Dark-colored urine
H Hepatomegaly
H Clay-colored stools

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum aspartate aminotransferase and alanine
aminotransferase levels are elevated.
H Total and direct bilirubin (with cholestasis) levels
are elevated.
H Alkaline phosphatase level is elevated.
H White blood cell count is elevated.
H Eosinophil count is elevated (possible in the druginduced type).
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy may help identify the underlying pathology.

Treatment
General

H Can occur at any age

H Removal of causative agent by lavage, catharsis, or

Common characteristics

H Nutritious diet and adequate fluid intake


H Activity, as tolerated

H Clinical features of toxic and drug-induced hepatitis

vary with the severity of liver damage and the causative agent
H Symptoms resemble those of viral hepatitis

hyperventilation, depending on the route of exposure

Medications
H Acetylcysteine (acetaminophen poisoning)
H Corticosteroids (drug-induced hepatitis)

ALERT
Carbon tetrachloride poisoning also produces
headache, dizziness, drowsiness, and vasomotor
collapse; halothane-related hepatitis produces
fever, moderate leukocytosis, and eosinophilia;
chlorpromazine produces a rash, abrupt fever,

354

Hepatitis, nonviral

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate an understanding of the disorder and
treatment regimen

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 355

H remain free from complications


H express feelings of increased comfort.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Laboratory values
H Vital signs
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H proper handling of cleaning agents and solvents.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care.

Hepatitis, nonviral

355

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 356

Hepatitis, viral
Overview
Description
H Infection and inflammation of the liver caused by a

virus
H Six types recognized (A, B, C, D, E, and G), and a

seventh suspected
H Marked by hepatic cell destruction, necrosis, and autolysis, leading to anorexia, jaundice, and hepatomegaly
H In most patients, hepatic cells eventually regenerate
with little or no residual damage, allowing recovery
H Complications more likely with old age and serious
underlying disorders
H Prognosis poor if edema and hepatic encephalopathy
develop

Pathophysiology
H Hepatic inflammation caused by virus leads to diffuse

injury and necrosis of hepatocytes.

Common characteristics
H Malaise, fatigue
H Dark-colored urine, clay-colored stools
H Abdominal tenderness
H Fever
H Jaundice
H Nausea; loss of appetite

Complications
H Life-threatening fulminant hepatitis
H Chronic active hepatitis (in hepatitis B)
H Syndrome resembling serum sickness, characterized

by arthralgia or arthritis, rash, and angioedema; can


lead to misdiagnosis of hepatitis B as rheumatoid
arthritis or lupus erythematosus
H Primary liver cancer (in hepatitis B or C)
H In hepatitis D, mild or asymptomatic form of hepatitis B that flares into severe, progressive chronic active hepatitis and cirrhosis

Assessment
History

H Hypertrophy and hyperplasia of Kupffer cells and

H 50% to 60% of people with hepatitis B have no signs

sinusoidal lining cells occurs.


H Bile obstruction may occur.

H 80% of people with hepatitis C have no signs or

Causes

H Revelation of a source of transmission

H Infection with the causative viruses for each of six

Prodromal stage
H Patient easily fatigued, with generalized malaise
H Anorexia, mild weight loss
H Depression
H Headache, photophobia
H Weakness
H Arthralgia, myalgia (hepatitis B)
H Nausea or vomiting
H Changes in the senses of taste and smell
Clinical jaundice stage
H Pruritus
H Abdominal pain or tenderness
H Indigestion
H Anorexia
H Possible jaundice of sclerae, mucous membranes,
and skin
Posticteric stage
H Most symptoms decreasing or subsided

major forms of viral hepatitis


Type A
H Transmittal by the fecal-oral or parenteral route
H Ingestion of contaminated food, milk, or water
Type B
H Transmittal by contact with contaminated human
blood, secretions, and stool
Type C
H Transmittal primarily by sharing of needles by I.V.
drug users, through blood transfusions, or tattoo
needles
Type D
H Found only in patients with an acute or a chronic
episode of hepatitis B
Type E
H Transmittal by parenteral route and commonly waterborne
Type G
H Thought to be blood-borne, with transmission similar to that of hepatitis B and C

Incidence
Hepatitis A
H Approximately 4 new cases per 100,000 annually
H May occur as an epidemic outbreak
Hepatitis B
H Estimated 1.25 million chronically infected Americans
H Highest rate of disease occurs in people ages 20
to 49
Hepatitis C
H Estimated 3.9 million chronically infected Americans
356

Hepatitis, viral

or symptoms
symptoms

Physical findings
Prodromal stage
H Fever (100 to 102 F [37.8 to 38.9 C])
H Dark-colored urine
H Clay-colored stools
Clinical jaundice stage
H Rashes, erythematous patches, or hives
H Abdominal tenderness in the right upper quadrant
H Enlarged and tender liver
H Splenomegaly
H Cervical adenopathy
Posticteric stage
H Decrease in liver enlargement

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 357

Test results

Medications

Laboratory
H In suspected viral hepatitis, hepatitis profile routinely
performed; results identify antibodies specific to the
causative virus and establishing the type of hepatitis:
Type A detection of an antibody to hepatitis A
confirms the diagnosis.
Type B presence of hepatitis B surface antigens
and hepatitis B antibodies confirm the diagnosis.
Type C diagnosis depends on serologic testing
for the specific antibody 1 or more months after
the onset of acute illness; until then, diagnosis is
principally established by obtaining negative test
results for hepatitis A, B, and D.
Type D detection of intrahepatic delta antigens
or immunoglobulin (Ig) M antidelta antigens in
acute disease (or IgM and IgG in chronic disease)
establishes the diagnosis.
Type E detection of hepatitis E antigens supports the diagnosis; however, diagnosis may also
rule out hepatitis C.
Type G detection of hepatitis G ribonucleic acid
supports the diagnosis.
H Additional findings from liver function studies support the diagnosis:
Serum aspartate aminotransferase and serum alanine aminotransferase levels are increased in the
prodromal stage of acute viral hepatitis.
Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are slightly increased.
Serum bilirubin levels are elevated; levels may remain elevated late in the disease, especially with
severe disease.
Prothrombin time (PT) is prolonged. (PT more
than 3 seconds longer than normal, indicates
severe liver damage.)
White blood cell counts commonly reveal transient
neutropenia and lymphopenia followed by lymphocytosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy shows chronic hepatitis.

H Standard immunoglobulin
H Vaccine (hepatitis A and B)
H Alfa-2b interferon (hepatitis B, C, and D)
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Cholestyramine
H Lamivudine (hepatitis B)
H Ribavirin (hepatitis C)

Treatment
General
For hepatitis A
H Supportive care
For hepatitis B
H Supportive care
For hepatitis C
H Aimed at clearing hepatitis C from the body, stopping
or slowing of hepatic damage, and symptom relief
H Symptomatic
H Small, high-calorie, high-protein meals (reduced
protein intake if signs of precoma lethargy, confusion, mental changes develop)
H Parenteral feeding, if appropriate
H Alcohol cessation
H Frequent rest periods, as needed
H Avoidance of contact sports and strenuous activity

Surgery
H Possible liver transplant (hepatitis C)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no complications
H maintain stable vital signs
H perform activities of daily living within the confines
of the disease process
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Observe standard precautions to prevent transmis-

sion of the disease.


H Provide rest periods throughout the day.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.

Monitoring
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
H Stool for color, consistency, amount, and frequency
H Signs of complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H measures to prevent the spread of disease
H the importance of rest and a proper diet
H the need to abstain from alcohol
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the need to avoid over-the-counter medications unless approved by the physician
H the need for follow-up care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous, if indi-

cated.
H Refer the patient to social services as needed.

Hepatitis, viral

357

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 358

Life-threatening disorder

Hereditary hemorrhagic
telangiectasia
Overview
Description
H Inherited vascular disorder of the blood vessels that

can cause excessive bleeding


H Also called Osler-Weber-Rendu disease

Pathophysiology
H Venules and capillaries dilate to form fragile masses

of thin convoluted vessels (telangiectases), resulting


in an abnormal tendency to hemorrhage.

Causes
H Transmitted by autosomal dominant inheritance

Incidence

ecchymoses, and spider hemangiomas of varying size


(see Typical lesions of hereditary hemorrhagic
telangiectasia)
H Clubbing of the digits

Test results
Laboratory
H Platelet count may be abnormal.
H Complete blood count and anemia panel may show
hypochromic, microcytic anemia
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows hypoxia.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show lesions in the lungs.
H Echocardiography may show high-output cardiac
failure.

Typical lesions of hereditary


hemorrhagic telangiectasia
The illustrations below show the commonly encountered
lesions of hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia.
Dilated capillaries, either flat or raised, appear in localized aggregations, as on the fingers.

H Affects both sexes but may cause less severe bleeding

in females
H Occurs in 5,000 to 10,000 people

Common characteristics
H Recurrent epistaxis
H Telangiectases

Complications
H Secondary iron deficiency anemia
H Vascular malformation causing pulmonary arteriove-

nous (AV) fistulas (rare)


H Recurring cerebral embolism and brain abscess
H Hemorrhagic shock
H Intracranial hemorrhage

Assessment
History
H Established familial pattern of bleeding disorders
H Epistaxis, hemoptysis, or tarry stools
H Appearance of telangiectasia during late childhood

or adolescence

Physical findings
H Localized aggregations of dilated capillaries on the

skin of the face, ears, tongue, lips, conjunctivae,


scalp, hands, arms, and feet and under the nails
H Characteristic telangiectases: violet, bleed spontaneously, flat or raised, blanch on pressure, and nonpulsatile
H Signs of capillary fragility (may exist without overt
telangiectasia): spontaneous bleeding, petechiae,

358

Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia

On the face, spider hemangiomas reflect capillary


fragility.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 359

H Endoscopy may show bleeding tendency and may

rule out other disorders.


Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration shows depleted iron stores
and confirms secondary iron deficiency anemia.
H Genetic testing confirms the disorder in most cases.

Treatment
General
H Supportive therapy, including blood transfusions and

supplemental iron administration


H Ancillary treatment consisting of applying pressure

and topical hemostatic agents to bleeding sites, cauterizing bleeding sites not readily accessible, and
protecting the patient from trauma and unnecessary
bleeding
H Avoidance of activities with the potential for trauma
H Air humidification to keep mucuous membranes
moist

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, signs and symptoms, and treatment
H iron supplements, including the importance of following dosage instructions and of taking oral iron
with meals to minimize GI irritation
H a warning that iron turns stools dark green or black
and may cause constipation
H the management of constipation
H the management of minor bleeding episodes, especially recurrent epistaxis
H how to recognize major bleeding episodes that require emergency intervention.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for genetic counseling, as appro-

priate.

Medications
H Parenteral iron
H Antipyretics or antihistamines
H Laser treatment to destroy vessel

Other
H Embolization
H Endoscopic procedures to address GI bleeding

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have laboratory values that return to normal
H demonstrate positive signs of coping
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional and psychological support.
H Administer prescribed blood transfusions.
H Encourage fluid intake if the patient is bleeding or

hypovolemic.
H Provide meticulous skin care and hygiene.
H Use aseptic technique when caring for the patient.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Signs of febrile or allergic transfusion reaction
H Indications of GI bleeding
H Laboratory values to detect possible renal, hepatic,

or respiratory failure

Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia

359

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 360

Hernia, hiatal
Overview
Description
H Defect in the diaphragm that permits a portion of the

stomach to pass through the diaphragmatic opening


into the chest
H Three types: sliding hernia, paraesophageal (rolling)
hernia, and mixed hernia (sliding and rolling hernia)

Esophageal ulceration and perforation


Hemorrhage
Peritonitis
Mediastinitis
Aspiration
Strangulation and gangrene of herniated portion of
stomach
H Iron deficiency anemia
H Chronic cough
H Dysphagia

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

Sliding hernia
H The muscular collar around the esophageal and diaphragmatic junction loosens.
H Increased intra-abdominal pressure causes the lower
portion of the esophagus and the upper portion of
the stomach to rise into the chest.
Paraesophageal hernia
H The stomach isnt properly anchored below the diaphragm.
H Increased intra-abdominal pressure causes the upper portion of the stomach to slide through the
esophageal hiatus.

H Heartburn 1 to 4 hours after eating; aggravated by re-

Causes

Physical findings

Sliding hernia
H Normal aging
H Secondary to esophageal carcinoma, kyphoscoliosis,
trauma, or surgery
H Diaphragmatic malformations that can cause congenital weakness
H Chronic esophagitis
Paraesophageal hernia
H Not fully understood

H Possibly none
H Dysphagia

Risk factors
H Obesity
H Smoking
H Pregnancy
H Presence of ascites

Incidence
H Sliding hernia 3 to 10 times more common than

paraesophageal and mixed hernias combined


H Increases with age
H 60% of people have hiatal hernias by age 60
H Higher prevalence in females than in males

Common characteristics
H May produce no symptoms
H Heartburn

Complications
H Esophageal stricture
H Incarceration (with paraesophageal hernia)
H In association with gastroesophageal reflux disease:

Esophagitis

360

Hernia, hiatal

clining, belching, or conditions that increase intraabdominal pressure


H Regurgitation or vomiting
H Retrosternal or substernal chest pain (typically after
meals or at bedtime)
H Feeling of fullness after eating
H Feeling of breathlessness or suffocation
H Chest pain resembling angina pectoris
H Reflux
H Chronic cough
H Belching

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin level and hematocrit are decreased in patients with paraesophageal hernia, if
bleeding from esophageal ulceration is present.
H Fecal occult blood test may be positive.
H Analysis of gastric contents may reveal blood.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays reveal an air shadow behind the heart in
a large hernia; lower lobe infiltrates with aspiration.
H Barium swallow with fluoroscopy detects a hiatal
hernia and diaphragmatic abnormalities.
Diagnostic procedures
H Endoscopy and biopsy results identify the mucosal
junction and the edge of the diaphragm indenting the
esophagus; differentiate hiatal hernia, varices, erosions, ulcers, Barretts esophagus, and other small
gastroesophageal lesions; and rule out malignant tumors.
H Esophageal motility studies reveal esophageal motor
or lower esophageal pressure abnormalities before
surgical repair of the hernia.
H pH studies identify reflux of gastric contents.
H Acid perfusion (Bernstein) test identifies esophageal
reflux.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 361

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the development of a dietary plan
H the need to sit upright after meals and snacks
H situations or activities that increase intra-abdominal
pressure
H desired drug actions and potential adverse effects
H the need to sleep with the head of the bed elevated
about 6 (15 cm).

H Smoking cessation (smoking stimulates gastric acid

production)
H Six small meals per day
H No fluids or food 1 to 2 hours before bedtime
H Elimination of spicy or irritating foods, alcohol, and

coffee
H Weight reduction, as appropriate
H Upright posture for 2 to 3 hours after eating
H Restriction of activities that increase intra-abdominal

pressure

Medications
H Antacids, such as aluminum hydroxide and calcium

carbonate

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

appropriate.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

appropriate.

H Histamine-2 receptor antagonists, such as cimeti-

dine, famotidine, and ranitidine


H Anticholinergic agents, such as glycopyrrolate and

hyoscyamine
H Motility agent, such as metoclopramide and

urecholine
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Cough suppressants, such as benzonatate and dex-

tromethorphan
H Proton pump inhibitors, such as omeprazole, lanso-

prazole, and rabeprazole

Surgery
H Hernia repair (rare)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimal complications
H show no evidence of aspiration
H maintain a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Prepare the patient for diagnostic tests.
H Teach positional therapy.
H If surgery is necessary, provide appropriate preoper-

ative and postoperative care.

Monitoring
ALERT
After endoscopy, watch for signs of perforation, including decreasing blood pressure, rapid pulse,
shock, and sudden pain.
H Patient response to prescribed antacids and other

drugs

Hernia, hiatal

361

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 362

Herniated
intervertebral disk

H Paresthesia
H Motor weakness
H Peripheral neuropathy

Overview

H Neurologic deficits
H Bowel and bladder dysfunction
H Sexual dysfunction

Description
H Rupture of fibrocartilaginous material that surrounds

the intervertebral disk, allowing protrusion of the nucleus pulposus


H Results in pressure on spinal nerve roots or spinal
cord that causes back pain and other symptoms of
nerve root irritation
H Most common site for herniation is L4-L5 disk space;
other sites include L5-S1, L2-L3, L3-L4, C6-C7, and
C5-C6
H Clinical manifestations determined by:
Location and size of the herniation into the spinal
canal
Amount of space that exists inside the spinal canal
H Also known as herniated nucleus pulposus, slipped
disk, or ruptured disk

Pathophysiology

Complications

Assessment
History
H Previous traumatic injury or back strain
H Unilateral, lower back pain
H Pain possibly radiating to the buttocks, legs, and feet
H Pain possibly beginning suddenly, subsiding in a few

days, and then recurring at shorter intervals with


progressive intensity
H Sciatic pain beginning as a dull ache in the buttocks,
worsening with Valsalvas maneuver, coughing, sneezing, or bending
H Pain possibly subsiding with rest
H Muscle spasms
H Chronic repetitive injury

H The ligament and posterior capsule of the disk are

Physical findings

usually torn, allowing the nucleus pulposus to extrude, compressing the nerve root.
H Occasionally, the injury tears the entire disk loose,
causing protrusion onto the nerve root or compression of the spinal cord.
H Large amounts of extruded nucleus pulposus or
complete disk herniation of the capsule and nucleus
pulposus may compress the spinal cord.

H Limited ability to bend forward


H Posture favoring the affected side
H Muscle atrophy, in later stages
H Tenderness over the affected region
H Radicular pain with straight-leg raising in lumbar

Causes
H Improper lifting or twisting
H Direct injury
H Degenerative disk disease

Risk factors
H Advanced age
H Congenitally small lumbar spinal canal
H Osteophytes along the vertebrae
H Work environment

Incidence
H About 90% affect lumbar (L) and lumbosacral spine;

8% in cervical (C) spine; 1% to 2% in thoracic (T)


spine
H Lumbar herniation more common in people ages
20 to 45
H Cervical herniation more common in people ages
45 and older
H Herniated disks more common in males than in
females

Common characteristics
H Pain
H Limited range of motion (ROM)

362

Herniated intervertebral disk

herniation
H Increased pain with neck movement in cervical her-

niation
H Referred upper trunk pain with cervical neck com-

pression

Test results
Imaging
H X-rays of the spine show degenerative changes.
H Myelography shows the level of the herniation.
H Computed tomography scan shows bone and softtissue abnormalities; can also show spinal canal
compression.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows soft-tissue abnormalities.
Other
H Electromyography measures muscle response to
nerve stimulation.
H Nerve conduction studies show sensory and motor
loss.

Treatment
General
H Initial treatment conservative and symptomatic, un-

less neurologic impairment progresses rapidly


H Possible traction
H Supportive devices such as a brace

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 363

H Heat or ice applications


H Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation
H Chemonucleolysis
H Avoidance of repetitive activity
H Diet, as tolerated
H Bed rest, initially
H Prescribed exercise program
H Physical therapy

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as

ibuprofen, ketorolac, and naproxen


H Corticosteroids
H Muscle relaxants, such as methocarbamol, cariso-

prodol, and cyclobenzaprine


H Analgesics, such as codeine, hydromorphone, oxy-

codone, and acetaminophen

Surgery
H Laminectomy
H Spinal fusion
H Microdiskectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate adequate joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living within the confines
of the disorder
H achieve the highest level of mobility possible
H demonstrate strategies to prevent self-injury.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Plan a pain-control regimen.
H Offer supportive care.
H Provide encouragement.
H Help the patient cope with chronic pain and im-

paired mobility.
H Include the patient and his family in all phases of his

care.
H Encourage the patient to express his concerns.
H Encourage performance of self-care.
H Help the patient identify activities that promote rest

and relaxation.
H Prepare the patient for myelography, if indicated.
H Periodically remove traction to inspect the skin.
H Prevent deep vein thrombosis.
H Prevent footdrop.
H Ensure a consistent regimen of leg- and back-

ALERT
During conservative treatment, watch for a deterioration in neurologic status, especially during the
first 24 hours after admission, which may indicate
an urgent need for surgery.

After surgery
H Enforce bed rest, as ordered.
H Use the logrolling technique to turn the patient.
H Assist the patient during his first attempt to walk.
H Provide a straight-backed chair for the patient to sit
in, as allowed.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain control
H Mobility
H Motor strength
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Bowel and bladder function

After surgery
H Blood drainage system
H Drainage
H Incisions
H Dressings
H Neurovascular status
H Bowel sounds and abdominal distention

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H bed rest
H traction
H heat application
H the exercise program
H myelography, if indicated
H preoperative and postoperative care, if indicated
H relaxation techniques
H proper body mechanics
H skin care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy, if indicated.
H Refer the patient to occupational therapy, if indi-

cated.
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

appropriate.

strengthening exercises.
H Encourage adequate oral fluid intake.
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Provide a fracture bedpan for the patient on complete bed rest.

Herniated intervertebral disk

363

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 364

Herpes simplex
Overview
Description
H Common viral infection that may be latent for years
H After initial herpes simplex virus (HSV) infection, pa-

tient becomes carrier susceptible to recurrent attacks


H Recurrent infections may be provoked by fever,
menses, stress, heat, cold, lack of sleep, sun exposure, and contact with reactivated disease (kissing,
sharing cosmetics, sexual intercourse)

Pathophysiology
H Virus enters mucosal surfaces or abraded skin sites

and initiates replication in cells of the epidermis and


dermis.
H Replication continues to permit infection of sensory
or autonomic nerve endings.
H Virus enters the neuronal cell and is transported
intra-axonally to nerve cell bodies in ganglia (where
the virus establishes latency) and spreads by the peripheral sensory nerves. (See Understanding the
genital herpes cycle.)

Causes
H Type 1 (HSV-1) Herpesvirus hominis transmitted

primarily by contact with oral secretions; mainly affects oral, labial, ocular, or skin tissues
H Type 2 (HSV-2) Herpesvirus hominis transmitted
primarily by contact with genital secretions; mainly
affects genital structures

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide and equally in males and females
H Lower socioeconomic groups infected more com-

monly, probably due to crowded living conditions


H Infection with HSV-1 more common, occurring earli-

er in life than infection with HSV-2

Common characteristics
H Fever, malaise, and headache
H Tender inguinal adenopathy
H Typical primary lesions erupting after prodromal tin-

gling and itching


H Ruptured vesicles producing painful ulcers followed

by yellow crusting

Complications
H Primary (or initial) HSV infection during pregnancy

leading to spontaneous abortion, premature labor,


microcephaly, and intra-uterine growth retardation
H Congenital herpes transmitted during vaginal birth,
producing a subclinical neonatal infection or severe
infection with seizures, chorioretinitis, skin vesicles,
and hepatosplenomegaly
H HSV-1 causing life-threatening nonepidemic encephalitis in infants

364

Herpes simplex

H Gingivostomatitis in children ages 1 to 3


H Blindness from ocular infection
H Increased risk for cervical cancer
H Urethral stricture from recurrent genital herpes
H Perianal ulcers
H Colitis
H Esophagitis (more frequent in the impaired host)
H Pneumonitis
H Neurologic disorders
H Uremia with multiple organ involvement

Assessment
History
H Oral, vaginal, or anal sexual contact with an infected

person or other direct contact with lesions


H With recurrent infection, various precipitating factors

identified

Physical findings
Primary perioral HSV
H Sore throat, fever, anorexia, adenopathy
H Increased salivation
H Severe mouth pain, halitosis
H Small vesicles on an erythematous base possibly present on pharyngeal and oral mucosa
Primary genital HSV
H Malaise
H Tender inguinal adenopathy
H Dysuria, leukorrhea
H Dyspareunia
H Fluid-filled vesicles on the cervix, labia, perianal
skin, vulva, and vagina; glans penis, foreskin, and
penile shaft
H Extragenital lesions possibly seen on the mouth or
anus
Primary ocular infection
H Photophobia, excessive tearing
H Follicular conjunctivitis, chemosis
H Blepharitis, vesicles on eyelids
H Lethargy and fever
H Regional adenopathy

Test results
Laboratory
H Tissue culture shows isolation of virus (gold standard).
H Staining of scrapings from the base of the lesion
demonstrate characteristic giant cells or intranuclear
inclusions of herpes virus infection.
H Tissue analysis shows HSV antigens or deoxyribonucleic acid in scrapings from lesions.

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic and supportive therapy
H Ophthalmologist treatment for eye infections
H Avoidance of acidic foods (with stomatitis)

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 365

H Abstinence from sexual activity during active phase

(with genital lesions)

Medications
H Antipyretics and analgesics such as acetominophen
H Anesthetic mouthwashes
H Bicarbonate-based mouth rinse
H Drying agents such as astringents
H Ophthalmic drugs
H Antivirals, such as acyclovir, valacyclovir, and famci-

clovir

Understanding the genital herpes cycle


After a patient is infected with genital herpes, a latency period follows. The virus takes up permanent residence in
the nerve cells surrounding the lesions, and intermittent
viral shedding may take place.
Repeated outbreaks may develop at any time, again followed by a latent stage during which the lesions heal
completely. Outbreaks may recur as often as three to eight
times yearly.
Although the cycle continues indefinitely, some people
remain symptom-free for years.

H Docosanol

Nursing considerations

INITIAL INFECTION
Highly infectious period marked by fever, aches,
adenopathy, pain, and ulcerated skin
and mucous membranes

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H exhibit no complications related to trauma to oral
mucous membranes
H voice feelings about potential or actual changes in
sexuality.

Nursing interventions
H Observe standard precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings, and

provide support.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to medications
H Complications
H Lesions
H Fluid and electrolyte balance

LATENCY
Intermittently infectious period marked by viral domancy
or viral shedding and no disease symptoms

RECURRENT INFECTION
Highly infectious period similar to initial infection with
milder symptoms that resolve faster

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient with an eye infection to an ophthal-

mologist.
H Refer the patient to a support group such as the Her-

pes Resource Center, as appropriate.


H If child abuse is suspected, make a report to local

authorities and social services.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H the recommended use of lip balm with sunscreen
(with oral lesions)
H instructions to keep lesions dry, except for applying
prescribed topical drugs
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the use of sunscreen to prevent skin-induced recurrences
H the recommendation that sexual partners be
screened for sexually transmitted diseases (with genital herpes)
H for a patient with genital herpes, the recommendation to use warm compresses or take sitz baths several times per day and avoid all sexual contact during
outbreaks of active infection.

Herpes simplex

365

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 366

Herpes zoster
Overview

H Possibly more prevalent in people who had chicken-

pox at a young age

Common characteristics
H Localized vesicular skin lesions, confined to a der-

sal root ganglia that remains in people who have had


chickenpox
H Also called shingles

matome; thoracic, cervical and ophthalmic dermatomes most commonly involved


H Severe neuralgic pain in peripheral areas innervated
by the nerves arising in the inflamed root ganglia
H Pain generally precedes rash by 2 to 3 days
H Lesions pustulate, crust, and heal in 3 to 4 weeks

Pathophysiology

Complications

H Herpes zoster erupts when the virus reactivates after

H Deafness
H Bells palsy
H Secondary skin infection
H Postherpetic neuralgia
H Meningoencephalitis
H Cutaneous dissemination
H Ocular involvement with facial zoster
H Hepatitis
H Pneumonitis
H Peripheral motor weakness
H Guillain-Barr syndrome
H Cranial nerve syndrome

Description
H Acute unilateral and segmental inflammation of dor-

dormancy in the cerebral ganglia (extramedullary


ganglia of the cranial nerves) or the ganglia of posterior nerve roots.
H The virus may multiply as it reactivates, and antibodies remaining from the initial infection may neutralize it.
H Without opposition from effective antibodies, the
virus continues to multiply in the ganglia, destroys
neurons, and spreads down the sensory nerves to the
skin, causing localized vascular eruptions.

Causes
H Dormant varicella-zoster virus (herpesvirus that also

causes chickenpox) that reactivates

Assessment

Incidence

History

H Most common in adults ages 50 and older


H Bone marrow transplant patients especially at risk

H Typically no history of exposure to others with the

A look at herpes zoster


These characteristic herpes zoster lesions are fluid-filled
vesicles that dry and form scabs after about 10 days. Unilateral vesicular lesions in a dermatomal pattern should
rapidly lead to a diagnosis of herpes zoster.

varicella-zoster virus
H Fever
H Malaise
H Pain that mimics appendicitis
H Pleurisy
H Musculoskeletal pain
H Severe, deep pain
H Pruritus
H Paresthesia or hyperesthesia (usually affecting the

trunk and occasionally the arms and legs)

Physical findings
H Small, red, vesicular skin lesions spread unilaterally

around the thorax or vertically over the arms or legs


H May see vesicles filled with clear fluid or pus
H Vesicles drying, forming scabs or even becoming

gangrenous (see A look at herpes zoster)


H Enlarged regional lymph nodes

Geniculate involvement
H Vesicle formation in the external auditory canal and
ipsilateral facial palsy
H Hearing loss, dizziness, and loss of taste
Trigeminal involvement
H Eye pain
H Corneal and scleral damage and impaired vision
H Conjunctivitis, extraocular weakness, ptosis, and paralytic mydriasis
H Secondary glaucoma

366

Herpes zoster

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 367

Test results
Laboratory
H Vesicular fluid and infected tissue analyses show
eosinophilic intranuclear inclusions and varicella
virus.
H Staining antibodies from vesicular fluid and identification under fluorescent light aid differentiation of
herpes zoster from herpes simplex virus.
H Specific antibody immune globulin measurement of
varicella antibodies is elevated.
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis demonstrates increased
protein levels and, possibly, pleocytosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture indicates increased pressure.

Treatment
General
H Transcutaneous peripheral nerve stimulation for

postherpetic neuralgia
H Soothing baths
H Cold compresses

Medications

H Lesions
H Signs and symptoms of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H the use of a soft toothbrush, eating soft foods, and
using a saline- or bicarbonate-based mouthwash and
oral anesthetics to decrease discomfort from oral lesions
H the need for meticulous hygiene to prevent spreading
infection to other body parts
H that the virus can be transmitted if the blisters break
H the need to avoid scratching lesions
H advice to apply a cold compress if vesicles rupture
H local treatment of vesicles.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for ocular in-

volvement.
H Refer the patient to a pain management specialist for

postherpetic neuralgia.

H Antivirals, such as acyclovir, valacyclovir, and fami-

clovir
H Antipruritics, such as hydroxyzine and diphenhy-

dramine
H Analgesics, such as acetominophen and ibuprofen
H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline and

imipramine
H Systemic antibiotic as appropriate for infecting

organisms
H Corticosteroids, topical and oral, such as betametha-

sone, dexamethasone, and hydrocortisone


H Tranquilizers and sedatives, such as diazepam and

lorazepam
H Patient-controlled analgesia
H Vaccine for at-risk people age 60 or older

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H remain free from complications.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Maintain meticulous hygiene to prevent spreading the

infection to other parts of the patients body.


H With open lesions, follow contact isolation precau-

tions to prevent the spread of infection.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reaction to medications

Herpes zoster

367

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 368

Life-threatening disorder

Hip fracture
Overview
Description
H Break in the head or neck of the femur (usually the

head)
H Most common fall-related injury resulting in hospi-

talization
H Leading cause of disability among older adults
H May permanently change level of functioning and

independence
H Almost 25% of patients die within 1 year after hip

fracture

Pathophysiology
H With bone fracture, the periosteum and blood vessels

in the marrow, cortex, and surrounding soft tissues


are disrupted.
H This results in bleeding from the damaged ends of
the bone and from the neighboring soft tissue.
H Clot formation occurs within the medullary canal, between the fractured bone ends, and beneath the periosteum.
H Bone tissue immediately adjacent to the fracture dies,
and the necrotic tissue causes an intense inflammatory response.
H Vascular tissue invades the fracture area from surrounding soft tissue and marrow cavity within 48
hours, increasing blood flow to the entire bone.
H Bone-forming cells in the periosteum, endosteum,
and marrow are activated to produce subperiosteal
procallus along the outer surface of the shaft and
over the broken ends of the bone.
H Collagen and matrix, which become mineralized to
form callus, are synthesized by osteoblasts within the
procallus.
H During the repair process, remodeling occurs; unnecessary callus is resorbed, and trabeculae are
formed along stress lines.
H New bone, not scar tissue, is formed over the healed
fracture.

Causes
H Falls
H Trauma
H Cancer metastasis
H Osteoporosis
H Skeletal disease

Incidence
H Affects more than 300,000 people each year
H Occurs in one of five females by age 80
H More common in females than in males
H More common in white females

368

Hip fracture

Common characteristics
H Impaired function
H Deformity
H Edema
H Muscle spasm
H Pain and tenderness
H Impaired sensation

Complications
H Pneumonia
H Venous thrombosis
H Pressure ulcers
H Social isolation
H Depression
H Bladder dysfunction
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Pulmonary embolus
H Hip dislocation
H Death

Assessment
History
H Falls or trauma to the bones
H Pain in the affected hip and leg
H Pain exacerbated by movement

Physical findings
H Outward rotation of affected extremity
H Affected extremity possibly appearing shorter
H Limited or abnormal range of motion (ROM)
H Edema and discoloration of the surrounding tissue
H In an open fracture, bone protruding through the

skin

Test results
Imaging
H X-rays show the location of the fracture.
H Computed tomography scan shows abnormalities in
complicated fractures.

Treatment
General
H Depends on age, comorbidities, cognitive function-

ing, support systems, and functional ability


H Possible skin traction
H Physical therapy
H Nonweight-bearing transfers
H Well-balanced diet
H Foods rich in vitamin A and C, calcium, and protein
H Adequate vitamin D
H Bed rest, initially
H Ambulation as soon as possible after surgery

Medications
H Analgesics, such as butorphanol, meperidine, and

ketorolac initially, then acetaminophen and ibuprofen

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 369

ALERT

H Anticoagulants, such as warfarin, for deep vein

thrombosis prophylaxis

Surgery
H Total hip arthroplasty
H Hemiarthroplasty
H Percutaneous pinning
H Internal fixation using a compression screw and

After surgery, assess the patient for complications,


such as deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus,
and hip dislocation.

Patient teaching

plate

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify factors that increase the potential for injury
H maintain muscle strength and tone and joint ROM
H verbalize feelings of increased comfort
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
the confines of the injury
H maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer prescribed prophylactic anticoagulation

after surgery.
H Maintain traction.
H Maintain proper body alignment.
H Use logrolling techniques to turn the patient in bed.
H Maintain nonweight-bearing status.
H Increase the patients activity level, as prescribed.
H Consult physical therapy as early as possible.
H Assist with active ROM exercises to unaffected limbs.
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Keep the patients skin clean and dry.
H Prevent skin breakdown.
H Encourage good nutrition; offer high-protein, high-

calorie snacks.
H Perform daily wound care.
H Provide antiembolism stockings.

ALERT
Dont massage the patients legs and feet to promote circulation because this could increase the
risk of thromboembolism.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Pain
H Mobility and ROM
H Incision and dressings
H Complications
H Coagulation study results
H Signs of bleeding
H Neurovascular status
H Skin integrity
H Signs and symptoms of infection

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H ROM exercises
H meticulous skin care
H proper body alignment
H wound care
H signs of infection
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises and incentive
spirometry
H assistive devices
H activity restrictions and lifestyle changes
H safe ambulation practices
H nutritious diet and adequate fluid intake
H decreasing risk for additional injury. (See Preventing hip fracture.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical and occupational thera-

py programs, as indicated.
H Refer the patient to home health or intermediate

care.
Prevention

Preventing hip fracture


Hip fractures are debilitating, with only 25% of those
treated making a complete recovery. Its important to discuss prevention, especially with aging patients. Steps that
can be taken to minimize the risk of hip fracture include
the following:
H Obtain a baseline bone density test at menopause to
assess bone status.
H Ensure proper dietary calcium and vitamin D intake and
take supplements as appropriate.
H Perform weight-bearing exercises, such as walking, to
encourage increased bone density, strength, and balance.
H Avoid smoking and excessive alcohol intake which
decrease bone density.
H Take prescribed medication for osteoporosis, such as
alendronate, risedronate, raloxifene, or calcitonin.
H Assess the home environment for fall risks, such as
electrical cords, throw rugs, and unlighted stairs.
H Install grab bars in the bathroom and non-slip mats in
the tub or shower.
H Wear flat, slip-resistant shoes.
H Avoid heavy lifting and climbing on step ladders or
chairs.
H Wear glasses as prescribed and follow-up with routine
vision screenings.
H Be aware of adverse effects of medications that might
cause dizziness or weakness.

Hip fracture

369

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 370

Hirschsprungs disease
Overview
Description
H Congenital disorder of the large intestine character-

ized by the absence or marked reduction of parasympathetic ganglion cells in the colorectal wall
H Usually coexists with other congenital anomalies,
particularly trisomy 21 and anomalies of the urinary
tract such as megaloureter
H Also called congenital megacolon and congenital
aganglionic megacolon

Pathophysiology
H Parasympathetic ganglion cells in the colorectal wall

are absent or markedly reduced in number.


H The aganglionic bowel segment contracts without the

reciprocal relaxation needed to propel feces forward.


H Impaired intestinal motility causes severe, intractable
constipation.
H Colonic obstruction can ensue, causing bowel dilation and subsequent occlusion of surrounding blood
and lymphatic vessels.
H Ensuing mucosal edema, ischemia, and infarction
draw large amounts of fluid into the bowel, causing
copious amounts of liquid stool.
H Continued infarction and destruction of the mucosa
can lead to infection and sepsis.

H Overflow diarrhea caused by increased water secre-

tion into bowel with bowel obstruction


In children
H Intractable constipation caused by decreased GI
motility
H Abdominal distention caused by retention of stool
H Easily palpated fecal masses caused by retention of
stool
H Wasted extremities (in severe cases) caused by impaired intestinal motility and its effects on nutrition
and intake
H Loss of subcutaneous tissue (in severe cases) caused
by malnutrition
H Large protuberant abdomen caused by retention of
stool and consequent changes in fluid and electrolyte
homeostasis
In adults
H Abdominal distention from decreased bowel motility
and constipation
H Chronic intermittent constipation caused by impaired
intestinal motility

Complications
H Bowel perforation
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Nutritional deficiencies
H Enterocolitis
H Hypovolemic shock
H Sepsis

Assessment

Causes

History

H Familial congenital defect

H Familial history of difficult stool passage


H Failure to pass meconium within the first 24 to 48

Incidence
H Occurs in 1 in 2,000 to 1 in 5,000 live births
H Up to seven times more common in males than in fe-

males (although the aganglionic segment is usually


shorter in males)
H Most prevalent in whites
H Both sexes equally affected by total aganglionosis
H Females with Hirschsprungs disease at higher risk
for having affected children

Common characteristics
In neonates
H Failure to pass meconium within 24 to 48 hours because of inability to propel intestinal contents forward
H Bile-stained or fecal vomiting as a result of bowel obstruction
H Abdominal distention caused by to retention of intestinal contents and bowel obstruction
H Irritability caused by resultant abdominal distention
H Feeding difficulties and failure to thrive caused by
retention of intestinal contents and abdominal distention
H Dehydration caused by subsequent feeding difficulties and inability to ingest adequate fluids
370

Hirschsprungs disease

hours after birth


H Vomiting of bile-stained or fecal contents
H Anorexia
H Nausea
H Lethargy
H Constipation

Physical findings
H Distended abdomen
H Tachypnea
H Rectum without stools

Test results
Imaging
H Barium enema reveals a narrowed segment of distal
colon with a saw-toothed appearance and a funnelshaped segment above it.
H Upright plain abdominal X-rays show marked colonic
distention.
Diagnostic procedures
H Rectal biopsy confirms diagnosis by showing the absence of ganglion cells.
H Rectal manometry detects failure of the internal anal
sphincter to relax and contract.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 371

Treatment
General
H Daily colonic lavage (to empty the infants bowel until

the time of surgery)


H Oral feeding with breast milk or predigested formula

when bowel sounds return (infants)

H that complete continence may take several years to

develop and that constipation may recur at times


H with parents, participation in the childs care as

much as possible, if appropriate.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to an enterostomal therapist for

information on ostomy care.

ALERT
Without prompt treatment, an infant with colonic
obstruction may die within 24 hours from enterocolitis that leads to severe diarrhea and hypovolemic shock.

Surgery
H Corrective surgery to pull the normal ganglionic seg-

ment through to the anus (usually delayed until the


infant is at least age 10 months)
H Temporary colostomy or ileostomy to compress the
colon in instances of total bowel obstruction

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H avoid complications
H have bowel function return to normal patterns
H maintain fluid balance.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain fluid and electrolyte balance and prevent

shock.
H Provide adequate nutrition and hydrate with I.V. flu-

ids, as needed.
H Relieve respiratory distress by keeping the patient in

an upright position.
After colostomy or ileostomy
H Place the infant in a heated incubator, with the temperature set at 98 to 99 F (36.7 to 37.2 C), or in
a radiant warmer.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of sepsis and enterocolitis
H Intake and output
H Laboratory values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H recognizing the signs of fluid loss, dehydration, and
enterocolitis
H withholding foods that have increased the number of
stools previously

Hirschsprungs disease

371

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 372

Histoplasmosis
Overview
Description
H Fungal infection
H Three forms in the United States

Primary acute histoplasmosis


Progressive disseminated histoplasmosis (acute
disseminated or chronic disseminated disease)
Chronic pulmonary (cavitary) histoplasmosis
H Also known as Ohio Valley disease, Central Mississippi Valley disease, Appalachian Mountain disease, and Darlings disease

Pathophysiology
H Spores reach alveoli and are transformed into bud-

ding forms, carried to regional lymphatics, and then


disseminated throughout the body.
H Intense granulomatous reaction occurs and caseation necrosis or calcification (resembling tuberculosis) occurs.
H Transient dissemination can leave granulomas in the
spleen.

Causes
H Caused by Histoplasma capsulatum, which is found

in the stool of birds and bats and in soil contaminated by their stool (near roosts, chicken coops, barns,
caves, and underneath bridges)
H Transmitted to humans by inhalation of H. capsulatum or H. capsulatum var. duboisii spores or invasion of spores after minor skin trauma

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide, but especially in temperate areas

of Asia, Africa, Europe, and North and South America


H In the United States, most prevalent in southeastern,

mid-Atlantic, and central states


H Primary acute histoplasmosis most common in in-

fants, young children, and immunocompromised


patients

Common characteristics
H Incubation period ranges from 3 to 17 days, al-

though chronic pulmonary histoplasmosis may


progress slowly for many years
H Chronic pulmonary infections occur more commonly
in males older than age 40, particularly with a history
of cigarette smoking or chronic lung disease

Complications
H Vascular or bronchial obstruction
H Acute pericarditis
H Pleural effusion
H Mediastinal fibrosis or granuloma
H Intestinal ulceration

372

Histoplasmosis

H Addisons disease
H Endocarditis
H Meningitis

Assessment
History
H Possible history of an immunocompromised condi-

tion
H Exposure to contaminated soil in an endemic area

Physical findings
H Fever, which may rise as high as 105

F (40.6 C)
Primary acute histoplasmosis
H Usually no characteristic signs
H Mild respiratory illness, cough
H Malaise, headache, myalgia, anorexia
H Chest pain
Progressive disseminated histoplasmosis
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Pain
H Hoarseness, tachypnea in later stages
H Ulceration of the oropharynx, dysphagia
H Pallor from anemia
H Jaundice and ascites
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Lymphadenopathy
Chronic pulmonary histoplasmosis
H Productive cough, dyspnea, hemoptysis
H Shortness of breath, cyanosis
H Extreme weakness, weight loss
H Upper lobe fibrocavitary pneumonia

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood cultures done by lysis-centrifugation technique
reveal organism causing the infection.
H In disseminated forms, culture of bone marrow, mucosal lesions, liver, and bronchoalveolar lavage help
show organisms in disseminated histoplasmosis.
H Sputum cultures are preferred in chronic pulmonary
histoplasmosis, may take 2 to 4 weeks to culture, and
show growth of the organism.
H Radioactive assay for histoplasma antigen in blood or
urine shows presence of histoplasma antigen.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show lung damage.

Treatment
General
H Oxygen for respiratory distress
H Parenteral fluids for dysphagia caused by oral or la-

ryngeal ulcerations
H Smoking cessation
H Cool mist humidifier
H Soft, bland foods (with oropharyngeal ulceration)

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 373

H Small, frequent meals


H Frequent rest periods

Medications
H Antifungal therapy, such as amphotericin B and

itraconazole
H Glucocorticoids

H Refer the patient with chronic pulmonary or dissemi-

nated histoplasmosis for psychological support to


cope with long-term treatment, if needed.
H Refer the patient to a social worker or an occupational therapist, as needed.
H Help the parents of a child with this disease arrange
for a visiting teacher.

Surgery
H Lung resection to remove pulmonary nodules
H Shunt for increased intracranial pressure
H Cardiac repair for constrictive pericarditis
H Laser surgery (photo coagulation) for ocular

histoplasmosis syndrome

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H be free from pain
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort in maintaining
air exchange
H experience no further weight loss
H maintain hemodynamic stability.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide oxygen therapy, if needed.
H Plan rest periods.
H Consult with a dietitian and the patient concerning

food preferences.

Monitoring
H Hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, which indicate

adrenal dysfunction
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H cardiac and pulmonary signs that could indicate
effusions
H the need to watch for early signs of this infection and
to seek treatment promptly to help prevent histoplasmosis for people in endemic areas
H the need for patients who risk occupational exposure
to contaminated soil to wear face masks.

Discharge planning
H Stress the need for follow-up care on a regular basis

for at least 1 year.

Histoplasmosis

373

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 374

Life-threatening disorder

Hodgkins disease
Overview
Description
H Neoplastic disorder characterized by painless, pro-

gressive enlargement of lymph nodes, spleen, and


other lymphoid tissue
H With appropriate treatment, 5-year survival rate
about 90%

Pathophysiology
H Enlarged lymphoid tissue results from proliferation

of lymphocytes, histiocytes, eosinophils, and


Reed-Sternberg cells.
H Untreated Hodgkins disease follows a variable but
relentlessly progressive and ultimately fatal course.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors

H Enlarged, rubbery lymph nodes in the neck (which

enlarge during periods of fever and then revert to


normal size)

Test results
Laboratory
H Hematologic tests show mild to severe normocytic
anemia, normochromic anemia in 50% of patients,
and elevated, normal, or reduced white blood cell
count and differential show any combination of
neutrophilia, lymphocytopenia, monocytosis, and
eosinophilia.
H Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated, indicating liver or bone involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Tests must first rule out other disorders that enlarge
the lymph nodes.
H Lymph node biopsy confirms the presence of ReedSternberg cells, abnormal histiocyte proliferation,
and nodular fibrosis and necrosis. Lymph node biopsy is also used to determine lymph node and organ
involvement.
H A staging laparotomy is necessary for patients
younger than age 55 and for those without obvious
stage III or IV disease, lymphocyte predominance
subtype histology, or medical contraindications.

H Genetic factors
H Viral factors
H Environmental factors

Treatment

Common characteristics

H For patient with stage I or IIA disease, radiation ther-

General

H Painless swelling of lymph nodes


H Fever, night sweats

H For patient with stage IIB or III disease, radiation

Incidence

H For patient with stage IV disease, chemotherapy

H Occurs in all races; slightly more common in whites


H Peaks in two age-groups: ages 15 to 38 and people

alone (or chemotherapy and radiation therapy to involved sites), sometimes inducing complete remission
H Autologous bone marrow transplantation or autologous peripheral blood sternal transfusions and immunotherapy
H Well-balanced diet
H Frequent rest periods

older than age 50


H Most common in young adults, except in Japan (ex-

clusively in people older than age 50)


H Greater incidence in males than in females

Complications
H Multiple organ failure

apy alone
therapy and chemotherapy

Medications

Assessment

H Chemotherapy
H Antiemetics, such as prochlorperazine and metoclo-

History

H Sedatives, such as alprazolam and lorazepam


H Antidiarrheals, such as loperamide/simethicone and

H Painless swelling of one of the cervical, axillary, or

inguinal lymph nodes


H Persistent fever and night sweats
H Weight loss despite an adequate diet, with resulting

fatigue and malaise


H Increasing susceptibility to infection

Physical findings
H Edema of the face and neck and jaundice

374

Hodgkins disease

pramide
diphenoxylate/atropine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 375

H express feelings of increased energy


H demonstrate adequate skin integrity
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased

pain.

Nursing interventions
H Provide a well-balanced, high-calorie, high-protein

diet.
H Provide for periods of rest.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Pain control
H Lymph node enlargement
H Body temperature
H Fatigue
H Daily weight
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of infection
H the importance of maintaining good nutrition
H the pacing of activities to counteract therapy-induced
fatigue
H the importance of good oral hygiene
H the avoidance of crowds and people with known
infection
H the importance of checking the lymph nodes
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Hodgkins disease

375

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 376

Hookworm disease
Overview
Description
H Infection of the upper intestine caused by Ancy-

lostoma duodenale (found in the Eastern Hemisphere) or Necator americanus (in the Western
Hemisphere)
H Occurs mostly in tropical and subtropical climates
H Also called uncinariasis or ground itch

Pathophysiology
H Disease is transmitted to humans through direct skin

penetration (usually in the foot) by hookworm larvae


in soil contaminated with feces containing hookworm ova.
H These ova develop into infectious larvae in 1 to 3
days.
H The larvae travel through the lymphatics to the pulmonary capillaries, where they penetrate alveoli and
move up the bronchial tree to the trachea and
epiglottis. There they are swallowed and enter the GI
tract.
H When they reach the small intestine, they mature, attach to the jejunal mucosa, and suck blood, oxygen,
and glucose from the intestinal wall.
H These mature worms then deposit ova, which are excreted in the stool, starting the cycle anew. Hookworm larvae mature in about 5 to 6 weeks.

Causes
H Transmission of A. duodenale (found in the Eastern

Hemisphere) or N. americanus (in the Western


Hemisphere)

Incidence
H May produce no symptoms
H Affects one billion people worldwide
H More common in whites
H Children more at risk because of playing or walking

barefoot in contaminated soil

Common characteristics
H Irritation, pruritus, and edema at the site of entry
H Secondary bacterial infection with pustule formation
H Pneumonitis and hemorrhage with fever, sore throat,

crackles, and cough (larvae in lungs)


H Fatigue, nausea, weight loss, dizziness, melena, and

uncontrolled diarrhea (larvae in intestines)

Complications
H Anemia
H Cardiomegaly
H Heart failure
H Generalized massive edema

376

Hookworm disease

Assessment
History
H Recent walking (barefoot) in an area with contami-

nated soil
H Irritation and pruritus at entry site
H Fatigue
H Cough, hoarseness
H Abdominal pain
H Fever
H Nausea
H Weight loss
H Dizziness
H Diarrhea

Physical findings
H Papulovasicular rash
H Crackles (with lung involvement)
H Irregular respirations
H Bloody sputum
H Black, tarry stools
H Edema

Test results
Laboratory
H Stool specimen reveals larvae.
H Hemoglobin level is decreased to as low as 5 to
9 g/dl (in severe case).
H Leukocyte count is increased to as high as 47,000/l.
H Eosinophil count is increased to as high as 500 to
700/l.

Treatment
General
H Blood transfusions (if anemia severe)
H Nutritious high-protein, high-iron diet
H Activity, as tolerated, with frequent rest periods

Medications
H Mebendazole
H Pyrantel pamoate
H Albendazole
H Iron supplements
H Topical thiabendazole (cutaneous larva migrans)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience no further weight loss
H report having increased energy levels
H have decreased episodes of diarrhea
H maintain a normal respiratory rate.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 377

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Isolate the incontinent patient.
H Teach proper hand-washing technique.
H For severe anemia, administer oxygen, as ordered.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
H Allow frequent rest periods.
H Reposition frequently.
H Assess family members for symptoms.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Nutritional status
H Quantity and frequency of stools
H Daily weight
H Skin integrity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper hand-washing technique
H the need to wear shoes when outdoors
H nutritious diet
H proper hygiene after toileting
H use of prescribed iron supplements and how this
treatment affects stools
H the need to start another course of treatment if stool
examination remains positive for larvae
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Hookworm disease

377

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 378

Human papillomavirus

H More than 50% of sexually active people becoming

infected during their lifetimes


H About 80% of females infected by age 50

Overview
Description
H Sexually transmitted disease (STD)
H Group of viruses with more than 100 different strains
H About 30 types spread through sexual contact
H Low-risk and high-risk types
H Primarily infects genital area; mouth and throat pos-

sible but rare

Common characteristics
H Most infected individuals having no symptoms and

clearing the infection on their own


H Symptoms (if they develop) that occur 2 to 3 months

after infection; possibly developing as early as 3


weeks and as late as many years after infection
H For 90% of females, cervical HPV infection becoming
undetectable within 2 years

H Causes benign papillomas (warts)


H Affects both sexes

Complications

Pathophysiology

H Pregnant females passing HPV to neonate during

H Human papillomavirus is very contagious.


H It may produce proteins that interfere with cell func-

H Large vaginal papillomas that cause excessive bleed-

tions that normally prevent excessive cell growth.


H Its contracted during oral, vaginal, or anal sex with

an infected person.

H High-risk HPV possibly leading to cancer of the

mouth, cervix, vulva, vagina, anus, or penis


vaginal delivery (rare)
ing with vaginal birth
H Associated with an increased risk of anal cancer in

males receiving anal sex

H About two-thirds of those who have sexual contact

with an infected person develop papillomas, usually


within 3 months of contact.
Papillomas can be single or multiple cauliflowerlike growths or may be flat and white or barely visible areas commonly producing no symptoms.
These growths affect the penis, scrotum, vulva,
anus, and the linings of the vagina, cervix, or rectum.
H Initial growths may spread to other areas of the genitals or to the anal area.

Assessment

Causes

Physical findings

H Human papillomavirus (HPV)


H HPV 6 and HPV 11

H Genital warts

History
H Sexual partner with HPV or genital warts
H Multiple sex partners
H May exhibit no signs or symptoms
H Possible discharge from the vagina or penis
H Previous STD
H Abnormal Papanicolaou (Pap) test

Low-risk viruses
Most commonly associated with genital warts
Cause most visible genital warts
H HPV 16 and HPV 18
Most common high-risk viruses
Growths usually flat and nearly invisible
Majority resolving on their own

Soft, moist, pink, or flesh-colored swellings


Raised or flat; possibly cauliflower-shaped
Individual or grouped
Small or large
Location: groin, thigh, vulva, vagina, anus, urethra,
cervix, penis, or scrotum
H HPV 16 and HPV 18: no visible genital warts
H Patient possibly unaware of warts

Risk factors

Test results

H Impaired immune system


H Multiple sex partners
H Partner with multiple sex partners or HPV-infected

Genital warts are typically diagnosed by visual inspection.


Laboratory
H Pap tests (most common means of diagnosis for females) are abnormal.
H Confirmatory follow-up test for HPV deoxyribonucleic acid can identify 13 of the high-risk types of HPV
associated with the development of cervical cancer.
H No testing is available for males.

sex partners
H Possibly, uncircumcised males
H Sexual activity before age 18
H Unprotected sexual contact

Incidence
H About 20 million people currently infected
H About 6.2 million new infections in United States

each year

378

Human papillomavirus

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 379

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H need to inform sexual partners about the risk of
genital warts
H need for regular Pap testing and careful medical
follow-up
H reasons for not using nonprescription wart removal
products
H use of female condoms
H limitations of male and female condoms
H that podophyllin and fluorouracil cream cant be
used during pregnancy
H availability of HPV vaccine, Gardasil, which blocks
HPV 6, 11, 16, and 18, recommended for females
ages 9 to 26 before first sexual contact.

H No cure for HPV infection; wart removal doesnt

eliminate infection or communicability


H Geared toward warts and precancerous cervical

changes
H Genital warts possibly disappearing without treatment
H 20% to 50% of people experiencing recurrence of

warts
H Treatment varying based on size and location of

warts; can be painful and may cause scarring

Medications
H Topical, applied by physician, such as podophyllin

resin, trichloroacetic acid, and fluorouracil cream


H Interferon injection into wart
H Topical, prescriptions applied at home, such as im-

iquimod cream and podofilox lotion or gel

Surgery
H Cryosurgery
H Electrocautery
H Laser treatment
H Surgical excision
H Loop electrosurgical excision procedure

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize an understanding of the disease
H state infection risk factors
H remain free from complications
H express feelings of comfort after treatment
H communicate feelings about changes in body image
H voice feelings about the need for changes in sexual
activity.

Nursing interventions
H Use standard precautions when theres a risk of con-

tact with genital secretions.


H Administer pain medication as ordered.
H Provide a nonthreatening, nonjudgmental atmo-

sphere that encourages the patient to verbalize feelings about perceived changes in sexual identity and
behavior.

Monitoring
H Sites treated with topical medication
H Surgical sites
H Pap test results
H Psychological status

Human papillomavirus

379

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 380

Huntingtons disease
Overview
Description
H Degenerative disease of the brain causing dementia
H Death usually 10 to 15 years after onset
H Also called Huntingtons chorea, hereditary chorea,

chronic progressive chorea, and adult chorea

Pathophysiology
H Degeneration in the cerebral cortex and basal gan-

glia leads to chronic progressive chorea (dancelike


movements).
H The final stage is mental deterioration, which ends in
dementia.

Causes
H Genetic link
H Transmitted as autosomal dominant trait (either sex

can transmit and inherit it)

Incidence
H Most common between ages 30 and 45
H 2% of cases in children
H 5% of cases as late as age 60
H Each child of a parent with this disease: 50% chance

of inheritance
H Cant be passed on by child who doesnt inherit it
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Chorea
H Emotional changes, irritability
H Clumsiness, bradykinesia
H Incontinence
H Increased appetite
H Bouts of anger
H Purposeless movements
H Grimacing
H Dysarthria
H Writhing and twitching
H Loss of motor control; rigidity
H Dysphagia
H Oral apraxia, aprosody

Assessment
History
Findings vary depending on disease progression.
H Familial history
H Emotional and mental changes
H Insidious onset
H Total dependency through:
Intellectual decline
Emotional disturbances
Loss of musculoskeletal control
H Described as clumsy, irritable, or impatient
H Subject to fits of anger
H Periods of suicidal depression, apathy, or elation
H Ravenous appetite, especially for sweets
H Loss of bladder and bowel control in later stages

Physical findings
H Choreic movements
H Rapid, usually violent, and purposeless movements
H Cognitive decline

Early stages
H Mild fidgeting
H Grimacing, tongue smacking
H Dysarthria
H Athetoid movements related to emotional state
H Torticollis
H Deficits in short-term memory
Later stages
H Constant writhing and twitching
H Unintelligible speech
H Difficulty chewing and swallowing
H Ambulation impossible
H Appears emaciated and exhausted

Test results
Laboratory
H Deoxyribonucleic acid analysis may show disease.
Imaging
H Positron-emission tomography may show disease.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows characteristic
butterfly dilation of the brains lateral ventricles.
H Computed tomography scan shows brain atrophy.

Treatment

Complications

General

H Choking and aspiration


H Pneumonia
H Heart failure
H Infections
H Suicide

H No known cure
H Supportive and symptomatic treatment
H Psychotherapy
H Possibly soft diet
H Safety measures
H Electroconvulsive therapy

Medications
H Tranquilizers such as clonazepam
H Dopamine agonists such as haloperidol

380

Huntingtons disease

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 381

H Neuroleptics, such as chlorpromazine and tetra-

benazine
H Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-

oxetine and sertraline


H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as nortriptyline and

imipramine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway without evidence of aspiration
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H remain free from infection
H express positive feelings about self
H perform activities of daily living
H develop alternative means of communication to
express self.

Nursing interventions
H Provide psychological support.
H Identify self-care deficits.
H Encourage the patient to be independent.
H Provide communication aids.
H Help the patient with difficulty walking.
H Maintain a turning schedule.
H Elevate the head of the bed during eating.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Protect the patient from infections.

Monitoring
H Response to prescribed drugs
H Possible suicide ideation
H Temperature
H White blood cell count

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H aspiration precautions
H signs and symptoms of infection
H communication strategies.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Huntingtons Disease Society

of America.
H Refer the patient to appropriate community organiza-

tions.
H Refer the family for genetic counseling.
H Refer the patient for psychotherapy, as appropriate.

Huntingtons disease

381

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 382

Hydrocele
Overview
Description
H A collection of fluid between the visceral and parietal

layers of the testicles tunica vaginalis or along the


spermatic cord
H The most common cause of scrotal swelling
H Described as communicating or noncommunicating

Pathophysiology
Communicating
H A patency between the scrotal sac and the peritoneal
cavity allows peritoneal fluids to collect in the scrotum.
Noncommunicating
H Fluid accumulation may be caused by infection, trauma, tumor, an imbalance between the secreting and
absorptive capacities of scrotal tissue, or an obstruction of lymphatic or venous drainage in the spermatic
cord.
H This leads to a displacement of fluid in the scrotum,
outside the testes.
H Subsequent swelling results, leading to reduced
blood flow to the testes.

Causes

Physical findings
H Soft, nontender fullness within the hemiscrotum
H Transillumination of the scrotum revealing a ho-

mogenous glow without internal shadows

Test results
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays distinguish acute hydrocele from
an incarcerated hernia.
H Ultrasound distinguishes spermatoceles from hydroceles and identifies torsion or tumor.
Other
H Transillumination to distinguish fluid-filled from solid mass (a tumor doesnt transilluminate).

Treatment
General
H Frequently resolves spontaneously
H Scrotal elevation
H No dietary restrictions
H Activity, as tolerated
H Postoperatively avoidance of vigorous activity for

short time

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as

ibuprofen and naproxen


H Nonopioid analgesics, such as acetaminophen, as-

H Congenital malformation (infants)


H Trauma to the testes or epididymis
H Infection of the testes or epididymis
H Testicular tumor

Surgery

Incidence

H Surgical repair to avoid strangulation of the bowel

H Apparent in 6% of full-term male neonates


H Incidence in adult males unknown

H Aspiration of fluid and injection of sclerosing drug

Common characteristics
H Scrotal swelling and feeling of heaviness
H Inguinal hernia (commonly present in congenital

hydrocele)

pirin, and diflunisal


H Operative exploration if underlying pathology sus-

pected
(inguinal hernia with bowel present in the sac)
into the scrotal sac for a tense hydrocele impeding
blood circulation or causes pain
H Excision of tunica vaginalis for recurrent hydroceles
H Suprainguinal excision for testicular tumor detected
by ultrasound

H Size varying from slightly larger than the testes to the

size of a grapefruit or larger


H Fluid collection with either flaccid or tense mass
H Pain with acute epididymal infection or testicular

torsion
H Scrotal tenderness due to severe swelling

Complications
H Epididymitis
H Testicular atrophy

Assessment
History
H Scrotal tenderness
H Inguinal hernia

382

Hydrocele

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or his parents) will:
H express feeling or demonstrate behavior of comfort
and relief from pain
H express understanding of disorder, diagnosis, and
treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Place a rolled towel between the patients legs and el-

evate the scrotum to help reduce severe swelling.


H Apply heat or ice packs to the scrotum.
H Provide preoperative teaching.
H Provide postoperative wound care, if appropriate.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 383

Monitoring
H Swelling
H Worsening of condition

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need to wear a loose-fitting athletic supporter
lined with soft cotton dressings
H how to take a sitz bath
H the need to avoid tub baths postoperaively for 5 to
7 days
H the possibility that the hydrocele may reaccumulate
for 1 month postoperatively because of edema.

Discharge planning
H Follow-up visits may be required biweekly, monthly,

or every 2 to 3 months, depending on recovery rate.

Hydrocele

383

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 384

Life-threatening disorder

Hydrocephalus
Overview
Description
H A variety of conditions characterized by an excess of

fluid within the cranial vault, subarachnoid space, or


both
H Occurs because of interference with cerebrospinal
fluid (CSF) flow caused by increased fluid production, obstruction within the ventricular system, or defective reabsorption of CSF
H Types include:
Noncommunicating hydrocephalus: obstruction
within the ventricular system
Communicating hydrocephalus: impaired absorption of CSF

Common characteristics
H Enlargement of head clearly disproportionate to

growth
H Distended scalp veins
H Thin, shiny, fragile-looking scalp skin
H Underdeveloped neck muscles
H Depressed orbital roof
H Downward displacement of eyes
H High-pitched, shrill cry; irritability
H Projectile vomiting
H Skull widening

Complications
H Mental retardation
H Impaired motor function
H Vision loss
H Death (increased intracranial pressure [ICP])
H Infection and malnutrition (more common in

infants)

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

H The obstruction of CSF flow associated with hydro-

Infants
H History that may disclose cause
H High-pitched, shrill cry; irritability
H Anorexia
H Episodes of projectile vomiting
Adults and older children
H Frontal headaches
H Nausea and vomiting (may be projectile)
H Symptoms causing wakening or occurring on awakening
H Diplopia
H Restlessness

cephalus produces dilation of the ventricles proximal


to the obstruction.
H The obstructed CSF is under pressure, causing atrophy of the cerebral cortex and degeneration of the
white matter tracts, with selective preservation of
gray matter.
H When excess CSF fills a defect caused by atrophy, a
degenerative disorder, or a surgical excision, the fluid isnt under pressure, and atrophy and degenerative changes arent induced.

Causes
Noncommunicating hydrocephalus
H Congenital abnormalities in the ventricular system
H Mass lesions such as a tumor that compresses one of
the structures of the ventricular system
H Aqueduct stenosis
H Arnold-Chiari malformation
Communicating hydrocephalus
H Adhesions from inflammation, such as with meningitis or subarachnoid hemorrhage
H Compression of the subarachnoid space by a mass
such as a tumor
H Congenital abnormalities of the subarachnoid space
H High venous pressure within the sagittal sinus
H Head injury
H Cerebral atrophy

Incidence
H Rare cases of congenital hydrocephalus
H Noncommunicating hydrocephalus more common in

children
H Communicating hydrocephalus more common in

adults

384

Hydrocephalus

Physical findings
Infants
H Enlarged head clearly disproportionate to the infants
growth
H Head possibly appearing normal in size with bulging
fontanels
H Distended scalp veins
H Thin, fragile, and shiny scalp skin
H Underdeveloped neck muscles
H Depression of the roof of the eye orbit
H Displacement of the eyes downward
H Prominent sclera (sunset sign)
H Abnormal leg muscle tone
Adults and older children
H Decreased level of consciousness (LOC)
H Ataxia
H Impaired intellect
H Incontinence
H Signs of increased ICP

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 385

Test results

Monitoring

Imaging
H Skull X-rays show thinning of the skull with separation of sutures and widening of the fontanels in infants.
H Angiography, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging show differentiation between hydrocephalus and intracranial lesions and
Arnold-Chiari deformity.

H Fontanels for tension or fullness


H Head circumference
H Signs and symptoms of increased ICP
H Complications
H Growth and development
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output

Treatment
General

After surgery
H Signs and symptoms of meningitis
H Redness, swelling, and other signs and symptoms of
local infection
H Dressing for drainage
H Response to analgesics

H Shunting of CSF directly from the ventricular system

to some point beyond the obstruction


H Small, frequent feedings
H Slow feeding of infant
H Decreased movement during and immediately after

ALERT
Monitor the patient for vomiting, which may be an
early sign of shunt malfunction.

meals

Medications

Patient teaching

H Possible preoperative and postoperative antibiotics

Surgery
H Surgical correction (the only treatment for hydro-

cephalus):
Removal of obstruction to CSF flow
Implantation of a ventriculoperitoneal shunt to divert CSF flow from the brains lateral ventricle into
the peritoneal cavity
With concurrent abdominal problem, ventriculoatrial shunt to divert CSF flow from the brains lateral ventricle into the right atrium of the heart

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H shunt surgery: hair loss and the visibility of a mechanical device
H postoperative shunt care
H signs and symptoms of increased ICP or shunt malfunction
H signs and symptoms of infection
H signs and symptoms of paralytic ileus
H the need for periodic shunt surgery to lengthen the
shunt as the child grows older.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to special education programs, as

appropriate.

The patient will:


H maintain adequate ventilation
H develop no signs and symptoms of infection
H maintain and improve current LOC
H develop no signs and symptoms of increased ICP.

Nursing interventions
H Elevate the head of the bed to 30 degrees or put an

infant in an infant seat.


H Administer prescribed oxygen, as needed.
H Provide small, frequent feedings.
H Decrease the patients movement during and immedi-

ately after meals.


H Provide skin care.

After shunt surgery


H Place the patient on the side opposite the operative
site.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.

Hydrocephalus

385

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 386

Hydronephrosis
Overview
Description
H Abnormal dilation of the renal pelvis and calyces of

one or both kidneys


H Caused by obstruction of urine flow in the genitouri-

nary tract
H May be acute or chronic

Pathophysiology
H With obstruction in the urethra or bladder, hydro-

nephrosis is usually bilateral.


H With obstruction in a ureter, hydronephrosis is usu-

ally unilateral.
H Obstructions distal to the bladder cause the bladder

to dilate, acting as a buffer zone, delaying hydronephrosis.


H Total obstruction of urine flow with dilation of the
collecting system ultimately causes complete cortical
atrophy and glomerular filtration ceases.

Causes
H Benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH)
H Urethral strictures
H Renal calculi
H Strictures or stenosis of the ureter or bladder outlet
H Congenital abnormalities
H Bladder, ureteral, or pelvic tumors
H Blood clots
H Neurogenic bladder
H Ureterocele
H Tuberculosis
H Gram-negative infection

Incidence
H About 1 in 100 people affected by unilateral hydro-

nephrosis
H About 1 in 200 people affected by bilateral hydro-

nephrosis

Common characteristics
H Decreased urine output
H Flank pain

Complications
H Renal calculi
H Sepsis
H Renovascular hypertension
H Obstructive nephropathy
H Infection
H Pyelonephritis
H Paralytic ileus
H Renal failure

386

Hydronephrosis

Assessment
History
H Possibly no initial symptoms, but increasing pressure

behind the obstruction eventually resulting in renal


dysfunction
H Varies depending on cause of obstruction
H No symptoms or complaint of only mild pain and
slightly decreased urine flow
H Severe, colicky renal pain or dull flank pain that radiates to the groin
H Hematuria
H Pyuria
H Dysuria
H Alternating oliguria and polyuria, anuria
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Abdominal fullness
H Pain on urination
H Dribbling
H Urinary hesitancy
H Change in voiding pattern

Physical findings
H Hematuria
H Pyuria
H Urinary tract infection
H Palpable kidney
H Lower extremity edema
H Distended bladder
H Costovertebral angle tenderness

Test results
Laboratory
H Renal function study results are abnormal.
H Urine studies confirm inability to concentrate urine,
glomerular filtration rate is decreased, and pyuria
occurs if infection is present.
H Leukocytosis indicates infection.
Imaging
H Excretory urography, retrograde pyelography, and renal ultrasonography confirm diagnosis.
H I.V. urogram may show site of obstruction.
H Nephrogram may show delayed appearance time.
H Radionuclide scan may show site of obstruction.
H Computed tomography scan may indicate cause.

Treatment
General
H For inoperable obstructions, decompression and

drainage of the kidney, using a nephrostomy tube


placed temporarily or permanently in the renal pelvis
H If renal function affected, low-protein, low-sodium,
and low-potassium diet
H Urinary catheterization

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 387

Medications
H Antibiotic therapy as appropriate for infecting

organism
H Analgesics
H Oral alkalinization therapy (for uric acid calculi)

such as allopurinol
H Steroid therapy (for retroperitoneal fibrosis)

Surgery
H Dilatation for urethral stricture
H Prostatectomy for BPH
H Placement of percutaneous nephrostomy tube

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimized complications
H maintain fluid balance
H report increased comfort
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H demonstrate skill in managing urinary elimination.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Allow the patient to express his fears and anxieties.

Monitoring
H Renal function studies
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Nephrostomy tube function and drainage, if appro-

priate
H Wound site (postoperatively)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the procedure and postoperative care, if surgery is
scheduled
H nephrostomy tube care, if appropriate
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H dietary changes
H hydronephrosis symptom recognition and reporting.

Discharge planning
H Follow-up imaging studies may be required to evalu-

ate recovery.
H Follow-up laboratory studies may be needed to as-

sess renal function.

Hydronephrosis

387

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 388

Hyperaldosteronism
Overview
Description
H Hypersecretion of the mineralocorticoid aldosterone

by the adrenal cortex


H Causes excessive reabsorption of sodium and water

H Fatigue
H Headache
H Paresthesia
H Possibly tetany (resulting from metabolic alkalosis)

Complications
H Neuromuscular irritability, tetany, paresthesia
H Seizures
H Left ventricular hypertrophy, heart failure, death
H Metabolic alkalosis, nephropathy, azotemia

and excessive renal excretion of potassium


H May be primary (uncommon) or secondary

Pathophysiology
In primary hyperaldosteronism
(Conns syndrome)
H Chronic excessive secretion of aldosterone is independent of the renin-angiotensin system and suppresses plasma renin activity.
H This aldosterone excess enhances sodium and water
reabsorption and potassium loss by the kidneys,
which leads to mild hypernatremia and, simultaneously, hypokalemia and increased extracellular fluid
volume.
H Expansion of intravascular fluid volume also occurs
and results in volume-dependent hypertension and
increased cardiac output.

ALERT
Excessive ingestion of English black licorice or
licorice-like substances can produce a syndrome
similar to primary hyperaldosteronism because of
the mineralocorticoid action of glycyrrhizic acid.

In secondary hyperaldosteronism
H Secondary hyperaldosteronism results from an extraadrenal abnormality that stimulates the adrenal gland
to increase aldosterone production.

Causes
H Benign aldosterone-producing adrenal adenoma (in

70% of patients)
H Bilateral adrenocortical hyperplasia (in children) or

carcinoma (rarely)
H Conditions that reduce renal blood flow and extracel-

lular fluid volume (renal artery stenosis)


H Conditions that produce a sodium deficit (Wilms

tumor)
H Nephrotic syndrome
H Bartters syndrome
H Hepatic cirrhosis with ascites
H Heart failure

Assessment
History
H Vision disturbances
H Nocturnal polyuria
H Polydipsia
H Fatigue
H Headaches

Physical findings
H Muscle weakness
H Intermittent, flaccid paralysis
H Paresthesia
H High blood pressure

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum potassium levels are persistently low.
H Plasma renin level is low and fails to increase appropriately during volume depletion (upright posture,
sodium depletion) and plasma aldosterone level is
high during volume expansion by salt loading (confirm primary hyperaldosteronism in a hypertensive
patient without edema).
H Serum bicarbonate level is elevated.
H Urine aldosterone levels are markedly increased.
H Plasma aldosterone levels are increased.
H Plasma renin levels are increased (secondary).
H Suppression test differentiates between primary and
secondary hyperaldosteronism.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show left ventricular hypertrophy caused
by chronic hypertension.
H Adrenal angiography or computed tomography scan
localizes tumor.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows signs of hypokalemia
(ST-segment depression and U waves).

Treatment

Incidence

General

H Three times more common in females than in males


H Most common between ages 30 and 50

H Treatment of underlying cause (secondary)


H Low-sodium, high-potassium diet

Common characteristics
H Muscle weakness
H Intermittent, flaccid paralysis

388

Hyperaldosteronism

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 389

Medications
H Potassium-sparing diuretics (primary) such as

spironolactone

Surgery
H Unilateral adrenalectomy (primary)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express understanding of the condition and treatment modalities.

Nursing interventions
H Watch for signs of tetany (muscle twitching,

Chvosteks sign, Trousseaus sign).


H Administer potassium replacement, and keep I.V. cal-

cium gluconate available.


H After adrenalectomy, watch for weakness, hypona-

tremia, rising serum potassium levels, and signs of


adrenal hypofunction, especially hypotension.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Weight
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Cardiac arrhythmias

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H adverse effects of spironolactone, including hyperkalemia, impotence, and gynecomastia, if appropriate
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry while taking steroid hormone replacement
therapy.

Hyperaldosteronism

389

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 390

Hyperbilirubinemia,
unconjugated
Overview
Description
H Excessive serum bilirubin levels and mild jaundice
H The result of hemolytic processes in the neonate
H Can be physiologic (with jaundice the only symptom)

or pathologic (resulting from an underlying disease)


H Also called neonatal jaundice

Pathophysiology
H As erythrocytes break down at the end of their neo-

natal life cycle, hemoglobin separates into globin


(protein) and heme (iron) fragments.

Causes of hyperbilirubinemia
The infants age at onset of hyperbilirubinemia may provide clues as to the sources of this jaundice-causing disorder.

Day 1

H Blood type incompatibility (Rh, ABO, other minor blood


groups)
H Intrauterine infection (rubella, cytomegalic inclusion
body disease, toxoplasmosis, syphilis and, occasionally, bacteria such as Escherichia coli, Staphylococcus,
Pseudomonas, Klebsiella, Proteus, and Streptococcus)

Day 2 or 3

H Infection (usually from gram-negative bacteria)


H Polycythemia
H Enclosed hemorrhage (skin bruises, subdural
hematoma)
H Respiratory distress syndrome (hyaline membrane disease)
H Heinz body anemia from drugs and toxins (vitamin K3,
sodium nitrate)
H Transient neonatal hyperbilirubinemia
H Abnormal red blood cell morphology
H Red cell enzyme deficiencies (glucose-6-phosphate
dehydrogenase, hexokinase)
H Physiologic jaundice
H Blood group incompatibilities

Days 4 and 5

H Breast-feeding, respiratory distress syndrome, maternal diabetes


H Crigler-Najjar syndrome (congenital nonhemolytic
icterus)
H Gilbert syndrome

Day 7 and later

H Herpes simplex
H Pyloric stenosis
H Hypothyroidism
H Neonatal giant cell hepatitis
H Infection (usually acquired in neonatal period)
H Bile duct atresia
H Galactosemia
H Choledochal cysts.

390

Hyperbilirubinemia, unconjugated

H Heme fragments form unconjugated (indirect)

bilirubin, which binds with albumin for transport to


liver cells to conjugate with glucuronide, forming direct bilirubin.
H Because unconjugated bilirubin is fat-soluble and
cant be excreted in the urine or bile, it may escape
to extravascular tissue, especially fatty tissue and the
brain, resulting in hyperbilirubinemia.
H Hyperbilirubinemia may develop when:
certain factors disrupt conjugation and usurp
albumin-binding sites, including drugs (such as
aspirin, tranquilizers, and sulfonamides) and
conditions (such as hypothermia, anoxia, hypoglycemia, and hypoalbuminemia)
decreased hepatic function results in reduced
bilirubin conjugation
increased erythrocyte production or breakdown
results from hemolytic disorders or Rh or ABO incompatibility
biliary obstruction or hepatitis results in blockage
of normal bile flow
maternal enzymes present in breast milk inhibit
the infants glucuronyl-transferase conjugating
activity.

Causes
See Causes of hyperbilirubinemia.

Incidence
H Common in neonates
H More common in males than females
H Less common in Black infants than in White infants

Common characteristics
H Jaundice

Complications
H Kernicterus
H Cerebral palsy
H Epilepsy
H Mental retardation

Assessment
History
H Previous sibling with neonatal jaundice
H Familial history of anemia, bile stones, splenectomy,

liver disease
H Maternal illness suggestive of viral or other infection
H Maternal drug intake
H Delayed cord clamping
H Birth trauma with bruising

Physical findings
H Yellowish skin, particularly in the sclerae

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum bilirubin levels are elevated.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 391

Treatment
General
H Phototherapy
H Exchange transfusions

Medications
H Albumin
H Phenobarbital (rarely used)
H Rh (D) immune globulin (human) (to Rh-negative

o
mother)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit normal body temperature
H maintain normal fluid balance
H maintain skin integrity
H have a reduced bilirubin level.

Nursing interventions
H Reassure parents that most infants experience some

degree of jaundice.
H Keep emergency equipment available when transfus-

ing blood.
H Administer Rh

o(D) immune globulin (human), to an


Rh-negative mother after amniocentesis, or to
prevent hemolytic disease in subsequent infants to
an Rh-negative mother during the third trimester, after the birth of an Rh-positive infant, or after spontaneous or elective abortion.

Monitoring
H Jaundice
H Bilirubin levels
H Body temperature
H Intake and output
H Bleeding and complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H that the infants stool contains some bile and may be
greenish.

Hyperbilirubinemia, unconjugated

391

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 392

Hypercalcemia
Overview
Description
H Excessive levels of serum calcium

Pathophysiology
H Together with phosphorus, calcium is responsible for

the formation and structure of bones and teeth.


H Calcium helps to maintain cell structure and func-

tion.
H It plays a role in cell membrane permeability and impulse transmission.
H It affects the contraction of cardiac muscle, smooth
muscle, and skeletal muscle.
H It participates in the blood-clotting process.
H Hypercalcemia leads to multiple-organ system dysfunction.

Causes

H Anorexia
H Constipation
H Nausea, vomiting
H Polyuria

Physical findings
H Confusion
H Muscle weakness
H Hyporeflexia
H Decreased muscle tone

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium levels are greater than 10.5 mg/dl.
H Ionized calcium levels are greater than 5.8 mg/dl.
H Albumin level is elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows shortened QT interval
and ventricular arrhythmias.

Treatment

H Hyperparathyroidism
H Hypervitaminosis D
H Certain cancers
H Multiple fractures and prolonged immobilization
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hypercalcemia)

General

Incidence

H Normal saline solution


H Loop diuretics, such as furosemide, bumetamide,

H Considerably higher in females than in males


H No gender predominance in elevated calcium levels

H Treatment of the underlying cause


H Activity, as tolerated
H Hemodialysis with kidney failure

Medications
and torsemide

related to cancer
H Increases with age

H Corticosteroids to counter effects of excess vitamin D

Common characteristics

Nursing considerations

See Clinical effects of hypercalcemia.

Complications
H Renal calculi
H Coma
H Cardiac arrest

Assessment
History
H Underlying cause
H Lethargy
H Weakness

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.

Clinical effects of hypercalcemia


Dysfunction

Effects

Cardiovascular

Signs of heart block, cardiac arrest, hypertension

Gastrointestinal

Anorexia, nausea, vomiting, constipation, dehydration, polydipsia

Musculoskeletal

Weakness, muscle flaccidity, bone


pain, pathologic fractures

Neurologic

Drowsiness, lethargy, headaches,


depression or apathy, irritability,
confusion

Other

Renal polyuria, flank pain and,


eventually, azotemia

Drugs causing hypercalcemia


These drugs can cause or contribute to hypercalcemia:
H antacids that contain calcium
H calcium preparations (oral or I.V.)
H lithium
H thiazide diuretics
H vitamin A
H vitamin D.

392

Hypercalcemia

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 393

Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures and institute seizure precau-

tions, if appropriate.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Watch for signs of heart failure.

Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm
H Seizures
H Calcium levels

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoiding nonprescription drugs high in calcium
H increasing fluid intake
H following a low-calcium diet.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if

indicated.

Hypercalcemia

393

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 394

Hyperchloremia
Overview

Complications
H Metabolic acidosis
H Hypervolemia
H Coma

Description

Assessment

H Excessive serum levels of the chloride anion


H Usually accompanied by sodium and water retention

History

Pathophysiology

H Risk factors for high chloride level


H Altered level of consciousness

H Chloride accounts for two-thirds of all serum anions.


H Chloride is secreted by stomach mucosa as hydro-

Physical findings

chloric acid; it provides an acid medium that aids digestion and activation of enzymes.
H Chloride helps maintain acid-base and body water
balances, influences the osmolality or tonicity of extracellular fluid, plays a role in the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide in red blood cells, and helps
activate salivary amylase (which, in turn, activates the
digestive process).
H An inverse relationship exists between chloride and
bicarbonate. When the level of one goes up, the level
of the other goes down. (See Anion gap and metabolic acidosis.)
H Chloride imbalanace can lead to metabolic acidosis
and altered fluid balance if left untreated.

Causes
H Hyperparathyroidism
H Renal tubular acidosis
H Metabolic acidosis
H Hypernatremia
H Prolonged diarrhea
H Loss of pancreatic secretion
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hyperchloremia)

H Agitation
H Pitting edema
H Dyspnea
H Rapid deep breathng (Kussmauls respirations)
H Weakness
H Tachypnea
H Hypertension

Test results
H Serum chloride level is greater than 108 mEq/L.
H With metabolic acidosis, serum pH is less than

7.35 and serum carbon dioxide level is less than


22 mEq/L and anion gap is normal.
H Serum sodium level is greater than 145 mEq/L.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying cause
H Activity, as tolerated
H Restoring fluid, electrolyte, and acid base balance
H Restricted sodium and chloride intake

Incidence

Medications

H Associated with other acid-base disorders and rarely

H Sodium bicarbonate I.V.


H Lactated Ringers solution
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, bumetanide, and

occurs alone.

Common characteristics

hydrochlorothiazide

H Agitation, tachycardia, hypertension, pitting edema,

dyspnea
H Deep, rapid breathing; weakness; diminished cogni-

Nursing considerations

tive ability; and, ultimately, coma (if in metabolic acidosis)

Key outcomes

Anion gap and metabolic acidosis

The patient will:


H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs

Hyperchloremia increases the likelihood that a patient will


develop hyperchloremic metabolic acidosis.

Drugs causing hyperchloremia

How it happens
If a patient with metabolic acidosis has a normal anion
gap, the acidosis is probably caused by a loss of bicarbonate ions by the kidneys or the GI tract. In such cases,
a corresponding increase in chloride ions also occurs.
Acidosis can also result from an accumulation of chloride ions in the form of acidifying salts. A corresponding
decrease in bicarbonate ions occurs at the same time.

394

Hyperchloremia

These drugs can cause or contribute to hyperchloremia:


H acetazolamide
H ammonium chloride
H phenylbutazone
H sodium polystyrene sulfonate (Kayexalate)
H salicylates (overdose)
H triamterene.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 395

H maintain adequate fluid volume


H avoid complications.

Nursing interventions
H Provide a safe environment.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Evaluate muscle strength and adjust activity level.
H Reorient the confused patient when necessary.

Monitoring
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Respiratory status
H Signs of metabolic alkalosis
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status
H Cardiac rhythm
H Arterial blood gas values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary or fluid restrictions, as indicated
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Hyperchloremia

395

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 396

Life-threatening disorder

Hyperkalemia
Overview
Description
H Excessive serum levels of the potassium anion
H Commonly induced by other treatments

Pathophysiology
H Potassium facilitates contraction of both skeletal and

smooth muscles, including myocardial contraction.

Complications
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Metabolic acidosis
H Cardiac arrest

Assessment
History
H Irritability
H Paresthesia
H Muscle weakness
H Nausea
H Abdominal cramps
H Diarrhea

H Potassium figures prominently in nerve impulse con-

Physical findings

duction, acid-base balance, enzyme action, and cell


membrane function.
H Slight deviation in serum levels can produce profound clinical consequences.
H Potassium imbalance can lead to muscle weakness
and flaccid paralysis due to an ionic imbalance in
neuromuscular tissue excitability.

H Hypotension
H Irregular heart rate
H Cardiac arrhythmia (possible)

Causes
H Renal dysfunction or failure
H Use of potassium-sparing diuretics such as triam-

terene by patients with renal disease


H Burns
H Crushing injuries
H Adrenal gland insufficiency
H Dehydration
H Diabetic acidosis
H Increased intake of potassium
H Decreased urinary excretion of potassium
H Severe infection
H Large quantities of blood transfusions
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hyperkalemia)

Incidence
H Affects males and females equally
H Diagnosed in up to 8% of hospitalized patients in the

United States

Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hyperkalemia.

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum potassium levels are greater than 5 mEq/L.
H Arterial pH is decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows a tall, tented T wave.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis
H Activity, as tolerated

Clinical effects of hyperkalemia


Dysfunction

Effects

Acid-base
balance

Metabolic acidosis

Cardiovascular

Tachycardia and later bradycardia,


electrocardiogram changes (tented
and elevated T waves, widened
QRS complex, prolonged PR interval, flattened or absent P waves,
depressed ST segment), cardiac
arrest (with levels > 7 mEq/L)

Gastrointestinal

Nausea, diarrhea, abdominal


cramps

Genitourinary

Oliguria, anuria

Musculoskeletal

Muscle weakness, flaccid paralysis

Neurologic

Hyperreflexia progressing to weakness, numbness, tingling, flaccid


paralysis

Drugs causing hyperkalemia


These drugs may increase potassium levels:
H angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H antibiotics
H beta-adrenergic blockers
H chemotherapeutic drugs
H nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H potassium (in excessive amounts)
H spironolactone.

396

Hyperkalemia

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 397

Avoiding false results


When a patient receives a laboratory test result indicating
a high potassium level, and the result doesnt make sense,
make sure its a true result. If the sample was drawn using
poor technique, the results may be falsely high. These are
some of the causes of falsely high potassium levels:
H drawing the sample above an I.V. infusion containing
potassium
H using a recently exercised arm or leg for the venipuncture site
H causing hemolysis (cell damage) as the sample is
obtained.

Medications
H Rapid infusion of 10% calcium gluconate (decreases

myocardial irritability)
H Insulin and 10% to 50% glucose I.V.
H Sodium polystyrene sulfonate with 70% sorbitol

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain a normal potassium level
H understand potential adverse effects of prescribed
drugs.

Nursing interventions
H Check the serum sample. (See Avoiding false

results.)
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Implement safety measures.
H Be alert for signs of hypokalemia after treatment.

Monitoring
H Serum potassium levels
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H monitoring intake and output
H preventing future episodes of hyperkalemia
H need for potassium-restricted diet.

Hyperkalemia

397

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 398

Hyperlipoproteinemia
Overview
Description
H Increased plasma concentrations of one or more

lipoproteins
H Primary form: at least five distinct and inherited

metabolic disorders
H May occur secondary to other conditions such as di-

abetes mellitus
H Clinical changes ranging from relatively mild symp-

toms, managed by diet, to potentially fatal pancreatitis

Pathophysiology
H Low-density lipoprotein (LDL) level is increased and

high-density lipoprotein (HDL) level is decreased.


H Development of atherosclerosis is accelerated.

Causes
H Primary hyperlipoproteinemia

Types I and III transmitted as autosomal recessive


traits
Types II, IV, and V transmitted as autosomal dominant traits
H Secondary hyperlipoproteinemia
Diabetes mellitus
Pancreatitis
Hypothyroidism
Renal disease

Incidence
Type I
H Relatively rare; present at birth
Type II
H Onset between ages 10 and 30
Type III
H Uncommon; usually occurring after age 20
Type IV
H Relatively common, especially in middle-aged males
Type V
H Uncommon; usually occurring in late adolescence or
early adulthood

Common characteristics
H Increased plasma concentrations of one or more

lipoproteins

Complications
H Coronary artery disease (CAD)
H Pancreatitis

Assessment
History
Type I
H Recurrent attacks of severe abdominal pain
H Abdominal pain usually preceded by fat intake
H Malaise and anorexia
Type II
H History of premature and accelerated coronary
atherosclerosis
H Symptoms that typically develop in 20s or 30s
Type III
H No clinical symptoms until after age 20
H Aggravating factors, such as obesity, hypothyroidism,
and diabetes mellitus
Type IV
H Atherosclerosis
H Early CAD
H Excessive alcohol consumption
H Poorly controlled diabetes mellitus
H Birth control pills containing estrogen (can precipitate severe hypertriglyceridemia)
H Hypertension
H Hyperuricemia
Type V
H Abdominal pain associated with pancreatitis
H Complaints related to peripheral neuropathy

Physical findings
Type I
H Papular or eruptive xanthomas over pressure points
and extensor surfaces
H Ophthalmoscopic examination: lipemia retinalis
(reddish white retinal vessels)
H Abdominal spasm, rigidity, or rebound tenderness
H Hepatosplenomegaly, with liver or spleen tenderness
H Fever possibly present
Type II
H Tendinous xanthomas on the Achilles tendons and
tendons of the hands and feet
H Tuberous xanthomas, xanthelasma
H Juvenile corneal arcus
Type III
H Tuberoeruptive xanthomas over elbows and knees
H Palmar xanthomas on the hands, particularly the fingertips
Type IV
H Obesity
H Xanthomas possibly noted during exacerbations
Type V
H Eruptive xanthomas on extensor surface of arms and
legs
H Ophthalmoscopic examination: lipemia retinalis
H Hepatosplenomegaly

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum lipid profiles show elevated levels of total cholesterol, triglycerides, very low-density lipoproteins,
LDLs, or HDLs.
398

Hyperlipoproteinemia

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 399

Treatment

Nursing considerations

General

Key outcomes

H Weight reduction
H Elimination or treatment of aggravating factors, such

The patient will:


H develop no complications
H maintain stable vital signs
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.

as diabetes mellitus, alcoholism, and hypothyroidism


H Reduction of risk factors for atherosclerosis
H Smoking cessation
H Treatment of hypertension
H Avoidance of hormonal and estrogen-containing

contraceptive drugs
H Restriction of cholesterol and saturated animal fat
intake
H Avoidance of alcoholic beverages to decrease plasma
triglyceride levels
H Inclusion of polyunsaturated vegetable oils (reduces
plasma LDLs)
H Maintenance of exercise and physical fitness program
Type I
H Restricted fat intake (less than 20 g/day); 20- to
40-g/day, medium-chain triglyceride diet to supplement calorie intake
Type II
H Restriction of cholesterol intake to less than 300 mg/
day for adults and less than 150 mg/day for children;
restricted triglyceride intake (to less than 100 mg/
day for children and adults); and diet high in polyunsaturated fats
Type III
H Restricted cholesterol intake (to less than 300 mg/
day) and carbohydrates; increased polyunsaturated
fats
Type IV
H Restricted cholesterol intake; increased polyunsaturated fats
Type V
H Long-term maintenance of a low-fat diet; 20- to 40-g/
day medium-chain triglyceride diet

Medications
H Statins, such as rosuvastatin, atorvastatin, and sim-

vastatin
H Nicotinic acid (niacin)
H Bile acid resins, such as cholestyramine-sucrose and

colestipol
H Fibrates, such as gemfibrozil and fenofibrate

Surgery
H If unable to tolerate drug therapy, surgical creation

of an ileal bypass
H For severely affected homozygote children, portacav-

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed antilipemics.
H Prevent or minimize adverse reactions.
H Urge the patient to adhere to the prescribed diet.
H Assist the patient with additional lifestyle changes.
H Encourage verbalization of fears related to premature

CAD.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Adverse reactions
H Serum lipoproteins
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms related to CAD or its sequelae

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to maintain a steady weight and strictly adhere to the prescribed diet (for the 2 weeks preceding serum cholesterol and serum triglyceride tests),
and to fast for 12 hours before the test
H the need to avoid excessive sugar intake and alcoholic beverages
H minimized intake of saturated fats (higher in meats
and coconut oil)
H increased intake of polyunsaturated fats (vegetable
oils)
H avoidance of hormonal contraceptives or drugs that
contain estrogen
H foods high in cholesterol and saturated fats
H the prescribed medication regimen and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms requiring medical evaluation.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for a medically supervised exercise

program.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to a dietitian, if necessary.

al shunt as a last resort to reduce plasma cholesterol


levels

Hyperlipoproteinemia

399

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 400

Hypermagnesemia
Overview

Incidence
H Rarely occurs in the United States

Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypermagnesemia.

Description

Complications

H Excessive serum levels of the magnesium cation

H Respiratory depression
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Cardiac arrest

Pathophysiology
H Magnesium enhances neuromuscular integration and

stimulates parathyroid hormone secretion, thus regulating intracellular fluid calcium levels.
H Magnesium may also regulate skeletal muscles
through its influence on calcium utilization by depressing acetylcholine release at synaptic junctions.
H Magnesium activates many enzymes for proper carbohydrate and protein metabolism, aids in cell metabolism and the transport of sodium and potassium
across cell membranes, and influences sodium,
potassium, calcium, and protein levels.
H About one-third of magnesium taken into the body is
absorbed through the small intestine and is eventually excreted in the urine; remaining unabsorbed magnesium is excreted in the stool.

Causes
H Chronic renal insufficiency
H Use of magnesium-containing laxatives, especially

with renal insufficiency (see Drugs and supplements


causing hypermagnesemia)
H Overuse of magnesium-containing antacids
H Severe dehydration (resulting oliguria can cause
magnesium retention)
H Overcorrection of hypomagnesemia
H Addisons disease
H Adrenocortical insufficiency
H Untreated diabetic ketoacidosis

Risk factors
H Advanced age
H Pregnancy
H Neonates whose mothers received magnesium sulfate

during labor
H Patients receiving magnesium sulfate to control
seizures

Assessment
History
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Drowsiness
H Confusion

Physical findings
H Flushed appearance
H Hypotension
H Weak pulse
H Muscle weakness
H Hyporeflexia (see Testing the patellar reflex)

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum magnesium levels are greater than 2.5 mEq/L.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows prolonged PR interval,
widened QRS complex, and tall T waves.

Treatment
General
H Identification and correction of the underlying cause
H Increased fluid intake
H Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis

Medications
H Loop diuretics, such as furosemide, with impaired

renal function
H Calcium gluconate (10%)

Clinical effects of hypermagnesemia


Drugs and supplements causing
hypermagnesemia
Monitor your patients magnesium level closely if hes
receiving:
H an antacid (Di-Gel, Gaviscon, Maalox)
H a laxative (milk of magnesia, Haleys M-O, magnesium
citrate)
H a magnesium supplement (magnesium oxide, magnesium sulfate).

400

Hypermagnesemia

Dysfunction

Effects

Cardiovascular

Bradycardia, weak pulse, hypotension, heart block, cardiac arrest

Neurologic

Drowsiness, flushing, lethargy,


confusion, diminished sensorium

Neuromuscular

Diminished reflexes, muscle weakness, flaccid paralysis, respiratory


muscle paralysis that may cause
respiratory embarrassment

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 401

Testing the patellar reflex


One way to gauge your paSitting
tients magnesium status is to Have the patient sit on the side of the
test his patellar reflex, one of bed with his legs dangling freely, as
the deep tendon reflexes that shown below. Then test the reflex.
the magnesium level affects.
To test the reflex, strike the
patellar tendon just below
the patella with the patient
sitting or lying in a supine
position, as shown. Look for
leg extension or contraction
of the quadriceps muscle in
the front of the thigh.
If the patellar reflex is absent, notify the physician
immediately. This finding
may mean the patients magnesium level is 7 mEq/L or
higher.

Supine position
Flex the patients knee at a 45-degree angle, and
place your nondominant hand behind it for support
(as shown below). Then test the reflex.

Nursing considerations

Patient teaching

Key outcomes

Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of abusing laxatives and antacids containing magnesium, particularly in elderly patients or
those patients with compromised renal function
H hydration requirements
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

The patient will:


H maintain hemodynamic stability
H attain and maintain a normal magnesium level
H understand the causes of high magnesium levels
H have a normal electrocardiogram.

Nursing interventions
H Provide sufficient fluids for adequate hydration and

maintenance of renal function.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report abnormal serum electrolyte levels imme-

diately.
H Watch patients receiving a cardiac glycoside and

calcium gluconate simultaneously because calcium


excess enhances the cardiac glycoside.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Magnesium levels
H Electrolyte levels
H Intake and output
H Cardiac rhythm
H Neuromuscular system
H Level of consciousness
H Respiratory status

Hypermagnesemia

401

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 402

Hypernatremia

Incidence

Overview

H Affects males and females equally

H Occurs in about 1% of hospitalized patients (usually

elderly patients)

Description
H Excessive serum levels of the sodium cation relative

to body water

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics
H Pulmonary edema
H Circulatory disorders
H Decreased level of consciousness (see Clinical

effects of hypernatremia)

H Sodium is the major cation (90%) in extracellular

Complications

fluid; potassium, the major cation in intracellular


fluid.
H During repolarization, the sodium-potassium pump
continually shifts sodium into the cells and potassium
out of the cells; during depolarization, it does the reverse.
H Sodium cation functions include maintaining tonicity
and concentration of extracellular fluid, acid-base
balance (reabsorption of sodium ion and excretion
of hydrogen ion), nerve conduction and neuromuscular function, glandular secretion, and water balance.
H Increased sodium causes high serum osmolality (increased solute concentrations in the body), which
stimulates the hypothalmus and intiates the sensation
of thirst.

H Seizures
H Coma
H Permanent neurologic damage

Causes
H Decreased water intake
H Excess adrenocortical hormones, as in Cushings syn-

drome
H Antidiuretic hormone deficiency (diabetes insipidus)
H Salt intoxication (less common), which may be pro-

duced by excessive table salt ingestion


H Excessive I.V. administration of sodium solutions
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hypernatremia)

Risk factors
H People unable to drink voluntarily

Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Restlessness, agitation
H Weakness
H Disorientation
H Lethargy

Physical findings
H Flushed skin
H Dry, swollen tongue
H Sticky mucous membranes
H Low-grade fever
H Twitching
H Hypertension, dyspnea (with hypervolemia)
H Orthostatic hypotension and oliguria (with hypo-

volemia)

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum sodium level is greater than 145 mEq/L.
H Urine sodium level is less than 40 mEq/24 hours,
with high serum osmolality.

Clinical effects of hypernatremia

Drugs causing hypernatremia


Ask the patient if hes taking any of these drugs that can
elevate his sodium level:
H antacids with sodium bicarbonate
H antibiotics such as ticarcillin disodium-clavulanate
potassium (Timentin)
H salt tablets
H sodium bicarbonate injections (such as those given
during cardiac arrest)
H I.V. sodium chloride preparations
H sodium polystyrene sulfonate (Kayexalate).

402

Hypernatremia

Dysfunction

Effects

Cardiovascular

Hypertension, tachycardia, pitting


edema, excessive weight gain

Cutaneous

Flushed skin; dry, sticky membranes

Gastrointestinal

Rough, dry tongue; intense thirst

Genitourinary

Oliguria

Neurologic

Fever, agitation, restlessness,


seizures

Respiratory

Dyspnea, respiratory arrest, death


(from dramatic rise in osmotic
pressure)

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 403

Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying cause
H Administration of sodium-free solutions (such as

dextrose in water) followed by infusion of halfnormal saline solution to prevent hyponatremia


H Discontinuation of drugs that promote sodium
retention
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain a normal sodium level
H maintain stable vital signs
H remain alert and oriented to his environment.

Nursing interventions
H Obtain a drug history to check for drugs that pro-

mote sodium retention.


H Assist with oral hygiene.
H Observe for signs of cerebral edema during fluid

replacement therapy.

Monitoring
H Serum sodium levels
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of sodium restriction
H low-sodium diet
H prescribed drugs
H signs and symptoms of hypernatremia
H avoiding over-the-counter medications that contain
sodium.

Hypernatremia

403

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 404

Hyperparathyroidism
Overview
Description
H Characterized by a greater than normal secretion of

parathyroid hormone (PTH)


H Classified as either primary or secondary

Pathophysiology
H In primary hyperparathyroidism, one or more of the

parathyroid glands enlarges, increasing PTH secretion and elevating serum calcium levels or an adenoma secretes PTH, unresponsive to negative feedback
of serum calcium.
H In secondary hyperparathyroidism, excessive compensatory production of PTH stems from a hypocalcemia-producing abnormality outside the parathyroid gland, which isnt responsive to PTH such as
decreased intestinal absorption of calcium or vitamin D.
H Increased PTH levels act directly on the bone and the
kidney tubules, resulting in an increase in extracellular calcium.
H Renal excretion and uptake into the soft tissues or
skeleton cant compensate for increased calcium.

Causes

H Adenoma
H Genetic disorders
H Multiple endocrine neoplasia
H Dietary vitamin D or calcium deficiency
H Decreased intestinal absorption of vitamin D or

calcium
H Chronic renal failure
H Osteomalacia
H Ingestion of drugs such as phenytoin
H Laxative ingestion
H Idiopathic

Incidence
H More common in females than in males
H Increased incidence in postmenopausal females
H Onset usually between ages 35 and 65

Common characteristics
H Bone pain and tenderness
H Renal calculi
H Abdominal distress
H Anxiety and depression

Complications
H Osteoporosis
H Subchondral fractures
H Traumatic synovitis
H Renal calculi and colic
H Renal insufficiency and failure
H Peptic ulcers
H Cholelithiasis
H Cardiac arrhythmias

404

Hyperparathyroidism

H Vascular damage
H Heart failure
H Muscle atrophy
H Depression

Assessment
History
H Recurring nephrolithiasis
H Polyuria
H Hematuria
H Chronic lower back pain
H Easy fracturing
H Osteoporosis
H Constant, severe epigastric pain that radiates to the

back
H Abdominal pain
H Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
H Constipation
H Polydipsia
H Muscle weakness, particularly in the legs
H Lethargy
H Personality disturbances
H Depression
H Overt psychosis
H Cataracts
H Anemia

Physical findings
H Muscle weakness and atrophy
H Psychomotor disturbances
H Stupor and, possibly, coma
H Skin necrosis
H Subcutaneous calcification

Test results
Laboratory
IN PRIMARY DISEASE
H Alkaline phosphatase level is increased.
H Osteocalcin level is increased.
H Tartrate-resistant acid phosphatase level is increased.
H Serum PTH level is increased.
H Serum phosphorus level is decreased.
H Urine and serum calcium and serum chloride levels

are increased.
H Creatinine levels may be increased.
H Basal acid secretion may be increased.
H Serum amylase may be increased.
IN SECONDARY DISEASE
H Serum calcium level is normal or slightly decreased.
H Serum phosphorus level is variable.
H Serum PTH level is increased.

Imaging
H X-rays show diffuse bone demineralization, bone
cysts, outer cortical bone absorption, and subperiosteal erosion of the phalanges and distal clavicles in
primary disease.
H X-ray spectrophotometry shows increased bone
turnover in primary disease.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 405

H Esophagography, thyroid scan, parathyroid thermog-

raphy, ultrasonography, thyroid angiography, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance
imaging may show location of parathyroid lesions.

Treatment
General
H In primary disease, treatment to decrease calcium

levels
H In renal failure, dialysis
H In secondary disease, treatment to correct underlying
cause of parathyroid hypertrophy
H Increased oral fluid intake
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
Primary disease
H Bisphosphonates
H Oral sodium or potassium phosphate
H Calcitonin
H Plicamycin, if primary disease is metastatic
Secondary disease
H Vitamin D therapy
H Aluminum hydroxide
H Glucocorticoids
Postoperatively
H I.V. magnesium and phosphate
H Sodium phosphate
H Supplemental calcium
H Vitamin D or calcitriol

Surgery
H With primary hyperparathyroidism, removal of ade-

noma or all but one-half of one gland

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current weight
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain balanced fluid volume status
H perform activities of daily living without excessive
fatigue
H express positive feelings about self.

H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

After parathyroidectomy
H Keep a tracheotomy tray and endotracheal tube setup
at the bedside.
H Maintain seizure precautions.
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Support the patients head and neck with sandbags.
H Have the patient ambulate as soon as possible.

ALERT
Watch for complaints of tingling in the hands and
around the mouth. If these symptoms dont subside
quickly, they may be prodromal signs of tetany, so
keep I.V. calcium gluconate or calcium chloride
available for emergency administration.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Serum calcium levels
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status

After parathyroidectomy
H Increased neuromuscular irritability
H Complications
H Neck edema
H Chvosteks sign
H Trousseaus sign

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H the signs and symptoms of tetany, respiratory distress, and renal dysfunction
H the need for periodic blood tests
H avoidance of calcium-containing antacids and thiazide diuretics
H the need to wear medical identification jewelry.

Nursing interventions
H Obtain baseline serum potassium, calcium, phos-

phate, and magnesium levels before treatment.


H Provide at least 3 qt (3 L) of fluid per day.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Schedule frequent rest periods.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Help the patient turn and reposition every 2 hours.
H Support affected extremities with pillows.
H Offer emotional support.

Hyperparathyroidism

405

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 406

Hyperphosphatemia

Common characteristics

Overview

Complications

Description
H Excessive serum levels of phosphate
H Reflects the kidneys inability to excrete excess phos-

phorus

Pathophysiology

H Usually remains asymptomatic


H May result in hypocalcemia with tetany and seizures

H Soft tissue calcifications


H Hypocalcemia
H Bone fractures

Assessment

H Phosphorus exists primarily in inorganic combina-

History

tion with calcium in teeth and bones.


H In extracellular fluid, the phosphate ion supports
several metabolic functions: utilization of B vitamins,
acid-base homeostasis, bone formation, nerve and
muscle activity, cell division, transmission of hereditary traits, and metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats.
H Renal tubular reabsorption of phosphate is inversely
regulated by calcium levels an increase in phosphorus causes a decrease in calcium. An imbalance
causes hypophosphatemia or hyperphosphatemia.

H Anorexia
H Decreased mental status
H Nausea and vomiting

Causes
H Hypocalcemia
H Hypervitaminosis D
H Hypoparathyroidism
H Renal failure
H Overuse of laxatives with phosphates or phosphate

enemas
H Certain drugs (see Drugs and supplements causing
hyperphosphatemia)
H Acid-base imbalance

Risk factors
H Muscle necrosis
H Infection
H Heat stroke
H Trauma
H Chemotherapy

Incidence
H Occurs most commonly in children, who tend to

consume more phosphorus-rich foods and beverages


than adults
H Greater incidence in children and adults with renal
insufficiency

Physical findings
H Hyperreflexia
H Hypocalcemic electrocardiogram changes
H Muscle weakness and cramps
H Papular eruptions
H Paresthesia
H Presence of Chvosteks or Trousseaus sign
H Abdominal spasm
H Tetany
H Visual impairment
H Conjunctivitis

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum phosphorus level is greater than 4.5 mg/dl.
H Serum calcium level is less than 8.9 mg/dl.
H Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels are increased.
Imaging
H X-ray studies may reveal skeletal changes caused by
osteodystrophy in chronic hyperphosphatemia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show changes characteristic of hypercalcemia.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis (if severe)
H Discontinuation of drugs associated with hyperphos-

phatemia

Drugs and supplements causing


hyperphosphatemia
These drugs may cause hyperphosphatemia:
H enemas such as Fleet enemas
H laxatives containing phosphorus or phosphate
H oral phosphorus supplements
H parenteral phosphorus supplements (sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate)
H vitamin D supplements.

406

Hyperphosphatemia

H Low-phosphorus diet
H Activity, as tolerated
H I.V. saline solution

Medications
H Aluminum
H Magnesium
H Calcium gel
H Phosphate-binding antacids

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 407

Foods high in phosphorus


These foods have a high phosphorus content:
H beans
H lentils
H bran
H milk
H cheese
H nuts
H chocolate
H peanut butter
H dark-colored sodas
H seeds
H ice cream
H yogurt.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate vital signs
H have a normal phosphorus level
H express understanding of condition and treatment
H maintain a low-phosphorus diet.

Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures.
H Be alert for signs of hypocalcemia.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Give phosphate-binding antacids with meals to in-

crease their effectiveness.


H Prepare the patient for dialysis, if appropriate.
H Assist with selecting a low-phosphorus diet.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Phosphorus and calcium levels
H Intake and output
H Renal studies

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications
H avoidance of preparations that contain phosphorus
H avoidance of high-phosphorus foods. (See Foods
high in phosphorus.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if

indicated.

Hyperphosphatemia

407

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 408

Hyperpituitarism
Overview
Description

H Glucose intolerance
H Diabetes mellitus
H Severe psychological stress

Assessment

H Chronic, progressive disease marked by hormonal

History

dysfunction and startling skeletal overgrowth


H Prognosis dependent on cause
H Life expectancy usually reduced
H Appears in two forms: acromegaly and gigantism
H Also referred to as growth hormone (GH) excess

H Gradual onset of acromegaly


H Relatively abrupt onset of gigantism
H Soft-tissue swelling
H Hypertrophy of the face and extremities
H Diaphoresis, oily skin
H Fatigue, sleep disturbances
H Weight gain
H Headaches, decreased vision
H Decreased libido, impotence
H Oligomenorrhea, infertility
H Joint pain
H Hypertrichosis
H Irritability, hostility, and other psychological distur-

Pathophysiology
H Progressive excessive secretion of pituitary GH

occurs.
H Acromegaly occurs after epiphyseal closure, causing

bone thickening and transverse growth and visceromegaly.


H Gigantism occurs before epiphyseal closure with excess GH, causing proportional overgrowth of all body
tissues.
H A large tumor may cause loss of other trophic hormones, such as thyroid-stimulating hormone,
luteinizing hormone, follicle-stimulating hormone,
and corticotropin, which may cause dysfunction of
target organs.

Causes
H GH-producing adenoma of the anterior pituitary

gland
H Excessive GH secretion
H Excessive GH-releasing hormone
H Possible genetic cause

Incidence
Acromegaly
H Occurs equally in males and females
H Usually occurs between ages 30 and 50
Gigantism
H Affects infants and children

Common characteristics
H Progressive enlargement of the face, hands and feet,

thorax, and soft tissue


H Coarsening of features
H Headache
H Menstrual disturbances

Complications
H Arthritis
H Carpal tunnel syndrome
H Osteoporosis
H Kyphosis
H Hypertension
H Arteriosclerosis
H Cardiomegaly and heart failure
H Blindness
H Severe neurologic disturbances

408

Hyperpituitarism

bances

Physical findings
H Enlarged jaw, thickened tongue
H Enlarged and weakened hands
H Coarsened facial features
H Oily or leathery skin
H Prominent supraorbital ridge
H Deep, hollow-sounding voice
H Cartilaginous and connective tissue overgrowth
H Skeletal abnormalities

Special populations
In infants, inspection reveals a highly arched
palate, muscular hypotonia, slanting eyes, and
exophthalmos.

Test results
Laboratory
H GH radioimmunoassay shows increased plasma GH
levels and levels of insulin-like growth factor I.
H Glucose suppression test fails to suppress the hormone level to below the accepted norm of 2 ng/ml.
Imaging
H Skull X-rays, computed tomography scan, or magnetic resonance imaging shows location of pituitary tumor.
H Bone X-rays show a thickening of the cranium and
long bones and osteoarthritis in the spine.

Treatment
General
H Treatment to curb overproduction of GH
H Pituitary radiation therapy

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 409

Medications
H Replacement of thyroid, cortisone, and gonadal hor-

mones postoperatively if entire pituitary removed


H GH synthesis inhibitor
H Long-acting analogue of somatostatin

Surgery
H Transsphenoidal hypophysectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

H avoidance of activities that increase ICP


H deep breathing through the mouth if nasal packing is

in place postoperatively
H hormone replacement therapy, if ordered
H the need to wear a medical identification bracelet
H follow-up examinations
H possible tumor recurrence.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for psychological counseling to help

deal with body image changes and sexual dysfunction, as needed.

The patient will:


H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express positive feelings about self
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM).

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide reassurance that mood changes result from

hormonal imbalances and can be reduced with treatment.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Perform or assist with ROM exercises.
H Evaluate muscle weakness.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Assist with early postoperative ambulation.

ALERT
Report large increases in urine output after
surgery, which may indicate diabetes insipidus.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Serum glucose levels
H Signs and symptoms of hyperglycemia

After surgery
H Signs and symptoms of increased intracranial pressure (ICP) and intracranial bleeding
H Respiratory status
H Surgical incisions and dressings
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Signs and symptoms of hormonal deficiency

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician

Hyperpituitarism

409

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 410

Hypersplenism
Overview
Description
H Exaggerated splenic activity and, possibly, spleno-

Assessment
History
H Frequent bacterial infection
H Frequent bruising
H Spontaneous hemorrhaging from the mucous mem-

branes and GI or genitourinary tract

megaly
H Results in peripheral blood cell deficiency as the
spleen traps and destroys peripheral blood cells
H May be primary or secondary

H Fever
H Weakness
H Palpitations
H Weight loss

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H The spleens normal filtering and phagocytic func-

H Ulcerations of the mouth, legs, and feet


H Bruising
H Splenomegaly
H Jaundice
H Pallor

tions accelerate indiscriminately, automatically removing antibody-coated, aging, and abnormal cells,
even though some cells may be functionally normal.
H The spleen may also temporarily sequester normal
platelets and red blood cells (RBCs), withholding
them from circulation. In this manner, the enlarged
spleen may trap as many as 90% of the bodys
platelets and up to 45% of its RBC mass.

Causes
H Idiopathic (see Causes of splenomegaly)
H An extrasplenic disorder, such as chronic malaria,

polycythemia vera, or rheumatoid arthritis

Incidence
H Affects all ages
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Anemia
H Leukopenia
H Thrombocytopenia
H Splenomegaly
H Easy bruising

Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level is decreased (as low as 4 g/dl).
H White blood cell count is decreased (less than
4,000/l).
H Platelet count is decreased (less than 125,000/l).
H Reticulocyte count is elevated (more than
75,000/l).
Imaging
H Ultrasound or splenic scan shows enlarged spleen or
possible underlying cause such as a tumor.
H A high spleen-liver ratio of radioactivity indicates
splenic destruction or sequestration.

Treatment
General

Complications

H Treatment of underlying disease (secondary)


H Limited activity
H Nothing by mouth if surgery indicated

H Bleeding
H Postsplenectomy infection and thromboembolic

Medications

disease

H Antibiotics if infection present


H Pneumococcal vaccine (after splenectomy)

Surgery
Causes of splenomegaly
Congestive

H Cirrhosis, thrombosis

Cystic or neoplastic

H Cysts, leukemia, lymphoma, myelofibrosis

Hyperplastic

H Hemolytic anemia, polycythemia

Infectious

H Acute (abscesses, subacute infective endocarditis),


chronic (tuberculosis, malaria, Feltys syndrome)

Infiltrative

H Gauchers disease, Niemann-Pick disease

410

Hypersplenism

H Splenectomy only in transfusion-dependent patients

refractory to medical therapy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
H maintain stable vital signs
H understand restrictions imposed by illness
H not show signs of bleeding.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 411

Nursing interventions
H If splenectomy is scheduled, administer preoperative

transfusions of blood or blood products (fresh


frozen plasma and platelets) to replace deficient
blood elements, as ordered.
H Treat symptoms or complications of any underlying
disorder.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of bleeding
H Complete blood cell count
H Signs of infection

After surgery
H Pain control
H Wound site

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of infection
H activity restrictions.

Hypersplenism

411

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 412

Hypertension
Overview
Description
H Intermittent or sustained elevation of diastolic or sys-

tolic blood pressure

Common characteristics
H Serial blood pressure measurements:

prehypertension: systolic blood pressure (SBP)


120 to 139 mm Hg or diastolic blood pressure
(DBP) 80 to 89 mm Hg
stage 1: SBP 140 to 159 mm Hg or DBP 90 to
99 mm Hg
stage 2: SBP 160 mm Hg or DBP 100 mm Hg

H Usually begins as benign disease, slowly progressing

Complications

to accelerated or malignant state


H Two major types: essential (also called primary or
idiopathic) hypertension and secondary hypertension, which results from renal disease or another
identifiable cause
H Malignant hypertension, a medical emergency: a severe, fulminant form commonly arising from both
types

H Cardiac disease
H Renal failure
H Blindness
H Stroke

Pathophysiology

H In many cases, no symptoms, and disorder revealed

Several theories
H Changes in arteriolar bed cause increased peripheral
vascular resistance.
H Abnormally increased tone in the sympathetic nervous system originating in the vasomotor system centers causes increased peripheral vascular resistance.
H Increased blood volume results from renal or hormonal dysfunction.
H Increase in arteriolar thickening caused by genetic
factors leads to increased peripheral vascular resistance.
H Abnormal renin release results in the formation of
angiotensin II, which constricts the arterioles and
increases blood volume.

Causes
H Unknown, in most cases
H 5% to 10% due to underlying condition, certain

medications, or illicit drugs

Risk factors
H Family history
H Blacks in the United States
H Stress
H Obesity
H High-sodium, high-saturated fat diet
H Use of tobacco
H Use of hormonal contraceptives
H Excess alcohol intake
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Aging

Incidence
H Affects about 33% of adults in the United States
H Essential hypertension: 90% to 95% of cases

412

Hypertension

Assessment
History
incidentally during evaluation for another disorder
or during a routine blood pressure screening program
H Symptoms that reflect the effect of hypertension on
the organ systems
H Awakening with a headache in the occipital region,
which subsides spontaneously after a few hours
H Dizziness, fatigue, confusion
H Palpitations, chest pain, dyspnea
H Epistaxis
H Hematuria
H Blurred vision

Physical findings
H Bounding pulse
H S4
H Peripheral edema in late stages
H Hemorrhages, exudates, and papilledema of the eye

in late stages if hypertensive retinopathy present


H Pulsating abdominal mass, suggesting an abdominal

aneurysm
H Elevated blood pressure on at least two consecutive

occasions after initial screenings


H Bruits over the abdominal aorta and femoral arteries

or the carotids

Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis may show protein, red blood cells, or
white blood cells, suggesting renal disease, or glucose, suggesting diabetes mellitus.
H Serum potassium levels less than 3.5 mEq/L may indicate adrenal dysfunction (primary hyperaldosteronism).
H Blood urea nitrogen levels normal or elevated to
more than 20 mg/dl and serum creatinine levels normal or elevated to more than 1.5 mg/dl suggest renal
disease.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 413

Imaging
H Excretory urography may reveal renal atrophy, indicating chronic renal disease; one kidney more than
5
8(1.6 cm) shorter than the other suggests unilateral renal disease.
H Chest X-rays may demonstrate cardiomegaly.
H Renal arteriography may show renal artery stenosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show left ventricular hypertrophy or ischemia.
H An oral captopril challenge may be done to test for
renovascular hypertension.
H Ophthalmoscopy reveals arteriovenous nicking and,
in hypertensive encephalopathy, edema.

Treatment
General
H Lifestyle modification, such as weight control, limit-

ing alcohol, regular exercise, and smoking cessation


H For a patient with secondary hypertension, correc-

tion of the underlying cause and control of hypertensive effects


H Low-saturated fat and low-sodium diet
H Adequate calcium, magnesium, and potassium in diet

Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide, hydrochlorothiazide,

and indapamide
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as atenolol and

metoprolol

H Help the patient identify risk factors and modify his

lifestyle, as appropriate.

Monitoring
H Vital signs, especially blood pressure
H Signs and symptoms of target end-organ damage
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Risk factor modification
H Adverse effects of antihypertensive agents

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to use a self-monitoring blood pressure cuff and
to record the reading in a journal for review by the
physician
H the importance of compliance with antihypertensive
therapy and establishing a daily routine for taking
prescribed drugs
H the need to report adverse effects of drugs
H the need to avoid high-sodium antacids and overthe-counter cold and sinus medications containing
harmful vasoconstrictors
H examining and modifying lifestyle, including diet
H the need for a routine exercise program, particularly
aerobic walking
H dietary restrictions
H the importance of follow-up care.

H Calcium channel blockers, such as felodipine and

Discharge planning

nisoldipine
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, such as
benazepril, captopril, and enalapril
H Alpha-blockers, such as doxazosine and prazosin
H Vasodilators, such as hydralazine and minoxidil
H Angiotensin-receptor blockers, such as olmesartan,
candesartan, and irbesartan
H Aldosterone antagonists, such as eplerenone and
spironolactone
H Combination alpha- and beta-blockers, such as
carvedilol and labetalol
H Alpha-receptor antagonist such as clonidine

H Refer the patient to stress-reduction therapies or

support groups, as needed.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H develop no arrhythmias
H express feelings of increased energy
H comply with the therapy regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage dietary changes, as appropriate.

Hypertension

413

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 414

Hyperthyroidism
Overview
Description
H An alteration in thyroid function in which thyroid

hormones (TH) exert greater than normal responses


H Management determined by cause
H Hyperthyroidism: a form of thyrotoxicosis in which

excess thyroid hormones are secreted by the thyroid


gland
H Thyrotoxicoses not associated with hyperthyroidism:
subacute thyroiditis, ectopic thyroid tissue, and ingestion of excessive TH
H Graves disease: also known as toxic diffuse goiter;
an autoimmune disease, the most common form of
hyperthyroidism
H Also known as thyrotoxicosis

Pathophysiology
H In Graves disease, thyroid-stimulating antibodies

bind to and stimulate the thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) receptors of the thyroid gland.
H The trigger for this autoimmune disease is unclear.
H Its associated with the production of autoantibodies
possibly caused by a defect in suppressor-T-lymphocyte function that allows the formation of these autoantibodies.

Causes
H Diseases that can cause hyperthyroidism:

Graves disease
Toxic multinodular goiter
Thyroid cancer
Increased TSH secretion
Genetic and immunologic factors
H Precipitating factors:
Excessive iodine intake
Stress
Surgery
Infection
Toxemia of pregnancy
Diabetic ketoacidosis

Incidence
H Graves disease: most common between ages 30 and

60; more common in females than in males


H Increased among monozygotic twins
H More common with family history of thyroid abnor-

malities
H Only 5% of hyperthyroid patients younger than age 15

Common characteristics
H Increased metabolic rate
H Heat intolerance
H Increased tissue sensitivity to sympathetic nervous

system stimulation
H Goiter (almost always present)
H Exophthalmos

414

Hyperthyroidism

Complications
H Arrhythmias
H Left ventricular hypertrophy
H Heart failure
H Muscle weakness and atrophy
H Paralysis
H Osteoporosis
H Vitiligo
H Skin hyperpigmentation
H Corneal ulcers
H Myasthenia gravis
H Impaired fertility
H Decreased libido
H Gynecomastia
H Thyrotoxic crisis or thyroid storm
H Hepatic or renal failure

Assessment
History
Graves disease
H Nervousness, tremor
H Heat intolerance
H Weight loss despite increased appetite
H Sweating
H Frequent bowel movements
H Palpitations
H Poor concentration
H Shaky handwriting
H Clumsiness
H Emotional instability and mood swings
H Thin, brittle nails
H Hair loss
H Nausea and vomiting
H Weakness and fatigue
H Oligomenorrhea or amenorrhea
H Fertility problems
H Diminished libido
H Diplopia

Physical findings
Graves disease
H Enlarged thyroid (goiter)
H Exophthalmos
H Tremor
H Smooth, warm, flushed skin
H Fine, soft hair
H Premature graying and increased hair loss
H Friable nails and onycholysis
H Pretibial myxedema
H Thickened skin
H Accentuated hair follicles
H Tachycardia at rest
H Full, bounding pulses
H Arrhythmias, especially atrial fibrillation
H Wide pulse pressure
H Possible systolic murmur
H Dyspnea
H Hepatomegaly
H Hyperactive bowel sounds

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 415

H Weakness, especially in proximal muscles, and

atrophy
H Possible generalized or localized paralysis
H Gynecomastia
H Increased tearing

Test results
Laboratory
H Radioimmunoassay shows increased serum triiodothyronine and thyroxine concentrations.
H Serum protein-bound iodine is increased.
H Serum cholesterol and total lipid levels are
decreased.
H TSH level is decreased.
Imaging
H Thyroid scan shows increased uptake of radioactive
iodine (131I).
H Ultrasonography shows subclinical ophthalmopathy.

Treatment
General
H Adequate caloric intake
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Treatment with 131I: a single oral dose; treatment of

choice for females past reproductive age or males


and females not planning to have children
H Thyroid hormone antagonists, such as methimazole
and propylthiouracil (PTU)
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as atenolol and
metoprolol
H Corticosteroids
H Sedatives, such as diazepam and lorazepam

Surgery
H Subtotal (partial) thyroidectomy
H Surgical decompression

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain normal cardiac output
H maintain balanced fluid status
H have normal bowel movements
H remain normothermic.

H Offer small, frequent meals.


H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Reassure the patient and his family that mood swings

and nervousness usually subside with treatment.


H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Help the patient identify and develop coping strate-

gies.
H Offer emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Avoid excessive palpation of the thyroid.

After thyroidectomy
H Change dressings and perform wound care, as ordered.
H Keep the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Support the patients head and neck with sandbags.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
H Intake and output
H Daily neck circumference
H Serum electrolyte results
H Hyperglycemia and glycosuria
H Electrocardiogram for arrhythmias and ST-segment

changes
H Complete blood count results
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure
H Frequency and characteristics of stools

After thyroidectomy
H Dressings
H Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage into the neck
H Surgical incision
H Dysphagia or hoarseness
H Signs and symptoms of hypocalcemia

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H the need for regular medical follow-up visits
H the need for lifelong thyroid hormone replacement
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry
H precautions with 131I therapy
H signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism and hyperthyroidism
H eye care for ophthalmopathy.

Nursing interventions
H Minimize physical and emotional stress.
H Balance rest and activity periods.
H Keep the patients room cool and quiet and the

lights dim.
H Encourage the patient to dress in loose-fitting, cotton

clothing.
H Consult a dietitian to ensure a nutritious diet with ad-

equate calories and fluids.

Hyperthyroidism

415

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 416

Hypocalcemia

H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Respiratory arrest

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Deficient serum levels of calcium

H Underlying cause
H Anxiety
H Irritability
H Seizures
H Muscle cramps
H Diarrhea

Pathophysiology
H Together with phosphorous, calcium is responsible

for the formation and structure of bones and teeth.


H Calcium helps maintain cell structure and function.
H It plays a role in cell membrane permeability and im-

pulse transmission.
H It affects the contraction of cardiac muscle, smooth

muscle, and skeletal muscle.


H It also participates in the blood-clotting process.
H Decreased calcium levels can result in multi-system
dysfunction.

Causes

Incidence
H Occurs equally in males and females
H Affects persons of all ages

Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypocalcemia.

Complications

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium levels are less than 8.5 mg/dl.
H Ionized calcium levels are less than 4.5 mg/dl.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows lengthened QT interval,
prolonged ST segment, and arrhythmias.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Diet high in calcium and vitamin D
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications

H Laryngeal spasm
H Seizures

H Oral calcium and vitamin D supplements


H Calcium gluconate I.V.

Clinical effects of hypocalcemia


Dysfunction

Effects

Cardiovascular

Arrhythmias, hypotension

Gastrointestinal

Increased GI motility, diarrhea

Musculoskeletal

Paresthesia, tetany or painful tonic


muscle spasms, facial spasms, abdominal cramps, muscle cramps,
spasmodic contractions

Neurologic

Anxiety, irritability, twitching around


mouth, laryngospasm, seizures,
Chvosteks sign, Trousseaus sign

416

H Twitching
H Carpopedal spasm
H Tetany
H Hypotension
H Confusion
H Positive Chvosteks and Trousseaus sign (see Elicit-

ing signs of hypocalcemia)

H Inadequate dietary intake of calcium and vitamin D


H Hypoparathyroidism
H Malabsorption or loss of calcium from the GI tract
H Severe infections or burns
H Overcorrection of acidosis
H Pancreatic insufficiency
H Renal failure
H Hypomagnesemia

Other

Physical findings

Blood-clotting abnormalities

Hypocalcemia

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures; institute seizure precau-

tions, if appropriate.
H Administer prescribed calcium replacement.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 417

Eliciting signs of hypocalcemia


When the patient complains of muscle spasms and paresthesia in his limbs, try eliciting Chvosteks and Trousseaus signs indications of tetany associated with calcium deficiency.
Follow the procedures described here, keeping in mind
the discomfort they typically cause. If you detect these
signs, notify the physician immediately. During these
tests, watch the patient for laryngospasm, monitor his
cardiac status, and have resuscitation equipment nearby.

Chvosteks sign
To elicit this sign, tap the patients facial nerve just in front
of the earlobe and below the zygomatic arch or between
the zygomatic arch and the corner of the mouth, as shown
below.

H Assess I.V. sites if administering calcium I.V. (infiltra-

tion causes sloughing).

Monitoring
H Cardiac rhythm
H Seizures
H Calcium levels

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper administration of calcium supplements
H the need to follow a high-calcium diet.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if

indicated.

A positive response (indicating latent tetany) ranges


from simple mouth-corner twitching to twitching of all facial muscles on the side tested. Simple twitching may be
normal in some patients. However, a more pronounced response usually confirms Chvosteks sign.

Trousseaus sign
In this test, occlude the brachial artery by inflating a blood
pressure cuff on the patients upper arm to a level between
diastolic and systolic blood pressure. Maintain this inflation for 3 minutes while observing the patient for carpal
spasm (shown below), which is Trousseaus sign.

Hypocalcemia

417

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 418

Hypochloremia
Overview
Description
H Deficient serum levels of the chloride anion

Pathophysiology
H Chloride accounts for two-thirds of all serum anions.
H Chloride is secreted by the stomachs mucosa as hy-

drochloric acid; it provides an acid medium that aids


digestion and activation of enzymes.
H It participates in maintaining acid-base and body water balances, influences the osmolality or tonicity of
extracellular fluid, plays a role in the exchange of
oxygen and carbon dioxide in red blood cells, and
helps activate salivary amylase (which, in turn, activates the digestive process).
H When serum chloride levels drop, levels of sodium,
potassium, calcium, and other electrolytes may be affected.
H When chloride levels decrease, bicarbonate levels
rise to compensate.

Causes
H Untreated diabetic ketoacidosis
H Addisons disease
H Chloride-deficient formula (for infants)
H Sodium-restricted diets
H Prolonged use of mercurial diuretics
H Administration of dextrose I.V. without electrolytes
H Prolonged diarrhea or diaphoresis
H Loss of hydrochloric acid in gastric secretions due to

vomiting, gastric suctioning, or gastric surgery


H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hypochloremia)

Risk factors
H Cystic fibrosis
H Pyloric obstruction
H Draining fistula
H Ileostomy
H Heart failure

Common characteristics

Complications
H Respiratory arrest
H Seizures
H Coma

Assessment
History
H Risk factors for low chloride levels
H Agitation
H Irritability

Physical findings
H Muscle weakness
H Twitching
H Tetany
H Shallow, depressed breathing
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes
H Muscle cramps
H Cardiac arrhythmias

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum chloride level is less than 98 mEq/L.
H Serum sodium level is less than 135 mEq/L.
H Supportive values in metabolic alkalosis, include:
serum pH greater than 7.45
serum carbon dioxide level greater than
32 mEq/L.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of underlying condition
H High-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated
H Treatment of associated metabolic acidosis or elec-

trolyte imbalances

Medications
H Normal saline I.V. solution
H Ammonium chloride
H Potassium chloride (for metabolic acidosis)

H Muscle weakness and twitching


H Muscle hypertonicity
H Tetany
H Shallow, depressed breathing (if metabolic alkalosis

occurs)

Drugs causing hypochloremia


These kinds of diuretics may cause hypochloremia:
H loop (such as furosemide)
H osmotic (such as mannitol)
H thiazide (such as hydrochlorothiazide).

418

Hypochloremia

Dietary sources of chloride


These foods provide chloride:
H fruits
H vegetables
H table salt
H salty foods
H processed meats
H canned vegetables.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 419

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H avoid complications.

Nursing interventions
H Offer foods high in chloride. (See Dietary sources of

chloride.)
H Provide environmental safety.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and drugs.

Monitoring
H Level of consciousness
H Muscle strength and movement
H Cardiac rhythm
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Serum electrolyte levels
H Respiratory status
H Signs of metabolic alkalosis

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms of electrolyte imbalance
H dietary supplements
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Hypochloremia

419

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 420

Life-threatening disorder

Incidence
H Affects up to 20% of hospitalized patients (significant

in only about 4% to 5% of these patients)

Hypokalemia

H Affects up to 14% of outpatients mildly


H Approximately 80% of patients who receive diuretics

Overview

H Males and females affected equally

become hypokalemic

Description
H Deficient serum levels of the potassium anion
H Normal range for a serum potassium level narrow

(3.5 to 5 mEq/L); a slight decrease can have a profound consequence

Pathophysiology
H Potassium facilitates contraction of both skeletal and

smooth muscles, including myocardial contraction.


H Potassium figures prominently in nerve impulse con-

duction, acid-base balance, enzyme action, and cell


membrane function.
H A slight deviation in serum levels can produce profound clinical consequences.
H Potassium imbalance can lead to muscle weakness
and flaccid paralysis due to an ionic imbalance in
neuromuscular tissue excitability.

Causes

Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypokalemia.

Complications
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Cardiac arrest
H Rhabdomyolysis

Assessment
History
H Muscle weakness
H Paresthesia
H Abdominal cramps
H Anorexia
H Nausea, vomiting
H Constipation
H Polyuria

H Excessive GI or urinary losses, such as vomiting,

Physical findings

gastric suction, diarrhea, dehydration, anorexia,


or chronic laxative abuse
H Trauma (injury, burns, or surgery)
H Chronic renal disease, with tubular potassium
wasting
H Certain drugs, especially potassium-wasting diuretics,
steroids, and certain sodium-containing antibiotics
(carbenicillin) (see Drugs causing hypokalemia)
H Acid-base imbalances
H Prolonged potassium-free I.V. therapy
H Hyperglycemia
H Cushings syndrome
H Primary hyperaldosteronism
H Excessive ingestion of licorice
H Severe serum magnesium deficiency
H Low-potassium diet

H Hyporeflexia
H Weak, irregular pulse
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Decreased bowel sounds

Clinical effects of hypokalemia


Dysfunction
Cardiovascular

Dizziness, hypotension, arrhythmias,


electrocardiogram changes (flattened T waves, elevated U waves,
decreased ST segments), cardiac
arrest (with levels < 2.5 mEq/L)

Gastrointestinal

Nausea, vomiting, anorexia, diarrhea,


abdominal distention, paralytic ileus
or decreased peristalsis

Genitourinary

Polyuria

Musculoskeletal

Muscle weakness and fatigue, leg


cramps

Neurologic

Malaise, irritability, confusion, mental depression, speech changes, decreased reflexes, respiratory paralysis

Drugs causing hypokalemia


These drugs can deplete potassium and cause hypokalemia:
H adrenergics, such as albuterol and epinephrine
H antibiotics, such as amphotericin B, carbenicillin, and
gentamicin
H cisplatin
H corticosteroids
H diuretics, such as furosemide and thiazide
H insulin
H laxatives (when used excessively).

420

Hypokalemia

Effects

Acid-base balance Metabolic alkalosis

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 421

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum potassium levels are less than 3.5 mEq/L.
H pH and bicarbonate levels are elevated.
H Serum glucose level is slightly elevated.
Diagnostic procedures
H Characteristic electrocardiography changes, such as
flattened T wave, depressed ST segment and U wave,
are present.

Treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H monitoring intake and output
H preventing future episodes of hypokalemia
H need for a high-potassium diet (see Dietary sources
of potassium)
H warning signs and symptoms to report to the physician.

General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H High-potassium diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Potassium chloride (I.V. or orally)

ALERT
A patient taking a diuretic may be switched to a
potassium-sparing diuretic to prevent excessive
urinary loss of potassium.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain a normal potassium level
H understand potential adverse effects of medications
H express an understanding of high-potassium foods.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Implement safety measures.
H Be alert for signs of hyperkalemia after treatment.
H Administer I.V. fluids.

Monitoring
H Serum potassium levels
H Cardiac rhythm
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status

ALERT
A patient taking a cardiac glycoside, especially if
hes also taking a diuretic, should be monitored
closely for hypokalemia, which can potentiate the
action of the cardiac glycoside and cause toxicity.

Dietary sources of potassium


These foods provide potassium:
H avocados
H molasses
H bananas
H oranges
H cantaloupe
H peaches
H citrus juices
H potatoes
H dried apricots
H prunes
H fresh fish and meat
H tomato or prune juice
H grapefruit
H tomatoes
H honeydew melons
H whole grains.

Hypokalemia

421

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 422

Life-threatening disorder

Hypomagnesemia
Overview
Description
H Deficient serum levels of the magnesium cation
H Relatively common imbalance

Pathophysiology
H Magnesium enhances neuromuscular integration and

stimulates parathyroid hormone secretion, thus regulating intracellular fluid calcium levels.
H Magnesium may also regulate skeletal muscles.
H It activates many enzymes for proper carbohydrate
and protein metabolism, aids in cell metabolism and
the transport of sodium and potassium across cell
membranes, and influences sodium, potassium, calcium, and protein levels.
H About one-third of magnesium taken into the body is
absorbed through the small intestine and is eventually excreted in the urine; the remaining unabsorbed
magnesium is excreted in the stool.
H Decreased serum levels of magnesium, primarily
lead to dysfunction of the central nervous system and
neuromuscular, GI, and cardiac systems.

H Hypoparathyroidism
H Hypercalcemia
H Excessive release of adrenocortical hormones
H Certain drugs (see Drugs causing hypomagne-

semia)

Risk factors
H Sepsis
H Serious burns
H Wounds requiring debridement

Incidence
H Occurs in 10% to 20% of hospitalized patients (50%

to 60% of patients in the intensive care unit)


H Occurs in 25% of outpatients with diabetes
H Occurs in 30% to 80% of alcoholics
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
See Clinical effects of hypomagnesemia.

Complications
H Laryngeal stridor
H Seizures
H Respiratory depression
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Cardiac arrest

Assessment

Causes

History

H Malabsorption syndrome
H Chronic diarrhea
H Postoperative complications after bowel resection
H Chronic alcoholism
H Prolonged diuretic therapy
H Nasogastric suctioning
H Administration of parenteral fluids without magne-

H Dysphagia
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Drowsiness
H Confusion
H Leg and foot cramps

sium salts
H Starvation or malnutrition
H Severe dehydration
H Diabetic acidosis
H Hyperaldosteronism

Physical findings
H Tachycardia
H Hypertension
H Muscle weakness, tremors, twitching
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes

Drugs causing hypomagnesemia


Monitor the patients magnesium level if hes taking any of
these drugs that can cause or contribute to hypomagnesemia:
H aminoglycoside antibiotic, such as amikacin, gentamicin, streptomycin, or tobramycin
H amphotericin B
H cisplatin
H cyclosporine
H insulin
H laxative
H loop or thiazide diuretic, such as bumetanide,
furosemide, and torsemide
H pentamidine isethionate.

422

Hypomagnesemia

Clinical effects of hypomagnesemia


Dysfunction

Effects

Cardiovascular

Arrhythmias, vasomotor changes


(vasodilation and hypotension) and,
occasionally, hypertension

Neurologic

Confusion, delusions, hallucinations,


seizures

Neuromuscular

Hyperirritability, tetany, leg and foot


cramps, Chvosteks sign (facial muscle spasms induced by tapping the
branches of the facial nerve)

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 423

H Chvosteks and Trousseaus signs


H Cardiac arrhythmia

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum magnesium levels are less than 1.5 mEq/L.
H Other electrolyte abnormalities, such as below-normal serum potassium or calcium level, are present.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows abnormalities, such as
prolonged QT interval and atrioventricular block.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed drugs
H avoidance of drugs that deplete magnesium, such as
diuretics and laxatives
H the need to adhere to a high-magnesium diet
H danger signs and when to report them.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous if appro-

Treatment

priate.

General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Dietary replacement of magnesium
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Magnesium oxide
H Magnesium sulfate (I.M. or I.V.)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain a normal magnesium level
H understand the causes of high magnesium levels.

Nursing interventions
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report abnormal serum electrolyte levels

immediately.

ALERT
A low magnesium level may increase the bodys retention of a cardiac glycoside. Be alert for signs of
digoxin toxicity if your patient is taking digoxin.
H Ensure patient safety.
H Reorient the patient as needed.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Magnesium levels
H Electrolyte levels
H Intake and output
H Cardiac rhythm
H Level of consciousness
H Respiratory status

Hypomagnesemia

423

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 424

Hyponatremia

H Trauma, surgery (wound drainage), or burns


H Adrenal gland insufficiency (Addisons disease) or

Overview

H Cirrhosis of the liver with ascites


H Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone

hypoaldosteronism

Description
H Deficient serum levels of the sodium cation in rela-

tion to body water

Pathophysiology

(SIADH), resulting from brain tumor, stroke, pulmonary disease, or neoplasm with ectopic antidiuretic hormone production
H Certain drugs, such as chlorpropamide and clofibrate (see Drugs causing hyponatremia)

H Sodium is the major cation (90%) in extracellular

Incidence

fluid; potassium, the major cation in intracellular


fluid.
H During repolarization, the sodium-potassium pump
continually shifts sodium into the cells and potassium
out of the cells; during depolarization, it does the reverse.
H Sodium cation functions include maintaining tonicity
and concentration of extracellular fluid, acid-base
balance (reabsorption of sodium ion and excretion
of hydrogen ion), nerve conduction and neuromuscular function, glandular secretion, and water balance.
H Sodium depletion causes dysfunction of multiple
organ systems.

H Occurs in about 1% of hospitalized patients (30% of

Causes
H Vomiting
H Suctioning
H Diarrhea
H Excessive perspiration or fever
H Use of potent diuretics
H Tap water enemas
H Excessive water intake
H Infusion of I.V. dextrose in water without other

solutes
H Malnutrition or starvation
H Low-sodium diet, usually in combination with one of

patients in intensive care unit)


H More common in the very young and very old
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Pulmonary edema
H Circulatory disorders
H Decreased level of consciousness (LOC) (see Clini-

cal effects of hyponatremia)

Complications
H Seizures
H Coma
H Permanent neurologic damage

Assessment
History
H Altered LOC
H Nausea
H Headache
H Muscle weakness
H Abdominal cramps

Physical findings
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Dry mucous membranes
H Poor skin turgor

the other causes

Drugs causing hyponatremia


Drugs can contribute to the development of hyponatremia
by potentiating the action of antidiuretic hormone, by
causing syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone,
or by inhibiting sodium reabsorption in the kidney (diuretics).

Anticonvulsants
H carbamazepine

H chlorpropamide
H tolbutamide (rarely)

Antineoplastics

Sedatives

H cyclophosphamide
H vincristine

Antipsychotics
H fluphenazine
H thioridazine
H thiothixene

424

Hyponatremia

Dysfunction

Effects

Cardiovascular

Hypotension; tachycardia; with


severe deficit, vasomotor collapse,
thready pulse

Gastrointestinal

Nausea, vomiting, abdominal


cramps

Genitourinary

Oliguria or anuria

Integumentary

Cold, clammy skin; decreasing skin


turgor

Neurologic

Anxiety, headaches, muscle twitching and weakness, seizures

Respiratory

Cyanosis with severe deficiency

Diuretics

H bumetanide
H ethacrynic acid
H furosemide
H thiazides

Antidiabetics

Clinical effects of hyponatremia

H barbiturates
H morphine

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 425

H Rapid, bounding pulse


H Muscle twitching

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum sodium level is less than than 135 mEq/L.
H Urine specific gravity is less than 1.010.
H Serum osmolality is less than 280 mOsm/kg (dilute
blood).
H Urine specific gravity is increased and urine sodium
level is elevated (0.20 mEq/L) in patients with
SIADH.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Restricted fluid intake
H High-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Oral sodium supplements
H Demeclocycline or lithium
H Administration of normal saline solution
H Hypertonic (3% or 5%) saline solutions (with serum

sodium levels less than 110 mEq/L)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain a normal sodium level
H maintain stable vital signs
H remain alert and oriented to his environment.

Nursing interventions
H Restrict fluid intake.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Provide a safe environment.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Serum sodium levels
H Urine specific gravity
H Intake and output
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H drug therapy and possible adverse effects
H dietary changes and fluid restrictions
H monitoring daily weight
H signs and symptoms to report to the physician.

Hyponatremia

425

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 426

Hypoparathyroidism
Overview
Description
H Deficiency in parathyroid hormone (PTH) secretion

by the parathyroid glands or the decreased action of


PTH in the periphery
H Because parathyroid glands primarily regulate calcium balance, neuromuscular symptoms range from
paresthesia to tetany
H May be acute or chronic
H Classified as idiopathic, acquired, or reversible

Pathophysiology
H PTH normally maintains serum calcium levels by in-

creasing bone resorption and by stimulating renal


conversion of vitamin D to its active form, which enhances GI absorption of calcium and bone resorption.
H PTH also maintains the inverse relationship between
serum calcium and phosphate levels by inhibiting
phosphate reabsorption in the renal tubules and enhancing calcium reabsorption.
H Abnormal PTH production in hypoparathyroidism
disrupts this delicate balance.

Causes
H Autoimmune genetic disorder
H Congenital absence or malformation of the parathy-

roid glands
H Accidental removal of or injury to one or more

parathyroid glands during surgery


H Ischemia or infarction of the parathyroid glands dur-

ing surgery
H Hemochromatosis
H Sarcoidosis
H Amyloidosis
H Tuberculosis
H Neoplasms
H Trauma
H Massive thyroid irradiation
H Hypomagnesemia-induced impairment of hormone

secretion
H Suppression of normal gland function due to hyper-

calcemia
H Delayed maturation of parathyroid function
H Abnormalities of the calcium-sensor receptor

Incidence

Common characteristics
H Muscle spasms
H Hyperreflexia
H Neuromuscular excitability

Complications
H Heart failure
H Cataracts
H Tetany
H Increased intracranial pressure
H Irreversible calcification of basal ganglia
H Bone deformities
H Laryngospasm, respiratory stridor, anoxia
H Vocal cord paralysis
H Seizures
H Death

Special populations
Hypoparathyroidism that develops during childhood results in malformed teeth.

Assessment
History
H Neck surgery or irradiation
H Malabsorption disorders
H Alcoholism
H Tingling in the fingertips, around the mouth and,

occasionally, in the feet


H Muscle tension and spasms
H Feeling like throat is constricted
H Dysphagia
H Difficulty walking and a tendency to fall
H Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain
H Constipation or diarrhea
H Personality changes
H Fatigue

Physical findings
H Brittle nails
H Dry skin
H Coarse hair, alopecia
H Transverse and longitudinal ridges in the fingernails
H Loss of eyelashes and fingernails
H Stained, cracked, and decayed teeth
H Tetany
H Positive Chvosteks and Trousseaus signs
H Increased deep tendon reflexes
H Irregular, slow or rapid pulse

H Idiopathic and reversible forms most common in

Test results

children
H Acquired form most common in older patients who
have undergone thyroid gland surgery

Laboratory
H Radioimmunoassay for PTH is decreased.
H Serum and urine calcium levels are decreased.
H Serum phosphate levels are increased.
H Urine creatinine levels are decreased.

426

Hypoparathyroidism

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 427

Imaging
H Computed tomography scan may show frontal lobe
and basal ganglia calcifications.
H X-rays may show increased bone density and bone
malformation.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows a prolonged QT interval.

Treatment
General
H To restore the calcium and associated mineral bal-

ance within the body

H Electrocardiogram for QT interval changes and

arrhythmias
H Signs and symptoms of decreased cardiac output
H Chvosteks sign
H Trousseaus sign

ALERT
Closely monitor the patient receiving digoxin and
calcium because calcium potentiates the effect of
digoxin. Stay alert for signs of digoxin toxicity.

Patient teaching

H Supportive care necessary for an acute, life-

threatening attack or hypoparathyroid tetany


H High-calcium, low-phosphorus diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Vitamin D
H Supplemental calcium
H Calcitriol

Acute, life-threatening tetany


H I.V. administration of 10% calcium gluconate, 10%
calcium glucepate, or 10% calcium chloride
H Sedatives
H Anticonvulsants

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H follow-up care
H complications
H periodic checks of serum calcium levels.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an alcoholism treatment program

for additional counseling, if necessary.

Surgery
H To treat underlying cause such as tumor

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain intact skin integrity
H verbalize an understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Maintain a patent I.V. line.
H Keep emergency equipment readily available.
H Maintain seizure precautions.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Serum calcium and phosphorus levels

Hypoparathyroidism

427

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 428

Hypophosphatemia
Overview
Description
H Deficient serum phosphate levels

Pathophysiology
H Phosphorus exists primarily in inorganic combina-

tion with calcium in teeth and bones.


H In extracellular fluid, the phosphate ion supports

several metabolic functions: utilization of B vitamins,


acid-base homeostasis, bone formation, nerve and
muscle activity, cell division, transmission of hereditary traits, and metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats.
H Renal tubular reabsorption of phosphate is inversely
regulated by calcium levels an increase in phosphorus causes a decrease in calcium. An imbalance
causes hypophosphatemia or hyperphosphatemia.

Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake
H Commonly related to malnutrition resulting from a

prolonged catabolic state or chronic alcoholism


H Intestinal malabsorption
H Chronic diarrhea
H Hyperparathyroidism with resultant hypercalcemia
H Hypomagnesemia
H Vitamin D deficiency
H Chronic use of antacids containing aluminum hy-

droxide

H Arrhythmias
H Rhabdomyolysis
H Seizures
H Coma

Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Memory loss
H Muscle and bone pain
H Fractures
H Chest pain

Physical findings
H Tremor and weakness in speaking voice
H Confusion
H Bruising and bleeding

Test results
H Serum phosphorus levels are less than 2.5 mg/dl.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of the underlying cause
H Discontinuation of drugs that may cause hypophos-

phatemia (see Drugs that may cause hypophosphatemia)


H High-phosphorus diet
H Activity, as tolerated

H Use of parenteral nutrition solution with inadequate

Medications

phosphate content
H Renal tubular defects
H Tissue damage in which phosphorus is released by
injured cells
H Diabetic acidosis

H Phosphate salt tablets or capsules


H Potassium phosphate I.V.

Incidence

Key outcomes

H Varies according to the underlying cause


H Occurs in about 1% to 5% of hospitalized patients
H Patients with alcoholism, diabetic ketoacidosis, or

The patient will:


H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate vital signs
H maintain a normal phosphorus level.

sepsis: 40% to 80% incidence

Nursing considerations

H More than 50% of renal transplant patients experi-

encing low phosphate levels; many chronically

Common characteristics
H Anorexia
H Muscle weakness
H Tremor
H Paresthesia
H Osteomalacia (when persistent)
H Peripheral hypoxia

Complications
H Heart failure
H Shock

428

Hypophosphatemia

Drugs that may cause hypophosphatemia


The following drugs may cause hypophosphatemia:
H acetazolamide, thiazide diuretics (chlorothiazide and
hydrochlorothiazide), loop diuretics (bumetanide and
furosemide), and other diuretics
H antacids, such as aluminum carbonate, aluminum hydroxide, calcium carbonate, and magnesium oxide
H insulin
H laxatives.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 429

Nursing interventions
H Provide safety measures.
H Administer prescribed phosphorus replacement.
H Assist with ambulation and activities of daily living.

Monitoring
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status
H Phosphorus and calcium levels
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper administration of phosphorus supplements
H the need to adhere to a high-phosphorus diet. (See
Foods high in phosphorus, page 407.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and social services, if

indicated.

Hypophosphatemia

429

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 430

Hypopituitarism
Overview
Description
H Partial or complete failure of the anterior pituitary

gland to produce its vital hormones: corticotropin,


thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH),
growth hormone (GH), and prolactin
H May be primary or secondary, resulting from dysfunction of the hypothalamus
H Development of clinical features typically slow and
not apparent until 75% of the pituitary gland is destroyed
H Total loss of all hormones fatal without treatment
H Prognosis good with adequate replacement therapy
and correction of the underlying causes
H Panhypopituitarism: absence of all hormones

Pathophysiology
H The pituitary gland is extremely vulnerable to is-

chemia and infarction because its highly vascular.


H Any event that leads to circulatory collapse and com-

pensatory vasospasm may result in gland ischemia,


tissue necrosis, or edema.
H Expansion of the pituitary within the fixed compartment of the sella turcica further impedes blood supply to the pituitary.

Causes
H Tumor
H Congenital defects
H Pituitary gland hypoplasia or aplasia
H Pituitary infarction
H Partial or total hypophysectomy by surgery, irradia-

tion, or chemical agents


H Granulomatous disease
H Deficiency of hypothalamus releasing hormones
H Idiopathic
H Infection
H Trauma

Incidence
H Relatively rare
H Occurs in adults and children
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Metabolic dysfunction
H Sexual immaturity
H Growth retardation
H Fatigue

Complications
H Any combination of deficits in the production of the

six major hormones


H GH deficiency
H TSH deficiency

430

Hypopituitarism

H Corticotropin deficiency
H Gonadotropin and prolactin deficiency
H Pituitary apoplexy (a medical emergency)
H High fever, shock, coma, and death
H Diabetes insipidus

Special populations
In children, hypopituitarism can cause dwarfism
and pubertal delay.

Assessment
History
H Signs and symptoms dependent on which pituitary

hormones are deficient, patients age, and severity of


disorder
Gonadotropin (FSH and LH) deficiency
in females
H Amenorrhea
H Dyspareunia
H Infertility
H Reduced libido
Gonadotropin (FSH and LH) deficiency in
males
H Impotence
H Reduced libido
TSH deficiency
H Cold intolerance
H Constipation
H Menstrual irregularity
H Lethargy
H Severe growth retardation in children despite treatment
Corticotropin deficiency
H Fatigue
H Nausea, vomiting, anorexia
H Weight loss
Prolactin deficiency
H Absent postpartum lactation
H Amenorrhea

Physical findings
GH deficiency
H Physical signs possibly not apparent in neonate
H Growth retardation usually apparent at age 6 months
In children:
H Chubbiness from fat deposits in the lower trunk
H Short stature
H Delayed secondary tooth eruption
H Delayed puberty
H Average height of 4 (1.2 m), with normal proportions
H More subtle signs in adults (fine wrinkles near the
mouth and eyes)
Gonadotropin (FSH and LH) deficiency
in women
H Breast atrophy
H Sparse or absent axillary and pubic hair
H Dry skin

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 431

Gonadotropin (FSH and LH) deficiency in men


H Decreased muscle strength
H Testicular softening and shrinkage
H Retarded secondary sexual hair growth
TSH deficiency
H Dry, pale, puffy skin
H Slow thought processes
H Bradycardia
Corticotropin deficiency
H Depigmentation of skin and nipples
H Hypothermia and hypotension during periods of
stress
Prolactin deficiency
H Sparse or absent growth of pubic and axillary hair
Panhypopituitarism
H Mental abnormalities, including lethargy and psychosis
H Physical abnormalities, including orthostatic hypotension and bradycardia

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum thyroxin levels are decreased in diminished
thyroid gland function due to lack of TSH.
H Radioimmunoassay shows decreased plasma levels of
some or all of the pituitary hormones.
H Increased prolactin levels may indicate a lesion in
the hypothalamus or pituitary stalk.
H Oral administration of metyrapone may show the
source of low hydroxycorticosteroid levels in serum
or urine.
H Insulin administration shows low levels of corticotropin, indicating pituitary or hypothalamic failure.
H Dopamine antagonist administration evaluates prolactin secretory reserve.
H I.V. administration of gonadotropin-releasing hormone may distinguish pituitary and hypothalamic
causes of gonadotropin deficiency.
H Provocative testing shows persistently low GH and
insulin-like growth factor-1 levels, confirming GH
deficiency.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scans, magnetic resonance
imaging, or cerebral angiography may show the presence of intrasellar or extrasellar tumors.

Treatment
General
H If caused by a lesion or tumor, removal, radiation, or

both, followed by possible lifelong hormone replacement therapy


H Endocrine substitution therapy for affected organs
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Regular exercise program
H Rest periods for fatigue

Special populations
Children with hypopituitarism may also need
adrenal and thyroid hormone replacement and, as
they approach puberty, sex hormones.

Surgery
H For pituitary tumor

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain body weight
H maintain normal body temperature
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behavior to
the extent possible
H verbalize feelings of positive self-esteem.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage maintenance of adequate calorie intake.
H Offer small, frequent meals.
H Keep the patient warm.
H Institute safety precautions.
H Provide emotional support.
H Encourage the patient to express his feelings.

Monitoring
H Laboratory tests for hormonal deficiencies
H Calorie intake
H Daily weight
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Signs and symptoms of pituitary apoplexy, a medical

emergency
H Signs and symptoms of hypoglycemia

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H long-term hormonal replacement therapy and adverse reactions
H when to notify the physician
H regular follow-up appointments
H energy-conservation techniques
H the need for adequate rest
H the need for a balanced diet.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents for psychological counseling or to

community resources.

Medications
H Hormone replacement, appropriate to deficiency

Hypopituitarism

431

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 432

Hypothermia
Overview
Description
H Lowering of the core body temperature to below

95 F (35 C)
H Systemic reaction, rather than localized
H Produces chemical changes in body
H Can be fatal

Pathophysiology

H Low core body temperature


H Rigid muscles
H Irregular heart and respiratory rates
H Unconsciousness

Complications
H Fatal coagulation disorders
H Renal failure
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Cardiorespiratory arrest

Assessment

H Exposure to cold temperatures slows the actions of

History

enzymes throughout body.


H The body attempts to generate heat by inducing shivering (involuntary contraction and expansion of
muscle tissue).
H Muscle action creates heat through friction.
H Body is unable to generate sufficient heat.
H Metabolic changes slow the functions of most major
organ systems, including decreased renal flow and
glomerular filtration.

H One or more risk factors


H Exposure to cold temperatures

Causes
H Interference with the bodys temperature regulation

by alterations in heat production, conduction, convection, radiation, evaporation, or respiration


H Examples:
Cold-water near drowning
Prolonged exposure to cold temperatures
Administration of blood products
Disease processes

Risk factors
H Youth
H Increased age
H Lack of insulating subcutaneous body fat
H Wet or inadequate clothing
H Drug abuse
H Cardiac disease
H Hypothyroidism
H Fatigue
H Malnutrition
H Excessive alcohol intake
H Smoking
H Certain medications

Incidence
H About 600 elderly people in the United States dying

each year from hypothermia


H One study shows about 12,000 people dying during

one 15-year period; about 50% of these deaths were


in people older than age 65; males were affected
more than females; and whites were affected less frequently than people of other races

Common characteristics
H Change in mental status
H Uncontrollable shivering

432

Hypothermia

Physical findings
H Mild core body temperature between 90 and

95 F (32.2 and 35 C)
Cool skin
Fatigue
Slow gait
Apathy
Slurred speech
Confusion
Shivering
Muscle weakness
H Moderate core body temperature between 82
and 86 F (27.8 and 30 C)
Cold skin
Cyanosis
Bradycardia
Atrial and ventricular arrhythmias
Hypotension
Stupor or coma
Muscular rigidity
Generalized edema
Slowed reflexes
Poorly reactive pupils
Oliguria
H Severe core body temperature below 82 F
(27.8 C)
Very cold skin
Muscle rigidity
Apnea
Ventricular fibrillation
Unresponsiveness
Fixed pupils

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may indicate hemoconcentration or anemia from blood loss or cell damage.
H Liver enzyme studies may be increased due to organ
damage.

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 433

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H ways to prevent recurrence
H effects of alcohol, smoking, and drugs that increase
risks
H diseases that may predispose patient to recurrence.

H Protecting the patient from further heat loss


H Insulation to conserve body heat
H Dry clothing if necessary
H Passive rewarming

No external methods used


Body regains heat slowly
H Active rewarming
Heating blankets and other objects
Warm-water immersion
Radiant heat
H Active core rewarming
Heated I.V. fluids
Genitourinary tract irrigation
Peritoneal, gastric, and mediastinal lavage
Hemodialysis
H Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) and defibrillation, if necessary
H Oxygen and controlled ventilation

Medications
H Antiarrhythmic agents such as lidocaine, if indicated

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show signs of adequate cardiac output
H express feelings of comfort and warmth
H verbalize an understanding of the condition and how
to prevent recurrence
H attain and maintain normal body temperature
H maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Administer CPR if necessary.
H Assist with rewarming procedures, as ordered.
H Administer medications, as ordered.
H Provide supportive environment for anxious patient

and family.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Temperature
H Cardiac and ventilatory status
H Neurologic status
H Intake and output
H Skin integrity during rewarming due to possible

burns
H Complete blood count
H Coagulation and liver enzyme study results
H Urinalysis test results
H Serum amylase, glucose, electrolyte, and blood urea

nitrogen levels
H Arterial blood gas levels

Hypothermia

433

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 434

Hypothyroidism

H Cardiomegaly
H Heart failure
H Pleural and pericardial effusion

Overview

GI complications
H Achlorhydria
H Anemia
H Dynamic colon
H Megacolon
H Intestinal obstruction
H Bleeding tendencies
Other complications
H Conductive or sensorineural deafness
H Psychiatric disturbances
H Carpal tunnel syndrome
H Benign intracranial hypertension
H Impaired fertility
H Myxedema coma

Description
H Clinical condition characterized by either decreased

circulating levels of or resistance to free thyroid hormone (TH)


H Classified as primary or secondary
H Severe hypothyroidism known as myxedema

Pathophysiology
H In primary hypothyroidism, a decrease in TH pro-

duction is a result of the loss of thyroid tissue.


H This results in an increased secretion of thyroid-

stimulating hormone (TSH) that leads to a goiter.


H In secondary hypothyroidism, the pituitary typically

fails to synthesize or secrete adequate amounts of


TSH, or target tissues fail to respond to normal blood
levels of TH.
H Either type may progress to myxedema, which is clinically more severe and considered a medical emergency.

Causes
H Autoimmune thyroiditis (Hashimotos) (most com-

mon cause)
H Thyroid gland surgery
H Radioactive iodine therapy
H Inflammatory conditions
H Endemic iodine deficiency
H Antithyroid drugs
H Congenital defects
H Amyloidosis
H Sarcoidosis
H External radiation to the neck
H Drugs, such as iodides and lithium
H Pituitary failure to produce TSH
H Hypothalamic failure to produce thyrotropin-

releasing hormone
H Postpartum pituitary necrosis
H Pituitary tumor
H Idiopathic

Incidence
H Most prevalent in females
H In the United States, increased incidence in people

older than age 40

Common characteristics
H Decreased energy metabolism
H Decreased heat production

Complications
Cardiovascular complications
H Hypercholesterolemia
H Arteriosclerosis
H Ischemic heart disease
H Peripheral vascular disease
434

Hypothyroidism

Assessment
History
H Vague and varied symptoms that developed slowly

over time
H Energy loss, fatigue
H Forgetfulness
H Sensitivity to cold
H Unexplained weight gain
H Constipation
H Anorexia
H Decreased libido
H Menorrhagia
H Paresthesia
H Joint stiffness
H Muscle cramping

Physical findings
H Slight mental slowing to severe obtundation
H Thick, dry tongue
H Hoarseness; slow, slurred speech
H Dry, flaky, inelastic skin
H Puffy face, hands, and feet
H Periorbital edema; drooping upper eyelids
H Dry, sparse hair with patchy hair loss
H Loss of outer third of eyebrow
H Thick, brittle nails with transverse and longitudinal

grooves
H Ataxia, intention tremor; nystagmus
H Doughy skin that feels cool
H Weak pulse and bradycardia
H Muscle weakness
H Sacral or peripheral edema
H Delayed reflex relaxation time
H Possible goiter
H Absent or decreased bowel sounds
H Hypotension
H A gallop or distant heart sounds
H Adventitious breath sounds
H Abdominal distention or ascites

9400H.qxd

8/2/12

4:35 PM

Page 435

Test results
Laboratory
H Radioimmunoassay shows decreased serum levels of
T3 and T4.
H Serum TSH level is increased with thyroid insufficiency and decreased with hypothalamic or pituitary
insufficiency.
H Serum cholesterol, alkaline phosphatase, and triglycerides levels are elevated.
H Serum electrolytes show low serum sodium levels in
myxedema coma.
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows decreased pH and
increased partial pressure of carbon dioxide in
myxedema coma.
Imaging
H Skull X-rays, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging may show pituitary or hypothalamic lesions.
H Thyroid scan and uptake evaluates structure and
function.

Treatment
General
H To restore and maintain a normal thyroid state
H Need for long-term thyroid replacement
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol, high-fiber, low-sodium diet
H Possibly fluid restriction
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Synthetic hormone levothyroxine
H Synthetic liothyronine

Surgery

H Encourage the patient to express his feelings.


H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Cardiovascular status
H Pulmonary status
H Edema
H Bowel sounds, abdominal distention, frequency of

bowel movements
H Mental and neurologic status
H Signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H physical and mental changes
H signs and symptoms of myxedema
H the need for lifelong hormone replacement therapy
H the need to wear a medical identification bracelet
H the importance of keeping accurate records of daily
weight
H the need to adhere to a well-balanced, high-fiber,
low-sodium diet
H energy-conservation techniques.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family members to a mental

health professional for additional counseling, if


needed.

H For underlying cause such as pituitary tumor

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain stable vital signs
H demonstrate normal laboratory values
H maintain balanced fluid volume status
H consume adequate daily calorie requirements
H express positive feelings about self.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
H Apply antiembolism stockings.
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Maintain fluid restrictions and a low-sodium diet.
H Provide a high-bulk, low-calorie diet.
H Reorient the patient, as needed.
H Offer support and encouragement.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Keep the patient warm, as needed.

Hypothyroidism

435

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 436

Idiopathic
thrombocytopenic
purpura
Overview
Description
H A deficiency of platelets occurring when the immune

system destroys the bodys own platelets


H May be acute, as in postviral thrombocytopenia, or

chronic, as in essential thrombocytopenia or autoimmune thrombocytopenia


H Excellent prognosis for acute form; recovery in nearly four of five patients without treatment
H Good prognosis for chronic form; remissions commonly lasting weeks or years, especially among females

Pathophysiology
H Circulating immunoglobulin (Ig) G molecules react

with host platelets, which are then destroyed in the


spleen and, to a lesser degree, in the liver.
H Normally, the life span of platelets in circulation is 7
to 10 days. In idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura
(ITP), platelets survive 1 to 3 days or less.

Causes
H Viral infection
H Immunization with a live virus vaccine
H Immunologic disorders
H Drug reactions

Incidence
Special populations
Acute ITP usually affects children between ages 2
and 6; chronic ITP mainly affects adults younger
than age 50, especially women between ages 20
and 40.

Common characteristics
H Epistaxis
H Bleeding gums
H Hemorrhages into the skin, mucous membranes, and

other tissues causing red discoloration of skin (purpura)


H Small, purplish hemorrhagic spots on skin (petechiae)
H Excessive menstrual bleeding

Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Cerebral hemorrhage
H Purpuric lesions of vital organs (such as the brain

and kidney)

436

Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura

Assessment
History
H Epistaxis
H Bleeding gums
H Menorrhagia
H Recent viral illness

Physical findings
H Petechiae or ecchymosis
H Bleeding into mucous membranes
H Splenomegaly

Test results
Laboratory
H Platelet count is less than 20,000/l.
H Bleeding time is prolonged.
H Platelets are of abnormal size and appearance.
H Hemoglobin level is decreased (if bleeding occurred).
H Bone marrow studies show abundant megakaryocytes (platelet precursor cells) and a circulating
platelet survival time of only several hours to a few
days.
H Humoral tests measure platelet-associated IgG (onehalf of all patients with ITP display elevated IgG
levels).

Treatment
General
H Rest periods between activities
H Complete bed rest during active bleeding
H Well-balanced diet

Medications
Acute
H Glucocorticoids to prevent further platelet destruction by immunosuppression
H IgG or Rho immunoglobulin
H Rituximab
H Chemotherapy
Chronic
H Vitamin K
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone

Surgery
H Splenectomy (when splenomegaly accompanies the

initial thrombocytopenia)

Other
H Platelet transfusion with profuse bleeding

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 437

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H demonstrate the use of protective measures, including conserving energy, maintaining a balanced diet,
and getting plenty of rest
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H express positive feelings about self.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed platelets.
H Provide emotional support.
H Protect all areas of petechia and ecchymoses from

further injury.

Monitoring
H Signs of bleeding
H Platelet count
H Intake and output
H Vital signs

When receiving immunosuppressants


H Bone marrow depression
H Infection
H Mucositis
H GI ulcers
H Severe diarrhea or vomiting

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to observe for petechiae, ecchymoses, and other
signs of recurrence
H avoiding aspirin and ibuprofen
H avoiding straining during defecation and coughing
H bleeding precautions.

Discharge planning
H Advise the patient to carry medical identification to

alert others about the condition.

Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura

437

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 438

Impetigo
Overview
Description
H Contagious, superficial bacterial skin infection
H Nonbullous and bullous forms
H May complicate chickenpox, eczema, and other skin

disorders marked by open lesions


H Most commonly appears on face, arms, and legs

Pathophysiology
Nonbullous impetigo
H Eruption occurs when bacteria inoculate traumatized
skin cells.
H Lesions begin as small vesicles, which rapidly erode.
H Honey-colored crusts surrounded by erythema are
formed.
Bullous impetigo
H Eruption occurs in nontraumatized skin via bacterial
toxin or exotoxin.
H Lesions begin as thin-walled bullae and vesicles.
H Lesions contain clear to turbid yellow fluid; some
crusting exists. (See Recognizing impetigo.)

Risk factors
H Poor hygiene
H Untreated minor trauma
H Overcrowded living conditions
H Lesions of preexisting eczema, chickenpox, scabies
H Other skin rashes
H Anemia
H Malnutrition

Incidence
H Most common among infants, children, and young

adults
H More common in warm ambient temperatures
H Predominant during late summer and early fall

Common characteristics
H Painlessness
H Tender, red macule or papule
H Pustules

Complications
H Acute glomerulonephritis
H Ecthyma (see Comparing ecthyma and impetigo)
H Exfoliative eruption (staphylococcal scalded-skin

syndrome)

Causes

Assessment

H Bacterial infection
H Spread by autoinoculation through scratching

History

Recognizing impetigo
In impetigo, when the vesicles break, crust forms from the
exudate. This infection is especially contagious among
young children.

H Presence of risk factors


H Absence of pain
H Possible pruritus

Physical findings
Nonbullous impetigo
H Small, red macule or vesicle becoming pustular within a few hours
H Characteristic thick, honey-colored crust forming
from the exudate
H Satellite lesions due to autoinoculation
Bullous impetigo
H Thin-walled vesicle
H Thin, clear crust forming from exudate
H Lesion appearing as a central clearing circumscribed
by an outer rim

Test results
Laboratory
H Gram stain of vesicular fluid shows infecting
organism.
H Culture and sensitivity testing of exudate or denuded
crust shows infecting organism.
H White blood cell count is elevated.

438

Impetigo

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 439

Treatment
General
H Removal of exudate by washing lesions two to three

times per day with soap and water


H Warm soaks or compresses of normal saline solution

or a diluted soap solution for stubborn crusts


H Prevention with use of benzoyl peroxide soap

Medications
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Antihistamines

Nursing considerations

Comparing ecthyma and impetigo


Ecthyma is a superficial skin infection that usually causes
scarring. It generally results from infection by group A
beta-hemolytic streptococci.
Ecthyma differs from impetigo in that its characteristic
ulcer results from deeper penetration of the skin by the infecting organism (involving the lower epidermis and dermis), and the overlying crust tends to be raised (38 to
114) [1 to 3 cm]).
These lesions are usually found on the legs after a
scratch or an insect bite. Autoinoculation can transmit ecthyma to other parts of the body, especially to sites that
have been scratched open.
Therapy for ecthyma is basically the same as for impetigo, beginning with removal of the crust, but the patients response may be slower. Parenteral antibiotics are
also used.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
H report feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate proper skin care regimen
H verbalize feelings about changed body image.

Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to schedule follow-up appoint-

ments as recommended by his physician.

Nursing interventions
H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Remove crusts by gently washing with bactericidal

soap and water.


H Soften stubborn crusts with cool compresses.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings about body

image.
H Comply with local public health standards and

guidelines.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug reactions
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention techniques (see Preventing the spread of
impetigo)
H trimming fingernails short
H regular bathing with bactericidal soap
H identification of characteristic lesions
H completion of prescribed medications
H possible adverse reactions
H lesion care.

Prevention

Preventing the spread of impetigo


The spread of impetigo can be prevented by following
these guidelines:
H Practice meticulous hand-washing techniques after
touching linens.
H Use a clean towel and washcloth with each bath if
impetigo is present.
H Avoid sharing clothes and linens.
H Avoid sharing razors, towels, and washcloths.
H Clean all minor cuts and scrapes with soap and water.

Impetigo

439

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 440

Infectious
mononucleosis

Assessment
History
H Contact with a person having infectious mononu-

Overview
Description
H An acute infectious disease that causes fever, sore

throat, and cervical lymphadenopathy

Pathophysiology
H Virus enters and replicates in epithelial cells of the

oropharynx and B cells of tonsillar tissue, causing alteration of shape and function of the infected cells.
H Infected B cells activate cell-mediated immunity with
proliferation of abnormal cytotoxic T cells in lymphoid tissues.
H Lymphoproliferation stops when cytotoxic T cells are
able to destroy infected B cells.

Causes

cleosis
H Headache
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Sore throat
H Fever
H Loss of appetite
H Muscle aches or stiffness

Physical findings
H Exudative tonsillitis, pharyngitis
H Palatal petechiae
H Periorbital edema
H Maculopapular rash that resembles rubella
H Cervical adenopathy; possible inguinal and axillary

adenopathy
H Splenomegaly, hepatomegaly, jaundice

H Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), a member of the herpes

Test results

group
H Spread by contact with oral secretions (kissing)
H Also transmitted during bone marrow transplantation
and blood transfusion

Laboratory
H White blood cell (WBC) count is increased 10,000 to
20,000/l during the second and third weeks of illness; lymphocytes and monocytes account for 50% to
70% of the total WBC count; 10% of the lymphocytes
are atypical.
H Fourfold increase in heterophil antibodies (agglutinins for sheep red blood cells) during the acute
phase and at 3- to 4-week intervals.
H Antibodies to EBV and cellular antigens are shown by
indirect immunofluorescence.
H Liver function studies are abnormal.

Incidence
H Primarily affects young adults and children
H Common and widespread in early childhood in de-

veloping countries and socioeconomically depressed


populations

Common characteristics
H Incubation period of about 4 to 6 weeks in young

adults
H Prodromal symptoms include headache, malaise,

and profound fatigue


H After 3 to 5 days, triad of symptoms, including sore
throat, cervical lymphadenopathy, and temperature
fluctuations, with an evening peak of 101 to 102 F
(38.3 to 38.9 C)

Complications
H Splenic enlargement or rupture
H Aseptic meningitis
H Encephalitis
H Hemolytic anemia
H Pericarditis
H Guillain-Barr syndrome
H Secondary bacterial throat infection
H Hepatitis

440

Infectious mononucleosis

Treatment
General
H Essentially supportive
H Nutritious diet
H Soft food (with throat soreness)
H Frequent rest periods
H Avoidance of strenuous activity or contact sports until

fully recovered

Medications
H Acetaminophen or ibuprofen
H Steroids such as prednisone

Surgery
H Splenectomy for splenic rupture

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 441

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain temperature within normal limits
H conserve energy while performing daily activities to
tolerance level
H identify factors that intensify pain and change behavior accordingly
H express needs and communicate whether needs are
met.

Prevention

Preventing the spread of infectious


mononucleosis
The spread of infectious mononucleosis can be limited by
teaching the patient to follow these guidelines:
H Avoid sharing food, dishes, glasses, and utensils.
H Avoid kissing for several days after fever has subsided.
H Use good hand-washing techniques.
H Dont donate blood for at least 6 months from onset of
illness.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide warm saline gargles for symptomatic relief of

sore throat.
H Provide adequate fluids and nutrition.
H Plan care to provide frequent rest periods.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Fatigue
H Nutritional status
H Liver function tests
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H expectation that convalescence may take several
weeks
H need for bed rest during the acute illness
H explanation that theres a period of prolonged communicability
H prevention techniques (see Preventing the spread of
infectious mononucleosis)
H benefits of bland foods, milk shakes, fruit juices, and
broths to minimize throat discomfort.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an otolaryngologist for marked

tonsillar swelling or a neurologist for a central nervous system complication.

Infectious mononucleosis

441

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 442

Influenza
Overview
Description
H An acute, highly contagious infection of the respirato-

ry tract
H Has capacity for antigenic variation (ability to mutate

into different strains so that no immunologic resistance is present in those at risk)


H Antigenic variation characterized as antigenic drift
(minor changes occurring yearly or every few years)
and antigenic shift (major changes that lead to pandemics)
H Also called the grippe or the flu

Pathophysiology
H The virus invades the epithelium of the respiratory

tract, causing inflammation and desquamation.


H After attaching to the host cell, viral ribonucleic acid

enters the cell and uses host components to replicate


its genetic material and protein, which are then assembled into new virus particles.
H Newly produced viruses burst forth to invade other
healthy cells.
H Viral invasion destroys host cells, impairing respiratory defenses (especially mucociliary transport system) and predisposing the patient to secondary bacterial infection.

Causes
H Type A, most prevalent; strikes annually with new

serotypes causing epidemics every 3 years


H Type B also annual; causes epidemics only every 4

to 6 years
H Type C endemic; causes only sporadic cases
H Infection transmitted by inhaling a respiratory

droplet from an infected person or by indirect contact (drinking from a contaminated glass)

Incidence
H Affects all age-groups; highest incidence among

school-age children
H Greatest severity (may lead to death) in young chil-

dren, elderly people, and those with chronic diseases


H Occurs sporadically or in epidemics (usually during

colder months) with peak within 2 to 3 weeks after


initial cases and lasting 2 to 3 months

Common characteristics
H Flu symptoms after incubation period of 24 to

Complications
H Pneumonia
H Myositis
H Exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary

disease
H Reyes syndrome
H Myocarditis
H Pericarditis
H Transverse myelitis
H Encephalitis

Assessment
History
H Usually, recent exposure (typically within 48 hours)

to a person with influenza


H Patient not receiving influenza vaccine during the

past season
H Headache
H Malaise
H Myalgia
H Fatigue, listlessness, weakness

Physical findings
H Fever (usually higher in children)
H Signs of croup, dry cough
H Red, watery eyes; clear nasal discharge
H Erythema of the nose and throat without exudate
H Tachypnea, shortness of breath, cyanosis
H With bacterial pneumonia, purulent or bloody

sputum
H Cervical adenopathy and tenderness
H Breath sounds may be diminished in areas of con-

solidation
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea possibly occurring,

but more common in children than adults

Test results
H After an epidemic is confirmed, diagnosis requires

only observation of clinical signs and symptoms.


Laboratory
H Inoculation of chicken embryos with nasal secretions
from infected patients shows influenza virus.
H Throat swabs, nasopharyngeal washes, or sputum
culture shows isolation of the influenza virus.
H Immunodiagnostic techniques show viral antigens in
tissue culture or in exfoliated nasopharyngeal cells
obtained by washings.
H Leukocyte counts are elevated in secondary bacterial
infection.
H Leukocyte counts are decreased in overwhelming
viral or bacterial infection.

48 hours
H Sudden onset of chills, fever (101 to 104 F [38.3

to 40 C]), headache, malaise, myalgia (particularly


in the back and limbs), photophobia, a nonproductive cough and, occasionally, laryngitis, hoarseness,
rhinitis, and rhinorrhea

442

Influenza

Treatment
General
H Fluid and electrolyte replacements
H Oxygen and assisted ventilation, if indicated

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 443

H Increased fluid intake


H Rest periods, as needed

Medications
H Acetaminophen
H Guaifenesin or expectorant
H Amantadine for influenza A

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased energy level
H maintain a normal temperature
H express feelings of increased comfort and relief from
pain
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute of
baseline.

Prevention

Preventing the spread of influenza


The spread of influenza can be limited by teaching the patient to follow these guidelines:
H Wash hands frequently and use good hand-washing
techniques.
H Cover mouth and nose when coughing or sneezing.
H Dispose of tissues properly.
H Avoid touching eyes, nose, and mouth.
H Avoid close contact with others.
H Stay home and rest when sick.
H Get plenty of sleep, fluids, and nutritious foods.
H High-risk patients should take antiviral drugs as
prescribed.
H Get the influenza vaccine yearly.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Administer oxygen therapy, if warranted.

Monitoring
H Temperature
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H mouthwash or warm saline gargles to ease sore
throat
H importance of increased fluids to prevent dehydration
H warm bath or a heating pad to relieve myalgia
H prevention techniques. (See Preventing the spread
of influenza.)

Influenza

443

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 444

Inguinal hernia
Overview
Description
H Protrusion of part of an internal organ through an

abnormal opening in the wall of the cavity that surrounds it


H The most common type of hernia (see Common
sites of hernia)
H May be direct or indirect
H Also called rupture

Pathophysiology
H In an inguinal hernia, the large or small intestine,

omentum, or bladder protrudes into the inguinal


canal.
H In an indirect hernia, abdominal viscera leave the
abdomen through the inguinal ring and follow the
spermatic cord (in males) or round ligament (in females); they emerge at the external ring and extend
down into the inguinal canal, typically into the scrotum or labia.
H In a direct inguinal hernia, instead of entering the
canal through the internal ring, the hernia passes
through the posterior inguinal wall, protrudes directly through the transverse fascia of the canal (in an
area known as Hesselbachs triangle), and comes
out at the external ring.

Causes

H Direct hernias: more common in middle-aged and

elderly people

Common characteristics
H A lump that appears over the herniated area when

the patient stands or strains and that disappears


when the patient is in a supine position
H Tension on the herniated contents possibly causing a
sharp, steady pain in the groin that fades when the
hernia is reduced
H Strangulation that produces severe pain possibly
leading to partial or complete bowel obstruction and
intestinal necrosis

Complications
H Strangulation
H Intestinal obstruction
H Infection (after surgery)

Assessment
History
H Sharp or catching pain when lifting or straining

Physical findings
H Obvious swelling or lump in the inguinal area (large

hernia) (see Identifying a hernia)

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is elevated (with intestinal
obstruction).

H Indirect

weakness in fascial margin of internal


inguinal ring
H Direct weakness in fascial floor of inguinal canal
H Either weak abdominal muscles (caused by congenital malformation, trauma, or aging) or increased
intra-abdominal pressure (caused by heavy lifting,
pregnancy, obesity, or straining)

Incidence
H Indirect hernias: more common; may develop at any

age; three times more common in males; especially


prevalent in infants

Identifying a hernia
Palpation of the inguinal area while the patient is performing Valsalvas maneuver confirms the diagnosis of inguinal hernia. To detect a hernia in a male patient, ask the patient to stand with his ipsilateral leg slightly flexed and his
weight resting on the other leg. Insert an index finger into
the lower part of the scrotum and invaginate the scrotal
skin so the finger advances through the external inguinal
ring to the internal ring (about 12 to 2 [1 to 5 cm]
through the inguinal canal). Tell the patient to cough. If
pressure is felt against the fingertip, an indirect hernia exists; if pressure is felt against the side of the finger, a direct hernia exists.

444

Inguinal hernia

Treatment
General
H Manual reduction
H Truss
H Activity, as tolerated
H Nothing by mouth if surgery necessary

Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Electrolyte replacement

Surgery
H Herniorrhaphy
H Hernioplasty
H Bowel resection (with strangulation or necrosis)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have normal bowel function
H avoid complications.

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 445

Common sites of hernia


There are four common sites of hernia: umbilical, incisional,
inguinal, and femoral. Here are descriptions of each type
with an illustration demonstrating where each type is located.

Umbilical
Umbilical hernia results from abnormal muscular structures
around the umbilical cord. This hernia is quite common in
neonates but also occurs in females who are obese or who
have had several pregnancies. Because most umbilical hernias in infants close spontaneously, surgery is warranted
only if the hernia persists for more than 4 to 5 years. Taping
or binding the affected area or supporting it with a truss may
relieve symptoms until the hernia closes. A severe congenital umbilical hernia, which allows the abdominal viscera to
protrude outside the body, must be repaired immediately.

Incisional
Incisional (ventral) hernia develops at the site of previous
surgery, usually along vertical incisions. This hernia may result from a weakness in the abdominal wall, caused by an
infection, impaired wound healing, inadequate nutrition, extreme abdominal distention, or obesity. Palpation of an inci-

sional hernia may reveal several defects in the surgical scar.


Effective repair requires pulling the layers of the abdominal
wall together without creating tension or, if this isnt possible, the use of Teflon, Marlex mesh, or tantalum mesh to
close the opening.

Inguinal
Inguinal hernia can be direct or indirect. An indirect inguinal
hernia causes the abdominal viscera to protrude through the
inguinal ring and follow the spermatic cord (in males) or
round ligament (in females). A direct inguinal hernia results
from a weakness in the fascial floor of the inguinal canal.

Femoral
Femoral hernia occurs where the femoral artery passes into
the femoral canal. Typically, a fatty deposit within the femoral canal enlarges and eventually creates a hole big enough
to accommodate part of the peritoneum and bladder. A femoral hernia appears as a swelling or bulge at the pulse point
of the large femoral artery. Its usually a soft, pliable, reducible, nontender mass but commonly becomes incarcerated or strangulated.

Umbilical

Incisional

Inguinal
Femoral

Nursing interventions
H Apply a truss after a hernia has been reduced.
H Administer prescribed drugs for pain.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Signs of strangulation or incarceration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of lifting heavy objects or straining during
bowel movements
H signs and symptoms of infection (oozing, tenderness,
warmth, and redness) at the incision site
H wound care
H after surgery, not resuming normal activity or returning to work without the surgeons permission.

Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to schedule follow-up appoint-

ments as recommended by the surgeon.

Inguinal hernia

445

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 446

Insect bites and stings


Overview
Description
H Bite or sting from an insect or other arthropod, such

as a tick, brown recluse spider, black widow spider,


scorpion, bee, wasp, yellow jacket, or fire ant, that
causes pain or a local systemic reaction

Pathophysiology
H A bite or sting can injure the skin, and secretions re-

leased from a bite or sting can cause a physiologic


response specific to the insect or arthropod.
H Reactions to secretion exposure range from barely
noticeable to life-threatening.
H Transmission of disease may result from a bite or
sting.
H Mouth parts of an insect or arthropod are classified
as piercing-sucking, sponging, or biting-chewing.

Causes
H Toxic effects of venom
H Hypersensitivity response

Incidence
H Unknown

Common characteristics
Local reaction
H Mild discomfort to moderate or severe pain
H Erythema and warmth
H Tenderness
H Edema of surrounding tissues
H Severe local reaction
H Generalized erythema
H Urticaria
H Pruritic edema
Systemic response
H All of the above symptoms
H Anxiety, disorientation
H Weakness
H GI disturbances
H Dizziness
H Hypotension
H Stridor
H Dyspnea and cough
H Cardiovascular collapse

Complications
H Anaphylaxis
H Hemolytic anemia
H Rarely, thrombocytopenia (brown recluse spider

only)

446

Insect bites and stings

Assessment
History
Tick bite
H Itching at the affected site
H Tick observed at lesion
Brown recluse spider bite
H Minimal initial pain that increases over time
H Fever, chills, malaise, weakness
H Nausea, vomiting
H Joint pain
Black widow spider bite
H Pinprick sensation, followed by dull, numbing pain
H Leg bite: severe pain and large-muscle cramping
H Vertigo
H Chills and sweats
Bee, wasp, or yellow jacket sting
H Pain and pruritus
H Generalized weakness
H Chest tightness
H Dizziness
H Nausea and vomiting
H Abdominal cramps
H Throat constriction
Fire ant sting
H Immediate pain, itching, and burning

Physical findings
Tick bite
H Tick paralysis
H Expanding skin lesion, erythema migrans
Brown recluse spider bite
H Bleb (blister)
H Bluish ring around bite
H Joint pain
H Seizures
H Petechiae
Black widow spider bite
H Rigid, painful abdomen
H Rigidity and pain in the chest, shoulders, and back
(if arm bite)
H Extreme restlessness (systemic)
H Pallor
H Seizures, especially in children
H Hyperactive reflexes
H Hypertension
H Tachycardia with thready pulse
H Circulatory collapse
Bee, wasp, or yellow jacket sting
H Raised, reddened wheal, possibly with a protruding
stinger from the bee, wasp, or yellow jacket
H Wheezing
H Hypotension
Fire ant sting
H Clear vesicles with surrounding erythema
H Pustule

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 447

Test results

Surgery

Laboratory
H Urinalysis shows hematuria (black widow spider
bite).
H White blood cell count is increased (black widow
spider bite).
H Anemia panel shows hemolytic anemia (brown
recluse spider bite).
H Platelet count shows thrombocytopenia (brown
recluse spider bite).
Other
H Identification of the insect is difficult unless stung by
a honeybee or bumblebee, which typically leaves a
stinger with a venom sac in the lesion.

H Lesion excision for brown recluse spider bite

Treatment
General
Tick bite
H Tick removal
H Symptomatic therapy for severe symptoms
Brown recluse spider bite
H Cool compresses and elevation of extremity
H I.V. fluids
Black widow spider bite
H Ice packs
Bee, wasp, yellow jacket, or fire ant sting
H Ice application
H Elevation of affected extremity
H Supportive treatment
H No dietary restrictions
H Nothing by mouth if severe, systemic reaction
H Rest to limit toxic effects of venom

Medications
Tick bite
H Antipruritics
H Antibiotics
Doxycycline, amoxicillin, or cefuroxime axetil for
Lyme disease
Doxycycline for Rocky Mountain spotted fever
Brown recluse spider bite
H Corticosteroids
H Antibiotic ointment
H Antihistamines
H Tranquilizers
H Tetanus prophylaxis
Black widow spider bite
H Antivenin I.V.
H Calcium gluconate I.V.
H Muscle relaxants
H Adrenaline or antihistamines
H Tetanus immunization
H Oxygen for respiratory difficulty
Bee, wasp, yellow jacket, or fire ant sting
H Antihistamines such as diphenhydramine
H Steroids for severe reactions
H Bronchodilator such as epinephrine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation and a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort
H regain skin integrity
H maintain normal fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Keep the affected part immobile.
H Clean the bite or sting site with antiseptic.
H Apply ice.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emergency resuscitation.

Tick bite
H Remove the tick promptly and carefully.
H Use tweezers to grasp the tick near its head or
mouth, and gently pull to remove the whole tick without crushing it.
H If possible, seal the tick in a plastic bag and keep it
in case the patient needs to see a physician. Otherwise, flush the tick down the toilet or burn it.
Brown recluse spider bite
H Clean the lesion with a 1:20 Burows aluminum
acetate solution.
H Apply antibiotic ointment, as ordered.
Black widow spider bite
H Remove all jewelry.
H Apply cool compresses.
H Avoid cutting into the wound or applying suction.
Bee, wasp, or yellow jacket sting
H Scrape stinger off; dont pull or squeeze it, which
releases more toxin.
Fire ant sting
H Apply cool compresses.
H Gently wash the bite area, leaving the blister intact.
H Be prepared to intervene for an acute severe allergic
reaction (rare).

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H General appearance
H Changes at the bite or sting site

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of insect bites and stings
H examination of the body for ticks after being outdoors
H removal of ticks
H medical identification jewelry or card
H anaphylaxis kit use
H insect repellent use.

Insect bites and stings

447

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 448

Life-threatening disorder

Intestinal obstruction
Overview
Description
H Partial or complete blockage of the lumen of the

Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain
H Change in bowel habits

Complications
H Perforation
H Peritonitis
H Septicemia
H Secondary infection
H Metabolic alkalosis or acidosis
H Death

small or large bowel


H Usually a medical emergency
H Most likely after abdominal surgery or with congeni-

tal bowel deformities


H Without treatment, complete obstruction in any part

of bowel causing death within hours from shock and


vascular collapse

Pathophysiology
H Mechanical or nonmechanical (neurogenic) block-

age of the lumen occurs.


H Fluid, air, or gas collects near the site.
H Peristalsis increases temporarily in an attempt to

break through the blockage.


H Intestinal mucosa is injured, and distention at and

above the site of obstruction occurs.


H Venous blood flow is impaired, and normal absorp-

tive processes cease.


H Water, sodium, and potassium are secreted by the

bowel into the fluid pooled in the lumen.

Causes
Mechanical obstruction
H Adhesions
H Strangulated hernias
H Carcinomas
H Foreign bodies
H Compression of the bowel wall from stenosis,
intussusception, volvulus of the sigmoid or cecum,
tumors, and atresia
Nonmechanical obstruction
H Paralytic ileus
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Toxicity, such as that associated with uremia or
generalized infection
H Neurogenic abnormalities
H Thrombosis or embolism of mesenteric vessels

Risk factors
H Abdominal surgery
H Radiation therapy
H Gallstones
H Inflammatory bowel disease

Incidence
H Diagnosed in about 20% of hospital admissions for

abdominal illness
H Occurs equally in males and females

448

Intestinal obstruction

Assessment
History
H Recent change in bowel habits
H Hiccups

Mechanical obstruction
H Colicky pain
H Nausea, vomiting
H Constipation
Nonmechanical obstruction
H Diffuse abdominal discomfort
H Frequent vomiting
H Severe abdominal pain (if obstruction results from
vascular insufficiency or infarction)

Physical findings
Mechanical obstruction
H Distended abdomen
H Borborygmi and rushes (occasionally loud enough to
be heard without a stethoscope)
H Abdominal tenderness
H Rebound tenderness
Nonmechanical obstruction
H Abdominal distention
H Decreased bowel sounds (early), then absent bowel
sounds

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum sodium, chloride, and potassium levels are
decreased.
H White blood cell counts are elevated.
H Serum amylase level is elevated if pancreas is irritated by a bowel loop.
H Blood urea nitrogen level is increased (with dehydration).
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays reveal the presence and location of
intestinal gas or fluid. In small-bowel obstruction, a
typical stepladder pattern emerges, with alternating
fluid and gas levels apparent in 3 to 4 hours.
H Barium enema reveals a distended, air-filled colon or
a closed loop of sigmoid with extreme distention (in
sigmoid volvulus).

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 449

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder (focusing on the patients type of intestinal obstruction), diagnosis, and treatment
H techniques for coughing and deep breathing, and use
of an incentive spirometer
H colostomy or ileostomy care, if appropriate
H incision care
H postoperative activity limitations and why these restrictions are necessary
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of following a structured bowel regimen,
particularly if the patient had a mechanical obstruction due to fecal impaction.

H Correction of fluid and electrolyte imbalances


H Decompression of the bowel to relieve vomiting and

distention
H Treatment of shock and peritonitis
H Nothing by mouth if surgery planned
H Parenteral nutrition until bowel is functioning
H High-fiber diet when obstruction relieved
H Bed rest during acute phase
H Postoperatively, avoidance of lifting and contact

sports

Medications
H Broad-spectrum antibiotics
H Analgesics
H Blood replacement

Surgery

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist, if

indicated.

H Usually the treatment of choice (exception is paralyt-

ic ileus in which nonoperative therapy is usually attempted first)


H Type of surgery depends on cause of blockage

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volume
H return to normal bowel function
H maintain caloric requirement
H maintain stable vital signs.

Nursing interventions
H Insert a nasogastric (NG) tube and attach to

low-pressure, intermittent suction.


H Maintain the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Provide mouth and nose care.
H Begin and maintain I.V. therapy, as ordered.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of shock
H Bowel sounds and signs of returning peristalsis
H NG tube function and drainage
H Pain control
H Abdominal girth measurement to detect progressive

distention
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Electrolytes and signs and symptoms of metabolic de-

rangements
H Wound site (postoperatively)

Intestinal obstruction

449

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 450

Life-threatening disorder

Intussusception
Overview
Description

H Lymphoid hyperplasia
H Meckels diverticulum
H Alterations in intestinal motility

In adults
H Benign or malignant tumors (65% of patients)
H Polyps
H Meckels diverticulum
H Gastroenterostomy with herniation
H Appendiceal stump

H Condition in which a portion of the bowel telescopes

Incidence

or invaginates into an adjacent bowel portion (see


Understanding intussusception)
H Can be fatal if treatment delayed more than 24 hours
H Pediatric emergency

H Most common in infants


H Three times more common in males than in females
H About 87% of children with intussusception younger

Pathophysiology
H A bowel section invaginates and is propelled by peri-

stalsis.
H More bowel is pulled in, causing edema, obstruction,

and pain.

Causes

than age 2; about 70% of these children between


ages 4 and 11 months
H Seasonal peaks in late spring and early summer

Common characteristics
H Intermittent attacks of colicky pain
H Vomiting
H Abdominal guarding

H Intussusception may be linked to viral infections due

Complications

to seasonal peaks.
In infants
H Unknown
In older children
H Polyps
H Hemangioma
H Lymphosarcoma

H Strangulation of the intestine


H Gangrene of the bowel
H Shock
H Bowel perforation
H Peritonitis
H Death

Assessment
Understanding intussusception
In intussusception, a bowel section invaginates and is propelled along by peristalsis, pulling in more bowel. This illustration shows intussusception of a portion of the transverse colon. Intussusception typically produces edema,
hemorrhage from venous engorgement, incarceration, and
obstruction.
Invaginated bowel

History
H Intermittent attacks of colicky pain
H Pain that causes the child to scream, draw his legs up

to his abdomen, turn pale and diaphoretic and, possibly, grunt


H Vomiting, initially stomach contents; later,
bile-stained or fecal material
H Currant jelly stools, which contain mixture of
blood and mucus

Physical findings
H Distended, tender abdomen
H Guarding over the intussusception site
H Palpable sausage-shaped abdominal mass in the right

Cecum

upper quadrant or in the midepigastric area if transverse colon involved


H Bloody mucus on rectal examination
H In adults, abdominal pain localized in right lower
quadrant, radiating to the back, and increasing with
eating

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count up to 15,000/l indicates
obstruction; more than 15,000/l, strangulation;
and more than 20,000/l, bowel infarction.

450

Intussusception

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 451

Imaging
H Barium enema confirms colonic intussusception
when it shows the characteristic coiled-spring sign;
it also delineates the extent of intussusception.
H Upright abdominal X-rays may show a soft-tissue
mass and signs of complete or partial obstruction,
with dilated loops of bowel.

Treatment
General
H Hydrostatic reduction
H Bowel decompression
H Nothing by mouth until bowel functions properly
H Bed rest until condition is resolved

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H wound care
H signs and symptoms of infection
H parental participation in their childs care to minimize the stress of hospitalization (visiting hours
should be flexible).

Discharge planning
H Encourage the patients family to make follow-up ap-

pointments as recommended by his physician.

Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics if infection occurs

Surgery
H Indicated for children with recurrent intussuscep-

tion, those who show signs of shock or peritonitis,


and those in whom symptoms present longer than
24 hours
H In adults, always the treatment of choice

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H avoid complications
H maintain normal fluid volume
H have family members who understand the disorder
and treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Offer reassurance and emotional support to the pa-

tient and, if the patient is a child, to his parents.


H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Hydration status
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Bowel sounds, stools, abdominal distention
H Wound site (after surgery)
H For recurrence in the first 36 to 48 hours after

reduction

Intussusception

451

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 452

Irritable bowel
syndrome
Overview
Description

H Contributing psychological factors, such as a recent

stressful life change, that may have triggered or aggravated symptoms


H Anxiety and fatigue

Physical findings
H Normal bowel sounds
H Tympany over a gas-filled bowel

H Common condition marked by chronic or periodic

Test results

diarrhea alternating with constipation


H Accompanied by straining and abdominal cramps
H Initial episodes early in life and late teens to twenties
H Prognosis good
H Also known as spastic colon, spastic colitis, mucous colitis

H Assessment involves studies to rule out other, more

Pathophysiology
H Precise etiology unclear
H Involves a change in bowel motility, reflecting an ab-

normality in the neuromuscular control of intestinal


smooth muscle

Causes
H Anxiety and stress
H Dietary factors, such as fiber, raw fruits, coffee, alco-

hol, and foods that are cold, highly seasoned, or laxative in nature
Other possible triggers
H Hormones
H Laxative abuse
H Allergy to certain foods or drugs
H Lactose intolerance

Incidence
H Occurs mostly in females, with symptoms first emerg-

ing before age 40

Common characteristics

serious disorders.
Laboratory
H Stool examination is negative for occult blood, parasites, and pathogenic bacteria.
H Complete blood count, serologic tests, serum albumin, and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are normal.
Imaging
H Barium enema may reveal colonic spasm and a tubular appearance of the descending colon. Its also
used to rule out certain other disorders, such as diverticula, tumors, and polyps.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy may disclose spastic contractions.

Treatment
General
H Stress management
H Lifestyle modifications
H Diet based on the patients symptoms
H Initially, an elimination diet
H Avoidance of sorbitol, nonabsorbable carbohydrates,

and lactose-containing foods


H Increased dietary bulk
H Increased fluid intake
H Regular exercise

H Chronic constipation or diarrhea


H Lower abdominal pain

Medications

Complications

H Anticholinergics and antispasmodics


H Antidiarrheals such as loperamide
H Antiemetics
H Simethicone
H Mild tranquilizers
H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as impiramine and

H Diverticulitis and colon cancer


H Chronic inflammatory bowel disease

Assessment
History
H Chronic constipation, diarrhea, or both
H Lower abdominal pain (typically in the left lower

quadrant) usually relieved by defecation or passage


of gas
H Small stools with visible mucus or pasty, pencil-like
stools instead of diarrhea
H Dyspepsia
H Abdominal bloating
H Heartburn
H Faintness and weakness

452

Irritable bowel syndrome

H Bulk-forming laxatives/fiber supplements, such as

psyllium and methylcellulose

amitriptyline
H 5HT3-receptor antagonist such as alosetron

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain adequate caloric intake
H have normal bowel function
H express positive feelings about self

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 453

H maintain normal laboratory values


H understand the disease process and treatment

regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Because the patient generally isnt hospitalized for ir-

ritable bowel syndrome, nursing interventions almost


always focus on patient teaching.

Monitoring
H Weight
H Diet
H Bowel movements

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary plans and implementation
H need to drink 8 to 10 glasses of water or other compatible fluids daily
H proper use of prescribed medication, reviewing desired effects and possible adverse reactions
H need to implement lifestyle changes that reduce
stress
H smoking cessation
H need for regular physical examinations. (For patients
older than age 40, emphasize the need for colorectal
cancer screening, including annual proctosigmoidoscopy and rectal examinations.)

Irritable bowel syndrome

453

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 454

Juvenile rheumatoid
arthritis
Overview
Description

H Several inflammatory conditions characterized by

chronic synovitis and joint swelling, pain, and tenderness


H Major types systemic (Stills disease or acute
febrile type), polyarticular, and pauciarticular

Pathophysiology
H If juvenile rheumatoid arthritis (JRA) isnt arrested,

the inflammatory process in the joints occurs in four


stages:
Synovitis develops from congestion and edema of
the synovial membrane and joint capsule.
Pannus covers and invades cartilage and eventually
destroys the joint capsule and bone.
Fibrous tissue and ankylosis occludes the joint
space.
Fibrous tissue calcifies, resulting in bony ankylosis
and total immobility.

Physical findings
Systemic JRA
H Mild, transient arthritis or frank polyarthritis with
fever and rash
H Behavior may clearly suggest joint pain and fatigue
H Painful breathing and nonspecific abdominal pain
H Fatigue, shortness of breath, palpitations, and fever
H Resting or exertional tachycardia; arrhythmias; jugular vein distention; heart murmurs
H Hepatic, splenic, and lymph node enlargement
H Friction rub associated with pericarditis
Polyarticular JRA
H Pain in the wrists, elbows, knees, ankles, and small
joints of the hands and feet
H Pain in larger joints, including the temporomandibular, cervical spine, hips, and shoulders
H Tenderness, stiffness, and swelling of joints
H Possible low-grade fever with daily peaks
H Weight loss
H Noticeable developmental retardation
H Hepatic, splenic, and lymph node enlargement
H Subcutaneous nodules on the elbows or heels
Pauciarticular JRA
H Pain in the hips, knees, heels, feet, ankles, and elbows
H Eye redness, blurred vision, and photophobia
H Lower back pain

Causes

Test results

H Unknown
H Suggested link to genetic factors or an abnormal im-

Laboratory
H Serum hemoglobin levels are decreased, and neutrophil (neutrophilia) and platelet (thrombocytosis)
levels are increased; other findings include elevated
erythrocyte sedimentation rate and elevated C-reactive protein, serum haptoglobin, immunoglobulin,
and C3 complement levels.
H Antinuclear antibody test is positive in patients with
polyarticular JRA and in those with pauciarticular
JRA with chronic iridocyclitis.
H Rheumatoid factor (RF) appears in about 15% of patients with JRA. (In contrast, about 85% of patients
with rheumatoid arthritis test positive for RF; patients
with polyarticular JRA may test positive for RF.)
H Human leukocyte antigen-B27 forecasts later development of ankylosing spondylitis.
Imaging
H X-ray studies demonstrate early structural changes
associated with JRA. These include soft-tissue
swelling, effusion, and periostitis in affected joints.
Later evidence includes osteoporosis and accelerated
bone growth followed by subchondral erosions,
joint-space narrowing, bone destruction, and fusion.

mune response
H Viral or bacterial (streptococcal) infection, trauma,

and emotional stress

Incidence
H May occur as early as age 6 weeks but seldom before

age 6 months; peak onset between ages 1 and 3 and


8 and 12
H Occurs in an estimated 150,000 to 250,000 children
in United States; affects twice as many girls as boys

Common characteristics
H Joint stiffness in the morning

Complications
H Flexion contractures
H Ocular damage and loss of vision
H Retarded growth and development

Assessment
History
H Common complaint of joint stiffness in morning or

after periods of inactivity


H In young children, typically irritability and listlessness

454

Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis

Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Splints
H Heat application during passive exercises

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 455

H Adequate iron, protein, calcium, and caloric intake


H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Analgesic such as acetaminophen
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
H Disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs, such as

methotrexate, penicillamine, gold salts, and the antimalarial drug hydroxychloroquine.

H signs and symptoms of exacerbation, and the need to

notify the pediatrician about these symptoms


H need for proper nutrition and caloric consumption
H childs special needs (telling teachers and the school

principal).

Discharge planning
H Consult an occupational therapist to assess the pa-

tients home care needs.

Surgery
H Soft-tissue releases to improve mobility
H Joint replacement (delayed until child matures physi-

cally and can tolerate vigorous rehabilitation)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H recognize and express feelings about limitations due
to illness
H identify factors that increase risk for injury
H maintain optimum mobility.

Nursing interventions
H Focus nursing care on reducing pain and promoting

mobility.
H During inflammatory exacerbations, administer

NSAIDs or prescribed medication on a regular


schedule.
H Allow the patient to rest frequently throughout the
day to conserve energy for times when she must be
mobile.
H Arrange the patients environment for participation in
activities of daily living so that she feels capable of
accomplishing tasks.

Monitoring
H Pain level
H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Nutritional status
H Joint mobility
H Adverse drug effects

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to encourage the child to be as independent as
possible
H need for regular slit-lamp examinations to enable
early diagnosis and treatment of iridocyclitis
H signs and symptoms of bleeding caused by NSAID
therapy (instructing the patient to take these medications with meals or milk to reduce adverse GI reactions)

Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis

455

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 456

Kaposis sarcoma

H Untreated lesions that may appear as large, ulcerative

masses

Overview

H Dyspnea
H Edema from lymphatic obstruction
H Wheezing and hypoventilation

Description

Test results

H Most common acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

Diagnostic procedures
H Tissue biopsy shows the type and stage of the lesion.
(See Laubensteins stages in Kaposis sarcoma.)

(AIDS)related cancer
H Characterized by obvious, colorful lesions
H Most common internal sites: lungs and GI tract
(esophagus, oropharynx, and epiglottis)

Pathophysiology

Treatment

H Kaposis sarcoma causes structural and functional

General

damage.
H When associated with AIDS, it progresses aggressively, involving the lymph nodes, the viscera and, possibly, GI structures.

H Radiation therapy for palliation of symptoms (pain

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors

from obstructing lesions in the oral cavity or extremities and edema caused by lymphatic blockage); also
for cosmetic improvement
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Small meals
H Limited activity
H Frequent rest periods

H Males, especially white


H Immunosuppression and immune deficiency
H People of Mediterranean or Middle Eastern descent
H Africans

Medications

Incidence

H Removal of lesion from skin (especially if lesion is

H Originally affected 35% of AIDS patients; now declin-

ing with earlier detection of AIDS


H 1 in 200 transplant patients in the United States

H Chemotherapy
H Biological response modifier

Surgery
small), using local excision, electrodesiccation and
curettage, or cryotherapy

Common characteristics
H History of AIDS
H Lesions of various shapes, sizes, and colors

Complications
H Severe pulmonary involvement, resulting in respira-

tory distress
H GI involvement, leading to digestive problems

Assessment
History
H Possible history of AIDS
H Pain (in advanced cases)

Physical findings
H Several lesions of various shapes, sizes, and colors

(ranging from red-brown to dark purple) on the


skin, buccal mucosa, hard and soft palates, lips,
gums, tongue, tonsils, conjunctiva, and sclera (the
most common sites)
H In advanced disease, lesions that may merge, becoming one large plaque

456

Kaposis sarcoma

Laubensteins stages in Kaposis


sarcoma
L.J. Laubenstein proposed this staging system to evaluate
and treat patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome and Kaposis sarcoma:
H Stage I locally indolent cutaneous lesions
H Stage II locally aggressive cutaneous lesions
H Stage III mucocutaneous and lymph node
involvement
H Stage IV visceral involvement.
Within each stage, a patient may have different symptoms further classified as stage subtype A or B, which are:
H Subtype A no systemic signs or symptoms
H Subtype B one or more systemic signs and
symptoms, including 10% weight loss, fever of
unknown origin that exceeds 100 F (37.8 C) for
longer than 2 weeks, chills, lethargy, night sweats,
anorexia, and diarrhea.

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 457

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H express positive feelings about self
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H exhibit no signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and offer support.
H Inspect the skin for new lesions and skin breakdown.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide rest periods.

Monitoring
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Nutritional status
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H infection prevention techniques and, if necessary, basic hygiene measures to prevent infection (especially
if the patient also has AIDS)
H the need for ongoing treatment and care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Kaposis sarcoma

457

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 458

Kawasaki syndrome

H Skin desquamation, especially in the groin, on the

palms, and soles


H Possible aneurysms leading to sudden death

Overview
Description
H A noncontagious, febrile, self-limited disorder of un-

known origin
H Affects the mucus membranes, lymph nodes, blood

vessels, and heart


H Occurs in stages: acute, subacute, and convalescent
H Cardiac complications most serious sequelae
H Full recovery expected
H Also known as mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome and infantile polyarteritis

Pathophysiology
H An infection results in altered immune function.
H Antibodies increase as a result of the infection and

cause inflammation of blood vessels.


H Blood vessel inflammation increases platelet accu-

mulation and results in thrombi.


H Thrombi result in obstruction of heart and systemic

blood vessels.

Causes
H Possible genetic role after exposure to an unknown

virus, bacteria, or other pathogen

Risk factors
H None known
H No known preventive measures

Incidence
H Peak incidence in boys younger than age 4, but can

occur up to puberty
H Affects boys 112 times more commonly than girls
H Occurs more commonly in late winter and spring
H Most common in Japan or in Japanese or Korean

children living elsewhere


H Commonly occurs in clusters within a geographic

location
H Rarely occurs twice in the same household

Common characteristics
Acute phase
H High fever for 5 days or more (up to 106.5 F
[41.4 C]) unresponsive to antipyretics
H Lethargy and irritability
H Reddened, swollen hands and feet
H Inflamed mucous membrane of eyes
H Strawberry tongue with red, cracked lips
H Rash in trunk area
H Enlarged cervical lymph nodes
H Abdominal pain, anorexia, and diarrhea resulting
from internal lymph node swelling
H Reddened, swollen joints
Subacute phase
H Begins about 10 days after the onset of symptoms

458

Kawasaki syndrome

Convalescent phase
H Occurs between the 25th and 40th days
H May continue beyond 40 days without distinguishing
features

Complications
H Vasculitis leading to aneurysm and myocardial infarc-

tion
H Death (2% of patients with Kawasaki syndrome dying

from coronary vasculitis)


H Future coronary bypass surgery if coronary artery

disease develops
H Myocarditis
H Pericarditis
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Abnormal valve functioning

Assessment
History
H Fever of 5 days or more, unresponsive to antipyretics
H Occurrence of characteristic symptoms

Physical findings
H Reddened, swollen hands and feet
H Inflamed mucous membrane of eyes
H Strawberry tongue with red, cracked lips
H Rash in trunk area
H Enlarged cervical lymph nodes
H Reddened, swollen joints
H Possible enlarged gallbladder

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are elevated in acute phase.
H Platelet count is elevated in the subacute phase.
H Culture results are all negative.
H Liver function test results are elevated.
H Complete blood count shows anemia.
H Urinalysis may show pyuria or proteinuria.
Imaging
H Sequential echocardiograms detect artery disease.
H Chest X-ray rules out cardiomegaly or subclinical
pneumonitis.

Treatment
General
H Hospitalization
H Symptomatic
H Prevention of complications
H Soft, nonirritating foods
H Avoidance of citrus (mouth sores)
H Activity, as tolerated

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 459

Medications
H I.V. gamma globulin
H Aspirin

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate tissue perfusion
H have normal vital signs
H have a capillary refill time of less than 5 seconds
H experience a tolerable pain level
H experience increased comfort
H maintain adequate nutrition.

Nursing interventions
H Observe for signs of heart failure, such as tachycar-

dia, dyspnea, crackles, and edema.


H Inspect the extremities for color, temperature, and

capillary refill.
H Observe and report joint swelling and redness.
H Observe and report nature of rash.
H Keep clothing from constricting or irritating rash.
H Moisten lips with lip balm to prevent cracking.
H Offer frequent fluids.
H Observe for signs of GI upset, such as nausea and

vomiting.
H Avoid pressure on the extremities with edema.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Complications such as chest pain, arrhythmias, and

electrocardiogram changes
H Edema changes
H Intake and output
H Nutritional status
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of I.V. immunoglobulin: allergic reac-

tions, fever, chills, headache, transfusion reactions,


and pulmonary edema

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis and treatment
H aspirin therapy during and after hospitalization
H reporting exposure to viral illnesses, such as influenza or chickenpox, while taking aspirin, in order to
prevent Reyes syndrome
H possibility of long-term management if cardiac complications exist
H need to delay immunizations (especially the measlesmumps-rubella and chickenpox vaccines) when immunoglobulin is given.

Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to schedule a follow-up exami-

nation in 2 to 3 weeks.

Kawasaki syndrome

459

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 460

Keratitis
Overview
Description
H Infection of the cornea
H Usually affects only one eye
H May be acute or chronic

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics
H Photophobia
H Pain
H Lacrimation

Complications
H Blindness
H Corneal scarring or perforation

Assessment

H Inflammation of the cornea results from corneal

History

infection.
H Inflammation may be deep or superficial.

H Recent upper respiratory tract infection, accompa-

Causes
H Viral, bacterial, or fungal infection
H Congenital syphilis

Risk factors
H Tear deficiency
H Denervation
H Immune reactions
H Ischemia
H Trauma
H Contact lenses

Incidence
H Fairly common
H May develop at any age

nied by cold sores


H Eye pain
H Central vision loss
H Sensitivity to light
H Sensation of a foreign body in eye
H Blurred vision

Physical findings
H Cornea lacks normal luster
H Characteristic branched lesion of the cornea with

herpes simplex virus type 1

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Slit-lamp examination with sodium fluorescein staining may show corneal inflammation or abrasion;
small branchlike (dendritic) lesions indicate possible herpes simplex virus infection. (See Examining
the eye with a slit lamp.)

Treatment
Examining the eye with a slit lamp
An ophthalmologist uses the slit lamp, an instrument
equipped with a special lighting system and a binocular
microscope, to view the eyelids, eyelashes, conjunctiva,
sclera, cornea, tear film, anterior chamber, iris, crystalline
lens, and vitreous face. The examiner may adjust the size,
shape, intensity, and depth of the light source as well as
the magnification of the microscope, to evaluate normally
transparent or near-transparent ocular fluids and tissues.
If he notes abnormalities, he can attach special devices to
the slit lamp to allow more detailed investigation.

Preparing the patient

H Tell the patient that the slit-lamp examination evaluates


the front portion of the eyes and that it requires that he
remain still. Reassure him that the examination is
painless.
H If the patient wears contact lenses, tell him to remove
them for the test, unless the test is being performed to
evaluate the fit of the lens.
H If the test calls for dilating eyedrops, check the
patients history for adverse reactions to mydriatics
and for the presence of angle-closure glaucoma before
giving the drops. Dilating eyedrops arent used in
routine eye examinations, but some diseases require
pupillary dilation before slit-lamp examination.

460

Keratitis

General
H Eye shield or patch

Medications
Acute dendritic keratitis
H Trifluridine eyedrops
H Vidarabine ophthalmic ointment
H Broad-spectrum antibiotic
Chronic dendritic keratitis
H Vidarabine therapy
H Long-term topical therapy may be necessary
H Antiviral such as acyclovir
Fungal keratitis
H Natamycin

Surgery
H Corneal transplantation for severe ulcerations with

residual scarring

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 461

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H sustain no harm or injury
H express feelings of increased comfort
H regain visual function.

Nursing interventions
ALERT
Watch for keratitis in patients predisposed to cold
sores. Corneal infection is commonly caused by a
virus, such as adenovirus or herpes simplex, the
same viruses that cause cold sores. Be sure to tell
patients never to touch their eyes after touching
their mouths.

Prevention

Preventing the spread of keratitis


The spread of keratitis can be prevented by following
these guidelines:
H Use meticulous hand-washing techniques.
H Avoid touching the eyes after touching the mouth,
especially in patients with cold sores.
H Dont share eyedrops or ointment.
H Dont touch the eyedropper or ointment tip to the eye.
H Wash hands before and after administering eyedrops.
H Follow the providers directions and complete antibiotic
or antifungal treatment course as prescribed.
H Take antiviral as prescribed.
H Keep follow-up appointments.
H Use artificial tears as directed.
H Wear protective eye wear to prevent further injury.

H Wear gloves when in contact with eyes or ocular

drainage with herpes simplex virus.


H Apply warm compresses.
H Dim the lights in case of photophobia.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Visual acuity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H how stress, traumatic injury, fever, colds, and sun
overexposure can trigger flare-up
H wearing sunglasses for photophobia
H preventing spread of infection. (See Preventing the
spread of keratitis.)

Keratitis

461

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 462

Kidney cancer
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the kidney
H 85%: originate in kidneys; 15%: metastasize from

various primary-site carcinomas


H Also called nephrocarcinoma, renal carcinoma,
hypernephroma, and Grawitzs tumor

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
H Heavy cigarette smoking
H Regular hemodialysis treatments

Incidence
H Twice as common in males as in females
H More common after age 40
H Renal pelvic tumors and Wilms tumor most common

in children

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics

H Most kidney tumors are large, firm, nodular, encap-

H Hematuria
H Flank pain

sulated, unilateral, and solitary.


H Kidney cancer may affect either kidney; occasionally
tumors are bilateral or multifocal. (See Unilateral
kidney tumor.)
H Renal cancers arise from the tubular epithelium.
H Tumor margins are usually clearly defined.
H Tumors can include areas of ischemia, necrosis, and
focal hemorrhage.
H Tumor cells may be well differentiated to anaplastic.
H Kidney cancer can be separated histologically into
clear cell, granular cell, and spindle cell types.
H The prognosis is better for patients with the clear cell
type than for the other types; in general, however, the
prognosis depends more on the cancers stage than
on its type. The overall prognosis has improved considerably, with a 5-year survival rate of about 50%.

Complications
H Hemorrhage
H Metastasis

Assessment
History
H Hematuria
H Dull, aching flank pain
H Weight loss (rare)
H Fatigue
H Intermittent fever

Physical findings
H Palpable smooth, firm, nontender abdominal mass

Unilateral kidney tumor


In kidney cancer, tumors such as this one in the upper
kidney pole usually occur unilaterally.

Test results
Laboratory
H Alkaline phosphatase, bilirubin, and transaminase
levels are increased.
H Prothrombin time is prolonged.
Imaging
H Renal ultrasonography and computed tomography
scan can be used to verify renal cancer.
H Excretory urography, nephrotomography, and
kidney-ureter-bladder radiography are used to aid
diagnosis and help in staging.

Treatment
General
H Because of radiation resistance, radiation used only

when cancer has spread into perinephric region or


lymph nodes or when primary tumor or metastatic
sites cant be completely excised
H Low-protein diet
H Postoperatively, no heavy lifting or contact sports for
6 to 8 weeks

Medications
H Chemotherapy

462

Kidney cancer

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 463

H Biotherapy with lymphokine-activated killer cells

plus recombinant interleukin-2


H Interferon

Surgery
H Radical nephrectomy, with or without regional lymph

node dissection

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H report increased comfort
H communicate understanding of medical regimen,
medications, diet, and activity restrictions
H maintain ventilation
H utilize support services.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Wound site
H Intake and output
H Complete blood count; serum chemistry results
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H need for a healthy, well-balanced diet and regular exercise
H importance of checking with the physician before
taking vitamins or other dietary supplements
H importance of follow-up care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Kidney cancer

463

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 464

Klinefelter syndrome
Overview
Description
H Relatively common genetic abnormality that results

from an extra X chromosome, creating an XXY sex


chromosome constitution
H Affects only males and usually becomes apparent at
puberty, when secondary sex characteristics develop
H Failure of the testicles to mature and degenerative
testicular changes that eventually result in irreversible infertility

Pathophysiology
H The extra chromosome responsible for Klinefelter

syndrome probably results from either meiotic


nondisjunction during parental gametogenesis or
from mitotic nondisjunction in the zygote.

H The incidence of meiotic nondisjunction increases

with maternal age.

Causes
H One extra X chromosome creating 47,XXY comple-

ment instead of the normal 46,XY


H In the rare mosaic form, some cells containing extra

X chromosomes; others containing normal XY complement


H Turners syndrome, the lack of one X chromosome
(45,X), possibly being a cause (see Turners syndrome)

Incidence
H In the United States, approximately 1 in 500 to 1,000

males born with an extra sex chromosome; over


3,000 affected males born yearly
H Prevalence: 5 to 20 times higher in neonates with
mental retardation

Common characteristics
H May not be apparent until puberty (or later in mild

cases)

Turners syndrome
In Turners syndrome, one of the X chromosomes (or part
of the second X chromosome) may be lost from either the
ovum or sperm through nondisjunction or chromosome
lag. Mixed aneuploidy may result from mitotic nondisjunction.
This disorder occurs in 1 in 2,500 to 7,000 births; up to
95% of affected fetuses are spontaneously aborted.

H Behavioral problems in adolescence


H Infertility

Complications
H Aspermatogenesis and infertility
H Learning disabilities and behavioral problems
H Osteoporosis
H Breast cancer due to the extra X chromosome

Signs and symptoms


In utero, the fetus may have a cystic hygroma, seen on ultrasound; however, these may also be seen in fetuses that
dont have Turners syndrome. The mother may have elevated or low levels of serum alpha-fetoprotein.
At birth, 50% of infants with this syndrome measure
below the third percentile in length. Many have swollen
hands and feet, a wide chest with laterally displaced nipples, and a low hairline that becomes more obvious as
they grow. They may have webbing of the neck and
coarse, enlarged, prominent ears. Gonadal dysgenesis is
seen at birth and typically causes sterility in adult females
(unless they have the mosaic form).
Cardiovascular defects, such as a bicuspid aortic valve
and coarctation of the aorta, occur in 10% to 40% of patients. Short stature (usually under 59 [150 cm]) is the
most common adult sign.
Most patients have average or slightly below-average
intelligence; they commonly exhibit spatial defects,
rightleft disorientation for extrapersonal space, and defective figure drawing.

Assessment

Diagnosis and treatment

H Abnormal body build (long legs with short, obese

Turners syndrome can be diagnosed by chromosome


analysis. Differential diagnosis should rule out mixed gonadal dysgenesis, Noonans syndrome, and other similar
disorders.
Treatment should begin in early childhood and may include hormonal therapy (androgens, human growth hormone and, possibly, small doses of estrogen). Later, progesterone and estrogen can induce sexual maturation, but
most patients remain sterile.

464

Klinefelter syndrome

History
H Sexual dysfunction (impotence, lack of libido)
H In some individuals, behavioral problems beginning

in adolescence
H Increased incidence of pulmonary disease and vari-

cose veins

Physical findings
H Small penis and prostate gland
H Small testicles
H Sparse facial and abdominal hair
H Feminine distribution of pubic hair (triangular

shape)
H In fewer than 50% of patients, gynecomastia
H In the mosaic form, delay of pathologic changes and

resulting infertility
trunk)
H Tall stature

Test results
Laboratory
H A karyotype (chromosome analysis) is determined by
culturing lymphocytes from the patients peripheral
blood.
H Urinary 17-ketosteroid levels are decreased.

9400I-J-K.qxd

8/2/12

4:36 PM

Page 465

H Follicle-stimulating hormone excretion is increased.


H Plasma testosterone levels are decreased after

puberty.

Treatment
General
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated
H Psychological counseling

Medications
H Supplemental testosterone

Surgery
H Mastectomy in patients with persistent gynecomastia.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings about the disorder
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H comply with prescribed treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to discuss his feelings of con-

fusion and rejection that may arise, and try to reinforce his male identity.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the potential benefits and adverse effects of testosterone administration.

Discharge planning
H Send the fertile patient with the mosaic form of the

syndrome for genetic counseling.

Klinefelter syndrome

465

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 466

Labyrinthitis
Overview

Complications
H Meningitis
H Permanent balance disability
H Permanent hearing loss

Description

Assessment

H Inflammation of the labyrinth of the inner ear


H Typically produces severe vertigo with head move-

History

ment and sensorineural hearing loss


H Viral labyrinthitis most prevalent form

Pathophysiology
H Lesion within vestibular pathways (inner ear to cere-

bral cortex) results in an imbalance in the vestibular


system.

Causes
H Viral or bacterial infections
H Cholesteatoma
H Drug toxicity
H Head injury
H Tumor
H Vasculitis
H Allergies

Risk factors
H Current or recent viral infection, especially

respiratory
H Allergies
H Smoking
H Excess alcohol intake
H Stress

Incidence
H Affects all ages beyond infancy
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Severe vertigo with head movement
H Nausea and vomiting
H Sensorineural hearing loss
H Tinnitus

H Severe vertigo from any movement of the head


H Nausea and vomiting
H Unilateral or bilateral hearing loss
H Recent upper respiratory tract infection
H Loss of balance and falling in the direction of the af-

fected ear

Physical findings
H Spontaneous nystagmus
H Jerking movements of eyes toward unaffected ear
H Purulent drainage

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity tests show the infecting
organism.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scanning results rule out
brain lesion.
Diagnostic procedures
H Audiometric testing reveals sensorineural hearing
loss.
H A flat tympanogram may suggest fluid in the middle
ear, a perforated tympanic membrane, or impacted
cerumen. Fluctuations on the tympanogram, synchronous with the patients pulse, suggest a glomangioma in the middle ear.
H Electronystagmography may show decreased velocity
from one side that indicates hypofunction or canal
paresis. An inability to induce nystagmus with ice
water denotes a dead labyrinth.

Treatment
General

Managing labyrinthitis
H Tell the patient to avoid sudden position changes.
H Help the patient assess how much this disability will affect his daily life.
H Work with the patient to identify hazards in the home,
such as throw rugs and dark stairways.
H Discuss the patients anxieties and concerns about vertigo attacks and decreased hearing.
H Stress the importance of maintaining and resuming
normal diversions or social activities when balance disturbance is absent.

466

Labyrinthitis

H Based on relieving symptoms


H Increased oral fluids
H During acute attacks, bed rest in darkened room

with head immobilized between pillows

Medications
H Meclizine to relieve vertigo
H Antiemetics such as prochlorperazine
H Benzodiazepines such as valium
H I.V. fluids for severe dehydration
H Antibiotics as appropriate

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 467

Surgery
H Surgical excision of cholesteatoma
H Drainage of middle and inner ear infected areas
H Labyrinthectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volumes
H be free from injury
H verbalize understanding of the condition and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Offer the patient reassurance when appropriate.
H Maintain bed rest in a darkened room with his head

immobilized during acute attacks.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.

For the patient with hearing loss


H Encourage expression of concerns about hearing
loss.
H Give clear, concise explanations.
H Face him when speaking.
H Enunciate words clearly, slowly, and in a normal
tone.
H Provide a pencil and paper to aid communication.
H Alert staff to communication needs.

Monitoring
H Response to medication
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration
H Intake and output
H Auditory acuity
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H limitation of activities to avoid danger from vertigo
H recovery time (up to 6 weeks)
H prompt treatment of upper respiratory tract and systemic infections
H controlling use of salicylates and other potentially
toxic substances
H completion of the prescribed medication regimen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H preoperative and postoperative instructions, as indicated
H management of labyrinthitis (see Managing
labyrinthitis).

Labyrinthitis

467

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 468

Lactose intolerance
Overview
Description
H Inability to digest and absorb lactose, the main car-

bohydrate in milk
H Stems from an insufficiency of the enzyme lactase
H May be congenital (rare) or acquired
H Deficiency continues for life

Pathophysiology
See Understanding lactase insufficiency.

Causes

Incidence
H High incidence among certain ethnic groups, includ-

ing Blacks, Asians, Native Americans, Greek Cypriots,


and some Ashkenazic Jews

Common characteristics
H Abdominal pain and distention after ingesting dairy

products

Complications
H Dehydration

Assessment
History
H GI signs and symptoms, such as diarrhea, abdominal

H Genetic basis
H Medical conditions that disrupt the intestinal mucosa

(secondary)
H Medications that cause GI disturbances
H Ionizing radiation to the abdomen and abdominal

surgery

cramping, discomfort, distention, flatulence, and


borborygmus (intestinal rumbling), following ingestion of milk products
H History of a medical disorder or treatment that disrupts the GI mucosa

Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Nonverbal signs of patient distress, such as doubling

Understanding lactase insufficiency


Normally, the enzyme lactase hydrolyzes dietary lactose in
the jejunum and proximal ileus. The hydrolysis splits lactose into glucose and galactose, which bind to glucose
carriers and eventually pass into the portal vein. If lactase
levels are insufficient to split the lactose, a chain of effects
is triggered.

Available lactase is insufficient to


hydrolyze dietary lactose.

Unsplit lactose remains as unabsorbed glucose


in the small intestine.

Unabsorbed glucose acts osmotically


to draw in and retain intraluminal fluid,
leading to diarrhea.

Intestinal bacteria ferment the lactose,


breaking it down into hydrogen, carbon dioxide,
water, and organic acids.

Accumulation of gases causes discomfort,


flatulence, and distention.

468

Lactose intolerance

over or holding the abdomen


H Rectal tissue irritation and excoriation related to di-

arrhea
H Hyperactive bowel sounds

Test results
Laboratory
H Lactose tolerance testing: A blood sample is taken after the patient has fasted overnight. Then the patient
ingests a specified oral lactose load. Serum glucose
levels are taken on blood samples drawn at specified
intervals following lactose ingestion and on the fasting blood sample. A minimal increase (less than
20 mg/dl) in the serum glucose level and GI symptoms (cramping, flatulence and, perhaps, diarrhea)
confirm lactase deficiency.
H Breath hydrogen analysis measures excess hydrogen
exhalation resulting from bacterial fermentation of
lactose in the colon. (Hydrogen from the colon passes to the blood and then to the lungs.) Increased hydrogen content of expired air confirms lactose intolerance.
Other
H Lactose challenge test produces diarrhea and bloating within minutes to hours.
H Lactose-free diet testing eliminates lactose from the
patients diet for a period of time such as 5 days. If
he becomes asymptomatic, the diagnosis is upheld.
H Small-bowel biopsy (rarely used) determines
whether lactose intolerance is primary or secondary.
Only the secondary form shows abnormal epithelium.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 469

Treatment
General
H Lactose-free diet

Medications

H checking product labels carefully for lactose content

and avoiding products that list milk solids, milk sugars, whey, or casein
H the need to eliminate all sources of lactose from his
diet until he is symptom free
H how to use lactase enzyme products
H avoiding vitamin D and calcium deficiencies.

H Lactase enzyme products available as chewable

tablets, tablets, and capsules


H Antidiarrheal agents, such as loperamide and bis-

muth subsalicylate
H Calcium supplement

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have normal bowel function
H have fluid volume within normal parameters
H maintain adequate caloric intake.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed antidiarrheal agents.
H Administer prescribed lactase enzyme products.
H Assess the patient for abdominal discomfort.
H Encourage relaxation and diversion techniques to

relieve discomfort.
H Initiate patient care measures to protect the rectal

skin and mucous membranes.


H Assess the patient for signs of dehydration.
H Offer emotional support.
H Provide patient privacy.

Monitoring
H Elimination pattern
H Diet
H Skin integrity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H lactose intolerance and its associated signs and
symptoms, risks, and treatment, especially dietary
management
H avoiding foods that contain lactose, such as milk
(whole, low-fat, skim, evaporated, condensed, buttermilk, cream), ice cream, cheese, sour cream, custards, milk-based puddings, butter, drinks prepared
with chocolate or malted milk powder, cream sauces
and gravies, cream-based soups, chocolate candy, instant potatoes, baked products made with milk, and
frozen or canned fruits and vegetables containing
lactose

Lactose intolerance

469

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 470

Laryngeal cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant cells in the tissues of the larynx or voice

box
H Squamous cell carcinoma: most common form (95%

of cases)
H Adenocarcinoma and sarcoma: rare (5% of cases)
H Tumor intrinsic (located on the true vocal cords;

tends not to spread because underlying connective


tissues lack lymph nodes), or extrinsic (located on
another part of the larynx; tends to spread easily)

Pathophysiology

Assessment
History
Stage I
H Complaints of local throat irritation
H 2-week history of hoarseness
Stages II and III
H Hoarseness
H Sore throat
H Voice volume reduced to whisper
Stage IV
H Pain radiating to ears
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea

Physical findings

supraglottic (on the false vocal cords)


glottic (on the true vocal cords)
subglottic (rare downward extension from the
vocal cords).
H Malignant cells that proliferate can cause swallowing
and breathing impairment.
H A tumor can decrease mobility of the vocal cords.

Stage I
H None
Stage II
H Possible abnormal movement of vocal cords
Stage III
H Abnormal movement of vocal cords; possible lymphadenopathy
Stage IV
H Neck mass or enlarged cervical nodes

Causes

Test results

H Unknown

Imaging
H Xeroradiography, laryngeal tomography, computed
tomography scan, and laryngography confirm the
presence of a mass.
H Chest X-ray rules out metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Laryngoscopy allows definitive staging by obtaining
multiple biopsy specimens to establish a primary diagnosis, to determine the extent of the disease, and
to identify additional premalignant lesions or second
primaries.
Other
H Biopsy identifies cancer cells.

H Laryngeal cancer is classified by its location:

Risk factors
H Smoking
H Alcoholism
H Chronic inhalation of noxious fumes
H Familial disposition
H History of gastroesophageal reflux disease

Incidence
H About nine times more common in males than

females
H Most victims between ages 50 and 65

Common characteristics
Intrinsic laryngeal cancer
H Hoarseness lasting longer than 3 weeks
Extrinsic laryngeal cancer
H Lump in the throat
H Pain or burning of the throat when drinking hot liquid or citrus drinks
With metastasis
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea
H Cough
H Pain, most commonly radiating to the ear
H Enlarged cervical lymph nodes

Complications
H Increased swallowing difficulty and pain
H Metastasis

470

Laryngeal cancer

Treatment
General
H Precancerous lesions laser surgery
H Early lesions laser surgery or radiation therapy
H Advanced lesions radiation therapy and

chemotherapy
H Speech preservation
H Speech rehabilitation (when speech preservation im-

possible) esophageal speech, prosthetic devices,


or experimental surgical reconstruction of the voice
box
H Diet based on treatment options
H May require enteral feeding
H Frequent rest periods

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 471

Medications

Discharge planning

H Chemotherapeutic agents
H Analgesics

H Arrange for rehabilitation measures (including laryn-

Surgery
H Cordectomy
H Partial or total laryngectomy
H Supraglottic laryngectomy or total laryngectomy with

geal speech, esophageal speech, an artificial larynx,


and various mechanical devices).
H Refer the patient to local resources and support services.

laryngoplasty

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings regarding illness
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain a patent airway
H utilize available support systems.

Nursing interventions
H Provide supportive psychological, preoperative, and

postoperative care.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Assist with establishing a method of communication.
H Prepare the patient for functional losses (inability to

smell, blow his nose, whistle, gargle, sip, or suck on


a straw).
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Suction when needed.
H After total laryngectomy, elevate the head of the bed
30 to 45 degrees and support the back of the neck to
prevent tension on sutures and, possibly, wound dehiscence.

Monitoring
After partial laryngectomy
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Tracheostomy tube care
H Use of voice
After total laryngectomy
H Laryngectomy tube care
H Vital signs
H Postoperative complications
H Pain control
H Nasogastric (NG) tube placement and function

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H appropriate oral hygiene practices (before partial or
total laryngectomy)
H postoperative procedures, such as suctioning, NG
tube feeding, and laryngectomy tube care
H preparation for any functional losses.

Laryngeal cancer

471

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 472

Laryngitis
Overview
Description
H Acute or chronic inflammation of vocal cords
H Isolated infection or part of a generalized bacterial

or viral upper respiratory tract infection


H Typical viral infection mild, with limited duration
H Inflammatory changes caused by repeated attacks

(associated with chronic laryngitis)

Pathophysiology
H Inflammatory response to cell damage by viruses re-

sults in hyperemia and fluid exudation.


H Irritant receptors are triggered.
H Kinins and other inflammatory mediators may induce

spasm of upper airway smooth muscle.

Special populations
Developmental differences in the upper airway
structures of young children may result in severe
narrowing of the upper airways with inflammation, to the degree that respiratory failure may result from hypoventilation.

Assessment
History
H Hoarseness ranging from mild to complete loss of

voice
H Feeling of throat rawness
H Throat pain
H Dry cough
H Malaise
H Difficulty swallowing

Physical findings
H Cough
H Fever
H Regional lymphadenopathy
H Stridor (in children)

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is elevated in bacterial
infection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Indirect laryngoscopy reveals red, inflamed and,
occasionally, hemorrhagic vocal cords exudate.

Treatment

Causes

General

H Infection
H Overuse of the voice
H Inhalation of smoke or fumes
H Aspiration of caustic chemicals
H Chronic laryngitis
H Chronic upper respiratory tract disorders
H Mouth breathing
H Smoking
H Constant exposure to dust or other irritants
H Alcohol abuse
H Gastroesophageal reflux
H Reflux esophagitis

H Symptom-based
H Elimination of underlying cause
H Resting the voice (primary treatment)
H Humidification
H Avoidance of smoking
H Avoidance of whispering
H Cold fluids
H Rest during febrile period, with head of bed elevated

Incidence

Medications
H Analgesics
H Throat lozenges
H Antibiotics as appropriate (bacterial infection)

H Common disorder
H Affects all ages
H Affects males and females equally

Surgery

Common characteristics

Nursing considerations

H Hoarseness
H Dry cough

Key outcomes

Complications
H Chronic hoarseness
H Permanent laryngeal tissue changes
H Airway obstruction

472

Laryngitis

H Tracheotomy in chronic laryngitis

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit an adequate breathing pattern
H show no signs of infection
H express understanding of the condition and treatment.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 473

Nursing interventions
H Encourage discussion of concerns.
H Keep tracheotomy tray at bedside.
H Encourage modification of predisposing factors.
H Restrict verbal communication.
H Provide alternative communication means.
H Anticipate needs.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Respiratory status

ALERT
In severe, acute laryngitis, monitor the patient for
signs and symptoms of airway obstruction.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H why the patient shouldnt talk
H alternate methods of communication
H speaking softly rather than whispering
H maintenance of adequate humidification
H smoking cessation
H medication and possible adverse reactions
H importance of completing prescribed antibiotics
H avoidance of occupational hazards.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Laryngitis

473

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 474

Life-threatening disorder

Latex allergy
Overview
Description
H An immunoglobulin (Ig) Emediated immediate hy-

persensitivity reaction to products that contain natural latex


H Can range from local dermatitis to life-threatening
anaphylactic reaction

Pathophysiology
H Mast cells release histamine and other secretory

products.
H Vascular permeability increases and vasodilation and

bronchoconstriction occur.
H Chemical sensitivity dermatitis is a type IV delayed hypersensitivity reaction to the chemicals used in processing rather than the latex itself.
H In a cell-mediated allergic reaction, sensitized T lymphocytes are triggered, stimulating the proliferation
of other lymphocytes and mononuclear cells, resulting in tissue inflammation and contact dermatitis.

Causes
H Frequent contact with latex-containing products (see

Products that contain latex)

Risk factors
H Medical and dental professionals
H Workers in latex companies
H Patients with spina bifida or other conditions that re-

quire multiple surgeries involving latex material


H History of:

Asthma or other allergies, especially to bananas,


avocados, tropical fruits, or chestnuts
Multiple intra-abdominal or genitourinary surgeries
Frequent intermittent urinary catheterization

Incidence
H Present in 1% to 5% of population of the United

States
H Affects 10% to 30% of health care workers
H Most prevalent (20% to 68%) in patients with spina

bifida and urogenital abnormalities


H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Hypotension
H Tachycardia
H Urticaria and pruritus
H Difficulty breathing, bronchospasm, wheezing, and

stridor
H Angioedema

474

Latex allergy

Complications
H Respiratory obstruction
H Systemic vascular collapse
H Death

Assessment
History
H Exposure to latex

Physical findings
H Signs of anaphylaxis
H Rash
H Angioedema
H Conjunctivitis
H Wheezing, stridor

Test results
Diagnosis of latex allergy is based mainly on history and
physical assessment.
Laboratory
H Radioallergosorbent test shows specific IgE antibodies to latex (safest for use in patients with history of
type I hypersensitivity).

Products that contain latex


Medical products

H Adhesive bandages
H Airways, Levin tube
H Blood pressure cuff, tubing, and bladder
H Catheter leg straps
H Catheters
H Dental dams
H Elastic bandages
H Electrode pads
H Fluid-circulating hypothermia blankets
H Handheld resuscitation bags
H Hemodialysis equipment
H I.V. catheters
H Latex or rubber gloves
H Medication vials
H Pads for crutches
H Protective sheets
H Reservoir breathing bags
H Rubber airways and endotracheal tubes
H Tape
H Tourniquets

Nonmedical products

H Adhesive tape
H Balloons (excluding Mylar)
H Cervical diaphragms
H Condoms
H Disposable diapers
H Elastic stockings
H Glue
H Latex paint
H Nipples and pacifiers
H Rubber bands
H Tires

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 475

Other
H Patch test results in hives with itching or redness as a
positive response.

Treatment
General
H Prevention of exposure, including use of latex-free

products to decrease possible exacerbation of hypersensitivity


H Maintenance of patent airway

Medications
H Use before and after possible exposure to latex
H Corticosteroids
H Antihistamines
H Histamine-2 receptor blockers

Acute treatment
H Epinephrine 1:1,000
H Oxygen therapy
H Volume expanders
H I.V. vasopressors
H Aminophylline and albuterol

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H remain hemodynamically stable
H identify latex products in order to avoid exposure.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain airway, breathing, and circulation.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

ALERT
When adding medication to an I.V. bag, inject the
drug through the spike port, not the rubber latex
port.
H Keep the patients environment latex free.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H potential for life-threatening reaction
H wearing medical identification jewelry that identifies
allergy
H how to use an epinephrine autoinjector.

Latex allergy

475

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 476

Lead poisoning

Incidence

Overview

H About 4.4% of children in the United States having an

H Sharp decline for the past 30 years due to education

and regulations

Description
H Toxicity from repeated or excessive exposure to lead

which occurs naturally in the environment


H Present in:

Lead-based paint
Soil and dust
Drinking water
Air
Food
H Major worldwide health hazard

Pathophysiology
H Lead replaces calcium in the bones, affecting rapidly

growing bones; it appears as lines on X-rays.


H Substances, such as sodium citrate, ascorbate, amino
acids, vitamin D, protein and fat, and lactose, bind to
lead and enhance its absorption.
H Lead is metabolized in blood, skeleton, soft tissues,
and bile, and other body fluids.
H It affects every body system but primarily red blood
cell chemistry, the kidneys, and the nervous system.
H Brain damage occurs at low lead levels and isnt reversible.

Causes
H Inhalation of lead dust or fumes
H Ingestion of lead

Risk factors
H Children with pica or iron deficiency anemia
H Living where more than 27% of the housing was built

before 1950
H Exposure to leaded-paint surfaces
H Dust from clothing of lead worker
H Water from lead or lead-soldered plumbing
H Lead-glazed ceramics
H Soil and dust near lead industries and roads
H Hobbies

Glazed pottery making


Target shooting at firing ranges
Painting
Stained glass making
H Home remodeling
H Occupational exposuremore than 900 occupations, including:
Plumbers
Auto mechanics
Glass manufacturers
Printers
Construction workers
H Herbal folk remedies

476

Lead poisoning

elevated lead level


H Black, non-Hispanic children at greatest risk
H Highest between ages 1 and 5 and adult workers

Common characteristics
H Anemia
H Anorexia
H Constipation

Complications
H Renal failure
H Mental retardation
H Encephalopathy
H Exposure during pregnancy associated with low birth

weight and premature birth

Assessment
History
H Commonly produces no symptoms until severe
H Possible myalgia or paresthesia
H Fatigue or lethargy
H Irritability
H Abdominal discomfort
H Difficulty concentrating
H Headache
H Tremors
H Vomiting
H Weight loss
H Seizures
H Delayed developmental milestones

Physical findings
H Typically normal
H Abdominal tenderness, possibly severe
H Possible symptoms of neuropathy or encephalopathy

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum lead levels are elevated.
H Complete blood count may show microcytic anemia.
H Free erythrocyte protoporphyrin level is elevated.
H Zinc protoporphyrin level is elevated.
H Provocative chelation test estimates the total body
burden of lead and the efficacy of treatment.
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays
H Long-bone X-rays may show growth retardation.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 477

Treatment
General
H Based on blood lead level
H Separate individual from source of exposure
H Possibly intestinal irrigation
H Chelation therapy to promote lead excretion

Medications
H Calcium disodium edetate, usually I.V. but may be

given I.M.
H Dimercaprol given I.M.
H Oral agents

D-penicillamine (used for about 30 years but still


not FDA approved for chelation therapy)
Succimer (DMSA)
H Diazepam for initial seizure control, if indicated

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or parent) will:
H verbalize understanding of the disease and its treatment
H express understanding of preventive measures
H eliminate sources of lead from the home.
The patient will:
H verbalize reduced or absent pain
H show age-appropriate skills and activities
H show developmental progress
H demonstrate increased energy.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide the prescribed diet, and encourage dietary

Prevention

Preventing lead poisoning


Lead poisoning can be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Discuss screening family members for lead with health
care provider.
H Identify sources of lead in the home, such as in tap
water, handmade pots or pottery, imported cans of
food, and lead paint.
H Keep children away from lead paint and other sources
of lead in the home.
H Eat foods high in iron, calcium, and vitamin C, which
limit lead absorption.
H Wash hands after playing or working outside, before
eating, and before bed.
H Have the home inspected before doing major
remodeling and repairs, and reside elsewhere while the
lead source is being removed.
H If family members work with lead, they should change
their clothes before coming home from work, take off
shoes before entering the home, and shower before
playing with children.
H Discard toys that may contain lead paint.
H Dont let children play near major roadways or bridges.
H Run cold water for at least 1 minute before using.
H Dont use hot water for drinking, mixing formula, or
cooking.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of follow-up care and monitoring lead
levels
H lead poisoning prevention. (See Preventing lead
poisoning.)

changes.
H Encourage activities that can be completed in short

periods.
H Help the patient (or parent) identify risk factors and

modify lifestyle, as appropriate.


H Facilitate screening of all family members.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Level of pain
H Growth and development
H Laboratory values
H Urine output
H Complications
H Risk factor and lifestyle modifications

Lead poisoning

477

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 478

Legg-Calv-Perthes
disease

H Slight shortening of the leg


H Severely restricted abduction and internal rotation of

Overview

H Permanent disability
H Premature osteoarthritis

Description
H Ischemic necrosis leading to eventual flattening of

the head of the femur due to vascular interruption


H Typically unilateral, occurs bilaterally in 20% of patients
H Also called coxa plana
H Usually runs its course in 3 to 4 years
H May lead to premature osteoarthritis later in life from
misalignment of the acetabulum and flattening of the
femoral head

Pathophysiology
H The first stage, synovitis, is characterized by synovial

inflammation and increased joint fluid, and typically


lasts 1 to 3 weeks.
H In the second (avascular) stage, vascular interruption causes necrosis of the ossification center of the
femoral head (usually in several months to 1 year).
H In the third stage, revascularization, a new blood
supply causes bone resorption and deposition of immature bone cells. New bone replaces necrotic bone
and the femoral head gradually reforms.
H The final, or residual stage, involves healing and
regeneration. Immature bone cells are replaced by
normal bone cells, thereby fixing the joints shape.
There may be residual deformity, based on the
degree of necrosis that occurred in stage two.

Causes
H Exact vascular obstructive changes that initiate dis-

the hip

Complications

Assessment
History
H Family history
H Limp that becomes progressively worse
H Persistent pain in the groin, anterior thigh, or knee

aggravated by activity and relieved by rest

Physical findings
H Muscle atrophy
H Slight shortening of the affected leg
H Restricted hip abduction and internal rotation
H Adductor muscle spasm in the affected hip

Test results
Imaging
H Hip X-rays taken every 3 to 4 months confirm the diagnosis, with findings that vary according to the stage
of the disease.
H Anterior-posterior X-rays and magnetic resonance
imaging enhance early diagnosis of necrosis and
visualization of articular surface.

Treatment
General
H Protection of the femoral head from further stress

and damage by containing it within the acetabulum

ease unknown
H Current etiologic theories:
Venous obstruction with secondary intraepiphyseal
thrombosis
Trauma to retinacular vessels
Vascular irregularities (congenital or developmental)
Vascular occlusion secondary to increased intracapsular pressure from acute transient synovitis
Increased blood viscosity resulting in stasis and
decreased blood flow

H Reduced weight bearing by means of bed rest in bilat-

Incidence

Surgery

H Occurs most frequently in boys ages 4 to 10


H Tends to occur in families

H For a young child in the early stages of the disease,

Common characteristics
H Persistent thigh pain or limp that becomes progres-

sively more severe


H Mild pain in the hip, thigh, or knee aggravated by

activity and relieved by rest


H Muscle spasm
H Atrophy of muscles in the upper thigh

478

Legg-Calv-Perthes disease

eral split counterpoised traction, then application of


hip abduction splint or cast, or weight bearing while
a splint, cast, or brace holds the leg in abduction
(braces remaining in place for 6 to 18 months)
H Physical therapy with passive and active range-ofmotion (ROM) exercises after cast removal
H Well-balanced diet

Medications
H Analgesics

osteotomy and subtrochanteric derotation providing


maximum confinement of the epiphysis within the
acetabulum allowing return of the femoral head to
normal shape and full ROM; proper placement of
the epiphysis thus allowing remolding with ambulation; postoperatively, requiring a hip-spica cast for
about 2 months

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 479

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H perform activities of daily living within the confines
of the disease
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Provide cast care.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Neurovascular status of affected extremity
H Skin integrity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper cast care and monitoring of skin integrity.

Legg-Calv-Perthes disease

479

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 480

Legionnaires disease
Overview
Description

H Hypotension
H Delirium
H Seizures
H Heart failure
H Arrhythmias
H Renal failure
H Shock

H An acute bronchopneumonia produced by a gram-

negative bacillus
H Illness ranging from mild (with or without pneu-

monitis) to serious multilobed pneumonia with mortality as high as 15%


H Outbreaks (usually in late summer and early fall)
epidemic or confined to a few cases

Pathophysiology

Assessment
History
H Presence at a suspected source of infection
H Prodromal symptoms, including anorexia, malaise,

myalgia, and headache

H The legionella enter the lungs after aspiration or in-

Physical findings

halation.
H Although alveolar macrophages phagocytize the legionella, the organisms arent killed and proliferate
intracellularly.
H The cells rupture, releasing the legionella, and the
cycle starts again.
H Lesions develop a nodular appearance, and alveoli
become filled with fibrin, neutrophils, and alveolar
macrophages.

H Rapidly rising fever with chills


H Grayish or rust-colored, nonpurulent, occasionally

Causes
H Legionella pneumophila, an aerobic, gram-negative

bacillus most likely transmitted by air


H Water distribution systems (such as whirlpool spas

and decorative fountains): a primary reservoir for


the organism

Risk factors
H Smoking
H Diabetes
H Cancer, especially hematologic or pulmonary
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H End-stage renal disease
H Chronic cardiopulmonary disease
H Advanced age
H Alcohol abuse
H Recent surgery

Incidence
H Most likely to affect males more than females
H Others at increased risk:

Elderly patients
Immunocompromised patients
Patients with chronic underlying disease such as
diabetes
Alcoholics
Cigarette smokers

blood-streaked sputum
H Tachypnea
H Bradycardia (in about 50% of patients)
H Neurologic signs (altered level of consciousness

[LOC])
H Dullness over areas of secretions and consolidation

or pleural effusions
H Fine crackles that develop into coarse crackles as the

disease progresses

Test results
Laboratory
H Gram staining reveals numerous neutrophils but no
organism.
H Definitive method of diagnosis involves isolation of
the organisms from respiratory secretions or bronchial washings or through thoracentesis.
H Definitive tests include direct immunofluorescence of
L. pneumophila and indirect fluorescent serum antibody testing.
H Leukocytosis and increased erythrocyte sedimentation rate are present.
H Partial pressure of arterial oxygen is decreased, and
partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide is initially
decreased.
H Serum sodium level less than 131 mg/L indicates
hyponatremia.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray typically shows patchy, localized infiltration, which progresses to multilobed consolidation
(usually involving the lower lobes) and pleural effusion.
H In fulminant disease, chest X-ray reveals opacification of the entire lung.

Common characteristics

Treatment

H Nonspecific prodromal symptoms


H Initial nonproductive cough that becomes productive

General

Complications

H Fluid replacement
H Oxygen administration

H Hypoxia and acute respiratory failure

480

Legionnaires disease

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 481

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as levofloxacin and azithromycin
H Antipyretics such as acetominophen

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H cough effectively
H expectorate sputum effectively
H express feelings of increased comfort in maintaining
air exchange
H regain and maintain normal fluid and electrolyte balance
H have normal breath sounds.

Nursing interventions
H Give tepid sponge baths or use hypothermia blankets

to lower fever.
H Provide frequent mouth care. If necessary, apply

soothing cream to irritated nostrils.


H Replace fluids and electrolytes, as needed.
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status and arterial blood gas values
H LOC

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention of infection
H importance of disinfection of water supply
H purpose of postural drainage, and how to perform
coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H proper hand washing and disposal of soiled tissues
to prevent disease transmission.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a pulmonologist, if necessary.

Legionnaires disease

481

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 482

Life-threatening disorder

Leukemia, acute
Overview
Description
H Malignant proliferation of white blood cell (WBC)

precursors, or blasts, in bone marrow or lymph tissue; blasts accumulate in peripheral blood, bone
marrow, and body tissues
H Most common form of cancer among children
H Common forms:
Acute lymphoblastic (lymphocytic) leukemia
(ALL), characterized by abnormal growth of lymphocyte precursors (lymphoblasts)
Acute myeloblastic (myelogenous) leukemia
(AML); causes rapid accumulation of myeloid precursors (myeloblasts)
Acute monoblastic (monocytic) leukemia, or
Schillings type; results in marked increase in
monocyte precursors (monoblasts)
H ALL: treatment induces remissions in 90% of children (average survival time: 5 years) and 65% of
adults (average survival time: 1 to 2 years); children
ages 2 to 8 have best survival rate about 50%
with intensive therapy
H AML: average survival time is only 1 year after diagnosis, even with aggressive treatment (remissions
lasting 2 to 10 months in 50% of children; adult survival, only about 1 year after diagnosis, even with
treatment)
H Without treatment, invariably fatal

Pathophysiology
H Immature, nonfunctioning WBCs appear to accumu-

late first in the tissue where they originate, such as


lymphocytes in lymph tissue and granulocytes in
bone marrow.
H The immature, nonfunctioning WBCs spill into the
bloodstream and overwhelm red blood cells (RBCs)
and platelets; from there, they infiltrate other tissues.

Causes
H Unknown

Risk factors
H Radiation (especially prolonged exposure)
H Certain chemicals and drugs
H Viruses
H Genetic abnormalities
H Chronic exposure to benzene

In children
H Down syndrome
H Ataxia
H Telangiectasia

482

Leukemia, acute

H Congenital disorders, such as albinism and congeni-

tal immunodeficiency syndrome

Incidence
H More common in males than females
H More common in whites (especially of Jewish ances-

try)
H More common in children between ages 2 and 5

(80% in this age-groupALL), and those who live in


urban and industrialized areas

Common characteristics
H Sudden onset of high fevers
H Night sweats
H Malaise
H Bone and joint pain
H Shortness of breath during physical activity
H Excessive bleeding or bruises

Complications
H Infection
H Organ malfunction through encroachment or hemor-

rhage

Assessment
History
H Sudden onset of high fever
H Abnormal bleeding
H Fatigue and night sweats
H Weakness, lassitude, recurrent infections, and chills
H Abdominal or bone pain in patients with ALL, AML,

or acute monoblastic leukemia

Physical findings
H Tachycardia, palpitations, and a systolic ejection

murmur
H Decreased ventilation
H Pallor
H Lymph node enlargement
H Liver or spleen enlargement

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood counts show thrombocytopenia and neutropenia, and a WBC differential shows the cell type.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows the affected organs, and cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows abnormal WBC invasion of the central nervous system.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration that shows a proliferation of
immature WBCs confirms acute leukemia; if the aspirate is dry or free from leukemic cells but the patient
has other typical signs of leukemia, a bone marrow
biopsy, usually of the posterior superior iliac spine,
must be performed.
H Lumbar puncture is used to detect meningeal involvement.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 483

Treatment
General
H Transfusions of platelets to prevent bleeding
H Transfusions of RBCs to treat anemia
H Bone marrow transplantation in some patients
H Radiation therapy in case of brain or testicular infil-

tration
H Chemotherapeutic and radiation treatment, depending on diagnosis
H Well-balanced diet
H Frequent rest periods

Medications
For meningeal infiltration
H Intrathecal instillation of methotrexate or cytarabine
with cranial radiation
For ALL
H Vincristine, prednisone, high-dose cytarabine, and
daunorubicin
H Intrathecal methotrexate or cytarabine because ALL
carries 40% risk of meningeal infiltration
For AML
H Combination of I.V. daunorubicin and cytarabine (if
these fail to induce remission, treatment with some
or all of the following drugs: a combination of cyclophosphamide, vincristine, prednisone, or methotrexate; high-dose cytarabine alone or with other drugs;
amsacrine; etoposide; and 5-azacytidine and mitoxantrone)
For acute monoblastic leukemia
H Cytarabine and thioguanine with daunorubicin or
doxorubicin
H Anti-infectives, such as antibiotics, antifungals, antivirals and granulocyte injections

Monitoring
H Complications from treatment
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Urine pH (should be above 7.5)
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H use of a soft toothbrush and avoidance of hot, spicy
foods and commercial mouthwashes
H signs and symptoms of infection
H signs and symptoms of abnormal bleeding
H planned rest periods during the day.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H exhibit intact mucous membranes
H experience no chills, fever, or other signs and symptoms of illness
H express feelings of increased comfort
H utilize available support systems.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide comfort.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H After bone marrow transplantation, keep the patient

in a sterile room, administer antibiotics, and transfuse packed RBCs as necessary.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Control mouth ulceration by checking often for obvious ulcers and gum swelling and by providing frequent mouth care and saline rinses.

Leukemia, acute

483

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 484

Leukemia, chronic
granulocytic

H Hemorrhage
H Pain

Assessment

Overview

History

Description

H Renal calculi or gouty arthritis


H Fatigue, weakness, dyspnea, decreased exercise tol-

H Type of leukemia characterized by abnormal over-

growth of granulocytic precursors (myeloblasts,


promyelocytes, metamyelocytes, and myelocytes) in
bone marrow, peripheral blood, and body tissues
H Always fatal (average survival time 3 to 4 years after
onset of chronic phase and 3 to 6 months after onset
of acute phase)
H Clinical course in two distinct phases:
insidious chronic phase (characterized by anemia
and bleeding abnormalities)
acute phase (blast crisis, or myeloblasts, the most
primitive granulocytic precursors, proliferating
rapidly)
H During acute phase, may develop either lymphoblastic or myeloblastic disease (despite vigorous treatment, chronic granulocytic leukemia rapidly advancing after onset of acute phase)
H Also called chronic myelogenous (or myelocytic)
leukemia (CML)

Pathophysiology
H CML is a myeloproliferative disorder, originating in a

progenitor stem cell.


H Malignant transformation is identified in erythroid,

megakaryocytic, and macrophage cell lines.


H Malignant transformation arises from pluripotential

stem cells or lymphoid stem cells.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Presence of the Philadelphia chromosome (found in

almost 90% of patients)


H Myeloproliferative diseases

Incidence
H Most common in young and middle-aged adults
H Slightly more common in males than in females, and

rare in children
H In United States, 3,000 to 4,000 cases annually

erance, and headache


H Recent weight loss and anorexia

Physical findings
H Evidence of bleeding and clotting disorders
H Low-grade fever and tachycardia
H Pallor
H Difficulty breathing
H Retinal hemorrhage
H Hepatosplenomegaly with abdominal discomfort and

pain
H Sternal and rib tenderness

Test results
Laboratory
H Chromosomal studies of peripheral blood or bone
marrow show the Philadelphia chromosome.
H Low leukocyte alkaline phosphatase levels confirm
chronic granulocytic leukemia.
H Complete blood count reveals:
white blood cell (WBC) abnormalities, including
leukocytosis (WBC count over 50,000/l, rising
as high as 250,000/l), occasionally leukopenia
(WBC count under 5,000/l), and neutropenia
(neutrophil count under 1,500/l) despite high
WBC count
increased circulating myeloblasts
decreased hemoglobin level (below 10 g/dl), and
low hematocrit (less than 30%)
thrombocytosis (more than 1 million thrombocytes/l).
H Serum uric acid level may exceed 8 mg/dl.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan may show the affected
organs.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspirate or biopsy (performed only if
the aspirate is dry) may be hypercellular, characteristically showing bone marrow infiltration by a significantly increased number of myeloid elements; in the
acute phase, myeloblasts predominate.

(about 20% of all leukemias)

Common characteristics
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Weight loss
H History of gouty arthritis or renal calculi

Complications
H Infection

484

Leukemia, chronic granulocytic

Treatment
General
H Bone marrow transplantation (chronic phase, more

than 60% of patients who receive transplant achieving remission)


H Local splenic radiation

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 485

H Leukapheresis (selective leukocyte removal) to re-

Discharge planning

duce WBC count


H Well-balanced diet
H Frequent rest periods

H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Medications
H Antineoplastics, such as hydroxyurea or imatinib

Surgery
H Splenectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H have intact mucous membranes
H experience no chills, fever, or other signs and symptoms of illness
H express feelings of increased comfort and energy
H utilize available support systems.

Nursing interventions
H Plan care to minimize fatigue.
H Regularly check skin and mucous membranes for

pallor, petechiae, and bruising.


H Encourage deep-breathing and coughing exercises.
H Encourage verbalization and provide comfort.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H After bone marrow transplantation, keep the patient

in a sterile room and give prescribed antibiotics and


packed red blood cells.

Monitoring
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Complete blood count
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to minimize bleeding and infection risks (such
as by using a soft-bristled toothbrush, an electric razor, and other safety devices)
H high-calorie, high-protein diet
H reinforcement of the physicians explanation of the
procedure, possible outcome, and potential adverse
effects (if the patient will undergo bone marrow
transplantation)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of infection and thrombocytopenia.

Leukemia, chronic granulocytic

485

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 486

Leukemia, chronic
lymphocytic

Physical findings
H Macular or nodular eruptions and evidence of skin

infiltration
H Enlarged lymph nodes, liver, and spleen
H Bone tenderness and edema from lymph node ob-

struction

Overview

H Pallor, dyspnea, tachycardia, bleeding, and infection

Description

H Signs of opportunistic fungal, viral, or bacterial in-

H The most benign and the most slowly progressive

form of leukemia
H Prognosis poor if anemia, thrombocytopenia, neutropenia, bulky lymphadenopathy, and severe lymphocytosis develop

Pathophysiology
H Chronic lymphocytic leukemia is a generalized, pro-

gressive disease marked by an uncontrollable spread


of abnormal, small lymphocytes in lymphoid tissue,
blood, and bone marrow.
H Once these cells infiltrate bone marrow, lymphoid
tissue, and organ systems, clinical signs begin to
appear.
H Gross bone marrow replacement by abnormal lymphocytes is the most common cause of death, usually
within 4 to 5 years of diagnosis.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Hereditary factors
H Undefined chromosomal abnormalities
H Certain immunologic defects, such as acquired

from bone marrow involvement


fections

Test results
Laboratory
H Miscellaneous blood tests reveal the disease. (Typically, chronic lymphocytic leukemia is an incidental
finding during a routine complete blood count that
reveals numerous abnormal lymphocytes.)
In the early stages, white blood cell (WBC) count
is mildly but persistently elevated; granulocytopenia is the rule, although WBC count climbs as disease progresses.
Hemoglobin level is less than 11 g/dl.
WBC differential shows neutropenia (less than
1,500/l) and lymphocytosis (more than
10,000/l).
Platelet count shows thrombocytopenia (less than
150,000/l).
Serum protein electrophoresis shows hypogammaglobulinemia.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan shows affected organs.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration and biopsy show lymphocytic invasion.

agammaglobulinemia or ataxia-telangiectasia

Incidence
H Most common in elderly people; nearly all afflicted

are males older than age 50

Treatment
General

H Chronic lymphocytic leukemia almost one-third of

H Radiation therapy to relieve symptoms (generally for

new leukemia cases annually


H Higher incidence recorded within families
H Fever, malaise, weakness
H Enlarged lymph nodes

patient with enlarged lymph nodes, painful bony lesions, or massive splenomegaly)
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Avoidance of hot and spicy foods for patient with
impaired oral membranes
H Frequent rest periods

Complications

Medications

H Infection
H In end-stage disease: anemia, progressive spleno-

H Systemic chemotherapy, such as fludarabine, chlo-

Common characteristics

megaly, leukemic cell replacement of the bone marrow, and profound hypogammaglobulinemia, which
usually terminates with fatal septicemia

Assessment
History
H Fatigue, malaise, fever, weight loss, and frequent in-

fections
H Weakness, palpitations

486

Leukemia, chronic lymphocytic

rambucil, and cyclophosphamide


H Other antineoplastics, such as rituximab and alem-

tuzumab

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H have intact mucous membranes

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 487

H experience no chills, fever, or other signs and symp-

toms of illness
H express feelings of increased comfort and energy
H utilize available support systems.

Nursing interventions
H Help establish an appropriate rehabilitation program

during remission.
H Place in reverse isolation, if necessary.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer blood component therapy, as necessary.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding and thrombo-

cytopenia
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Nutritional status
H Pain control
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H use of a soft toothbrush and avoidance of commercial mouthwashes to prevent irritating the mouth
ulcers that result from chemotherapy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of infection, bleeding, and
recurrence
H staying away from anyone with an infection
H importance of follow-up care
H signs and symptoms of recurrence.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Leukemia, chronic lymphocytic

487

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 488

Listeriosis
Overview
Description

by coming in contact with infected animals, contaminated sewage or mud, or soil contaminated with
feces organism. (See Preventing listeriosis.)

Causes
H Contamination with L. monocytogenes

H An infection caused by the weakly hemolytic, gram-

Risk factors

positive bacillus Listeria monocytogenes


H Occurs most commonly in fetuses, in neonates (during the first 3 weeks of life), and in older or immunosuppressed adults; infected fetus usually stillborn or born prematurely
H Infection producing milder illness in pregnant females and varying degrees of illness in older and immunosuppressed patients; prognoses dependent on
severity of underlying illness

H Age extremes
H Pregnancy
H Weakened immune system
H Handling or eating uncooked or undercooked meat,

Pathophysiology
H L. monocytogenes is a nonspore producing, motile

gram-positive bacillus with aerobic and anaerobic


characteristics.
H It grows best at neutral to slightly alkaline pH.
H Transmission occurs:
in utero (through the placenta) or during passage
through an infected birth canal
by inhaling contaminated dust
by drinking contaminated, unpasteurized milk

soft cheese, and unpasturized milk


H Occupations involving contact with animals, such as

butchers, veterinarians, and farmers

Incidence
H 7.4 cases per million population
H Affects females of childbearing age

Common characteristics
H Transient asymptomatic carrier state
H Bacteremia and a febrile, generalized illness
H In a pregnant female, especially during the third

trimester: a mild illness with malaise, chills, fever,


and back pain (possibly also severe uterine infection,
abortion, premature delivery, or stillbirth)
H Transplacental infection possibly causing early
neonatal death or granulomatosis infantiseptica,
which produces organ abscesses in infants

Complications
Preventing listeriosis
Follow these general guidelines to prevent listeriosis:
H Thoroughly cook raw food from animal sources, such
as beef, pork, or poultry.
H Wash raw vegetables thoroughly before eating.
H Keep uncooked meats separate from vegetables and
from cooked foods and ready-to-eat foods.
H Avoid unpasteurized (raw) milk or foods made from
unpasteurized milk.
H Wash hands, knives, and cutting boards after handling
uncooked foods.
Patients at high risk, such as those with weakened immune systems and pregnant women, should follow the
general guidelines, plus:
H Avoid hot dogs, luncheon meats, and deli meats, unless they are reheated until steaming hot.
H Avoid cross-contaminating other foods, utensils, and
food preparation surfaces with fluid from hot dog packages, and wash hands after handling hot dogs, luncheon meats, and deli meats.
H Dont eat soft cheeses, such as feta, Brie, Camembert,
blue-veined cheeses, and Mexican-style cheeses such
as queso blanco fresco.
H Dont eat refrigerated pts or meat spreads. Canned or
shelf-stable pts and meat spreads may be eaten.
H Dont eat refrigerated smoked seafood, such as
salmon, trout, whitefish, cod, tuna, or mackerel, unless
its in a cooked dish such as a casserole.

488

Listeriosis

H Stillbirth
H Meningitis
H Septic arthritis
H Endocarditis

Assessment
History
H Ingestion of infected food
H Eye or skin exposure to laboratory animals or ani-

mals seen in veterinary practice

Physical findings
H Back pain and malaise
H Fever
H Nausea and diarrhea
H Headache, stiff neck
H Confusion, loss of balance, seizures
H Skin lesions on trunk and extremities
H Signs of sepsis

Test results
Laboratory
H L. monocytogenes is identified by its diagnostic tumbling motility on a wet mount of the culture.
H Positive culture of blood, spinal fluid, drainage from
cervical or vaginal lesions, or lochia from a mother

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 489

with an infected neonate is present; isolation of the


organism from these specimens is generally difficult.

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as penicillin G and ampicillin

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain stable vital signs
H show improvement in signs and symptoms.

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Provide adequate nutrition by total parenteral nutri-

tion, nasogastric tube feedings, or a soft diet, as


ordered.

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Fontanels (in neonates)
H Vital signs
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to avoid infective materials on farms where
listeriosis is endemic among livestock.

Listeriosis

489

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 490

Liver cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant cells growing in the tissues of the liver
H Rapidly fatal, usually within 6 months
H After cirrhosis, the leading cause of fatal hepatic dis-

ease
H Liver metastasis occurring as solitary lesion (the first

sign of recurrence after a remission)

Pathophysiology
H Most (90%) primary liver tumors originate in the

parenchymal cells and are hepatomas. Others originate in the intrahepatic bile ducts (cholangiomas).
H Approximately 30% to 70% of patients with hepatomas also have cirrhosis.
H Rare tumors include a mixed-cell type, Kupffer cell
sarcoma, and hepatoblastoma.
H The liver is one of the most common sites of metastasis from other primary cancers. Cells metastasize to
gallbladder, mesentery, peritoneum, and diaphragm
by direct extension.

Causes
H Immediate cause unknown
H Environmental exposure to carcinogens
H Possibly androgens and oral estrogens
H Hepatitis B virus
H Hepatitis C virus
H Hepatitis D virus

Risk factors
H Cirrhosis
H Excessive alcohol intake
H Malnutrition

Incidence
H Most prevalent in males older than age 60
H Primary liver cancer roughly 2% of all cancers in

North America and 10% to 50% of cancers in Africa


and parts of Asia

Common characteristics

H Nausea and vomiting


H Initially, dull aching abdominal pain
H Severe pain in the epigastrium or right upper

quadrant

Physical findings
H Jaundice
H Dependent edema
H Abdominal bruit, hum, or rubbing sound
H Tender, nodular, enlarged liver
H Ascites
H Palpable mass in the right upper quadrant

Test results
Laboratory
H Liver function studies are abnormal.
H Alpha-fetoprotein levels are greater than
500 mcg/ml.
H Electrolyte study results are abnormal.
Imaging
H Liver scan may show filling defects and lesions in
the liver.
H Arteriography may define large tumors.
H Ultrasound and computed tomography scans may
reveal lesions in the liver.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy by needle or open biopsy reveals cancerous cells.

Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy (alone or with chemotherapy)
H High-calorie, low-protein diet
H Frequent rest periods
H Postoperative avoidance of heavy lifting and contact

sports

Medications
H Chemotherapeutics, such as doxorubicin, 5-fluo-

rouracil, and cisplatin

Surgery
H Resection (lobectomy or partial hepatectomy)
H Liver transplantation

H Right upper quadrant pain


H Fatigue

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H GI hemorrhage
H Progressive cachexia
H Liver failure

Assessment

The patient will:


H maintain stable hemodynamic status
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H exhibit adequate coping behaviors
H maintain normal fluid volume
H express feelings of increased comfort.

History

Nursing interventions

H Weight loss
H Weakness, fatigue, and fever

H Administer prescribed drugs.


H Provide meticulous skin care.

490

Liver cancer

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 491

H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Weight
H Pain control
H Neurologic status
H Complete blood count; liver function tests
H Postoperative complications
H Wound site

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions
H relaxation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support services.

Liver cancer

491

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 492

Liver failure
Overview
Description
H Inability of the liver to function properly, usually as

the end result of any liver disease


H Causes a complex syndrome involving the impair-

ment of many different organs and body functions


(see Understanding liver functions)
H Two conditions occurring in liver failure hepatic
encephalopathy and hepatorenal syndrome
H Liver transplantation only cure

Pathophysiology
H Manifestations of liver failure include hepatic en-

cephalopathy and hepatorenal syndrome.


Hepatic encephalopathy
H The liver cant detoxify the blood.
H Liver dysfunction and collateral vessels that shunt
blood around the liver to the systemic circulation
permit toxins absorbed from the GI tract to circulate
freely to the brain.
H The normal liver transforms ammonia (a by-product
of protein metabolism) to urea, which the kidneys
excrete.
H When the liver cant transform ammonia to urea, ammonia blood levels rise, and the ammonia is delivered to the brain.
H Short-chain fatty acids, serotonin, tryptophan, and
false neurotransmitters may also accumulate in the
blood.
Hepatorenal syndrome
H Renal failure is concurrent with liver disease; the
kidneys appear to be normal but abruptly cease functioning.
H Blood volume expands, hydrogen ions accumulate,
and electrolyte disturbances occur.

Understanding liver functions


To understand how liver disease affects the body, you
need to understand its main functions. The liver:
H detoxifies poisonous chemicals, including alcohol, and
drugs (prescribed and over-the-counter as well as illegal substances)
H makes bile to help digest food
H stores energy by stockpiling sugar (carbohydrates, glucose, and fat) until needed
H stores iron reserves as well as vitamins and minerals
H manufactures new proteins
H produces important plasma proteins necessary for
blood coagulation, including prothrombin and fibrinogen
H serves as a site for hematopoiesis during fetal development.

492

Liver failure

H The cause may be the accumulation of vasoactive

substances that cause inappropriate constriction of


renal arterioles, leading to decreased glomerular filtration and oliguria.
H The vasoconstriction may also be a compensatory response to portal hypertension and the pooling of
blood in the splenic circulation.

Causes
H Viral hepatitis
H Nonviral hepatitis
H Cirrhosis
H Liver cancer
H Acetaminophen toxicity
H Malnutrition
H Long-term alcohol abuse
H Hemochromatosis
H Ingestion of wild, poisonous mushrooms

Risk factors
H Obesity
H Diabetes
H Hyperlipidemia
H Abdominal surgery removing large sections of the

small intestines
H Certain medications

Incidence
H Patients younger than age 10 and older than age 40

faring poorly

Common characteristics
H Jaundice
H Abdominal pain or tenderness
H Nausea and anorexia
H Fatigue
H Weight loss
H Pruritus
H Oliguria
H Splenomegaly
H Ascites
H Peripheral edema
H Varices of the esophagus, rectum, and abdominal

wall
H Bleeding tendencies
H Petechia
H Amenorrhea
H Gynecomastia (in males)

Complications
H Variceal bleeding
H GI hemorrhage
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Liver disorder

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 493

H Fatigue
H Weight loss
H Nausea
H Anorexia
H Pruritus

Physical findings
H Jaundice
H Abdominal tenderness
H Splenomegaly
H Ascites
H Peripheral edema

Test results
Laboratory
H Liver function tests reveal elevated levels of aspartate
aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase, alkaline
phosphatase, and bilirubin.
H Blood studies reveal anemia, impaired red blood cell
production, elevated bleeding and clotting times, low
blood glucose levels, and increased serum ammonia
levels.
H Urine osmolarity is increased.

Monitoring
H Level of consciousness
H Vital signs
H Laboratory values
H Intake and output
H Weight and abdominal girth

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of complications and when to notify the
physician
H importance of following a low-protein diet
H importance of avoiding alcohol.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available support services, as

appropriate.

Treatment
General
H Paracentesis to remove ascitic fluid
H Balloon tamponade to control bleeding varices
H Low-protein, high-carbohydrate diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Lactulose
H Potassium-sparing diuretics (for ascites)
H Potassium supplements
H Vasoconstrictors (for variceal bleeding)
H Vitamin K

Surgery
H Sclerosis to stop bleeding varices
H Shunt placement
H Liver transplantation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain stable vital signs
H stabilize fluid status
H remain oriented to his surroundings.

Nursing interventions
H Reorient patient, as needed.
H Provide a safe environment.
H Provide emotional support.

Liver failure

493

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 494

Lung cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumors arising from the respiratory epithe-

lium
H Most common types are epidermoid (squamous

cell), adenocarcinoma, small-cell (oat cell), and


large-cell (anaplastic)
H Most common site is wall or epithelium of bronchial
tree
H For most patients, poor prognosis, depending on extent of cancer when diagnosed and cells growth rate
(only about 13% of patients with lung cancer surviving 5 years after being diagnosed)

Pathophysiology
H Individuals with lung cancer demonstrate bronchial

epithelial changes progressing from squamous cell


alteration or metaplasia to carcinoma in situ.
H Tumors originating in the bronchi are thought to be
more mucus producing.
H Partial or complete obstruction of the airway occurs
with tumor growth, resulting in lobar collapse distal
to the tumor.
H Early metastasis occurs to other thoracic structures,
such as hilar lymph nodes or the mediastinum.
H Distant metastasis occurs to the brain, liver, bone,
and adrenal glands.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Smoking
H Exposure to carcinogenic and industrial air pollu-

tants (asbestos, arsenic, chromium, coal dust, iron


oxides, nickel, radioactive dust, and uranium)
H Radon exposure
H Genetic predisposition

Incidence
H Family susceptibility

Special populations
Lung cancer is the most common cause of death
from cancer for men and women ages 50 to 75.
H 15% of new cancer cases
H 29% of all cancer deaths

Common characteristics
Epidermoid and small-cell
H Smokers cough
H Hoarseness
H Wheezing

494

Lung cancer

H Dyspnea
H Hemoptysis
H Chest pain
H Cushings and carcinoid syndromes
H Hypercalcemia

Adenocarcinoma and large-cell


H Fever
H Weakness
H Weight loss
H Anorexia
H Shoulder pain
H Gynecomastia
H Hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy

Complications
H Spread of primary tumor to intrathoracic structures
H Tracheal obstruction
H Esophageal compression with dysphagia
H Phrenic nerve paralysis with hemidiaphragm eleva-

tion and dyspnea


H Sympathetic nerve paralysis with Horners syndrome
H Spinal cord compression
H Lymphatic obstruction with pleural effusion
H Hypoxemia
H Anorexia and weight loss, sometimes leading to

cachexia, digital clubbing, and hypertrophic osteoarthropathy


H Neoplastic and paraneoplastic syndromes, including
Pancoasts syndrome and syndrome of inappropriate
antidiuretic hormone

Assessment
History
H Possibly no symptoms
H Exposure to carcinogens
H Coughing
H Hemoptysis
H Shortness of breath
H Hoarseness
H Fatigue

Physical findings
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Finger clubbing
H Edema of the face, neck, and upper torso
H Dilated chest and abdominal veins (superior vena

cava syndrome)
H Weight loss
H Enlarged lymph nodes
H Enlarged liver
H Decreased breath sounds
H Wheezing
H Pleural friction rub

Test results
Laboratory
H Cytologic sputum analysis shows diagnostic evidence
of pulmonary malignancy.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 495

H Liver function studies are abnormal especially with

metastasis.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show advanced lesions and can show a
lesion up to 2 years before signs and symptoms appear; findings may indicate tumor size and location.
H Contrast studies of the bronchial tree (chest tomography, bronchography) demonstrate size and location as well as spread of lesion.
H Bone scan is used to detect metastasis.
H Computed tomography (CT) scan of the chest is used
to detect malignant pleural effusion.
H CT scan of the brain is used to detect metastasis.
H Positron-emission tomography aids in the diagnosis
of primary and metastatic sites.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy can be used to identify the tumor site.
Bronchoscopic washings provide material for cytologic and histologic study.
H Needle biopsy of the lungs (relies on biplanar fluoroscopic visual control to locate peripheral tumors before withdrawing a tissue specimen for analysis) allows firm diagnosis in 80% of patients.
H Tissue biopsy of metastatic sites (including supraclavicular and mediastinal nodes and pleura) is used
to assess disease extent. Based on histologic findings,
staging describes the diseases extent and prognosis
and is used to direct treatment.
H Thoracentesis allows chemical and cytologic examination of pleural fluid.
H Gallium scans of the liver and spleen help detect
metastasis.
H Exploratory thoracotomy is performed to obtain
biopsy.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal fluid volume
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Provide supportive care.
H Encourage verbalization.
H Give prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Chest tube function and drainage
H Postoperative complications
H Wound site
H Vital signs
H Sputum production
H Hydration and nutrition
H Oxygenation
H Pain control

Patient teaching

Treatment

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H postoperative procedures and equipment
H chest physiotherapy
H exercises to prevent shoulder stiffness
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H risk factors for recurrent cancer.

General

Discharge planning

H Various combinations of surgery, radiation therapy,

H Refer smokers to local branches of the American

and chemotherapy to improve prognosis


H Palliative (most treatments)
H Preoperative and postoperative radiation therapy
H Laser therapy
H Well-balanced diet
H Activity, as tolerated per breathing capacity

Cancer Society or Smokenders.


H Provide information about group therapy, individual

counseling, and hypnosis.


H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Medications
H Chemotherapy combinations
H Erletin
H Biologicals such as bevacizumab

Surgery
H Partial removal of lung (wedge resection, segmental

resection, lobectomy, radical lobectomy)


H Total removal of lung (pneumonectomy, radical

pneumonectomy)

Lung cancer

495

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 496

Lupus erythematosus
Overview
Description
H Chronic inflammatory disorder of the connective tis-

sues appearing in two forms: discoid lupus erythematosus, which affects only the skin, and systemic
lupus erythematosus (SLE), which affects multiple
organ systems as well as the skin and possibly fatal
H Characterized by recurring remissions and exacerbations, especially common during the spring and summer
H Prognosis improving with early detection and treatment but remaining poor for patients who develop
cardiovascular, renal, or neurologic complications,
or severe bacterial infections

Assessment
History
H History of contributing factor
H Fever
H Weight loss
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Polyarthralgia
H Abdominal pain
H Headaches, irritability, and depression (common)
H Nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation
H Irregular menstrual periods or amenorrhea during

the active phase of SLE

Physical findings
H Rashes
H Joint involvement, similar to rheumatoid arthritis (al-

though the arthritis of lupus usually nonerosive)

Pathophysiology

H Skin lesions, most commonly an erythematous rash

H Autoimmunity is believed to be the prime mechanism

in areas exposed to light (classic butterfly rash over


the nose and cheeks in less than 50% of patients) or
a scaly, papular rash (mimics psoriasis), especially
in sun-exposed areas
H Vasculitis (especially in the digits), possibly leading
to infarctive lesions, necrotic leg ulcers, or digital
gangrene
H Patchy alopecia and painless ulcers of the mucous
membranes
H Lymph node enlargement (diffuse or local, and nontender)

involved with SLE.


H The body produces antibodies against components of
its own cells such as the antinuclear antibody (ANA),
and immune complex disease follows.
H Patients with SLE may produce antibodies against
many different tissue components, such as red blood
cells (RBCs), neutrophils, platelets, lymphocytes, or
almost any organ or tissue in the body.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Physical or mental stress
H Streptococcal or viral infections
H Exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet light
H Immunization
H Pregnancy
H Abnormal estrogen metabolism
H Treatment with certain drugs, such as procainamide

(Pronestyl), hydralazine (Apresoline), and anticonvulsants

Incidence
H Affects 14 to 50 people per 100,000 in the United

States
H Affects females more than males
H Affects all ages, but peak incidence is young adult-

hood

Common characteristics
See Signs of systemic lupus erythematosus.

Complications
H Concomitant infections
H Urinary tract infections
H Renal failure
H Osteonecrosis of hip from long-term steroid use

496

Lupus erythematosus

Test results
Laboratory
H Antidouble-stranded deoxyribonucleic acid antibody, the most specific test for SLE, correlates with
disease activity, especially renal involvement, and
helps monitor response to therapy; it may be low or
absent in remission.
H Complete blood count with differential may show
anemia and a decreased white blood cell (WBC)
count.
H Platelet count is decreased.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
H Serum hypergammaglobulin is elevated.
H ANA and lupus erythematosus cell tests show positive
results in active SLE.
H Urine studies may show RBCs and WBCs, urine casts
and sediment, and significant protein loss (more
than 0.5 g/24 hours).
H Serum complement blood studies show decreased
serum complement (C3 and C4) levels indicating
active disease.
H Lupus anticoagulant and anticardiolipin tests may be
positive in some patients (usually in patients prone to
antiphospholipid syndrome of thrombosis, abortion,
and thrombocytopenia).
Imaging
H Chest X-ray may show pleurisy or lupus pneumonitis.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 497

Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show a conduction defect
with cardiac involvement or pericarditis.
H Kidney biopsy determines disease stage and extent of
renal involvement.

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Dialysis or kidney transplant for renal failure
H Diet restrictions based on extent of disorder
H Activity, as tolerated
H Frequent rest periods

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, including

aspirin
H Topical corticosteroid creams, such as hydrocorti-

sone buteprate and triamcinolone


H Intralesional corticosteroids or antimalarials such as

hydroxychloroquine sulfate
H Systemic corticosteroids

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from infection
H remain hemodynamically stable
H express understanding of disease and treatment.

Signs of systemic lupus erythematosus


Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) often mimics other
diseases, making it difficult to diagnose. Symptoms may
be vague and vary greatly among patients.
For these reasons, the American Rheumatism Association issued a list of criteria for classifying SLE to be used
primarily for consistency in epidemiologic surveys. Usually, four or more of these signs are present at some time
during the course of the disease:
H malar or discoid rash
H photosensitivity
H oral or nasopharyngeal ulcerations
H nonerosive arthritis (of two or more peripheral joints)
H pleuritis or pericarditis
H profuse proteinuria (more than 0.5 g/day) or excessive
cellular casts in the urine
H seizures or psychoses
H hemolytic anemia, leukopenia, lymphopenia, or thrombocytopenia
H antidouble-stranded deoxyribonucleic acid or positive
findings of antiphospholipid antibodies (elevated immunoglobulin [Ig] G or IgM anticardiolipin antibodies,
positive test result for lupus anticoagulant, or falsepositive serologic test results for syphilis)
H abnormal antinuclear antibody titer.

Discharge planning
H Arrange for physical therapy and occupational coun-

seling, as appropriate.
H Refer the patient to the Lupus Foundation of America

and the Arthritis Foundation, as necessary.

Nursing interventions
H Provide a balanced diet. Renal involvement may man-

date a low-sodium, low-protein diet.


H Urge the patient to get plenty of rest. Schedule diag-

nostic tests and procedures to allow adequate rest.


H Explain all tests and procedures.
H Apply heat packs to relieve joint pain and stiffness.
H Encourage regular exercise to maintain full range of

motion (ROM) and prevent contractures.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Laboratory reports

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H ROM exercises as well as body alignment and postural techniques
H expected benefit of prescribed medications as well as
adverse effects
H cosmetic tips, such as suggesting the use of hypoallergenic makeup and referral to a hairdresser who
specializes in scalp disorders.

Lupus erythematosus

497

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 498

Lyme disease
Overview
Description
H A multisystem disorder caused by a spirochete

Pathophysiology
H A tick injects spirochete-laden saliva into the blood-

stream or deposits fecal matter on the skin.


H After incubating for 3 to 32 days, the spirochetes mi-

grate outward on the skin, causing a rash, and disseminate to other skin sites or organs through the
bloodstream or lymph system.
H Spirochetes may survive for years in the joints or die
after triggering an inflammatory response in the host.

Causes
H The spirochete Borrelia burgdorferi, carried by the

minute tick Ixodes dammini (also called I. scapularis) or another tick in the Ixodidae family

Risk factors
H Outdoor occupations
H Outdoor activities, such as camping and hunting
H Geographic location with tick infestation

Incidence
H Affects all ages and both sexes
H Onset during the summer months
H Occurs in geographic ranges of ixodid ticks

Common characteristics
H Typically begins with classic skin lesion, erythema

migrans (EM)
H Skin lesions with bright red outer rims and white

centers appearing on axilla, thigh, and groin


H Initial reported symptoms, such as fatigue, malaise,

migratory myalgia, and arthralgia


H Cardiac, neurologic, or joint abnormalities possibly

developing weeks or months later

Complications
H Myocarditis
H Pericarditis
H Arrhythmias
H Meningitis

Differentiating Lyme disease


Lyme disease, or chronic neuroborreliosis, needs to be
differentiated from chronic fatigue syndrome or fibromyalgia, which is difficult late in the disease because of
chronic pain and fatigue. The other diseases produce
more generalized and disabling symptoms; also, patients
lack evidence of joint inflammation, have normal neurologic tests, and have a greater degree of anxiety and depression than patients with Lyme disease.

498

Lyme disease

If untreated in acute phase


H Encephalitis
H Cranial or peripheral neuropathies
H Arthritis

Assessment
History
H Recent exposure to ticks
H Onset of symptoms in warmer months
H Severe headache and stiff neck with rash eruption
H Fever (up to 104 F [40 C]) and chills

Physical findings
H Regional lymphadenopathy
H Tenderness in the skin lesion site or the posterior

cervical area
Early stage
H Tachycardia or irregular heartbeat
H Mild dyspnea
H EM
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Arthralgia
Later stage
H Neurologic signs such as memory impairment
H Bells palsy
H Intermittent arthritis (see Differentiating Lyme disease)
H Cardiac symptoms, such as heart failure, pericarditis,
and dyspnea
H Neurologic symptoms, such as memory impairment
and myelitis
H Fibromyalgia
H Ocular signs such as conjunctivitis

Test results
Laboratory
H Assays for anti-B. burgdorferi show evidence of previous or current infection.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay or indirect immunofluorescence microscopy shows immunoglobulin (Ig) M levels peak 3 to 6 weeks after infection,
IgG antibodies are detected several weeks after infection and may continue to develop for several months
and generally persist for years.
H Positive Western blot assay shows serologic evidence.
of past or current infection with B. burgdorferi
H Polymerase chain reaction is used when joint and
cerebrospinal fluid involvement are present.

ALERT
Serologic testing isnt useful early in the course of
Lyme disease because of its low sensitivity. However, it may be more useful in later disease stages,
when sensitivity and specificity of the test are improved.

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 499

Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture with analysis of cerebrospinal fluid
may show antibodies to B. burgdorferi.
H Skin biopsy may be used to detect B. burgdorferi.

Treatment
General
H Prompt tick removal using proper technique
H Rest periods when needed

Medications
H I.V. or oral antibiotics (initiated as soon as possible

after infection), such as doxycycline, amoxicillin,


ceftriaxone, and cefuroxime axetil

Prevention

Preventing lyme disease


Lyme disease can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Avoid tick-infested areas.
H Cover the skin with light-colored clothing to make ticks
more visible.
H Wear long sleeves and pants and tuck pant legs into
socks.
H Use insect repellants, such as DEET or permethricin
(on clothing only).
H Inspect the body and scalp for attached ticks at least
every 4 hours and remove. Lyme disease is less likely
if the tick is removed in less than 48 hours.
H Check pets for ticks.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H express relief from pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible.

Nursing interventions
H Plan care to provide adequate rest.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assist with range-of-motion and strengthening exer-

cises (with arthritis).


H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Skin lesions
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug reactions
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of follow-up care and reporting recurrent or new symptoms to the physician
H prevention of Lyme disease (see Preventing Lyme
disease)
H information about the vaccine for persons at risk for
contracting Lyme disease.

Discharge planning
H If the patient is in the late stages of the disease, refer

him to a dermatologist, neurologist, cardiologist, or


infectious disease specialist, as indicated.

Lyme disease

499

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 500

Lymphocytic
choriomeningitis
Overview
Description
H A mild, biphasic, febrile illness lasting about 2 weeks
H Asymptomatic in one-third of individuals and re-

solves without serious sequelae in most cases


H Rarely fatal (less than 1% mortality rate)
H Also known as LCM or lymphocytic meningitis

Pathophysiology
H Infected mice or other hosts excrete lymphocytic

choriomeningitis virus (LCMV) in saliva, urine, and


feces.
H Human infection is through inhalation of infectious
aerosolized particles of host urine, feces, or saliva;
food contaminated with virus; or contamination of
mucous membranes, skin lesions, or cuts with infected body fluids.
H The incubation period is 8 to13 days and is followed
by a biphasic, febrile illness.
H The initial viremia extensively seeds extra-central
nervous system tissue and sometimes cortical tissue.
H The leptomeninges are infiltrated mainly by lymphocytes and histiocytes, with few neutrophils.
H The hosts immune response to the infected cells
produces various symptoms.
H Natural killer cells are first to respond, then cytotoxic T cells respond with interferon.
H Meningeal symptoms appear in 15 to 21 days.

Causes
H LCMV
H Arenavirus

Risk factors
H Handling infected animals or their excreta

Incidence
H Prevalence of LCM in humans: 2% to 10%, but im-

portant to note that LCM historically underreported


H Individuals of all ages susceptible, but more common

in young adults
H Cases reported in Europe, North America, South

America, Australia, and Japan, but most cases occurring in the northeast and eastern seaboard areas of
the United States
H More common during fall and winter
H Infection occurring equally in males and females

Common characteristics
H Early: fever, malaise, anorexia, weakness, muscle

aches, retro-orbital headache, nausea, and vomiting


(other symptoms appearing less commonly include

500

Lymphocytic choriomeningitis

sore throat, nonproductive cough, joint pain, chest


pain, testicular pain, and parotid [salivary gland]
pain)
H Late: include alopecia and signs and symptoms of
meningitis (fever, increased headache, and stiff
neck) or encephalitis (drowsiness, confusion, sensory disturbances, and motor abnormalities such as
paralysis)

Complications
H Temporary or permanent neurologic damage possi-

ble (meningitis, paralysis, coma)


H Possible maternal transmission (Pregnancy-related

infection associated with abortion, congenital hydrocephalus, chorioretinitis, and mental retardation)
H Myelitis presenting with muscle weakness, paralysis,
or changes in body sensation
H Guillain-Barrtype syndrome
H Orchitis (usually unilateral) or parotitis
H Cardiac involvement such as myocarditis
H Psychosis
H Joint pain and arthritis during convalescence, especially in the metacarpophalangeal and proximal interphalangeal joints
H Prolonged convalescence, with continuing dizziness,
somnolence, and fatigue

Assessment
History
H Exposure to rodents, hamsters, or their excreta 1 to

3 weeks before symptom onset

Physical findings
H Lymphadenopathy
H Maculopapular rash
H Fever
H Cough
H Possible bradycardia

Test results
Laboratory
PHASE I
H White blood cell (WBC) count is decreased (leuko-

penia).
H Platelet count is decreased (thrombocytopenia).
H Liver enzymes are mildly elevated.
PHASE II
H Protein levels are increased.
H WBC count is increased.
H Glucose levels in cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) are

decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay detects immunoglobulin M antibodies from serum or CSF (the
preferred diagnostic test).
H Lumbar puncture: In patients with meningeal signs,
CSF is typically abnormal, consisting of an increased

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 501

Prevention

opening pressure, increased protein levels, and a


lymphocytic pleocytosis, usually in the range of
several hundred WBCs.

Treatment
General
H Hospitalization and supportive treatment based on

severity
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications

Preventing lymphocytic
choriomeningitis
Lymphocytic choriomeningitis can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Use meticulous hand-washing techniques using soap
and water after handling pet rodents.
H Clean cages in a well-ventilated area.
H Use a liquid disinfectant, such as diluted household
bleach, to clean up rodent droppings.
H Avoid putting rodents near your face.
H Closely supervise children and make sure they follow
good hand-washing practices after touching rodents.

H No specific treatment
H Anti-inflammatory drugs possibly useful
H Ribavirin (effective against LCMV in vitro)
H Analgesics (for symptom relief)

Surgery
H Acute hydrocephalus possibly requiring surgical

shunting to relieve increased intracranial pressure

H Refer paralyzed or comatose patients to physical

therapy or occupational therapy, as needed.


H Refer psychotic patients for follow-up with a psychia-

trist.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report acute symptom relief
H use precautions in handling rodents in the future
H have a plan to manage potential complications during convalescence
H understand the importance of follow-up appointments.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage rest and fluids after lumbar puncture.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer total care if the patient is paralyzed or in

a coma.
H Encourage diet and activity, as tolerated.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Acute hydrocephalus
H Cardiac signs and symptoms
H Skin integrity
H If lumbar puncture, complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention techniques (see Preventing lymphocytic
choriomeningitis)
H use of a personal respirator.

Discharge planning
H Refer pregnant patients to an obstetrician for moni-

toring.

Lymphocytic choriomeningitis

501

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 502

Lymphoma,
non-Hodgkins

H Meningitis
H Anemia
H Liver, kidney, and lung problems (with tumor

growth)
H Central nervous system involvement possibly leading

Overview
Description
H Heterogeneous group of malignant diseases that orig-

inate in lymph glands and other lymphoid tissue


H Usually classified according to histologic, anatomic,

and immunomorphic characteristics developed by


the National Cancer Institute (Rappaport histologic
and Lukes and Collins classifications also used in
some facilities)
H New categories of non-Hodgkins lymphoma, called
mantle zone lymphoma and marginal zone lymphoma
H Also called malignant lymphoma and lymphosarcoma

Pathophysiology
H Non-Hodgkins lymphoma seems to be similar to

Hodgkins disease, but Reed-Sternberg cells arent


present, and the lymph node destruction is different.
H Lymphoid tissue is defined by the pattern of infiltration as diffuse or nodular. Nodular lymphomas yield
a better prognosis than the diffuse form, but in both
the prognosis is less hopeful than in Hodgkins disease.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H History of autoimmune disease

Incidence
H Three times more common than Hodgkins disease
H Incidence increasing, especially in patients with au-

toimmune disorders and those receiving immunosuppressant treatment or those with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

Special populations
Males older than age 60 have the highest incidence
of non-Hodgkins lymphoma.

to increased intracranial pressure

Assessment
History
H Symptoms mimicking those of Hodgkins disease
H Painless, swollen lymph glands (swelling that may

have appeared and disappeared over several


months)
H Complaints of fatigue, malaise, weight loss, fever, and
night sweats
H Trouble breathing, cough (usually children)

Physical findings
H Enlarged tonsils and adenoids
H Rubbery nodes in the cervical and supraclavicular

areas

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows anemia.
H Uric acid levels are normal or elevated.
H Calcium level is elevated due to bone lesions.
Imaging
H Miscellaneous scans (chest X-rays; lymphangiography; liver, bone, and spleen scans; a computed tomography scan of the abdomen; and excretory urography) show disease progression.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsies of lymph nodes; of tonsils, bone marrow,
liver, bowel, or skin; or, as needed, of tissue removed
during exploratory laparotomy help to differentiate
non-Hodgkins lymphoma from Hodgkins disease.
H The same staging system used for Hodgkins disease
is used for non-Hodgkins lymphomas.

Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy mainly during the localized stage

of the disease
H Total nodal irradiation usually effective in nodular

and diffuse lymphomas


H Enlarged, painless lymph nodes
H Fever, malaise
H Weight loss

H Well-balanced, high-calorie, high-protein diet


H Increased fluid intake
H Small, frequent meals
H Limited activity
H Frequent rest periods

Complications

Medications

H Hypercalcemia
H Hyperuricemia
H Lymphomatosis

H Chemotherapy in combinations

Common characteristics

502

Lymphoma, non-Hodgkins

9400L.qxd

8/2/12

4:37 PM

Page 503

Surgery
H Total or subtotal gastrectomy to treat perforation

(common in patients with gastric lymphomas) before


chemotherapy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have no further weight loss
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide time for rest periods.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Monitoring
H Adverse effects of treatment
H Vital signs
H Pain control
H Hydration and nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative procedures
H dietary plan
H mouth care using a soft-bristled toothbrush and
avoidance of commercial mouthwashes
H relaxation and comfort measures
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H symptoms that require immediate attention.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Lymphoma, non-Hodgkins

503

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 504

Life-threatening disorder

Major depression
Overview
Description

H Patient appearing unhappy and apathetic

Complications
H Profound alteration of social, family, and occupation-

al functioning
H Suicide

Assessment

H Persistent sad, dysphoric mood; may be life-

History

threatening
H Unipolar depressive disorder with onset in early
adulthood and recurrences throughout life (at least
two more episodes in 50% to 60% of patients)
H Recurrences possible after protracted symptom-free
period or occurring sporadically, increasing in frequency, or occurring in clusters

H Profound loss of pleasure in all enjoyable activities

Pathophysiology

for a full month to 1 or more years


H Life problems or losses
H Physical disorder
H Use of prescription, nonprescription, or illicit drugs
H Change in eating and sleeping patterns
H Lack of interest in sex
H Constipation or diarrhea

H Changes occur in the receptor-neurotransmitter rela-

Physical findings

tionships in the limbic system.


H Changes in the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal regulation system may be an adaptive deregulation of the
stress response.
H Theres a possible defect on chromosome II or X.

H Difficulty concentrating or thinking clearly


H Easily distracted
H Indecisiveness
H Delusions of persecution or guilt
H Agitation
H Psychomotor retardation

Causes
H Psychological stress
H Genetic, familial, biochemical, physical, psychologi-

cal, and social causes


H Many physical causes result in secondary depression
H Seasonal depression

Risk factors
H Female sex
H Family history of major depression or bipolar disor-

der
H Chronic illness
H Chronic pain
H Substance abuse
H Adverse reaction to medication such as beta-

adrenergic blockers

Incidence
H Affects about 17.6 million Americans each year
H Affects 5% to 20% of general population at some

time in their lives


H 6% to 8% of patients in care settings meet diagnostic

criteria
H Incidence increases with age
H Twice as common in females as in males, regardless

of age

Common characteristics
H Depressed mood daily for 2 weeks or longer
H History of personal loss or severe stress
H Patient expressing doubts about self-worth or ability

to cope

504

Major depression

DSM-IV-TR criteria
A diagnosis is confirmed when five or more of the following symptoms present during the same 2-week period and represent a change from previous functioning:
H Depressed mood (irritable mood in children and
adolescents) most of the day, nearly every day, as indicated by either subjective account or observation
by others
H Markedly diminished interest or pleasure in all, or
almost all, activities most of the day, nearly every day
H Significant weight loss or weight gain (greater than
5% of the patients body weight in a month) when not
dieting, or a change in appetite nearly every day
H Insomnia or hypersomnia nearly every day
H Psychomotor agitation or retardation nearly every
day
H Fatigue or loss of energy nearly every day
H Feelings of worthlessness and excessive or inappropriate guilt nearly every day
H Diminished ability to think or concentrate, or indecisiveness, nearly every day
H Recurrent thoughts of death, recurrent suicidal
ideation without a specific plan, or suicide attempt or
a specific plan for committing suicide (see Suicide
prevention guidelines)
H Symptoms not due to a mixed episode, a medical
condition, the effects of a medication or other substance, or bereavement

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 505

Test results
Laboratory
H Toxicology screening suggests a drug-induced
depression.
H Dexamethasone suppression test may show a failure
to suppress cortisol secretion.
Other
H Beck Depression Inventory shows the onset, severity,
duration, and progression of depressive symptoms.

Suicide prevention guidelines


To help deter potential suicide in the patient with major
depression, keep in mind these guidelines.

Assess for clues to suicide


Watch for such clues as communicating suicidal
thoughts, threats, and messages; hoarding medication;
talking about death and feelings of futility; giving away
prized possessions; describing a suicide plan; and changing behavior, especially as depression begins to lift.

Provide a safe environment

Treatment

Check patient areas and correct dangerous conditions,


such as exposed pipes, windows without safety glass, and
access to the roof or open balconies.

General

Remove dangerous objects

H Electroconvulsive therapy
H Short-term psychotherapy (a combination of individ-

ual, family, or group psychotherapy)


H Well-balanced diet
H Scheduled activities of daily living

Medications
H Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-

oxetine, paroxetine, and sertraline


H Maprotiline
H Tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline and

desipramine
H Monoamine oxidase inhibitors such as phenelzine

Remove such objects as belts, razors, suspenders, light


cords, glass, knives, nail files, and clippers from the patients environment.

Consult with staff


Recognize and document verbal and nonverbal suicidal
behaviors, keep the physician informed, share data with
all staff, clarify the patients specific restrictions, assess
risk and plan for observation, and clarify day and night
staff responsibilities and frequency of consultation.

Observe the suicidal patient


Be alert when the patient is using a sharp object (shaving), taking medication, or using the bathroom (to prevent
hanging or other injury). Assign the patient to a room near
the nurses station and with another patient. Continuously
observe the acutely suicidal patient.

Maintain personal contact

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H voice feelings related to self-esteem
H make a verbal contract not to harm self
H engage in social interactions with others
H verbally and behaviorally demonstrate a positive selfevaluation.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage participation in individual and group

therapy.
H Encourage verbalization and expression of feelings.
H Listen attentively and respectfully.
H Provide a structured routine.
H Encourage interaction with others.
H Document observations and significant conversa-

Help the suicidal patient feel that he isnt alone or without


resources or hope. Encourage continuity of care and consistency of primary nurses. Building emotional ties to others is the ultimate technique for preventing suicide.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H depression and its effects on daily living
H need for adherence to medication regimen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects and interactions with other substances.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available support services and

community assistance.

tions.
H Assume an active role in initiating communication.
H Plan activities for when the patients energy levels are
highest.
H Provide distraction from self-absorption.

Monitoring
H Adverse effects of medication
H Suicidal ideations
H Self-care
H Social interaction
H Functioning level
H Response to treatment

Major depression

505

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 506

Malabsorption
Overview
Description
H Defect in the GI tract in which the intestinal mucosa

fails to absorb single or multiple nutrients efficiently


H Absorption of amino acids, fat, sugar, or vitamins

possibly impaired
H Resulting inadequate movement of nutrients from the

small intestine to the bloodstream or lymphatic system


H Manifestations primarily dependent on what isnt
being absorbed

Pathophysiology
H The mechanism of malabsorption depends on the

cause.
H In celiac sprue, dietary gluten a product of wheat,

barley, rye, and oats is toxic to the patient, causing injury to the mucosal villi. The mucosa appears

Causes of malabsorption
Many disorders from systemic to organ-specific diseases may lead to malabsorption.

Diseases of the small intestine


Primary small-bowel disease
H Bacterial overgrowth from stasis in afferent loop after
Billroth II gastrectomy
H Massive bowel resection
H Nontropical sprue (celiac disease)
H Regional enteritis
H Tropical sprue
Ischemic small-bowel disease
H Chronic heart failure
H Mesenteric atherosclerosis
Systemic disease involving small bowel
H Acute enteritis
H Giardiasis

Drug-induced malabsorption
H Calcium carbonate
H Neomycin

Hepatobiliary disease

H Biliary fistula
H Biliary tract obstruction
H Cirrhosis and hepatitis

Hereditary disorder

H Primary lactase deficiency

Pancreatic disorders

H Chronic pancreatitis
H Cystic fibrosis
H Pancreatic cancer
H Pancreatic resection
H Zollinger-Ellison syndrome

Previous gastric surgery


H Billroth II gastrectomy
H Pyloroplasty
H Total gastrectomy
H Vagotomy

506

Malabsorption

flat and has lost absorptive surface. Symptoms generally disappear when gluten is removed from the diet.
H Lactase deficiency is a disaccharide deficiency syndrome. Lactase is an intestinal enzyme that splits
nonabsorbable lactose (a disaccharide) into the absorbable monosaccharides glucose and galactose.
Production may be deficient, or another intestinal
disease may inhibit the enzyme.
H After gastrectomy, poor mixing of chyme with gastric
secretions is the cause of postsurgical malabsorption.
H In Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, increased acidity in
the duodenum inhibits release of cholecystokinin,
which stimulates pancreatic enzyme secretion. Pancreatic enzyme deficiency leads to decreased breakdown of nutrients and malabsorption.
H Bacterial overgrowth in the duodenal stump (loop
created in the Billroth II procedure) causes malabsorption of vitamin B12.

Causes
H Prior gastric surgery
H Pancreatic disorders
H Hepatobiliary disease
H Disease of the small intestine
H Hereditary disorders
H Drug toxicity (see Causes of malabsorption)

Incidence
H Depends on cause of malabsorption

Common characteristics
H Weight loss and generalized malnutrition
H Diarrhea
H Steatorrhea
H Flatulence and abdominal distention
H Nocturia
H Weakness and fatigue
H Edema
H Amenorrhea
H Anemia
H Glossitis, cheilosis
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Bruising, bleeding tendency
H Bone pain, skeletal deformities, fractures
H Tetany, paresthesia

Complications
H Fractures
H Anemias
H Bleeding disorders
H Tetany
H Malnutrition

Assessment
History
H Fatigue
H Diarrhea
H Steatorrhea

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 507

Physical findings
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Signs of weight loss or muscle wasting
H Abdominal distention
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Pallor
H Ecchymosis
H Peripheral edema

Test results
Laboratory
H Stool specimen for fat reveals excretion of greater
than 6 g of fat per day.
H D-xylose absorption test shows less than 20% of 25 g
of D-xylose in the urine after 5 hours (reflects disorders of proximal bowel).
H Schilling test reveals deficiency of vitamin B12 absorption.
H Culture of duodenal and jejunal contents confirms
bacterial overgrowth in the proximal bowel.
Imaging
H GI barium studies show characteristic features of the
small intestine.
Diagnostic procedures
H Small intestine biopsy reveals the atrophy of mucosal
villi.

H Intake and output


H Laboratory values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H following a gluten-free diet.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up visits, as ordered.

Treatment
General
H Identification of cause and appropriate correction
H Gluten-free diet to stop progression of celiac disease

and malabsorption
H Lactose-free diet to treat lactase deficiency

Medications
H Dietary supplementation
H Vitamin B12 injections

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have improved absorption of nutrients
H maintain or improve weight
H express understanding of cause of disorder.

Nursing interventions
H Watch for signs of dehydration, such as dry skin and

mucous membranes and poor skin turgor.


H Protect patients with osteomalacia from injury by

keeping the side rails up and assisting with ambulation, as necessary.

Monitoring
H Nutritional status
H Calorie intake
H Weight

Malabsorption

507

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 508

Malaria
Overview
Description
H An acute infectious disease: caused by protozoa of

the genus Plasmodium: P. falciparum, P. vivax, P.


malariae, and P. ovale
H Mosquito vectors transmitting the disease to humans
H Falciparum malaria: the most severe form of the disease
H Untreated primary attacks: last from 1 week to 1
month or longer
H Relapses common and possibly recurring sporadically for several years
H Hepatic parasites (P. vivax, P. ovale, and P. malariae) possibly persisting for years in the liver; responsible for the chronic carrier state

Pathophysiology
H Plasmodium sporozoites are injected by the bite of a

mosquito vector.
H The infective sporozoites migrate by blood circulation to parenchymal cells of the liver; there they form

Special considerations for


antimalarial drugs
Chloroquine

H Perform baseline and periodic ophthalmologic examinations, and report blurred vision, increased sensitivity
to light, and muscle weakness to the physician.
H Consult with the physician about altering therapy if
muscle weakness appears in a patient on long-term
therapy.
H Monitor the patient for tinnitus and other signs of ototoxicity, such as nerve deafness and vertigo.
H Caution the patient to avoid excessive exposure to the
sun to prevent exacerbating drug-induced dermatoses.

Primaquine

H Give with meals or antacids.


H Discontinue administration if you observe a sudden fall
in hemoglobin concentration or in erythrocyte or leukocyte count or marked darkening of the urine, suggesting impending hemolytic reaction.

Pyrimethamine

H Give with meals to minimize GI distress.


H Check blood counts (including platelets) twice a week.
If signs of folic or folinic acid deficiency develop, reduce or discontinue dosage while patient receives parenteral folinic acid until blood counts become normal.

Quinine

H Use with caution in patients with cardiovascular conditions, asthma, hemolytic anemia, and granulocytosis,
in a severe reaction.
H Monitor blood pressure frequently while administering
quinine I.V. infusion. Rapid administration causes
marked hypotension.

508

Malaria

cystlike structures containing thousands of merozoites.


H Upon release, each merozoite invades an erythrocyte
and feeds on hemoglobin.
H Eventually, the erythrocyte ruptures, releasing heme
(malaria pigment), cell debris, and more merozoites, which, unless destroyed by phagocytes, enter
other erythrocytes.

Causes
H Bite of female Anopheles mosquitoes

Risk factors
H Resident of, or travel to, an endemic area
H Pregnancy
H Lack of immunity
H Poverty
H Lack of access to health care

Incidence
H 300 to 500 million cases annually (internationally)
H Since 1940, few cases of malaria contracted in the

United States; most of these transmitted by blood


transfusions or the use of contaminated needles by
drug addicts

Common characteristics
H Chills
H Fever
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Interspersed periods of well-being (the hallmark of

the benign form of malaria)


Acute attack
H Occurs when erythrocytes rupture
H Three stages:
cold stage, lasting 1 to 2 hours, ranging from
chills to extreme shaking
hot stage, lasting 3 to 4 hours, characterized by
high fever up to 107 F (41.7 C)
wet stage, lasting 2 to 4 hours, characterized by
profuse sweating
Falciparum malaria
H Persistent high fever
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Red blood cell (RBC) sludging that leads to capillary
obstruction at various sites

Complications
H Renal failure
H Liver failure
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Circulatory collapse
H Severe normocytic anemia
H Seizures
H Hypoglycemia
H Splenic rupture
H Cerebral dysfunction
H Death

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 509

Assessment

Nursing considerations

History

Key outcomes

H Travel to endemic area


H Recent blood transfusion
H I.V. drug abuse
H Chills, fever
H Headache, backache

The patient will:


H have stable vital signs
H have adequate fluid volume
H express feelings and fears about current situation.

Physical findings

H Obtain a detailed patient history.


H Follow proper hand-washing and aseptic techniques.
H Follow standard precautions.
H Record symptom pattern, fever, type of malaria, and

H Pale skin
H Urticaria
H Jaundice
H Petechial rash
H Hepatosplenomegaly (P. vivax and P. ovale)

Test results
Laboratory
H Peripheral blood smears identify parasites in RBCs.
H Hemoglobin levels are decreased.
H Leukocyte count may be decreased (as low as
3,000/l).
H Protein and leukocytes are present in urine sediment.
FALCIPARUM MALARIA
H Platelet numbers are reduced (20,000 to 50,000/l).
H Prothrombin time is prolonged (18 to 20 seconds).
H Partial thromboplastin time is prolonged (60 to

100 seconds).

Nursing interventions

systemic signs.
H Report all cases of malaria to local public health

authorities.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and potential for relapse
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

H Plasma fibrinogen is decreased.

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Activity, as tolerated (bed rest during acute phase)
H Increased fluid intake

Medications
H Oral chloroquine (for all forms except chloroquine-

resistant P. falciparum)
H Oral quinine (for malaria caused by P. falciparum)

given concurrently with pyrimethamine and a sulfonamide, such as sulfadiazine


H Primaquine phosphate (for hepatic phase) (see
Special considerations for antimalarial drugs)
H Other antimalarials, such as doxycycline and
hydroxycholorquine sulfate
H Antipyretics

Malaria

509

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 510

Mastitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the breast tissue
H Lactating breast infection
H Good prognosis

Pathophysiology
H A pathogen (typically originating in nursing infants

nose or pharynx) invades the breast tissue, entering


through a fissured or abraded nipple.
H The result is parenchymatous inflammation of the
mammary glands, which disrupts normal lactation.
H Systemic manifestations of inflammation may result.

Causes

H Occurs occasionally in nonlactating females


H Rare in males

Common characteristics
H Red, swollen, warm, and tender breasts
H Nipple cracks or fissures
H Enlarged axillary lymph nodes

Complications
H Abscess

Assessment
History
H Fever
H Malaise
H Flulike symptoms
H Tenderness

H Most common pathogen Staphylococcus aureus;

Physical findings

less frequently, S. epidermidis or beta-hemolytic


streptococci
H Disseminated tuberculosis (rare)
H Mumps virus (rare)

H Nipple abrasion or fissure


H Enlarged axillary lymph nodes
H Involved breast red, edematous, warm, and hard

Risk factors
H Fissure or abrasion of the nipple
H Blocked milk ducts
H Incomplete letdown reflex
H Tight bra
H Prolonged intervals between breast-feedings

Incidence

Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures of expressed milk confirm generalized
mastitis.
H Cultures of breast skin confirm localized mastitis.

Treatment

H Usually occurring in first 3 months postbirth but

General

possibly occurring at any time during breast-feeding


H More common in breast-feeding primiparas

H Warm soaks
H Avoidance of tight bras and clothing
H Continuation of breast-feeding in both breasts to pre-

vent engorgement, with proper infant sucking and


changing of feeding positions to drain the milk

Preventing mastitis
To help your patient prevent mastitis from recurring, follow these guidelines:
H Stress to the patient the importance of emptying the
breasts completely because milk stasis can cause infection and mastitis.
H Teach the patient to alternate feeding positions and to
rotate pressure areas on the nipples.
H Remind the patient to position the infant properly on
the breast with the entire areola in his mouth.
H Advise the patient to expose sore nipples to the air as
often as possible.
H Teach the patient proper hand-washing technique and
personal hygiene.
H Instruct the patient to get plenty of rest and consume
sufficient fluids and a balanced diet to enhance
breast-feeding.
H Suggest that the patient apply a warm, wet towel to the
affected breast or take a warm shower to relax and improve breast-feeding.

510

Mastitis

Medications
H Antibiotics according to infecting organism
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Breast abscess incision and drainage

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection
H resume breast-feeding without further complications
H maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide warm soaks.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 511

H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.


H Provide meticulous skin care.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Abscess development
H Breast engorgement
H Skin integrity
H Breast-feeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H reassurance that breast-feeding wont harm the infant
because hes the source of the infection
H offering the infant the unaffected breast first to promote complete emptying and prevent clogged ducts
H need to stop breast-feeding with abscessed breast
H use of a breast pump until abscess heals
H continuation of breast-feeding on the unaffected side
H prevention of mastitis. (See Preventing mastitis.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a lactation specialist, if indicated.

Mastitis

511

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 512

Melanoma, malignant
Overview
Description
H Neoplasm that arises from melanocytes
H Potentially the most lethal of the skin cancers
H Common sites: head and neck in males, legs and

chest in females, and backs of people exposed to


excessive sunlight
H Four types:
Superficial spreading melanoma most common
type; usually develops between ages 40 and 50
Nodular melanoma grows vertically, invades the
dermis, and metastasizes early; usually develops
between ages 40 and 50
Acral-lentiginous melanoma occurs on the
palms and soles and under the tongue; most common among Hispanics, Asians, and Blacks
Lentigo maligna melanoma relatively rare; most
benign, slowest growing, and least aggressive of
the four types; most commonly occurs in areas
heavily exposed to the sun; arises from a lentigo
maligna on an exposed skin surface; usually occurs between ages 60 and 70

Pathophysiology
H Melanomas arise as a result of malignant degenera-

tion of melanocytes located either along the basal


layer of the epidermis or in a benign melanocytic
nevus.
H Up to 70% of malignant melanomas arise from a preexisting nevus.
H Malignant melanoma spreads through the lymphatic
and vascular systems and metastasizes to the regional
lymph nodes, skin, liver, lungs, and central nervous
system.
H Malignant melanoma follows an unpredictable
course; recurrence and metastasis may not appear
for more than 5 years after resection of the primary
lesion.

Causes
H Ultraviolet rays from the sun that damage the skin

Risk factors
H Excessive exposure to sunlight
H Skin type (blond or red hair, fair skin, and blue

eyes; prone to sunburn; and Celtic or Scandinavian


ancestry)
H Hormonal factors (pregnancy)
H Family history
H Past history of melanoma
H Preexisting pigmented mole or nevus

Incidence
H Lifetime U.S. incidence: 1 in 60 people
H Most common cancer in females ages 25 to 29
H Unusual in children

512

Melanoma, malignant

H Peak incidence between ages 50 and 70, but inci-

dence in younger age-groups increasing

Common characteristics
H Nonhealing sore
H Preexisting lesion or nevus that enlarges
H Signs of melanoma:

Asymmetrical lesion
Border irregularity
Color varied
Diameter larger than 6 mm

Complications
H Metastasis to the lungs, liver, or brain

Assessment
History
H A sore that doesnt heal, a persistent lump or

swelling, and changes in preexisting skin markings,


such as moles, birthmarks, scars, freckles, or warts
H Preexisting skin lesion or nevus that enlarges,
changes color, becomes inflamed or sore, itches, ulcerates, bleeds, changes texture, or shows signs of
surrounding pigment regression

Physical findings
H Lesions on the ankles or the inside surfaces of the

knees
H Uniformly discolored nodule on knee or ankle
H Small, elevated tumor nodules that may ulcerate and

bleed
H Palpable polypoid nodules that resemble the surface

of a blackberry
H Pigmented lesions on the palms and soles or under

the nails
H Long-standing lesion that has ulcerated
H Flat nodule with smaller nodules scattered over the

surface

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count with differential shows
anemia.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
H Platelet count is abnormal if metastasis has occurred.
H Liver function studies are abnormal if metastasis has
occurred.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays and computed tomography scan help in
staging.
Diagnostic procedures
H Excisional biopsy and full-depth punch biopsy with
histologic examination can show tumor thickness
and disease stage.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 513

Treatment
General
H Close long-term follow-up care to detect metastasis

and recurrences
H Radiation therapy (usually for metastatic disease)
H Well-balanced diet
H Avoidance of sun exposure

Medications
H Chemotherapy
H Biotherapy
H Immunotherapy such as interferon

Surgery
H Surgical resection to remove tumor and 3- to 5-cm

margin
H Regional lymphadenectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain weight
H express positive feelings about self
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H experience healing of wound without signs of
infection
H express feelings of increased comfort.

Prevention

Preventing malignant melanoma


Malignant melanoma can be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Apply sunscreen and protective lip balm every day at
least 30 minutes before going outside, even on cloudy
days.
H Use sun protective factor (SPF) of 15 or greater.
H Reapply sunscreen every 2 to 3 hours and after
sweating or swimming.
H Wear protective clothing, such as long-sleeved shirts,
hats, and sunglasses with UV protection.
H Avoid lying in the sun.
H Avoid sun exposure between the hours of 10 a.m. and
4 p.m.
H Avoid sunbeds and tanning salons.
H Have health care provider check suspicious spots or
moles and have them removed if needed.
H Perform monthly self skin examinationespecially if
theres a family history of skin cancer.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide a high-protein, high-calorie diet.

Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Pain control
H Wound site
H Postoperative complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative care
H need for close follow-up care to detect recurrences
early
H signs and symptoms of recurrence
H detrimental effects of overexposure to solar radiation
and benefits of regular use of a sunblock or a sunscreen and protective clothing. (See Preventing malignant melanoma.)

Melanoma, malignant

513

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 514

Mnires disease
Overview
Description

H History of smoking
H Alcohol use

ALERT
In some females, premenstrual edema may precipitate outbreaks of Mnires disease.

H Inner ear disease that results from a labyrinthine

dysfunction
H Causes severe vertigo, sensorineural hearing loss,

and tinnitus
H Usually, only one ear involved
H After multiple attacks over several years, possibly
incapacitating residual tinnitus and hearing loss
H Also known as endolymphatic hydrops

Pathophysiology
H Mnires disease may result from overproduction or

decreased absorption of endolymphthe fluid contained in the labyrinth of the ear.


H Accumulated endolymph dilates the semicircular
canals, utricle, and saccule and causes degeneration
of the vestibular and cochlear hair cells.
H Overstimulation of the vestibular branch of cranial
nerve VIII impairs postural reflexes and stimulates
the vomiting reflex. (See Normal vestibular function.)
H Perception of sound is impaired as a result of this excessive cranial nerve stimulation, and injury to sensory receptors for hearing may affect auditory acuity.

Causes
H Unknown, but possibly associated with:

Family history
Immune disorder
Migraine headaches
Middle ear infection
Head trauma
Autonomic nervous system dysfunction
Premenstrual edema

Risk factors
H Recent viral infection
H Stress
H Fatigue
H Allergies

Normal vestibular function


The three semicircular canals and the vestibule of the inner
ear are responsible for equilibrium and balance. Each of
the semicircular canals lies at a 90-degree angle to the others. Head movement in one direction causes the endolymph inside each semicircular canal to move in the opposite direction and causes vestibular otoliths (crystals of
calcium salts) to shift in their gel medium. This movement
stimulates hair cells, sending electrical impulses to the
brain through the vestibular portion of cranial nerve VIII.
Together, these organs help detect the bodys present position as well as any change in its direction or motion.

514

Mnires disease

Incidence
H Usually affects adults between ages 30 and 60; rare in

children
H Slightly more common in males than in females

Common characteristics
H Sudden severe spinning, whirling vertigo, lasting

from 10 minutes to several hours


H Tinnitus
H Hearing impairment
H Feeling of fullness or blockage in the affected ear

preceding an attack
H Severe nausea, vomiting, sweating, and pallor during

an acute attack
H Nystagmus
H Loss of balance and falling to the affected side

Complications
H Continued tinnitus
H Hearing loss
H Injury

Assessment
History
H Vertigo
H Nausea
H Tinnitus
H Falls

Physical findings
H Inability to maintain upright posture
H Unsteady gait
H Diplopia
H Hypotension

Test results
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging rule out acoustic neuroma as a cause of
symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
H Audiometric testing shows a sensorineural hearing
loss and loss of discrimination and recruitment.
H Electronystagmography shows normal or reduced
vestibular response on the affected side.
H Cold caloric testing shows impairment of oculovestibular reflex.
H Electrocochleography shows increased ratio of summating potential to action potential.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 515

H Brain stem evoked response audiometry test rules

out acoustic neuroma, brain tumor, and vascular


lesions in the brain stem.

H avoidance of sudden position changes and any tasks

that vertigo makes hazardous


H restriction of caffeine, nicotine, and alcohol.

Treatment
General
H Lying down to minimize head movement, and avoid-

ing sudden movements and glaring lights to reduce


dizziness (during an attack)
H Sodium restriction

Medications
H Promethazine or prochlorperazine
H Atropine
H Dimenhydrinate
H Central nervous system depressants, such as lo-

razepam and diazepam during an acute attack


H Antihistamines, such as meclizine and diphenhy-

dramine
For long-term management
H Diuretics
H Betahistine dihydrochloride
H Vasodilators
H Antihistamines or mild sedatives
H Systemic streptomycin (chemical ablation)

Surgery
H Endolymphatic drainage and shunt procedures
H Vestibular nerve resection
H Labyrinthectomy
H Cochlear implantation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H remain safe from injury
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H seek appropriate support to assist with coping.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a safe environment; provide assistance

when necessary.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Frequency of attacks
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H avoidance of reading and exposure to glaring lights
to reduce dizziness

Mnires disease

515

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 516

Life-threatening disorder

Meningitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of brain and spinal cord meninges
H May affect all three meningeal membranes (dura

mater, arachnoid membrane, and pia mater)


H Usually follows onset of respiratory symptoms
H Sudden onset, causing serious illness within 24
hours
H Prognosis usually good; complications rare
H Bacterial meningitis: acute infection in the subarachnoid space

Incidence
H Infants, children, and elderly people at highest risk

Common characteristics
H Nuchal rigidity
H Headache
H Fever
H Meningismus, typically with signs of cerebral

dysfunction
H Seizures

Complications
H Visual impairment; optic neuritis
H Cranial nerve palsies; deafness
H Paresis or paralysis
H Endocarditis
H Coma
H Vasculitis
H Cerebral infarction
H Seizures

Special populations
Prognosis is poor for infants and elderly people.

Pathophysiology
H Inflammation of pia-arachnoid and subarachnoid

space progresses to congestion of adjacent tissues.


H Nerve cells are destroyed.
H Intracranial pressure (ICP) increases due to exu-

dates.
H Results can include:

engorged blood vessels


disrupted blood supply
edema of the brain tissue
thrombosis
rupture
acute hydrocephalus.

Causes
H Bacterial infection, usually from Neisseria meningi-

tidis and Streptococcus pneumoniae (Before the


1990s, Haemophilus influenzae type b [Hib] was
the leading cause of bacterial meningitis. However,
new vaccines have reduced its occurrence in children.)
H Viruses
H Protozoa
H Fungi
H Secondary to another bacterial infection such as
pneumonia
H May follow skull fracture, penetrating head wound,
lumbar puncture, or ventricular shunting procedures

Risk factors
H I.V. drug abuse
H Crowded living conditions
H Age older than 60 or younger than 5
H Diabetes
H Alcoholism or cirrhosis

516

Meningitis

Assessment
History
H Headache
H Fever
H Nausea, vomiting
H Weakness
H Myalgia
H Photophobia
H Confusion, delirium
H Seizures

Physical findings
H Meningismus
H Rigors
H Profuse sweating
H Kernigs and Brudzinskis signs (elicited in only 50%

of adults)
H Declining level of consciousness (LOC)
H Cranial nerve palsies
H Rash (with meningococcemia)
H Focal neurologic deficits such as visual field defects
H Signs of increased ICP (in later stages)

Special populations
Meningismus and fever are commonly absent in
neonates and the only clinical clues may be nonspecific, such as refusal to feed, high-pitched cry,
and irritability.

Special populations
Elderly patients may experience an insidious onset,
exhibiting lethargy and variable signs of meningismus and no fever.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 517

Test results

Monitoring

Laboratory
H White blood cell count shows leukocytosis.
H Blood cultures are positive in bacterial meningitis,
depending on the pathogen.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may reveal a coexisting pneumonia.
H Neuroimaging techniques, such as computed tomography scanning and magnetic resonance imaging,
may detect complications and a parameningeal
source of infection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture and cerebrospinal fluid analysis
shows:
increased opening pressure
neutrophilic pleocytosis
elevated protein
hypoglycorrhachia
positive Gram stain
positive culture.

H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of cranial nerve involvement
H Signs and symptoms of increased ICP
H LOC
H Seizures
H Respiratory status
H Arterial blood gas results
H Fluid balance
H Response to medications
H Complications

Treatment
General

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H contagion risks for close contacts
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of meningitis
H polysaccharide meningococcal vaccine, pneumococcal vaccine, and Hib vaccine.

H Hypothermia
H Fluid therapy
H Pain control
H Bed rest (in acute phase)

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as vancomycin and meropenem
H Antiarrhythmics
H Osmotic diuretics
H Anticonvulsants
H Aspirin or acetaminophen

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H have normal temperature
H express feelings of increased comfort and pain relief
H maintain normal fluid volume
H have intact skin.

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Maintain respiratory isolation for first 24 hours (with

meningococcal meningitis).
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Position the patient in proper body alignment.
H Encourage active range-of-motion (ROM) exercises

when appropriate.
H Provide passive ROM exercises when appropriate.
H Maintain adequate nutrition.
H Administer prescribed laxatives or stool softeners.
H Provide meticulous skin and mouth care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Meningitis

517

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 518

Metabolic syndrome
Overview
Description
H A cluster of symptoms triggered by insulin resistance:

abdominal fat; obesity; high blood pressure; and high


levels of blood glucose, triglycerides, and cholesterol
H Increased risk of diabetes, heart disease, and stroke
H Commonly unrecognized
H Also known as syndrome X, insulin resistance syndrome, dysmetabolic syndrome, and multiple
metabolic syndrome

Pathophysiology
H The body breaks down food into basic components,

one of which is glucose.


H Glucose provides energy for cellular activity.
H Excess glucose is stored in cells for future use. Its

guided into storage cells by insulin, which is secreted


by the pancreas.
H In those with metabolic syndrome, glucose doesnt
respond to insulins attempt to guide it into storage
cells. This is called insulin resistance.
H To overcome this resistance, the pancreas produces
excess insulin, which causes damage to arterial
lining.
H Excessive insulin secretion also promotes fat storage
deposits and prevents fat breakdown.
H This series of events can lead to diabetes, blood
clots, and coronary events.

Causes
H Genetic predisposition
H Acquired

Risk factors
H Obesity
H Improper diet
H Insufficient physical activity
H Aging
H Hyperinsulinemia/impaired glucose tolerance
H Previous myocardial infarction

Incidence
H Affects an estimated 47 million Americans
H Most common in Mexican Americans (highest rate at

32%)
H In Black and Mexican American populations, females

more susceptible than males; otherwise, males and


females equally affected

Common characteristics
H Waist size: more than 40

(101.6 cm) in men; more


than 35 (88.9 cm) in women (see Why abdominal
obesity is dangerous)
H Lethargy, especially after eating

518

Metabolic syndrome

Complications
H Coronary artery disease
H Diabetes
H Hyperlipidemia
H Premature death

Assessment
History
H Familial history
H Hypertension
H High low-density lipoproteins (LDL) and triglyceride

levels
H Low high-density lipoproteins (HDL) levels
H Abdominal obesity
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Poor diet

Physical findings
H Abdominal obesity

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood glucose levels are high.
H LDL and triglyceride levels are high.
H HDL levels are low.
H Hyperinsulinemia is present.
H Serum uric acid level is elevated.
Other
H Blood pressure is greater than 130/85 mm/Hg.

Treatment
General
H Weight-reduction program
H Low alcohol intake
H Low-cholesterol diet
H Diet high in complex carbohydrates (grains, beans,

vegetables, fruit) and low in refined carbohydrates


(soda, table sugar, high fructose corn syrup)
H Daily physical activity of at least 20 minutes

Medications
H Oral antidiabetic agents
H Antihypertensives
H Statins

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a healthy weight
H increase his level of activity
H consume a proper diet.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 519

Why abdominal obesity is dangerous


People with excess weight around the waist have a greater
risk of developing metabolic syndrome than people with
excess weight around the hips. Thats because intraabdominal fat tends to be more resistant to insulin than
fat in other areas of the body. Insulin resistance increases
the release of free fatty acid into the portal system, leading to increased apolipoprotein B, increased low-density
lipoprotein, decreased high-density lipoprotein, and increased triglyceride levels. As a result, the risk of cardiovascular disease increases.

Nursing interventions
H Promote lifestyle changes and provide appropriate

support.

Monitoring
H Blood pressure
H Ordered laboratory tests

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H principles of healthy diet
H relationship of diet, inactivity, and obesity to metabolic syndrome
H benefits of increased physical activity
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a dietitian and an exercise

program, as appropriate.
H Stress the importance of follow-up.

Metabolic syndrome

519

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 520

Methicillin-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus
Overview
Description
H A mutation of a very common bacterium easily

spread by direct person-to-person contact


H Also known as MRSA

Pathophysiology
H 90% of Staphylococcus aureus isolates or strains

are penicillin-resistant, and about 27% of all S. aureus isolates are resistant to methicillin, a penicillin
derivative. These strains may also resist cephalosporins, aminoglycosides, erythromycin, tetracycline,
and clindamycin.
H When natural defense systems break down (after invasive procedures, trauma, or chemotherapy), the
usually benign bacteria can invade tissue, proliferate,
and cause infection.
H The most frequent colonization site is the anterior
nares (40% of adults and most children become
transient nasal carriers). The groin, armpits, and intestines are less common colonization sites.

Assessment
History
H Possible risk factors for MRSA
H Carrier patient typically asymptomatic

Physical findings
H In symptomatic patients, signs and symptoms related

to the primary diagnosis (respiratory, cardiac, or


other major system symptoms)

Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures from suspicious wounds, skin, urine, or
blood show MRSA.

Treatment
General
H Transmission precautions: contact isolation for

wound, skin, and urine infection; respiratory isolation for sputum infection
H No treatment needed for patient with colonization
only
H High-protein diet
H Rest periods, as needed

Causes

Medications

H MRSA that enters a health care facility through an in-

H Vancomycin and imipenem

fected or colonized patient (symptom-free carrier of


the bacteria) or colonized health care worker
H Transmitted mainly by health care workers hands
(MRSA possibly remaining viable for days on surfaces and clothing)

Risk factors
H Immunosuppression
H Prolonged facility stays
H Extended therapy with multiple or broad-spectrum

antibiotics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.

H Proximity to others colonized or infected with MRSA


H Invasive devices such as indwelling catheters

Nursing interventions

Incidence

H Provide emotional support to the patient and family.


H Consider grouping infected patients together and

H Endemic in nursing homes, long-term care facilities,

and community facilities

Common characteristics
H Dependent on body system affected

Complications
H Sepsis
H Death

520

Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus

having the same nursing staff care for them.


H Use proper hand-washing technique.
H Use contact and standard precautions.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Culture results
H Response to treatment
H Adverse drug reactions
H Complications

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 521

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H difference between MRSA and colonization
H prevention of MRSA spread
H proper hand-washing technique
H need for family and friends to wear protective garb
(and to dispose of it properly) when they visit the
patient
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H need to take antibiotics for the full prescription period, even if the patient begins to feel better.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist, if

indicated.

Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus

521

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 522

Complications

Mitral stenosis

H Cardiac arrhythmias, especially atrial fibrillation


H Thromboembolism

Overview

Assessment

Description
H Narrowing of the mitral valve orifice, which is nor-

History

mally 3 to 6 cm
H Mild mitral stenosis: valve orifice of 2 cm
H Severe mitral stenosis: valve orifice of 1 cm

Mild mitral stenosis


H Asymptomatic
Moderate to severe mitral stenosis
H Gradual decline in exercise tolerance
H Dyspnea on exertion; shortness of breath
H Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
H Orthopnea
H Weakness
H Fatigue
H Palpitations
H Cough

Pathophysiology
H Valve leaflets become diffusely thickened by fibrosis

and calcification.
H The mitral commissures and the chordae tendinae

fuse and shorten, the valvular cusps become rigid,


and the valves apex becomes narrowed.
H This obstructs blood flow from the left atrium to the
left ventricle, resulting in incomplete emptying.
H Left atrial volume and pressure increase, and the
atrial chamber dilates.
H Increased resistance to blood flow causes pulmonary
hypertension, right ventricular hypertrophy and,
eventually, right-sided heart failure and reduced cardiac output.

Causes
H Rheumatic fever
H Congenital anomalies
H Atrial myxoma
H Endocarditis
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
H Rheumatoid arthritis

murmur of mitral stenosis)

rhythm

Test results

H Two-thirds of all mitral stenosis patients female


H Occurs in approximately 40% of patients with

rheumatic heart disease

Common characteristics
H Gradual decline in exercise tolerance
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Shortness of breath
H Chest pain, palpitations

Identifying the murmur of mitral stenosis


A low, rumbling crescendo-decrescendo murmur in the
mitral valve area characterizes mitral stenosis.
SYSTOLE

522

H Hemoptysis
H Peripheral and facial cyanosis
H Malar rash
H Jugular vein distention
H Ascites
H Peripheral edema
H Hepatomegaly
H A loud S1 or opening snap
H A diastolic murmur at the apex (see Identifying the
H Crackles over lung fields
H Right ventricular lift
H Resting tachycardia; irregularly irregular heart

Incidence

S1

Physical findings

DIASTOLE
S2

Mitral stenosis

SYSTOLE
S1

S2

Imaging
H Chest X-rays show left atrial and ventricular enlargement (in severe mitral stenosis), straightening of the
left border of the cardiac silhouette, enlarged pulmonary arteries, dilation of the upper lobe pulmonary
veins, and mitral valve calcification.
H Echocardiography discloses thickened mitral valve
leaflets and left atrial enlargement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization shows a diastolic pressure
gradient across the valve, elevated pulmonary artery
wedge pressure (greater than 15 mm Hg), and pulmonary artery pressure in the left atrium with severe
pulmonary hypertension.
H Electrocardiography reveals left atrial enlargement,
right ventricular hypertrophy, right axis deviation,
and (in 40% to 50% of cases) atrial fibrillation.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 523

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to plan for periodic rest in daily routine
H how to take the pulse
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms to report
H importance of consistent follow-up care
H when to notify the physician
H use of prophylactic antibiotics for procedures.

H Synchronized electrical cardioversion to correct atri-

al fibrillation
H Sodium-restricted diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Digoxin
H Diuretics
H Oxygen
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as metoprolol
H Calcium channel blockers such as diltiazem
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Infective endocarditis antibiotic prophylaxis
H Nitrates

Surgery
H Commissurotomy or valve replacement
H Percutaneous balloon valvuloplasty

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability and adequate cardiac output
H have no complications due to fluid excess
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Check for hypersensitivity reaction to antibiotics.
H If the patient needs bed rest, stress its importance.
H Provide a bedside commode to encourage energy

conservation.
H Allow the patient to express concerns over her inabil-

ity to meet responsibilities due to activity restrictions.


H Place the patient in an upright position to relieve dys-

pnea, if needed.
H Provide a low-sodium diet.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure and pulmonary

edema
H Signs and symptoms of thromboembolism
H Adverse drug reactions
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Postoperatively: hypotension, arrhythmias, and

thrombus formation

Mitral stenosis

523

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 524

Mitral valve
insufficiency

H Papillary muscle disorders such as coronary artery

disease

Incidence
H Can occur at any age
H Affects both sexes equally

Overview

Common characteristics

Description
H Valvular disease of the mitral valve that allows the

backflow of blood from the left ventricle to the left


atrium
H May be acute (sudden volume overload of the left
ventricle), chronic compensated (left ventricle compensates and left ventricular enlargement occurs), or
chronic decompensated (left ventricle unable to sustain forward cardiac output)
H Also known as mitral regurgitation

Pathophysiology
H Blood from the left ventricle flows back into the left

atrium during systole, causing the atrium to enlarge


to accommodate the backflow.
H As a result, the left ventricle dilates to accommodate
the increased volume of blood from the atrium and
to compensate for diminishing cardiac output.
H Ventricular hypertrophy and increased end-diastolic
pressure result in increased pulmonary artery pressure, eventually leading to left- and right-sided heart
failure.

H Dyspnea
H Peripheral edema
H Tachycardia

Complications
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Thromboembolism
H Endocarditis
H Arrhythmias
H Shock

Assessment
History
H Causal occurrence
H Orthopnea
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Angina
H Palpitations

Causes

Physical findings

H Trauma
H Rheumatic fever
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
H Scleroderma
H Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
H Infective endocarditis
H Mitral valve prolapse
H Myocardial infarction
H Severe left-sided heart failure
H Ruptured chordae tendineae
H Associated with congenital anomalies such as trans-

H Tachycardia
H Crackles in the lungs
H Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
H Holosystolic murmur at the apex (see Identifying

position of the great arteries

Identifying the murmur of mitral


valve insufficiency
A high-pitched, rumbling pansystolic murmur that radiates from the mitral area to the left axillary line characterizes mitral valve insufficiency.
SYSTOLE
S1

524

DIASTOLE
S2

SYSTOLE
S1

Mitral valve insufficiency

S2

the murmur of mitral valve insufficiency)


H Possible split S2
H S3

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray reveals left atrial and ventricular enlargement and pulmonary congestion.
H Echocardiography shows abnormal valve leaflet motion and left atrial enlargement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cardiac catheterization reveals mitral insufficiency
with increased left ventricular end-diastolic volume
and pressure, increased atrial pressure and pulmonary artery wedge pressure, and decreased cardiac
output.
H Electrocardiography may show left atrial and ventricular hypertrophy, sinus tachycardia, or atrial fibrillation.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 525

Treatment
General
H Treat underlying cause appropriately
H Low-sodium diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Diuretics, such as furosemide and spironolactone
H Inotropic agents, such as digoxin and milrinone
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Oxygen
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Prophylactic antibiotics before and after surgery or

dental care to prevent endocarditis


H Antiarrhythmics, such as amiodarone and digoxin, to

treat atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter


H Vasodilators such as nitroprusside

Surgery
H Annuloplasty or valvuloplasty to reconstruct or repair

the valve
H Valve replacement with a prosthetic valve

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Cardiac rhythm
H Pulmonary artery catheter readings
H Intake and output
H Adverse effects of drug therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions and medication
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Mitral valve insufficiency

525

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 526

Mitral valve prolapse


Overview
Description
H Portion of the mitral valve (MV) prolapses into the

left atrium during ventricular contraction (systole)

Pathophysiology

Test results
Imaging
H Echocardiography may reveal mitral valve prolapse
(MVP) with or without mitral insufficiency.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography is usually normal but may reveal
atrial or ventricular arrhythmia.
H Signal-averaged electrocardiography may show ventricular and supraventricular arrhythmias.
H Holter monitor worn for 24 hours may show an arrhythmia.

H Myxomatous degeneration of MV leaflets with redun-

dant tissue leads to prolapse of the MV into the left


atrium during systole.
H In some patients, this results in leakage of blood into
the left atrium from the left ventricle.

Causes
H Connective tissue disorders, such as systemic lupus

erythematosus and Marfan syndrome


H Congenital heart disease
H Acquired heart disease, such as coronary artery dis-

ease and rheumatic heart disease

Incidence
H More prevalent in females than males
H Usually detected in young adulthood
H Affects 2.5% to 5% of the general population

Special populations
Mitral valve prolapse is most common in females
ages 20 to 40.

Common characteristics
H Palpitations
H Atypical chest pain
H Dyspnea

Complications

Treatment
General
H Usually requires no treatment; only regular monitor-

ing
H Decreased caffeine intake
H Fluid intake to maintain hydration

Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers, such as atenolol and

metoprolol
H Anticoagulants such as warfarin
H Antiarrhythmics as appropriate

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without fatigue or
decreased energy
H maintain adequate cardiac output, without arrhythmias
H exhibit adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Provide reassurance and comfort if the patient expe-

riences anxiety.

H Arrhythmias
H Infective endocarditis
H Mitral insufficiency from chordal rupture
H Mitral regurgitation

H If fatigue is a concern, plan rest periods.


H Discuss the patients drug therapy including dosage,

Assessment

Monitoring

History
H Usually asymptomatic
H Possible fatigue, syncope, palpitations, chest pain, or

dyspnea on exertion

Physical findings
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Mid-to-late systolic click and late systolic murmur

526

Mitral valve prolapse

adverse reactions, and when to notify the physician if


a problem arises.
H Discuss the importance of adequate hydration.
H Vital signs
H Blood pressure while lying, sitting, and standing
H Heart sounds
H Signs and symptoms of mitral insufficiency
H Serial echocardiograms
H Electrocardiograms for arrhythmias

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 527

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to perform the most important activities of the
day when energy levels are highest
H need for antibiotic prophylaxis therapy before dental
or surgical procedures as indicated (not all patients
with MVP require antibiotic prophylaxis)
H avoidance of foods and beverages high in caffeine
H taking medications as prescribed
H using caution with over-the-counter medications that
contain stimulants.

Discharge planning
H If the patient is being discharged with a Holter moni-

tor, make sure she understands the importance of


documenting her activities throughout the monitoring process.
H Refer the patient to an MVP support group.
H Refer the patient to a planned exercise program.

Mitral valve prolapse

527

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 528

Motion sickness
Overview

Assessment
History

Visual receptors
Vestibular receptors
Body proprioceptors
H Also induced when patterns of motion differ from
those previously experienced
H Nervous system affected

H Recent travel
H Exposure to smoke, carbon monoxide, or fumes
H Recent illness, such as cold or ear infection
H Anxiety
H Panic attack
H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Weakness
H Confusion
H Vision disturbances
H Vertigo

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Central cholinergic pathways, possibly in the vestibu-

lar nuclei, may play a role in motion sickness.


H Motion sickness may be mediated by vasopressin released from the pituitary.
H Associated with increases in blood levels of epinephrine and norepinephrine; levels are also increased in
certain brain regions.

H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diaphoresis
H Pallor
H Hypersalivation
H Yawning
H Hyperventilation

Causes

Test results

H Body, inner ear, and the eyes sending conflicting sig-

Laboratory
H Blood tests rule out other disorders.
Imaging (with frequent episodes)
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging rule out other disorders.
Diagnostic procedures
H Possible EEG, if prolonged episode, rules out other
disorders.

Description
H Sensory conflict about body motion
H Involvement of:

nals to the brain


H Anticipating movement possibly producing anxiety
and symptoms

Risk factors
H Motion (automobile, plane, boat, amusement rides)
H Travel
H Visual stimuli (such as a moving horizon)
H Poor ventilation (fumes, smoke, carbon monoxide)
H Emotions (fear, anxiety)
H Illness or poor health

Incidence
H Unknown
H Children ages 2 to 12 affected more commonly than

adults

Common characteristics
H Occurs during or after motion or visual stimuli
H GI disturbances
H Nervous system disturbances

Complications
H Hypotension
H Dehydration
H Depression
H Panic
H Syncope

528

Motion sickness

Treatment
General
H Removing triggers
H Minimizing exposure
H Improving ventilation
H Acupressure on point 2 cm proximal from transverse

crease of palmar side of wrist, between tendons


(Pericardium 6 [P6])
H Diet
Decrease oral intake; frequent small meals
Avoidance of alcohol
H Semirecumbent seating
H Fix vision at 45-degree angle above horizon
H Avoidance of fixation of vision on moving objects
such as waves
H Avoidance of reading while in moving automobile or
boat
H Mind-body practices, such as cognitive-behavioral
therapy and biofeedback

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 529

Medications

Prevention

H Scopolamine
H Promethazine
H Cyclizine
H Dimenhydrinate
H Meclizine
H Ginger

Preventing motion sickness

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express reduced levels of anxiety
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and its treatment
H express improvement in symptoms
H maintain adequate hydration.

Motion sickness can be prevented by following these


guidelines:
H Avoid reading.
H Choose seating with good ventilation.
H Sit in a semirecumbent position.
H Sit in a place with the least possible movement, such
as the middle of the plane or boat or in the front of the
car.
H Fix vision at 45 degrees above the horizon on a
stationary object.
H Avoid alcohol.
H Dont smoke.
H Decrease dietary intake or eat small, frequent meals.
H Premedicate with over-the-counter or prescription
drugs as advised.
H Engage in distracting mental activities.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Remove triggers or noxious stimuli.
H Help the patient identify risk factors and make modi-

fications to reduce symptoms, as appropriate.


H Provide reassurance and support.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Intake and output
H Risk-factor modification

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H use of acupressure to reduce symptoms
H prevention techniques. (See Preventing motion
sickness.)

Motion sickness

529

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 530

Multiple myeloma

H History of repeated pneumonia, bladder or kidney

infections, or sinusitis
H Pain on movement or weight bearing, especially in

Overview
Description
H Disseminated neoplasm of marrow plasma cells
H Prognosis usually poor because by diagnosis, the ver-

tebrae, pelvis, skull, ribs, clavicles, and sternum infiltrated


H With early diagnosis and treatment, life commonly
prolonged by 3 to 5 years
H Without treatment, fatal in 52% of patients within 3
months of diagnosis; in 90% within 2 years
H Also called malignant plasmacytoma, plasma cell
myeloma, and myelomatosis

Pathophysiology
H Infiltration of the bone produces osteolytic lesions

throughout the skeleton.


H In late stages, the malignant plasma cells infiltrate

the lymph nodes, liver, spleen, and kidneys.


H Infiltrates prevent normal function.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Genetic factors
H Occupational exposure to radiation
H Obesity

Incidence
H Most common in males older than age 50
H More common in blacks

the thoracic and lumbar vertebrae

Physical findings
H Noticeable thoracic deformities and reduction in

body height of 5 (12.7 cm)

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows moderate or severe
anemia; the differential may show 40% to 50% lymphocytes but seldom more than 3% plasma cells;
Rouleau formation, commonly the first clue, is seen
on differential smear and results from elevation of
the erythrocyte sedimentation rate.
H Urine studies may show protein urea, Bence Jones
protein, and hypercalciuria; absence of Bence Jones
protein doesnt rule out multiple myeloma, but its
presence almost invariably confirms the disease.
H Serum electrophoresis shows an elevated globulin
spike thats electrophoretically and immunologically
abnormal.
H Serum calcium level is elevated.
Imaging
H X-rays during the early stages may reveal only diffuse
osteoporosis. Eventually, they show the characteristic
lesions of multiple myeloma: multiple, sharply circumscribed osteolytic, or punched out lesions, particularly on the skull, pelvis, and spine.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow aspiration reveals myelomatous cells
and abnormal number of immature plasma cells
(10% to 95% instead of the normal 3% to 5%).

Common characteristics

Treatment

H History of neoplastic fractures


H Joint and back pain

General

Complications

H Adjuvant local radiation


H Dialysis (if renal complications develop)
H Plasmapheresis to remove the M protein from the

H Infections (such as pneumonia)


H Pyelonephritis, renal calculi, and renal failure
H Hematologic imbalance
H Fractures
H Hypercalcemia
H Hyperuricemia
H Dehydration

Assessment
History
H History of neoplastic fractures
H Severe, constant back pain, which may increase with

exercise
H Arthritic symptoms
H Peripheral paresthesia
H Progressive weakness and fatigue

530

Multiple myeloma

blood and return the cells to the patient (temporary


effect)
H Peripheral blood stem cell transplantation
H Well-balanced diet
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Bisphosphonates
H Analgesics
H Chemotherapeutics, such as melphalan, cyclophos-

phamide, and vincristine


H Thalidomide or lenalidomide
H Immunotherapy
H Corticosteroids such as dexamethasone
H Proteasome inhibitor such as bortezomib

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 531

Surgery
H Laminectomy if the patient develops vertebral com-

pression

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings regarding illness
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H demonstrate effective coping skills.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage fluid intake (3 to 4 qt [3 to 4 L] daily).
H Administer prescribed drugs.

After surgery
H Encourage mobilization.

Monitoring
H Complications of treatment
H Signs and symptoms of severe anemia and fractures
H Proper positioning (alignment)
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of deep breathing and changing position
every 2 hours after surgery
H appropriate dress for weather conditions (because
the patient may be sensitive to cold)
H avoidance of crowds and people with infections
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H safety precautions to prevent falls.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resources and support

services.

Multiple myeloma

531

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 532

Multiple sclerosis
Overview
Description
H Progressive demyelination of white matter of brain

Complications
H Injuries from falls
H Urinary tract infections
H Constipation
H Contractures
H Pressure ulcers
H Pneumonia
H Depression

and spinal cord


H Characterized by exacerbations and remissions
H May progress rapidly, causing death within months
H Prognosis varies (70% of patients with multiple scle-

rosis lead active lives with prolonged remissions)


H Also known as MS

Pathophysiology
H Sporadic patches of demyelination occur in the cen-

tral nervous system, resulting in widespread and varied neurologic dysfunction.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Slow-acting viral infection
H An autoimmune response of the nervous system
H Allergic response
H Events that precede the onset:

emotional stress
overwork
fatigue
pregnancy
acute respiratory tract infections
H Genetic factors possibly also involved

Risk factors
H Trauma
H Anoxia
H Toxins
H Nutritional deficiencies
H Vascular lesions
H Anorexia nervosa

Incidence
H Highest in females
H Highest among people in northern urban areas
H Highest in higher socioeconomic groups
H Low incidence in Japan
H Family history increases incidence
H Increased incidence with living in a cold, damp cli-

mate
H Major cause of chronic disability in young adults

ages 20 to 40

Common characteristics
H Dependent on the extent and site of myelin destruc-

tion
H Sensory impairment
H Muscle dysfunction
H Bladder and bowel disturbances
H Speech problems
H Fatigue

532

Multiple sclerosis

Assessment
History
H Symptoms related to extent and site of myelin de-

struction, extent of remyelination, and adequacy of


subsequent restored synaptic transmission
H Symptoms possibly transient or last for hours or
weeks
H Chronic, progressive loss or deterioration
H Symptoms unpredictable and difficult to describe
H Visual problems and sensory impairment (the first
signs)
H Blurred vision or diplopia
H Urinary problems (such as urgency, frequency,
incontinence)
H Emotional lability
H Dysphagia
H Bowel disturbances (involuntary evacuation or
constipation)
H Fatigue (typically the most disabling symptom)

Physical findings
H Poor articulation
H Muscle weakness of the involved area
H Spasticity; hyperreflexia
H Intention tremor
H Gait ataxia
H Paralysis, ranging from monoplegia to quadriplegia
H Nystagmus; scotoma
H Optic neuritis
H Ophthalmoplegia

Test results
H Years of testing and observation may be required for

diagnosis.
Laboratory
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows mononuclear cell
pleocytosis, an elevation in the level of total immunoglobulin (Ig) G, and presence of oligoclonal Ig.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging is the most sensitive
method of detecting multiple sclerosis focal lesions.
Other
H EEG abnormalities occur in one-third of patients with
MS.
H Evoked potential studies show slowed conduction of
nerve impulses.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 533

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic treatment for acute exacerbations and

related signs and symptoms


H High fluid diet and fiber intake in case of constipa-

tion
H Frequent rest periods

Medications
H Antineoplastics such as mitoxantrone
H Muscle relaxants, such as baclofen and tizandine
H I.V. steroids followed by oral steroids
H Immunosuppressants
H Biological response modifiers, such as glatiramer,

interferon beta-1a, and interferon beta-1b


H Natalizumab (use restricted to special distribution

programs)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Describing multiple sclerosis


Various terms are used to decribe multiple sclerosis (MS).
H Elapsing-remitting: clear relapses (or acute attacks or
exacerbations) with full recovery and lasting disability.
Between attacks, the disease doesnt worsen.
H Primary progressive: steadily progressing or worsening with minor recovery or plateaus. This form is uncommon and may involve different brain and spinal
cord damage from other forms.
H Secondary progressive: beginning as a pattern of clearcut relapses and recovery but becoming steadily progressive and worsening between acute attacks.
H Progressive-relapsing: steadily progressing from the
onset but also has clear, acute attacks. This form is
rare. In addition, differential diagnosis must rule out
spinal cord compression, foramen magnum tumor
(which may mimic the exacerbations and remissions of
MS), multiple small strokes, syphilis or another infection, thyroid disease, and chronic fatigue syndrome.

Patient teaching

The patient will:


H perform activities of daily living
H remain free from infection
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H express feelings of increased energy and decreased
fatigue
H develop regular bowel and bladder habits
H use available support systems and coping mechanisms.

Be sure to cover:
H disease process (see Describing multiple sclerosis)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H avoidance of stress, infections, and fatigue
H maintaining independence
H avoiding exposure to bacterial and viral infections
H nutritional management
H adequate fluid intake and regular urination.

Nursing interventions

Discharge planning

H Provide emotional and psychological support.


H Assist with physical therapy program.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
H Promote emotional stability.
H Keep the bedpan or urinal readily available because

H Refer the patient to the National Multiple Sclerosis

Society.
H Refer the patient to physical and occupational reha-

bilitation programs, as indicated.


H Refer the patient for counseling.

the need to void is immediate.


H Provide bowel and bladder training, if indicated.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Adverse drug reactions
H Sensory impairment
H Muscle dysfunction
H Energy level
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Speech
H Elimination patterns
H Vision changes
H Laboratory results

Multiple sclerosis

533

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 534

Mumps
Overview
Description
H An acute inflammation of one or both parotid glands,

and sometimes the sublingual or submaxillary glands


H Also called infectious or epidemic parotitisan

Pathophysiology
H Virus replication occurs in the epithelium of the up-

per respiratory tract, leading to viremia.


H Infection of the central nervous system (CNS) or

glandular tissues (or both) occurs, resulting in


perivascular and interstitial mononuclear cell infiltrates with edema.
H Necrosis of acinar and epithelial duct cells occurs in
the salivary glands and germinal epithelium of the
seminiferous tubules.

Causes
H A paramyxovirus found in the saliva of an infected

person
H Transmitted by droplets or by direct contact with the

saliva of an infected person

Risk factors
H Travel outside the United States
H Unvaccinated status

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Inadequate immunization and exposure to someone

with mumps within the preceding 2 to 3 weeks


H Myalgia, headache
H Malaise, fever
H Earache aggravated by chewing

Physical findings
H Swelling and tenderness of the parotid glands
H Simultaneous or subsequent swelling of one or more

other salivary glands (see Parotid inflammation in


mumps)

Test results
H Glandular swelling confirms the diagnosis.

Laboratory
H Serologic testing shows mumps antibodies.

Treatment
General
H Rest
H Cold compresses for swollen glands
H Use of athletic supporter if testicles are tender
H Liquid to mechanical soft diet until able to swallow
H Increased fluid intake
H Bed rest until fever resolves
H Rest periods when fatigued

H Seldom occurring in infants younger than age 1 be-

Medications

cause of passive immunity from maternal antibodies


H About 50% of cases in young adults; remainder in
young children or immunocompromised adults
H Peak incidence during late winter and early spring

H Analgesics
H Antipyretics

Common characteristics

Nursing considerations

H Usually begins with prodromal symptoms that last for

Key outcomes

24 hours
H Myalgia, anorexia, malaise, headache, an earache aggravated by chewing, and pain when drinking sour or
acidic liquids; may have a fever of 101 to 104 F
(38.3 to 40 C)

The patient will:


H remain afebrile
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H achieve adequate nutritional intake.

Complications
H Epididymoorchitis
H Meningoencephalitis
H Sterility
H Pancreatitis
H Transient sensorineural hearing loss
H Arthritis
H Nephritis
H Spontaneous abortion (with contact during the first

trimester)

534

Mumps

Nursing interventions
H Apply warm or cool compresses to the neck area to

relieve pain.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide scrotal support, if needed.
H Report all cases of mumps to local public health au-

thorities.
H Disinfect articles soiled with nose and throat secre-

tions.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 535

Parotid inflammation in mumps


The mumps virus (paramyxovirus) attacks the parotid glands the main salivary glands. Inflammation causes characteristic
swelling and discomfort with eating, drinking, swallowing, and talking.

Parotid gland

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Signs of CNS involvement
H Auditory acuity
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need to stay away from school or work from days 12
through 25 after exposure
H importance of having children immunized with live
attenuated mumps vaccine at age 15 months or
older, if applicable
H if epididymoorchitis occurs, reassurance that it wont
cause impotence and sterility (occurs only with bilateral orchitis)
H need for bed rest during febrile period
H need to avoid spicy, irritating foods, and those that
require much chewing; advise a soft, bland diet
H need for family members to follow respiratory isolation precautions until symptoms subside.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a urologist for orchitis, if indi-

cated.

Mumps

535

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 536

Muscular dystrophy
Overview
Description
H Hereditary disorder characterized by progressive

symmetrical wasting of skeletal muscles


H No neural or sensory defects
H Four main types: Duchennes (pseudohypertrophic),

Beckers (benign pseudohypertrophic), LandouzyDejerine (facioscapulohumeral) dystrophy, and Erbs


(limb-girdle) dystrophy
H Duchennes beginning during early childhood, death
occurring within 10 to 15 years

Pathophysiology
H Muscle fibers necrotize and regenerate in various

states.
H Regeneration slows and degeneration dominates.
H Fat and connective tissue replace muscle fibers.
H Weakness results.

Causes
H Various genetic mechanisms (band Xp 21)
H Duchennes and Beckers X-linked recessive
H Landouzy-Dejerine autosomal dominant
H Erbs usually autosomal recessive

Duchennes
H Onset insidious
H Onset between ages 3 and 5
H Pelvic muscle weakness
H Interferes with childs ability to run, climb, and walk
Beckers
H Onset after age 5
H Symptoms the same as Duchennes, but slower progression
Landouzy-Dejerine
H Onset before age 10
H Weakness of eye, face, and shoulder muscles
H Inability to raise arms over head
H Inability to close eyes
H Inability to pucker lips or whistle
H Abnormal facial movements
H Absence of facial movements when laughing or crying
H Pelvic muscles weaken as disease progresses
Erbs
H Symptoms the same as in Landouzy-Dejerine but
slower progression
H Less of a disability than in Landouzy-Dejerine
H Onset between ages 6 and 10
H Muscle weakness of upper arm and pelvic muscles

Physical findings

Assessment

Duchennes and Beckers


H Wide stance and waddling gait
H Gowers sign when rising from a sitting or supine
position
H Muscle hypertrophy and atrophy
H Calves enlarged due to fat infiltration into the muscle
H Posture changes
H Lordosis and a protuberant abdomen
H Scapular winging or flaring when raising arms
H Contractures
H Tachypnea and shortness of breath
Landouzy-Dejerine
H Pendulous lower lip
H Possible disappearance of nasolabial fold
H Diffuse facial flattening leading to a masklike expression
H Inability to suckle (infants)
H Scapulae with a winglike appearance; inability to
raise arms above head
Erbs
H Apparent effects of muscle weakness
H Muscle wasting
H Winging of the scapulae
H Lordosis with abdominal protrusion
H Waddling gait
H Poor balance
H Inability to raise the arms

History

Test results

H Evidence of genetic transmission


H Progressive muscle weakness

Laboratory
H Urine creatinine, serum creatine kinase, lactate dehydrogenase, alanine aminotransferase, and aspartate
aminotransferase levels are elevated.

Incidence
H Duchennes and Beckers: affect males almost exclu-

sively
H Landouzy-Dejerine and Erbs: affect both sexes about

equally

Common characteristics
H Waddling gait
H Toe walking
H Lumbar lordosis
H Frequent falls
H Dyspnea
H Dysphagia

Complications
H Crippling disability
H Contractures
H Pneumonia
H Arrhythmias
H Cardiac hypertrophy
H Dysphagia

536

Muscular dystrophy

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 537

Diagnostic procedures
H Muscle biopsy result confirms the diagnosis.
H Immunologic and biological results facilitate prenatal
and postnatal diagnosis.
H Electromyography shows abnormal muscle movements.
H Amniocentesis detects sex of fetus for high-risk
family.
Other
H Genetic testing may be used to detect the gene defect
that leads to muscular dystrophy in some families.

Treatment
General
H No known treatment to stop progression
H Orthopedic appliances
H Low-calorie, high-protein, high-fiber diet
H Tube feedings, as needed
H Exercise, as tolerated
H Physical therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H maintenance of peer relationships
H how to maintain mobility and independence
H possible complications and prevention
H signs and symptoms of respiratory tract infections
H need for a low-calorie, high-protein, high-fiber diet
H need to avoid long periods of bed rest and inactivity.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for sexual counseling, if indicated.
H Refer the patient for physical therapy, vocational re-

habilitation, social services, and financial assistance.


H Refer the patient to the Muscular Dystrophy Associa-

tion.
H Refer the patient for genetic counseling.

Medications
H Stool softeners
H Possible steroids

Surgery
H Surgery to correct contractures
H Spinal fusion

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H perform activities of daily living without muscle
fatigue or intolerance
H maintain muscle strength, joint mobility, and range of
motion
H show no evidence of complications
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute of
baseline.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Take steps to prevent muscle atrophy.
H Use splints, braces, grab bars, and overhead slings.
H Use a footboard or high-topped shoes and a foot

cradle.
H Provide a low-calorie, high-protein, high-fiber diet.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Joint mobility
H Muscle weakness
H Complications

Muscular dystrophy

537

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 538

Life-threatening disorder

Myasthenia gravis

H Difficulty chewing and swallowing


H Jaw hanging open (especially when tired)
H Head bobbing
H Symptoms milder on awakening; worsen as the day

progresses
H Short rest periods that temporarily restore muscle

Overview
Description
H An acquired autoimmune disorder characterized by

abnormal fatigability of striated (skeletal) muscles


H Sporadic but progressive weakness
H Muscle weakness exacerbated by exercise and repeti-

tive movement
H Initial symptoms related to cranial nerves
H With respiratory system involvement, may be life-

threatening
H Spontaneous remissions in about 25% of patients

Pathophysiology
H Blood cells and thymus gland produce antibodies

that block, destroy, or weaken neuroreceptors


(which transmit nerve impulses).
H The result is failure in transmission of nerve impulses at the neuromuscular junction.

Causes
H Autoimmune disorder associated with the thymus

gland
H Accompanies other immune and thyroid disorders

Incidence
H Occurs at any age
H Three times more common in females than males
H Highest in females ages 18 to 25
H Highest in males ages 50 to 60
H Transient myasthenia in about 20% of infants born to

myasthenic mothers

Common characteristics
H Weak eye closure; ptosis
H Diplopia
H Skeletal muscle weakness; paralysis

Complications
H Respiratory distress
H Pneumonia
H Aspiration

Assessment
History
H Varying assessment findings
H Progressive muscle weakness
H Extreme muscle weakness and fatigue (cardinal

symptoms)
H Ptosis and diplopia (the most common sign and

symptom)

538

Myasthenia gravis

function
H Symptoms that become more intense during menses,

after emotional stress, after prolonged exposure to


sunlight or cold, and with infections

Physical findings
H Sleepy, masklike expression
H Drooping jaw
H Ptosis
H Decreased breath sounds
H Decreased tidal volume
H Respiratory distress and myasthenic crisis

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum acetylcholine receptor antibodies are
elevated.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays or computed tomography scan shows
thymoma.
Other
H Positive Tensilon test shows temporary improved
muscle function and confirms the diagnosis.
H Electrodiagnostic testing shows a rapid reduction
of more than 10% in the amplitude of evoked
responses.

Treatment
General
H Plasmapheresis
H Emergency airway and ventilation management
H Diet, as tolerated
H Activity, as tolerated (exercise possibly exacerbating

symptoms; planned rest periods possibly retarding


symptoms)

Medications
H Anticholinesterase drugs, such as neostigmine and

pyridostigmine
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone
H I.V. immune globulin
H Immunosuppressants such as cyclosporine

Surgery
H Thymectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 539

H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute of

baseline
H perform activities of daily living
H maintain range of motion and joint mobility
H express positive feelings about self.

Nursing interventions
H Provide psychological support.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Maintain nutritional management program.
H Maintain social activity.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Neurologic and respiratory function
H Response to medications

ALERT
Monitor patient for signs of impending myasthenic
crisis, including increased muscle weakness, respiratory distress, and difficulty talking or chewing.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H surgery (preoperative and postoperative teaching)
H energy conservation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H avoidance of strenuous exercise, stress, infection,
needless exposure to the sun or cold weather
H nutritional management program
H swallowing therapy program.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the Myasthenia Gravis Founda-

tion.

Myasthenia gravis

539

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 540

Life-threatening disorder

Myocardial infarction
Overview
Description
H Reduced blood flow through one or more coronary

Complications
H Arrhythmias
H Cardiogenic shock
H Heart failure causing pulmonary edema
H Pericarditis
H Rupture of the atrial or ventricular septum, ventricu-

lar wall
H Ventricular aneurysm
H Cerebral or pulmonary emboli
H Extensions of the original infarction
H Mitral insufficiency

arteries causing myocardial ischemia and necrosis


H Infarction site depends on the vessels involved
H Also called MI and heart attack

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

H One or more coronary arteries become occluded.


H If coronary occlusion causes ischemia lasting longer

H Possible CAD with increasing anginal frequency,

than 30 to 45 minutes, irreversible myocardial cell


damage and muscle death occur.
H Every MI has a central area of necrosis surrounded
by an area of hypoxic injury. This injured tissue is
potentially viable and may be salvaged if circulation
is restored, or it may progress to necrosis.

H Cardinal symptom of MI: persistent, crushing sub-

Causes
H Atherosclerosis
H Thrombosis
H Platelet aggregation
H Coronary artery stenosis or spasm

Risk factors
H Increased age (40 to 70)
H Diabetes mellitus
H Elevated serum triglyceride, low-density lipoprotein,

and cholesterol levels, and decreased serum highdensity lipoprotein levels


H Excessive intake of saturated fats, carbohydrates, or
salt
H Hypertension
H Obesity
H Positive family history of coronary artery disease
(CAD)
H Sedentary lifestyle
H Smoking
H Stress or a type A personality
H Use of drugs, such as amphetamines or cocaine

Incidence
H Males more susceptible than premenopausal females
H Increasing among females who smoke and take hor-

monal contraceptives
H In postmenopausal females, similar to incidence in

males

Common characteristics
H Substernal chest pain or pressure with radiation
H Shoulder or jaw pain
H Dyspnea
H Atypical symptoms such as nausea

540

Myocardial infarction

severity, or duration
sternal pain or pressure possibly radiating to the left
arm, jaw, neck, and shoulder blades, and possibly
persisting for 12 or more hours
H In elderly patient or one with diabetes, pain possibly
absent; in others, pain possibly mild and confused
with indigestion
H A feeling of impending doom, fatigue, nausea, vomiting, and shortness of breath
H Sudden death (may be the first and only indication
of MI)

Physical findings
H Extreme anxiety and restlessness
H Dyspnea
H Diaphoresis
H Tachycardia
H Hypertension
H Bradycardia and hypotension, in inferior MI
H An S4, an S3, and paradoxical splitting of S2 with ven-

tricular dysfunction

H Systolic murmur of mitral insufficiency


H Pericardial friction rub with transmural MI or peri-

carditis
H Low-grade fever during the next few days

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum creatine kinase (CK) level is elevated, especially the CK-MB isoenzyme.
H Serum lactate dehydrogenase (LD) level is elevated;
higher LD1 isoenzyme (found in cardiac tissue) than
LD2 (in serum).
H Elevated white blood cell count usually appears on
the second day and lasts 1 week.
H Myoglobin (the hemoprotein found in cardiac and
skeletal muscle) thats released with muscle damage
as soon as 2 hours after MI is detected.
H Troponin levels increase within 4 to 6 hours of myocardial injury and may remain elevated for 5 to 11
days.
H Complete blood count may show amenia.
H Serum C-reactive protein level is elevated.

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 541

H Chemistry profile may show abnormal electrolyte

levels.
Imaging
H Nuclear medicine scans can identify acutely damaged
muscle by picking up accumulations of radioactive
nucleotide, which appear as a hot spot on the film.
Myocardial perfusion imaging reveals a cold spot
in most patients during the first few hours after a
transmural MI.
H Echocardiography shows ventricular wall dyskinesia
with a transmural MI and helps to evaluate the ejection fraction.
Diagnostic procedures
H Serial 12-lead electrocardiography readings may be
normal or inconclusive during the first few hours after an MI. Characteristic abnormalities include serial
ST-segment depression in subendocardial MI and
ST-segment elevation and Q waves, representing scarring and necrosis, in transmural MI.
H Pulmonary artery catheterization may be performed
to detect left- or right-sided heart failure and to monitor response to treatment.

H develop no complications of fluid volume excess


H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased

pain
H exhibit adequate coping skills.

Nursing interventions
H Assess pain and administer prescribed analgesics.

Treatment

Record the severity, location, type, and duration of


pain. Avoid I.M. injections.
H Check the patients blood pressure before and after
giving nitroglycerin.
H During episodes of chest pain, obtain electrocardiogram.
H Organize patient care and activities to provide periods of uninterrupted rest.
H Provide a low-cholesterol, low-sodium diet with
caffeine-free beverages.
H Assist with range-of-motion exercises.
H Provide emotional support, and help to reduce stress
and anxiety.
H If the patient has undergone percutaneous transluminal coronary angioplasty, sheath care is necessary.
Watch for bleeding. Keep the leg with the sheath insertion site immobile. Maintain strict bed rest. Check
peripheral pulses in the affected leg frequently.

General

Monitoring

H For arrhythmias, a pacemaker or electrical car-

H Serial electrocardiograms
H Vital signs and heart and breath sounds

dioversion
H Intra-aortic balloon pump for cardiogenic shock
H Low-fat, low-cholesterol diet
H Calorie restriction, if indicated
H Bed rest with bedside commode
H Gradual increase in activity, as tolerated

Medications
H I.V. thrombolytic therapy, such as streptokinase and

alteplase, started within 3 hours of symptom onset


H Vasodilators such as nitroglycerin
H Platelet aggregation inhibitors such as clopidogrel
H Aspirin
H Antiarrhythmics
H Heparin
H Morphine I.V.
H Inotropic drugs such as dopamine
H Beta-adrenergic blockers such as metoprolol
H Angiotensin-converting inhibitors such as captopril
H Stool softeners
H Oxygen

Surgery
H Surgical revascularization
H Percutaneous revascularization

ALERT
Watch for crackles, cough, tachypnea, and edema,
which may indicate impending left-sided heart
failure.
H Daily weight; intake and output
H Cardiac enzyme levels; coagulation studies
H Cardiac rhythm for reperfusion arrhythmias (treat

according to facility protocol)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H procedures
H medication administration, dosage, and psosible adverse reactions
H dietary restrictions
H progressive resumption of sexual activity
H appropriate responses to new or recurrent symptoms
H typical or atypical chest pain to report.

Discharge planning

Nursing considerations

H Refer the patient to a cardiac rehabilitation program.


H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

Key outcomes

H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program, if

The patient will:


H maintain hemodynamic stability
H develop no arrhythmia

needed.
needed.

Myocardial infarction

541

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 542

Myocarditis

H Nonspecific symptoms, such as fatigue, dyspnea, pal-

pitations, persistent tachycardia, and persistent fever


H Mild, continuous pressure or soreness in the chest

Overview
Description
H Focal or diffuse inflammation of the myocardium typ-

ically uncomplicated and self-limiting


H May be acute or chronic
H Recovery usually spontaneous and without residual

defects

Pathophysiology
H An infectious organism triggers an autoimmune, cel-

lular, and humoral reaction.


H Inflammation may lead to hypertrophy, fibrosis, and

inflammatory changes of the myocardium and conduction system.


H Heart muscle weakens, and contractility is reduced.

Causes
H Viruses
H Bacteria
H Fungi
H Ricettsial
H Hypersensitive immune reactions such as acute

rheumatic fever
H Radiation therapy
H Chronic alcoholism
H Parasitic infections
H Helminthic infections such as trichinosis

Physical findings
H S3 and S4 gallops, muffled S1
H Pericardial friction rub
H Crackles
H Arrhythmia

Test results
Laboratory
H Cardiac enzyme levels, including creatine kinase
(CK), CK-MB, aspartate aminotransferase, and lactate
dehydrogenase are elevated.
H White blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation
rate are elevated.
H Antibody titers, such as antistreptolysin-O titer in
rheumatic fever, are elevated.
H Cultures of stool, throat, pharyngeal washings, or
other body fluids show the causative bacteria or
virus.
Diagnostic procedures
H Endomyocardial biopsy can be used to confirm diagnosis.
H Electrocardiography typically shows diffuse STsegment and T-wave abnormalities as in pericarditis,
conduction defects (prolonged PR interval), and ventricular and supraventricular ectopic arrhythmias.

Treatment

Risk factors

General

H Recent viral or bacterial infection


H Human immunodeficiency syndrome
H Certain medications
H Connective tissue diseases

H For patient with signs and symptoms of heart failure,

hospitalization until stabilized

H Can occur at any age

H Oxygen therapy, if indicated


H Avoidance of alcohol
H Low-sodium diet
H Modified bed rest
H Activity, as tolerated

Common characteristics

Medications

H Mild, continuous chest soreness or pressure

H Anti-infectives as appropriate
H Antiarrhythmics
H Anticoagulants
H Anti-inflammatory agents, such as steroids and non-

Incidence

Complications
H Left-sided heart failure
H Cardiomyopathy
H Chronic valvulitis (when it results from rheumatic

fever)

captoril

H Arrhythmias
H Thromboembolism

Assessment
History
H Possible recent upper respiratory tract infection with

fever, viral pharyngitis, or tonsillitis

542

steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs


H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors such as

Myocarditis

H Diuretics
H Inotropic agents

Surgery
H Pacemaker implantation
H Ventricular assist device
H Heart transplantation

9400M.qxd

8/2/12

4:39 PM

Page 543

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness
or fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability and adequate
cardiac output without arrhythmia
H maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Stress the importance of bed rest. Provide a bedside

commode.
H Allow the patient to express his concerns about the

effects of activity restrictions on his responsibilities


and routines.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Administer prescribed parenteral anti-infectives and
other drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiovascular status
H Intake and output
H Signs and symptoms of heart failure
H Possible digoxin toxicity
H Cardiac rhythm
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Daily weight
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H prevention of myocarditis
H signs and symptoms of heart failure
H for a patient taking cardiac glycosides at home, how
to check the pulse for 1 full minute before taking the
dose, and the need to withhold the dose and notify
the physician if the heart rate falls below the predetermined rate (usually 60 beats/minute)
H when to notify the physician.

Myocarditis

543

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 544

Life-threatening disorder

Assessment

Near drowning

History

Overview

Physical findings

Description

H Victim survives physiologic effects of submersion


H Primary problems: hypoxemia and acidosis
H Dry near drowning: fluid not aspirated; respiratory

obstruction or asphyxia
H Wet near drowning: fluid aspirated; asphyxia or

secondary changes from fluid aspiration


H Secondary near drowning: recurrence of respira-

tory distress

Pathophysiology
H Immersion stimulates hyperventilation.
H Voluntary apnea occurs.
H Laryngospasm develops.
H Hypoxemia develops and can lead to brain damage

and cardiac arrest.

Causes
H Inability to swim
H Panic
H Boating accident
H Sudden acute illness
H Seizures
H Blow to the head while in the water
H Venomous stings from aquatic animals
H Excessive alcohol consumption before swimming
H Decompression sickness from deep-water diving
H Dangerous water conditions
H Suicide attempt

H Victim found in water

H Fever or hypothermia
H Rapid, slow, or absent pulse
H Shallow, gasping, or absent respirations
H Altered LOC
H Seizures
H Cyanosis or pink, frothy sputum or both
H Abdominal distention
H Crackles, rhonchi, wheezing, or apnea
H Tachycardia
H Irregular heartbeat

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) level shows degree of hypoxia, intrapulmonary shunt, and acid-base balance.
H Electrolyte levels are imbalanced.
H Complete blood count shows hemolysis.
H Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels reveal
impaired renal function.
H Urinalysis shows signs of impaired renal function.
Imaging
H Cervical spine X-ray may show evidence of fracture.
H Serial chest X-rays may show pulmonary edema.
Other
H Electrocardiography may show myocardial ischemia
or infarct or cardiac arrhythmias.

Treatment
General

H Incidence greater in males

H Stabilizing neck
H Establishing airway and providing ventilation
H Correcting abnormal laboratory values
H Warming measures, if hypothermic
H Nothing by mouth until swallowing ability has re-

Common characteristics

H Activity based on extent of injury and success of re-

Incidence
H Most common cause of injury and death in children

ages 1 month to 14 years

H Altered vital signs


H Dyspnea
H Hypoxia
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC)
H Cardiopulmonary arrest

Complications
H Neurologic impairment
H Seizure disorder
H Pulmonary edema
H Renal damage
H Bacterial aspiration
H Pulmonary complications
H Cardiac complications

544

Near drowning

turned
suscitation

Medications
H Bronchodilators such as albuterol
H Cardiac drug therapy if appropriate

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain adequate ventilation
H have a patent airway at all times
H maintain a normal body temperature
H develop effective coping mechanisms.

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 545

Nursing interventions

Prevention

H Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation as indicated.


H Perform active external rewarming and passive re-

Preventing near drowning

warming measures for mild hypothermia (93.2 to


96.8 F [34 to 36 C]); for active external rewarming of truncal areas only and passive rewarming measures for moderate hypothermia (86 F [30 C] to
93.2 F); for active internal rewarming measures for
severe hypothermia (less than 86 F).
H Protect the cervical spine.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring

Near drowning can be prevented by following these guidelines:


H Surround swimming pools with adequate fencing.
H Lock all entrances to pool area.
H Constantly supervise children near water, including
areas where water level is only a few inches.
H Dont swim after ingesting drugs or drinking alcohol.
H Monitor adults and children near water if they have a
history of seizures.
H Never swim alone.
H Always wear a life jacket in a boat.
H Dont dive into shallow water.

H Electrolyte and ABG measurement results


H Cardiac rhythm
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Respiratory status
H Core body temperature
H Psychological state

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to avoid using alcohol or drugs before
swimming
H water safety measures. (See Preventing near drowning.)

Discharge planning
H Recommend a water safety course given by the Red

Cross, YMCA, or YWCA.


H Refer the patient or family for psychological coun-

seling if appropriate.
H Refer the patient or family to resource and support

services.

Near drowning

545

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 546

Life-threatening disorder

H Myonecrosis
H Amputation

Necrotizing fasciitis

Assessment

Overview

History

Description
H A progressive, rapidly spreading inflammatory infec-

tion of the deep fascia


H Mortality rate: 70% to 80%
H Most commonly called flesh-eating bacteria
H Also called hemolytic streptococcal gangrene,

acute dermal gangrene, suppurative fasciitis, and


synergistic necrotizing cellulitis

Pathophysiology
H Infecting bacteria enter the host through a local

tissue injury or a breach in a mucous membrane


barrier.
H Organisms proliferate in an environment of tissue hypoxia caused by trauma, recent surgery, or a medical
condition that compromises the patient.
H Necrosis of the surrounding tissue results, accelerating the disease process by creating a favorable environment for organisms.
H The fascia and fat tissues are destroyed, with secondary necrosis of subcutaneous tissue.

Causes
H Group A beta-hemolytic Streptococcus (GAS) and

Staphylococcus aureus, alone or together: the most


common primary infecting bacteria (More than 80
types of the causative bacteria, Streptococcus pyogenes, makes epidemiology of GAS infections complex.)

Risk factors
H Advanced age
H Immunocompromised state
H Chronic illness such as diabetes
H Steroid use

Incidence
H Three times more likely in males than females
H Rarely occurs in children except in countries with

poor hygiene practices


H Mean age: 38 to 44

Common characteristics
H Pain out of proportion to the size of the wound or

injury
H Rapid deterioration in overall clinical status

Complications
H Renal failure
H Septic shock
H Scarring with cosmetic deformities
H Myositis

546

Necrotizing fasciitis

H Associated risk factors


H Pain
H Tissue injury

Physical findings
H Rapidly progressing erythema at the site of insult
H Fluid-filled blisters and bullae (indicate rapid pro-

gression of the necrotizing process)


H By days 4 and 5, large areas of gangrenous skin
H By days 7 to 10, extensive necrosis of the subcuta-

neous tissue
H Fever
H Sepsis
H Hypovolemia
H Hypotension
H Respiratory insufficiency
H Deterioration in level of consciousness
H Signs of sepsis

Test results
Laboratory
H Tissue biopsy shows infiltration of the deep dermis,
fascia, and muscular planes with bacteria and polymorphonuclear cells, and necrosis of fatty and muscular tissue.
H Cultures of microorganisms from the periphery of
the spreading infection or from deeper tissues during
surgical debridement identify the causative organism.
H Gram stain and culture of biopsied tissue identify the
causative organism.
Imaging
H Radiographic studies may pinpoint the presence of
subcutaneous gases.
H Computed tomography scans may show the anatomic
site of involvement by locating necrosis.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows areas of necrosis
and areas that require surgical debridement.

Treatment
General
H Wound care
H Hyperbaric oxygen therapy
H High-protein, high-calorie diet
H Increased fluid intake
H Bed rest until treatment effective

Medications
H Antimicrobials, such as penicillin, clindamycin, and

metronidazole
H Analgesics

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 547

Surgery
H Immediate surgical debridement, fasciectomy, or

amputation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H maintain adequate fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Give prescribed drugs.
H Provide supportive care and supplemental oxygen,

as appropriate.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Vital signs
H Mental status
H Wound status
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of strict sterile technique and proper
hand-washing technique for wound care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of recognizing and reporting signs and
symptoms of complications.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up with an infectious dis-

ease specialist and surgeon, as indicated.


H Refer the patient to physical rehabilitation, if indi-

cated.
H For education and support, refer the patient to orga-

nizations such as the National Necrotizing Fasciitis


Foundation.

Necrotizing fasciitis

547

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 548

Nephrotic syndrome

Incidence

Overview

H In children, 1 in 50,000 new cases per year


H In adults, 1 or 2 in 50,000 new cases per year
H In children, peak incidence between ages 2 and 3
H Slightly more common in males than in females

Description

Common characteristics

H Kidney disorder characterized by marked protein-

H Fluid retention
H Anorexia
H Hypertension
H Decreased urine output

uria, hypoalbuminemia, hyperlipidemia, increased


coagulation, and edema
H Results from a glomerular defect that affects permeability, indicating renal damage
H Prognosis highly variable, depending on underlying
cause
H Some forms possibly progressing to end-stage renal
failure

Pathophysiology
H Glomerular protein permeability increases.
H Urinary excretion of protein, especially albumin,

increases.
H Hypoalbuminemia develops and causes decreased

colloidal oncotic pressure.

Complications
H Malnutrition
H Infection
H Coagulation disorders
H Thromboembolic vascular occlusion
H Accelerated atherosclerosis
H Acute renal failure

Assessment

H Leakage of fluid into interstitial spaces leads to acute,

History

generalized edema.
H Vascular volume loss leads to increased blood viscosity and coagulation disorders.
H The renin-angiotensin system is triggered, causing
tubular reabsorption of sodium and water and contributing to edema.

H Lethargy
H Depression
H Anorexia
H Underlying cause
H Presence of risk factor
H Decreased urination

Causes

Physical findings

H Primary (idiopathic) glomerulonephritis (about 75%

H Periorbital edema
H Mild to severe dependent edema
H Orthostatic hypotension
H Ascites
H Swollen external genitalia
H Signs of pleural effusion
H Pallor

of cases)
H Lipid nephrosis (main cause in children younger
than age 8)
H Membranous glomerulonephritis (most common
lesion in adult idiopathic nephrotic syndrome)
H Focal glomerulosclerosis (can develop spontaneously at any age, occur after kidney transplantation, or
result from heroin injection; develops in about 10%
of childhood cases and up to 20% of adult cases)
H Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis (may follow infection, particularly streptococcal infection;
occurs primarily in children and young adults)
H Metabolic diseases such as diabetes
H Collagen-vascular disorders
H Circulatory diseases
H Certain neoplastic diseases such as multiple myeloma
H Viral infections
H Drugs, such as nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
and penicillamine
H Certain allergies such as to bee stings

Risk factors
H Nephrotoxins
H Infection
H Allergic reactions
H Pregnancy
H Hereditary nephritis
H Chronic analgesic abuse

548

Nephrotic syndrome

Test results
Laboratory
H Urinalysis reveals an increased number of hyaline,
granular, waxy, fatty casts and oval fat bodies; consistent, heavy proteinuria (levels greater than 3.5 mg/dl
for 24 hours) strongly suggests nephrotic syndrome.
H Serum cholesterol, serum phospholipid, serum
triglyceride levels are increased; serum albumin
levels are decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Renal biopsy allows histologic identification of the
lesion.

Treatment
General
H Correction of the underlying cause if possible
H Diet consisting of 0.6 g of protein per kilogram of

body weight

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 549

H Restricted sodium intake


H Frequent rest periods

Medications
H Diuretics
H Antibiotics for infection
H Glucocorticoids
H Possible alkylating agents
H Possible cytotoxic agents

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid or have minimal complications
H maintain fluid balance
H identify risk factors that worsen tissue perfusion, and
modify lifestyle appropriately
H maintain hemodynamic stability.

Nursing interventions
H Offer the patient reassurance and support, especially

during the acute phase, when severe edema changes


body image.
H Provide information regarding dietary restrictions
and fluid restriction.

Monitoring
H Urine for protein
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Plasma albumin and transferrin levels
H Edema

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of infection that should be reported
H adherence to diet
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services as needed.

Nephrotic syndrome

549

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 550

Neural tube defects


Overview

Assessment
History
H Maternal history revealing factors that cause defect

Description

Physical findings

H Birth defects that involve the spine or skull


H Result from neural tubes failure to close approxi-

Spina bifida
H Possibly a depression or dimple, tuft of hair, soft fatty
deposit, port wine nevi, or a combination of these
abnormalities on the skin over the spinal area
H Saclike protrusion over the spinal cord
H Flaccid or spastic paralysis
Anencephaly
H Part or entire top of skull missing
Encephalocele
H Saclike protrusion through a defective opening in the
skull
H Paralysis

mately 28 days after conception


H Different forms including spina bifida (50% of cas-

es), anencephaly (40%), and encephalocele (10%)

Pathophysiology
H Spina bifida occulta, the least severe neural tube de-

fect (NTD), is characterized by incomplete closure of


one or more vertebrae without protrusion of the
spinal cord or meninges. More severe forms have incomplete closure of one or more vertebrae, causing
protrusion of the spinal contents in an external sac
or cystic lesion (spina bifida cystica). (See Types of
spinal cord defects.)
H In anencephaly, the closure defect occurs at the cranial end of the neuroaxis and, as a result, part or the
entire top of the skull is missing, severely damaging
the brain. Portions of the brain stem and spinal cord
may also be missing. This condition is fatal.
H In encephalocele, a saclike portion of the meninges
and brain protrudes through a defective opening in
the skull. Usually it occurs in the occipital area, but it
may also occur in the parietal, nasopharyngeal, or
frontal area.

Causes
H Exposure to a teratogen
H Part of a multiple malformation syndrome such as

trisomy 18 or 13 syndrome
H A combination of genetic and environmental factors;

possibly a lack of folic acid in the mothers diet

Incidence
H Spina bifida occulta most common NTD
H At least twice the incidence in North Carolina and

South Carolina than in the rest of the United States


H More common in Whites than in Blacks

Common characteristics
H

Some degree of neurologic dysfunction

Complications
H Paralysis below the level of the defect
H Infection such as meningitis
H Hydrocephalus
H Death
H Urinary tract disorders
H Learning disabilities
H Latex allergy

550

Neural tube defects

Test results
Laboratory
H Elevated maternal alpha-fetoprotein (AFP), amniotic
fluid AFP, and amniotic fluid acetylcholinesterase
levels indicate further testing is needed.
H Fetal karyotype detects chromosomal abnormalities
(present in 5% to 7% of NTDs).
H Maternal serum AFP screening in combination with
other serum markers, such as human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), free beta-hCG, or unconjugated
estriol (for patients with a lower risk of NTDs and
those who will be younger than age 3412 at the time
of delivery) estimates a fetus risk of NTD as well as
possible increased risk for perinatal complications,
such as premature rupture of membranes, abruptio
placentae, or fetal death.
Imaging
H Prenatal ultrasound reveals defect (performed when
an increased risk of open NTD exists, based on family history or abnormal serum screening results; not
conclusive for open NTDs or ventral wall defects).
H Spinal X-rays reveal spina bifida occulta.
H Myelography differentiates spina bifida occulta from
other spinal abnormalities, especially spinal cord tumors.
H Skull X-rays, cephalic measurements, and computed
tomography (CT) scan demonstrate associated hydrocephalus.
H X-rays show a basilar bony skull defect (CT scan and
ultrasonography further define the defect [with encephalocele]).
Other
H Transillumination of the protruding sac distinguishes
between myelomeningocele (typically doesnt transilluminate) and meningocele (typically transilluminates).

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 551

Types of spinal cord defects


There are three major types of spinal cord defects. Spina bifida occulta is characterized by a depression or raised area and a
tuft of hair over the defect. In myelomeningocele, an external sac contains meninges, cerebrospinal fluid, and a portion of the
spinal cord or nerve roots. In meningocele, an external sac contains only meninges and cerebrospinal fluid.
SPINA BIFIDA OCCULTA

MYELOMENINGOCELE

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic according to neurologic effects of

defect
H Assessment of growth and development throughout

lifetime
H Diet, as tolerated
H Physical therapy

Medications
H Antibiotics, as indicated

Surgery
H Surgical closure of the protruding sac
H Shunt to relieve associated hydrocephalus
H Surgery during infancy to place protruding tissues

back in the skull, excise the sac, and correct associated craniofacial abnormalities (encephalocele)

MENINGOCELE

After surgery
H Change the dressing regularly, as ordered, and check
and report signs of drainage, wound rupture, and
infection.
H Place the infant in a prone position to protect and
assess the site.
H If leg casts have been applied, watch for signs that
the child is outgrowing the cast. Regularly check
distal pulses to ensure adequate circulation.

Monitoring
Before surgery
H Neurologic status
H Feeding ability
H Nutritional status
After surgery
H Signs of infection
H Signs of increased intracranial pressure
H Intake and output
H Vital signs

Nursing considerations

Patient teaching

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain intact skin
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H attain age-appropriate growth and development.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to prevent contractures, pressure ulcers, and
urinary tract infections
H prevention; folic acid before and during pregnancy.

Nursing interventions

Discharge planning

H Provide psychological support.

H When an NTD has been diagnosed prenatally, refer

Before surgery
H Clean the defect gently with sterile saline solution or
other solutions, as ordered.
H Handle the infant carefully, and dont apply pressure
to the defect.
H Provide adequate time for parent-child bonding, if
possible.

the prospective parents to a genetic counselor.


H Refer the family for psychological and support

services.

Neural tube defects

551

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 552

Neurogenic bladder
Overview
Description
H All types of bladder dysfunction caused by an inter-

ruption of normal bladder innervation by the nervous


system
H Can be hyperreflexic (hypertonic, spastic, or automatic) or flaccid (hypotonic, atonic, or autonomous)
H Also known as neuromuscular dysfunction of the
lower urinary tract, neurologic bladder dysfunction, and neuropathic bladder

Pathophysiology

H Reflux of urine into kidneys


H Urinary tract infections (UTIs)
H Calculus formation
H Renal failure

Assessment
History
H Frequent UTIs
H Hyperactive autonomic reflexes (autonomic dysre-

flexia) when the bladder is distended and the lesion


is at upper thoracic or cervical level
H Involuntary or frequent, scant urination without a
feeling of bladder fullness
H Overflow incontinence and diminished anal sphincter
tone, due to flaccid neurogenic bladder

H An upper motor neuron lesion (at or above T12)

Physical findings

causes spastic neurogenic bladder, with spontaneous


contractions of detrusor muscles, increased intravesical voiding pressure, bladder wall hypertrophy with
trabeculation, and urinary sphincter spasms.
H A lower motor neuron lesion (at or below S2 to S4)
affects the spinal reflex that controls micturition. The
result is a flaccid neurogenic bladder with decreased
intravesical pressure, and increased bladder capacity, residual urine retention, and poor detrusor contraction. The bladder may not empty spontaneously.
H Interruption of the efferent nerves at the cortical level results in loss of voluntary control. Higher centers
also control micturition, and voiding may be incomplete. Sensory neuron interruption leads to dribbling
and overflow incontinence. (See Types of neurogenic bladder.)

H Severe hypertension, bradycardia, and vasodilation

Causes
H Cerebral disorders
H Spinal cord disease
H Trauma
H Metabolic disturbances
H Acute infectious diseases
H Heavy metal toxicity
H Chronic alcoholism
H Collagen diseases
H Vascular diseases
H Herpes zoster
H Sacral agenesis (absence of a completely formed

sacrum)

Incidence
H Based on type of neurogenic bladder disorder

Common characteristics
H Some degree of incontinence
H Changes in initiation or interruption of micturition
H Inability to completely empty the bladder

Complications
H Incontinence
H Residual urine retention

552

Neurogenic bladder

(blotchy skin) above the level of the lesion


H Piloerection and profuse sweating above the level of

the lesion
H Spontaneous spasms (caused by voiding) of the arms

and legs
H Increased anal sphincter tone
H Greatly distended bladder without feeling of bladder

fullness, due to sensory impairment

Test results
Laboratory
H Urine culture is positive for infection.
Imaging
H Retrograde urethrography shows strictures and
diverticula.
Diagnostic procedures
H Voiding cystourethrography evaluates bladder neck
function, vesicoureteral reflux, and continence.
H Urodynamic studies evaluate how urine is stored in
the bladder, how well the bladder empties urine, and
urines movement out of the bladder during voiding.
H Urine flow study (uroflow) shows diminished or impaired urine flow.
H Cystometry evaluates bladder nerve supply, detrusor
muscle tone, and intravesical pressures during bladder filling and contraction.
H Urethral pressure profile determines urethral function with respect to the urethras length and outlet
pressure resistance.
H Sphincter electromyelography correlates neuromuscular function of the external sphincter with bladder
muscle function during bladder filling and contraction; it also evaluates how well the bladder and urinary sphincter muscles work together.
H Videourodynamic studies correlate visual documentation of bladder function with pressure studies.

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 553

Types of neurogenic bladder


Neural lesion

Type

Cause

Upper motor

Uninhibited

Lack of voluntary control in infancy


Multiple sclerosis

Reflex or automatic

Spinal cord transaction


Cord tumors
Multiple sclerosis

Autonomous

Sacral cord trauma


Tumors
Herniated disk
Abdominal surgery with transection of pelvic parasympathetic
nerves

Motor paralysis

Lesions at levels S2, S3, S4


Poliomyelitis
Trauma
Tumors

Sensory paralysis

Posterior lumbar nerve roots


Diabetes mellitus
Tabes dorsalis

Lower motor

Treatment
General
H Absorbent products
H Urethral occlusive devices
H Catheterization of the bladder
H Avoidance of dietary stimulants, such as spicy foods,

citrus fruits, and chocolate


H Avoidance of excessive fluid intake
H Avoidance of caffeinated and carbonated products
H Pelvic muscle exercises
H Bladder training program

Medications
H Anticholinergics such as darifenacin
H Alpha-adrenergic stimulators
H Antispasmodics such as oxybutynin
H Antibiotics as appropriate

Surgery
H External sphincterotomy, urethral dilation, urinary

diversion, or transurethral resection of the bladder


neck to correct structural impairment
H Possible implantation of an artificial urinary sphincter if permanent incontinence follows surgery

Nursing interventions
H Catheterize the patient, as appropriate.
H Provide emotional support, as appropriate.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Signs of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary adjustments
H pelvic exercises
H bladder evacuation techniques
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.
H Refer the patient to rehabilitation program as neces-

sary.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain normal voiding habits
H express positive feelings regarding self-image
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H follow bladder training program, as indicated.

Neurogenic bladder

553

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 554

Nocardiosis
Overview
Description
H Acute, subacute, or chronic bacterial infection

caused by a weakly gram-positive species of the


genus Nocardia usually Nocardia asteroides

Pathophysiology

H Pericarditis
H Endocarditis
H Peritonitis
H Mediastinitis
H Septic arthritis
H Keratoconjunctivitis
H Purulent meningitis
H Seizures

Assessment

H Nocardia are aerobic gram-positive bacteria with

History

branching filaments resembling fungi.


H Normally found in soil, these organisms cause occasional sporadic disease in humans and animals
throughout the world.
H Their incubation period is unknown but probably
lasts several weeks.
H The usual mode of transmission is inhalation of organisms suspended in dust. Transmission by direct
inoculation through puncture wounds or abrasions is
less common.

H Immunocompromising condition
H Chills
H Night sweats
H Anorexia
H Malaise
H Weight loss
H Dyspnea
H Pleural pain
H Puncture wound or abrasion

Causes

H Fever
H Cellulitis
H Productive cough
H Subcutaneous abscesses that lack induration
H Crackles

H Inhalation or inoculation of Nocardia bacteria

Risk factors
H Immunocompromised state
H Alcoholism
H Pulmonary alveolar proteinosis
H Male gender

Incidence
H About 500 to 1,000 cases annually in the United

States
H More common in males (3:1), especially those with a

compromised immune system


H In patients with brain infection, mortality exceeds

80%; in other forms, mortality is 50%

Common characteristics
Cutaneous infection
H Cellulitis
H Erythematous nodule at site of inoculation
Pulmonary infection
H Cough producing thick, tenacious, purulent,
mucopurulent and, possibly, blood-tinged sputum
H Fever
Disseminated infection
H Confusion and disorientation
H Dizziness and nausea
H Headache
H Seizures

Complications
H Pleurisy
H Intrapleural effusions
H Empyema
H Tracheitis
H Bronchitis

554

Nocardiosis

Physical findings

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of sputum or pleural fluid shows causative
organism.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays vary and may show fluffy or interstitial
infiltrates, nodules, or abscesses.
Diagnostic procedures
H In brain infection with meningitis, lumbar puncture
shows nonspecific changes such as increased opening pressure; cerebrospinal fluid shows increased
white blood cell count and protein levels and decreased glucose levels compared to serum glucose.

Treatment
General
H Diet, as tolerated
H Activity, as tolerated (during acute phase, bed rest)
H Safety measures

Medications
H Antimicrobial therapy for at least 6 to 12 months
H Combination drug therapy (sulfonamide, ceftri-

axone) and amikacin


H Antipyretics

Surgery
H Drainage of abscesses and excision of necrotic tissue

9400N.qxd

8/2/12

4:41 PM

Page 555

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no signs of infection
H maintain adequate ventilation
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H cough effectively
H have normal breath sounds.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage coughing and deep-breathing exercises.
H Provide psychological support.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics.
H Provide adequate nourishment.
H Give tepid sponge bath to reduce fever.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Assist with range-of-motion exercises.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status
H Sputum production and character
H Compliance with treatment
H Allergic reaction to antibiotics

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need for long-term antibiotic therapy
H signs of worsening infection
H allergic reaction to antibiotics.

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up care, as indicated.

Nocardiosis

555

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 556

O
Obesity
Overview
Description

H An excess of body fat, generally 20% above ideal

body weight

H BMI of 30 or greater (see BMI measurements)


H Morbid obesity: 50% to 100%; or 100 or more

pounds above ideal weight; or body mass index


(BMI) greater than 40
H Second-leading cause of preventable deaths in the
United States

Pathophysiology

H Hypertension
H Cardiovascular disease
H Hyperlipidemia
H Stroke
H Breast cancer
H Colon cancer
H Degenerative joint disease
H Sleep apnea
H Diabetes mellitus
H Renal disease
H Gallbladder disease
H Psychosocial difficulties
H Premature death

Assessment

H Fat cells increase in size in response to dietary

History

intake.
H When the cells can no longer expand, they increase
in number.
H With weight loss, the size of the fat cells decreases,
but the number of cells doesnt.

H Increasing weight
H Complications of obesity

Causes

Test results

H Excessive caloric intake combined with inadequate

Other
H Comparison of height and weight to a standard table
shows elevation.
H Measurement of the thickness of subcutaneous fat
folds with calipers approximates excess total body
fat. (See Taking anthropometric arm measurements.)
H BMI is 30 or greater.
H Waist to hip ratio: patient is overweight when ratio
for males is greater than 1 and females is greater
than 0.8.

energy expenditure
H Theories that explain obesity:
Hypothalamic dysfunction of hunger and satiety
centers
Genetic predisposition
Abnormal absorption of nutrients
Impaired action of GI and growth hormones and
of hormonal regulators such as insulin
Socioeconomic status
Environmental factors
Psychological factors

Physical findings
H Visible excess weight

Incidence

Treatment

H More than 50% of United States residents overweight


H Obesity affecting one in five children

General

Common characteristics
H BMI of 30 or greater

Complications
H Respiratory difficulties

BMI measurements
Use these steps to calculate body mass index (BMI):
H Multiply weight in pounds by 705.
H Divide this number by height in inches.
H Then divide this by height in inches again.
H Compare results to these standards:
18.5 to 24.9: normal
25.0 to 29.9: overweight
30 to 39.9: obese
40 or greater: morbidly obese.

H Hypnosis and behavior modification techniques


H Psychological counseling
H Reduction in daily caloric intake
H Increase in daily activity level
H Treatment of organic cause

Medications
H Appetite suppressants such as sibutramine
H Lipase inhibitors such as orlistat

Surgery
H Vertical banded gastroplasty
H Gastric bypass

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H reduce BMI to normal level

556

Obesity

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 557

Taking anthropometric arm measurements


Follow these steps to determine triceps skinfold thickness, midarm circumference, and midarm muscle circumference.

Triceps skinfold thickness

H Use the tape measure to find the midpoint between the


shoulder and the elbow. Grasp the patients skin with
your thumb and forefinger, about 38 (1 cm) above the
midpoint, as shown below.
H Place calipers at the midpoint, and squeeze for 3 seconds.
H Record the measurement to the nearest millimeter.
H Take two more readings, and use the average.

Midarm circumference and midarm muscle


circumference

H At the midpoint, measure the midarm circumference, as


shown below. Record the measurement in centimeters.
H Calculate the midarm muscle circumference by multiplying the triceps skinfold thickness measured in millimeters by 3.14.
H Subtract this number from the midarm circumference.

Recording the measurements


Record all three measurements as a percentage of the standard measurements (see table below), using this formula:
Actual measurement
___________________
100%
Standard measurement

Remember, a measurement
less than 90% of the standard indicates caloric deprivation. A measurement over
90% indicates adequate or
more-than-adequate energy
reserves.

Measurement

Standard

90%

Triceps skinfold thickness

Males: 12.5 mm
Females: 16.5 mm

Males: 11.3 mm
Females : 14.9 mm

Midarm circumference

Males: 29.3 cm
Females : 28.5 cm

Males: 26.4 cm
Females : 25.7 cm

Midarm muscle circumference

Males: 25.3 cm
Females : 23.3 cm

Males: 22. 8 cm
Females : 20.9 cm

H safely reduce weight


H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms to deal

with long-term compliance.

Nursing interventions
H Obtain an accurate diet history to identify the pa-

tients eating patterns and the importance of food


to his lifestyle.
H Promote increased physical activity as appropriate.

Monitoring
H Diet
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Weight and BMI

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H need for long-term maintenance after desired weight
is achieved
H dietary guidelines
H safe weight loss practices.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-reduction program.
H Refer the patient to a long-term cognitive behavior

modification program.

Obesity

557

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 558

Obsessive-compulsive
disorder
Overview
Description
H Obsessive thoughts and compulsive behaviors that

impair everyday functioning


H May be simple or complex and ritualized
H Also known as OCD

Pathophysiology
H This anatomic-physiologic disturbance is thought to

involve an alteration in the frontal-subcortical neural


circuitry of the brain.
H Dysregulation of serotonin neurotransmission may
also be a factor.

Causes
H Decrease in caudate nucleus volume

Risk factors
H Coexisting mental disorder
H Tic disorders

Incidence
H Affects 1 in 50 U.S. residents
H Can occur at any age
H More common in males and first-born children

Common characteristics
H Repetitive behaviors and activities for more than

1 hour per day.


H Activities alleviate anxiety triggered by a core fear.

Complications
H Impairment of occupational and social functioning
H Endangerment of health and safety
H Depression

Assessment
History
H Presence of obsessive thoughts, words, or mental im-

ages that persistently and involuntarily invade the


consciousness
H Moderate to severe impairment of social and occupational functioning
H Patient usually rigid and conscientious, with great
aspirations
H Patient who takes responsibility seriously and finds
decision-making difficult
H Patient who lacks creativity and the ability to find
alternate solutions to problems

558

Obsessive-compulsive disorder

Physical findings
H Formal, reserved manner
H Patient is accurate and complete, carefully qualifying

statements and anticipating every move and gesture


of person to whom he speaks
H Flat and unemotional affect, except for controlled
anxiety
H Self-awareness is intellectual, without accompanying
emotion or feeling

DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets these
criteria:
Obsessions
H Patient experiences recurrent and persistent ideas,
thoughts, impulses, or images as intrusive and senseless.
H Patient attempts to ignore or suppress such thoughts
or impulses or to neutralize them with some other
thought or action.
H Patient recognizes that the obsessions are products
of his mind, not externally imposed.
H Patients obsession is unrelated to another Axis I disorder.
Compulsions
H Patient performs repetitive, purposeful, and intentional behaviors in response to an obsession or according to certain rules or in a stereotypical manner.
H Behavior is intended to neutralize or prevent discomfort or some dreaded event or situation, but the behavior isnt connected in a realistic way with intended outcome, or is clearly excessive.
H Patient recognizes that the behavior is excessive or
unreasonable.

Test results
Imaging
H Positron-emission tomography shows abnormal
metabolism of frontal cortex and caudate nuclei.
Other
H Yale-Brown scale rates severity of obsessivecompulsive disorder.
H Maudsley Obsessive-Compulsive Inventory identifies
obsessive thoughts and behaviors.

Treatment
General
H Behavioral therapy
H Increasing exposure to stressful situations
H Keeping a diary of daily stressors
H Substituting new activities for compulsive behavior

Medications
H Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors, such as flu-

voxamine, fluoxetine, and sertraline


H Tricyclic antidepressants such as clomipramine

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 559

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H reduce the amount of time spent each day on obsessing and ritualizing
H produce no harmful effects from ritualistic behavior
H express feelings of anxiety as they occur
H cope with stress without excessive obsessivecompulsive behavior.

Nursing interventions
H Provide an accepting patient atmosphere.
H Allow time for ritualistic behavior (unless its danger-

ous) until distraction occurs.


H Provide for basic needs.
H Make reasonable demands and set reasonable limits;

make the patients purpose clear.


H Explore patterns leading to the behavior or recurring

problems.
H Encourage active diversional resources.
H Assist with individualized problem-solving.
H Identify insight and improved behavior.

Monitoring
H Behavioral changes
H Disturbing topics of conversation
H Effective interventions
H Effects of pharmacologic therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to identify progress
H importance of realistic expectations of self and
others
H stress relief by channeling emotional energy
H relaxation and breathing techniques.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services and support

services.
H Stress the importance of follow-up care.

Obsessive-compulsive disorder

559

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 560

Oral and pharyngeal


cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignant tumors that start in the mouth or in the

throat behind the mouth


H Involves several types of tissue and cells, resulting in

different types of cancers, which influences treatment


options and prognosis
H 90% of tumors, squamous cell carcinomas
H Others include:
Lymphomas, melanomas, and adenocarcinomas
originating in the minor salivary glands, tonsils,
and base of the tongue
Sarcomas

Pathophysiology
H Damage to cell deoxyribonucleic acid causes rapid

growth and repair.


H Growth is unrestrained and cells lose characteristics

Common characteristics
H A nonhealing sore in the mouth
H Unrelieved pain in the mouth
H A persistent lump or thickening in the cheek or neck
H A persistent white or red patch on the gums, tongue,

tonsil, or lining of the mouth


H A persistent sore throat or a feeling that something is

caught in the throat


H Difficulty or pain while chewing or swallowing
H Difficulty moving the jaw or tongue
H Numbness of the tongue or other area of the mouth
H Swelling of the jaw causing dentures to fit poorly or

become uncomfortable
H Loosening of the teeth or pain around the teeth or

jaw
H Voice changes
H Weight loss

Complications
H Recurrence
H Metastasis to larynx, lymph nodes, and other organs
H Functional and cosmetic disabilities
H Persistent dysphagia secondary to surgery or radia-

tion therapy
H Persistent problems with articulation

of original tissue type.

Causes
H Tobacco, alcohol, ultraviolet (UV) light, virus, or oth-

er carcinogen
H Believed to be a combination of biologic, genetic,

and lifestyle factors

Risk factors
H Use of any tobacco (cigarettes, cigars, pipes, snuff,

or chewing tobacco)
H Excessive alcohol consumption
H Exposure to UV light
H Long-term irritation to the lining of the mouth
H Plummer-Vinson syndrome
H Human papillomavirus infection
H Immune system suppression
H Betel nut or betel leaf chewing

Incidence
H Account for 4% of all cancers occurring in males and

2% in females
H About two-thirds of cases occurring in people older

than age 55; rare in children


H Males affected more commonly than females
H Highest incidence in Asia, related to the habit of

chewing betel nut, fresh betel leaf, and habitual reverse smoking (lighted end held within the oral
cavity)
H Most common sites:
Tongue: 28%
Lip: 23%
Floor of the mouth: 16%
Minor salivary glands: 11%

560

Oral and pharyngeal cancer

Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors
H Complaints of difficulty or pain when swallowing
H Persistent sore throat
H Change in speech patterns
H Weight loss

Physical findings
H Mouth sores
H Lump or thickening in the cheek or neck, or any-

where in the mouth


H White or red patch on the gums, tongue, tonsil, or

lining of the mouth


H Swollen jaw
H Loose teeth

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray rules out metastasis to the lungs.
H Bone scans if theres pain in the bones suggest bone
metastasis.
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging identifies possible intracranial or liver
metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy confirms diagnosis.

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 561

Treatment
General
H Varies depending on location of cancer
H Unresectable lesions usually treated with radiation

therapy, chemotherapy, or both


H A soft diet or nasogastric or gastrostomy feedings
possibly needed

Medications
H Opioid analgesics for pain
H Chemotherapy if indicated

H importance of preventing aspiration


H importance of oral hygiene
H need to report adverse drug effects
H importance of restricting alcohol use
H importance of not smoking or using smokeless to-

bacco
H importance of follow-up care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to home care or social services as

appropriate.
H Refer the patient to a dietitian as needed.

Surgery
H Primary tumor resection
H Wide resection, with or without radiation therapy,

chemotherapy, or a combination of both


H Full or partial mandible or maxilla resection
H Micrographic surgery for lip resections
H Laryngectomy or tracheostomy if necessary

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize understanding of the disease process
H be free from mouth lesions
H be free from signs and symptoms of bleeding
H verbalize reduced or absent pain
H maintain or gain weight
H have clear breath sounds.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide care before and after chemotherapy, radia-

tion therapy, or surgery, as appropriate.


H Take precautions to reduce the risk of aspiration

with oral feedings.


H Provide interventions to reduce the risk of infection.
H Encourage activity as tolerated.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Adverse effects of drugs
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Breath sounds
H Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs and symptoms that require prompt medical attention
H importance of adequate nutrition and fluids
H care of the mouth and skin after chemotherapy, radiation therapy, or surgery

Oral and pharyngeal cancer

561

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 562

Osgood-Schlatter
disease
Overview
Description
H Partial separation of the epiphysis of the tibial tuber-

H Pain that worsens from running, jumping, squatting,

and ascending or descending stairs


H Symptoms relieved with rest
H Precipitating trauma

Physical findings
H Soft-tissue swelling
H Localized heat and tenderness
H Decreased flexibility and restriction in the ham-

strings, triceps surae, and quadriceps muscle

cle from the tibial shaft, leading to tendinitis


H Affects one or both knees
H Also known as osteochondrosis

H Pain at 30-degree flexion with tibia starting at

Pathophysiology

Test results

H Bone growth is faster than soft tissue growth.


H Muscle tendon tightness occurs across the joint.
H Flexibility is decreased.
H When the large quadricep muscle contracts, the

Imaging
H X-rays and ultrasound show epiphyseal closings, soft
tissue swelling, and bone fragmentation.
H Bone scan may reveal increased uptake in the area of
the tibial tuberosity.

patellar tendons pull away from the tibia and fibia


causing pain.
H Tendinitis of the knee results.

Causes

90 degrees in internal rotation


H Palpable firm mass

Treatment

H Traumatic avulsion of the proximal tibial tuberosity at

General

the patellar tendon insertion


H Locally deficient blood supply
H Genetic factors
H Exercise

H Ice application for 20 minutes every 2 to 4 hours


H Reinforced elastic knee support, plaster cast, or

Risk factors
H Male gender
H Age 11 to 18 years
H Rapid skeletal growth
H Repetitive jumping sports

Incidence
H Most common in active adolescent boys after under-

going a rapid growth spurt

Common characteristics

splint
H Reduction of sports activities or exercise
H Avoidance of exercises that demand quadriceps

contraction
H In severe cases, immobilization for 6 to 8 weeks
H Rehabilitation exercises

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Removal or fixation of the epiphysis

H Frequent fractures
H Pain at inferior aspect of patella

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H Irregular growth of the proximal tibial epiphysis


H Partial avascular necrosis of the proximal tibial

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H perform activities of daily living
H exhibit developmental milestones
H express positive feelings about self.

epiphysis
H Chronic pain
H Patellar tendon avulsion
H Degenerative arthritis
H Chrondromalacia

Assessment
History
H Intermittent aching, pain, swelling, and tenderness

below the kneecap

562

Osgood-Schlatter disease

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed analgesics and assess re-

sponse.
H Ensure proper application of knee support or splint.
H Provide the patient with crutches if needed.
H Promote and allow adequate time for self-care.
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 563

Monitoring
H Limitation of movement
H Muscle atrophy
H After surgery: circulation, sensation, and pain
H Excessive bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed exercise program
H use of crutches if needed
H protection of the injured knee
H avoidance of activities that require deep knee bending for 2 to 4 months.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for occupational and physical

therapy as appropriate.

Osgood-Schlatter disease

563

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 564

Osteoarthritis
Overview

Assessment
History

H Chronic degeneration of joint cartilage


H Most common form of arthritis
H Disability from minor limitation to near immobility
H Most commonly affects the hips and knees
H Varying progression rates

H Predisposing traumatic injury


H Deep, aching joint pain
H Pain after exercise or weight bearing
H Pain possibly relieved by rest
H Stiffness in morning and after exercise
H Aching during changes in weather
H Grating feeling when the joint moves
H Limited movement

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Deterioration of the joint cartilage occurs.


H Reactive new bone forms at the margins and sub-

H Contractures
H Joint swelling
H Muscle atrophy
H Deformity of the involved areas
H Gait abnormalities
H Hard nodes that may be red, swollen, and tender on

Description

chondral areas.
H Breakdown of chondrocytes occurs.
H Cartilage flakes irritate synovial lining.
H The cartilage lining becomes fibrotic.
H Joint movement is limited.
H Synovial fluid leaks into bone defects, causing cysts.

H Unknown, may be a combination of factors

the distal and proximal interphalangeal joints (see


Signs of osteoarthritis)
H Loss of finger dexterity
H Muscle spasms, limited movement, and joint instability

Risk factors

Test results

H Advancing age
H Hereditary, possibly
H Muscle weakness
H Traumatic injury
H Congenital abnormality
H Endocrine disorders such as diabetes mellitus
H Metabolic disorders such as chondrocalcinosis

Laboratory
H Synovial fluid analysis rules out inflammatory
arthritis.
Imaging
H X-rays of the affected joint may show a narrowing of
the joint space or margin, cystlike bony deposits in
the joint space and margins, sclerosis of the subchondral space, joint deformity or articular damage,
bony growths at weight-bearing areas, and possible
joint fusion.
H Radionuclide bone scan may be used to rule out inflammatory arthritis by showing normal uptake of the
radionuclide.
H Magnetic resonance imaging shows affected joint, adjacent bones, and disease progression.
Diagnostic procedures
H Neuromuscular tests may show reduced muscle
strength.
Other
H Arthroscopy shows internal joint structures and identifies soft-tissue swelling.

Causes

Incidence
H Occurs equally in both sexes
H Occurs after age 40

Common characteristics
H Deep, aching joint pain
H Stiffness, especially in morning and after exercise
H Crepitus of the joint during motion
H Heberdens nodes (bony enlargements of distal inter-

phalangeal joints)
H Altered gait
H Decreased range of motion (ROM)
H Localized headaches

Complications
H Flexion contractures
H Subluxation
H Deformity
H Ankylosis
H Bony cysts
H Gross bony overgrowth
H Central cord syndrome
H Nerve root compression
H Cauda equina syndrome

564

Osteoarthritis

Treatment
General
H Relieve pain
H Improve mobility
H Minimize disability
H Activity, as tolerated
H Physical therapy
H Assistive mobility devices

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 565

Signs of osteoarthritis
Heberdens nodes appear on the dorsolateral aspect of the
distal interphalangeal joints. These bony and cartilaginous
enlargements are usually hard and painless. They typically
occur in middle-aged and elderly patients with osteoarthritis.
HEBERDENS NODES

Medications
H Analgesics
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Intra-articular injections with corticosteroids

Surgery
H Arthroplasty (partial or total)
H Arthrodesis
H Osteoplasty
H Osteotomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disease
H achieve the highest level of mobility
H express positive feelings about self.

Nursing interventions
H Allow adequate time for self-care.
H Adjust pain medications to allow maximum rest.
H Identify techniques that promote rest and relaxation.
H Administer prescribed anti-inflammatories.
H For affected hand joints, use hot soaks and paraffin

dips.
H For affected lumbosacral spinal joints, provide a firm

mattress.
H For affected cervical spinal joints, apply a cervical
collar.

Bouchards nodes are similar to Heberdens nodes but are


less common and appear on the proximal interphalangeal
joints.

BOUCHARDS NODES

H For an affected hip, apply moist heat pads and ad-

minister antispasmodics.
H For an affected knee, help with ROM exercises.
H Apply elastic supports or braces.
H Check crutches, cane, braces, or walker for prop-

er fit.

Monitoring
H Pain pattern
H Response to analgesics
H ROM

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H need for adequate rest during the day, after exertion,
and at night
H energy conservation methods
H need to take medications exactly as prescribed
H adverse reactions to drugs
H wearing support shoes that fit well and repairing
worn heels
H installation of safety devices at home
H ROM exercises, performing them as gently as
possible
H need to maintain proper body weight
H use of crutches or other orthopedic devices.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to occupational or physical thera-

pist as indicated.

Osteoarthritis

565

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 566

Osteogenesis imperfecta
Overview
Description
H Genetic disease in which bones are thin, poorly de-

Complications
H Deafness
H Stillbirth or death within the first year of life

(autosomal-recessive disorder)
H Hyperplastic callus formation
H Repeated respiratory infections
H Spinal cord compression
H Cerebral hemorrhage caused by birth trauma

veloped, and fracture easily


H Expression varies, depending on whether the defect

is carried as a trait or is clinically obvious


H Also called brittle bone disease
H Categorized into four main types

Type I: mild
Type II: most severe with multiple fractures, hearing loss, and may be lethal at birth
Type III and IV: high survival rate and benefits
from treatment

Pathophysiology
H The pathogenesis begins when mutations in the genes

change the structure of collagen.


H Possible mutations in other genes may cause varia-

tions in the assembly and maintenance of bone and


other connective tissues.
H Collectively or alone, these mutated genes lead to
pathologic fractures and impaired healing.

Causes
H Genetic disease, typically autosomal dominant (char-

acterized by a defect in the synthesis of connective


tissue)
H Autosomal recessive carriage of gene defects producing osteogenesis imperfecta in homozygotes (osteoporosis in some)

Incidence
H Affects between 20,000 and 50,000 U.S. residents
H Affects males and females equally

Assessment
History
H Fractures early in life
H Hearing loss
H Easy bruising

Physical findings
H Blue sclerae, showing that mutation is expressed in

more than one connective tissue


H Short trunk
H Hearing loss
H Fractures
H Kyphoscoliosis

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum alkaline phosphatase levels are elevated during periods of rapid bone formation and cellular injury.
H Skin culture shows reduced quantity of fibroblasts.
Imaging
H Echocardiography may show mitral insufficiency or
floppy mitral valves.
H Prenatal ultrasound (during second trimester) reveals bowing of long bones, fractures, limb shortening, and decreased skull echogenicity.
H Skull, long bone, and pelvis X-rays reveal thin bones,
fractures with deformities, beaded ribs, and osteopenia.

Special populations
Age of onset of presentation ranges from in utero
to infancy.

Common characteristics
H Frequent fractures caused by falls as toddler begins

to walk; poor healing


H Short stature due to multiple fractures caused by mi-

nor physical stress

Treatment
General
H Prevention of fractures
H Nutritious, well-balanced diet
H Safety during periods of activity
H Physical therapy
H Pain management

H Deformed cranial structure and limbs due to multi-

Medications

ple fractures
H Thin skin and bluish sclera of the eyes; thin collagen
fibers of the sclera allowing the choroid layer to be
seen
H Abnormal tooth and enamel development due to improper deposition of dentin
H Middle ear deafness

H Antibiotics (when infection occurs)


H Biphosphates and calcium supplements for types III

and IV

Surgery
H Internal fixation of fractures to ensure stabilization

and prevent deformities


H Spinal fusion for scoliosis

566

Osteogenesis imperfecta

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 567

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (and his family) will:
H follow safety measures to prevent fractures
H understand the disorder and its treatment
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Ensure a safe environment.
H Encourage activities based on ability.
H Provide psychological support.

Monitoring
H Environment
H Bone condition

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H safe handling of the infant
H how to recognize fractures and correctly splint them
H how to protect the child during diapering, dressing,
and other activities of daily living
H encouraging interests that dont require strenuous
physical activity
H the importance of good nutrition to heal bones and
promote growth
H use of shock-absorbing footwear
H importance of not letting infants younger than age 1
year sit upright.

Discharge planning
H Refer the child and his parents for genetic counseling

to assess the recurrence risk.


H Instruct the parents to provide their child with med-

ical identification jewelry.

Osteogenesis imperfecta

567

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 568

Osteomalacia and
rickets
Overview
Description
H Vitamin D deficiency that doesnt allow bone to cal-

cify normally
H Also called rickets in infants and young children;

osteomalacia in adults
H Prognosis good with treatment
H Possible disappearance of bone deformities in adults;

usually persist in children

Pathophysiology
H Vitamin D regulates the absorption of calcium ions

from the intestine.


H When vitamin D is lacking, falling serum calcium

concentration stimulates synthesis and secretion of


parathyroid hormone.
H This causes the release of calcium from bone, decreasing renal calcium excretion and increasing renal phosphate excretion.
H When the concentration of phosphate in the bone decreases, osteoid may be produced but mineralization
cant proceed normally.
H This causes large quantities of osteoid to accumulate,
coating the trabeculae and linings of the haversian
canals and areas beneath the periosteum.
H When bone matrix mineralization is delayed or inadequate, bone is disorganized in structure and lacks
density. The result is gross deformity of both spongy
and compact bone.

Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of vitamin D
H Malabsorption of vitamin D
H Inadequate exposure to sunlight
H Inherited impairment of renal tubular reabsorption

of phosphate (from vitamin D insensitivity) in vitamin


Dresistant rickets (refractory rickets, familial
hypophosphatemia)
H Conditions reducing the absorption of fat-soluble vitamin D
H Hepatic or renal disease
H Malfunctioning parathyroid gland contributing to calcium deficiency and interfering with vitamin D activation in the kidneys

Incidence
H Rare in the United States
H Does appear occasionally in breast-fed infants not re-

ceiving a vitamin D supplement or in infants being


fed a formula with a nonfortified milk base
H Occurs in overcrowded urban areas where smog limits sunlight penetration

568

Osteomalacia and rickets

ALERT
Incidence of rickets is highest in children with
darkly pigmented skin who, because of their pigmentation, absorb less sunlight.

Common characteristics
H May be asymptomatic until a fracture occurs
H Leg and lower back pain due to vertebral collapse
H Bowed legs
H Knock-knees
H Rachitic rosary (beading of ends of ribs)
H Enlarged wrists and ankles
H Pigeon breast (protruding ribs and sternum)
H Delayed closing of fontanels
H Softening skull
H Bulging forehead
H Poorly developed muscles (pot belly)
H Difficulty walking and climbing stairs
H Kyphoscoliosis

Complications
H Spontaneous multiple fractures
H Tetany in infants
H Bone deformities

Assessment
History
H Poor diet
H Leg and lower back pain

Physical findings
H Bowed legs
H Knock-knees
H Rachitic rosary (beading of ends of ribs)
H Enlarged wrists and ankles
H Pigeon breast (protruding ribs and sternum)
H Bulging forehead
H Poorly developed muscles (pot belly)
H Kyphoscoliosis

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium concentration is less than 7.5 mg/dl.
H Serum inorganic phosphorus concentration is less
than 3 mg/dl.
H Serum citrate level is less than 2.5 mg/dl.
H Alkaline phosphatase level is less than 4 Bodansky
units/dl.
Imaging
H X-rays show characteristic bone deformities and abnormalities such as Loosers transformation zones
(radiolucent bands perpendicular to the surface of
the bones indicating reduced bone ossification confirm the diagnosis).

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 569

Treatment
General
H Sufficient sun exposure
H Diet high in vitamin D (fortified milk, fish liver oils,

herring, liver, and egg yolks)


H Treatment of bone deformities or fractures

Medications
H Oral supplements of vitamin D, calcium, and phos-

phorus, depending on underlying cause


H For rickets refractory to vitamin D, or in rickets

accompanied by hepatic or renal disease, 25hydroxycholecalciferol, 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, or a synthetic-analogue of active vitamin D

Surgery
H Possible surgical intervention for intestinal disease
H Appropriate repair of bone fractures

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have increased vitamin D intake
H remain free from fractures
H express understanding of the disorder and its treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Obtain a dietary history to assess the patients vitamin

D intake.
H Administer prescribed supplements or medications.

Monitoring
H Dietary intake
H Bone integrity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H symptoms of vitamin D toxicity (headache, nausea,
constipation and, after prolonged use, renal calculi)
H safety and sun exposure.

Discharge planning
H If the patients vitamin D deficiency appears to be

linked to adverse socioeconomic conditions, refer


him to an appropriate community agency.
H Refer the patient to a weight-bearing exercise program.

Osteomalacia and rickets

569

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 570

Osteomyelitis

Common characteristics

Overview

H Sudden pain in affected bone


H Tenderness, heat, swelling
H Restricted movement
H Chronic infection

Description

Complications

H Pyogenic bone infection


H Infecting microorganisms invading by indirect or di-

H Chronic infection
H Skeletal deformities
H Joint deformities
H Disturbed bone growth in children
H Differing leg lengths
H Impaired mobility

rect entry
H Chronic or acute
H Good prognosis for acute form (with prompt treat-

ment)
H Poor prognosis for chronic form

Pathophysiology
H Organisms settle in a hematoma or weakened area

and spread directly to bone.


H Pus is produced and pressure builds within the rigid

medullary cavity.
H Pus is forced through the haversian canals.
H Subperiosteal abscess forms.
H Bone is deprived of its blood supply.
H Necrosis results and new bone formation is stimulated.
H Dead bone detaches and exits through an abscess or
the sinuses.
H Osteomyelitis becomes chronic.

Causes
H Traumatic injury
H Acute infection originating elsewhere in the body
H Staphylococcus aureus
H Streptococcus pyogenes
H Pseudomonas aeruginosa
H Escherichia coli
H Proteus vulgaris
H Fungi or viruses
H Salmonella
H Open bone injury
H Diminished blood supply to bone as with atheroscle-

rosis

Risk factors
H Diabetes
H Hemodialysis
H Immunocompromised state
H Sickle cell disease
H I.V. drug abuse
H Advanced age

Incidence
H Incidence of both types declining, except in drug

abusers

Special populations
The acute form affects rapidly growing children,
especially boys.

570

Osteomyelitis

Assessment
History
H Previous injury, surgery, or primary infection
H Sudden, severe pain in the affected bone
H Pain unrelieved by rest and worse with motion
H Related chills, nausea, and malaise
H Refusal to use the affected area

Physical findings
H Tachycardia and fever
H Swelling and restricted movement over the infection

site
H Tenderness and warmth over the infection site
H Persistent pus drainage from an old pocket in a sinus

tract

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count shows leukocytosis.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
H Blood culture identifies the pathogen.
H Bone or soft tissue biopsy sample is cultured to identify the pathogen.
Imaging
H X-rays may show bone involvement.
H Bone scans may detect early infection.
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging can show extent of infection.

Treatment
General
H Decrease internal bone pressure
H Prevent bone necrosis
H Hyperbaric oxygen therapy
H Free tissue transfers
H I.V. fluids, as needed
H High-protein diet rich in vitamin C
H Bed rest
H Immobilization of involved bone and joint with a cast

or traction

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 571

Medications
H I.V. antibiotics
H Analgesics
H Intracavitary instillation of antibiotics for open

wounds

Surgery
H Surgical drainage
H Local muscle flaps
H Sequestrectomy
H Amputation for chronic and unrelieved symptoms

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion
H exhibit adequate fluid volume
H exhibit adequate tissue perfusion and pulses distally
H perform activities of daily living.

Nursing interventions
H Control infection.
H Protect the bone from injury.
H Provide emotional support.
H Promote and allow adequate time for self-care.
H Encourage activities that promote rest and relaxation.
H Use strict sterile technique.
H With skeletal traction, cover the pin insertion points

with small, dry dressings.


H Provide firm pillows.
H Provide thorough skin care.
H Provide complete cast care.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Wound appearance and healing
H Pain control
H Drainage and suctioning equipment
H Sudden malpositioning of the limb

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H techniques for promoting rest and relaxation
H wound site care
H signs of recurring infection
H importance of follow-up examinations.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for occupational therapy, as appro-

priate.
H Refer the patient to home care for I.V. antibiotic ther-

apy as appropriate.

Osteomyelitis

571

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 572

Osteoporosis
Overview
Description
H Loss of calcium and phosphate from bones causing

increased vulnerability to fractures


H Primary or secondary to underlying disease
H Types of primary osteoporosis: postmenopausal os-

Common characteristics
H Sudden pain associated with bending or lifting
H Back pain (if vertebral collapse occurs)
H Increasing deformity
H Kyphosis
H Loss of height
H Decreased exercise tolerance
H Spontaneous wedge fractures

Complications
H Bone fractures (vertebrae, femoral neck, and distal

teoporosis (type I) and age-associated osteoporosis


(type II)
H Secondary osteoporosis: caused by an identifiable
agent or disease

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

H The rate of bone resorption accelerates as the rate of

H Postmenopausal patient
H Condition known to cause secondary osteoporosis
H Snapping sound or sudden pain in lower back when

bone formation decelerates.


H Decreased bone mass results and bones become
porous and brittle.

Causes

radius)

bending down to lift something


H Possible slow development of pain (over several

years)

H Exact cause unknown


H Prolonged therapy with steroids, heparin, or anti-

H With vertebral collapse, backache and pain radiating

seizure drugs
H Bone immobilization
H Alcoholism
H Malnutrition
H Rheumatoid arthritis
H Liver disease
H Malabsorption
H Scurvy
H Lactose intolerance
H Hyperthyroidism
H Osteogenesis imperfecta
H Sudecks atrophy (localized in hands and feet, with
recurring attacks)
H Low calcium intake

H Pain aggravated by movement or jarring

Risk factors
H Mild, prolonged negative calcium balance
H Declining gonadal adrenal function
H Female gender
H Increasing age
H Family history
H European descent
H Early menopause
H Cigarette smoking
H Alcoholism
H Breast cancer and chemotherapy
H Faulty protein metabolism (caused by estrogen defi-

around the trunk

Physical findings
H Humped back
H Markedly aged appearance
H Loss of height
H Muscle spasm
H Decreased spinal movement with flexion more limit-

ed than extension

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum calcium, phosphorus, and alkaline levels are
normal.
H Parathyroid hormone level is elevated.
Imaging
H X-ray studies show characteristic degeneration in the
lower thoracolumbar vertebrae.
H Computed tomography scan assesses spinal bone
loss.
H Bone scans show injured or diseased areas.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone biopsy shows thin, porous, but otherwise normal bone.
Other
H Dual or single photon absorptiometry (measurement
of bone mass) shows loss of bone mass.

ciency)
H Sedentary lifestyle

Incidence
H Idiopathic affects children and adults
H Type I (or postmenopausal): affects women ages 51

to 75
H Type II (or senile): most common between ages 70
and 85

572

Osteoporosis

Treatment
General
H Control bone loss
H Prevent additional fractures
H Control pain
H Reduction and immobilization of fractures

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 573

H Diet rich in vitamin D, calcium, and protein


H Physical therapy program of gentle exercise and

activity
H Supportive devices

Medications
H Estrogen
H Sodium fluoride
H Calcium and vitamin D supplements
H Biphosphates, such as alendronate, risedronate, and

H sleeping on a firm mattress


H avoiding excessive bed rest
H use of a back brace, if appropriate
H proper body mechanics
H home safety devices
H diet rich in calcium.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for physical and occupational thera-

py, as appropriate.

ibandronate
H Teriparatide
H Strontium ranelate
H Calcitonin
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Open reduction and internal fixation for femur

fractures

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H experience increased comfort and decreased pain
H demonstrate measures to prevent injury
H perform activities of daily living.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage careful positioning, ambulation, and pre-

scribed exercises.
H Promote self-care while allowing adequate time.
H Encourage mild exercise.
H Assist with walking.
H Perform passive ROM exercises.
H Promote physical therapy sessions.
H Use safety precautions.
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Apply heat.

Monitoring
H Skin for redness, warmth, and new pain sites
H Response to analgesia
H Nutritional status
H Height
H Exercise tolerance
H Joint mobility

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H performing monthly breast self-examination while
on estrogen therapy
H need to report vaginal bleeding promptly
H need to report new pain sites immediately

Osteoporosis

573

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 574

Otitis externa
Overview
Description
H Acute or chronic inflammation of the external ear

canal
H With treatment, usually subsides within 7 days
H Tends to recur and may become chronic
H If severe and chronic, may reflect underlying dia-

betes mellitus, hypothyroidism, or nephritis


H Also known as external otitis and swimmers ear

Pathophysiology
H External ear canal inflammation results from inva-

sion by infecting organisms.

Causes
H Traumatic injury or excessive moisture that predis-

poses canal to infection


H Bacteria (common) and fungi (less common)
H Occasionally, dermatologic conditions, such as seb-

orrhea or psoriasis

Risk factors
H Swimming in contaminated water
H Cleaning ear canal with cotton-tipped applicator,

bobby pin, finger, or other object

Assessment
History
H Repeated exposure to ear trauma, water, use of ear-

phones, or allergic response to hair spray, dye, or


other hair-care products
H Mild to severe ear itching or pain aggravated by jaw
motion, clenching the teeth, opening the mouth, or
chewing
H Fungal otitis externa possibly asymptomatic

Physical findings
H Swollen, inflamed ear canal
H Ear discharge that may be foul-smelling and yellow to

green in color
H Thick red epithelium in canal with chronic otitis

externa
H Increased pain or itching on palpation or manipula-

tion

Test results
Laboratory
H Microscopic examination shows the causative organism.
Diagnostic procedures
H Audiometric testing may reveal a partial hearing loss.
H Otoscopy reveals a swollen external ear canal, periauricular lymphadenopathy and, occasionally, regional cellulitis.

H Exposure to dust, hair-care products, or other irri-

tants
H Regular use of earphones, earplugs, or earmuffs
H Chronic drainage from a perforated tympanic mem-

brane

Incidence
H Most common during summer, but can occur any

time of the year

Treatment
General
H Cleaning of debris from canal under direct visualiza-

tion
H With mild, chronic otitis externa, use of specially

fitted earplugs for showering or swimming

Common characteristics

Medications

H Swollen, inflamed ear canal


H Mild to severe itching or pain aggravated by jaw

H Analgesics
H Antibiotic drops
H Oral antibiotics if lymphadenopathy present, or if

motion, clenching the teeth, opening the mouth, or


chewing

external ear swollen

Complications

Surgery

H Complete closure of the ear canal


H Significant hearing loss
H Otitis media
H Cellulitis
H Abscesses
H Disfigurement of the pinna
H Lymphadenopathy
H Osteitis
H Septicemia
H Stenosis

H Excision and abscess drainage

574

Otitis externa

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no signs or symptoms of infection
H express feelings of increased comfort
H express understanding of the disorder and treatment
H regain hearing function or develop other ways to
communicate.

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 575

Prevention

Preventing otitis externa


H To prevent recurrence, tell the patient to avoid potential
irritants, such as hair-care products and earrings.
H Warn against cleaning the ears with cotton-tipped applicators or other objects.
H Dry ears thoroughly with a towel after swimming,
showering, or bathing.
H Turn head to each side and pull earlobes to help water
run out.
H Use a hair dryer set to the coolest setting and lowest
speed to help dry ears.
H Dont use earplugs.
H Instill alcohol-based over-the-counter ear product according to manufacturers directions.

Nursing interventions
H Clean and dry the ear gently and thoroughly.
H Use wet soaks on infected skin.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

With hearing loss


H Encourage discussion of concerns.
H Reassure the patient that hearing loss from an external ear infection is temporary.
H Face the patient when speaking.
H Enunciate words clearly, slowly, and in a normal
tone.
H Allow adequate time to grasp what was said.
H Provide a pencil and paper to aid communication.
H Alert staff to the communication problem.

Monitoring
H Vital signs, especially temperature
H Auditory acuity
H Type and amount of aural drainage
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand washing and daily ear cleaning
H administration of ear drops, ointment, and ear wash
H antibiotics, as prescribed
H recognizing and reporting adverse reactions
H preventing recurrence. (See Preventing otitis externa.)

Otitis externa

575

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 576

Otitis media

Common characteristics

Overview

Complications

Description
H Inflammation of the middle ear associated with fluid

accumulation
H Acute, chronic, suppurative, or secretory

Pathophysiology
H The disease process differs with otitis media type.

Suppurative form
H Nasopharyngeal flora reflux through the eustachian
tube and colonize the middle ear.
H Respiratory tract infections, allergic reactions, and
position changes allow reflux of nasopharyngeal flora
through the eustachian tube and colonization in the
middle ear.
Secretory form
H Obstruction of the eustachian tube promotes transudation of sterile serous fluid from blood vessels in
the middle ear membrane.

Causes
H Suppurative otitis media: bacterial infection with

pneumococci, group A beta-hemolytic streptococci,


staphylococci, and gram-negative bacteria
H Chronic suppurative otitis media: inadequate treatment of acute otitis episodes or infection by resistant
strains of bacteria
H Secretory otitis media: viral infection, allergy, or
barotrauma
H Chronic secretory otitis media: adenoidal tissue overgrowth, edema, chronic sinus infection, or inadequate treatment of acute suppurative otitis media

Risk factors
H Young age
H Congenital abnormalities
H Immune deficiency
H Exposure to cigarette smoke
H Family history
H Recent upper respiratory infection
H Allergies

Incidence
H Most common in infants and children

Special populations
Acute otitis media is an emergency in an immunocompromised child.
H Peaks between ages 6 and 24 months
H Subsides after age 3 years
H Most common during winter months
H More common in boys

576

Otitis media

H Severe, deep, throbbing ear pain


H Mild to high fever

H Spontaneous rupture of the tympanic membrane


H Persistent perforation
H Chronic otitis media
H Mastoiditis
H Meningitis
H Cholesteatomas
H Abscesses, septicemia
H Lymphadenopathy, leukocytosis
H Permanent hearing loss and tympanosclerosis
H Vertigo

Assessment
History
H Upper respiratory tract infection
H Allergies
H Severe, deep, throbbing ear pain
H Dizziness
H Nausea, vomiting

Acute secretory otitis media


H Sensation of fullness in the ear
H Popping, crackling, or clicking sounds on swallowing or moving the jaw
H Describes hearing an echo when speaking
Tympanic membrane rupture
H Pain that suddenly stops
H Recent air travel or scuba diving

Physical findings
H Sneezing and coughing with upper respiratory tract

infection
H Mild to high fever
H Painless, purulent discharge in chronic suppurative

otitis media
H Obscured or distorted bony landmarks of the tym-

panic membrane in acute suppurative otitis media


H Tympanic membrane retraction in acute secretory

otitis media
H Clear or amber fluid behind the tympanic membrane
H Blue-black tympanic membrane with hemorrhage

into the middle ear


H Pulsating discharge with tympanic perforation
H Conductive hearing loss (varies with size and type of

tympanic membrane perforation and ossicular destruction)


Chronic otitis media
H Thickening and scarring of tympanic membrane
H Decreased or absent tympanic membrane mobility
H Cholesteatoma

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity tests of exudate show the
causative organism.
H Complete blood count shows leukocytosis.

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 577

Imaging
H X-ray studies demonstrate mastoid involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Tympanometry detects hearing loss and evaluates the
condition of the middle ear.
H Audiometry shows degree of hearing loss.
H Pneumatic otoscopy may show decreased tympanic
membrane mobility.

ALERT
In adults, unilateral serous otitis media should
always be evaluated for a nasopharyngealobstructing lesion such as carcinoma.

Treatment
General
H In acute secretory otitis media, Valsalvas maneuver

several times per day (may be the only treatment


required)
H Concomitant treatment of the underlying cause
H Elimination of eustachian tube obstruction

Medications
H Antibiotic therapy such as amoxicillin
H Analgesics, such as aspirin or acetaminophen
H Sedatives (small children)
H Nasopharyngeal decongestant therapy

Surgery
H Myringotomy and aspiration of middle ear fluid, fol-

lowed by insertion of a polyethylene tube into the


tympanic membrane
H Myringoplasty
H Tympanoplasty
H Mastoidectomy
H Cholesteatoma excision
H Stapedectomy for otosclerosis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen
H regain hearing or develop compensatory mechanisms
H experience no injury or harm.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage discussion of concerns about hearing

loss.
With hearing loss
H Offer reassurance, when appropriate, that hearing
loss caused by serious otitis media is temporary.
H Face the patient when speaking and enunciate clearly
and slowly.

Prevention

Preventing otitis media


For a patient recovering from otitis media at home, instruct the patient or his family to follow these guidelines
to help prevent a recurrence:
H Teach the patient how to recognize upper respiratory
tract infections, and encourage early treatment of
them.
H Instruct parents not to feed an infant in a supine position and not to put him to bed with a bottle. Explain
that doing so could cause reflux of nasopharyngeal
flora.
H If appropriate, teach the patient to promote eustachian
tube patency by performing Valsalvas maneuver several times per day, especially during airplane travel.
H After tympanoplasty, advise the patient not to blow his
nose or get his ear wet when bathing.
H Explain adverse reactions to the prescribed medication,
emphasizing those that require immediate medical attention.

H Allow time for the patient to grasp what was said.


H Provide a pencil and paper to aid communication.
H Alert staff to the patients communication problem.

After myringotomy
H Wash hands before and after ear care.
H Place sterile cotton loosely in the external ear to absorb drainage and prevent infection. Change the cotton when damp. Avoid placing cotton or plugs deep
in ear canal.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Administer antiemetics after tympanoplasty and reinforce dressings.

Monitoring
H Pain level
H Excessive bleeding or discharge
H Auditory acuity
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H proper instillation of ointment, drops, and ear wash,
as ordered
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of taking antibiotics
H adequate fluid intake
H correct instillation of nasopharyngeal decongestants
H use of fitted earplugs for swimming after myringotomy and tympanostomy tube insertion
H notification of the physician if tube falls out and for
ear pain, fever, or pus-filled discharge
H preventing recurrence. (See Preventing otitis
media.)

Otitis media

577

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 578

Otosclerosis
Overview
Description

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Rinne test result shows bone-conducted tone is
heard longer than air-conducted tone.
H Webers test result shows that sound lateralizes to the
more damaged ear.
H Audiometric testing reveals hearing loss.

H Bone disease that occurs only in the middle ear and

results in an overgrowth of abnormal bone, usually


involving the stapes
H Most common cause of conductive hearing loss
H With surgery, prognosis good
H Also known as hardening of the ear and otospongiosis

Treatment

Pathophysiology

Medications

H Normal bone of otic capsule is gradually replaced

H Sodium fluoride (may prevent further worsening of

with highly vascular spongy bone.


H Spongy bone immobilizes the footplate of the normally mobile stapes.
H Conduction of vibrations from the tympanic membrane to the cochlea is disrupted, and conductive
hearing loss results.
H If the inner ear is involved, sensorineural hearing
loss may develop.

Causes
H Genetic factor transmitted as an autosomal dominant

trait
H Pregnancy (may trigger onset)

Incidence
H Occurs in at least 10% of whites
H Twice as common in females as in males
H Usually occurs between ages 15 and 50

Common characteristics
H Slow, progressive hearing loss in one ear, with pro-

gression to both ears, without middle ear infection


H Tinnitus

Complications
H Bilateral conductive hearing loss
H Taste disturbance

Assessment
History
H Family history of hearing loss (excluding presbycu-

sis)
H Tinnitus
H Ability to hear a conversation better in a noisy envi-

ronment than in a quiet one (paracusis of Willis)


H Vertigo, especially after bending over

Physical findings
H Tympanic membrane that appears normal
H Schwartzes sign (faint pink blush throughout the

tympanic membrane from vascularity of active otosclerotic bone)

578

Otosclerosis

General
H Hearing aids
H Avoidance of activities that provoke dizziness

hearing)

Surgery
H Stapedectomy
H Prosthesis insertion to restore partial or total hearing
H Fenestration
H Stapes mobilization

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no evidence of infection
H experience no injury or harm
H express needs and feelings
H regain hearing or develop other ways of communicating
H express understanding of illness and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage discussion of concerns about hearing

loss.
H Offer reassurance with hearing loss, when appro-

priate.
H Provide clear, concise explanations.
H Face the patient when speaking.
H Enunciate clearly and slowly, in a normal tone.
H Allow adequate time to grasp what was said.
H Provide a pencil and paper to aid communication.
H Alert the staff to communication problem.

After surgery
H Position as ordered.
H Assist with ambulation when indicated.
H Administer prescribed drugs for pain.
H Reassure the patient that taste disturbance is common and usually subsides in a few weeks.

Monitoring
H For vertigo
H Response to medication
H Hearing loss

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 579

ALERT
Watch for and report postoperative facial drooping,
which may indicate swelling of or around the facial nerve.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative teaching, if indicated
H slow movement to prevent vertigo
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of protecting ears against the cold
H need to avoid activities that provoke dizziness
H avoidance of anyone with an upper respiratory tract
infection
H changing external ear dressing and incision care
H completion of prescribed drug regimen
H need for follow-up care
H how hearing may be masked by packing, dressing,
and postoperative edema
H why hearing may not be noticeably improved for 1 to
4 weeks after surgery
H avoidance of loud noises and sudden pressure
changes until healing is complete
H avoidance of blowing nose for at least 1 week to prevent contaminated air and bacteria from entering the
eustachian tube
H avoidance of sudden movements
H avoidance of wetting head in shower or swimming
for about 6 weeks
H avoidance of getting water in the ear for an additional
4 weeks
H prevention of constipation and avoidance of straining
while defecating.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an audiologist for hearing aids as

appropriate.
H Refer the patient to a speech and language therapist

as needed.
H Refer the patient for lip reading or sign language

instruction as appropriate.

Otosclerosis

579

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 580

Ovarian cancer
Overview
Description
H Malignancy arising from the ovary; a rapidly pro-

gressing cancer; difficult to diagnose


H Prognosis varying with histologic type and stage
H 90% primary epithelial tumors
H Stromal and germ cell tumors also important tumor

types

Assessment
History
H Symptoms of bloating, pelvic or abdominal pain, dif-

ficulty eating or feeling full quickly, and urinary


symptoms possibly persistent; a change from normal
H May have lack of obvious signs, or signs and symptoms that vary with tumor size and extent of metastasis (disease usually metastasized before diagnosis is
made)
H In later stages: urinary frequency, constipation, pelvic
discomfort, distention, weight loss, abdominal pain

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Ovarian cancer spreads rapidly intraperitoneally by

H Gaunt appearance
H Grossly distended abdomen accompanied by ascites
H Palpable abdominal mass with rocky hardness or

local extension or surface seeding and, occasionally,


through the lymphatics and the bloodstream.
H Metastasis to the ovary can occur from breast, colon,
gastric, and pancreatic cancers.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Infertility problems or nulliparity
H Celibacy
H Exposure to asbestos and talc
H History of breast or uterine cancer
H Family history of ovarian cancer
H Diet high in saturated fat
H Gene mutation BRCA1 and BRCA2

Incidence
H After lung, breast, and colon cancer, primary ovarian

cancer is the most common cause of cancer death


among females in the United States (about 40% survive for 5 years)
H More common after age 50
H Females in industrialized nations at greater risk
H Metastatic ovarian cancer: more common than
cancer at any other site in females with previously
treated breast cancer

Common characteristics
H Bloating
H Pelvic or abdominal pain
H Difficulty eating or feeling full quickly
H Urinary urgency or frequency

Complications
H Fluid and electrolyte imbalance
H Leg edema
H Ascites
H Intestinal obstruction
H Profound cachexia
H Recurrent malignant effusions

rubbery or cystlike quality

Test results
Laboratory
H Deoxyribonucleic acid testing indicates an inherited
gene mutation.
H Laboratory tumor marker studies (such as ovarian
carcinoma antigen, carcinoembryonic antigen, and
human chorionic gonadotropin) show abnormalities
that may indicate complications.
Imaging
H Abdominal ultrasonography, computed tomography
scan, or X-rays delineate tumor size.
Diagnostic procedures
H Aspiration of ascitic fluid can reveal atypical cells.
Other
H Exploratory laparotomy, including lymph node evaluation and tumor resection, is required for accurate
diagnosis and staging.

Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy (not commonly used because it

causes myelosuppression, which limits effectiveness


of chemotherapy)
H Radioisotopes as adjuvant therapy
H High-protein diet
H Small, frequent meals

Medications
H Chemotherapy after surgery
H Immunotherapy
H Hormone replacement therapy in prepubertal girls

who had bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy

Surgery
H Total abdominal hysterectomy and bilateral

salpingo-oophorectomy with tumor resection


H Omentectomy, appendectomy, lymph node palpation

with probable lymphadenectomy, tissue biopsies, and


peritoneal washings

580

Ovarian cancer

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 581

H Resection of involved ovary


H Biopsies of omentum and uninvolved ovary
H Peritoneal washings for cytologic examination of

pelvic fluid

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show no further evidence of weight loss
H express feelings about the potential loss
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H establish effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide abdominal support, and be alert for abdomi-

nal distention.
H Encourage coughing and deep breathing.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Wound site
H Pain control
H Effects of medication
H Hydration and nutrition status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary needs
H relaxation techniques
H importance of preventing infection, emphasizing
proper hand-washing technique
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Ovarian cancer

581

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 582

Ovarian cysts

Causes

Overview

H Theca-lutein cysts
H Hydatidiform mole
H Choriocarcinoma
H Hormone therapy

H Granulosa-lutein cysts (excessive accumulation of

blood during menstruation)

Description
H Non-neoplastic sacs on an ovary that contain fluid or

semisolid material
H Usually small and nonsymptomatic
H May be single or multiple (polycystic ovary syn-

drome)
H Include follicular cysts, theca-lutein cysts, and corpus luteum cysts
H Can develop any time between puberty and menopause, including during pregnancy
H Excellent prognosis for non-neoplastic ovarian cysts
(The risk for ovarian malignancy isnt increased with
a functional [physiologic] ovarian cyst.)

Pathophysiology
H Follicular cysts are generally very small and arise

from follicles that overdistend, either because they


havent ruptured or have ruptured and resealed before their fluid was reabsorbed. (See Follicular
cyst.)
H Luteal cysts develop if a mature corpus luteum persists abnormally and continues to secrete progesterone. They consist of blood or fluid that accumulates in the cavity of the corpus luteum and are
typically more symptomatic than follicular cysts.
H When luteal cysts persist into menopause, they secrete excessive amounts of estrogen in response to
the hypersecretion of follicle-stimulating hormone
and luteinizing hormone that normally occurs during
menopause.

Follicular cyst
A common type of ovarian cyst, a follicular cyst is usually
semitransparent and overdistended, with watery fluid visible through its thin walls.

Incidence
H Can occur at any age, but occurring more commonly

in females of reproductive age

Common characteristics
H Possibly no symptoms (small ovarian cysts such as

follicular cysts)
H Mild pelvic discomfort, lower back pain, dyspareu-

nia, or abnormal uterine bleeding, secondary to a


disturbed ovulatory pattern (large or multiple cysts)
H Acute abdominal pain similar to that of appendicitis
(ovarian cysts with torsion)
H Unilateral pelvic discomfort (from granulosa-lutein
cysts appearing early in pregnancy and growing as
large as 2 to 212 [5 to 6 cm] in diameter)
H Delayed menses, followed by prolonged or irregular
bleeding (granulosa-lutein cysts in nonpregnant females)

Complications
H Torsion or rupture of cyst
H Infertility
H Amenorrhea
H Secondary dysmenorrhea
H Oligomenorrhea

Assessment
History
H Mild pelvic discomfort
H Urinary urgency
H Lower back pain
H Dyspareunia
H Irregular bleeding

Physical findings
H Abdominal tenderness
H Abdominal distention
H Rigid abdomen
H Enlarged ovaries

Test results
Laboratory
H Human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) titer is elevated (theca-lutein cyst).
H Urine 17-ketosteroid level is slightly elevated (polycystic ovary syndrome).
Imaging
H Ultrasound reveals cyst.
Other
H Laparoscopy (usually for another condition) reveals
cyst.
582

Ovarian cysts

9400O.qxd

8/2/12

4:42 PM

Page 583

Treatment
General
H Follicular cysts: no treatment because cysts common-

ly disappear spontaneously within one to two menstrual cycles (excision of persistent cysts to rule out
malignancy)
H Theca-lutein cysts: discontinuation of HCG or
clomiphene citrate therapy
H Ruptured cysts: culdocentesis to drain intraperitoneal fluid
H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Gonadotropin-releasing hormonal agonists, such as

leuprolide and goserelin


H Analgesics

Surgery
H Laparoscopy or exploratory laparotomy with possible

ovarian cystectomy or oophorectomy for persistent


or suspicious ovarian cyst

Nursing considerations
Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

After surgery
H Encourage early ambulation.

Monitoring
H Signs of rupture
H Vital signs
H Vaginal bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H perioperative instructions
H importance of follow-up care
H need to report increased menstrual bleeding
H need to report abdominal mass.

Ovarian cysts

583

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:44 PM

Page 584

Pagets disease
Overview

 Kyphosis
 Asymmetrical bowing of the tibia and femur
 Waddling gait
 Pathologic fractures
 Muscle weakness

Description

Complications

 Bone disorder that causes an irregular bone forma-

 Fractures
 Paraplegia
 Blindness and hearing loss with tinnitus and vertigo
 Osteoarthritis
 Sarcoma
 Hypertension
 Renal calculi
 Hypercalcemia
 Gout
 Heart failure

tion
 Affects one or several skeletal areas (spine, pelvis,
femur, and skull)
 Slow and progressive
 Causes malignant bone changes in about 5% of
patients
 Can be fatal, particularly when associated with heart
failure, bone sarcoma, or giant cell tumors
 Also known as osteitis deformans

ALERT
Pagets disease of the breast, a form of breast cancer, is a different disorder than Pagets disease.
(See Pagets disease of the breast.)

Pathophysiology
 In the initial phase (osteoclastic phase), excessive

bone resorption occurs.

Assessment
History
 Severe, persistent pain
 Impaired mobility
 Pain that worsens with weight bearing
 Increased hat size
 Headaches

 The second phase (osteoblastic phase) involves

Physical findings

excessive abnormal bone formation.


 Affected bones enlarge and soften.
 New bone structure is chaotic, fragile, and weak.

Causes

 Cranial enlargement over frontal and occipital areas


 Kyphosis
 Barrel-shaped chest
 Asymmetrical bowing of the tibia and femur
 Warmth and tenderness over affected sites

 Exact cause unknown


 Theory: slow or dormant viral infection (possibly

Test results

mumps)

Incidence
 More common after age 40
 More common in males
 More common in people of European, Austrailian,

and New Zealand descent


 Familial

Common characteristics
 Severe, persistent pain
 Pain worsened by weight-bearing activities
 Cranial enlargement
 Barrel-shaped chest

Laboratory
 Red blood cell count shows anemia.
 Serum alkaline phosphatase level is elevated.
 24-hour urine hydroxyproline level is elevated.
Imaging
 X-ray studies show bone expansion and increased
bone density.
 Bone scans clearly show early pagetic lesions.
Diagnostic procedures
 Bone biopsy shows a characteristic mosaic pattern of
bone tissue.

Treatment
General

Pagets disease of the breast


Commonly misdiagnosed as a dermatologic problem, this
rare type of breast cancer appears as a red, scaly crust on
the nipple, causing itchiness and burning. Biopsy confirms the diagnosis. Treatment should be started to prevent spread of malignancy to the lymph nodes and other
parts of the body.

584

Pagets disease

 Heat therapy
 Massage
 Well-balanced diet
 Activity, as tolerated
 Pacing of activities
 Use of assistive devices

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:44 PM

Page 585

Medications
 Calcitonin
 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
 Biphosphonates, such as zoledronic acid,

pamidronate, and edidronate


 Calcium supplements
 Vitamin D

Surgery
 Reduction of pathologic fractures
 Correction of secondary deformities
 Relief of neurologic impairment

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
 perform activities of daily living to the extent possible
 maintain adequate skin integrity
 demonstrate measures to prevent self-injury
 maintain joint mobility and range of motion.

Nursing interventions
 Take measures to prevent pressure ulcers.
 Instruct the patient with footdrop to wear high-

topped sneakers or use a footboard.

Monitoring
 Pain level, response to analgesic therapy
 New areas of pain
 New movement restrictions
 Sensory and motor disturbances
 Serum calcium and alkaline phosphatase levels
 Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 pacing of activities
 use of assistive devices
 exercise program
 use of a firm mattress or a bed board
 home safety measures
 how to take prescribed drugs
 adverse reactions to report.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to community resource and support

sources, as appropriate.
 Refer the patient to physical and occupational

therapy.

Pagets disease

585

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:44 PM

Page 586

Pancreatic cancer
Overview
Description
 Proliferation of cancer cells in the pancreas
 Fifth most lethal type of carcinoma
 Poor prognosis (most patients die within 1 year of

diagnosis)

Pathophysiology
 Pancreatic cancer is almost always adenocarcinoma.
 Nearly two-thirds of tumors appear in the head of the

pancreas; islet cell tumors are rare.


 Two main tissue types form fibrotic nodes. Cylinder
cells arise in ducts and degenerate into cysts; large,
fatty, granular cells arise in parenchyma.
 A high-fat or excessive protein diet induces chronic
hyperplasia of the pancreas, with increased cell
turnover.

Causes
 Possible link to inhalation or absorption of carcino-

gens (such as cigarette smoke, excessive fat and protein, food additives, and industrial chemicals), which
the pancreas then excretes

Risk factors
 Chronic pancreatitis
 Diabetes
 Chronic alcohol abuse
 Smoking
 Occupational exposure to chemicals
 Overweight

Incidence
 Three to four times more common in smokers than

nonsmokers
 Highest in black males ages 35 to 70
 Highest in Israel, United States, Sweden, and Canada;

lowest in Switzerland, Belgium, and Italy

Common characteristics
 Intermittent epigastric pain
 Weight loss
 Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
 Jaundice

Complications
 Nutrient malabsorption
 Type 1 diabetes
 Liver and GI problems
 Mental status changes
 Hemorrhage
 Pulmonary congestion

Assessment
History
 Colicky, dull, or vague intermittent epigastric pain,

which may radiate to the right upper quadrant or


dorsolumbar area; unrelated to posture or activity
and aggravated by meals
 Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
 Rapid, profound weight loss

Physical findings
 Jaundice
 Large, palpable, well-defined mass in the subumbili-

cal or left hypochondrial region


 Abdominal bruit or pulsation

Test results
Laboratory
 Pancreatic enzymes are absent.
 Serum bilirubin level is increased.
 Serum lipase and amylase levels may be increased.
 Thrombin time is prolonged.
 Aspartate aminotransferase and alanine aminotransferase levels are elevated if liver cell necrosis is present.
 Alkaline phosphatase level is markedly elevated in
biliary obstruction.
 Serum insulin level is measureable if islet cell tumor
is present.
 Hypoglycemia or hyperglycemia is present.
 Specific tumor markers for pancreatic cancer,
including carcinoembryonic antigen, pancreatic
oncofetal antigen, alpha-fetoprotein, and serum
immunoreactive elastase I, are elevated.
Imaging
 Barium swallow, retroperitoneal insufflation, cholangiography, and scintigraphy locate the neoplasm and
detect changes in the duodenum or stomach.
 Ultrasonography and computed tomography scan
identify masses.
 Magnetic resonance imaging discloses tumor location and size.
 Angiography reveals tumor vascularity.
 Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography
allows tumor visualization and specimen biopsy.
Diagnostic procedures
 Percutaneous fine-needle aspiration biopsy may detect tumor cells.
 Laparotomy with biopsy allows definitive diagnosis.

Treatment
General
 Mainly palliative
 May involve radiation therapy as adjunct to fluo-

rouracil chemotherapy
 Well-balanced diet, as tolerated
 Small, frequent meals

586

Pancreatic cancer

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:44 PM

Page 587

 Postoperative avoidance of lifting and contact sports


 After recovery, no activity restrictions

 expected postoperative care


 information about diabetes, including signs and

Medications

 adverse effects of radiation therapy and chemo-

 Chemotherapy, such as fluorouracil, gemcitabine,

and erlotinib
 Antibiotics
 Anticholinergics
 Antacids
 Diuretics
 Insulin
 Analgesics
 Pancreatic enzymes, such as pancreatin or pancrelipase

symptoms of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia


therapy.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to community resource and support

services.
 Refer the patient to hospice care, if indicated.
 Refer the patient to the American Cancer Society.

Surgery
 Total pancreatectomy
 Cholecystojejunostomy, choledochoduodenostomy,

and choledochojejunostomy
 Gastrojejunostomy
 Whipples operation or radical pancreatoduodenec-

tomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain an adequate weight
 maintain normal fluid volume status
 maintain skin integrity
 verbalize increased comfort and pain relief
 avoid injury.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs and blood transfusions.
 Provide small, frequent meals.
 Ensure adequate rest and sleep.
 Assist with range-of-motion and isometric exercises,

as appropriate.
 Perform meticulous skin care.
 Apply antiembolism stockings.
 Encourage verbalization and provide emotional

support.

Monitoring
 Fluid balance and nutrition
 Abdominal girth, metabolic state, and daily weight
 Blood glucose levels
 Complete blood count
 Pain control
 Bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 end-of-life issues
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects

Pancreatic cancer

587

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:44 PM

Page 588

Pancreatitis
Overview
Description
 Inflammation of the pancreas
 Occurs in acute and chronic forms; 10% mortality in

acute form

 Atelectasis and pleural effusion


 Pneumonia
 Paralytic ileus
 GI bleeding
 Pancreatic abscess and cancer
 Pseudocysts

Assessment

 Irreversible tissue damage with chronic form, tend-

History

ing to progress to significant pancreatic function loss


 Can be idiopathic but sometimes associated with biliary tract disease, alcoholism, trauma, and certain
drugs

 Intense epigastric pain centered close to the umbili-

Pathophysiology
 Enzymes normally excreted into the duodenum by

the pancreas are activated in the pancreas or its


ducts and start to autodigest pancreatic tissue.
 Consequent inflammation causes intense pain, third
spacing of large fluid volumes, pancreatic fat necrosis with consumption of serum calcium and, occasionally, hemorrhage.

Causes
 Biliary tract disease
 Alcoholism
 Abnormal organ structure
 Metabolic or endocrine disorders
 Pancreatic cysts or tumors
 Penetrating peptic ulcers
 Penetrating trauma
 Viral or bacterial infection

Risk factors
 Use of glucocorticoids, sulfonamides, thiazides, and

hormonal contraceptives
 Renal failure and kidney transplantation
 Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography

(ERCP)
 Heredity
 Emotional or neurogenic factors

Incidence
 Acute form: 2 of every 10,000 people
 Chronic form: 2 of every 25,000 people
 Affects more males than females
 Affects Blacks four times more than Whites

Common characteristics
 Intense epigastric pain
 History of predisposing factors
 Foul-smelling foamy stools

Complications
 Diabetes mellitus
 Massive hemorrhage
 Diabetic acidosis
 Shock and coma
 Acute respiratory distress syndrome

588

Pancreatitis

cus and radiating to the back, between the 10th thoracic and 6th lumbar vertebrae
 Pain aggravated by fatty foods, alcohol consumption,
or recumbent position
 Weight loss with nausea and vomiting
 Predisposing factor

Physical findings
 Hypotension
 Tachycardia
 Fever
 Dyspnea, orthopnea
 Generalized jaundice
 Cullens sign (bluish periumbilical discoloration)
 Turners sign (bluish flank discoloration)
 Steatorrhea (with chronic pancreatitis)
 Abdominal tenderness, rigidity, and guarding

Test results
Laboratory
 Serum amylase and lipase levels are elevated.
 White blood cell count is elevated.
 Serum bilirubin level is elevated.
 Transient hyperglycemia and glycosuria may occur.
 Urinary amylase level is increased.
 In chronic pancreatitis: serum alkaline phosphatase,
amylase, and bilirubin levels are elevated; serum glucose level shows transient elevation; and lipid and
trypsin level in stool is elevated.
Imaging
 Abdominal and chest X-rays differentiate pancreatitis
from other diseases that cause similar symptoms;
they also detect pleural effusions.
 Computed tomography scan and ultrasonography
show increased pancreatic diameter, pancreatic
cysts, and pseudocysts.
Diagnostic procedures
 ERCP shows pancreatic anatomy, identifies ductal
system abnormalities, and differentiates pancreatitis
from other disorders.

Treatment
General
 Emergency treatment of shock, as needed; vigorous

I.V. replacement of fluid, electrolytes, and proteins


 Blood transfusions (for hemorrhage)
 Nasogastric suctioning

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:44 PM

Page 589

 Nothing by mouth
 Once crisis starts to resolve, oral low-fat, low-protein

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to social services, as needed.

feedings implemented gradually


 Alcohol and caffeine abstention
 Activity, as tolerated

Medications
 Analgesics
 Antacids
 Histamine antagonists
 Antibiotics as appropriate
 Anticholinergics
 Total parenteral nutrition
 Pancreatic enzymes such as pancrelipase
 Insulin
 Albumin

Surgery
 Not indicated in acute pancreatitis unless complica-

tions occur
 For chronic pancreatitis: sphincterotomy
 Pancreaticojejunostomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain normal fluid volume
 maintain a patent airway
 verbalize feelings of increased comfort
 avoid complications
 maintain skin integrity
 initiate lifestyle changes.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs and I.V. therapy.
 Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Nasogastric tube function and drainage
 Respiratory status
 Acid-base balance
 Serum glucose level
 Fluid and electrolyte balance
 Daily weight
 Pain control
 Nutritional status and metabolic requirements

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 identification and avoidance of acute pancreatitis
triggers, such as alcohol abuse and smoking
 dietary needs
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Pancreatitis

589

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 590

Panic disorder
Overview
Description

Assessment
History
 Repeated episodes of unexpected apprehension or

fear

 Anxiety in its most severe form, characterized by re-

Physical findings

current episodes of intense apprehension, terror,


and impending doom
 May be associated with specific situations or tasks
 Commonly exists concurrently with agoraphobia
 May be triggered by severe separation anxiety experienced during early childhood
 Can persist for years without treatment, with alternating exacerbations and remissions

 During a panic attack:

Trembling
Digestive disturbances
Hyperventilation
Tachycardia
Profuse sweating

DSM-IV-TR criteria

biochemistry, especially in norepinephrine, serotonin, and gamma-aminobutyric acid activity


 Possibly related to stressful events or unconscious
conflicts that occur early in childhood

Diagnosis of panic disorder is confirmed when the patient meets the following criteria:
 recurrent, unexpected panic attacks with at least one
of the attacks having been followed by 1 month (or
more) of one (or more) of the following:
persistent concern about having additional attacks
worry about the attacks implications or consequences
significant change in behavior related to the attack
agoraphobia
 attacks not due to the direct physiologic effects of a
substance or a general medical condition
 attacks not better accounted for by another mental
disorder, such as social phobia, specific phobia,
obsessive-compulsive disorder, posttraumatic stress
disorder, or separation anxiety.

Risk factors

Test results

 Close family member with the disorder

Laboratory
 Urine and serum toxicology tests may reveal the presence of psychoactive substances that can precipitate
panic attacks, including barbiturates, caffeine, and
amphetamines.
Other
 Various tests may be ordered to rule out an organic
basis for the symptoms.

Pathophysiology
 Increased sensitivity to adrenergic central nervous

system discharges occurs, with hypersensitivity of


presynaptic alpha-2 receptors.

Causes
 Combination of physiologic and psychological factors
 Temporal lobe dysfunction
 May develop as a persistent pattern of maladaptive

behavior acquired by learning


 Possible contributing factors: alterations in brain

Incidence
 Males and females affected equally
 Panic disorder with agoraphobia about twice as com-

mon in females than in males


 Typical onset in late adolescence or early adulthood,

commonly in response to a sudden loss

Common characteristics
 Repeated episodes of unexpected apprehension, fear,

and intense discomfort that may last for minutes or


hours and leave the patient shaken, fearful, and exhausted
 Attacks that occur several times a week, sometimes
daily
 Hyperventilation
 Tachycardia
 Trembling
 Profuse sweating
 Digestive disturbances
 Chest pain

Complications
 Psychoactive substance use disorder

590

Panic disorder

Treatment
General
 Behavioral therapy
 Supportive psychotherapy

Medications
 Antianxiety agents, such as diazepam and lorazepam
 Antidepressants such as paroxetine
 Buspirone

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 591

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 experience reduced anxiety by identifying internal
precipitating situation
 identify current stressors
 set limits and compromises on behavior when ready
 develop effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Stay with the patient until the attack subsides.
 Speak in short, simple sentences and slowly give one

direction at a time. Avoid giving lengthy explanations


and asking too many questions.
 Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
 Response to therapy
 Vital signs during an attack

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 relaxation techniques such as focusing on slow, deep
breathing
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 the importance of follow-up care.

Discharge planning
 Encourage the patient and his family to use commu-

nity resources such as the Anxiety Disorders Association of America.

Panic disorder

591

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 592

Parkinsons disease
Overview

 Excessive sweating
 Decreased GI motility
 Orthostatic hypotension
 Oily skin
 Eyes fixed upward

Description

Complications

 Brain disorder causing progressive deterioration,

 Injury from falls


 Food aspiration
 Urinary tract infections
 Skin breakdown

with muscle rigidity, akinesia, and involuntary


tremors
 Usual cause of death: aspiration pneumonia
 One of the most common crippling diseases in the
United States

Pathophysiology

Assessment

 Dopaminergic neurons degenerate, causing loss of

History

available dopamine.
 Dopamine deficiency prevents affected brain cells
from performing their normal inhibitory function.
 Excess excitatory acetylcholine occurs at synapses.
 Nondopaminergic receptors are also involved.
 Motor neurons are depressed. (See Understanding
Parkinsons disease.)

 Muscle rigidity
 Akinesia
 Insidious (unilateral pill-roll) tremor, which increas-

Causes
 Usually unknown
 Exposure to such toxins as manganese dust and car-

bon monoxide
 Type A encephalitis
 Drug-induced (Haldol, methyldopa, reserpine)

Risk factors
 Heredity
 Expose to pesticides and herbicides
 Reduced estrogen levels

Incidence
 More common in males than females
 Occurs in middle age or later
 Rare in blacks

Common characteristics
 Muscle rigidity
 Tremor
 Resistance to passive muscle stretching
 Akinesia
 High-pitched, monotonous voice
 Drooling
 Loss of posture control
 Dysarthria

Understanding Parkinsons disease


Research on the pathogenesis of Parkinsons disease focuses on damage to the substantia nigra from oxidative
stress. Oxidative stress is believed to:
 alter the brains iron content
 impair mitochondrial function
 alter antioxidant and protective systems
 reduce glutathione
 damage lipids, proteins, and deoxyribonucleic acid.

592

Parkinsons disease

es during stress or anxiety and decreases with purposeful movement and sleep
 Dysphagia
 Fatigue with activities of daily living (ADLs)
 Muscle cramps of legs, neck, and trunk
 Oily skin
 Increased perspiration
 Insomnia
 Mood changes
 Dysarthria

Physical findings
 High-pitched, monotonous voice
 Drooling
 Masklike facial expression
 Difficulty walking
 Lack of parallel motion in gait
 Loss of posture control with walking
 Oculogyric crises (eyes fixed upward, with involun-

tary tonic movements)


 Muscle rigidity causing resistance to passive muscle

stretching
 Difficulty pivoting
 Loss of balance

Test results
Imaging
 Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging rules out other disorders such as intracranial tumors.

Treatment
General
 Small, frequent meals
 High-bulk foods
 Physical therapy and occupational therapy
 Assistive devices to aid ambulation

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 593

Medications
 Levodopa and carbidopa
 Anticholinergics such as trihexyphenidyl
 Antihistamines such as diphenhydramine
 Antiviral agents such as amantadine
 Tricyclic antidepressants
 Dopamine agonist, such as bromocriptine, apomor-

phine, and pramipexole


 Coenzyme Q10
 Catechol-O-methyltransferase inhibitors such as tolcapone

 household safety measures


 importance of daily bathing
 methods to improve communication
 swallowing therapy regimen (aspiration precau-

tions).

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient for occupational and physical reha-

bilitation, as indicated.

Surgery
 Used when drug therapy fails
 Stereotaxic neurosurgery
 Destruction of ventrolateral nucleus of thalamus

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 perform ADLs
 avoid injury
 maintain adequate caloric intake
 express positive feelings about himself
 develop adequate coping behaviors
 seek support resources.

Nursing interventions
 Take measures to prevent aspiration.
 Protect the patient from injury.
 Stress the importance of rest periods between

activities.
 Ensure adequate nutrition.
 Provide frequent warm baths and massage.
 Encourage the patient to enroll in a physical therapy

program.
 Provide emotional and psychological support.
 Encourage the patient to be independent.
 Assist with ambulation and range-of-motion

exercises.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Drug therapy
 Adverse reactions to medications
 Postoperatively: signs of hemorrhage and increased

intracranial pressure
 Swallowing

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 measures to prevent pressure ulcers and contractures

Parkinsons disease

593

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 594

Patent ductus arteriosus


Overview
Description
 Heart condition in which the lumen of the ductus (fe-

tal blood vessel that connects the pulmonary artery to


the descending aorta) remains open after birth
 Initially may produce no clinical effects, but in time
can precipitate pulmonary vascular disease, causing
symptoms to appear by age 40
 Good prognosis if the shunt is small or surgical repair is effective; otherwise, may advance to intractable heart failure, possibly fatal

Pathophysiology

 Respiratory distress

Assessment
History
 Prematurity
 Rubella
 Difficulty breathing

Physical findings
 Gibson murmur during systole and diastole
 Thrill at the left sternal border
 Prominent left ventricular impulse
 Bounding peripheral arterial pulses (Corrigans

pulse)
 Widened pulse pressure

 The lumen of the ductus remains open after birth

Test results

and creates a left-to-right shunt of blood from the


aorta to the pulmonary artery, resulting in recirculation of arterial blood through the lungs.
 Prevalent in premature neonates, probably as a result
of abnormalities in oxygenation or the relaxant action of prostaglandin E, which prevents ductal spasm
and contracture necessary for closure.

Imaging
 Chest X-rays may show increased pulmonary vascular
markings, prominent pulmonary arteries, and enlargement of the left ventricle and aorta.
 Echocardiography detects and helps estimate the size
of a patent ductus arteriosus (PDA). It also reveals
an enlarged left atrium and left ventricle or right ventricular hypertrophy from pulmonary vascular disease.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiogram may be normal or may indicate
left atrial or ventricular hypertrophy and, in pulmonary vascular disease, biventricular hypertrophy.
 Cardiac catheterization shows pulmonary arterial
oxygen content higher than right ventricular content
due to the influx of aortic blood.

Causes
 May be a combination of genetics and environmental

factors
 Prematurity
 Rubella syndrome
 Associated with other congenital defects, such as

coarctation of the aorta, ventricular septal defect,


and pulmonary and aortic stenoses

Risk factors
 Poorly controlled maternal diabetes
 Drug or alcohol use during pregnancy
 Exposure to chemicals or radiation during pregnancy

Incidence
 Twice as common in females than in males
 The most common congenital heart defect found in

adults

Common characteristics
Infants
 Respiratory distress
 Signs and symptoms of heart failure
 Heightened susceptibility to respiratory tract infections
 Slow motor development
 Failure to thrive
Adults
 Pulmonary vascular disease
 Fatigability and dyspnea on exertion

Complications
 Chronic pulmonary hypertension
 Intractable left-sided heart failure

594

Patent ductus arteriosus

Treatment
General
 No immediate treatment (if asymptomatic)
 Fluid restriction
 Activity, as tolerated

Medications
 Diuretics
 Cardiac glycosides
 Antibiotics (preoperatively)
 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs such as

ibuprofen for premature neonates

Surgery
 Ligation of the ductus

Special populations
If symptoms are mild, surgical correction is usually
delayed until at least age 1. Before surgery, children
with PDA require antibiotics to protect against infective endocarditis.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 595

 Cardiac catheterization to deposit a plug in the duc-

tus to stop shunting or for administration of indomethacin I.V. (a prostaglandin inhibitor that is an
alternative to surgery in premature neonates) to induce ductus spasm and closure

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain hemodynamic stability
 remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
 utilize support groups to help cope effectively.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Provide emotional support to the patient and family.

Monitoring
 Respiratory status
 Vital signs
 Cardiac rhythm
 Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 activity restrictions based on the childs tolerance
and energy levels
 importance of informing any physician who treats the
child about his history of surgery for PDA even if
the child is being treated for an unrelated medical
problem.

Discharge planning
 Stress the need for regular medical follow-up exami-

nations.
 Refer the patient to community resources and social

services.

Patent ductus arteriosus

595

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 596

Pediculosis
Overview
Description
 Infestation of human parasitic lice, which feed exclu-

sively on human blood and lay eggs (nits) on body


hairs or clothing fibers; after nits hatch, lice must
feed within 24 hours or die (see Types of lice)
 Pediculosis capitis (head lice): confined to scalp
and, occasionally, eyebrows, eyelashes, and beard
 Pediculosis corporis (body lice): found next to skin
in clothing seams; move to the host only to feed on
blood
 Pediculosis pubis (crab lice): found primarily in pubic hairs; may extend to eyebrows, eyelashes, and axillary or body hair

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics
 Nits
 Pruritus
 Skin excoriation

Complications
 Skin excoriation
 Secondary bacterial infections
 Hyperpigmentation or residual scarring

Assessment
History
 Exposure to causative organism
 Headache
 Fever
 Malaise
 Pruritus
 Cutaneous changes

 Lice crawl and attach superficially to the epidermis

Physical findings

and hair. One female louse deposits approximately


60 to 150 nits to hair shafts. Nits survive by ingesting
blood from the human host.
 A louse bite injects a toxin into the skin. Mild irritation and a purpuric spot result.
 Repeated bites cause sensitization to the toxin, leading to more serious inflammation. In severe cases,
sensitization causes wheals or a rash on the trunk.
 Scratching may result in secondary bacterial infection.

Pediculosis capitis
 Visible lice
 Skin excoriation on the scalp and neck
 Matted, lusterless hair (in severe cases)
 Occipital and cervical lymphadenopathy
 Oval, gray-white nits visible on hair shafts
Pediculosis corporis
 Red papules or macules, usually on the shoulders,
trunk, or buttocks
 Excoriations from scratching
 Nits on clothing seams
Pediculosis pubis
 Visible brownish-gray lice
 Erythematous papules
 Small macules on the thighs, buttocks, or lower abdomen
 Coarse, grainy-feeling, white-gray nits attached to
pubic hairs

Causes
Pediculosis capitis
 Pediculus humanus var. capitis, P. humanus var.
corporis
 Spreads through shared clothing, hats, combs, and
hairbrushes
Pediculosis corporis
 P. humanus var. corporis
 Spreads through shared clothing and bedding, especially with environmental overcrowding, prolonged
wearing of same clothing, or poor personal hygiene
Pediculosis pubis
 Phthirus pubis
 Spreads through sexual intercourse or contact with
clothing, bedding, or towels harboring lice

Incidence
Pediculosis capitis
 More common in children
 More common in girls
 More common in warmer months
 More common in Whites and Asians, less common in
Blacks
Pediculosis pubis
 More common in adults
 More common in cooler months

596

Pediculosis

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
 Direct inspection with hand lens shows visible lice or
nits.
 Woods light examination shows fluorescence of live
nits (dead nits dont fluoresce).

Treatment
General
 Use of fine-toothed comb dipped in vinegar
 Hair-washing with ordinary shampoo
 Laundering of potentially contaminated clothing and

bed linen
 Bathing with soap and water
 Petroleum jelly applied to eyebrows or eyelashes

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 597

Types of lice
Head louse

Body louse

Pubic louse

Pediculus humanus var. capitis (head


louse) resembles P. humanus var. corporis (body louse).

Pediculus humanus var. corporis


(body louse) has a long abdomen, and
its legs are all about the same length.

Phthirus pubis (pubic, or crab, louse)


is slightly translucent. Its first set of
legs is shorter than its second and
third sets.

Medications

Monitoring

Pediculosis capitis
 Permethrin or pyrethrins
Pediculosis corporis
 Pediculicide cream (for severe infestation)
Pediculosis pubis
 Pediculicide shampoo

 Adverse reactions to insecticide treatment


 Complications
 Response to treatment

Nursing considerations

Be sure to cover:
 how to inspect for lice, eggs, and lesions
 how to decontaminate infestation sources
 how to apply insecticidal agents
 removal of nits and lice
 importance of not sharing personal articles
 adverse reactions to treatment, including when to notify the physician
 notification and treatment of sexual contacts within
previous 30 days.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
 exhibit resolution of the infestation
 report feelings of increased comfort
 demonstrate understanding of the treatment regimen
 verbalize feelings about changed body image.

Nursing interventions

Patient teaching

 Administer prescribed drugs.


 Use personal protective equipment when administer-

ing delousing treatment.


 Notify the school if infestation occurs in a child.
 Encourage the patient to express feelings about the

infestation.

Pediculosis

597

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 598

Pelvic inflammatory
disease
Overview
Description
 Umbrella term referring to any acute, subacute, re-

current, or chronic infection of the oviducts and


ovaries, with adjacent tissue involvement
 Includes inflammation of the cervix (cervicitis),
uterus (endometritis), fallopian tubes (salpingitis),
and ovaries (oophoritis)
 Possible extension of the inflammation to connective
tissue lying between the broad ligaments (parametritis)
 Commonly called PID

Pathophysiology
 Various conditions, procedures, or instrumentation

can alter or destroy the cervical mucus, which normally serves as a protective barrier.
 As a result, bacteria enter the uterine cavity, causing
inflammation of various structures.

Causes
 Aerobic or anaerobic organisms (commonly, over-

growth of one or more of the bacterial species found


in the cervical mucus)
 Sexually transmitted infections (Neisseria gonorrhoeae and Chlamydia trachomatis)
 Septicemia
 Infected drainage from a chronically infected fallopian tube
 Ruptured appendix
 Diverticulitis of the sigmoid colon
 Pelvic abscess
 Use of intrauterine device

Risk factors
 Multiple sex partners
 Conditions or procedures that alter or destroy cervi-

cal mucus
 Procedures that risk transfer of contaminated cervi-

cal mucus into the endometrial cavity by an instrument


 Infection during or after pregnancy
 Cigarette smoking
 Multiparity
 Douching
 Intercourse during menses
 Therapeutic abortion

Incidence
 Primarily affects females ages 16 to 40

598

Pelvic inflammatory disease

Special populations
Adolescents are at high risk for sexually transmitted diseases, including PID.

Common characteristics
 Profuse, purulent vaginal discharge
 Lower abdominal pain
 Vaginal bleeding

Complications
 Septicemia (potentially fatal)
 Pulmonary embolism
 Infertility
 Peritonitis
 Shock
 Death
 Ectopic pregnancy

Assessment
History
 Profuse, purulent vaginal discharge
 Low-grade fever
 Malaise
 Lower abdominal pain
 Vaginal bleeding

Physical findings
 Pain with cervical movement or adnexal palpation
 Vaginal discharge
 Unilaterally or bilaterally tender adnexal mass

Test results
Laboratory
 Culture and sensitivity and Gram stain of endocervix
or cul-de-sac secretions show the causative agent.
 Urethral and rectal secretions show the causative
agent.
 C-reactive protein level is elevated.
Imaging
 Transvaginal ultrasonography may show the presence
of thickened, fluid-filled fallopian tubes.
 Computed tomography scan may show complex tuboovarian abscesses and is useful in diagnosing PID.
 Magnetic resonance imaging provides images of soft
tissue; useful not only for establishing the diagnosis
of PID but also for detecting other processes responsible for symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
 Culdocentesis obtains peritoneal fluid or pus for culture and sensitivity testing.
 Diagnostic laparoscopy identifies cul-de-sac fluid,
tubal distention, and masses in pelvic abscess.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 599

Prevention

Treatment
General
 Frequent perineal care if vaginal discharge occurs
 Bed rest

Medications
 Antibiotics
 Analgesics
 I.V. fluids, as needed

Surgery
 Drainage of pelvic abscess

Preventing PID
Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) can be prevented by
following these guidelines:
 Use latex condoms.
 Have yearly tests for Chlamydia done for sexually
active females with multiple sex partners.
 Abstain from sexual intercourse.
 Have partners tested and treated for sexually
transmitted diseases (STDs).
 See a physician as soon as symptoms of PID or STD
appear.
 Avoid multiple sex partners.
 Avoid douching.

ALERT
A ruptured pelvic abscess is a life-threatening condition. The patient may need a total abdominal hysterectomy with bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy.

 causes of PID, such as dyspareunia and sexual activ-

ity
 signs and symptoms of infection after a minor gyne-

cologic procedure

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings of increased comfort
 remain free from signs or symptoms of infection
 exhibit stable vital signs
 maintain fluid balance
 express feelings about having PID.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed antibiotics and analgesics.
 Provide frequent perineal care.
 Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
 Encourage the patient to discuss her feelings, and of-

ALERT
Tell the patient to immediately report fever, increased vaginal discharge, or pain especially
after a minor gynecologic procedure.
 avoidance of douching or intercourse for at least 7

days after a minor gynecologic procedure.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to infertility counseling, if indicated.
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

fer emotional support.


 Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Fluid intake and output
 Signs and symptoms of dehydration
 Vaginal discharge
 Pain control

ALERT
Watch for and report abdominal rigidity and distention. These signs may indicate development of
peritonitis.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 ways to prevent a recurrence (see Preventing PID)

Pelvic inflammatory disease

599

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 600

Peptic ulcer
Overview
Description
 Circumscribed lesion in the mucosal membrane of

the lower esophagus, stomach, duodenum, or jejunum


 Occurs in two major forms: duodenal ulcer and gastric ulcer (both forms chronic)
 Duodenal ulcers: represent about 80% of peptic ulcers; affect the proximal part of the small intestine
and follow a chronic course characterized by remissions and exacerbations (about 5% to 10% of patients with duodenal ulcers developing complications
that necessitate surgery)

Pathophysiology
 Helicobacter pylori releases a toxin that promotes

mucosal inflammation and ulceration.


 In a peptic ulcer resulting from H. pylori, acid isnt

the dominant cause of bacterial infection but contributes to the consequences.


 Ulceration stems from inhibition of prostaglandin
synthesis, increased gastric acid and pepsin secretion, reduced gastric mucosal blood flow, or decreased cytoprotective mucus production.

Complications
 GI hemorrhage
 Abdominal or intestinal infarction
 Ulcer penetration into attached structures

Assessment
History
 Periods of symptom exacerbation and remission,

with remissions lasting longer than exacerbations


 History of predisposing factor
 Left epigastric pain described as heartburn or indi-

gestion, accompanied by feeling of fullness or distention


Gastric ulcer
 Recent weight or appetite loss
 Nausea or vomiting
 Pain triggered or worsened by eating
Duodenal ulcer
 Pain relieved by eating; may occur 112 to 3 hours after food intake
 Pain that awakens the patient from sleep
 Weight gain

Physical findings
 Pallor
 Epigastric tenderness
 Hyperactive bowel sounds

Causes

Test results

 H. pylori
 Use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs

Laboratory
 Complete blood count shows anemia.
 Occult blood is present in stools.
 Venous blood sample shows H. pylori antibodies.
 White blood cell count is elevated.
 Urea breath test shows low levels of exhaled carbon
13 (13C).
 Fasting serum gastrin level rules out Zollinger-Ellison
syndrome.
Imaging
 Barium swallow or upper GI and small-bowel series
may reveal the ulcer.
 Upper GI tract X-rays reveal mucosal abnormalities.
Diagnostic procedures
 Upper GI endoscopy or esophagogastroduodenoscopy confirm the ulcer and permit cytologic
studies and biopsy to rule out H. pylori or cancer.
 Gastric secretory studies show hyperchlorhydria.

(NSAIDs) or glucocorticoids
 Pathologic hypersecretory states

Risk factors
 Type A blood (for gastric ulcer)
 Type O blood (for duodenal ulcer)
 Other genetic factors
 Exposure to irritants
 Cigarette smoking
 Trauma
 Psychogenic factors and stress
 Normal aging
 Excessive alcohol consumption

Incidence
 Gastric ulcers: most common in middle-aged and el-

derly males, especially those who are poor and undernourished; prevalence higher in chronic users
of aspirin or alcohol
 Duodenal ulcers: most common in males ages 20
to 50

Common characteristics
 Left epigastric or abdominal pain with exacerbations

and remissions
 History of predisposing factor

600

Peptic ulcer

Treatment
General
 Symptomatic
 Iced saline lavage, possibly containing norepineph-

rine
 Laser or cautery during endoscopy
 Stress reduction
 Smoking cessation

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 601

 Avoidance of dietary irritants


 Nothing by mouth if GI bleeding evident

Medications
For H. pylori
 Amoxicillin and biaxin
 Proton pump inhibitors, such as omeprazole and
lansoprazole
For gastric or duodenal ulcer
 Proton pump inhibitors
 Antacids
 Histamine-receptor antagonists or gastric acid pump
inhibitor, such as cimetidine and famotidine
 Coating agents (for duodenal ulcer) such as sucralfate
 Sedatives and tranquilizers (for gastric ulcer)
 Anticholinergics such as dicyclomine (for duodenal
ulcers; usually contraindicated in gastric ulcers)
 Prostaglandin analogs such as misoprostol

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 warnings against over-the-counter medications, especially aspirin, aspirin-containing products, and
NSAIDs, unless the physician approves
 warnings against caffeine and alcohol intake during
exacerbations
 appropriate lifestyle changes
 dietary modifications.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Surgery
 Indicated for perforation, lack of response to conser-

vative treatment, suspected cancer, or other complications


 Type varies with ulcer location and extent; major
operations: bilateral vagotomy, pyloroplasty, and
gastrectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate fluid volume
 express feelings of increased comfort
 verbalize an understanding of the illness
 comply with the treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Provide six small meals or small hourly meals, as

ordered.
 Offer emotional support.

Monitoring
 Medication effects
 Vital signs
 Signs and symptoms of bleeding
 Pain control

If patient had surgery


 Nasogastric tube function and drainage
 Bowel function
 Fluid and nutritional status
 Wound site
 Signs and symptoms of metabolic alkalosis or perforation

Peptic ulcer

601

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 602

Perforated eardrum
Overview
Description
 Rupture of the tympanic membrane
 May cause hearing loss
 Typically heals spontaneously

Pathophysiology
 Pressure on the tympanic membrane causes a trau-

 Perforated tympanic membrane seen on otoscopic

examination

Test results
Laboratory
 Ear drainage culture identifies causative organism or
determines if an infection caused the rupture.
Imaging
 Skull and temporal lobe X-rays may reveal an associated fracture, especially when a bad fall caused the
eardrum rupture.
Diagnostic procedures
 Audiometric testing evaluates middle ear function.

matic opening that allows release of pressure.


 The rupture may be central or marginal.
 The hole exposes the middle and inner ear to dam-

age or infection.

Causes
 Bacterial infection (acute or chronic suppurative

otitis media)

Treatment
General
 May heal spontaneously
 No dietary restrictions unless nausea occurs; in that

case, clear liquids until nausea passes

 Trauma
 Puncture
 Skull fracture
 Burns
 Excessive change in pressure

 Safety precautions if the patient has vertigo

Incidence

Surgery

 More common in children

 Myringoplasty
 Tympanoplasty

Common characteristics
 Ear pain
 Ear discharge
 Vertigo (may be transient)
 Tinnitus
 Hearing loss
 Fever or chills
 Nausea or vomiting

Complications
 Mastoiditis
 Meningitis
 Permanent hearing loss

Assessment
History
 Mild or severe ear trauma
 Recent airline flight during an upper respiratory in-

fection
 Sudden onset of severe earache and bleeding
from ear
 Hearing loss
 Tinnitus
 Vertigo

Physical findings
 Signs of hearing loss
 Outer ear drainage

602

Perforated eardrum

Medications
 Analgesics such as acetaminophen
 Antibiotics if perforation resulted from infection

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or parents) will:
 express an understanding of hearing changes
 demonstrate appropriate use of pain relief methods
 express an understanding of the potential causes of
ear injury
 remain free from infection.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Insert a sterile wick.
 When talking, face the patient and speak distinctly

and slowly.

Monitoring
 Hearing ability
 Ear drainage
 Safety
 Signs of complications

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 603

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 importance of avoiding swimming or use of ear plugs
 care during hair washing
 the need to complete the course of antibiotic therapy
as prescribed.
 use of safety equipment in the workplace and at
home to prevent injury to the ear
 prevention techniques. (See Preventing a perforated
eardrum.)

Prevention

Preventing a perforated eardrum


A perforated eardrum can be prevented by following these
guidelines:
 Avoid irrigating the ear or cleaning the middle ear canal
with a cotton-tipped applicator.
 Dont insert a foreign object into the ear.
 Treat ear infections promptly.
 Use safety equipment in the workplace and at home to
prevent ear injury.
 Prevent ear popping from excess pressure during flight
by chewing gum during ascent and descent.
 Dont fly or scuba dive with a cold or active allergies.
 Protect ears from loud noises.

Perforated eardrum

603

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 604

Pericarditis
Overview
Description

Complications
 Pericardial effusion
 Cardiac tamponade

Assessment

 Inflammation of the pericardium the fibroserous

History

sac that envelops, supports, and protects the heart


 Occurs in acute and chronic forms
 Acute form: can be fibrinous or effusive; characterized by serous, purulent, or hemorrhagic exudate
 Chronic form: characterized by dense fibrous pericardial thickening
 Chronic form called constrictive pericarditis
 Delayed form known as Dresslers syndrome: May
occur weeks after heart attack or heart surgery

 Predisposing factor
 Sharp, sudden pain, usually starting over the sternum

Pathophysiology
 Pericardial tissue is damaged by bacteria or other

substance that releases chemical mediators of inflammation into surrounding tissue.


 Friction occurs as the inflamed layers rub against
each other.
 Chemical mediators dilate blood vessels and increase
vessel permeability.
 Vessel walls leak fluids and proteins, causing extracellular edema.
 Dresslers syndrome may be caused by autoimmune
response.

Causes
 Bacterial, fungal, or viral infection (in infectious

pericarditis)
 Neoplasms (primary or metastatic)
 High-dose chest radiation
 Uremia
 Hypersensitivity or autoimmune disease
 Drugs, such as hydralazine or procainamide
 Idiopathic factors
 Myocardial infarction (MI)
 Chest trauma
 Aortic aneurysm with pericardial leakage
 Myxedema with cholesterol deposits in pericardium
 Radiation
 Rheumatologic conditions
 Tuberculosis

Incidence
 Affects males more than females
 Most common in males ages 20 to 50

Common characteristics
 Pericardial friction rub
 Chest pain
 Breathing difficulty in a supine position
 Fatigue
 Dry cough
 Abdominal or leg swelling

604

Pericarditis

and radiating to the neck, shoulders, back, and arms


 Pleuritic pain, increasing with deep inspiration and de-

creasing when the patient sits up and leans forward


 Dyspnea
 Chest pain (may mimic MI pain)

Physical findings
 Pericardial friction rub
 Diminished apical impulse
 Fluid retention, ascites, hepatomegaly (resembling

those of chronic right-sided heart failure)


 With pericardial effusion: tachycardia
 With cardiac tamponade: pallor, clammy skin, hypo-

tension, pulsus paradoxus, jugular vein distention,


and dyspnea

Test results
Laboratory
 White blood cell count is elevated, especially in infectious pericarditis.
 Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
 Serum CK-MB levels are slightly elevated with associated myocarditis.
 Pericardial fluid culture may identify a causative organism in bacterial or fungal pericarditis.
 Blood urea nitrogen level is elevated in uremia.
 Elevated antistreptolysin-O titers may indicate
rheumatic fever.
 Positive reaction in purified protein derivative skin
test indicates tuberculosis.
Imaging
 Echocardiography showing an echo-free space between the ventricular wall and the pericardium indicates pericardial effusion.
 High-resolution computed tomography scan and
magnetic resonance imaging reveals pericardial
thickness.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography shows initial ST-segment elevation across the precordium.

Treatment
General
 Management of rheumatic fever, uremia, tuberculo-

sis, or other underlying disorder


 Dietary restrictions based on underlying disorder
 Bed rest as long as fever and pain persist

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 605

Medications

Discharge planning

 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs


 Corticosteroids
 Antibiotics as appropriate

 Refer the patient to home care or social services, as

needed.

Surgery
 Surgical drainage
 Pericardiocentesis
 Partial pericardectomy (for recurrent pericarditis)
 Total pericardectomy (for constrictive pericarditis)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain hemodynamic stability and adequate cardiac output
 avoid arrhythmias
 maintain adequate ventilation
 verbalize feelings of increased comfort and decreased pain.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed analgesics and oxygen.
 Administer prescribed antibiotics on time.
 Stress the importance of bed rest. Provide a bedside

commode.
 Place the patient upright to relieve dyspnea and chest

pain.

ALERT
Keep a pericardiocentesis set readily available
whenever you suspect pericardial effusion.
 Encourage the patient to express concerns about the

effects of activity restrictions on responsibilities and


routines.
 Review the patients allergy history.
 Provide appropriate postoperative care.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Heart rhythm
 Heart sounds
 Hemodynamic values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatments
 how to perform deep-breathing and coughing exercises
 the need to resume daily activities slowly and to
schedule rest periods in daily routine, as instructed
by the physician.

Pericarditis

605

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 606

Peritonitis
Overview
Description
 Inflammation of the peritoneum; may extend

throughout the peritoneum or localize as an abscess


 Commonly decreases intestinal motility and causes

intestinal distention with gas


 Fatal in 10% of cases, with bowel obstruction the
usual cause of death
 Can be acute or chronic

Pathophysiology
 Bacteria invade the peritoneum after inflammation

and perforation of the GI tract.


 Fluid containing protein and electrolytes accumulates

in the peritoneal cavity; normally transparent, the


peritoneum becomes opaque, red, inflamed, and
edematous.
 Infection may localize as an abscess rather than disseminate as a generalized infection.

Causes
 Bacterial or chemical inflammation

Risk factors
 Peritoneal dialysis
 History of peritonitis
 GI tract perforation (from appendicitis, diverticulitis,

peptic ulcer, or ulcerative colitis)


 Ruptured ectopic pregnancy

Incidence

With progression
 Increasingly severe and constant abdominal pain that
increases with movement and respirations
 Possible referral of pain to shoulder or thoracic area
 Anorexia, nausea, and vomiting
 Inability to pass stools and flatus
 Hiccups

Physical findings
 Fever
 Tachycardia
 Hypotension
 Shallow breathing
 Signs of dehydration
 Positive bowel sounds (early); absent bowel sounds

(later)
 Abdominal rigidity
 General abdominal tenderness
 Rebound tenderness
 Typical patient positioning: lying very still with knees

flexed

Test results
Laboratory
 Complete blood count shows leukocytosis.
Imaging
 Abdominal X-rays show edematous and gaseous distention of the small and large bowel. With perforation of a visceral organ, X-rays show air in the abdominal cavity.
 Chest X-rays may reveal elevation of the diaphragm.
 Computed tomography scan reveals fluid and inflammation.
Diagnostic procedures
 Paracentesis shows the exudates nature and permits
bacterial culture testing.

 More common in males

Common characteristics

Treatment

 Abdominal pain
 Fever
 Rebound tenderness

General

Complications
 Abscess
 Septicemia
 Respiratory compromise
 Bowel obstruction
 Shock

 I.V. fluids
 Nasogastric (NG) intubation
 Nothing by mouth until bowel function returns
 Gradual increase in diet
 Parenteral nutrition, if necessary
 Bed rest until condition improves
 Semi-Fowlers position
 Avoidance of lifting for at least 6 weeks postopera-

tively

Assessment

Medications

History

 Antibiotics, depending on infecting organism


 Electrolyte replacement
 Analgesics

Early phase
 Vague, generalized abdominal pain
 If localized: pain over a specific area (usually the inflammation site)
 If generalized: diffuse pain over the abdomen

606

Peritonitis

Surgery
 Treatment of choice; procedure varies with the cause

of peritonitis

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 607

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 regain normal vital signs
 express feelings of increased comfort
 maintain normal fluid volume
 show no signs or symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Encourage early postoperative ambulation.
 Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Fluid and nutritional status
 Pain control
 Vital signs
 NG tube function and drainage
 Bowel function
 Wound site
 Signs and symptoms of dehiscence

ALERT
Watch for signs and symptoms of abscess formation, including persistent abdominal tenderness
and fever.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 preoperatively, coughing and deep-breathing techniques
 postoperative care procedures
 signs and symptoms of infection
 proper wound care
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 dietary and activity limitations (depending on type of
surgery).

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to home care services as needed.

Peritonitis

607

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 608

Pertussis
Overview

Risk factors
 Incomplete immunization

Incidence
 50% of cases seen in underimmunized children

younger than age 1

Description

 Commonly occurs in schools, nursing homes, and

 Highly contagious respiratory infection


 Typically causes an irritating cough that becomes

 Epidemics occurring every 3 to 5 years without sea-

paroxysmal and ends in a high-pitched, inspiratory


whoop
 Follows a 6- to 8-week course that includes three
2-week stages with varying symptoms
 Also called whooping cough

residential facilities
sonal variation

Common characteristics

ysmal coughing, which enhances disease transmission.


 Various toxins produced during the infection impair
local defenses and cause local tissue damage. Toxins
may cause direct central nervous system injury.

Catarrhal (first) stage


 Hacking nocturnal cough
 Anorexia
 Sneezing, lacrimation, and rhinorrhea
Paroxysmal (second) stage
 Spasmodic, recurrent coughing (usually at night)
with tenacious mucus; cough typically ends in a loud,
crowing, inspiratory whoop
 Vomiting if the patient chokes on mucus
Convalescent (third) stage
 Gradual subsidence of paroxysmal coughing and
vomiting

Causes

Complications

 Nonmotile, gram-negative coccobacillus B. pertussis;

 Increased venous pressure


 Anterior eye chamber hemorrhage
 Detached retina and blindness
 Rectal prolapse
 Inguinal or umbilical hernia
 Encephalopathy, seizures
 Atelectasis, pneumonitis, or pneumonia
 In infants: apnea, anoxia
 Otitis media
 Pneumonia

Pathophysiology
 The infecting organism adheres to ciliated epithelial

cells and multiplies.


 The resulting local mucosal damage induces parox-

occasionally, B. parapertussis or B. bronchiseptica


(see Bordetella pertussis)
 Typically transmitted by direct inhalation of contaminated droplets from someone in the acute disease
stage
 Spreads indirectly through soiled linen and other articles contaminated by respiratory secretions

Bordetella pertussis
This microscopic enlargement shows Bordetella pertussis,
the nonmotile, gram-negative coccobacillus that
commonly causes whooping cough. After entering the tracheobronchial tree, pertussis causes mucus to become increasingly tenacious. The classic 6-week course of
whooping cough follows.

Assessment
History
 Possible lack of immunization coupled with exposure

to pertussis during previous 3 weeks

Physical findings
 Low or normal body temperature
 Mild conjunctivitis
 Listlessness
 Engorged neck veins
 Epistaxis during paroxysmal coughing
 Exhaustion and cyanosis after coughing spell
 Diminished breath sounds, upper airway wheezing

Test results
Laboratory
 White blood cell count and differential show lymphocytosis.
 B. pertussis is found in nasopharyngeal swabs and
sputum culture in early disease stages.
 Direct immunofluorescence shows antigen.

608

Pertussis

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 609

Treatment
General

 importance of immunization and vaccinations and

the need to notify the physician of adverse reactions


to the vaccine.

 For infants and elderly patients: hospitalization with

Discharge planning

vigorous supportive therapy and fluid and electrolyte


replacement
 Oxygen therapy, as warranted
 Adequate nutrition with small, frequent meals
 Increased fluid intake
 Rest periods when fatigued

 Refer the patient to a pulmonologist for follow-up

care, as indicated.

Medications
 Antitussives
 Antibiotics, such as erythromycin, azithromycin, and

clarithromycin

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 remain free from adventitious breath sounds
 maintain a patent airway
 regain normal arterial blood gas levels
 show no evidence of pathogens in cultures.

Nursing interventions
 Maintain respiratory isolation (mask only) for 5 to

7 days after antibiotic therapy begins.


 Provide oxygen and moist air, as ordered; if needed,

assist respiration.
 Suction secretions, as necessary. Elevate the head of

the bed to ease breathing.


 Create a quiet environment to decrease coughing

stimulation.
 Assess for complications caused by excessive

coughing.
 Provide emotional support to the patient and parents,

as appropriate.
 Report pertussis cases to local public health authori-

ties.

Monitoring
 Respiratory status
 Acid-base balance
 Fluid and electrolyte balance

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the patient or parents, as appropriate):
 the disease process and medical procedures
 need for the patients close contacts to get medical
care
 when to notify the physician

Pertussis

609

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 610

Pharyngitis
Overview
Description
 Acute or chronic inflammation of the pharynx
 Most common throat disorder
 Usually subsides in 3 to 10 days unless complications

occur

Physical findings
 Mild fever
 Fiery red appearance of the posterior pharyngeal

wall
 Swollen, exudate-flecked tonsils
 Lymphoid follicles

Bacterial pharyngitis
 Acutely inflamed throat, with patches of white and
yellow follicles
 Strawberry-red tongue
 Enlarged, tender cervical lymph nodes

Pathophysiology

Test results

 Cellular damage caused by a virus or bacteria causes

Laboratory
 Throat culture identifies the causative organism.
 Rapid strep test shows group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal infection.
 White blood cell count and differential show atypical
lymphocytes.
Imaging
 Computed tomography scan identifies abscesses.

an inflammatory response.
 Hyperemia and fluid exudation result.

Causes
 Viral or bacterial infection
 Beta-hemolytic streptococci (15% to 20% of acute

pharyngitis cases)
 Mononucleosis

In children
 Streptococcal bacteria infections
Gonococcal pharyngitis
 Release of a toxin produced by Corynebacterium
diphtheria
Fungal pharyngitis
 Prolonged antibiotic use (in immunosuppressed
patients)

Incidence
Widespread among adults who:
 live or work in dusty or dry environments
 use their voices excessively
 use tobacco or alcohol habitually
 suffer from chronic sinusitis, persistent coughs, or
allergies

Treatment
General
 Warm saline gargles
 Hospitalization for dehydration
 Elimination of the underlying cause
 Adequate humidification
 Adequate fluid intake
 Avoidance of citrus juices
 Bed rest while febrile

Medications

Common characteristics

 Anesthetic throat lozenges


 Analgesics as needed
 Antibiotics as appropriate
 Antifungal agents (for fungal pharyngitis)
 Equine antitoxins (for diphtherial pharyngitis)

 Sore throat
 Pharyngeal edema

Surgery

Complications
 Otitis media
 Sinusitis
 Mastoiditis
 Rheumatic fever
 Nephritis

Assessment
History
 Sore throat
 Slight difficulty swallowing (swallowing saliva more

painful than swallowing food)


 Sensation of a lump in the throat
 Constant, aggravating urge to swallow
 Headache
 Muscle and joint pain

610

Pharyngitis

 Abscess drainage

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain intact mucous membranes
 maintain normal fluid volume
 express feelings of increased comfort
 achieve adequate daily calorie intake.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Obtain throat cultures, as ordered.
 Instruct the patient to use warm saline gargles.
 Encourage adequate oral fluid intake.
 Perform meticulous mouth care.
 Maintain a restful environment.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 611

Monitoring
 Intake and output
 Signs and symptoms of dehydration

ALERT
Examine the patients skin twice per day for rashes
caused by drug sensitivity or rashes that could indicate a communicable disease.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 importance of completing prescribed antibiotic
therapy
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 preventive measures, such as hand washing and
avoiding close contact with people who are sick
 avoidance of excessive exposure to air conditioning
 smoking cessation
 ways to minimize environmental sources of throat
irritation
 importance of throat cultures for all family members
if the patient has a streptococcal infection.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Pharyngitis

611

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 612

Pheochromocytoma
Overview
Description

ALERT
Pheochromocytoma may occur during pregnancy
when uterine pressure on the tumor causes more
frequent hypertensive crises. These crises carry a
high risk for spontaneous abortion and can be fatal for both the mother and fetus.

 Catecholamine-producing tumor, typically benign;

usually derived from adrenal medullary cells


 Most common cause of adrenal medullary hyper-

secretion
 Usually produces norepinephrine; large tumors secrete both epinephrine and norepinephrine
 Potentially fatal, but with treatment carries a good
prognosis
 Also known as chromaffin tumor

Assessment
History
 Unpredictable episodes of hypertensive crisis
 Paroxysmal symptoms suggesting a seizure disorder

or anxiety attack
 Hypertension that responds poorly to conventional

treatment

Pathophysiology

 Hypotension or shock after surgery or diagnostic

 Pheochromocytoma causes excessive catecholamine

procedures
During paroxysms or crises
 Throbbing headache
 Palpitations
 Visual blurring
 Nausea and vomiting
 Severe diaphoresis
 Feelings of impending doom
 Precordial or abdominal pain
 Moderate weight loss
 Dizziness or light-headedness when moving to an
upright position

production from autonomous tumor functioning.


 The tumor stems from a chromaffin cell tumor of the
adrenal medulla or sympathetic ganglia (more commonly in the right adrenal gland than in the left).
 Extra-adrenal pheochromocytomas may occur in the
abdomen, thorax, urinary bladder, and neck and in
association with the 9th and 10th cranial nerves.

Causes
 May be inherited as an autosomal dominant trait

Incidence
 Rare; seen in about 0.5% of newly diagnosed hyper-

Physical findings

tensive patients
 Seen in all races
 Affects both sexes equally
 Typically familial
 Most common in patients ages 30 to 50

During paroxysms or crises


 Hypertension
 Tachypnea
 Pallor or flushing
 Profuse sweating
 Tremor
 Seizures
 Tachycardia

Common characteristics
 Paroxysmal or sustained hypertension
 Hypertensive crises triggered by conditions that dis-

place the abdominal contents or by use of opiates,


histamine, glucagon, or corticotropin
 Headache
 Flushing
 Diaphoresis
 Tachycardia
 Retinal changes

Complications
 Stroke
 Retinopathy
 Irreversible kidney damage
 Acute pulmonary edema
 Cholelithiasis
 Cardiac arrhythmias
 Heart failure

Test results
Laboratory
 Vanillylmandelic acid and metanephrine levels in a
24-hour urine specimen are increased.
 Total plasma catecholamine levels are 10 to 50 times
higher than normal on direct assay.
Imaging
 Computed tomography (CT) scan or magnetic resonance imaging of adrenal glands may show intraadrenal lesions.
 CT scan, chest X-rays, or abdominal aortography may
reveal extra-adrenal pheochromocytoma.

Treatment
General
 High-protein diet with adequate calories
 Rest during acute attacks

612

Pheochromocytoma

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 613

Medications
 Alpha-adrenergic blockers such as phenoxybenza-

mine
 Catecholamine-synthesis antagonists
 Beta-adrenergic blockers such as atenolol
 Calcium channel blockers
 I.V. phentolamine or nitroprusside during paroxysms

After adrenalectomy
 Vital signs
 Bowel sounds
 Wound dressings
 Incision
 Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage
 Pain

or crises

ALERT
Because severe and occasionally fatal paroxysms
have been induced by opiates, histamines, and other drugs, all medications should be considered
carefully and administered cautiously in patients
with known or suspected pheochromocytoma.

Surgery
 Removal of pheochromocytoma

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 when to notify the physician
 way to prevent paroxysmal attacks
 signs and symptoms of adrenal insufficiency
 importance of wearing medical identification jewelry
 how to monitor his own blood pressure.

Discharge planning
 Refer family members for genetic counseling if auto-

somal dominant transmission of pheochromocytoma


is suspected.

The patient will:


 maintain stable vital signs
 maintain fluid balance
 maintain normal cardiac output
 express feelings of increased comfort
 avoid complications.

Nursing interventions
 Take orthostatic blood pressures.
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Ensure the reliability of urine catecholamine mea-

surements.
 Provide comfort measures.
 Consult a dietitian, as needed.
 Tell the patient to report symptoms of an acute

attack.
 Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
 Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

After adrenalectomy

ALERT
Be aware that postoperative hypertension is common because the stress of surgery and adrenal
gland manipulation stimulate catecholamine secretion.

Monitoring
 Vital signs, especially blood pressure
 Serum glucose level
 Daily weight
 Neurologic status
 Renal function
 Cardiovascular status
 Adverse reactions to medications

Pheochromocytoma

613

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 614

Pituitary tumors

Complications

Overview

 Diabetes insipidus from tumor compression of the

 Endocrine abnormalities throughout the body, unless

lost hormones are replaced

Description
 Nonmalignant intracranial tumor; accounts for 10%

of all intracranial neoplasms


 Most common tumor tissue types: chromophobe adenoma (90%), basophil adenoma, and eosinophil
adenoma
 Most common site: anterior pituitary (adenohypophysis)
 Considered a neoplastic condition because of the
tumors invasive growth
 Carries a fair to good prognosis, depending on how
far the tumor spreads beyond the sella turcica

Pathophysiology
 As a pituitary adenoma grows, it replaces normal

glandular tissue and enlarges the sella turcica (which


houses it).
 Chromophobe adenoma may be associated with production of corticotropin, melanocyte-stimulating hormone, growth hormone, and prolactin.
 Basophil adenoma may be associated with excess
corticotropin production and, consequently, Cushings syndrome.
 Eosinophil adenoma may be associated with excessive growth hormone.

Causes
 Unknown

Risk factors
 Autosomal dominant trait

Incidence
 Affects adults of both sexes between ages 30 and 50
 Twice as common in females as in males

Common characteristics
 Headache, visual changes, double vision, and droop-

ing eyelids
 Nipple discharge
 Gynecomastia
 Menses cessation
 Decreased libido, male impotence
 Cold intolerance
 Nausea, vomiting, and constipation
 Personality changes
 Skin changes
 Hair loss
 Fatigue
 Seizures
 Hypotension

614

Pituitary tumors

hypothalamus

Assessment
History
 Neurologic and endocrine abnormalities
 Personality changes or dementia
 Amenorrhea
 Decreased libido
 Impotence
 Lethargy, weakness, increased fatigability
 Sensitivity to cold
 Constipation
 Seizures
 With cranial nerve involvement: diplopia and dizzi-

ness

Physical findings
 Rhinorrhea
 Head tilting during physical examination
 Skin changes
 Strabismus

Test results
Laboratory
 Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows an increased protein level.
Imaging
 Skull X-rays with tomography may show an enlarged
sella turcica or erosion of its floor; if growth hormone secretion predominates, X-rays show enlargement of the paranasal sinuses and mandible, thickened cranial bones, and separated teeth.
 Carotid angiography may identify displacement of the
anterior cerebral and internal carotid arteries from
tumor enlargement and may rule out intracerebral
aneurysm.
 Computed tomography scan may confirm an adenoma and accurately depict its size.
 Magnetic resonance imaging scan differentiates
healthy, benign, and malignant tissues and blood
vessels.

Treatment
General
 Radiation therapy used for small, nonsecretory tu-

mors confined to the sella turcica or for patients


considered poor surgical risks
 Individualized diet according to tumor manifestations; possible sodium or caloric restriction
 In initial postoperative period, avoidance of coughing, sneezing, bending, and other movements that

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 615

may increase intracranial pressure (ICP) or cause


cerebrospinal fluid leakage

Medications
 Corticosteroids or thyroid or sex hormones
 Electrolyte replacement
 Insulin
 Bromocriptine and cabergoline for prolactin-

producing tumors
 Octreotide acetate and pegvisomant for growth hormone producing tumors

 medication administration, dosage, and possible ad-

verse effects
 importance of immediately reporting persistent post-

nasal drip or constant swallowing.

Discharge planning
 Encourage the patient to wear medical identification

that indicates his medical condition and its proper


treatment.

Surgery
 Transfrontal removal of a large tumor impinging on

the optic apparatus


 Transsphenoidal resection for a smaller tumor con-

fined to the pituitary fossa


 Cryohypophysectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 remain free from injury
 express positive feelings about himself
 report an increased sense of well-being
 exhibit increased energy
 participate in care and prescribed therapies (along
with family members).

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Maintain patient safety.
 Provide rest periods to avoid fatigue.
 Establish a supportive, trusting relationship with the

patient.

Monitoring
After supratentorial or transsphenoidal
hypophysectomy
 Proper positioning (head of the bed elevated 30 degrees)
 Intake and output
 Signs and symptoms of infection
 Blood glucose level
After craniotomy
 Vital signs
 Neurologic status
 Signs and symptoms of increased ICP

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 preoperative instructions on surgery, treatments, and
postoperative course
 avoidance of coughing, sneezing, and bending

Pituitary tumors

615

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 616

Placenta previa
Overview
Description
 Placental implantation in the lower uterine segment,

encroaching on the internal cervical os


 Common cause of bleeding during the second half of
pregnancy (Among patients who develop placenta
previa during the second trimester, less than 15%
have persistent previa at term.)
 Carries good maternal prognosis if hemorrhage can
be controlled
 Usually necessitates pregnancy termination if bleeding is heavy
 Fetal prognosis dependent on gestational age and
amount of blood lost; risk for death greatly reduced
by frequent monitoring and prompt management

Pathophysiology
 The placenta covers all or part of the internal cervi-

cal os. (See Three types of placenta previa.)

Assessment
History
 Onset of painless, bright red, vaginal bleeding after

20th week of pregnancy


 Vaginal bleeding before labor onset, typically episod-

ic and stopping spontaneously


 May be asymptomatic

Physical findings
 Soft, nontender uterus
 Fetal malpresentation
 Minimal descent of fetal presenting part
 Good fetal heart tones

Test results
Laboratory
 Maternal hemoglobin level is decreased.
Imaging
 Transvaginal ultrasound scan determines placental
position.
Diagnostic procedures
 Pelvic examination confirms diagnosis.

Causes

ALERT

 Unknown

Risk factors
 Defective vascularization of the decidua
 Multiple pregnancy
 Previous uterine surgery
 Multiparity
 Advanced maternal age
 Endometriosis
 Smoking

Incidence
 About 1 in every 200 pregnancies
 More common in multigravidas than primigravidas
 Occurs more commonly after age 35

Common characteristics

Pelvic examination isnt commonly performed because it increases maternal bleeding and can dislodge more of the placenta.

Treatment
General
 Control of blood loss, blood replacement
 Delivery of viable neonate
 Prevention of coagulation disorders
 With premature fetus, careful observation to give fe-

tus more time to mature


 With complete placenta previa, hospitalization
 Possible vaginal delivery (if bleeding is minimal and

placenta previa is marginal or when labor is rapid)

 Painless, bright red, vaginal bleeding


 Vaginal bleeding after 20th week of pregnancy

Complications
 Anemia
 Hemorrhage
 Disseminated intravascular coagulation
 Shock
 Renal damage
 Cerebral ischemia
 Maternal or fetal death

ALERT
Because of possible fetal blood loss through the placenta, a pediatric team should be on hand during
delivery to immediately assess and treat neonatal
shock, blood loss, and hypoxia.
 Nothing by mouth initially, then as guided by clinical

status
 Bed rest

Medications
 I.V. fluids, using large-bore catheter

616

Placenta previa

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 617

Three types of placenta previa


The degree of placenta previa depends largely on the extent of cervical dilation at the time of examination because the dilating cervix gradually uncovers the placenta, as shown below.

Marginal placenta previa

Partial placenta previa

Total placenta previa

If the placenta covers just a fraction of


the internal cervical os, the patient has
marginal, or low-lying, placenta previa.

The patient has the partial, or incomplete, form of the disorder if the placenta caps a larger part of the internal
os.

If the placenta covers all of the internal


os, the patient has total, complete, or
central placenta previa.

Surgery

Patient teaching

 Immediate cesarean delivery in case of severe hem-

orrhage or as soon as fetus is sufficiently mature

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain stable vital signs
 maintain normal fluid volume
 express feelings of increased comfort
 verbalize her feelings about her condition
 use available support systems to aid coping.

Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 signs and symptoms of placenta previa
 possibility of emergency cesarean delivery
 possibility of the birth of a premature neonate
 possibility of neonatal death
 postpartum physical and emotional changes to
expect.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient for professional counseling if neces-

sary.

Nursing interventions
 Obtain blood samples for complete blood count and

blood type and crossmatch.


 Initiate external electronic fetal monitoring.
 Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and blood products.
 If the patient is Rh-negative, give Rho(D) immune

globulin (RhoGAM) after every bleeding episode, as


ordered.
 Offer emotional support during labor.
 Provide information about labor progress and the
condition of the fetus.
 Encourage the patient to express her feelings.
 Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Vaginal bleeding, including character of blood loss
 Central venous pressure
 Intake and output
 Fetal heart tones
 Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage and shock

Placenta previa

617

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 618

Life-threatening disorder

Plague
Overview
Description
 Acute, febrile, zoonotic infection caused by the gram-

negative, nonsporulating bacillus Yersinia pestis


 Usually transmitted to humans through the bite of a

flea from an infected rodent host, such as a rat or


squirrel; occasional transmission from handling infected animals or their tissues (see Bubonic plague
carrier)
 Potential bioterrorism and biological warfare agent
Forms of plague
 Bubonic: most common form; causes swollen and
sometimes suppurating, lymph glands (buboes)
 Septicemic: rapid, severe systemic form
 Pneumonic: can be primary or secondary to the other two forms; highly contagious, with secondary
spread a serious concern (Primary pneumonic
plague is an acutely fulminant form causing acute
prostration, respiratory distress, and death, possibly
within 2 to 3 days after onset. Secondary pneumonic
plague is transmitted by contaminated respiratory
droplets.)
 Without treatment, 60% mortality in bubonic plague
and nearly 100% in septicemic and pneumonic
plague; with treatment, 18% mortality

Incidence
 Becoming more prevalent in the United States
 Most common between May and September; in

hunters who skin wild animals, between October and


February
 Affects both sexes equally

Common characteristics
 Fever
 Chills
 Weakness
 Headache

Bubonic plague
 Characteristic buboes
 History of exposure to rodents

Complications
 Peritoneal or pleural effusions
 Septicemia
 Fulminant pneumonia
 Pericarditis
 Seizures
 Diffuse interstitial myocarditis
 Multifocal hepatic necrosis
 Diffuse hemorrhagic splenic necrosis
 Respiratory failure
 Cardiovascular collapse
 Disseminated intravascular coagulation
 Meningitis
 Death

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

 Y. pestis is one of the most invasive bacterium

Milder form of bubonic plague


 History of exposure to rodents
 Malaise
 Fever
 Excruciatingly painful bubo
Severe form of bubonic plague
 Sudden fever of 103 to 106 F (39.4 to 41.1 C)
 Chills, myalgia, and headache
 Restlessness, disorientation
 Abdominal pain, nausea, and vomiting
 Constipation followed by bloody diarrhea

known; mechanisms by which it causes disease


arent fully understood.
 Once inoculated through the skin or mucous membranes, Y. pestis usually invades cutaneous lymphatic
vessels and regional lymph nodes; direct bloodstream inoculation may also occur.
 Organisms are probably phagocytized by mononuclear phagocytes without being destroyed and are
then disseminated to distant sites in the body.
 Plague can involve almost any organ and usually results in massive and widespread tissue destruction,
especially if left untreated.

Causes
 Y. pestis

Risk factors
 Rural areas
 Urban areas with overcrowding, poor sanitation, and

large rat populations


 Veterinarians
 Cat owners
 Hunters, campers, and hikers in outbreak areas

618

Plague

Physical findings
Milder form of bubonic plague
 Fever
 Pain or tenderness in regional lymph nodes
 Painful, inflamed, and possibly suppurative buboes
(usually in the axillary, cervical, or inguinal areas)
 Necrotization of hemorrhagic areas
 Moribund state within hours after onset
Bubonic plague
 Fever
 Prostration
 Restlessness, disorientation, delirium
 Toxemia

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 619

 Staggering gait
 Skin mottling, petechiae
 Circulatory collapse
 Coma

Bubonic plague carrier


Bubonic plague is usually transmitted to humans through
the bite of an infected flea (Xenopsylla cheopis), shown
here.

Test results
Laboratory
 Y. pestis is found in capsular antigen testing, Wayson
stain, or fluorescent antibody stain.
 White blood cell count is greater than 20,000/l,
with increased polymorphonuclear leukocytes and
hemoagglutination reaction.
 Y. pestis is present in culture and Gram stain of skinlesion needle aspirate or lymph node aspirate, blood,
or sputum.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays show fulminating pneumonia in pneumonic plague.

Treatment
General
 Supportive management to control fever, shock, and

seizures and maintain fluid balance


 Warm, moist compresses on buboes
 Diet, as tolerated
 Tube feedings or total parenteral nutrition, if re-

quired
 Supplemental I.V. fluids
 Bed rest during the acute phase

Medications
 Antibiotics, such as streptomycin and gentamicin
 Oxygen
 Corticosteroids
 Benzodiazepines
 Anticonvulsants
 Antipyretics

Surgery

 Maintain a patent airway and adequate oxygenation.


 Apply warm, moist compresses to buboes.
 Provide meticulous skin care.
 Prevent further injury to necrotic tissue areas.
 Institute seizure precautions.
 Report suspected plague cases to local public health

department.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Skin integrity
 Pulmonary status
 Cardiovascular status
 Nutritional status
 Seizures
 Complications
 Abnormal bleeding
 Mentation

 Incision and drainage of necrotic buboes

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain acceptable tissue perfusion and cellular
oxygenation
 maintain effective ventilation
 maintain fluid balance
 verbalize feelings of fear and anxiety
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Administer drugs, I.V. fluids, and oxygen, as pre-

scribed and needed.


 If pneumonic plague, use standard and droplet pre-

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
 isolation procedures
 personal protective measures
 avoidance of contact with sick or dead wild animals
and the need to wear gloves when handling animal
carcasses
 importance of insect and rodent population control
 use of repellents, insecticides, and protective clothing when at risk for exposure to rodents fleas
 elimination of rodent food and habitats
 insecticide control of fleas.

cautions.
 Provide adequate nutrition.

Plague

619

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 620

Pleural effusion and


empyema
Overview
Description

Assessment
History
 Underlying pulmonary disease
 Shortness of breath
 Chest pain
 Malaise

 Fluid accumulation in the pleural space; the fluid

Physical findings

may be extracellular, pus (empyema), blood (hemothorax), chyle (chylothorax), or bilious


 Effusion classified as transudative or exudative

 Fever
 Trachea deviated away from the affected side
 Dullness and decreased tactile fremitus over the effu-

Pathophysiology

 Diminished or absent breath sounds


 Pleural friction rub
 Bronchial breath sounds
 In empyema, foul-smelling sputum

 Typically, fluid and other blood components migrate

through the walls of intact capillaries bordering the


pleura.
 In transudative effusion, fluid is watery and diffuses
out of the capillaries if hydrostatic pressure increases
or capillary oncotic pressure decreases.
 In exudative effusion, inflammatory processes increase capillary permeability. Exudative effusion is
less watery and contains high concentrations of white
blood cells and plasma proteins.
 Empyema occurs when pulmonary lymphatics become blocked, leading to outpouring of contaminated lymphatic fluid into the pleural space.

Causes
Transudative pleural effusion
 Cardiovascular disease
 Hepatic disease
 Renal disease
 Hypoproteinemia
Exudative pleural effusion
 Pleural infection
 Pleural inflammation
 Pleural malignancy
Empyema
 Pulmonary infection
 Lung abscess
 Infected wound
 Intra-abdominal infection
 Thoracic surgery

Incidence

sion

Test results
Laboratory
PLEURAL FLUID ANALYSIS FINDINGS
 In transudative effusion: specific gravity is less than

1.015 and protein level is less than 3 g/dl.


 In exudative effusion: ratio of protein in pleural fluid

to protein in serum is 0.5 or higher; lactate dehydrogenase (LD) level is 200 IU or higher; ratio of LD in
pleural fluid to LD in serum is 0.6 or higher.
 In empyema: microorganisms are present, white
blood cell count is increased, and glucose level is
decreased.
 In esophageal rupture or pancreatitis: pleural fluid
amylase levels exceede serum amylase levels.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays may show pleural effusions; lateral decubitus films may show loculated pleural effusions or
small pleural effusions not visible on standard chest
X-rays.
 Computed tomography scan of the thorax shows
small pleural effusions.
Diagnostic procedures
 Thoracentesis obtains pleural fluid specimens for
analysis.
Other
 Tuberculin skin test may be positive for tuberculosis.
 Pleural biopsy may be positive for carcinoma.

 Can occur at any age


 Affects both sexes equally

Treatment

Common characteristics

General

 Shortness of breath
 Chest pain
 Malaise
 Nonproductive cough

 Thoracentesis to remove fluid


 Possible chest tube insertion
 Possible chemical pleurodesis
 High-calorie diet
 Activity, as tolerated

Complications
 Atelectasis
 Infection
 Hypoxemia

620

Pleural effusion and empyema

Medications
 Antibiotics
 Oxygen

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 621

Surgery
 Removal of thick coating over lung (decortication)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
 consume the specified number of calories daily
 express an understanding of the illness
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
 Assist during thoracentesis.
 Encourage the patient to use an incentive spirometer.
 Encourage deep-breathing exercises.
 Provide meticulous chest tube care.
 Ensure chest tube patency.
 Keep petroleum gauze at the bedside.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Respiratory status
 Pulse oximetry
 Signs and symptoms of pneumothorax
 Chest tube drainage

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 how thoracentesis is performed
 chest tube insertion and drainage
 signs and symptoms of infection
 signs and symptoms of pleural fluid reaccumulation
 when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
 Provide a home health referral for follow-up care.
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Pleural effusion and empyema

621

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 622

Pleurisy

Physical findings

Overview

 Coarse vibration on palpation of the affected area

 Characteristic late-inspiration and early-expiration

pleural friction rub

Description
 Inflammation of the visceral and parietal pleurae that

line the inside of the thoracic cage and envelop the


lungs
 Also called pleuritis

Pathophysiology
 The pleurae become swollen and congested.
 As a result, pleural fluid transport is hampered, and

friction between the pleural surfaces increases.

Causes
 Pneumonia
 Tuberculosis
 Viruses
 Systemic lupus erythematosus
 Rheumatoid arthritis
 Uremia
 Dresslers syndrome
 Cancer
 Pulmonary infarction
 Chest trauma
 Pathologic rib fractures
 Pneumothorax
 Sickle cell disease
 Radiation therapy
 Human immunodeficiency virus
 Certain drugs, such as methotrexate or penicillin

Incidence
 Affects both sexes equally

Common characteristics

Test results
Imaging
 Chest X-rays show absence of pneumonia.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography shows absence of ischemic
heart disease.

Treatment
General
 Symptomatic
 Possible intercostal nerve block
 Diet, as tolerated
 Bed rest

Medications
 Anti-inflammatories
 Analgesics

Surgery
 Thoracentesis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain a patent airway
 maintain adequate ventilation
 express feelings of increased comfort; relief of pain
 demonstrate energy conservation techniques
 demonstrate effective coping strategies.

 Sudden dull, aching, burning, or sharp pain that

Nursing interventions

worsens on inspiration
 Limited movement on the affected side during
breathing
 Shortness of breath
 Fever and chills

 Administer prescribed drugs.


 Encourage deep breathing and coughing.
 Encourage the patient to use an incentive spirometer.
 Assist the patient in splinting the affected side.
 Position the patient in high Fowlers position.
 Plan care to allow frequent rest periods.
 Assist with passive range-of-motion (ROM) exercises.
 Encourage active ROM exercises.
 Provide comfort measures.
 Assist with thoracentesis.
 Encourage verbalization and provide emotional

Complications
 Adhesions
 Pleural effusion
 Chronic pain or shortness of breath

Assessment
History
 Sudden dull, aching, burning, or sharp pain that

worsens on inspiration
 Predisposing factor
 Cough
 Shortness of breath
 Fever

622

Pleurisy

support.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Response to treatment
 Pain control
 Complications
 Breath sounds
 Respiratory status

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 623

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 how to perform splinting and deep-breathing
exercises
 importance of regular rest periods
 signs and symptoms of possible complications
 when to notify the physician.

Pleurisy

623

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 624

Life-threatening disorder

Pneumocystis carinii
pneumonia
Overview
Description
 Communicable, opportunistic lung infection com-

monly associated with human immunodeficiency


virus (HIV)
 A leading cause of opportunistic infection and death
among patients with acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) in industrialized countries

Pathophysiology
 The infecting organism invades the lungs bilaterally,

multiplies extracellularly, and fills alveoli with organisms and exudate.


 As a result, gas exchange is impaired.
 Alveoli hypertrophy and thicken, eventually leading to
extensive consolidation.

Causes
 P. carinii; spreads mainly through the air (although

part of the normal flora in most healthy people, this


organism becomes an aggressive pathogen in immunocompromised patients)
 Possible role of B-cell function defects

Physical findings
 Low-grade, intermittent fever
 Tachypnea
 Dyspnea
 Accessory muscle use for breathing
 Cyanosis (with acute illness)
 Dullness on percussion (with consolidation)
 Crackles
 Decreased breath sounds

Test results
Laboratory
 P. carinii is found on histologic sputum specimen
studies.
 Hypoxia and increased A-a gradient on arterial blood
gas (ABG) values are seen.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays may show slowly progressing, fluffy infiltrates, occasional nodular lesions, or spontaneous
pneumothorax.
 Gallium scan may show increased uptake over the
lungs.
Diagnostic procedures
 Fiber-optic bronchoscopy
 Transbronchial biopsy
 Open lung biopsy

Treatment
General

 HIV/AIDS
 Immunosuppression
 Immunodeficiency disorders

 Oxygen therapy
 Mechanical ventilation
 High-calorie, high-protein diet
 Nutritional supplements, as needed
 Small, frequent meals
 Increased fluid intake
 Rest periods when fatigued

Incidence

Medications

 Most common in premature or malnourished infants,

 Co-trimoxazole (may be given prophylactically to

Risk factors

children with primary immunodeficiency disease, patients receiving immunosuppressive therapy, and
those with HIV/AIDS

Common characteristics
 Insidious onset, with increasing shortness of breath

and nonproductive cough


 Hypoxemia and hypercapnia (may not cause signifi-

cant clinical symptoms)

Complications
 Disseminated infection
 Pulmonary insufficiency and death

AIDS and other high-risk patients)


 Pentamidine

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain normal vital signs
 maintain adequate fluid volume
 maintain normal breath sounds
 regain normal ABG values
 demonstrate correct bronchial hygiene techniques
 verbalize fears, feelings, and concerns.

Assessment

Nursing interventions

History

 Implement standard precautions.


 Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
 Encourage ambulation, deep-breathing exercises,

 Immunodepression, as from HIV infection, leukemia,

lymphoma, or organ transplantation

624

Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia

and use of an incentive spirometer.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 625

 Provide adequate rest periods.


 Encourage the patient to express fears, feelings, and

concerns.
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Respiratory status
 ABG values
 Fluid and electrolyte status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 energy conservation techniques
 importance of taking prophylactic drugs to prevent
recurrence (for HIV-infected patients and other
immunocompromised individuals)
 home oxygen therapy, if indicated.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a pulmonologist or an infectious

disease specialist for follow-up care, as needed.


 If the patient has AIDS or HIV, provide information

about resources and support organizations.

Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia

625

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 626

Pneumonia
Overview

Special populations
Incidence and mortality are highest in elderly
patients.

Description

Common characteristics

 Acute infection of the lung parenchyma impairing gas

 Pleuritic chest pain


 Cough
 Excessive sputum production
 Chills

exchange
 May be classified by etiology, location, or type

Pathophysiology
 A gel-like substance forms as microorganisms and

Complications

phagocytic cells break down.


 This substance consolidates within the lower airway
structure.
 Inflammation involves the alveoli, alveolar ducts, and
interstitial spaces surrounding the alveolar walls.
 In lobar pneumonia, inflammation starts in one area
and may extend to the entire lobe. In bronchopneumonia, it starts simultaneously in several areas, producing patchy, diffuse consolidation. In atypical
pneumonia, inflammation is confined to the alveolar
ducts and interstitial spaces.

 Septic shock
 Hypoxemia
 Respiratory failure
 Empyema
 Bacteremia
 Endocarditis
 Pericarditis
 Meningitis
 Lung abscess
 Pleural effusion

Causes

Assessment

 Bacterial or viral organism


 Aspiration of foreign matter

History

Risk factors
Bacterial and viral pneumonia
 Chronic illness and debilitation
 Cancer
 Abdominal and thoracic surgery
 Atelectasis
 Bacterial or viral respiratory infections
 Chronic respiratory disease
 Influenza
 Smoking
 Malnutrition
 Sickle cell disease
 Tracheostomy
 Poor oral hygiene
 Immunosuppressive therapy
 Endotracheal intubation or mechanical ventilation
Aspiration pneumonia
 Alcoholism
 Exposure to noxious gases
 Caustic substance entering airway
 Advanced age
 Debilitation
 Nasogastric (NG) tube feedings
 Impaired gag reflex
 Decreased level of consciousness

Incidence
 Affects both sexes and all ages
 More than four million cases annually in the United

States

626

Pneumonia

Bacterial pneumonia
 Sudden onset of:
Pleuritic chest pain
Cough
Purulent sputum production
Chills
Viral pneumonia
 Nonproductive cough
 Constitutional symptoms
 Fever
Aspiration pneumonia
 Fever
 Weight loss
 Malaise

Physical findings
 Fever
 Sputum production
 Dullness over the affected area
 Crackles, wheezing, or rhonchi
 Decreased breath sounds
 Decreased fremitus
 Tachypnea
 Use of accessory muscles

Test results
Laboratory
 Complete blood count shows leukocytosis.
 Blood cultures are positive for causative organism.
 Arterial blood gas (ABG) values show hypoxemia.
 Fungal or acid-fast bacilli cultures identify the etiologic agent.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 627

 Assay for legionella soluble antigen in urine detects

presence of antigen.
 Sputum culture, Gram stain, and smear reveal the

infecting organism.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays generally show patchy or lobar infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
 Bronchoscopy or transtracheal aspiration specimens
identify the etiologic agent.
Other
 Pulse oximetry may reveal decreased oxygen saturation.

Treatment
General
 Mechanical ventilation (positive end-expiratory pres-

sure) for respiratory failure


 High-calorie, high-protein diet
 Adequate fluids
 Bed rest initially; progress as tolerated

Medications
 Antibiotics
 Humidified oxygen
 Antitussives
 Analgesics
 Bronchodilators

Surgery
 Drainage of parapneumonic pleural effusion or lung

abscess

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain fluid balance
 maintain adequate caloric intake
 express feelings of increased comfort
 demonstrate effective coping strategies.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and electrolyte re-

placement.
 Maintain a patent airway and adequate oxygenation.
 Administer prescribed supplemental oxygen. Admin-

ister oxygen cautiously if the patient has chronic lung


disease.
 Suction the patient, as needed.
 Obtain sputum specimens, as needed.
 Provide a high-calorie, high-protein diet of soft
foods.
 Administer supplemental oral feedings, NG tube feedings, or parenteral nutrition, if needed.
 Take steps to prevent aspiration during NG feedings.

Prevention

Preventing pneumonia
 Urge bedridden and postoperative patients to perform
deep-breathing and coughing exercises frequently. Position these patients properly to promote full aeration
and secretion drainage.
 Advise the patient to avoid using antibiotics indiscriminately for minor infections. Doing so could produce
upper airway colonization with antibiotic-resistant bacteria. If pneumonia develops, the causative organisms
may require treatment with more toxic antibiotics.
 Encourage the high-risk patient to ask the physician
about an annual influenza vaccination and pneumococcal pneumonia vaccination. A single dose of pneumococcal vaccine is recommended for most patients age
54 and older; certain patients may need one booster
dose after 5 years.
 Discuss ways to avoid spreading the infection to others. Remind the patient to sneeze and cough into tissues and to dispose of tissues in a waxed or plastic
bag. Advise the patient to wash his hands thoroughly
after handling contaminated tissues.

 Dispose of secretions properly.


 Provide a quiet, calm environment with frequent rest

periods.
 Include the patient in care decisions whenever

possible.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Daily weight
 Sputum production
 Respiratory status
 Breath sounds
 Pulse oximetry
 ABG values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 need for adequate fluid intake
 importance of adequate rest
 deep-breathing and coughing exercises
 chest physiotherapy
 avoidance of irritants that stimulate secretions
 when to notify the physician
 home oxygen therapy, if required
 ways to prevent pneumonia. (See Preventing pneumonia.)

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Pneumonia

627

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 628

Life-threatening disorder

Pneumothorax
Overview
Description

 High positive end-expiratory pressures, causing rup-

ture of alveolar blebs


 Chest tube occlusion or malfunction

Risk factors
 Male gender
 Smoking
 Lung disease
 History of pneumothorax

 Accumulation of air or gas between the parietal and

Incidence

visceral pleurae, leading to lung collapse


 Degree of lung collapse determined by amount of
trapped air or gas
 Most common pneumothorax types: open, closed,
and tension

 Occurs in 9,000 United States residents annually

Pathophysiology

Common characteristics
 Sudden, sharp, pleuritic pain
 Pain exacerbated by chest movement
 Shortness of breath

 Air accumulates and separates the visceral and pari-

Complications

etal pleurae.
 Negative pressure is eliminated, affecting elastic recoil forces.
 The lung recoils and collapses toward the hilus.
 In open pneumothorax, atmospheric air flows directly into the pleural cavity, collapsing the lung on the
affected side.
 In closed pneumothorax, air enters the pleural space
from within the lung, increasing pleural pressure and
preventing lung expansion.
 In tension pneumothorax, air in the pleural space is
under higher pressure than air in the adjacent lung.
Air enters the pleural space from a pleural rupture
only on inspiration. This air pressure exceeds barometric pressure, causing compression atelectasis. Increased pressure may displace the heart and great
vessels and cause mediastinal shift.

 Fatal pulmonary and circulatory impairment

Causes
Open pneumothorax
 Penetrating chest injury
 Central venous catheter insertion
 Chest surgery
 Transbronchial biopsy
 Thoracentesis
 Percutaneous lung biopsy
Closed pneumothorax
 Blunt chest trauma
 Rib fracture
 Clavicle fracture
 Congenital bleb rupture
 Emphysematous bullae rupture
 Barotrauma
 Erosive tubercular or cancerous lesions
 Interstitial lung disease
Tension pneumothorax
 Penetrating chest wound
 Lung or airway puncture from positive-pressure ventilation
 Mechanical ventilation after chest injury

628

Pneumothorax

Assessment
History
 Possibly asymptomatic (with small pneumothorax)
 Sudden, sharp, pleuritic pain
 Pain that worsens with chest movement, breathing,

and coughing
 Shortness of breath

Physical findings
 Asymmetrical chest wall movement
 Overexpansion and rigidity on the affected side
 Possible cyanosis
 Subcutaneous emphysema
 Hyperresonance on the affected side
 Decreased or absent breath sounds on the affected

side
 Decreased tactile fremitus over the affected side

Tension pneumothorax
 Distended jugular veins
 Pallor
 Anxiety
 Tracheal deviation away from the affected side
 Weak, rapid pulse
 Hypotension
 Tachypnea
 Cyanosis

Test results
Laboratory
 Arterial blood gas analysis may show hypoxemia.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays may show air in the pleural space and,
possibly, a mediastinal shift.
Other
 Pulse oximetry may show decreased oxygen saturation.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 629

Treatment
General
 Conservative treatment of spontaneous pneumotho-

rax with no signs of increased pleural pressure, less


than 30% lung collapse, and no obvious physiologic
compromise
 Diet, as tolerated
 Bed rest
 Chest tube insertion
 Needle thoracostomy

Medications
 Oxygen
 Analgesics

Surgery
 Thoracotomy, pleurectomy for recurring sponta-

neous pneumothorax
 Repair of traumatic pneumothorax
 Doxycycline or talc installation into pleural space

ALERT
Watch for signs and symptoms of tension pneumothorax, which can be fatal. These include
anxiety, hypotension, tachycardia, tachypnea,
and cyanosis.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 chest tube insertion
 deep-breathing exercises
 signs and symptoms of recurrent spontaneous pneumothorax and when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

appropriate.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
 express feelings of increased comfort
 demonstrate effective coping strategies.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Assist with chest tube insertion.

ALERT
If the chest tube dislodges, immediately place a petroleum gauze dressing over the opening.
 Provide comfort measures.
 Encourage deep-breathing and coughing exercises.
 Offer reassurance, as appropriate.
 Include the patient and his family in care decisions

whenever possible.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Respiratory status
 Breath sounds
 Chest tube system
 Complications
 Pneumothorax recurrence

Pneumothorax

629

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 630

Life-threatening disorder

Poisoning
Overview
Description
 Contact with a harmful substance by inhalation, in-

gestion, injection, or skin contact


 Prognosis varies with the amount of poison ab-

sorbed, its toxicity, and the time lapse between poisoning and treatment

Pathophysiology
 The disorder process varies with the type of poison.

Causes
 Accidental ingestion of medication
 Improper cooking, canning, or storage of food
 Suicide attempt
 Homicide attempt

Risk factors

Cardiac arrhythmias
Acute renal failure
Liver failure

Test results
Laboratory
 Lactate level is either increased or decreased.
 Serum calcium level is increased.
 Serum magnesium level is increased.
 Toxicology studies show poison levels in the patients
mouth, vomitus, urine, feces, or blood, or on the patients hands or clothing.
 Arterial blood gas values identify hypoxemia or metabolic derangements.
 Imbalanced serum electrolyte levels such as hypokalemia may show anion-gap metabolic acidosis.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays may show pulmonary infiltrates or edema in inhalation poisoning; may show aspiration
pneumonia in petroleum distillate inhalation.
 Abdominal X-rays may show the presence of iron
pills or other radiopaque substances.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography may show arrhythmias or
QRS- and QT-interval prolongation.

 Employment in chemical plant


 Inappropriate storage of medications or chemicals
 Inappropriate labeling

Treatment

Incidence

 Emergency resuscitation, as needed


 Recommendations of local poison control center
 Symptomatic care
 Airway and ventilation maintenance
 Oxygen administration
 Nothing by mouth until the episode resolves
 Safety measures

 Affects 1 million people annually; fatal in about 800

cases
 Fourth most common cause of death in children

Common characteristics
 Hypotension
 Altered neurologic status
 Changes in skin temperature and color
 Cardiopulmonary arrest

Complications
 Cardiac arrhythmias
 Seizures
 Neurogenic shock
 Cardiovascular collapse
 Coma and death

General

Medications
 Specific antidote, if available
 Activated charcoal, if appropriate

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

History

The patient will:


 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain a patent airway
 maintain orientation to time, place, and person
 express feelings of increased comfort and pain relief
 identify factors that increase the risk for injury.

 Poison exposure
 Drug overdose

Nursing interventions

Physical findings

 Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if needed.


 Induce emesis, if recommended.
 Perform gastric lavage and administer a cathartic as

Assessment

 Vary with type of poison, possibly including:

630

Central nervous system depression or excitability


Respiratory depression
Cardiovascular depression
Cardiovascular excitation

Poisoning

ordered.
 Provide supplemental oxygen as ordered and

needed.
 Send vomitus and aspirate for analysis.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 631

 In severe poisoning, provide peritoneal dialysis or

hemodialysis.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Level of consciousness
 Respiratory status
 Suicidal ideations, if indicated

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 prevention techniques (see Preventing poisoning)
 importance of keeping poison control telephone
number readily available.

Prevention

Preventing poisoning
Poisoning can be prevented by following these guidelines:
 Read all labels before taking medications or using
chemicals.
 Store medication and chemicals away from children
and pets.
 Dont take medication that has been prescribed for
someone else.
 Dont transfer medications or chemicals from their
original container unless properly labeled.
 Dont tell children that medication is candy.
 Use childproof caps on medication containers.
 Always close containers carefully.
 Use well-marked pill-dispensing system to pre-pour
medications for elderly or visually impaired patients
who are unable to safely self-administer.

Discharge teaching
 Refer the patient for psychological counseling in case

of suicide attempt.
 Refer the patient to the proper authorities in case of

deliberate poisoning.

Poisoning

631

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 632

Poliomyelitis
Overview

 Vomiting
 Lethargy
 Irritability
 Pains in neck, back, arms, legs, and abdomen
 Muscle tenderness, weakness, and spasms in the ex-

Description

tensors of the neck and back and sometimes in the


hamstring and other muscles

 An acute communicable disease caused by the polio

virus
 Ranges in severity from inapparent infection to fatal
paralytic illness (mortality 5% to 10%)
 Prognosis excellent if central nervous system (CNS)
spared
 Also called polio or infantile paralysis

Pathophysiology
 The poliovirus has three antigenically distinct sero-

types (types I, II, and III) that cause poliomyelitis.


 Incubation period ranges from 3 to 35 days (7 to 14

days on average).
 The virus usually enters the body through the alimen-

tary tract, multiplies in the oropharynx and lower intestinal tract, and then spreads to regional lymph
nodes and the blood.
 Factors that increase the risk of paralysis include
pregnancy; advanced age; localized trauma, such as a
recent tonsillectomy, tooth extraction, or inoculation;
and unusual physical exertion at or just before the
clinical onset of poliomyelitis.

Causes
 Contraction of the virus from direct contact with in-

fected oropharyngeal secretions or feces

Risk factors
 Travel to polio oubtreak area
 Lack of immunization
 Compromised immune system
 Poor sanitation
 Pregnancy

Incidence

PARALYTIC
 Symptoms similar to those of nonparalytic polio-

myelitis
 Asymmetrical weakness of various muscles
 Loss of superficial and deep reflexes
 Paresthesia
 Hypersensitivity to touch
 Urine retention
 Constipation
 Abdominal distention
BULBAR PARALYTIC
 Respiratory paralysis
 Symptoms of encephalitis
 Facial weakness
 Diplopia
 Dysphasia
 Difficulty chewing
 Inability to swallow or expel saliva
 Regurgitation of food through the nasal passages
 Dyspnea

Complications
 Hypertension
 Urinary tract infection
 Urolithiasis
 Atelectasis
 Pneumonia
 Myocarditis
 Cor pulmonale
 Skeletal and soft-tissue deformities
 Paralytic ileus

Assessment

 Minor polio outbreaks, usually among nonimmu-

History

nized groups
 Onset during the summer and fall
 Mostly occurs in people older than age 15
 Adults and girls at greater risk for infection; boys, for
paralysis

 Exposure to polio virus


 Fever

Common characteristics
Abortive infection
 Slight fever
 Malaise
 Headache
 Sore throat
 Inflamed pharynx
 Vomiting
Major poliomyelitis
NONPARALYTIC
 Moderate fever
 Headache

632

Poliomyelitis

Physical findings
 Muscle weakness
 Resistance to neck flexion (nonparalytic and paralyt-

ic poliomyelitis)
 Patient tripods (extends his arms behind him for

support) when sitting up


 Patients head falls back when supine and shoulders

are elevated (Hoynes sign)


 Unable to raise legs 90 degrees when in a supine po-

sition
 Kernigs and Brudzinskis signs (paralytic polio-

myelitis)

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 633

Test results
Laboratory
 Polio virus is isolated from throat washings early in
the disease, from stools throughout the disease, and
from cerebrospinal fluid cultures in CNS infection.
 Convalescent serum antibody titers are four times
greater than acute titers.
 Tests to rule out coxsackievirus and echovirus infections must be performed.

Treatment
General
 Supportive
 Moist heat applications
 Well-balanced diet
 Activity, as tolerated
 Physical therapy
 Assistive devices

Medications
 Analgesics
 Antipyretics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 report feelings of increased comfort
 maintain adequate ventilation
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
 use available support systems.

Nursing interventions
 Provide emotional support.
 Provide good skin care, reposition the patient often,

and keep the bed dry.


 Maintain contact isolation.

Monitoring
 Signs of paralysis
 Respiratory status
 Vital signs
 Nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 physical therapy
 avoiding complications of limited mobility
 proper hand-washing and contact isolation techniques
 vaccination of unimmunized household members.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to support services as appropriate.

Poliomyelitis

633

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 634

Polycystic kidney
disease

 Heart failure
 Recurrent hematuria
 Life-threatening retroperitoneal bleeding
 Proteinuria

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

 Growth of multiple, bilateral, grapelike clusters of

Adult polycystic disease


 Family history
 Polyuria
 Urinary tract infections (UTIs)
 Headaches
 Pain in back or flank area
 Gross hematuria
 Abdominal pain, usually worsened on exertion and
eased by lying down

fluid-filled cysts in the kidneys


 May progress slowly even after renal insufficiency
symptoms appear
 Two distinct forms
infantile form: causes stillbirth or early neonatal
death
adult form: has insidious onset but usually becomes obvious between ages 30 and 50
 Usually fatal within 4 years of uremic symptom onset,
unless dialysis begins
 Carries a widely varying prognosis in adults
 Also known as PKD

Pathophysiology
 Cysts enlarge the kidneys, compressing and eventual-

ly replacing functioning renal tissue.


 Renal deterioration results; deterioration is more

gradual in adults than in infants.


 The condition progresses relentlessly to fatal uremia.

Causes
 Familial
 Infantile form: inherited as an autosomal recessive

trait
 Adult form: inherited as an autosomal dominant trait

Risk factors
 If one parent has autosomal dominant PKD: 50%

chance that the disease will pass to a child


parents not having the
disease possibly having a child with the disease if
both parents carriers of the abnormal gene and both
passing the gene to their child (one in four chance)

 In autosomal recessive PKD:

Incidence
 Affects both sexes equally
 Infantile form: 1 in 6,000 to 40,000 infants
 Adult form: 1 in 50 to 1,000 adults

Common characteristics
 Enlarged kidneys
 Signs and symptoms of renal failure
 Abdominal or flank pain
 Hypertension
 Nocturia

Complications
 Hepatic failure
 Renal failure
 Respiratory failure

634

Polycystic kidney disease

Physical findings
Infantile form
 Pronounced epicanthal folds
 Pointed nose
 Small chin
 Floppy, low-set ears (Potter facies)
 Huge, bilateral, symmetrical flank masses that are
tense and cant be transilluminated
 Signs of respiratory distress, heart failure and, eventually, uremia and renal failure
 Signs of portal hypertension (bleeding varices)
Adult form
 Hypertension
 Signs of an enlarging kidney mass
 Grossly enlarged kidneys (in advanced stages)

Test results
Laboratory
 Urinalysis may show hematuria or bacteria or protein.
 Creatinine clearance test results may show renal insufficiency or failure.
 Sodium loss or retention is possible.
Imaging
 Excretory or retrograde urography reveals enlarged
kidneys, with pelvic elongation, flattening of the calyces, and indentations caused by cysts. In a neonate,
excretory urography shows poor excretion of contrast medium.
 Ultrasonography, tomography, and radioisotopic
scans show kidney enlargement and cysts.
 Tomography, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging show multiple areas of cystic damage.

Treatment
General
 Monitoring of renal function
 Dialysis

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 635

 Low-protein and, possibly, low-sodium diet


 Fluid restriction (in renal failure)
 Avoidance of contact sports

Medications
 Analgesics
 Antibiotics for UTI
 Antihypertensive agents

Surgery
 Kidney transplantation
 Surgical drainage for cystic abscess or retroperi-

toneal bleeding

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain fluid balance
 maintain urine specific gravity within designated
limits
 maintain hemodynamic stability
 report feelings of increased comfort
 identify risk factors that worsen decreased tissue perfusion, and modify lifestyle appropriately.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Provide supportive care to minimize symptoms.
 Individualize patient care accordingly.

Monitoring
 Urine (for blood, cloudiness, calculi, and granules)
 Intake and output
 Electrolyte levels
 Vital signs
 Access site for dialysis

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 follow-up with the physician for severe or recurring
headaches
 signs and symptoms of UTI and prompt notification
of the physician
 importance of blood pressure control
 possible need for dialysis or transplantation.

Discharge planning
 Refer a young adult patient or the parents of an infant

with polycystic kidney disease for genetic counseling.

Polycystic kidney disease

635

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 636

Polycystic ovary
syndrome
Overview
Description
 Metabolic disorder characterized by multiple ovarian

cysts
 Prognosis good for ovulation and fertility with appropriate treatment

Pathophysiology
 A general feature of all anovulation syndromes is a

lack of pulsatile release of gonadotropin-releasing


hormone.
 Initial ovarian follicle development is normal.
 Many small follicles begin to accumulate because
theres no selection of a dominant follicle.
 These follicles may respond abnormally to the hormonal stimulation, causing an abnormal pattern of
estrogen secretion during the menstrual cycle.
 Endocrine abnormalities may be the cause of polycystic ovary syndrome or cystic abnormalities; muscle and adipose tissue are resistant to the effects of
insulin, and lipid metabolism is abnormal.

Causes
 Exact cause unknown; possible theories:

Abnormal enzyme activity triggering excess androgen secretion


Endocrine abnormalities

Incidence


Occurs in 6% to 10% of females in the United States;


50% to 80% of these females, obese
 Among females who seek treatment for infertility,
more than 75% having some degree of polycystic
ovary syndrome, usually manifesting by anovulation
alone
 Affects females of reproductive age

Common characteristics
 Mild pelvic discomfort
 Lower back pain
 Dyspareunia
 Abnormal uterine bleeding secondary to disturbed

ovulatory pattern
 Hirsutism
 Acne
 Male-pattern hair loss
 Infertility
 Obesity
 Impaired glucose tolerance (by age 40)

Complications
 Malignancy

636

Polycystic ovary syndrome

 Increased risk for cardiovascular disease and type 2

diabetes mellitus
 Secondary amenorrhea
 Oligomenorrhea
 Infertility
 Addisons disease
 Ovarian atrophy

Assessment
History
 Diabetes
 Mild pelvic discomfort
 Lower back pain
 Dyspareunia
 Abnormal uterine bleeding secondary to disturbed

ovulatory pattern

Physical findings
 Obesity
 Hirsutism
 Acne
 Male-pattern hair loss
 Hyperpigmentation of the skin

Test results
Laboratory
 Urinary 17-ketosteroid levels are slightly elevated.
 Estrogen action is unopposed during menstrual cycle
due to anovulation.
 Ratio of luteinizing hormone to follicle-stimulating
hormone is elevated (usually 3:1 or greater).
 Testosterone and androstenedione levels are elevated.
Imaging
 Ultrasound permits visualization of the ovary.
Surgery
 Surgery may confirm the presence of ovarian cysts.
 Direct visualization by laparoscopy confirms the
presence of cysts.

Treatment
General
 Lifestyle modifications
 Weight-loss diet
 Daily exercise program
 Hair removal

Medications
 Clomiphene
 Medroxyprogesterone
 Low-dose hormonal contraceptives
 Metformin
 Antiandrogens (for hirsutism)

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 637

Surgery
 Ovarian wedge resection
 Laparoscopic surgery to create focal areas of damage

in the ovarian cortex and stoma

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 report feelings of increased comfort
 express understanding of condition and treatment
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Postoperatively, encourage frequent movement in bed

and early ambulation.

 Provide emotional support


 Encourage weight reduction, if appropriate.
 Provide guidelines for exercise program.

Monitoring
Preoperatively
 Signs of cyst rupture
Postoperatively
 Vital signs
 Signs of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 diabetic diet, if appropriate
 low-calorie diet
 importance of regular follow-up care.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a reproductive endocrinologist.
 Refer the patient to supportive services as appro-

priate.

Polycystic ovary syndrome

637

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 638

Polycythemia, secondary
Overview
Description
 Excessive production of circulating red blood cells

(RBCs) due to hypoxia, tumor, or disease


 Also called reactive polycythemia

Pathophysiology
 Secondary polycythemia may result from increased

production of the hormone erythropoietin.


 Bone marrow is stimulated to produce RBCs (in-

creased production of erythropoietin possibly an inappropriate pathologic response to renal, central


nervous system, or endocrine disorders or to certain
neoplasms).
 Its a compensatory response to several conditions,
such as:
hypoxemia
hemoglobin abnormalities
heart failure
right-to-left shunting of blood in the heart
central or peripheral alveolar hypoventilation
low oxygen content at high altitudes.
 It may be an inappropriate (pathologic) response to:
renal disease
central nervous system disease
neoplasms
endocrine disorders.

Causes
 Increased production of erythropoietin
 Conditions that cause prolonged tissue hypoxia, such

as shock or compression of major blood vessels


 Recessive genetic trait

Risk factors
 Smoking
 Severe heart or lung disease
 Long periods of time at high altitudes
 Occupations such as pilots or mountaineers

Incidence

Assessment
History
 Emphysema
 Headaches
 Lethargy

Physical findings
 Clubbed fingers
 Ruddy skin
 Cyanosis
 Splenomegaly
 Shortness of breath
 Hypoxemia

Test results
Laboratory
 RBC mass is increased.
 Hematocrit and hemoglobin level are elevated.
 Mean corpuscular volume and mean corpuscularhemoglobin level are elevated.
 Urinary erythropoietin count is elevated.
 Blood histamine level is elevated.
 Arterial oxygen saturation level is normal to low.
Diagnostic procedures
 Bone marrow biopsy reveals hyperplasia confined to
the erythroid series.

Treatment
General
 Correction of underlying disease or environmental

condition
 Therapeutic phlebotomy
 Plasmapheresis
 Smoking cessation
 Low-sodium diet
 Activity, as tolerated

Medications
 Analgesics
 Low-flow oxygen therapy

 Occurs in 2 of every 100,000 people living at or near

Nursing considerations

sea level
 Greater incidence among those living at high altitude

Key outcomes

Common characteristics
 Ruddy, cyanotic skin
 Emphysema
 Hypoxemia without hepatomegaly or hypertension

(in the hypoxic patient)


 Clubbing of the fingers (when underlying cause is

cardiovascular)

Complications
 Hemorrhage
 Thromboembolism secondary to hemoconcentration

638

Polycythemia, secondary

The patient will:


 maintain adequate gas exchange
 express understanding of condition and treatment
 report feelings of increased comfort
 maintain normal fluid balance
 remain free from signs of infection.

Nursing interventions
 Promote optimal activity.
 Before and after therapeutic phlebotomy, check the

patients blood pressure with him lying down. After


the procedure, have the patient drink approximately

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 639

24 oz (710 ml) of water or juice. To prevent syncope, have him sit up for about 5 minutes before
walking.
 Encourage verbalization and provide support.
 Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
 Signs of thrombosis
 Respiratory status
 Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 symptoms of recurring polycythemia and the importance of reporting them promptly
 the importance of regular blood studies (every 2 to
3 months), even after the disease is controlled
 the need for relocation if altitude is a contributing
factor
 dietary restrictions
 using an electric razor
 maintaining a safe environment
 alternating rest periods and activity.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to social services as appropriate.

Polycythemia, secondary

639

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 640

Polycythemia vera
Overview
Description

 Night sweats
 Epigastric and joint pain
 Vision alterations, such as scotomas, double vision,

and blurred vision


 Pruritus
 Abdominal fullness

 Chronic, myeloproliferative disorder of increased red

Physical findings

blood cell (RBC) mass, leukocytosis, thrombocytosis, and increased hemoglobin concentration
 Also called primary polycythemia, erythema, polycythemia rubra vera, splenomegalic polycythemia,
and Vaquez-Osler disease

 Congestion of the conjunctiva, retina, and retinal

Pathophysiology
 Uncontrolled and rapid cellular reproduction and

maturation cause proliferation or hyperplasia of all


bone marrow cells.
 Increased RBC mass makes the blood abnormally
viscous and inhibits blood flow to the microcirculation.
 Diminished blood flow and thrombocytosis set the
stage for intravascular thrombosis.

veins
 Oral mucous membrane congestion
 Hypertension
 Ruddy cyanosis
 Ecchymosis
 Hepatosplenomegaly

Test results

Risk factors

Laboratory
 Uric acid level is increased.
 Increased RBC mass and normal arterial oxygen saturation confirm diagnosis with splenomegaly or two
of the following:
platelet count above 400,000/l (thrombocytopenia)
white blood cell count above 10,000/l in adults
elevated leukocyte alkaline phosphatase level
elevated serum vitamin B12 levels or unbound B12binding capacity.
Diagnostic procedures
 Bone marrow biopsy shows panmyelosis.

 Male gender
 Older than age 60
 Family member with the disorder

Treatment

Incidence

General

 Five new cases per million people each year


 Rare in children and blacks
 90% of patients have mutation JAK2

 Therapeutic phlebotomy
 Pheresis

Common characteristics

 Myelosuppressive agents, such as hydroxyurea and

Causes
 Hyperplasia of all bone marrow cells (panmyelosis)
 Mutation to deoxyribonucleic acid in a single cell in

the bone marrow; mutation in the protein JAK2

 Joint pain
 Hypertension

Complications
 Hemorrhage
 Vascular thromboses
 Uric acid calculi
 Myelofibrosis
 Acute leukemia

Assessment
History
 Vague feeling of fullness in the head or rushing in the

ears
 Tinnitus
 Headache
 Dizziness, vertigo
 Epistaxis

640

Polycythemia vera

Medications
anagrelide
 Radioactive phosphorus
 Chemotherapy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain strong peripheral pulses
 maintain normal skin color and temperature
 remain free from evidence of infection
 express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
 Keep the patient active and ambulatory.
 If bed rest is necessary, implement a daily program

of active and passive range-of-motion exercises.


 Encourage additional fluid intake.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 641

 If the patient has symptomatic splenomegaly, suggest

 instructions on infection prevention for an outpatient

or provide small, frequent meals followed by a rest


period.
 If the patient has pruritus, administer prescribed
drugs.
 Encourage the patient to express concerns about the
disease and its treatment.

who develops leukopenia (including avoiding crowds


and watching for infection symptoms)
 radioactive phosphorus administration procedure (if
scheduled) and the possible need for repeated phlebotomies
 dental care
 use of gloves when outdoors if temperature is below
50 F (10 C).

ALERT
Report acute abdominal pain immediately. It may
signal splenic infarction, renal calculus formation,
or abdominal organ thrombosis.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to social services as needed.

During and after therapeutic phlebotomy


 Make sure the patient is lying down comfortably. Stay
alert for tachycardia, clamminess, and complaints of
vertigo. If these effects occur, the procedure should
be stopped.
 Immediately after phlebotomy, have the patient sit up
for about 5 minutes before letting him walk. Give
24 oz (710 ml) of juice or water.
During myelosuppressive chemotherapy
 If nausea and vomiting occur, begin antiemetic therapy and adjust the patients diet.
 If treating with radioactive phosphorus, obtain a
blood sample for complete blood cell (CBC) count
and platelet count before starting treatment. (Personnel who administer radioactive phosphorus should
take radiation precautions to prevent contamination.)
 Have the patient lie down during I.V. administration
and for 15 to 20 minutes afterward.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Adverse reactions to drugs
 CBC and platelet count before and during therapy
 Complications
 Signs and symptoms of impending stroke
 Hypertension
 Signs and symptoms of heart failure
 Signs and symptoms of bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 importance of staying as active as possible
 use of an electric razor to prevent accidental cuts
 ways to minimize falls and contusions at home
 avoidance of high altitudes
 common bleeding sites, if the patient has thrombocytopenia
 importance of reporting abnormal bleeding promptly
 therapeutic phlebotomy procedure (if scheduled)
and its effects
 symptoms of iron deficiency to report
 possible adverse reactions to myelosuppressive
therapy

Polycythemia vera

641

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 642

Polyps, intestinal
Overview
Description
 A small, tumorlike growth that projects from a mu-

Complications
 Anemia
 Bowel obstruction
 Rectal bleeding
 Intussusception
 Colorectal cancer (villous adenomas and familial

polyps)
 Electrolyte imbalance

cous membrane surface


 May develop in the colon or rectum, where they pro-

trude into the GI tract

Assessment

Pathophysiology

History

 Masses of tissue resulting from unrestrained cell

 Diarrhea
 Bloody stools
 Painful defecation
 Changes in bowel habits

growth in the upper epithelium rise above the mucosal membrane and protrude into the GI tract.
 They may be described by their appearance:
pedunculated: attached by a stalk to the intestinal
wall
sessile: attached to the intestinal wall with a broad
base and no stalk.
 Polyps are classified according to tissue type:
adenomatous polyps, such as tubular adenoma,
tubulovillous adenoma, and villous adenoma
nonadenomatous polyps, such as hyperplastic
polyps, inflammatory polyps, and juvenile polyps.
 Most polyps are benign. However, villous and familial
polyps show a marked inclination to become malignant.

ALERT
Familial polyposis is commonly linked to rectosigmoid adenocarcinoma.

Causes
 Unknown

Risk factors
 Heredity
 Age
 High-fat, low-fiber diet

Incidence
 Villous adenomas most prevalent in males older than

age 55
 Common polypoid adenomas most prevalent in white

females between ages 45 and 60


 Incidence in both sexes increased after age 70
 Juvenile polyps most common in children younger
than age 10

Common characteristics
 Rectal bleeding
 Painful defecation
 Changes in bowel habits

Physical findings
 Polyp felt during digital rectal examination

Test results
Laboratory
 Occult blood is present in stools.
 Hemoglobin level is low.
 Hematocrit is low with anemia.
 Serum electrolyte imbalances are evident with villous
adenomas.
Imaging
 Barium enema identifies polyps that are located high
in the colon.
Diagnostic procedures
 Sigmoidoscopy, colonoscopy, and rectal biopsy identify polyps.

Treatment
General
 Activity, as tolerated
 Diet, as tolerated

Medications
 Analgesics

Surgery
 Polypectomy, commonly by fulguration (destruction

by high-frequency electricity) during endoscopy


 Abdominoperineal resection, low anterior resection,

ileostomy, colostomy
 Biopsy
 Snare removal during colonoscopy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 return to normal bowel habits
 express increased comfort
 maintain electrolyte balance.

642

Polyps, intestinal

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 643

Nursing interventions
 Observe the amount and character of stools.
 Prepare the patient with precancerous or familial le-

sions for abdominoperineal resection.


 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Electrolyte levels
 Rectal bleeding
 Vital signs
 Intake and output

After surgery
 Signs of bleeding
 Wound condition

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 wound care, if appropriate
 enterostomal therapy and care.

Discharge planning
 If the patient has benign polyps, stress the need for

routine follow-up studies to check for new polypoid


growth.

Polyps, intestinal

643

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 644

Porphyrias
Overview
Description
 Umbrella term for a group of metabolic disorders

that affect the biosynthesis of heme (a hemoglobin


component), resulting in excessive porphyrin production
 Classified by the site of excessive porphyrin production as erythropoietic, hepatic, or erythrohepatic
porphyria

Pathophysiology
 Various metabolic disorders affect heme biosyn-

thesis.
 This leads to excessive production and excretion of

porphyrins or their precursors.

Causes
 Inherited as an autosomal dominant trait, except

Gnthers disease (inherited as an autosomal recessive trait) and toxic-acquired porphyria (which results from lead ingestion or exposure)

Incidence
 More common in Whites than Blacks or Asians

Common characteristics

 Darkening of urine left in the light or air


 Neurologic signs of wristdrop or footdrop
 Muscle weakness
 Fever (with an acute attack)
 Splenomegaly (if hemolytic anemia present)
 Wheezing and dyspnea (with acute intermittent por-

phyria)

Test results
Laboratory
 The ion-exchange chromatography test shows urine
aminolevulinic acid.
 In acute intermittent porphyria: urine porphobilinogen (as shown by the Watson-Schwartz test), leukocytosis, elevated bilirubin and alkaline phosphatase
levels, and hyponatremia are present.
 In variegate porphyria: protoporphyrin and coproporphyrin is present in stools.
 In hereditary coproporphyria: abundant coproporphyrin is present in stools and, to a lesser extent, in
urine.
 In porphyria cutanea tarda: uroporphyrin excretion
is increased with varying amounts of fecal porphyrins.
 In Gnthers disease: urine porphyrins are present.
 In erythropoietic protoporphyria: protoporphyrin is
present in red blood cells.
 In toxic acquired porphyria: urine lead level is
0.2 mg/L or higher.
 In porphyria cutanea tarda: serum iron levels are
increased.

 Neuropsychiatric, dermatologic, and abdominal

symptoms
Precipitating factors
 Certain medications
 Hormonal changes
 Infection
 Malnutrition

Complications

Treatment
General
 High-carbohydrate diet
 Fluid restriction
 Avoidance of direct sun exposure

 With hepatic porphyria: neurologic and hepatic dys-

Medications

function
 With acute intermittent porphyria: flaccid paralysis,
respiratory paralysis, and death
 With erythropoietic porphyria: hemolytic anemia

 Beta-caotene supplements
 Chlorpromazine I.V.
 Analgesics
 Hemin

Assessment
History
 Mild or severe abdominal pain
 Photosensitivity
 Paresthesia
 Neuritic pain

Physical findings
 Wide variation, depending on the type of porphyria
 Psychosis
 Seizures
 Skin lesions

644

Porphyrias

Surgery
 In hemolytic anemia: splenectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain intact skin integrity
 avoid complications
 regain normal bowel movements
 express feelings of increased comfort.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 645

Drugs that aggravate porphyria


Make sure the patient with porphyria doesnt receive any
of the following drugs, which are known to trigger signs
and symptoms of porphyria:
 barbiturates
 carbamazepine
 carisoprodol
 chloramphenicol
 chlordiazepoxide
 danazol
 diazepam
 ergot alkaloids
 estrogens
 glutethimide
 griseofulvin
 imipramine
 meprobamate
 methsuximide
 methyldopa
 pentazocine
 phenytoin
 progesterones
 sulfonamides
 tolbutamide.

Discharge planning
 For toxic-acquired porphyria, refer the patient and

family to resources that can help identify lead


sources in the home.

Nursing interventions
 Check the patients history for use of medications that

can trigger an acute attack. (See Drugs that aggravate porphyria.)


 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Perform passive and active range-of-motion exercises.
 Encourage the patient to express feelings and concerns about the disease.
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Respiratory status
 GI motility
 Vital signs
 Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 avoidance of excessive sun exposure and use of sun
screen
 importance of wearing medical identification
 lead sources (if the patient has toxic-acquired porphyria)
 precipitating factors, including crash diets, fasting,
and use of alcohol, estrogens, and barbiturates
 stress-management techniques
 ways to prevent infection
 value of a high-carbohydrate diet.

Porphyrias

645

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 646

Posttraumatic stress
disorder
Overview
Description
 Development of psychological symptoms, such as in-

tense fear and feelings of hopelessness and loss of


control, after exposure to extreme trauma
 Can be acute, chronic, or delayed

Pathophysiology
 The alpha2-adrenergic receptor response that in-

hibits stress-induced release of norepinephrine is


impaired.
 Progressive behavioral sensitization results, with generalization to stimulus cues from the original trauma.
 Consequently, responses of increased sympathetic activity occur.

Causes
 An event that the patient views as traumatic (typically

an event outside the range of usual human experience)

Risk factors
 History of psychopathology
 Neurotic and extroverted characteristics
 History of child abuse or neglect

Incidence
 Affects 30% of trauma victims
 Occurs in up to 15% of Unites States residents at

some time in their lives


 More common in females than males

Common characteristics
 Detachment and loss of emotional response
 Feelings of depersonalization
 Inability to recall specific aspects of the traumatic

event
 Flashbacks within dreams or thoughts when cues to

the event occur


 Nightmares of the traumatic event

Complications
 Increased risk for other anxiety, mood, and sub-

stance-related disorders
 Substance abuse
 Feelings of detachment or estrangement, which may

damage interpersonal relationships

Assessment
History
 Difficulty falling or staying asleep
 Aggressive outbursts on awakening

646

Posttraumatic stress disorder

 Panic attacks
 Phobic avoidance of situations that arouse memories

of the traumatic event


 Early life experiences, interpersonal factors, military

experiences, or other incidents that suggest the traumatic event


 Symptoms that began immediately or soon after the
trauma (although in some cases, symptoms dont develop until months or years later)
 Pangs of painful emotions and unwelcome thoughts
 Traumatic re-experiencing of the traumatic event
 Chronic anxiety
 Rage and survivor guilt
 Use of violence to solve problems
 Depression and suicidal thoughts
 Fantasies of retaliation

Physical findings
 Emotional numbing (diminished or constricted re-

sponse)
 Memory impairment
 Difficulty concentrating
 Signs of substance abuse
 Physiologic reactivity on exposure to internal or ex-

ternal cues that symbolize or resemble an aspect of


the traumatic event

DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis is confirmed when the patient meets the following criteria:
 Exposure to a traumatic event that included both of
the following:
actual or threatened death or serious injury or
threat to the physical integrity of self or others
a response of intense fear, helplessness, or horror.
 Persistent reexperiencing of this traumatic event in at
least one of these ways:
recurrent and intrusive distressing recollections of
the event
recurrent distressing dreams of the event
flashbacks of the event
intense psychological distress at exposure to
events
physiologic reactivity on exposure to events.
 Persistent avoidance of stimuli associated with the
trauma, or numbing of general responsiveness not
present before the trauma, as indicated by at least
three of these criteria:
efforts to avoid thoughts or feelings associated
with the traumatic event
efforts to avoid activities or situations that arouse
recollections of the traumatic event
inability to recall an important aspect of the event
sharply decreased interest in significant activities
feeling of detachment or estrangement from others
restricted range of effect
sense of a foreshortened future.
 Persistent symptoms of increased arousal (not previously present) as indicated by two or more of these
criteria:
difficulty falling or staying asleep

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 647

irritability or outbursts of anger


difficulty concentrating
hypervigilance
exaggerated startle response.
The disturbance must have lasted at least 1 month
and must cause significant distress or impairment of social, occupational, or other important areas of functioning.

 importance of identifying and avoiding cues that

worsen symptoms
 problem-solving skills
 relaxation and breathing techniques
 medication administration, dosage, and possible

adverse effects.

Discharge planning

Treatment

 Refer the patient to support services.


 Refer the patient for psychotherapy.
 Refer the patient to physical, social, and occupational

General

 Refer the patient to drug treatment programs, as ap-

 Supportive or expressive psychotherapy


 Behavior therapies
 Support groups
 Rehabilitation programs in physical, social, and oc-

rehabilitation programs, as indicated.


propriate.

cupational areas
 Treatment of alcohol or drug abuse, as needed
 Active avoidance of stimuli that trigger memories of

the traumatic event

Medications
 Benzodiazepines (short-term use)
 Tricyclic antidepressants
 Monoamine oxidase inhibitors
 Selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors
 Sedating antidepressants
 Anticonvulsants

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings and fears related to the traumatic
event
 use available support systems
 use effective coping mechanisms
 maintain or reestablish adaptive social interactions
with family members.

Nursing interventions
 Encourage the patient to express feelings of grief,

mourning, and anger.


 Practice crisis intervention techniques, as needed.
 Assume a positive, consistent, honest, and nonjudg-

mental attitude.
 Help the patient evaluate behavior.

Monitoring
 Response to drug therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 healing process

Posttraumatic stress disorder

647

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 648

Precocious puberty
Overview
Description
 Early sexual maturity
 True precocious puberty: early maturation of the

hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis, development of


secondary sex characteristics, gonadal development,
and spermatogenesis
 Pseudoprecocious puberty: development of secondary sex characteristics without gonadal development
 For males: physical changes occurring before age 9
and for females, before age 8

Pathophysiology

Special populations
Males as young as 7 with true precocious puberty
have fathered children.

In females
 Rapid growth spurt
 Breast development at early age
 Pubic hair
 Early menarche

Complications
 Testicular tumor (males)
 Ovarian or adrenal malignancy (females)

Assessment

 In males, precocious puberty results from pituitary

History

or hypothalamic intracranial lesions that cause excessive secretion of gonadotropin.


 In females, it results from early development and activation of the endocrine glands without corresponding abnormality.

 Rapid growth spurt


 Early muscle development (males)
 Early menarche (females)

Causes
In males
TRUE PRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Idiopathic
 Genetically transmitted as a dominant gene
PSEUDOPRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Testicular tumors
 Congenital adrenogenital syndrome

In females
TRUE PRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Idiopathic
 Central nervous system (CNS) disorders
PSEUDOPRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Ovarian and adrenocortical tumors
 Estrogen or androgen ingestion
 Increased end-organ sensitivity to low levels of circu-

lating sex hormones

Risk factors
 Obesity
 Exposure to sex hormones
 McCune-Albright syndrome or congenital adrenal

hyperplasia

Incidence
 Five times more common in females than in males
 More common in blacks

Common characteristics
In males
 Early bone development; initial growth spurt
 Early muscle development
 Stunted adult stature
 Adult hair pattern
 Penile growth
 Bilateral enlarged testes
648

Precocious puberty

Physical findings
 Enlarged penis or testicles (males)
 Enlarged breasts (females)
 Pubic hair

Test results
Laboratory
IN MALES WITH TRUE PRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Plasma testosterone levels are elevated.
 Ejaculate shows live spermatozoa.
 Luteinizing and follicle-stimulating hormones and

corticotropin levels are elevated.


IN MALES WITH PSEUDOPRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Chromosomal karyotype analysis shows abnormal

pattern of autosomes and sex chromosomes.


 24-hour urinary 17-ketosteroid and other steroid

levels are elevated.


IN FEMALES WITH PSEUDOPRECOCIOUS PUBERTY
 Vaginal smear shows estrogen secretion.
 Urinary tests for gonadotropic activity and excretion

of 17-ketosteroids are elevated.


 Luteinizing and follicle-stimulating hormone levels

are elevated.
Imaging
 X-rays of the hands, wrists, knees, and hips determine bone age and possibly premature epiphyseal
closure.
 Ultrasound verifies suspected abdominal lesion.
 X-rays possibly show CNS tumors.

Treatment
General
 Aimed at underlying cause
 Supportive psychological counseling

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 649

Medications
 Medroxyprogesterone (females)

Surgery
 Removal of ovarian or adrenal tumors
 Removal of thyroid gland

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express understanding of condition and treatment
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
 avoid complications.

Nursing interventions
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 the need to continue social and emotional support.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to psychological counseling, as nec-

essary.

Precocious puberty

649

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 650

Premenstrual syndrome
Overview
Description

 Edema
 Diarrhea or constipation
 Appetite changes and food cravings
 Fatigue
 Exacerbations of skin, respiratory, or neurologic

problems

 Group of somatic, behavioral, cognitive, and mood-

Physical findings

related symptoms occurring 1 to 14 days before


menses and usually subsiding with menses onset
 Causes effects that range from minimal discomfort to
severe, disruptive symptoms
 Also known as PMS and premenstrual dysphoric
disorder (PMDD)

 Possible edema

Pathophysiology
 PMS may result from a progesterone deficiency dur-

ing the luteal phase of the ovarian cycle.

Test results
Laboratory
 Blood studies rule out anemia, thyroid disease, or
other hormonal imbalances.
Other
 A daily symptom calendar aids diagnosis of PMS.
 Psychological evaluation may be used to rule out or
detect an underlying psychiatric disorder.

 Hormone levels and patterns in females with PMS

dont differ significantly from those in women who


dont experience PMS.

Treatment

Causes

General

 Physiologic, psychological, and sociocultural factors


 Possible progesterone deficiency in the luteal phase
 Possible serotonin or norepinephrine deficiency
 Possible low vitamin and mineral levels

 Symptom relief
 Stress reduction
 Relaxation techniques
 Diet low in simple sugars, caffeine intake, animal fat,

Incidence

 Increased calcium and complex carbohydrate intake


 Aerobic exercise

 Affects 30% of females in the United States

Special populations
Moderate to severe symptoms occur in 14% to 88%
of adolescent girls
 Usually occurs between ages 25 and 45
 Affects women in their 40s most severely
 PMS resolving completely at menopause

Common characteristics
 Anxiety
 Irritability
 Depression
 Multiple somatic complaints

Complications
 Psychosocial problems
 Reduced self-esteem
 Depression
 Inability to function (in PMDD)

Assessment
History
 Behavioral changes
 Breast tenderness or swelling
 Abdominal tenderness or bloating
 Joint pain
 Headache

650

Premenstrual syndrome

and sodium

Medications
 Antidepressants such as selective serotonin-reuptake

inhibitors
 Vitamins such as B complex
 Progestins and estrogens, such as drospirenone and

ethinyl estradiol and medroxyprogesterone acetate


 Prostaglandin inhibitors
 Monophasic birth control pills
 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 identify effective and ineffective coping techniques
 use available support systems, such as family, friends,
and groups, to develop and maintain effective coping
skills
 express feelings of increased comfort
 express positive feelings about herself.

Nursing interventions
 Encourage adequate fluid intake.
 Provide comfort measures.
 Offer emotional support and reassurance.
 Encourage the patient to express feelings.
 Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
 Instruct the patient to chart symptoms daily for two

cycles.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 651

Monitoring
 Response to treatment
 Coping skills

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 physiologic basis of PMS
 beneficial lifestyle changes
 relaxation and stress-reduction techniques
 dietary management.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a self-help group for females with

PMS.
 Refer the patient for psychological counseling, as in-

dicated.
 Refer the patient to a dietitian as needed.

Premenstrual syndrome

651

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 652

Pressure ulcers
Overview

Assessment
History
 One or more risk factors

Description

Physical findings

 Localized areas of ischemic tissue caused by pres-

 Shiny, erythematous superficial lesion (early)


 Small blisters or erosions with progression of super-

sure, shearing, or friction


 Most common over bony prominences, especially the
sacrum, ischial tuberosities, greater trochanter,
heels, malleoli, and elbows
 May be superficial, caused by localized skin irritation
(with subsequent surface maceration), or deep, arising in underlying tissue (Deep lesions may go undetected until they penetrate the skin.)
 Also called decubitus ulcers, pressure sores, or
bedsores

Pathophysiology
 Impaired skin capillary pressure results in local tis-

sue anoxia.
 Anoxia leads to edema and multiple capillary throm-

ficial erythema
 Possible necrosis and ulceration with deeper ero-

sions and ulcerations


 Malodorous, purulent discharge (suggesting sec-

ondary bacterial infection)


 Black eschar around and over the lesion

Test results
Laboratory
 Infecting organism is identified by wound culture and
sensitivity testing of exudate.
 Total serum protein level is decreased.
Other
 Diagnosis is typically made from inspection.

boses.
 An inflammatory reaction results in ulceration and

necrosis of ischemic cells.

Treatment

Causes

General

 Local tissue compression


 Shearing force
 Friction

 Measures to prevent pressure ulcers


 Relief of pressure on the affected area
 Meticulous skin care
 Devices, such as pads, mattresses, and special beds
 Moist wound therapy dressings
 Whirlpool baths
 Diet high in protein, iron, and vitamin C (unless con-

Risk factors
 Poor nutrition
 Diabetes mellitus
 Immobility or paralysis
 Cardiovascular disorders
 Advanced age
 Incontinence
 Obesity
 Edema
 Anemia
 Poor hygiene
 Exposure to chemicals
 Steroids

Incidence
 Affect roughly 10% of hospitalized patients and 20%

traindicated)
 Activity, as tolerated
 Active and passive range-of-motion (ROM) exercises
 Frequent turning and repositioning

Medications
 Enzymatic ointments
 Healing ointments
 Antibiotics, if indicated

Surgery
 Debridement of necrotic tissue
 Skin grafting (in severe cases)

to 40% of patients in long-term care facilities

Common characteristics
 Vary with the ulcer stage (see Stages of pressure ul-

cers)

Complications
 Secondary bacterial infection
 Septicemia
 Gangrene

652

Pressure ulcers

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
 maintain adequate daily caloric intake
 maintain joint mobility and ROM
 avoid infection and other complications.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 653

Stages of pressure ulcers


To protect the patient from pressure ulcer complications, learn to recognize the stages of ulcer formation.

Stage I

Stage III

The skin is red and intact and doesnt blanche with external
pressure. (A black persons skin may look purple.) The skin
feels warm and firm.

A hole develops and slough may be present. Undermining


may or may not be present.

Stage IV
Stage II
Skin breaks appear and discoloration may occur. Penetrating to the subcutaneous fat layer, the sore is painful and visibly swollen. Thulcer may be characterized as an abrasion,
blister, or shallow crater.

The ulcer destroys tissue from the skin to the bone. Findings include slough or eschar and deep tunnels that extend
from the ulcer.

Suspected deep tissue injury


The skin is purple or maroon but intact or a blood-filled blister may be present.

Unstageable
The ulcer destroys tissue from the skin to possibly the bone.
The base of the ulcer is covered by slough, eschar or both.
Until this is removed, the depth and stage cant be determined.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Apply dressings appropriate for the ulcer stage.
 Encourage adequate food and fluid intake.
 Reposition the bedridden patient at least every

2 hours.
 Elevate the head of the bed 30 degrees or less.
 Perform passive ROM exercises.
 Encourage active ROM exercises, if possible.
 Use pressure-relief aids on the bed.
 Provide meticulous skin care.

Monitoring
 Changes in skin color, turgor, temperature, sensa-

tion, and drainage


 Change in the ulcer stage
 Laboratory results
 Complications
 Response to treatment
 Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 techniques for changing positions
 active and passive ROM exercises
 avoidance of skin-damaging agents
 debridement procedures
 skin graft surgery, if required
 signs and stages of healing
 importance of a well-balanced diet and adequate
fluid intake
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 importance of notifying the physician immediately of
signs and symptoms of infection.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a wound care specialist, if indi-

cated.

Pressure ulcers

653

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 654

Proctitis
Overview
Description
 An acute or chronic inflammation of the rectal mu-

cosa
 Good prognosis unless massive bleeding occurs

Pathophysiology
 Mucosal cell loss occurs along with acute inflamma-

tion of the lamina propria, eosinophilic crypt abscess, and endothelial edema of the arterioles
 Rectal tissue ischemia occurs
 Mucosal friability, ulcers, bleeding, and fistulas result

Causes
 Crohns disease
 Amebiasis
 Immunodeficiency disorders
 Neisseria gonorrhoeae
 Chlamydia trachomatis
 Herpes simplex virus 1 and 2
 Syphilis
 Radiation therapy
 Papillomavirus
 Ischemia
 Toxins
 Vasculitis

Risk factors
 High-risk sexual practices
 Homosexuality
 Autoimmune disorders

Incidence

Assessment
History
 Tenesmus
 Abdominal cramping
 Loose stool with or without abdominal pain
 Pruritus
 Rectal and anal pain

Physical findings
 Bloody or mucoid stools
 Superficial ulcers
 Mucosal erythema
 Painless chancres
 Mucosal friability

Test results
Laboratory
 Complete blood count evaluates blood loss.
 C-reactive protein may be elevated.
 Rectal swab identifies gonorrhea or chlamydia.
 Venereal disease research laboratory test diagnoses
syphilis.
 Culture of vesicular fluid identifies herpes simplex
virus.
Diagnostic procedures
 In acute proctitis, sigmoidoscopy shows edematous,
bright-red, or pink rectal mucosa thats thick, shiny,
friable and, possibly, ulcerated.
 In chronic proctitis, sigmoidoscopy shows thickened
mucosa, loss of vascular pattern, and stricture of the
rectal lumen.
 Biopsy rules out carcinoma.

Treatment

 Occurs in 5% to 20% of patients receiving radiation

General

therapy
 More common in Jewish people
 More common in males than females
 Occurs predominantly in adults

 Elimination of the underlying cause


 Increased fluids
 Activity as tolerated
 Sitz baths

Common characteristics

Medications

 Tenesmus
 Constipation
 Feeling of rectal fullness
 Left-sided abdominal pain

 Enemas
 Steroid (hydrocortisone) suppositories
 Tranquilizers
 Antibiotics (based on cause)
 Antivirals

Complications
 Ulcerations
 Crypt abscesses
 Bleeding
 Fissures
 Fistulas
 Ulcerative colitis

654

Proctitis

Surgery
 Diverting colostomy may be necessary.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 655

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings of increased comfort
 understand the disease process and treatment
regimen
 exhibit adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Offer emotional support.
 Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
 Response to treatment
 Rectal bleeding
 Amount and character of stools

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 importance of watching for and reporting bleeding
and other persistent symptoms.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a colorectal surgeon, if appro-

priate.

Proctitis

655

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 656

Prostate cancer
Overview
Description
 Proliferation of cancer cells that usually take the

Assessment
History
 Symptoms rare in early stages
 Later, urinary problems, such as difficulty initiating a

urinary stream, dribbling, and urine retention

form of adenocarcinomas and typically originate in


the posterior prostate gland
 May progress to widespread bone metastasis and
death
 Is the leading cause of cancer death in males

Physical findings

Pathophysiology

Test results

 Slow-growing prostate cancer seldom causes signs

Laboratory
 Elevated serum prostate-specific antigen (PSA) level
may indicate cancer with or without metastasis.
Imaging
 Transrectal prostatic ultrasonography shows prostate
size and presence of abnormal growths.
 Bone scan and excretory urography determine the
diseases extent.
 Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography scan define the extent of the tumor.
Other
 Standard screening test: digital rectal examination
and PSA test identify cancer (recommended yearly by
the American Cancer Society for males older than age
40).

and symptoms until its well advanced.


 Typically, when a primary prostatic lesion spreads
beyond the prostate gland, it invades the prostatic
capsule and spreads along ejaculatory ducts in the
space between the seminal vesicles or perivesicular
fascia.
 Endocrine factors may play a role, leading researchers to suspect that androgens speed tumor
growth.
 Malignant prostatic tumors seldom result from the
benign hyperplastic enlargement that commonly develops around the prostatic urethra in older men.

Causes

 In early stages: nonraised, firm, nodular mass with a

sharp edge
 In advanced disease: edema of the scrotum or leg; a

hard lump in the prostate region

 Unknown

Risk factors
 Older than age 50
 Family history
 Heavy metal exposure (cadmium)
 Exposure to androgens
 High-fat diet

Treatment
General
 Varies with cancer stage
 Radiation therapy or internal beam radiation
 Well-balanced diet

Incidence

Medications

 Most common among Blacks; least common among

 Hormonal therapy
 Chemotherapy

Asians
 Unaffected by socioeconomic status or fertility
 Most common neoplasm in males older than age 50

Common characteristics
 Urinary problems

Complications
 Spinal cord compression
 Deep vein thrombosis
 Pulmonary emboli
 Myelophthisis
 Death

Surgery
 Prostatectomy
 Orchiectomy
 Radical prostatectomy
 Transurethral resection of prostate
 Cryosurgical ablation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings of increased comfort
 discuss the diseases impact on self and family
members
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

656

Prostate cancer

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 657

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Encourage the patient to express his feelings.
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Pain level
 Wound site
 Postoperative complications
 Medication effects

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 perineal exercises that decrease incontinence
 follow-up care
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to appropriate resources and sup-

port services.

Prostate cancer

657

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 658

Prostatitis
Overview
Description
 Inflammation of the prostate gland
 Occurs in acute, chronic, and several other forms

Acute prostatitis
 Easily recognized and treated
Chronic prostatitis
 Most common cause of recurrent urinary tract infection in males
 More difficult to recognize than acute prostatitis
Other prostatitis forms
 Granulomatous prostatitis (also called tuberculous
prostatitis)
 Nonbacterial prostatitis
 Prostatodynia (painful prostate)

Pathophysiology
 Infectious organism spreads to the prostate gland by

the hematogenous route, an ascending urethral infection, invasion of rectal bacteria via lymphatic vessels, or reflux of infected bladder urine into prostate
ducts.
 Inflammation results.

Causes
 Bacterial prostatitis: Escherichia coli (80% of cas-

es); Klebsiella, Enterobacter, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Serratia, Streptococcus, Staphylococcus,


and diphtheroids (20% of cases)
 Chronic prostatitis: bacterial invasion from urethra
 Granulomatous prostatitis: miliary spread of Mycobacterium tuberculosis
 Nonbacterial prostatitis: Mycoplasma, Ureaplasma,
Chlamydia, or Trichomonas vaginalis, or a virus
 Prostatodynia: unknown

Complications
 Urinary tract infection
 Prostatic abscess
 Acute urinary retention
 Pyelonephritis
 Epididymitis

Assessment
History
 Sudden fever, chills
 Lower back pain
 Perineal fullness
 Arthralgia, myalgia
 Urinary urgency and frequency
 Dysuria, nocturia
 Transient erectile dysfunction

Chronic bacterial prostatitis


 May be asymptomatic
 Usually causes same urinary symptoms as the acute
form, but to a lesser degree
 Hemospermia
 Persistent urethral discharge
 Painful ejaculation
Nonbacterial prostatitis
 Dysuria
 Mild perineal or lower back pain
 Frequent nocturia
Prostatodynia
 Perineal, lower back, or pelvic pain

Physical findings
 Cloudy urine
 Distended bladder
 Prostatic tenderness, induration, swelling, firmness,

and warmth
 Crepitation (if prostatic calculi present)

Chronic bacterial prostatitis


 Stony, hard induration of the prostate

Risk factors

Test results

 Invasive urethral procedures


 Infrequent or excessive sexual intercourse

Laboratory
 Urine culture identifies infectious organism.
 In nonbacterial prostatitis: inflammatory cells are
found in smears of prostatic secretion.
 In prostatodynia: urine cultures are negative and
theres an absence of inflammatory cells in smears of
prostatic secretions.
Diagnostic procedures
 In granulomatous prostatitis: prostate tissue biopsy
shows M. tuberculosis.
 Urodynamic evaluation reveals detrusor hyperreflexia
and pelvic floor myalgia (from chronic spasms).

Incidence
Chronic prostatitis
 Affects up to 35% of males older than age 50
 Seen in 5 of every 1,000 outpatient visits
Bacterial prostatitis
 Seen in 2 of every 10,000 outpatient visits
Nonbacterial prostatitis
 Seen in 5 of every 10,000 outpatient visits

Common characteristics
 Urinary frequency and urgency
 Fever

658

Prostatitis

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 659

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

After surgery
 Avoidance of lifting, strenuous exercise, and long automobile rides
 No sexual activity for several weeks after discharge

Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 importance of increased fluid intake
 benefits of regular sexual activity (with chronic prostatitis)
 prescribed activity limits
 importance of getting immediate medical attention
for fever, inability to void, or bloody urine.

Medications

Discharge planning

 Analgesics
 Antipyretics

 Refer the patient to counseling or support group as

 Sitz baths
 Regular, protected sexual intercourse
 Prostatic massage
 Increased oral fluids
 Bed rest until the condition improves

needed.

Acute prostatitis
 Systemic antibiotic therapy
Chronic prostatitis
 Oral antibiotics
Granulomatous prostatitis
 Antitubercular drug combinations
Nonbacterial prostatitis
 Oral antibiotics
 Anticholinergics
Prostatodynia
 Muscle relaxants
 Alpha-adrenergic blockers

Surgery
 Transurethral resection of the prostate or total

prostatectomy, if drug therapy unsuccessful

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings of increased comfort
 demonstrate skill in managing urinary elimination
problems
 express his feelings about potential or actual changes
in sexual function
 use available counseling, referrals, or support
groups.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Ensure bed rest and adequate hydration.
 Give sitz baths.
 Avoid rectal examinations.

Monitoring
After surgery
 Intake and output
 Catheter function and drainage
 Signs of infection
 Pain control

Prostatitis

659

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 660

Pseudomembranous
enterocolitis
Overview
Description
 Acute inflammation and necrosis of the small and

large intestines
 Usually affects the mucosa but may extend into the

submucosa and, rarely, into other layers


 Marked by severe diarrhea
 Can be fatal in 1 to 7 days from severe dehydration

or from toxicity, peritonitis, or perforation

 Peritonitis
 Toxic megacolon

Assessment
History
 Current or recent antibiotic treatment
 Sudden onset of copious, watery, or bloody diarrhea
 Cramping abdominal pain
 Low-grade fever
 Nausea
 Vomiting

Physical findings
 Abdominal tenderness

Pathophysiology

Test results

 Pseudomembranous enterocolitis is associated with

Laboratory
 White blood cell count is elevated.
 Hypoalbuminemia occurs due to poor protein
absorption.
 Stool culture identifies C. difficile.
Imaging
 Abdominal X-ray reveals mucosal edema.
 Computed tomography scan may show distention as
well as diffuse and focal thickening of the colon wall.
Diagnostic procedures
 Rectal biopsy through sigmoidoscopy confirms
pseudomembranous enterocolitis.
 Endoscopy reveals characteristic pseudomembranes.

antibiotic use.
 Normal intestinal flora balance is altered, and overgrowth of certain organisms occurs.
 Necrotic mucosa is replaced by a pseudomembrane
filled with staphylococci, leukocytes, mucus, fibrin,
and inflammatory cells.

Causes
 Unknown
 Possible role of Clostridium difficile

Risk factors
 Antibiotic therapy
 Recent abdominal surgery
 Cancer chemotherapy
 Compromised immune system
 Advanced age
 Bone-marrow transplantation
 Intestinal ischemia
 Uremia
 Burns

Incidence
 Affects both sexes equally
 Most common in nursing home and hospital patients
 Affects 6 of every 100,000 people treated with antibi-

otics

Treatment
General
 Discontinuation of offending antibiotics
 Avoidance of opioids and antidiarrheals
 Supportive treatment
 I.V. fluids (if the condition is severe)
 Nothing by mouth until bowel recovery occurs (if the

condition is severe)
 Bed rest until recovery begins
 Enteric precautions

Medications

Common characteristics

 Oral metronidazole or oral vancomycin


 Electrolyte replacement

 Watery, green, foul-smelling diarrhea


 Up to 30 stools per day

Surgery

Complications
 Severe dehydration
 Electrolyte imbalance
 Hemorrhage
 Hypotension
 Hypovolemia
 Sepsis
 Shock
 Colonic perforation

660

Pseudomembranous enterocolitis

 Diverting ileostomy or bowel resection (with perfora-

tion or toxic megacolon)


 Early subtotal colectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 express feelings of increased comfort
 maintain normal fluid volume

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 661

 maintain stable vital signs


 maintain adequate caloric intake
 regain normal bowel function
 regain normal laboratory values.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs and I.V. fluids.
 Keep the patient as comfortable as possible.
 Maintain precautions to prevent the infection from

spreading to other patients.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Fluid and nutritional status
 Skin integrity
 Bowel function
 Electrolytes

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 signs and symptoms of a recurrence
 importance of cautioning future prescribers (if the
disorder was antibiotic-related).

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to home care services as indicated.

Pseudomembranous enterocolitis

661

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 662

Psoriasis
Overview
Description

 Pruritus and burning


 Arthritic symptoms such as morning joint stiffness
 Remissions and exacerbations

Physical findings
 Erythematous, well-demarcated papules and plaques

as they migrate from the basal membrane to the surface or stratum corneum.
 As a result, the stratum corneum develops thick,
scaly plaques (the cardinal manifestation of psoriasis).

covered with silver scales, typically appearing on the


scalp, chest, elbows, knees, back, and buttocks
 In mild psoriasis: plaques scattered over a small skin
area
 In moderate psoriasis: plaques more numerous and
larger (up to several centimeters in diameter)
 In severe psoriasis: plaques covering at least half the
body
 Friable or adherent scales
 Fine bleeding points or Auspitz sign after attempts to
remove scales
 Thin, erythematous guttate lesions, alone or with
plaques, and with few scales (see Identifying types
of psoriasis)
 Small indentations or pits, and yellow or brown discoloration of fingernails or toenails
 In severe cases, separation of nail from nail bed

Causes

Test results

 Genetic predisposition
 Possible autoimmune process
 Physical trauma
 Beta-hemolytic streptococci infection

Laboratory
 Serum uric acid level is elevated.
 In early-onset familial psoriasis: human leukocyte
antigens Cw6, B13, and Bw-57 are present.
Diagnostic procedures
 Skin biopsy helps rule out other diseases.

 Hereditary chronic skin disease marked by epider-

mal proliferation
 Causes lesions of erythematous papules and plaques

covered with silvery scales (Lesions vary widely in


severity and distribution.)
 Involves recurring remissions and exacerbations
 Exacerbations unpredictable, but usually controllable
with therapy

Pathophysiology
 Psoriatic skin cells have a shortened maturation time

Risk factors
 Pregnancy
 Endocrine changes
 Cold weather
 Emotional stress

Treatment

Incidence

 Depends on the psoriasis type, extent, and effect on

 Affects about 2% of the United States population


 Affects both sexes equally
 Can occur at any age
 More common among whites
 Two periods of onset: early (young adulthood) and

late (middle adulthood)

Common characteristics
 Silvery scales on red plaques
 Pruritus
 Knee-elbow-scalp distribution

Complications
 Infection
 Altered self-image
 Social isolation
 Depression

Assessment
History
 Family history of psoriasis
 Risk factors

662

Psoriasis

General
the patients quality of life
 Lesion management
 Lukewarm baths
 Ultraviolet B light or natural sunlight

Medications
 Topical corticosteroid creams and ointments
 Antihistamines
 Analgesics
 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
 Occlusive ointment bases
 Urea or salicylic acid preparations
 Coal tar preparations
 Vitamin D analogs
 Emollients
 Kerolytic agents
 Methotrexate for severe, unresponsive psoriasis
 Potent retinoic acid derivative for resistant psoriasis
 Cyclosporine for severe, widespread psoriasis
 Immunomodulators (biologics), such as alefacept,

efalizumab, or etanercept for psoriatic arthritis or


failed treatment

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 663

Identifying types of psoriasis


Psoriasis occurs in various forms, ranging from one or two localized plaques that seldom require long-term medical attention to widespread lesions and crippling arthritis.

Erythrodermic psoriasis

Psoriasis vulgaris

Erythrodermic psoriasis is marked by extensive flushing all


over the body, which may result in scaling. The rash may
develop rapidly, signaling new psoriasis or gradually in
chronic psoriasis. Sometimes the rash occurs as an adverse drug reaction.

Psoriasis vulgaris is the most common. It begins with red,


dotlike lesions that gradually enlarge and produce dry, silvery scales. The plaques usually appear symmetrically on
the knees, elbows, extremities, genitalia, scalp, and nails.

Guttate psoriasis

Pustular psoriasis features an eruption of local or extensive


small, raised, pus-filled plaques. Possible triggers include
emotional stress, sweating, infections, and adverse drug
reactions.

Guttate psoriasis typically affects children and young


adults. Erupting in drop-size plaques over the trunk, arms,
legs and, sometimes, the scalp, this rash generalizes in
several days. Its commonly associated with upper respiratory streptococcal infections.

Pustular psoriasis

Inverse psoriasis
Smooth, dry, bright red plaques characterize inverse psoriasis. Located in skin folds (armpits and groin, for example),
the plaques fissure easily.

Surgery
 Surgical nail removal to treat severely disfigured or

damaged nails caused by psoriasis

 likelihood of exacerbations and remissions


 medication administration, dosage, and possible

adverse effects
 how to apply prescribed ointments, creams, and lo-

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 exhibit improved or healed lesions
 report feelings of increased comfort
 verbalize feelings about changed body image
 demonstrate understanding of proper skin care
 express an understanding of the condition and its
treatment.

Nursing interventions

tions
 importance of avoiding scratching plaques
 measures to relieve pruritus
 importance of avoiding sun exposure
 stress-reduction techniques
 safety precautions
 relationship between psoriasis and arthritis
 when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to the National Psoriasis Founda-

tion.

 Administer prescribed drugs.


 Apply topical medications using a downward motion.
 Encourage the patient to verbalize his feelings.
 Provide emotional support.
 Involve family members in the treatment regimen.

Monitoring
 Response to treatment
 Lipid profile results
 Liver function tests
 Renal function
 Blood pressure
 Signs and symptoms of hepatic or bone marrow

toxicity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 risk factors
 incommunicability of psoriasis

Psoriasis

663

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 664

Ptosis
Overview

Assessment
History

Description

 History of causative factor


 Family history
 Trauma or ocular surgery

 Drooping of the upper eyelid


 May be congenital or acquired, unilateral or bilater-

Physical findings

al, constant or intermittent


 If severe, usually responds to treatment; if slight, may
not require treatment
 Also known as blepharoptosis

Pathophysiology
 Ptosis is caused by dysfunction of one or both upper

eyelid levator muscles.

Causes
Congenital ptosis
 Transmitted as an autosomal dominant trait
 Results from a congenital anomaly in which the levator muscles of the eyelids fail to develop
Acquired ptosis
 Advanced age (involutional ptosis, the most common
form, usually seen in older patients following
cataract surgery)
 Mechanical factors that make the eyelid heavy
 Myogenic factors
 Neurogenic (paralytic) factors
 Nutritional factors
 Trauma
 Ocular surgery

 Abnormal eyelid
 Drooping eyelid (see Recognizing ptosis)
 Elevated eyebrow
 Wrinkled forehead
 Fixed, dilated pupil

Test results
Imaging
 Digital subtraction angiography and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) show aneurysm.
 MRI reveals multiple sclerosis.
Diagnostic procedures
 Glucose tolerance test detects diabetes.
 Tensilon test detects myasthenia gravis (in acquired
ptosis with no history of trauma).
Other
 Physical examination reveals upper lid retraction.
 Examination with the Hertel exophthalmometer reveals the degree of proptosis.

Treatment
General

Incidence

 Treatment of underlying cause


 Special glasses with an attached suspended crutch on

 Congenital ptosis: occurs at birth


 Acquired ptosis: can occur at any age but mostly

 Eye protection with potentially dangerous activities

affects adults
 Affects both sexes equally

Common characteristics

the frames to elevate the eyelid

Medications
 Topical antibiotic ointment (after surgery)

 An infant with congenital ptosis has a smooth, flat up-

Surgery

per eyelid, without the eyelid fold normally caused by


the pull of the levator muscle; associated weakness of
the superior rectus muscle isnt uncommon.
 Ptosis due to oculomotor nerve damage produces a
fixed, dilated pupil; divergent strabismus; and slight
depression of the eyeball.

 Resection of the weak levator muscles

Complications
 Disturbed vision
 Amblyopia
 Infection (after surgery)
 Psychosocial effects

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 avoid injury
 demonstrate improvement in eyelid function
 express understanding of the disorder and its treatment.

Nursing interventions
 Provide a safe environment.
 Apply ointment to the sutures as prescribed.

Monitoring
 Signs of bleeding (after surgery)
 Visual acuity

664

Ptosis

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 665

Recognizing ptosis
A drooping upper eyelid typically apparent on visual
examination is the hallmark of ptosis. The disorder
may affect one or both eyelids.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the need to report postsurgery bleeding immediately
 the need to prevent accidental trauma to the surgical
site until healing is complete.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a neurologist if myasthenia gravis

or multiple sclerosis is diagnosed.

Ptosis

665

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 666

Life-threatening disorder

Pulmonary edema
Overview
Description
 Accumulation of fluid in the extravascular spaces of

the lung
 Common complication of cardiovascular disorders
 May be chronic or acute
 Can become fatal rapidly

Pathophysiology
 Pulmonary edema results from either increased pul-

 Orthopnea
 Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea

Complications
 Respiratory and metabolic acidosis
 Cardiac or respiratory arrest
 Death

Assessment
History
 Predisposing factor
 Persistent cough
 Dyspnea on exertion
 Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea
 Orthopnea

monary capillary hydrostatic pressure or decreased


colloid osmotic pressure. Normally, the two pressures are in balance.
 If pulmonary capillary hydrostatic pressure increases, the compromised left ventricle needs higher filling pressures to maintain adequate output; these
pressures are transmitted to the left atrium, pulmonary veins, and pulmonary capillary bed. Fluids
and solutes are then forced from the intravascular
compartment into the lung interstitium. With fluid
overloading the interstitium, some fluid floods peripheral alveoli and impairs gas exchange.
 If colloid osmotic pressure decreases, the pulling
force that contains intravascular fluids is lost, and
nothing opposes the hydrostatic force. Fluid flows
freely into the interstitium and alveoli, causing pulmonary edema.

Physical findings

Causes

Laboratory
 Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows hypoxemia,
hypercapnia, or acidosis.
Imaging
 Chest X-rays show diffuse haziness of the lung fields,
cardiomegaly, and pleural effusion.
Diagnostic procedures
 Pulse oximetry may show decreased oxygen saturation.
 Pulmonary artery catheterization may reveal increased pulmonary artery wedge pressures.
 Electrocardiography may show valvular disease and
left ventricular hypokinesis or akinesis.

 Left-sided heart failure


 Diastolic dysfunction
 Valvular heart disease
 Arrhythmias
 Fluid overload
 Acute myocardial ischemia and infarction
 Barbiturate or opiate poisoning
 Impaired pulmonary lymphatic drainage
 Inhalation of irritating gases, smoke inhalation
 Left atrial myxoma
 Pneumonia
 Pulmonary veno-occlusive disease
 Acute respiratory distress syndrome
 Kidney disease
 Altitude above 8,000 feet
 Ascent to high altitudes without becoming acclimated

Incidence
 More common in middle-aged and elderly people
 Affects both sexes equally

Common characteristics
 Persistent cough
 Dyspnea on exertion

666

Pulmonary edema

 Restlessness and anxiety


 Rapid, labored breathing
 Intense, productive cough
 Frothy, bloody sputum
 Mental status changes
 Jugular vein distention
 Sweaty, cold, clammy skin
 Wheezing
 Crackles
 S3
 Tachycardia
 Hypotension
 Thready pulse
 Peripheral edema
 Hepatomegaly

Test results

Treatment
General
 Fluid overload reduction
 Improved gas exchange and myocardial function
 Correction of underlying disease
 Sodium-restricted diet
 Fluid restriction
 Activity, as tolerated

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 667

Medications
 Supplemental oxygen
 Diuretics
 Antiarrhythmics
 Morphine

ALERT
Be aware that morphine can further compromise
respirations in a patient with respiratory distress.
Keep resuscitation equipment at hand in case the
patient stops breathing.

 medication administration, dosage, and possible

adverse effects
 fluid and sodium restrictions
 daily weight
 signs and symptoms of fluid overload
 energy conservation strategies
 avoidance of alcohol
 when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a cardiac rehabilitation program,

if indicated
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

 Preload-reducing agents, such as furosemide and

indicated.

nitroglycerin
 Afterload-reducing agents, such as nitroprusside and
enalapril
 Bronchodilators
 Positive inotropic agents
 Vasopressors

Surgery
 Valve repair or replacement or myocardial revascu-

larization if appropriate to correct the underlying


cause

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain fluid balance
 maintain adequate cardiac output
 verbalize decreased anxiety and fear
 demonstrate adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
 Place the patient in high Fowlers position.
 Restrict fluids and sodium intake.
 Promote rest and relaxation.
 Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Daily weight
 Respiratory status
 Response to treatment
 Complications
 Heart rhythm
 ABG values
 Pulse oximetry values
 Hemodynamic values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment

Pulmonary edema

667

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 668

Life-threatening disorder

Pulmonary embolism
Overview
Description
 Obstruction of the pulmonary arterial bed occurring

when a mass (such as a dislodged thrombus) lodges


in the main pulmonary artery or branch, partially or
completely obstructing it
 Most thrombi originate in deep veins of the leg
 Can be asymptomatic, but sometimes causes rapid
death from pulmonary infarction

Pathophysiology
 Thrombus formation results from vascular wall dam-

age, venous stasis, or blood hypercoagulability.

Complications
 Pulmonary infarction
 Pulmonary hypertension
 Embolic extension
 Hepatic congestion and necrosis
 Pulmonary abscess
 Shock
 Acute respiratory distress syndrome
 Massive atelectasis
 Right-sided heart failure
 Ventilation-perfusion mismatch
 Death

Assessment
History
 Predisposing factor
 Shortness of breath for no apparent reason
 Pleuritic pain or angina

 Trauma, clot dissolution, sudden muscle spasm, in-

Physical findings

travascular pressure changes, or peripheral blood


flow changes can cause the thrombus to loosen or
fragmentize.
 The thrombus (now an embolus) floats to the hearts
right side and enters the lung through the pulmonary
artery. There, the embolus may dissolve, continue to
fragmentize, or grow.
 By occluding the pulmonary artery, the embolus prevents alveoli from producing enough surfactant to
maintain alveolar integrity. Alveoli collapse and atelectasis develop.
 If the embolus enlarges, it may occlude most or all of
the pulmonary vessels and cause death.

 Tachycardia
 Low-grade fever
 Weak, rapid pulse
 Hypotension
 Productive cough, possibly with blood-tinged sputum
 Warmth, tenderness, and edema of the lower leg
 Restlessness
 Transient pleural friction rub
 Crackles
 S3 and S4 with increased intensity of the pulmonic

Causes

Test results

 Deep vein thrombosis


 Pelvic, renal, and hepatic vein thrombosis
 Right heart thrombus
 Upper extremity thrombosis
 Atrial fibrillation
 Valvular heart disease
 Rarely, other types of emboli, such as bone, air, fat,

Laboratory
 Arterial blood gas (ABG) values show hypoxemia.
 D-dimer level is elevated.
Imaging
 Lung ventilation-perfusion scan shows a ventilationperfusion mismatch.
 Pulmonary angiography shows a pulmonary vessel
filling defect or an abrupt vessel ending and reveals
the location and extent of pulmonary embolism.
 Chest X-rays may show a small infiltrate or effusion.
 Spiral chest computed tomography scan may show
central pulmonary emboli.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography may reveal right axis deviation
and right bundle-branch block; it also may show atrial fibrillation.

amniotic fluid, tumor cells, or a foreign body

Risk factors
 Various disorders and treatments (see Whos at risk

for pulmonary embolism?)

Incidence
 600,000 to 700,000 cases annually
 Affects both sexes equally
 More common with advancing age

Common characteristics
 Shortness of breath for no apparent reason
 Tachycardia
 Anxiety
 Pleuritic or anginal pain

component of S2

 With a large embolus: cyanosis, syncope, distended

neck veins

Treatment
General
 Maintenance of adequate cardiovascular and pul-

monary function
 Mechanical ventilation, if indicated

668

Pulmonary embolism

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 669

Whos at risk for pulmonary embolism?


Many disorders and treatments heighten the risk of pulmonary embolism. At particular risk are surgical patients. The anesthetic used during surgery can injure lung vessels, and surgery or prolonged bed rest can promote venous stasis, which
compounds the risk.

Predisposing disorders

 Lung disorders, especially chronic types


 Cardiac disorders
 Infection
 Diabetes mellitus
 History of thromboembolism, thrombophlebitis, or vascular insufficiency
 Sickle cell disease
 Autoimmune hemolytic anemia
 Polycythemia
 Osteomyelitis
 Long-bone fracture
 Manipulation or disconnection of central lines

Venous stasis

 Prolonged bed rest or immobilization


 Obesity
 Older than age 40
 Burns
 Recent childbirth
 Orthopedic casts

Venous injury

 Surgery, particularly of the legs, pelvis, abdomen, or


thorax
 Leg or pelvic fractures or injuries
 I.V. drug abuse
 I.V. therapy

Increased blood coagulability

 Cancer
 Use of high-estrogen hormonal contraceptives

 Possible fluid restriction


 Bed rest during the acute phase

Medications
 Oxygen therapy
 Thrombolytics
 Anticoagulation
 Corticosteroids (controversial)
 Diuretics
 Antiarrhythmics
 Vasopressors (for hypotension)
 Antibiotics (for septic embolus)

Surgery
 Vena caval interruption
 Vena caval filter placement
 Pulmonary embolectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain adequate cardiac output
 maintain a patent airway
 verbalize feelings of increased comfort
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs.
 Avoid I.M. injections.
 Encourage active and passive range-of-motion exer-

cises, unless contraindicated.


 Avoid massage of the lower legs.
 Apply antiembolism stockings.
 Provide adequate nutrition.

 Assist with ambulation as soon as the patient is

stable.
 Encourage the use of an incentive spirometer.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Respiratory status
 Pulse oximetry
 ABG values
 Signs of deep vein thrombosis
 Complications
 Coagulation study results
 Abnormal bleeding
 Stools for occult blood

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disease, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 ways to prevent deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary
embolism
 signs and symptoms of abnormal bleeding
 prevention of abnormal bleeding
 how to monitor anticoagulant effects
 dietary sources of vitamin K
 when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a weight-management program, if

indicated.

Pulmonary embolism

669

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 670

Life-threatening disorder

Pulmonary
hypertension
Overview
Description
 Pulmonary condition exhibiting increased pressure

in the pulmonary artery


 Occurs in a primary form (rare) and a secondary
form
 In both forms, resting systolic pulmonary artery pressure (PAP) above 30 mm Hg and mean PAP above
20 mm Hg
 Primary form also known as PPH

Pathophysiology
 In PPH, the intimal lining of the pulmonary arteries

thickens for no apparent reason. This narrows the


artery and impairs distensibility, increasing vascular
resistance.
 Secondary pulmonary hypertension occurs from hypoxemia caused by conditions involving alveolar hypoventilation, vascular obstruction, or left-to-right
shunting.

Causes
Primary pulmonary hypertension
 Unknown
 Possible hereditary factors
 Possible altered autoimmune mechanisms
 Associated with portal hypertension
Secondary pulmonary hypertension
 Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
 Sarcoidosis
 Diffuse interstitial pneumonia
 Malignant metastasis
 Scleroderma
 Use of some diet drugs
 Obesity
 Sleep apnea
 Hypoventilation syndromes
 Kyphoscoliosis
 Pulmonary embolism
 Vasculitis
 Left atrial myxoma
 Congenital cardiac defects
 Mitral stenosis
 Living at a high altitude

Incidence
Primary pulmonary hypertension
 Most common in females ages 20 to 40
 More prevalent in people with collagen disease

670

Pulmonary hypertension

Common characteristics
 Dyspnea on exertion
 Weakness, fatigue
 Syncope

Complications
 Cor pulmonale
 Heart failure
 Cardiac arrest
 Death

Assessment
History
 Shortness of breath with exertion
 Weakness, fatigue
 Pain during breathing
 Near-syncope

Physical findings
 Ascites
 Jugular vein distention
 Peripheral edema
 Restlessness and agitation
 Mental status changes
 Decreased diaphragmatic excursion
 Apical impulse displaced beyond mid-clavicular line
 Right ventricular lift
 Reduced carotid pulse
 Hepatomegaly
 Tachycardia
 Systolic ejection murmur
 Widely split S2
 S3 and S4
 Hypotension
 Decreased breath sounds
 Tubular breath sounds

Test results
Laboratory
 Arterial blood gas (ABG) values show hypoxemia.
Imaging
 Ventilation-perfusion lung scan may show a
ventilation-perfusion mismatch.
 Pulmonary angiography may reveal filling defects in
the pulmonary vasculature.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography may reveal right-axis deviation.
 Pulmonary artery catheterization shows increased
PAP, with systolic pressure above 30 mm Hg; increased pulmonary artery wedge pressure; decreased
cardiac output; and decreased cardiac index.
 Pulmonary function tests may show decreased flow
rates and increased residual volume or reduced total
lung capacity.
 Echocardiography may show valvular heart disease
or atrial myxoma.
Other
 Lung biopsy may show tumor cells.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 671

Treatment
General
 Low-sodium diet
 Fluid restriction (in right-sided heart failure)
 Bed rest during acute phase

 frequent rest periods


 signs and symptoms of right-sided heart failure
 when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
 Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Medications
 Oxygen therapy
 Cardiac glycosides
 Diuretics
 Vasodilators such as treprostinil
 Calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine
 Bronchodilators
 Beta-adrenergic blockers
 Iloprost
 Prostacyclin
 Endothelin receptor antagonists such as bosentan
 Anticoagulants

Surgery
 Heart-lung transplantation, if indicated

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 maintain adequate ventilation
 maintain adequate cardiac output
 express an understanding of the disorder
 demonstrate effective coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.
 Implement comfort measures.
 Provide adequate rest periods.
 Offer emotional support.

Monitoring
 Vital signs
 Intake and output
 Daily weight
 Respiratory status
 Signs and symptoms of right-sided heart failure
 Heart rhythm
 ABG values
 Hemodynamic values

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
 dietary restrictions

Pulmonary hypertension

671

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 672

Pulmonic insufficiency
Overview
Description
 Heart condition in which blood ejected into the pul-

monary artery during systole flows back into the right


ventricle during diastole
 Also called pulmonary regurgitation

 Fatigue
 Angina
 Palpitations

Physical findings
 Tachycardia
 Crackles in the lungs
 Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
 Jugular vein distention
 Palpable right ventricular systolic pulsation at left

lower sternal border

Pathophysiology

 S3 or S4 at left mid-to-lower sternal border


 Hemoptysis

 Pulmonic valve is incompetent.


 Incompetency is caused by:

Test results

dilation of the pulmonic valve ring


acquired alteration of pulmonic cusp morphology
congenital absence or malformation.
 Blood flows back into the right ventricle from the
pulmonary artery.
 Fluid overload occurs in the ventricle.
 Chronic backflow causes ventricular hypertrophy and
right-sided heart failure.

Causes
 Pulmonary hypertension
 Infective endocarditis
 Tetralogy of Fallot
 Rheumatic heart disease
 Carcinoid heart disease
 Dilated cardiomyopathy

Incidence
 Variable age of occurrence
 Affects both males and females; frequency based on

specific cause

Common characteristics
 Dyspnea on exertion
 Peripheral edema
 Tachycardia
 Fatigue

Imaging
 Chest X-rays reveal cardiomegaly, right-sided heart
enlargement, and pulmonary hypertension.
 Echocardiography shows right ventricular hypertrophy and dilation.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography may show incomplete right
bundle-branch block and right axis deviation.
 Cardiac catheterization may determine underlying
etiology.

Treatment
General
 Treatment of underlying cause
 Symptomatic treatment
 Low-sodium diet
 Activity, as tolerated

Medications
 Diuretics
 Inotropic agent
 Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
 Oxygen
 Possible prophylactic antibiotics before and after

surgery or dental care to prevent endocarditis

Complications

Surgery

 Heart failure
 Pulmonary edema
 Thromboembolism
 Endocarditis
 Arrhythmias

 Annuloplasty or valvuloplasty to reconstruct or repair

Assessment

Key outcomes

History
 Pulmonary hypertension
 Infective endocarditis
 Tetralogy of Fallot
 Rheumatic heart disease
 Carcinoid heart disease
 Orthopnea
 Dyspnea

672

Pulmonic insufficiency

the valve
 Valve replacement with a prosthetic valve

Nursing considerations
The patient will:
 perform activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
 maintain hemodynamic stability
 maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed oxygen.
 Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 673

Monitoring
 Vital signs and pulse oximetry
 Cardiac rhythm
 Pulmonary artery catheter readings
 Intake and output
 Adverse effects of drug therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 dietary restrictions
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
 Encourage follow-up care with a cardiologist.

Pulmonic insufficiency

673

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 674

Pulmonic stenosis

Physical findings

Overview

 Peripheral edema
 Split S2
 Systolic ejection click
 Crackles in the lungs
 Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
 Jugular vein distention

 Palpable impulse from the right ventricle along the

left parasternal border

Description
 Heart condition in which obstructed right ventricular

outflow causes right-ventricular hypertrophy, eventually resulting in right-sided heart failure


 Also called pulmonary regurgitation

Pathophysiology
 Dynamic or fixed obstruction affects blood flow from

the right ventricle to the pulmonary arteriole vasculature.


 Chronic obstruction may result in right-sided heart
failure.

Causes
 Congenital defect
 Sinus of Valsalva aneurysm
 Aortic graft aneurysm
 Rheumatic heart disease
 Carcinoid heart disease

Incidence

Test results
Imaging
 Chest X-rays reveal prominence of the main, right, or
left pulmonary arteries.
 Echocardiography shows thickening of the valves,
characteristic doming of nondysplastic valves, and
right ventricular hypertrophy.
 Cardiac ultrasound reveals thickening of valves, characteristic doming of nondysplastic valves, and rightventricular hypertrophy.
Diagnostic procedures
 Electrocardiography may show mild right axis
deviation.

Treatment

 Affects females slightly more than males

General

Common characteristics

 Treatment of underlying cause


 Low-sodium diet
 Avoidance of vigorous physical activity

 Dyspnea on exertion
 Peripheral edema
 Cyanosis
 Tachycardia
 Fatigue

Complications
 Heart failure
 Pulmonary edema
 Thromboembolism
 Endocarditis
 Arrhythmias

Assessment
History
 Congenital defect
 Sinus of Valsalva aneurysm
 Aortic graft aneurysm
 Rheumatic heart disease
 Carcinoid heart disease
 Orthopnea
 Exertional dyspnea
 Fatigue
 Angina
 Palpitations

Medications
 Diuretics
 Inotropic agents
 Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
 Oxygen
 Possible prophylactic antibiotics before and after

surgery or dental care to prevent endocarditis

Surgery
 Balloon valvoplasty
 Pulmonary artery balloon angioplasty
 Valvotomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
 perform activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
 maintain hemodynamic stability
 maintain adequate ventilation
 state understanding of disorder and treatment.

Nursing interventions
 Administer prescribed oxygen.
 Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
 Encourage verbalization and provide support.
 Administer prescribed drugs.

674

Pulmonic stenosis

9400P.qxd

8/2/12

4:45 PM

Page 675

Monitoring
 Vital signs and pulse oximetry
 Cardiac rhythm
 Pulmonary artery catheter readings
 Intake and output
 Adverse effects of drug therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
 the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
 dietary restrictions
 activity restrictions
 medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
 Encourage follow-up care with a cardiologist.

Pulmonic stenosis

675

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 676

Q
Q fever
Overview
Description

H Acute systemic disease that affects people exposed to

cattle, sheep, or goats

Assessment
History
H Exposure to cattle, sheep, or goats
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Chills, fever

H Rare human-to-human transmission; possible sexual

Physical findings

transmission
H May be acute or chronic

H Crackles (pneumonia)
H Hepatomegaly and jaundice (hepatitis)
H Heart murmur, signs of heart failure (endocarditis)

Pathophysiology
H Coxiella burnetii is excreted in urine, milk, and

Test results

feces of infected animals.


H Once ingested, it proliferates in macrophages (in the
acidic phagolysosome vacuole) and then gains access to the blood, producing a transient bacteremia.
H It may invade many organs, most commonly the
lungs and liver.
H Inflammation occurs, manifested by granulomas in
the liver, spleen, and bone marrow. These classic
doughnut granulomas disappear with convalescence.

Laboratory
H Patients with the acute form may have an elevated
white blood cell count, transient thrombocytopenia,
and elevated transaminases and alkaline phosphatase
levels.
H Cerebrospinal fluid evaluation reveals lymphocytosis,
elevated protein level, and normal glucose level.
H Complement fixation reveals antephase II antibody
titers of 40 or more (acute disease) and antephase I
antibody titers of 200 of more (chronic disease).
H Microimmunofluorescence reveals immunoglobulin
(Ig) G antephase II antibody titers of 200 or more
and IgM antephase II antibody titers of 50 or more
(acute). (The presence of antephase I antibodies indicates chronic Q fever; the presence of IgG antephase I antibody titers of 800 or more is highly predictive of endocarditis.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show segmental or lobar opacities,
multiple round opacities, and pleural effusion.
H Echocardiography may show pericardial effusion
with pericarditis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows T-wave abnormalities
with myocarditis and pericarditis.

Causes
H Coxiella burnetii

Incidence
H Affects males more than females because males more

likely to be exposed to livestock


H Most commonly affects people ages 25 to 40

Common characteristics
H Self-limiting, febrile illness with headache, myalgia,

chills
H May have symptoms of pneumonia, hepatitis, or en-

docarditis (chronic)
H May be asymptomatic

Complications
H Chronic fatigue syndrome
H Heart failure
H Endocarditis (see Treating Q fever endocarditis)

Treating Q fever endocarditis


Chronic Q fever endocarditis typically requires the use of
multiple drugs to treat effectively. Two different drug treatment protocols have been evaluated:
H doxycycline with quinolones, for at least 4 years
H doxycycline with hydroxychloroquine, for 112 to 3
years.
The second drug treatment protocol causes fewer relapses but requires routine eye examinations to detect
accumulation of chloroquine.
Some patients with C. burnetii endocarditis require
surgery to remove damaged valves.

676

Q fever

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotics such as doxycycline
H Antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine

Surgery
H Possible valve replacement

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 677

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of illness and treatment
regimen
H remain hemodynamically stable
H remain free from complications.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Cardiac status
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of follow-up care and compliance
with long-term therapy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Q fever

677

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 678

Life-threatening disorder

Rabies

Overview
Description

H An acute central nervous system (CNS) infection usu-

ally transmitted by animal bite

H Incubation period varies but usually 1 to 3 months


H 70% of cases in the United States from raccoon,

skunk, fox, or bat bite; vaccinations have reduced


transmission from dogs
H Almost always fatal if symptoms occur, although
prompt treatment may prevent fatal CNS invasion

Pathophysiology
H The rabies virus is transmitted through the bite of an

infected animal that introduces the virus through the


skin or mucous membrane.
H The virus begins to replicate in the striated muscle
cells at the bite site.
H It then travels up the nerve to the CNS and replicates
in the brain.
H Finally, it moves through the nerves into other tissues, including the salivary glands.

Causes
H Bite from a rabid animal
H Occasionally transmitted by airborne droplets and in-

fected tissue transplants

Incidence
H Can affect anyone at any age
H Annually, an estimated 35,000 to 50,000 deaths

worldwide

First aid for animal bites


H Immediately wash the bite vigorously with soap and
water for at least 10 minutes to remove the animals
saliva.
H Flush the wound with an antiviral, followed by a clearwater rinse.
H Apply a sterile dressing.
H If possible, dont suture the wound, and dont immediately stop the bleeding (unless its massive) because
blood flow helps to clean the wound.
H Question the patient about the bite. Ask whether he
provoked the animal (if so, chances are it isnt rabid)
and whether he can identify it or its owner. (The animal
may be confined for observation.)
H Consult local health authorities for treatment information.

678

Rabies

Common characteristics
H Progressive signs and symptoms
H After incubation period, local or radiating pain or

burning and coldness, pruritus, and tingling at the


bite site
H Slight fever (100 to 102 F [37.8 to 38.9 C])
H Malaise
H Nervousness that progresses into agitation and cranial nerve dysfunction, causing ocular palsies
H Hyperesthesia
H Photophobia
H Sensitivity to loud noise
H Pupillary dilation
H Tachycardia
H Shallow respirations
H Excessive salivation, lacrimation, and perspiration
H Hydrophobia, during which forceful, painful pharyngeal muscle spasms expel liquids from the mouth
and cause dehydration
H After about 3 days, gradual, generalized, flaccid
paralysis that ultimately leads to peripheral vascular
collapse, coma, and death

Complications
H Paralysis
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Animal bite
H Fever
H Malaise

Physical findings
H Burning at wound site
H Tachycardia
H Excessive salivation
H Shallow respirations
H Dilated pupils and photophobia

Test results
Laboratory
H Virus is isolated from the patients saliva or throat;
examination of blood shows fluorescent rabies antibody (FRA).
H White blood cell count is elevated with increased
polymorphonuclear and large mononuclear cells.
H Urinary glucose, acetone, and protein levels are elevated.
Other
H Animal should be confined and observed for 10 days
by a veterinarian. (If the animal appears rabid, it
should be killed and its brain tissues tested for FRA
and Negri bodies.)

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 679

Treatment
General
H Immediate wound treatment (see First aid for ani-

mal bites)

Medications
H Tetanus-diphtheria prophylaxis, if needed
H Passive immunization with rabies immune globulin

and active immunization with human diploid cell vaccine as soon as possible (if not previously immunized)
H Vaccine booster (if already immunized)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain hemodynamically stable
H express understanding of the treatment regimen
H express concerns regarding infection.

Nursing interventions
H When injecting the rabies vaccine, rotate injection

sites on the upper arm or thigh.


H Cooperate with public health authorities to determine

the animals vaccination status. If the animal is


proven rabid, help identify others at risk.
H Provide aggressive supportive care (even after onset
of coma).
H Follow standard precautions.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Injection site reactions
H Cardiac and pulmonary function

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need for vaccination of household pets that may
be exposed to rabid wild animals
H importance of not touching wild animals, especially if
they appear ill or overly docile (a possible sign of rabies)
H prophylactic rabies vaccine for high-risk people,
such as farm workers, forest rangers, spelunkers
(cave explorers), and veterinarians.

Rabies

679

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 680

Radiation exposure
Overview
Description
H Exposure to excessive radiation that causes tissue

damage
H Damage varies with amount of body area exposed,

length of exposure, dosage absorbed, distance from


the source, and presence of protective shielding
H Can result from cancer radiotherapy, working in a
radiation facility, or other exposure to radioactive
materials
H Can be acute or chronic

Pathophysiology
H Ionization occurs in the molecules of living cells.
H Electrons are removed from atoms. Charged atoms

or ions form and react with other atoms to cause cell


damage.
H Rapidly dividing cells are the most susceptible to radiation damage. Highly differentiated cells are more
resistant to radiation.

Causes
H Exposure to radiation through inhalation, ingestion,

or direct contact

Risk factors
H Cancer treatment
H Employment in a radiation facility

Incidence
H Unknown

Common characteristics
H Nausea
H Diarrhea
H General weakness
H Immunosuppression
H Infections

Complications
H Leukemia
H Thyroid cancer
H Fetal growth retardation or genetic defects in off-

spring (from exposure during childbearing years)


H Decreased fertility
H Shortened life span
H Anemia
H Malignant neoplasms
H Bone necrosis and fractures

680

Radiation exposure

Assessment
History
Acute hematopoietic radiation toxicity
H Bleeding from the skin, genitourinary tract, and GI
tract
H Nosebleeds
H Hemorrhage
H Increased susceptibility to infection
GI radiation toxicity
H Intractable nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
Cerebral radiation toxicity
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H Lethargy
Cardiovascular radiation toxicity
H Hypotension, shock, and cardiac arrhythmias

Physical findings
Acute hematopoietic radiation toxicity
H Petechiae
H Pallor
H Weakness
H Oropharyngeal abscesses
GI radiation toxicity
H Mouth and throat ulcers and infection
H Circulatory collapse and death
Cerebral radiation toxicity
H Tremors
H Seizures
H Confusion
H Coma and death
Generalized radiation exposure
H Signs of hypothyroidism
H Cataracts
H Skin dryness, erythema, atrophy, and malignant
lesions
H Alopecia
H Brittle nails

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell, platelet, and lymphocyte counts are
decreased.
H Serum potassium and chloride levels are decreased.
Imaging
H X-rays may reveal bone necrosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bone marrow studies may show blood dyscrasia.
Other
H Geiger counter helps determine if radioactive material was ingested or inhaled and evaluates the amount
of radiation in open wounds.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 681

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the injury process, diagnosis, and treatment
H effects of radiation exposure
H how to prevent a recurrence
H skin care
H wound care
H need for follow-up care.

H Management of life-threatening injuries


H Symptomatic and supportive treatment
H Based on the type and extent of radiation injury
H High-protein, high-calorie diet
H Activity as tolerated by clinical status

Medications
H Chelating agents
H Potassium iodide
H Aluminum phosphate gel
H Barium sulfate

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services.
H If the patient was exposed to significant amounts of

radiation, provide a referral to genetic counseling


resources.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain an acceptable weight
H maintain normal fluid volume
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Implement appropriate respiratory and cardiac sup-

port measures.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and electrolytes.
H For skin contamination, wash the patients body thor-

oughly with mild soap and water.


H Debride and irrigate open wounds, as ordered.
H For ingested radioactive material, perform gastric

lavage and whole-bowel irrigation, and administer


activated charcoal, as ordered.
H Dispose of contaminated clothing properly.
H Dispose of contaminated excrement and body fluids
according to facility policy.
H Use strict sterile technique.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of hemorrhage
H Nutritional status

Radiation exposure

681

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 682

Rape-trauma syndrome
Overview
Description
H Syndrome that occurs after rape (forced sexual inter-

course) or attempted rape and causes varying degrees of physical and psychological trauma
H Refers to the victims short- and long-term reactions
and the methods used to cope with trauma
H Carries a good prognosis if the victim receives physical and emotional support and counseling to help
deal with feelings

Pathophysiology
H Rape causes psychological and physiologic reactions.
H Early stage (short-term) and late stage (long-term)

reactions can occur.

Causes

H Late stage

Anxiety
Nightmares
Sleep disturbances
Flashbacks
Depression
Anger
Disinterest in sex
Anorgasmia
Suicidal ideation
H Rape or attempted rape
H Time the victim arrived at the facility
H Date and time of alleged rape
H Time the victim was examined
H Whether the victim was pregnant at the time of the attack
H Date of last menstrual period
H Details of obstetric and gynecologic history
H Victims statements (recorded in the first person, using quotation marks)
H Objective information provided by others

H Rape or attempted rape

Incidence
H Affects all ages (reported victims from ages 2 months

ALERT
Be aware that your assessment notes may be used
as evidence if the rapist goes to trial.

to 97 years)
H Most common in females ages 16 to 19 (about 8%

of American females experience rape or attempted


rape)
H Usually perpetrated by family member if victim a
child

Common characteristics
H Signs of physical trauma, depending on length of the

Physical findings
H Sore throat
H Difficulty swallowing
H Vaginal pain
H Rectal pain
H Pain from other injuries incurred during the assault
H Early stage:

attack and whether additional physical violence occurred


H Tearfulness, crying
H Withdrawal
H Anxiousness

Complications

H Lasting psychiatric problems, such as depression,

guilt, anxiety, and suicidal ideation


H Sexually transmitted disease (STD)
H Unwanted pregnancy

Assessment
History
H Early stage

682

Disbelief
Panic
Severe anxiety
Anger
Self-blame
Humiliation
Depression

Rape-trauma syndrome

Reddened (sore) throat


Mouth irritation
Ecchymoses
Rectal pain and bleeding
Lacerations, contusions, and abrasions to vulva,
cervix, and vaginal walls
Lacerations and contusions in a male victim
Outward calm
Compliance
Glibness
Talkativeness

Test results
Laboratory
H STD screening tests may reveal positive results.
H Rapid plasma reagin card test may show positive for
syphilis.
H Urine pregnancy test may be positive 0 to 3 weeks after missed period.
H Serum human chorionic gonadotropin test becomes
positive 24 to 48 hours after implantation.
H Drug screen (if symptoms warrant) may be positive.
H Serum ethanol level (if symptoms warrant) may be
elevated.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 683

ALERT
If the rape occurred within 7 days, the following
specimens may be obtained for legal purposes:
blood; samples for deoxyribonucleic acid testing
(should be collected within 48 hours); hairs of a
different color than the victims or that are obviously out of place; fibers; soiled or torn material;
body fluids, such as blood or semen, that dont belong to the victim; and specimens from the cervical
canal, throat, or rectum.

Treatment
General
H Treatment of physical injuries
H Crisis intervention and counseling
H Follow-up gynecologic examination after 7 to

Monitoring
H Mental status
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of shock

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H verbal and written instructions regarding treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Encourage the patient to get follow-up care.
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

14 days; for male patient, follow-up urologic


examination
H Emergency contraception such as the Copper-T
intrauterine device
H Activity based on injuries

Medications
H Tetanus prophylaxis
H STD prophylaxis
H Emergency contraceptive pills

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H express relief of pain
H report absence of or reduction in anxiety
H discuss feelings related to the rape and its effect on
self-esteem.

Nursing interventions
H Dont leave the patient alone unless requested.
H Place the patients clothing in paper, not plastic,

bags. Label each bag and its contents.


H Collect and label fingernail scrapings and foreign

material obtained by combing the patients pubic


hair.
H Label all specimens with the patients name, physicians name, and site from which the specimen was
obtained.
H Note the name of the person to whom specimens
were given.
H Report the rape if required by state law.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Provide emotional support.

Rape-trauma syndrome

683

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 684

Raynauds phenomenon
Overview
Description
H Primary arteriospastic disorder
H Causes episodic vasospasms in the small peripheral

arteries and arterioles in response to cold exposure


or stress
H Typically occurs in three phases
H Diagnosis requires exclusion of secondary causes
H More than half of patients have Raynauds disease
H Also called vasospastic arterial disease

Pathophysiology
H Blood flow to digits decreases in response to stress

or cold.
H Proposed explanations for decreased digital blood

flow include an antigen-antibody immune response


(most probable theory), intrinsic vascular wall hyperactivity to cold, ineffective basal heat production,
and increased vasomotor tone from sympathetic
stimulation or stress.

Causes
Primary causes
H Unknown
Secondary causes
H Collagen vascular disease
H Arterial occlusive disease
H Neurologic disorders
H Blood dyscrasias
H Trauma
H Drugs
H Pulmonary hypertension (see Causes of Raynauds
phenomenon)

Incidence
H More common in females, particularly between late

adolescence and age 40

Common characteristics
H Occurs bilaterally
H Usually affects the hands or, less commonly, the feet;

rarely, the earlobes and tip of nose

Complications
H Ischemia
H Gangrene
H Amputation

Physical findings
H First stage marked pallor of affected skin areas
H Second stage cyanosis of affected skin areas
H Third stage red, warm skin
H Between attacks normal appearance of affected

areas (occasionally, coolness and excessive perspiration of these areas)


H In long-standing disease trophic changes, such as
sclerodactylia and ulcerations

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Arteriography and digital photoplethysmography may
aid diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Smoking cessation
H Biofeedback therapy
H Avoidance of activities involving exposure to cold and

mechanical or chemical injury

Medications
H Phenoxybenzamine
H Nifedipine
H Reserpine
H Guanethidine combined with prazosin

Surgery
H Sympathectomy, if conservative treatment fails to pre-

vent ischemic ulcers

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H describe feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain adequate skin temperature in affected areas
H maintain adequate collateral circulation
H maintain skin integrity
H perform normal activities to the extent possible
H demonstrate effective coping skills.

Nursing interventions
H Evaluate the patients occupation and its effect on

symptom occurrence.
H Help the patient identify stress triggers and use effec-

tive coping strategies.


H Provide psychological support and reassurance.

Assessment

Monitoring

History

H Response to treatment
H Signs and symptoms of skin breakdown
H Signs and symptoms of infection

H Altered skin color in response to cold or stress


H Numbness and tingling (second stage)
H Throbbing, burning, painful sensation (third stage)

684

Raynauds phenomenon

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 685

Causes of Raynauds phenomenon


In primary or idiopathic Raynauds phenomenon, more than half of patients have Raynauds disease. Raynauds phenomenon
may also occur secondary to the following diseases and conditions as well as with the use of certain drugs.

Collagen vascular disease

H Dermatomyositis
H Polymyositis
H Rheumatoid arthritis
H Scleroderma
H Systemic lupus erythematosus

Arterial occlusive disease

H Acute arterial occlusion


H Atherosclerosis of the extremities
H Thoracic outlet syndrome
H Thromboangiitis obliterans

Neurologic disorders

H Carpal tunnel syndrome


H Stroke
H Intervertebral disk disease
H Poliomyelitis
H Spinal cord tumors
H Syringomyelia

H Myeloproliferative disorders
H Waldenstrms disease

Trauma

H Cold injury
H Electric shock
H Hammering
H Keyboarding
H Piano playing
H Vibration injury

Drugs

H Beta-adrenergic blockers
H Bleomycin
H Cisplatin
H Ergot derivatives such as ergotamine
H Methysergide
H Vinblastine

Other

H Pulmonary hypertension

Blood dyscrasias

H Cold agglutinins
H Cryofibrinogenemia

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H prevention of attacks (see Preventing a Raynauds
phenomenon attack)
H need to inspect skin frequently and to seek immediate care for evidence of skin breakdown or infection
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of follow-up care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program or

a support group, as indicated.


Prevention

Preventing a Raynauds
phenomenon attack
A Raynauds phenomenon attack can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Avoid exposure to cold.
H Dress warmly in cold weather, including wearing a hat
to reduce heat loss.
H Wear mittens, gloves, or oven mitts when handling
cold items in the kitchen.
H Use insulated drinking glasses.
H Wear mittens and socks to bed during cold weather.
H Warm up the car for a few minutes before driving during winter.
H Decrease air conditioner temperature during hot
weather.
H Avoid stress.
H Avoid cigarette smoking.

Raynauds phenomenon

685

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 686

Reiters syndrome

H Skin lesions (keratoderma blennorrhagicum)


H Thick, opaque, brittle nails with keratic debris accu-

Overview

H Painless, transient ulcerations on the buccal mucosa,

mulation under nails

Description
H Self-limiting syndrome associated with polyarthritis,

urethritis, mucocutaneous lesions, and conjunctivitis


(or, less commonly, uveitis)
H Also called reactive arthritis

Pathophysiology
H Infection is thought to trigger an aberrant and hyper-

active immune response that causes inflammation in


involved target organs.

Causes
H Unknown
H Typically follows venereal or enteric infection, espe-

cially with Mycoplasma, Shigella, Campylobacter,


Salmonella, Yersinia, or Chlamydia
H May involve genetic susceptibility

Incidence
H Most common in males ages 20 to 40, especially

those positive for human immunodeficiency virus


H Rare in females and children

Common characteristics
H Polyarthritis (dominant feature)

Complications
H Ankylosing spondylitis
H Persistent joint pain and swelling
H Anterior uveitis, glaucoma, blindness
H Prostatitis and hemorrhagic cystitis
H Cardiomyopathy, pericarditis
H Pulmonary edema
H Vertebral inflammation
H Foot deformity and chronic heel pain

palate, and tongue


H Patches of scaly skin on the palms, soles, scalp, or

trunk

Test results
Laboratory
H Human leukocyte antigen (HLA) test is positive for
HLA B27.
H White blood cell (WBC) count and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated.
H Complete blood count and anemia panel show mild
anemia.
H Many WBCs (mostly polymorphonuclear leukocytes)
appear in urethral discharge and synovial fluid.
H Synovial fluid is grossly purulent with high complement and protein levels.
H Cultures of urethral discharge and synovial fluid are
used to rule out other possible causes of symptoms.
Imaging
H During the first few weeks of the syndrome, X-rays
are normal. Later they may show osteoporosis in inflamed areas. If inflammation persists, X-rays may
show small joint erosion, periosteal proliferation
(new bone formation) of involved joints, and calcaneal spurs.

Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Padded or supportive shoes
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H During acute stages, weight-bearing restrictions or

complete bed rest

Medications

Assessment

H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)


H Cytotoxic agents such as azathioprine
H Corticosteroids

History

Surgery

H Initially, dysuria, hematuria, urinary urgency and fre-

H Surgical reconstruction of joints (if medical manage-

quency, and mucopurulent penile discharge with


swelling and reddening of the urethral meatus
H Possible suprapubic pain, fever, and anorexia with
weight loss

Nursing considerations

Physical findings

Key outcomes

H Small, painless ulcers on glans penis


H Asymmetrical and extremely variable polyarticular

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased energy
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
confines of the disease.

arthritis, usually in weight-bearing joints of the legs


and sometimes in the lower back or sacroiliac joints
H Warm, erythematous, painful joints
H Muscle wasting near affected joints
H Swollen, sausagelike appearance of fingers and toes

686

Reiters syndrome

ment doesnt prevent severe joint damage)

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 687

Nursing interventions
H Follow standard precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide a high-calorie, high-protein diet.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Develop an exercise program with the physical

therapist.
H Maintain a nonjudgmental attitude.

Monitoring
H Response to medications
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of using condoms and avoiding multiple
sex partners (bacteria that leads to Reiters can be
passed from person to person but Reiters syndrome
cant be passed from person to person)
H how to avoid exposure to enteric pathogens (such as
via anal intercourse)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of taking NSAIDs with meals or milk
H maintaining normal daily activities and moderate exercise
H good posture and body mechanics
H use of a firm mattress.

Discharge planning
H If the patient has severe or chronic joint impairment,

arrange for occupational counseling.

Reiters syndrome

687

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 688

Life-threatening disorder

Relapsing fever

summer, when ticks and their hosts (chipmunks,


goats, and prairie dogs) are most active; occasional
cold-weather outbreaks in people such as campers
who sleep in tick-infested cabins

Common characteristics

Overview
Description
H An acute infectious disease caused by Borrelia spiro-

chetes
H Transmitted to humans by lice or ticks and charac-

terized by relapses and remissions


H Primary Borrelia reservoirs in rodents and other

wild animals
H Secondary reservoir possible in people, requiring no

transmission by ordinary contagion and allowing


possible congenital infection and transmission by
contaminated blood
H Mortality rate for untreated louseborne relapsing
fever usually above 10%, possibly up to 50% in an
epidemic
H With treatment, excellent prognosis for both louseborne and tickborne relapsing fevers
H Also called tick, fowl-nest, cabin, or vagabond
fever or bilious typhoid

Pathophysiology
H Inoculation occurs when the victim crushes the

louse, causing its infected blood or body fluid to enter the victims bitten or abraded skin or mucous
membranes.
H Because tick bites are virtually painless and most Ornithodoros ticks feed at night but dont embed themselves in the victims skin, many people are bitten unknowingly.

Causes
H Bite from body louse (Pediculus humanus

corporis) that carries Borrelia spirochete, which


typically occurs in epidemics during wars, famines,
and mass migrations
H Cold weather and crowded living conditions, which
favor the spread of body lice
H Bite from tick that carries one of three species of
Borrelia most closely identified with tick carriers:
B. hermsii (associated with Ornithodoros hermsi),
B. turicatae (associated with O. turicata), or
B. parkeri (associated with O. parkeri)

Incidence
H Most common in indigent victims already suffering

from other infections and malnutrition


H Louseborne disease most common in North and Cen-

tral Africa, Europe, Asia, and South America; no cases in the United States since 1900
H Tickborne disease in the United States most prevalent
in Texas and other western states, usually during the

688

Relapsing fever

H Incubation period 5 to 15 days (average 7 days)


H Fever 105 F (40.5 C)
H Prostration
H Headache
H Severe myalgia
H Arthralgia
H Diarrhea
H Vomiting
H Coughing
H Eye or chest pain

Complications
H Nephritis
H Bronchitis
H Pneumonia
H Endocarditis
H Seizures
H Cranial nerve lesions
H Paralysis
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Recent travel to an epidemic or louse-infested area
H Recent exposure to tick-infested area
H Fever
H Headache
H Malaise
H Arthralgia
H Attacks that subside and recur

Physical findings
H Splenomegaly
H Hepatomegaly
H Lymphadenopathy
H Transient petechial rash over torso during febrile pe-

riods

Test results
Laboratory
H During febrile periods, spirochetes may appear in
blood smears using Wrights or Giemsa stain.
H In severe infection, spirochetes appear in urine and
cerebrospinal fluid.
H White blood cell (WBC) count may reach 25,000/l;
lymphocytes and erythrocyte sedimentation rate may
increase.
H Syphilis test may show a false-positive result.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 689

Treatment
General
H Supportive therapy
H Activity, as tolerated
H Diet, as tolerated

Medications
H Antipyretics
H Doxycycline or erythromycin

Prevention

Preventing relapsing fever


Relapsing fever can be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Practice proper hand-washing techniques.
H In tick-infested areas, wear clothing that covers as
much skin as possible and tuck pant legs into boots or
socks. Also, wear insect repellent containing DEET or
permethrin and cover clothing with it.
H Rodent proof buildings and remove nesting materials
from walls.

ALERT
Antibiotics shouldnt be given at the height of a severe febrile attack because they may cause JarischHerxheimer reaction, resulting in malaise, rigors,
leukopenia, flushing, fever, tachycardia, rising respiratory rate, and hypotension. This reaction,
which is caused by toxic by-products from massive
spirochete destruction, can mimic septic shock and
may prove fatal. Antibiotics should be postponed
until the fever subsides.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a normal body temperature
H verbalize accurate information about the disease
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible.

Nursing interventions
H Give tepid sponge baths and antipyretics.
H Encourage fluid intake.
H Administer antibiotics carefully. Document and re-

port any hypersensitive reactions (rash, fever, anaphylaxis), especially a Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction.
H Report all cases of louseborne or tickborne relapsing
fever to the local public health department as required by law.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Level of consciousness

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H symptoms of relapsing fever in family members and
in others who may have been exposed to ticks or lice
along with the victim
H prevention techniques. (See Preventing relapsing
fever.)

Relapsing fever

689

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 690

Renal calculi

H Pain of fluctuating intensity; may be excruciating at

its peak

Overview

H Nausea, vomiting
H Fever, chills
H Anuria (rare)

Description

Physical findings

H Formation of calculi (stones) anywhere in the uri-

H Hematuria
H Abdominal distention

nary tract
H Most common in the renal pelvis or calyces
H Vary in size; may be single or multiple (see Variations in renal calculi)
H Necessitate hospitalization in roughly 1 of every
1,000 United States residents

Pathophysiology
H Calculi form when substances normally dissolved in

the urine, such as calcium, uric acid, struvite, or cystine.


H Large, rough calculi may occlude the opening to the
ureteropelvic junction.
H The frequency and force of peristaltic contractions
increase, causing pain.

Causes

Test results
Laboratory
H 24-hour urine collection shows calcium oxalate,
phosphorus, and uric acid excretion levels.
H Urinalysis shows increased urine specific gravity,
hematuria, crystals, casts, and pyuria.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder (KUB) radiography reveals
most renal calculi.
H Excretory urography helps confirm the diagnosis and
determines calculi size and location.
H Kidney ultrasonography can detect obstructive
changes and radiolucent calculi not seen on KUB.

H Unknown

Treatment

Risk factors

General

H Dehydration
H Infection
H Urine pH changes
H Urinary tract obstruction
H Immobilization
H Metabolic factors

H Percutaneous ultrasonic lithotripsy


H Extracorporeal shock wave lithotripsy
H Vigorous hydration (more than 3 qt [3 L]/day)
H Dietary restrictions based on stone composition

Medications

Common characteristics

H Antibiotics as appropriate
H Analgesics
H Diuretics
H Methenamine mandelate
H Allopurinol (for uric acid calculi)
H Ascorbic acid

H Flank pain
H Nausea, vomiting

Surgery

Complications

H Parathyroidectomy for hyperparathyroidism


H Cystoscopy

H Renal parenchymal damage


H Renal cell necrosis
H Hydronephrosis
H Complete ureteral obstruction

Nursing considerations

Incidence
H Affect more males than females
H Rare in blacks and children

Assessment
History
H Classic renal colic pain severe pain that travels

from the costovertebral angle to the flank and then to


the suprapubic region and external genitalia
H With calculi in the renal pelvis and calyces relatively constant, dull pain

690

Renal calculi

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain fluid balance
H report increased comfort
H identify risk factors that increase calculus formation
and modify lifestyle accordingly
H demonstrate the ability to manage urinary elimination problems.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 691

Variations in renal calculi


Renal calculi vary in size and type. Small calculi may remain in the renal pelvis or pass down the ureter. A staghorn calculus
(a cast of the calyceal and pelvic collecting system) may develop from a calculus that stays in the kidney.

Staghorn
calculus

Multiple
small calculi

Nursing interventions
H Provide I.V. fluids, as ordered; encourage fluids as

needed.
H Strain all urine and save solid material for analysis.
H Encourage ambulation to aid spontaneous calculus

passage.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Pain control
H Catheter function and drainage
H Signs and symptoms of infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed diet and importance of compliance (see
Preventing renal calculi)
H drug therapy
H ways to prevent recurrences
H how to strain urine for calculi
H immediate return visit to hospital for fever, uncontrolled pain, or vomiting.

Discharge planning
H Patients who dont meet admission criteria should

arrange for a follow-up with a urologist in 2 to


3 days.

Prevention

Preventing renal calculi


Prevention of renal calculi, or kidney stones, requires
lifestyle and dietary changes as recommended by the
practitioner. The restrictions vary based on the chemical
composition of the calculi. Some recommendation may
include:
H Drink enough fluid, about 312 quartswater preferredto create 212 quarts of urine per day.
H Take calcium supplement with a meal onlyavoiding
dietary calcium isnt necessary.
H Reduce animal protein intake.
H Avoid chocolate, coffee, tea, and cola.
H Reduce salt intake.
H Avoid rhubarb, star fruit, beets, beet greens, collards,
okra, refried beans, spinach, Swiss chard, sweet potatoes, sesame seeds, almonds, and soy products.

Renal calculi

691

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 692

Renal failure, acute


Overview
Description
H Sudden interruption of renal function resulting from

obstruction, reduced circulation, or renal parenchymal disease


H Classified as prerenal failure, intrarenal failure (also
called intrinsic or parenchymal failure), or postrenal failure
H Usually reversible with medical treatment
H If not treated, may progress to end-stage renal disease, uremia, and death
H Normally occurs in three distinct phases: oliguric,
diuretic, and recovery
Oliguric phase
H May last a few days or several weeks
H Urine output dropping below 400 ml/day
H Fluid volume excess, azotemia, and electrolyte imbalance occurring.
H Local mediators that are released, causing intrarenal
vasoconstriction
H Medullary hypoxia causing cellular swelling and adherence of neutrophils to capillaries and venules
H Hypoperfusion occurring
H Cellular injury and necrosis occurring
H Reperfusion that causes reactive oxygen species to
form, leading to further cellular injury
Diuretic phase
H Renal function recovered
H Urine output gradually increasing
H Glomerular filtration rate improving, although tubular transport systems remaining abnormal
Recovery phase
H May last 3 to 12 months, or longer
H The patient gradually returning to normal or near
normal renal function

Pathophysiology
Prerenal failure
H Prerenal failure is caused by impaired blood flow.
H Decrease in filtration pressure causes a decline in
glomerular filtration rate (GFR).
H Failure to restore blood volume or blood pressure
may cause acute tubular necrosis (ATN) or acute
cortical necrosis.
Intrarenal failure
H A severe episode of hypotension, commonly associated with hypovolemia, is commonly a significant contributing event.
H Cell swelling, injury, and necrosis a form of reperfusion injury that may also be caused by nephrotoxins results from ischemia-generated toxic oxygenfree radicals and anti-inflammatory mediators.
Postrenal failure
H Postrenal failure usually occurs with urinary tract obstruction that affects the kidneys bilaterally such as
prostatic hyperplasia.
692

Renal failure, acute

Causes
Prerenal failure
H Hypovolemia
H Hemorrhagic blood loss
H Loss of plasma volume
H Water and electrolyte losses
H Hypotension or hypoperfusion
Intrarenal failure
H ATN
H Glomerulopathies
H Malignant hypertension
H Coagulation defects
Postrenal failure
H Obstructive uropathies, usually bilateral
H Ureteral destruction
H Bladder neck obstruction

Incidence
H Seen in 5% of hospitalized patients

Common characteristics
H Vary with renal failure phase

Complications
H Renal shutdown
H Electrolyte imbalance
H Metabolic acidosis
H Acute pulmonary edema
H Hypertensive crisis
H Infection

Assessment
History
H Predisposing disorder
H Recent fever, chills, or central nervous system prob-

lem
H Recent GI problem

Physical findings
H Oliguria or anuria, depending on renal failure phase
H Tachycardia
H Bibasilar crackles
H Irritability, drowsiness, or confusion
H Altered level of consciousness
H Bleeding abnormalities
H Dry, pruritic skin
H Dry mucous membranes
H Uremic breath odor

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, and potassium levels are elevated.
H Hematocrit, blood pH, bicarbonate, and hemoglobin
levels are decreased.
H Urine casts and cellular debris are present, and specific gravity is decreased.
H In glomerular disease, proteinuria and urine osmolality are close to serum osmolality level.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 693

H Urine sodium level is below 20 mEq/L, caused by

decreased perfusion in oliguria.


H Urine sodium level is above 40 mEq/L from an intrarenal problem in oliguria.
H Urine creatinine clearance is used to measure GFR
and estimate the number of remaining functioning
nephrons.
Imaging
Imaging tests that may show the cause of renal failure
include:
H kidney ultrasonography
H kidney-ureter-bladder radiography
H excretory urography renal scan
H retrograde pyelography
H computed tomography scan
H nephrotomography.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows tall, peaked T waves; a
widening QRS complex; and disappearing P waves if
hyperkalemia is present.

Treatment
General
H Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis (if appropriate)
H High-calorie, low-protein, low-sodium, and low-

potassium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H Supplemental vitamins
H Diuretics
H In hyperkalemia, hypertonic glucose-and-insulin in-

fusions, sodium bicarbonate, sodium polystyrene sulfonate

Preventing acute tubular necrosis


Acute tubular necrosis occurs mainly in elderly hospitalized patients. Contributing causes include aminoglycoside
therapy and exposure to industrial chemicals, heavy metals, and contrast media. Patients who have been exposed
must receive adequate hydration; monitor their urinary
output closely.
To prevent acute tubular necrosis, make sure every patient is well hydrated before surgery or after X-rays that
use a contrast medium. Administer mannitol, as ordered,
to a high-risk patient before and during these procedures.
Carefully monitor a patient receiving a blood transfusion,
and stop the transfusion immediately if signs of transfusion reaction (fever, rash, and chills) occur.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Renal function studies
H Vital signs
H Effects of excess fluid volume
H Dialysis access site

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H recommended fluid allowance
H compliance with diet and drug regimen
H daily weight and importance of immediately reporting changes of 3 lb (1.4 kg) or more
H signs and symptoms of edema and importance of
reporting them to the physician.

Surgery

Discharge planning

H Creation of vascular access for hemodialysis

H Encourage follow-up care with nephrologist.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid complications
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H verbalize risk factors for decreased tissue perfusion
and modify lifestyle appropriately
H demonstrate the ability to manage urinary elimination problems.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Provide emotional support.
H Identify patients at risk for and take steps to prevent

ATN. (See Preventing acute tubular necrosis.)

Renal failure, acute

693

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 694

Renal failure, chronic


Overview
Description
H The end result of gradually progressive loss of renal

function
H Symptoms sparse until more than 75% of glomerular

filtration lost, worsening as renal function declines


H Fatal unless treated; to sustain life, may require

maintenance dialysis or kidney transplantation

Pathophysiology
H Nephron destruction eventually causes irreversible

renal damage.
H Disease may progress through the following stages:

reduced renal reserve, renal insufficiency, renal failure, and end-stage renal disease.

Causes
H Chronic glomerular disease
H Chronic infections such as chronic pyelonephritis
H Congenital anomalies such as polycystic kidney

disease
H Vascular diseases
H Obstructive processes such as calculi
H Collagen diseases such as systemic lupus erythema-

tosus
H Nephrotoxic agents
H Endocrine disease

Incidence
H Affects about 2 of every 100,000 people
H Can occur at all ages but more common in adults
H Affects more males than females
H Affects more Blacks than Whites

Common characteristics
H Fatigue
H Decreasing urine output
H Increasing edema
H Electrolyte imbalance
H Fluid overload

Complications
H Anemia
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Lipid disorders
H Platelet dysfunction
H Pulmonary edema
H Electrolyte imbalances
H Sexual dysfunction

694

Renal failure, chronic

Assessment
History
H Predisposing factor
H Dry mouth
H Fatigue
H Nausea
H Hiccups
H Muscle cramps
H Fasciculations, twitching
H Infertility, decreased libido
H Amenorrhea
H Impotence
H Pathologic fractures

Physical findings
H Decreased urine output
H Hypotension or hypertension
H Altered level of consciousness
H Peripheral edema
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Bibasilar crackles
H Pleural friction rub
H Gum ulceration and bleeding
H Uremic fetor
H Abdominal pain on palpation
H Poor skin turgor
H Pale, yellowish bronze skin color
H Thin, brittle fingernails and dry, brittle hair
H Growth retardation (in children)

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood urea nitrogen, serum creatinine, sodium, and
potassium levels are elevated.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows decreased
arterial pH and bicarbonate levels.
H Hematocrit and hemoglobin level are low; red blood
cell (RBC) survival time decreases.
H Mild thrombocytopenia and platelet defects appear.
H Aldosterone secretion is increased.
H Hyperglycemia and hypertriglyceridemia occur.
H High-density lipoprotein levels are decreased.
H ABG analysis shows metabolic acidosis.
H Urine specific gravity is fixed at 1.010.
H Patient has proteinuria, glycosuria, and urinary
RBCs, leukocytes, casts, and crystals.
Imaging
H Kidney-ureter-bladder radiography, excretory urography, nephrotomography, renal scan, and renal
arteriography show reduced kidney size.
Diagnostic procedures
H Renal biopsy allows histologic identification of the
underlying disease process.
H EEG shows changes suggesting metabolic encephalopathy.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 695

Treatment
General
H Hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis
H Low-protein (with peritoneal dialysis, high-protein),

high-calorie, low-sodium, low-phosphorus, and lowpotassium diet


H Fluid restriction
H Rest periods when fatigued

H fluid restrictions
H dialysis site care, as appropriate
H importance of wearing or carrying medical identifi-

cation.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to social services.

Medications
H Loop diuretics
H Cardiac glycosides
H Antihypertensives
H Antiemetics
H Iron and folate supplements
H Erythropoietin
H Antipruritics
H Supplementary vitamins and essential amino acids

Surgery
H Creation of vascular access for dialysis
H Possible kidney transplant

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid complications
H maintain fluid balance
H report feelings of increased comfort
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H demonstrate the ability to manage urinary elimination problems
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disease.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Perform meticulous skin care.
H Encourage the patient to express feelings.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Renal function studies
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Signs and symptoms of fluid overload
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary changes

Renal failure, chronic

695

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 696

Life-threatening disorder

Respiratory acidosis
Overview
Description
H Acid-base disturbance characterized by reduced alve-

olar ventilation, as shown by hypercapnia (partial


pressure of arterial carbon dioxide [PaCO2] above
45 mm Hg)
H Carries varying prognosis, depending on severity of
underlying disturbance and the patients general clinical condition
H Can be acute or chronic

Pathophysiology
H Depressed ventilation causes compromised carbon

dioxide elimination.
H Carbon dioxide is then retained and combines with
water molecules increasing hydrogen ion concentration.
H Respiratory acidosis results.

Causes
H Central nervous system (CNS) trauma
H CNS-depressant drugs
H Chronic metabolic alkalosis
H Neuromuscular disease
H Airway obstruction
H Parenchymal lung disease
H Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
H Asthma
H Severe acute respiratory distress syndrome
H Chronic bronchitis
H Large pneumothorax
H Extensive pneumonia
H Pulmonary edema

Incidence
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Headache
H Shortness of breath
H Nausea and vomiting

Complications
H Shock
H Respiratory arrest
H Cardiac arrest

H Shortness of breath
H Nausea and vomiting

Physical findings
H Diaphoresis
H Bounding pulses
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Papilledema
H Mental status changes
H Asterixis (tremor)
H Depressed deep tendon reflexes

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood pH is below 7.35, and PaCO2 is above
45 mm Hg (hypercapnia)

Treatment
General
H Correction of the condition causing alveolar hypo-

ventilation
H Possible mechanical ventilation
H Possible dialysis
H I.V. fluid administration
H Possible need for parenteral nutrition
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Oxygen
H Bronchodilators
H Antibiotics
H Sodium bicarbonate
H Drug therapy for the underlying condition

Surgery
H Bronchoscopy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a patent airway
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain fluid balance
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H demonstrate effective coping strategies.

Nursing interventions

Assessment

H Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen.


H Provide adequate fluids.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Perform tracheal suctioning, as needed.

History

Monitoring

H Predisposing factor
H Headache

H Vital signs
H Intake and output

696

Respiratory acidosis

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 697

H Neurologic status
H Respiratory status
H Arterial blood gas values
H Serum electrolyte values
H Mechanical ventilator settings

ALERT
Be aware that pulse oximetry, used to monitor oxygen saturation, wont reveal increasing carbon
dioxide levels.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H supplemental oxygen
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H how to perform coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H signs and symptoms of acid-base imbalance and
when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home oxygen therapy if

indicated.

Respiratory acidosis

697

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 698

Life-threatening disorder

Respiratory distress
syndrome
Overview
Description
H Respiratory disorder that involves widespread alveo-

lar collapse
H Most common cause of neonatal death
H If mild, subsides slowly after about 3 days
H Also called RDS or hyaline membrane disease

Pathophysiology
H In neonates born before the 27th week of gestation,

immaturity of alveoli and capillary blood supply lead


to alveolar collapse from lack of surfactant (a lipoprotein normally present in alveoli and respiratory
bronchioles).
H Surfactant deficiency causes widespread atelectasis,
resulting in inadequate alveolar ventilation and
shunting of blood through collapsed lung areas.
H Hypoxia and acidosis result.
H Compensatory grunting occurs, producing positive
end-expiratory pressure (PEEP) that helps prevent
further alveolar collapse.

Causes
H Surfactant deficiency stemming from preterm birth

H Maternal history of diabetes or antepartum hemor-

rhage

Physical findings
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Intercostal, subcostal, or sternal retractions
H Nasal flaring
H Audible expiratory grunting
H Pallor
H Frothy sputum
H Low body temperature
H Diminished air entry and crackles
H Possible hypotension, peripheral edema, and oliguria
H Possible apnea, bradycardia, and cyanosis

Test results
Laboratory
H Partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) is decreased; partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide
may be normal, decreased, or increased; and arterial
pH is decreased.
H Lecithin-sphingomyelin ratio shows prenatal lung
development and RDS risk.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may show a fine reticulonodular pattern
and dark streaks, indicating air-filled, dilated bronchioles.

Treatment
General
H Aggressive management, assisted by mechanical ven-

27th gestational week; occurs in about 60% of those


born before the 28th week
H Most common in neonates of mothers with diabetes,
neonates delivered by cesarean birth, and neonates
delivered suddenly after antepartum hemorrhage

tilation with PEEP or continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) administered by a tight-fitting face mask
or, when necessary, an endotracheal tube
H For a neonate who cant maintain adequate gas exchange, high-frequency oscillation ventilation
H Radiant warmer or Isolette
H Warm, humidified, oxygen-enriched gases given by
oxygen hood or mechanical ventilation
H Tube feedings or total parenteral nutrition

Common characteristics

Medications

H Preterm birth
H Labored breathing within minutes to hours after birth

H I.V. fluids and sodium bicarbonate


H Pancuronium bromide
H Prophylactic antibiotics
H Diuretics
H Surfactant replacement therapy
H Vitamin E
H Antenatal corticosteroids

Incidence
H Almost exclusively affects neonates born before the

Complications
H Respiratory insufficiency
H Shock
H Bronchopulmonary dysplasia
H Death

Assessment
History
H Preterm birth
H Cesarean birth

698

Respiratory distress syndrome

Surgery
H Possible tracheostomy

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 699

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain a patent airway
H remain free from infection
H maintain intact skin integrity.
The patients family will:
H identify factors that increase the risk of neonatal
injury.

ALERT
Watch for evidence of complications from oxygen
therapy: lung capillary damage, decreased mucus
flow, impaired ciliary functioning, and widespread
atelectasis. Also be alert for signs of patent ductus
arteriosus, heart failure, retinopathy, pulmonary
hypertension, necrotizing enterocolitis, and neurologic abnormalities.

Patient teaching

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Check the umbilical catheter for arterial or venous

hypotension, as appropriate.
H Suction, as necessary.
H Change the transcutaneous PaO2 monitor lead place-

ment site every 2 to 4 hours.

H Adjust PEEP or CPAP settings as indicated by arterial

blood gas (ABG) values.


H Implement measures to prevent infection.
H Provide mouth care every 2 hours.
H Encourage parents to participate in the infants care.
H Encourage parents to ask questions and to express

their fears and concerns.


H Advise parents that full recovery may take up to
12 months.
H Offer emotional support.

Be sure to cover (with the parents):


H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H explanations of respiratory equipment, alarm
sounds, and mechanical noise
H potential complications
H when to notify the physician.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents to counselors and social worker, as

indicated.
H Refer the patient for follow-up care with a neonatal

ophthalmologist, as indicated.

ALERT
In a neonate on a mechanical ventilator, watch
carefully for signs of barotrauma and accidental
disconnection from the ventilator. Check ventilator
settings frequently. Be alert for signs of complications of PEEP or CPAP therapy, such as decreased
cardiac output, pneumothorax, and pneumomediastinum.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H ABG values
H Intake and output
H Central venous pressure
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Thrombosis
H Decreased peripheral circulation
H Pulse oximetry
H Daily weight
H Skin color
H Respiratory status
H Skin integrity

Respiratory distress syndrome

699

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 700

Respiratory syncytial
virus infection
Overview
Description
H Virus thats the leading cause of lower respiratory

tract infection in infants and young children and upper respiratory infections in adults
H Suspected cause of fatal respiratory diseases in infants
H Can cause serious illness in immunocompromised
adults, institutionalized elderly people, and patients
with underlying cardiopulmonary disease
H Also known as RSV

Pathophysiology
H The virus attaches to cells, eventually resulting in

necrosis of the bronchiolar epithelium; in severe infection, peribronchiolar infiltrate of lymphocytes and
mononuclear cells occurs.
H Intra-alveolar thickening and filling of the alveolar
spaces with fluid results.
H Narrowing of the airway passages on expiration prevents air from leaving the lungs, causing progressive
overinflation.

Causes
H Respiratory syncytial virus, a subgroup of myxovirus-

es resembling paramyxovirus

H Sudden infant death syndrome


H Residual lung damage

Assessment
History
H Nasal congestion
H Coughing
H Wheezing
H Malaise
H Sore throat
H Earache
H Dyspnea
H Fever

Physical findings
H Nasal and pharyngeal inflammation
H Otitis media
H Severe respiratory distress (nasal flaring, retraction,

cyanosis, and tachypnea)


H Wheezes, rhonchi, and crackles

Test results
Laboratory
H Cultures of nasal and pharyngeal secretions show
respiratory syncytial virus.
H Serum respiratory syncytial virus antibody titers are
elevated.
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows hypoxemia and
respiratory acidosis.
H In dehydration, blood urea nitrogen levels are elevated.

H Transmitted from person to person by respiratory se-

cretions
H Probably spread to infants and young children by

school-age children, adolescents, and young adults


with mild reinfections

Incidence
H Almost exclusively affects infants and young children,

especially those in day care settings


H Highest among infants ages 1 to 6 months, peaking

between ages 2 and 3 months


H Annual epidemics during winter and spring

Common characteristics

Treatment
General
H Respiratory support
H Adequate nutrition
H Avoidance of overhydration
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H Ribavirin
H Bronchodilator such as albuterol

H Rhinorrhea, low-grade fever, and mild systemic

Surgery

symptoms accompanied by cough and wheezing


H Tachypnea, shortness of breath
H Cyanosis
H Apneic episodes
H Reinfection common; produces milder symptoms
than primary infection

H Possible tracheostomy

Complications
H Pneumonia and progressive pneumonia
H Bronchiolitis
H Croup
H Otitis media
H Respiratory failure

700

Respiratory syncytial virus infection

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain a respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute
of baseline
H express or indicate feelings of increased comfort
while maintaining adequate air exchange
H cough effectively
H maintain adequate fluid volume.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 701

Nursing interventions
H Institute contact isolation.
H Perform percussion, drainage, and suction when

necessary.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Use a croup tent, as needed.
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Observe for signs and symptoms of dehydration, and

administer I.V. fluids accordingly.


H Promote bed rest.
H Offer diversional activities tailored to the patients

condition and age.

Monitoring
H Respiratory status
H Fluid and electrolyte status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how the infection spreads
H preventive measures (RSV immune globulin)
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H importance of a nonsmoking environment in the
home
H importance of keeping follow-up appointments.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to home care services, as necessary.

Respiratory syncytial virus infection

701

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 702

Retinal detachment

Incidence

Overview

Common characteristics

Description

H Painless vision loss


H Sensation of floaters or of looking through a veil,

H Partial or complete separation of the sensory retina

from the underlying pigment epithelium


H May be primary or secondary
H Commonly occurs spontaneously
H Usually involves only one eye; may occur in the other
eye later
H Rarely heals spontaneously; usually can be reattached successfully with surgery
H Carries varying prognosis depending on the retinal
area affected

Pathophysiology
H A hole or tear in the retina allows the liquid vitreous

to seep between the retinal layers.


H Liquid separates the sensory retinal layer from its
choroidal blood supply. (See Understanding retinal
detachment.)

Causes
H Intraocular inflammation
H Trauma
H Age-related degenerative changes
H Tumors
H Systemic disease
H Traction placed on the retina by vitreous bands or

membranes
H Hereditary factors, usually related to myopia

Special populations
In a child, retinal detachment can result from
retinopathy of prematurity, tumors (retinoblastomas), or trauma.

Risk factors
H Myopia
H Cataract surgery
H Trauma

H Affects twice as many males as females


H More common with increased age

curtain, or cobweb

Complications
H Severe vision impairment
H Blindness

Assessment
History
H Sensation of seeing floaters and flashes
H Painless vision loss, described as sensation of look-

ing through a veil, curtain, or cobweb (which may


obscure objects in a particular area of the visual
field)

Physical findings
H Visual field loss

Test results
Imaging
H Ocular ultrasonography may be used to examine the
retina if the lens is opaque and shows intraocular
and intraorbital pathology. It also commonly detects
retinal detachments, characteristically producing a
dense, sheetlike echo on a B-mode scan.
Diagnostic procedures
H Direct ophthalmoscopy shows folds or discoloration
in the usually transparent retina.
H Indirect ophthalmoscopy shows retinal tears.

Treatment
General
H Varies with location and severity of detachment
H Nothing by mouth before surgery
H Bed rest before surgery
H Restriction of eye movements before surgery by

patching affected eye


H Positioning of the patients head to allow gravity to

Understanding retinal detachment


Traumatic injury or degenerative changes cause retinal detachment by allowing the retinas sensory tissue layers to
separate from the retinal pigment epithelium. This permits
fluid from the vitreous, for example to seep into the
space between the retinal pigment epithelium and the rods
and cones of the tissue layers.
The pressure, which results from the fluid entering the
space, balloons the retina into the vitreous cavity away
from choroidal circulation. Separated from its blood supply, the retina cant function. Without prompt repair, the
detached retina can cause permanent vision loss.

702

Retinal detachment

pull the detached retina closer to the choroid

Medications
H Antiemetics
H Analgesics
H Mydriatics
H Cycloplegics
H Steroidal eyedrops
H Antibiotic eyedrops

Surgery
H Cryothermy
H Laser therapy

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 703

H Scleral buckling (may be followed by vitreous

replacement with silicone, oil, air, or gas)


H Diathermy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H avoid harm or injury
H express feelings and concerns
H regain the previous level of visual functioning.

Nursing interventions
H Prepare the patient for surgery.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics and cycloplegic or

mydriatic eyedrops.
H In macular involvement, maintain bed rest to prevent

further retinal detachment.


H Postoperatively, position the patient as directed.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Discourage activities that increase intraocular

pressure.
H With retrobulbar injection, apply a protective eye

patch.
H Apply cold compresses.
H Avoid putting pressure on the eye.
H Provide encouragement and emotional support.

Monitoring
H Localized corneal edema and perilimbal congestion

after laser therapy


H Persistent pain
H Vital signs
H Visual acuity
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H leg and deep-breathing exercises
H possible persistence of blurred vision for several
days after laser therapy
H importance of avoiding driving, bending, heavy lifting, and other activities that affect intraocular pressure for several days after surgery
H avoidance of activities that could cause eye trauma
H how to instill eyedrops
H importance of wearing sunglasses
H applying cold compresses
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H signs and symptoms of increasing ocular pressure
and infection
H early symptoms of retinal detachment.

Retinal detachment

703

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 704

Reyes syndrome
Overview
Description
H An acute childhood illness that causes fatty infiltra-

tion of the liver with concurrent hyperammonemia,


encephalopathy, and increased intracranial pressure
(ICP)
H Possible fatty infiltration of the kidneys, brain, and
myocardium
H Variable prognosis depending on the severity of central nervous system depression

Pathophysiology
H Damaged hepatic mitochondria disrupt the urea cy-

cle, which normally changes ammonia to urea for excretion from the body.
H This results in hyperammonemia, hypoglycemia, and
an increase in serum short-chain fatty acids, leading
to encephalopathy.
H Simultaneously, fatty infiltration is found in renal
tubular cells, neuronal tissue, and muscle tissue, including the heart.

Causes
H Viral infection
H Associated with aspirin use

Incidence
H Linked to aspirin use
H Usually increased during influenza outbreaks

Special populations
Reyes syndrome is most common in children ages
4 to 12, with peak incidence at age 6.

Common characteristics

Assessment
History
H Viral infection
H Aspirin use
H Vomiting
H Change in mental status

Physical findings
H Hyperactive reflexes
H Increased blood pressure
H Tachycardia
H Lethargy

Test results
Laboratory
H Low or absent serum salicylate level rules out aspirin
overdose.
H Liver-function studies show aspartate aminotransferase and alanine aminotransferase levels elevated
to twice normal; bilirubin level is usually normal.
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) analysis reveals a white
blood cell count of less than 10; with coma, CSF
pressure increases.
H Coagulation studies result in prolonged prothrombin
and partial thromboplastin times.
H Blood values show elevated serum ammonia levels;
normal or, in 15% of cases, low serum glucose levels; and increased serum fatty acid and lactate levels.
Diagnostic procedures
H Liver biopsy reveals fatty droplets uniformly distributed throughout cells.
Other
H History of a recent viral disorder with typical signs
and symptoms strongly suggests Reyes syndrome.

Treatment
H Dictated by stage of the syndrome (see Stages of

treatment for Reyes syndrome)

H Five-stage development, signs and symptoms varying

in severity with the degree of encephalopathy and


cerebral edema
H Possible atypical presentation for infants
H Brief recovery period after initial viral infection, during which child doesnt seem seriously ill
H A few days later, intractable vomiting, lethargy, rapidly changing mental status (mild to severe agitation,
confusion, irritability, delirium), hyperactive reflexes,
and rising blood pressure, respiratory rate, and
pulse rate

Nursing considerations

Complications

H Maintain seizure precautions.


H Provide skin and mouth care.
H Perform or assist with ROM exercises.

H Increased ICP
H Coma
H Seizures
H Respiratory failure

704

Reyes syndrome

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H maintain skin integrity
H remain hemodynamically stable.

Nursing interventions

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 705

Stages of treatment for Reyes syndrome


Signs and symptoms

Treatment

Stage I
Vomiting, lethargy, hepatic dysfunction

Start baseline treatment:


To decrease intracranial pressure (ICP) and brain edema, administer
I.V. fluids at two-thirds of the maintenance dose. Also administer an
osmotic diuretic or furosemide.
To treat hypoprothrombinemia, administer vitamin K; if vitamin K
proves unsuccessful, administer fresh frozen plasma.
Monitor serum ammonia and blood glucose levels and plasma osmolality every 4 to 8 hours to check progress.

Stage II
Hyperventilation, delirium, hepatic
dysfunction, hyperactive reflexes

Continue baseline treatment.

Stage III
Coma, hyperventilation, decorticate
rigidity, hepatic dysfunction

Continue baseline and seizure treatment.


Monitor ICP with a subarachnoid screw or other invasive device.
Provide endotracheal intubation and mechanical ventilation to control
partial pressure of carbon dioxide. A paralyzing agent, such as pancuronium I.V. may help maintain ventilation.
Administer mannitol I.V. or glycerol by nasogastric tube.

Stage IV
Deepening coma; decerebrate rigidity;
large, fixed pupils; minimal hepatic
dysfunction

Continue baseline and supportive care.


If all previous measures fail, some pediatric centers use barbiturate
coma, decompressive craniotomy, hypothermia, or an exchange
transfusion.

Stage V
Seizures, loss of deep tendon reflexes,
flaccidity, respiratory arrest, ammonia
level greater than 300 mg/dl

Continue baseline and supportive care.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H ICP
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
H Level of consciousness

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis and treatment
H using a nonsalicylate analgesic and an antipyretic
such as acetaminophen for children.

Discharge planning
H Refer parents to the National Reyes Syndrome Foun-

dation for more information.


H Refer the patient to home care or rehabilitation ser-

vices, as needed.

Reyes syndrome

705

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 706

Rhabdomyolysis
Overview
Description
H Breakdown of muscle tissue, causing myoglobinuria
H Usually follows major muscle trauma, especially a

muscle crush injury


H Good prognosis if contributing causes are stopped or
disease is checked before damage is irreversible

Pathophysiology
H Muscle trauma that compresses tissue causes ische-

mia and necrosis.


H The ensuing local edema further increases compart-

ment pressure and tamponade; pressure from severe


swelling causes blood vessels to collapse, leading to
tissue hypoxia, muscle infarction, neural damage in
the area of the fracture, and release of myoglobin
from the necrotic muscle fibers into the circulation.

H Excessive muscular activity associated with status

epilepticus, electroconvulsive therapy, or highvoltage electrical shock


H Alcohol use
H Recent soft tissue compression
H Seizure activity

Incidence
H Greater occurrence in males than females
H May occur at any age

Common characteristics
H Tenderness, swelling, and muscle weakness caused

by muscle trauma and pressure


H Dark, reddish-brown urine from myoglobin

Complications
H Renal failure
H Amputation

Assessment

Causes

History

H Disorders that damage skeletal muscle

Risk factors

H Muscle trauma or breakdown


H Muscle pain
H Presence of any risk factors

H Traumatic injury
H Prescription and nonprescription drugs (see Drugs

Physical findings

that may cause rhabdomyolysis)


H Strenuous exertion such as long-distance running
H Infection, especially severe infection with necrosis
H Anesthetics that cause intraoperative rigidity
H Heat stroke
H Electrolyte disturbances
H Cardiac arrhythmias

Drugs that may cause rhabdomyolysis


The use of these drugs may cause rhabdomyolysis:
H aminocaproic acid
H amphetamines
H amphotericin B
H anesthetic and paralytic agents
H antihistamines
H caffeine
H cocaine
H corticosteroids
H cyclic antidepressants
H fibric acid derivatives
H heroin
H neuroleptics
H phencyclidine
H propofol
H quinine
H salicylates
H selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors
H statins
H theophylline.

706

Rhabdomyolysis

H Dark, reddish-brown urine


H Tense, tender muscle compartment (compartment

syndrome)

Test results
Laboratory
H Urine myoglobin level exceeds 0.5 mg/dl (evident
with only 200 g of muscle damage).
H Creatinine kinase level is elevated (0.5 to 0.95 mg/dl)
due to muscle damage.
H Serum potassium, phosphate, creatinine, and creatine levels are elevated.
H Hypocalcemia occurs in early stages, hypercalcemia
in later stages.
H Intracompartmental venous pressure measurements
(using a wick catheter, needle, or slit catheter inserted into the muscle) are elevated.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan, magnetic resonance
imaging, and bone scintigraphy are used to detect
muscle necrosis.

Treatment
General
H For underlying disorder
H Prevention of renal failure
H Bed rest

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 707

Medications
H Anti-inflammatory drugs
H Corticosteroids (in extreme cases)
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Immediate fasciotomy and debridement if compart-

ment venous pressure exceeds 25 mm Hg

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain normal renal function
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and drugs.
H Measure intake and output accurately.
H Promote comfort measures.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Urine myoglobins
H Renal studies
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need for prolonged, low-intensity training as opposed to short bursts of intense exercise
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Rhabdomyolysis

707

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 708

Rheumatic fever and


rheumatic heart disease

Special populations
In children, mitral insufficiency is the major consequence of rheumatic heart disease.

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Systemic inflammatory disease of childhood that oc-

H Recent streptococcal infection


H Recent history of low-grade fever spiking to at least

curs 2 to 6 weeks after an inadequately treated upper


respiratory tract infection with group A beta-hemolytic streptococci
H Principally involves the heart, joints, central nervous
system, skin, and subcutaneous tissues
H In rheumatic heart disease, early acute phase that
may affect endocardium, myocardium, or pericardium, possibly followed later by chronic valvular disease
H Commonly recurs

Pathophysiology
H Rheumatic fever appears to be a hypersensitivity re-

action in which antibodies produced to combat


streptococci react and produce lesions at specific tissue sites.
H Antigens of group A streptococci bind to receptors in
the heart, muscle, brain, and synovial joints, causing
an autoimmune response.
H Because the antigens are similar to the bodys own
cells, antibodies may attack healthy body cells by
mistake.

Causes
H Group A beta-hemolytic streptococcal pharyngitis
H Familial tendency

Incidence
H In the United States, most common in northern states
H Worldwide, 15 to 20 million new cases each year
H Most common during cool, damp weather in winter

and early spring

Common characteristics
H Fever
H Joint pain
H Rash and skin nodules
H Sydenhams chorea
H Nose bleeds
H Cardiac effects

Complications
H Destruction of mitral and aortic valves
H Severe pancarditis
H Pericardial effusion
H Heart failure
H Systemic emboli

708

Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease

100.4 F (38 C) in late afternoon, along with unexplained epistaxis and abdominal pain
H Migratory joint pain (polyarthritis)

Physical findings
H Swelling, redness, and signs of effusion, most com-

monly in the knees, ankles, elbows, and hips


H With pericarditis: sharp, sudden pain that usually

starts over the sternum and radiates to the neck,


shoulders, back, and arms; increases with deep inspiration and decreases when the patient sits up and
leans forward
H With heart failure caused by severe rheumatic carditis: dyspnea, right upper quadrant pain, and a hacking, nonproductive cough
H Skin lesions, such as erythema marginatum, typically
on the trunk and extremities
H Subcutaneous nodules, 3 mm to 2 cm in diameter,
that are firm, movable, and nontender occurring
near tendons or bony prominences of joints, persisting for several days to weeks
H With left-sided heart failure: edema and tachypnea,
bibasilar crackles, and ventricular or atrial gallop
H Transient chorea up to 6 months after original streptococcal infection
H Pericardial friction rub
H Heart murmurs and gallops

Test results
Laboratory
H During acute phase, white blood cell count and erythrocyte sedimentation rate are elevated.
H During inflammation, complete blood count shows
slight anemia.
H C-reactive protein test is positive, especially during
acute phase.
H In severe carditis, cardiac enzyme levels are increased.
H Antistreptolysin-O titer is elevated in 95% of patients
within 2 months of onset.
H Throat cultures show group A beta-hemolytic streptococci.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show normal heart size (except with
myocarditis, heart failure, and pericardial effusion).
H Echocardiography helps evaluate valvular damage,
chamber size, and ventricular function and detects
pericardial effusion.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 709

Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography reveals no diagnostic changes,
but 20% of patients show a prolonged PR interval.
H Cardiac catheterization evaluates valvular damage
and left ventricular function in severe cardiac dysfunction.

Treatment
General
H Dietary sodium restriction, if indicated
H Bed rest during acute phase
H Gradual activity increase, as tolerated

Medications
H Antibiotics such as penicillin
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone

Surgery
H Commissurotomy, valvuloplasty, or heart valve

replacement

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of resuming activities of daily living
slowly and scheduling frequent rest periods as instructed by the physician
H what to do if signs of an allergic reaction to penicillin
occur
H the importance of reporting early signs and symptoms of left-sided heart failure, such as dyspnea and
a hacking, nonproductive cough, and immediately
reporting signs of recurrent streptococcal infection
H keeping the child away from people with respiratory
tract infections
H transient nature of chorea
H compliance with prolonged antibiotic therapy and
follow-up care
H the possible need for prophylactic antibiotics before
any dental work or invasive procedures
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H avoid arrhythmias
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H express feelings about diminished capacity to perform usual roles.

Nursing interventions
H Find out if the patient has ever had a hypersensitivity

reaction to penicillin. Warn the parents (if appropriate) that such a reaction is possible.
H Administer prescribed antibiotics on time.
H Stress the importance of bed rest. Provide a bedside
commode.
H Position the patient upright.
H Provide analgesics and oxygen, as needed.
H Allow the patient to express feelings and concerns.
H Help the parents overcome any guilt feelings they
may have about their childs illness.
H Encourage the parents and child to vent their frustrations during the long recovery. If the child has severe
carditis, help them prepare for permanent changes
in the childs lifestyle.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Heart rhythm
H Heart and breath sounds

Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease

709

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 710

Rheumatoid arthritis
Overview
Description
H Chronic, systemic, symmetrical inflammatory disease
H Primarily attacking peripheral joints and surround-

ing muscles, tendons, ligaments, and blood vessels


H Marked by spontaneous remissions and unpre-

dictable exacerbations
H Potentially crippling

Pathophysiology

H Pain on inspiration
H Shortness of breath

Physical findings
H Joint deformities and contractures
H Painful, red, swollen arms
H Foreshortened hands
H Boggy wrists
H Rheumatoid nodules
H Leg ulcers
H Eye redness
H Joints that are warm to the touch
H Pericardial friction rub
H Positive Babinskis sign

H Cartilage damage resulting from inflammation trig-

Test results

gers further immune responses, including complement activation.


H Complement, in turn, attracts polymorphonuclear
leukocytes and stimulates release of inflammatory
mediators, which exacerbates joint destruction.

Laboratory
H Rheumatoid factor test is positive in 75% to 80% of
patients, as indicated by a titer of 1:160 or higher.
H Synovial fluid analysis shows increased volume and
turbidity but decreased viscosity and complement
(C3 and C4) levels, with white blood cell count possibly exceeding 10,000/l.
H Serum globulin levels are elevated.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated.
H Complete blood count shows moderate anemia and
slight leukocytosis. (See Classifying rheumatoid
arthritis.)
Imaging
H In early stages, X-rays show bone demineralization
and soft-tissue swelling. Later, they help determine
the extent of cartilage and bone destruction, erosion,
subluxations, and deformities and show the characteristic pattern of these abnormalities.
H Magnetic resonance imaging, computed tomography
scan may provide information about damage extent.
Other
H Synovial tissue biopsy shows inflammation.

Causes
H Unknown
H Possible influence of infection (viral or bacterial),

hormonal factors, and lifestyle

Incidence
H Strikes three times as many females as males
H Can occur at any age; peak onset, ages 35 and 50

Common characteristics
H Stiff, swollen joints

Complications
H Fibrous or bony ankylosis
H Soft-tissue contractures
H Joint deformities
H Sjgrens syndrome
H Spinal cord compression
H Carpal tunnel syndrome
H Osteoporosis
H Recurrent infections
H Hip joint necrosis

Assessment
History
H Insidious onset of nonspecific symptoms, including

fatigue, malaise, anorexia, persistent low-grade fever,


weight loss, and vague articular symptoms
H Later, more specific localized articular symptoms,
commonly in the fingers
H Bilateral and symmetrical symptoms, which may
extend to the wrists, elbows, knees, and ankles
H Stiff joints
H Stiff, weak, or painful muscles
H Numbness or tingling in the feet or weakness or loss
of sensation in the fingers

Treatment
General
H Adequate sleep (8 to 10 hours every night)
H Splinting
H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises and carefully indi-

vidualized therapeutic exercises


H Moist heat application
H Frequent rest periods between activities

Medications
H Salicylates
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as

naproxen, nabumetone, and indomethacin


H Gold salts such as auranofin
H Corticosteroids
H Cox-2 inhibitors such as celecoxib
H Disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDS),

such as hydroxychloroquine and methotrexate


H Immunosuppressants, such as leflunomide, azathio-

prine, and penicilliamine

710

Rheumatoid arthritis

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 711

H Tumor necrosis factor blockers (class of DMARDS),

such as etanercept and infliximab


H Interleukin-1 receptor antaognist such as anakinra
H Abatacept
H Rituximab

Surgery
H Metatarsal head and distal ulnar resectional arthro-

plasty; insertion of silastic prosthesis between metacarpophalangeal and proximal interphalangeal joints
H Arthrodesis (joint fusion)
H Synovectomy
H Osteotomy
H Repair of ruptured tendon
H In advanced disease, joint reconstruction or total
joint arthroplasty

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible
H maintain skin integrity
H verbalize feelings about limitations
H express an increased sense of well-being.

Classifying rheumatoid arthritis


A patient who meets four of seven American College of
Rheumatology criteria is classified as having rheumatoid
arthritis. She must experience the first four criteria for at
least 6 weeks, and a physician must observe the second
through fifth criteria.
H Morning stiffness in and around the joints that lasts for
1 hour before full improvement
H Arthritis in three or more joint areas, with at least three
joint areas (as observed by a physician) exhibiting
soft-tissue swelling or joint effusions, not just bony
overgrowth (the 14 possible areas involved include the
right and left proximal interphalangeal, metacarpophalangeal, wrist, elbow, knee, ankle, and metatarsophalangeal joints)
H Arthritis of hand joints, including the wrist, the metacarpophalangeal joint, or the proximal interphalangeal joint
H Arthritis that involves the same joint areas on both
sides of the body
H Subcutaneous rheumatoid nodules over bony prominences
H Demonstration of abnormal amounts of serum rheumatoid factor by any method that produces a positive
result in less than 5% of patients without rheumatoid
arthritis
H Radiographic changes, usually on posteroanterior hand
and wrist X-rays, must show erosions or unequivocal
bony decalcification localized in or most noticeable adjacent to the involved joints

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed analgesics; watch for adverse

reactions.
H Perform meticulous skin care.
H Supply adaptive devices, such as a zipper-pull, easyto-open beverage cartons, and lightweight cups.
After total knee or hip arthroplasty
H Administer prescribed blood replacement products,
antibiotics, and pain medication.
H Have the patient perform active dorsiflexion; immediately report inability to do so.
H Supervise isometric exercises every 2 hours.
H After total hip arthroplasty, check traction for pressure
areas; keep head of bed raised 30 to 45 degrees.
H Change or reinforce dressings, as needed.
H Have the patient turn, cough, and breathe deeply
every 2 hours.
H After total knee arthroplasty, keep the leg extended
and slightly elevated.
H After total hip arthroplasty, keep the hip in abduction. Watch for and immediately report inability to
rotate the hip or bear weight on it, increased pain, or
a leg that appears shorter.
H Assist patient in activities, keeping the weight on the
unaffected side.

Monitoring
H Joint mobility and pain level
H Skin integrity
H Vital signs and daily weight
H Sensory disturbances

H Serum electrolyte and hemoglobin level and hema-

tocrit
H Activity tolerance
H Complications of corticosteroid therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H chronic nature of rheumatoid arthritis and possible
need for major lifestyle changes
H importance of a balanced diet and weight control
H sexual concerns.
If the patient requires total knee or hip arthroplasty,
be sure to cover:
H preoperative and surgical procedures
H postoperative exercises, with supervision
H deep-breathing and coughing exercises to perform
after surgery
H performing frequent ROM leg exercises after surgery
H use of a constant-passive-motion device after total
knee arthroplasty, or placement of an abduction pillow between the legs after total hip arthroplasty
H how to use a trapeze to move about in bed
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for physical and occupational therapy.
H Refer the patient to the Arthritis Foundation.

Rheumatoid arthritis

711

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 712

Rocky Mountain
spotted fever

Assessment
History
H Recent exposure to ticks or tick-infested areas, or a

Overview
Description
H Acute infectious, febrile, rash-producing illness asso-

ciated with outdoor activities


H Fatal in about 5% of patients

Pathophysiology
H Infecting organism multiplies in endothelial cells and

spreads via the bloodstream.


H Focal areas of infiltration lead to thrombosis and

leakage of red blood cells into surrounding tissue.

Causes
H Rickettsia rickettsii, transmitted by the wood tick

(Dermacentor andersoni) in the western United


States and by the dog tick (D. variabilis) in the eastern United States; enters humans or small animals
with the prolonged bite (4 to 6 hours) of an adult
tick
H Occasionally, inhalation or contact of abraded skin
with tick excreta or tissue juices

Incidence
H Endemic throughout the continental United States,

but most common in southeastern and south-central


regions
H Particularly prevalent in children ages 5 to 9
H Increased occurrence in spring and summer

Common characteristics
H Fever, headache, mental confusion, and myalgia
H Macular papular rash on palms and soles in about

90% of patients
H Rash, evident in about 15% of patients on day 1 and

in nearly half of patients by day 3, starting at the


wrists, ankles, or forehead and spreading to the remainder of the extremities and trunk
H Within 2 days, rash seen over the entire body (including scalp, palms, and soles)

Complications
H Lobar pneumonia
H Otitis media
H Parotitis
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Renal failure
H Meningoencephalitis
H Hepatic injury
H Enterocolitis
H Death

known tick bite


H Abrupt symptom onset, including persistent fever

(temperature of 102 to 104 F [38.9 to 40 C]);


generalized, excruciating headache; and aching in
bones, muscles, joints, and back

Physical findings
H Erythematous macules, 1 to 5 mm in diameter, be-

coming maculopapules that blanch with pressure


H Frank hemorrhage at the center of maculopapules,

creating petechia that dont blanch with pressure


H Bronchial cough
H Tachypnea
H Altered level of consciousness
H Decreased urine output; dark urine
H Tachycardia
H Hypotension
H Hepatomegaly, splenomegaly
H Generalized pitting edema
H Abdominal tenderness

Test results
Laboratory
H Serologic tests may be negative in initial stages.
H Indirect immunofluorescence assay has diagnostic
titer of 64 or greater, detectable between days 7 and
14 of the illness.
H Latex agglutination diagnostic titer is 128 or greater
1 week after onset.
H Platelet count, white blood cell (WBC) count, and
fibrinogen levels are decreased.
H Prothrombin time and partial thromboplastin time
are prolonged.
H Serum protein levels (especially albumin) are decreased.
H Hyponatremia and hypochloremia occur, related to
increased aldosterone excretion.
H Serum creatinine, blood urea nitrogen, and potassium levels are elevated.
H Hepatic function is abnormal.
H Cerebrospinal fluid analysis shows mild mononuclear pleocytosis with slightly elevated protein content.
H Immunohistologic examination of cutaneous biopsy
of a rash lesion shows R. rickettsii.

Treatment
General
H Careful tick removal
H Careful fluid administration
H Intubation and mechanical ventilation, if needed
H Hemodialysis, if needed
H Treatment of hemorrhage and thrombocytopenia, if

needed

712

Rocky Mountain spotted fever

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 713

H Small, frequent meals


H Parenteral nutrition, if the patient cant receive oral

intake
H Bed rest until condition improves

Medications
H Doxycycline (drug of choice), tetracycline, or chlo-

ramphenicol (in pregnant females)


H Anticonvulsants

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H remain afebrile
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain normal WBC count and differential
H report increased comfort and decreased pain.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide oxygen therapy and assisted ventilation for

pulmonary complications as ordered.


H Offer mentholated lotions if the rash itches.
H Turn the patient frequently.
H Encourage incentive spirometry and deep breathing.
H Plan care to promote adequate rest periods.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Respiratory status
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of reporting recurrent symptoms immediately
H importance of completing antibiotic course
H preventive strategies, including avoiding tick-infested
areas, whole-body inspection (including scalp) every
3 to 4 hours for attached ticks, protective clothing,
and insect repellent
H correct tick removal technique using tweezers or forceps and steady traction.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist if

needed.

Rocky Mountain spotted fever

713

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 714

Rosacea
Overview
Description
H Chronic adult skin disorder that affects the skin and

eyes
H Produces flushing and dilation of small blood vessels
in the face, especially the nose and cheeks
H May cause papules and pustules, but without the
characteristic comedones of acne vulgaris
H Usually spreads slowly; rarely subsides spontaneously
H Commonly more severe in males and usually associated with rhinophyma (dilated follicles and thickened, bulbous skin on the nose)

Pathophysiology
H Vascular reactivity leads to varying degrees of pap-

ules, pustules, and hyperplasia of the sebaceous


glands.

Causes
H Unknown
H Factors that cause flushing:

Drinking hot beverages


Using tobacco or alcohol
Eating spicy foods
Engaging in physical activity
Being exposed to extreme heat or cold or to
sunlight

Incidence
H Most common in white females ages 30 to 50

Common characteristics

With ocular involvement


H Blepharitis
H Conjunctivitis
H Uveitis
H Keratitis

Assessment
History
H Facial flushing
H Gritty feeling in eyes
H Facial edema
H Predisposing or aggravating factors
H Complaints of burning or stinging of face

Physical findings
H Flushed areas on the cheeks, nose, forehead, and

chin, usually starting across the central oval of the


face (see Lupoid or granulomatous rosacea)
H Telangiectasia with pustules and papules
H Rhinophyma (thickened and disfigured noses) (in
severe rosacea)
H Dry skin appearance
H Facial edema
H Ocular rosacea:
Conjunctival infection
Chalazion
Episcleritis

Test results
H Rosacea is confirmed by observation of typical vascu-

lar and acneiform lesions without comedones.


Diagnostic procedures
H Skin biopsy may be done to rule out other diseases
such as lupus erythematosus.

H Flushed areas on cheeks, nose, forehead, and chin


H Ocular involvement (50% of cases)

Treatment

Complications

General

H Decreased self-esteem
H Rosacea fulminans

H Identification and avoidance of aggravating factors,

such as hot beverages, alcohol, and spicy foods


H Avoidance of physical activities involving sunlight or

exposure to extreme heat or cold

Lupoid or granulomatous rosacea


Firm yellow, brownish, or reddish cutaneous papules or
nodules characterize the variant form called lupoid or
granulomatous rosacea. The lesions are less inflammatory
that those of rosacea. Typically, the surrounding skin is
relatively normal looking, but sometimes its red and
thickened diffusely. Usually, the lesions are monomorphic
in each patient, affecting the cheeks and periorificial areas.
Other signs or symptoms of rosacea arent needed to
make the diagnosis of this form of rosacea. Diascopy with
a glass spatula reveals the lupoid character of the infiltrations. Lupoid or granulomatous rosacea may scar the
skin.

714

Rosacea

H Facial massage

Medications
H Topical azelaic acid
H Topical sodium sulfacetamide
H Topical metronidazole
H Oral doxycycline (for ocular involvement)
H Corticosteroids
H Isotretinoin for severe cases

Surgery
H Electrosurgery
H Laser therapy

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 715

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit improved or healed wounds or lesions
H report feelings of increased comfort
H demonstrate an appropriate skin care regimen
H report feelings of improved self-image.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage patient to express feelings.
H Offer emotional support and reassurance.
H Assist with identification of triggers.

Monitoring
H Adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Complications
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching

Prevention

Preventing rosacea flare-up


Rosacea flare-ups may be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Practice proper hand-washing techniques.
H Stay cool in hot weather by staying in air conditioned
areas, drinking cold beverages, and avoiding overexertion.
H Avoid cold wind on face by wearing a scarf or face
mask in cold weather.
H Use moisturizer in cold weather to protect against drying.
H Practice stress-management techniques.
H Avoid foods that trigger flare-ups, such as spicy foods,
hot beverages, and alcohol.
H Avoid heavy exertion during exercise, exercise in wellventilated areas, and exercise in short intervals. Also
apply a cold compress to face during exercise.
H Wash face gently and pat dry. Allow to air dry before
using creams and lotions.
H Avoid hot tubs, hot baths, and saunas.
H Avoid skin care products that burn or sting and use
products labeled fragrance free.
H Use a noncomedogenic, high-factor sunscreen when
exposed to sunlight and wind.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H aggravating factors
H prevention of rosacea flare-ups (see Preventing
rosacea flare-up)
H stress-reduction techniques
H meticulous hand washing and personal hygiene
H ways to prevent infection
H signs and symptoms of infection
H when to notify the physician.

Rosacea

715

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 716

Roseola infantum

Assessment
History

Overview

H Abruptly increasing, unexplainable fever that peaks

Description
H Common acute, benign, presumably viral illness

characterized by fever with subsequent rash (see


Incubation and duration of common rashproducing infections)
H Also known as exanthema subitum or sixth disease

Pathophysiology

between 103 and 105 F (39.4 and 40.5 C) for


3 to 5 days and then drops suddenly
H Anorexia
H Irritability
H Listlessness
H Cough

Physical findings
H When temperature drops abruptly, maculopapular,

H Human herpesvirus (HHV) type 6B, which causes the

nonpruritic rash appears that blanches with pressure

disorder, is similar to cytomegalovirus.


H HHV-6 shows persistent and intermittent or chronic
shedding in the normal population, resulting in the
unusually early infection of children.
H HHV-6 is thought to be latent in salivary glands and
blood.

H Profuse rash on the trunk, arms, and neck; mild rash

Causes

H Usually, roseola infantum is diagnosed from clinical

H HHV-6B
H May be transmitted by saliva and possibly by genital

secretions

Incidence
H Affects infants and young children, typically from age

6 months to 3 years
H Affects both sexes equally
H Occurs year-round, but most common in spring and

fall

on the face and legs; fades within 24 hours


H Nagayama spots (red papules on soft palate and

uvula)
H Periorbital edema

Test results
observation.
Laboratory
H Causative organism is present in saliva.
H HHV-6 is isolated in peripheral blood.
H Complete blood count shows leukopenia and relative
lymphocytosis as temperature increases.
H Immunofluorescence or enzyme immunoassays may
show seroconversion during the convalescent phase.

Treatment

Common characteristics
H Incubation period of 10 to 15 days
H High fever with rash appearing after the fever breaks

Complications
H Encephalopathy
H Thrombocytopenic purpura
H Febrile seizures
H Meningitis
H Hepatitis

General
H Supportive and symptomatic
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest until fever subsides

Medications
H Antipyretics
H Anticonvulsants

Nursing considerations
Incubation and duration of common
rash-producing infections

Key outcomes

Infection

Incubation
(days)

Duration
(days)

Roseola

5 to 15

3 to 6

The patient will:


H regain a normal body temperature
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H maintain adequate nutritional intake
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds.

Varicella

10 to 14

7 to 14

Nursing interventions

Rubeola

13 to 17

Rubella

14 to 21

716

Roseola infantum

H Give tepid sponge baths and prescribed antipyretics.


H Replace fluids and electrolytes, as needed.
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Provide emotional support to parents.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 717

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Vital signs, especially temperature

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H methods to reduce fever:
tepid sponge baths
dressing the child in lightweight clothing
keeping a comfortable room temperature
use of antipyretics
H importance of adequate fluid intake
H no need for isolation
H reassurance that brief febrile seizures wont cause
brain damage and will stop as the fever subsides
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Roseola infantum

717

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 718

Rotavirus
Overview

Assessment
History
H Fever, nausea, and vomiting followed by diarrhea

Description

Physical findings

H Self-limiting intestinal illness that causes mild to se-

H Diarrhea
H Signs of dehydration, such as:

vere diarrhea in children


H Causes hospitalization of about 55,000 children each
year in the United States and kills more than 600,000
children worldwide

Pathophysiology
H Rotavirus invades and damages the cells of the in-

testinal mucosa.
H Damage decreases viable absorptive surface, causing

an imbalance of secretion and absorption that results


in diarrhea.

Tachycardia
Hypotension
Dry mucous membranes
Concentrated urine
Poor tear production
Poor skin turgor
Oliguria
Sunken eyeballs
Sunken anterior fontanel
H Rectal excoriation

Causes

Test results

H Infection with rotavirus, a member of the Reoviridae

Laboratory
H Rapid antigen detection shows rotavirus in stool.

family
H Transmitted primarily by the fecal-oral route through
ingestion of contaminated water or food or through
contact with contaminated surfaces (see Spreading
rotavirus infection)

Incidence
H Highest among infants and young children; affects

most children in the United States by age 2


H Winter seasonal pattern in the United States and

other temperate climate countries, with annual


epidemics from November to April

Common characteristics

Treatment
General
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued
H Skin care

Medications
H None (antibiotics and antimotility drugs contraindi-

cated)

H Vomiting and watery diarrhea for 3 to 8 days


H Fever
H Abdominal pain

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H Severe dehydration and shock


H Skin breakdown
H Worsening of other conditions such as cystic fibrosis

The patient will:


H maintain adequate nutritional status
H maintain normal electrolyte levels
H maintain adequate fluid volume
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H verbalize or demonstrate increased energy.

Spreading rotavirus infection


Rotavirus infection is contagious. Rotavirus particles pass
in the stool of infected persons before and after they have
symptoms of the illness. A child can catch a rotavirus infection if he puts his fingers in his mouth after touching
something that has been contaminated by the stool of an
infected person. Usually this happens when the child forgets to wash his hands often enough, especially before
eating and after using the toilet. Because of the widespread nature of rotavirus and the fact that almost 100%
of children get rotavirus illness, total prevention of the
spread of rotavirus is nearly impossible.

718

Rotavirus

Nursing interventions
H Institute enteric precautions.
H Enforce strict hand washing and careful cleaning of

all equipment, including toys.


H Implement measures to ensure adequate hydration.
H Clean the patients perineum thoroughly to prevent

skin breakdown.
H Be aware that breast-fed infants can continue to

breast-feed without restrictions. Bottle-fed infants


can use lactose-free soybean formulas.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 719

Monitoring
H Intake and output (including stools)
H Skin integrity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper hand-washing technique
H instructions on diaper changing and thorough
cleaning of the perineum and all affected surfaces
H the importance of notifying the physician of
increased diarrhea or signs of dehydration
H oral vaccine available for infants only.

Rotavirus

719

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 720

Rubella
Overview
Description
H Acute, mildly contagious viral disease that causes a

Common characteristics
H Rash covering the trunk and body; begins to fade in

the opposite order in which it appeared by the end of


day 2
H Rash subsiding on the face; on the trunk may be confluent and hard to distinguish from scarlet fever rash
H Rash disappearing on day 3

distinctive maculopapular rash (resembling measles


or scarlet fever) and lymphadenopathy
H Self-limiting with an excellent prognosis, except for
congenital rubella, which can have disastrous consequences
H Transmitted through contact with blood, urine,
stools, or nasopharyngeal secretions of an infected
person; can also be transmitted transplacentally
H Communicable from about 10 days before until
5 days after rash appears
H Also called German measles

Complications

Pathophysiology

Assessment

H A ribonucleic acid virus enters the bloodstream, usu-

ally through the respiratory route.

H Arthritis
H Postinfectious encephalitis
H Thrombocytopenic purpura
H Congenital rubella

In fetal infection (rare after 20th week


of gestation)
H Intrauterine death
H Spontaneous abortion
H Congenital malformations of major organ systems

History

H The incubation period lasts 14 to 21 days, with a

H Inadequate immunization, exposure to a person with

duration of 3 days.
H The rash is thought to result from virus dissemination to the skin.

rubella infection within the previous 2 to 3 weeks, or


recent travel to an endemic area without reimmunization
H In a child, absence of prodromal symptoms
H In an adolescent or adult, headache, malaise,
anorexia, coryza, sore throat, and cough preceding
rash onset
H Polyarthralgias and polyarthritis (in some adults)

Causes
H Rubella virus (a togavirus) spread by direct contact

or contaminated airborne respiratory droplets

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide
H Most common among children ages 5 to 9, adoles-

cents, and young adults


H Epidemics seen in institutions, colleges, and military
populations
H Flourishes during spring, with limited outbreaks in
schools and workplaces

Giving the rubella vaccine


Know how to manage rubella immunization before giving
the vaccine. First, ask about allergies, especially to
neomycin. If the person has this allergy or has had a reaction to any immunization in the past, check with the physician before giving the vaccine.
If the person is a female of childbearing age, ask if shes
pregnant. If she is or thinks she may be, dont give the
vaccine.
Give the vaccine at least 3 months after any administration of immune globulin or blood. These substances may
have antibodies that could neutralize the vaccine.
Dont vaccinate an immunocompromised person, a person with immunodeficiency disease, or a person receiving
immunosuppressant, radiation, or corticosteroid therapy.
Instead, administer immune serum globulin, as ordered,
to prevent or reduce infection.

720

Rubella

Physical findings
H Rash accompanied by low-grade fever (99

to 101 F
[37.2 to 38.3 C]) that may reach 104 F (40 C)
H Exanthematous, maculopapular, mildly pruritic rash;
typically beginning on the face, and spreading rapidly, covering the trunk and limbs within hours
H Small, red, petechial macules on the soft palate
(Forschheimer spots) preceding or accompanying
the rash
H Coryza
H Conjunctivitis
H Suboccipital, postauricular, and postcervical lymph
node enlargement

Test results
H Usually, the diagnosis is made from clinical observa-

tion.
Laboratory
H Cultures of throat, blood, urine, and cerebrospinal
fluid isolate the rubella virus; convalescent serum
shows a fourfold increase in antibody titers.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay for immunoglobulin (Ig) M antibodies reveals rubella-specific
IgM antibody.
H In congenital rubella, rubella-specific IgM antibody
is present in umbilical cord blood.

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 721

Treatment
General
H Isolation precautions
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest until fever subsides
H Skin care

Medications
H Antipyretics
H Analgesics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H exhibit improvement or healing of lesions or wounds
H express or demonstrate feelings of increased comfort
and decreased pain.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Institute isolation precautions until 5 days after the

rash disappears. Keep an infant with congenital


rubella in isolation for 3 months, until three throat
cultures are negative.
H Keep the patients skin clean and dry.
H Ensure that the patient receives care only from nonpregnant hospital workers who arent at risk for
rubella. As ordered, administer immune globulin to
nonimmunized people who visit the patient. (See
Giving the rubella vaccine.)
H Report confirmed rubella cases to local public health
officials.
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist if
congenital rubella is confirmed.
H Provide parents of an infant with congenital rubella
with support, counseling, and referrals, as needed.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Skin for signs of exanthem
H Auditory impairment in congenital rubella

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H ways to reduce fever
H devastating effects of rubella on an unborn neonate
H importance of people with rubella avoiding pregnant
females
H avoidance of aspirin in a child receiving rubella
vaccine.

Rubella

721

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 722

Rubeola
Overview
Description
H Acute, highly contagious infection causing a charac-

teristic rash
H In the United States, a usually excellent prognosis
H Can be severe or fatal in patients with impaired cell-

mediated immunity
H Mortality highest in children younger than age 2 and

in adults
H Also called measles or morbilli

Pathophysiology
H Virus invades the respiratory epithelium and spreads

via the bloodstream to the reticuloendothelial system,


infecting all types of white blood cells.
H Viremia and viruria develop, leading to infection of
the entire respiratory tract, which spreads to the integumentary system.
H In measles encephalitis, focal hemorrhage, congestion, and perivascular demyelination occur.

Causes
H Rubeola virus
H Spread by direct contact or by contaminated air-

borne respiratory droplets, with portal of entry in the


upper respiratory tract

Incidence
H Affects mostly preschool children
H In temperate zones, most commonly seen in late win-

ter and early spring

Common characteristics
H Fever, Kopliks spots, and characteristic red, blotchy,

rash that begins on the face and becomes generalized


H Peak communicability from 1 to 2 days before symp-

tom onset until 4 days after the rash appears

Complications

H Coryza
H Hoarseness
H Hacking cough

Physical findings
H Temperature peaking at 103

to 105 F (39.4 C to
40.5 C)
H Periorbital edema
H Conjunctivitis
H Kopliks spots (tiny, bluish gray specks, surrounded
by red halo) on oral mucosa opposite the molars,
which may bleed
H Pruritic rash starting as faint macules behind the ears
and on the neck and cheeks, becoming papular and
erythematous, and rapidly spreading over the face,
neck, eyelids, arms, chest, back, abdomen, and
thighs
H Fading of rash when it reaches the feet 2 to 3 days
later, occurring in the same sequence it appeared,
leaving brown discoloration that disappears in 7 to
10 days
H Severe cough
H Rhinorrhea
H Lymphadenopathy

Test results
Laboratory
H The measles virus appears in blood, nasopharyngeal
secretions, and urine during the febrile period.
H Serum antibodies appear within 3 days after rash onset and reach peak titers 2 to 4 weeks later.

Treatment
General
H Respiratory isolation precautions
H Use of vaporizer
H Warm environment
H Small, frequent meals
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest until symptoms improve
H Skin care

H Secondary bacterial infection


H Autoimmune reaction
H Bronchitis
H Otitis media
H Pneumonia
H Encephalitis

Medications

Assessment

The patient will:


H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H remain free from complications related to oral mucous membrane trauma.
The patients family will:
H communicate an understanding of the patients special dietary needs.

History
H Inadequate immunization and exposure to someone

with measles in the past 14 days


H Photophobia
H Malaise
H Anorexia

722

Rubeola

H Antipyretics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

9400Q-R.qxd

8/2/12

4:46 PM

Page 723

Nursing interventions
H Institute respiratory isolation measures for 4 days af-

ter rash onset.


H Follow standard precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage bed rest during the acute period.
H If photophobia occurs, darken the room or provide

sunglasses.
H To prevent disease spread, administer measles

vaccine, as ordered and needed.


H Report measles cases to local health authorities.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Skin for signs of exanthem
H Eyes for conjunctivitis
H Mental status
H Signs and symptoms of pneumonia
H Ears for otitis media

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H supportive measures, isolation, bed rest, and increased fluids
H instructions on cleaning a vaporizer (if used) and the
importance of changing the water every 8 hours
H early signs and symptoms of complications that
should be reported.

Rubeola

723

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 724

Life-threatening disorder

Saint Louis encephalitis


Overview
Description

H Acute inflammatory disease of short duration that in-

volves the brain, spinal cord, and meninges following


the bite of an infected mosquito (mosquitoes infective for life)
H Usually asymptomatic, but severe infection may have
acute onset
H Incubation period of 4 to 21 days
H No person-to-person transmission
H No chronic infection or reports of relapsing infection
H Also known as SEV, SLEV, mosquito-borne
encephalitis, arbovirus, and viral encephalitis

Pathophysiology
H The virus is found in common birds, such as spar-

rows, finches, blue jays, robins, and doves.


H Culex mosquitoes feed on these birds, contract the

virus, and then pass it on to human hosts through a


bite.
H A primary viremia follows reproduction of the virus
at the site of inoculation.
H In subclinical disease, the pathogen is cleared by the
liver, spleen, and lymph nodes before invasion of the
central nervous system.
H Secondary viremia occurs with continued viral replication, which overwhelms the liver, spleen, and
lymph nodes.
H The virus then invades the central nervous system, including the brain and spinal cord.

Causes
H Transmitted by the bite of an infected mosquito
H Laboratory-acquired infections possible through in-

fected blood, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), urine, and


exudates

Risk factors
H Human immunodeficiency virus infection
H Age older than 70 (tenfold increased risk of clinical

illness)
H Travel to endemic areas
H Participation in outdoor activities
H Low socioeconomic status
H Crowded living conditions
H Outdoor occupations

Incidence
H Occurs in North, South, and Central America and the

Caribbean; major health problem in the United Sates


H Highest incidence in late summer or early fall
H Higher incidence in males, probably because of

more outdoor exposure

724

Saint Louis encephalitis

Common characteristics
H Symptoms usually mild
H In severe infections

Acute onset of headache


High fever
Nausea
Myalgia
Malaise
Meningeal signs of stupor
Coma
Seizures (especially in infants)
Spastic paralysis
Death
H In children, possible urinary tract symptoms

Complications
H Acute encephalitis
H Movement disorders and motor deficits
H Seizures and coma
H Cranial nerve palsies
H Death

ALERT
Patients with atherosclerosis, heart disease, and
hypertension have an increased risk of death from
this infection.

Assessment
History
H Exposure to infected insect
H Onset of encephalitis characterized by:

Malaise
Fever
Cough and sore throat, followed by common
symptoms of headache, nausea, vomiting, confusion, disorientation, irritability, tremors, and possible seizures

Physical findings
H Temperature elevation
H Normal neurologic examination
H 5% of patients present in a deep coma
H Cranial nerve palsies in about 25% of patients
H Possibly ataxia
H Possibly seizures (infrequent, but more common in

children)

Test results
Laboratory
H One of the following will be present: A fourfold increase in the antivirus antibody titer between the
acute and the convalescent periods; virus isolation
from tissue, blood, or CSF; or specific immunoglobulin M antibody.
H Pyuria or proteinuria occurs.
H Sodium level is decreased.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 725

H CSF pressure is normal to mildly elevated, blood glu-

cose level is normal, and protein level is normal to


mildly elevated; CSF white blood cell count usually is
less than 200/l..

Treatment
General
H Supportive
H Management of seizures or neurologic symptoms
H Diet as tolerated
H Bed rest

Medications
H Antipyretics
H Analgesics

Nursing considerations

Prevention

Preventing mosquito bites


Mosquito bites may be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Stay indoors between dusk and dark.
H Wear long pants and long-sleeved shirts when outside.
H Wear socks and tuck pants legs into socks.
H Choose light-colored clothing.
H Spray exposed skin with insect repellent.
H Avoid areas of standing water where mosquitoes congregate.
H Eliminate standing water around home to prevent
breeding, such as:
unclogging gutters
removing old tires
emptying wading pools or change water frequently
changing bird bath water frequently
checking flower pots for pooling water and drain.
H Use an electronic bug zapper.
H Change outdoor lights to yellow bug lights.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain safe from falls caused by ataxia or seizures
H accept comfort measures
H maintain adequate nutrition and fluid intake.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage nutritional intake.
H Encourage fluids and lying flat after lumbar punc-

ture.
H Assist with ambulation, as needed.
H Frequently reposition the unconscious patient.
H Encourage range-of-motion (ROM) exercises (pas-

sive ROM exercises if the patient is unconscious).

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Level of consciousness
H Skin breakdown
H Seizure activity
H Complications of lumbar puncture, if performed

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H mosquito bite prevention. (See Preventing mosquito
bites.)

Discharge planning
H Encourage follow-up appointments, as needed.

Saint Louis encephalitis

725

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 726

Salmonella infection
Overview
Description
H One of the most common intestinal infections in the

United States

and those already weakened by other infections, especially human immunodeficiency virus infection

Complications
H Dehydration
H Hypovolemic shock
H Abscess formation
H Sepsis
H Toxic megacolon

H Occurs as enterocolitis, bacteremia, localized infec-

tion, typhoid fever, or paratyphoid fever


H Nontyphoid forms, usually mild to moderate illness

with low mortality


H Typhoid fever most severe form; usually lasts from
1 to 4 weeks and confers lifelong immunity, although
patient may become a carrier

Pathophysiology
H Invasion occurs across the small intestinal mucosa,

altering the plasma membrane and entering the lamina propria.


H Invasion activates cell-signaling pathways, which alter
electrolyte transport, and may cause diarrhea.
H Some salmonella produce a molecule that increases
electrolyte and fluid secretion.

Causes
H Gram-negative bacilli of the genus Salmonella

(member of the Enterobacteriaceae family)


Typhoid fever: S. typhi
Enterocolitis: S. enteritidis
Bacteremia: S. choleresis
H Nontyphoidal infection usually, ingestion of contaminated water or food or inadequately processed
food, especially eggs, chicken, turkey, and duck
H Contact with infected person or animal
H Ingestion of contaminated dry milk, chocolate bars,
or pharmaceuticals of animal origin

Special populations
Salmonella infection in children younger than age
5 is usually from fecal-oral spread.
H Typhoid fever usually, drinking water contaminat-

ed by excretions of a carrier

Incidence
H Increasing in the United States due to travel to en-

demic areas, especially the borders of Mexico

Assessment
History
H With enterocolitis, possible report of contaminated

food eaten 6 to 48 hours before onset of symptoms


H With bacteremia, patient usually reveals immuno-

compromised condition, especially acquired immunodeficiency syndrome


H With typhoid fever, possible ingestion of contaminated food or water, typically 1 to 2 weeks before symptoms develop

Physical findings
H Fever
H Abdominal pain
H With enterocolitis, severe diarrhea
H With typhoidal infection, headache, increasing fever,

and constipation

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood culture in typhoid or paratyphoid fever and
bacteremia shows causative organism in most cases.
H Stool culture in typhoid or paratyphoid fever and enterocolitis shows causative organism.
H Other culture specimens (urine, bone marrow, pus,
and vomitus) show causative organism.
H Presence of S. typhi in stools 1 or more years after
treatment indicates that the patient is a carrier
(about 3% of patients).
H Widals test, an agglutination reaction against somatic
and flagellar antigens, suggests typhoid fever with a
fourfold increase in titer.
H Complete blood count (CBC) shows transient leukocytosis during the first week of typhoidal salmonella
infection.
H CBC shows leukopenia during the third week of typhoidal salmonella infection.
H CBC shows leukocytosis with local infection.

H Lifelong immunity after initial attack of typhoid fever,

but patient may become a carrier


H Paratyphoid fever rare in the United States

Treatment

Common characteristics

General

H Nontyphoidal forms usually, mild to moderate ill-

H Supportive therapy
H Possible hospitalization for severe diarrhea
H Fluid and electrolyte replacement
H High-calorie fluids
H Activity as tolerated

ness, with low mortality


H Enterocolitis and bacteremia especially common
(and more virulent) among infants, elderly people,

726

Salmonella infection

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 727

Medications
H Antimicrobials
H Antidiarrheals

ALERT
Dont give antipyretics. They may mask fever and
lead to hypothermia. Instead, promote heat loss by
applying tepid, wet towels to the patients groin
and axillae.

Surgery
H Surgical drainage of localized abscesses

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain and maintain fluid and electrolyte balance
H return to a normal elimination pattern
H conserve energy while carrying out daily activities
H report adequate pain relief
H experience no further weight loss.

Prevention

Preventing recurrence of
salmonella infection
To prevent salmonella infection from recurring, follow
these teaching guidelines:
H Explain the causes of salmonella infection.
H Show the patient how to wash his hands by wetting
them under running water, lathering with soap and
scrubbing, rinsing under running water with his fingers
pointing down, and drying with a clean towel or paper
towel.
H Tell the patient to wash his hands after using the bathroom and before eating.
H Tell him to cook foods thoroughly especially eggs
and chicken and to refrigerate them at once.
H Teach him how to avoid cross-contaminating foods by
cleaning preparation surfaces with hot, soapy water
and drying them thoroughly after use; cleaning surfaces between foods when preparing more than one
food; and washing his hands before and after handling
each food.
H Tell the patient with a positive stool culture to avoid
handling food and to use a separate bathroom or clean
the bathroom after each use.
H Tell the patient to report dehydration, bleeding, or recurrence of signs of salmonella infection.

Nursing interventions
H Follow enteric precautions until three consecutive

Discharge planning

stool cultures are negative the first one 48 hours


after antibiotic treatment ends, followed by two more
at 24-hour intervals.
H Watch closely for signs of bowel perforation.
H Maintain adequate I.V. fluid and electrolyte therapy,
as ordered.
H Provide good skin and mouth care.
H Apply mild heat to relieve abdominal cramps.
H Report salmonella cases to public health officials.

H Arrange for follow-up with an infectious disease

specialist or a gastroenterologist as needed.

Monitoring
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Vital signs
H Daily weight

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need for close contacts to obtain a medical examination and treatment if cultures are positive
H how to prevent salmonella infections (see Preventing recurrence of salmonella infection)
H the need to be vaccinated (for those at high risk for
contracting typhoid fever, such as laboratory workers
and travelers)
H the importance of proper hand washing
H the need to avoid preparing food or pouring water
for others until salmonella infection is eliminated.

Salmonella infection

727

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 728

Sarcoidosis
Overview
Description
H A multisystemic, granulomatous disorder that char-

acteristically produces lymphadenopathy, pulmonary


infiltration, and skeletal, liver, eye, or skin lesions
H May be acute (usually resolves within 2 years) or
chronic
H Chronic, progressive sarcoidosis (uncommon) associated with pulmonary fibrosis and progressive pulmonary disability

Pathophysiology
H An excessive inflammatory process begins in the alve-

oli, bronchioles, and blood vessels of the lungs.


H Monocyte-macrophages accumulate in the target tis-

sue where they induce the inflammatory process.


H CD4+ T-lymphocytes and sensitized immune cells

form a ring around the inflamed area.


H Fibroblasts, mast cells, collagen fibers, and proteo-

glycans encase the inflammatory and immune cells,


causing granuloma formation.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H Possible causes:

Hypersensitivity response to atypical mycobacteria,


fungi, and pine pollen
Chemicals
T-cell abnormalities
Lymphokine production abnormalities

Incidence
H Most common in people ages 20 to 40
H In the United States, predominant occurrence among

blacks
H Affects twice as many females as males
H Incidence slightly higher in families, suggesting

Assessment
History
H Pain in the wrists, ankles, and elbows
H General fatigue and malaise
H Unexplained weight loss
H Breathlessness and dyspnea
H Nonproductive cough
H Substernal pain

Physical findings
H Erythema nodosum
H Punched out lesions on the fingers and toes
H Cranial or peripheral nerve palsies
H Extensive nasal mucosal lesions
H Anterior uveitis
H Glaucoma and blindness occasionally in advanced

disease
H Bilateral hilar and paratracheal lymphadenopathy
H Splenomegaly
H Arrhythmias

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis shows a decreased
partial pressure of arterial oxygen and increased carbon dioxide levels.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show bilateral hilar and right paratracheal adenopathy, with or without diffuse interstitial
infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
H Kveim-Siltzbach skin test shows granuloma development at the injection site in 2 to 4 weeks when positive.
H Lymph node, skin, or lung biopsy shows noncaseating granulomas with negative cultures for mycobacteria and fungi.
H Pulmonary function tests show decreased total lung
capacity and compliance and reduced diffusing capacity.

genetic predisposition

Common characteristics
H Pain in the wrists, ankles, and elbows
H Malaise
H Unexplained weight loss
H Shortness of breath on exertion
H Substernal pain

Complications
H Pulmonary fibrosis
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Cor pulmonale

Treatment
General
H None needed for asymptomatic sarcoidosis
H Protection from sunlight
H Low-calcium diet for hypercalcemia
H Reduced-sodium, high-calorie diet
H Adequate fluids
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Corticosteroids such as prednisone

728

Sarcoidosis

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 729

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Discharge planning
H Refer a patient with failing vision to community sup-

port and resource groups such as the American


Foundation for the Blind, if necessary.

The patient will:


H maintain adequate ventilation
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H express an understanding of the illness
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the illness
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Administer supplemental oxygen.
H Provide a nutritious, high-calorie diet.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Provide a low-calcium diet for hypercalcemia.
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Include the patient in care decisions whenever

possible.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status
H Chest X-ray results
H Sputum production
H ABG results
H Cardiac rhythm

ALERT
Because corticosteroids may induce or worsen diabetes mellitus, test the patients blood by fingersticks for glucose and acetone at least every
12 hours at the beginning of corticosteroid therapy.
Also, watch for other adverse effects, such as fluid
retention, electrolyte imbalance (especially hypokalemia), moon face, hypertension, and personality changes.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H steroid therapy
H the need for regular follow-up examinations
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry
H infection prevention.

Sarcoidosis

729

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 730

Scabies
Overview
Description
H Transmissible skin infestation with Sarcoptes scabiei

var. hominis (itch mite)


H Characterized by burrows, severe pruritus, and exco-

riations

Pathophysiology
H Mites burrow into the skin on contact, progressing

2 to 3 mm per day.
H Females live about 4 to 6 weeks and lay about 40 to

50 eggs, which hatch in 3 to 4 days.


H Pruritus occurs only after sensitization to the mite

develops. With initial infestation, sensitization requires several weeks. With reinfestation, sensitization
develops within 24 hours.
H Dead mites, eggs, larvae, and their excrement trigger
an inflammatory eruption of the skin in infested
areas.

Causes

H Occurs worldwide
H Can be endemic

Common characteristics
H Burrows
H Severe pruritus
H Excoriations

Complications
H Secondary bacterial infection
H Abscess formation
H Septicemia

Assessment
History
H Predisposing factors
H May be asymptomatic initially
H Intense pruritus being more severe at night

Physical findings
H Characteristic gray-brown, threadlike burrows (0.5

to 1 cm long) with tiny papule or vesicle at one end


H Common sites: flexor surfaces of wrists, elbows, axil-

lary folds, waistline, nipples in females, and genitalia

H Direct (skin to skin) contact or contact with contam-

inated articles for up to 48 hours (see Scabies:


Cause and effect)

Risk factors
H Overcrowded living conditions
H Poor hygiene
H Multiple sex partners
H Day-care or institutional settings

Incidence
H Common in children and young adults
H Common in elderly and debilitated patients

Scabies: Cause and effect


Infestation with Sarcoptes scabiei the itch mite
causes scabies. This mite (shown enlarged below) has a
hard shell and measures a microscopic 0.1 mm.

Special populations
In infants, the burrows may appear on the head
and neck.
H Papules, vesicles, crusting, abscess formation, and

cellulites with secondary infection

Test results
Laboratory
H Wound culture demonstrates secondary bacterial infection.
Diagnostic procedures
H Mineral oil burrow-scraping reveals mites, nits, or
eggs, and feces or scybala.
H Punch biopsy may help confirm the diagnosis.
Other
H Resolution of infestation with therapeutic trial of a
pediculicide confirms the diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Bathing with soap and water

Medications
H Topical scabicides
H Topical 6% to 10% sulfur solution
H Systemic antibiotics
H Antipruritics

730

Scabies

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 731

ALERT
Avoid the use of topical steroids, which may potentiate the infection.

Special populations
When treating infants, include the head in treatment.

Nursing considerations

Prevention

Preventing scabies transmission


and recurrence
Scabies transmission and recurrence may be prevented
by following these guidelines:
H Avoid sharing towels, linen, and clothing.
H Wash all infested items with hot, soapy water and dry
on high heat in the dryer.
H Place items you cant wash in a plastic bag and leave
for 1 week. Mites die within 48 to 72 hours away from
the human body.
H Practice good personal hygiene.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H exhibit resolution of infestation
H report relief of pruritus
H avoid complications
H demonstrate understanding of proper skin care
regimen.

H prevention of transmission and recurrence (see Pre-

venting scabies transmission and recurrence)


H proper application of the prescribed scabicide.

Nursing interventions
H Trim patients fingernails short.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Isolate the patient until treatment is completed.
H Practice meticulous hand washing.
H Sterilize blood pressure cuffs in a gas autoclave

before using on other patients.


H Decontaminate linens, towels, clothing, and personal

articles.
H Disinfect the patients room after discharge.
H If the patient is a child, notify his school of the infes-

tation.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Observe wound and skin precautions for 24 hours

after treatment with a scabicide.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Neurologic status

ALERT
Prolonged use of scabicides may lead to excessive
central nervous system stimulation and seizures.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H identification of characteristic lesions
H modes of transmission
H mite resistance to scabicides
H assessment of close personal contacts for infestation
H successful treatment for infestation with good hygiene and scabicides

Scabies

731

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 732

Scarlet fever

H Malaise
H Likely high temperature (100 to 103 F [37.8 to

Overview

H Characteristic rash 12 to 48 hours after onset of fever

39.4 C])

Description
H A hypersensitivity reaction that usually follows strep-

tococcal pharyngitis
H May follow other streptococcal infections, such as
wound infections, urosepsis, and puerperal sepsis
H Also known as scarlatina

Pathophysiology
H After infection, an erythrogenic toxin is produced,

resulting in a hypersensitivity reaction.


H Replication site is the tonsils and pharynx.
H Inflammatory reaction occurs.

Causes
H Group A beta-hemolytic streptococci transmitted by

direct contact with infected person or droplet


spread; indirectly by contact with contaminated articles or ingestion of contaminated food

Incidence

Physical findings
H Inflamed and heavily coated tongue, progressing to

strawberry-like tongue
H Tongue that peels and becomes beefy red, returning

to normal by the end of the second week


H Red and edematous uvula, tonsils, and posterior

oropharynx, with mucopurulent exudate


H Fine, erythematous rash, appears first on the upper

chest and back, spreading to the neck, abdomen,


legs, and arms
H Rash resembling sunburn with goose bumps; blanches with pressure
H Flushed face; circumoral pallor
H Tachycardia

Test results
Laboratory
H Pharyngeal culture is positive for group A betahemolytic streptococci.
H Complete blood count reveals increased white blood
cell count and eosinophilia during the second week.

H Most common in children ages 3 to 15; peak inci-

dence ages 4 to 8
H Infection rate increased in overcrowded situations
H Males and females affected equally

Common characteristics
H Incubation period typically lasting 2 to 4 days, may

last 1 to 7 days
H High fever
H Pharyngitis
H Rash

Complications
H Severe disseminated toxic illness
H Septicemia
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Liver damage
H Otitis media
H Peritonsillar and retropharyngeal abscess
H Sinusitus
H Glomerulonephritis
H Meningitis
H Brain abscess

Assessment
History
H Possible contact with person with a sore throat
H Sore throat
H Headache
H Chills
H Anorexia
H Abdominal pain

732

Scarlet fever

Treatment
General
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued
H Appropriate skin care

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as penicillin and erythromycin
H Antipyretics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have moist, pink mucous membranes without lesions
H chew and swallow without discomfort
H have no signs or symptoms of infection
H express feelings of increased comfort or absence of
pain at rest.

Nursing interventions
H Implement respiratory secretion precautions for

24 hours after starting antibiotic therapy.


H Offer frequent oral fluids and oral hygiene.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide skin care to relieve discomfort from the

rash.
H Provide warm liquids or cold foods to ease sore

throat pain.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 733

H Use a cool mist humidifier to keep the air moist and

prevent the throat from getting too dry and more


sore.

Monitoring
H Adverse drug reactions
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Body temperature
H Rash
H Nutritional status
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to take oral antibiotics for the prescribed
length of time to prevent serious complications
H proper disposal of purulent discharge
H follow-up care
H when to notify the physician
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H prevention of scarlet fever and strep throat by washing hands and avoiding others with the disease.

Scarlet fever

733

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 734

Schistosomiasis

Incidence

Overview

Common characteristics

H Uncommon in the United States


H Most prevalent in children and adolescents

H Initially, a transient, pruritic rash at the site of cer-

Description
H A slowly progressive disease caused by blood flukes

of the class Trematoda


H Three major types: Schistosoma mansoni and S.

japonicum that infect intestinal tract; S. haematobium that infects urinary tract (see Types of schistosomes)
H Degree of infection determines intensity of illness
H Also known as bilharziasis

Pathophysiology
H Larvae penetrate the skin or mucous membranes and

eventually work their way to the livers venous portal


circulation. They mature in 1 to 3 months and migrate to other parts of the body.
H The female cercariae (the final larval stage) lay spiny
eggs in blood vessels surrounding the large intestine
or bladder.
H After penetrating the mucosa of these organs, the
eggs are excreted in feces or urine.
H If the eggs hatch in fresh water, the first-stage larvae
(miracidia) penetrate freshwater snails, which act as
passive intermediate hosts. Cercariae produced in
snails escape into water and begin a new life cycle.

cariae penetration, along with fever, myalgia, and


cough
H Later, hepatomegaly, splenomegaly, and lymphadenopathy

Complications
H Portal hypertension
H Pulmonary hypertension
H Heart failure
H Ascites
H Hematemesis from ruptured esophageal varices
H Renal failure
H Flaccid paralysis
H Seizures
H Skin abscesses

Assessment
History
H Recent travel to endemic areas
H Fever
H Myalgia
H Cough

Causes

Physical findings

H Contamination with Schistosoma larvae transmitted

H Rash at site of contamination


H Hepatomegaly
H Splenomegaly
H Lymphadenopathy

by bathing, swimming, wading, or working in water

Types of schistosomes
Species and
incidence

Signs and
symptoms

Schistosoma mansoni
Western hemisphere,
particularly Puerto Rico,
Lesser Antilles, Brazil,
and Venezuela; also Nile
delta, Sudan, and central
Africa

Irregular fever, malaise,


weakness, abdominal distress, weight loss, diarrhea,
ascites, hepatosplenomegaly,
portal hypertension, fistulas,
and intestinal stricture

Schistosoma japonicum
Affects males more than
females; particularly
prevalent among farmers
in Japan, China, and the
Philippines.

Irregular fever, malaise,


weakness, abdominal distress, weight loss, diarrhea,
ascites, hepatosplenomegaly,
portal hypertension, fistulas,
and intestinal stricture

Schistosoma
haematobium
Africa, Cyprus, Greece,
and India

Terminal hematuria, dysuria,


uretal colic; with secondary
infection colicky pain, intermittent flank pain, vague
GI complaints, and complete
renal failure

734

Schistosomiasis

Test results
Laboratory
H Ova appear in the urine or stool.
H White blood cell count shows eosinophilia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Mucosal lesion biopsy confirms infection.

Treatment
General
H Supportive
H Fluid replacement
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Praziquantel

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 735

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain hemodynamically stable
H avoid complications
H express an understanding of the disorder and
treatment.

Nursing interventions

Schistosomal dermatitis
Schistosomal dermatitis, also known as swimmers itch or
clam diggers itch, affects those who bathe in and camp
along freshwater lakes in the eastern and western United
States. Its caused by schistosomal cercariae that are harbored by migratory birds and penetrate the skin, causing
a pruritus papular rash. Initially mild, the reaction grows
more severe with repeated exposure. Treatment consists
of 5% copper sulfate solution as an antipruritic and 2%
methylene blue as an antibacterial agent.

H Encourage fluid intake.


H Provide support.
H Encourage activity.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Comfort level
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H avoiding possibly contaminated water or, if the patient must enter the water, the need to wear protective clothing and dry off thoroughly after leaving the
water. (See Schistosomal dermatitis.)

Discharge planning
H Before discharge, tell the patient to schedule a

follow-up visit between 3 and 6 months after treatment. (If this checkup reveals any living eggs, treatment may be resumed.)

Schistosomiasis

735

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 736

Schizophrenia
Overview

Special populations
The onset of schizophrenia usually occurs during
late adolescence.

Description

Common characteristics

H Disturbances in thought content and form, percep-

H Change in emotional expression


H Inappropriate behavior
H Inaccurate interpretation of events
H Ineffective communication

tion, affect, language, social activity, sense of self, volition, interpersonal relationships, and psychomotor
behavior
H Five types recognized by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth Edition,
Text Revision (DSM-IV-TR): catatonic, paranoid,
disorganized, residual, and undifferentiated
H Insidious onset and poor outcome
H Can progress to social withdrawal, perceptual distortions, chronic delusions, and hallucinations
H Up to one-third of patients having only one psychotic
episode
H Some patients having no disability between periods of
exacerbation; others needing continuous institutional
care
H Worsening prognosis with each acute episode

Complications
H Suicide (about 10%)
H Impairment of health
H Impairment of social functioning

Assessment
History
H Possible long-standing psychiatric illness with repeat-

ed episodes
H Decreased social functioning

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H A biochemical hypothesis holds that schizophrenia

H Decreased emotional expression


H Impaired concentration

results from excessive activity at dopaminergic


synapses.
H Other neurotransmitter alterations may also contribute to schizophrenic symptoms.
H Structural abnormalities of the intraventricular system, temporal lobe abnormalities, decreased volume
of the amygdala and hippocampus of the limbic system, structural changes in prefrontal white matter,
and increased volume of the basal ganglia have been
found.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown
H May result from a combination of genetic, biological,

cultural, environmental, and psychological factors

Risk factors
H Familial history
H Gestational and birth complications
H Prenatal nutritional deficiencies
H In utero exposure to viruses or malnutrition
H Stressful environment

DSM-IV-TR criteria
Diagnosis depends on identifying two or more of the
following signs and symptoms for a significant portion
of time during a 1-month period (or only one symptom
if delusions are bizarre, hallucinations consist of a
voice issuing a running commentary, or hallucinations
consist of two or more voices conversing with each
other):
H delusions
H prominent hallucinations
H disorganized speech
H grossly disorganized or catatonic behavior
H negative symptoms (flat affect or inability to make
decisions or speak).
In addition, one or more major areas of functioning
(work, relationships, and self-care) are markedly below previous level, and the disturbance isnt due to a
substance, medical condition, or schizoaffective or
mood disorder.

Incidence

Treatment

H Affects about 1% of the United States population


H Close relatives of patients up to 50 times more likely

General

to develop schizophrenia; the closer the degree of


biological relatedness, the higher the risk
H Higher incidence among lower socioeconomic
groups

H Psychotherapy
H Social skills training
H Family therapy
H Vocational counseling

736

Schizophrenia

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 737

Medications
H Antipsychotic drugs (neuroleptic drugs), such as

chlorpromazine and haloperidol


H Antidepressants
H Anxiolytics
H Atypical antipsychotics, such as clozapine and

risperidone

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H identify internal and external factors that trigger
delusional episodes
H identify and perform activities that decrease delusions
H remain free from injury
H participate with his family in care and prescribed
therapies
H demonstrate effective social interaction skills.

Nursing interventions
H Evaluate the patients ability to carry out activities of

daily living.
H Maintain a safe environment, minimizing stimuli.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Adopt an accepting and consistent approach.
H Avoid promoting dependence.
H Reward positive behavior.
H Provide reality-based explanations for distorted body

images or hypochondriacal complaints.


H Set limits on inappropriate behavior.
H Offer simple and matter-of-fact explanations about

environmental safeguards, drugs, and policies.


H Build trust; be honest and dependable. Dont threat-

en, and dont promise what you cant fulfill.

Monitoring
H Suicidal ideation
H Homicidal ideation
H Effects of drug regimen
H Weight

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H how family members can recognize an impending
relapse, and ways to manage symptoms.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate community re-

sources and support services.

Schizophrenia

737

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 738

Scleroderma
Overview
Description
H Connective tissue disease characterized by inflamma-

tory, degenerative, and fibrotic changes in skin,


blood vessels, synovial membranes, skeletal muscles,
and internal organs; thickening of tissues
H May affect the visceral organs or remain localized to
the skin when the connective tissues of many organs,
including the heart, kidney, GI tract, and lungs, are
involved
H Cutaneous lesions usually on the face, hands, neck,
and upper chest
H Also known as systemic sclerosis

Pathophysiology
H The skin atrophies, and infiltrates containing CD4+

T cells surround the blood vessels; inflamed collagen


fibers become edematous, losing strength and elasticity.
H The dermis becomes tightly bound to the underlying
structures, resulting in atrophy of the affected dermal
appendages and destruction of the distal phalanges
by osteoporosis.
H As the disease progresses, atrophy can affect other
areas.

Causes
H Unknown
H Possible causes:

Systemic exposure to silica dust, polyvinyl chloride, or organic solvents


Anticancer agents such as bleomycin or nonopioid
analgesics such as pentazocine
Fibrosis due to an abnormal immune system response
Underlying vascular cause with tissue changes initiated by inconsistent perfusion
Asymptomatic or common viral infections

Incidence
H Rarely occurs in children or males younger than

age 35
H Affects females three to four times more commonly

than males, especially between ages 30 and 50


H Peak incidence from ages 50 to 60

Common characteristics
H Skin thickening in face and fingers

Complications
H Related to thickening of tissues:

Slowly healing ulcerations on fingertips or toes


leading to gangrene
Decreased food intake and weight loss due to GI
symptoms
Arrhythmias and dyspnea

738

Scleroderma

Malignant hypertension
Respiratory failure
Renal failure
Esophageal or intestinal obstruction or perforation
H Raynauds phenomenon
H Pulmonary fibrosis

Assessment
History
H Pain, stiffness, and swelling of fingers and joints (lat-

er symptoms)
H Frequent reflux, heartburn, dysphagia, and bloating

after meals due to GI dysfunction


H Diarrhea, constipation, and malodorous floating

stool

Physical findings
H Skin thickening, commonly limited to the distal ex-

tremities and face, but possibly involving internal organs


H CREST syndrome (a benign subtype of limited systemic sclerosis): calcinosis, Raynauds phenomenon,
esophageal dysfunction, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia
H Patchy skin changes with a teardrop-like appearance
known as morphea (localized scleroderma)
H Band of thickened skin on the face or extremities
that severely damages underlying tissues, causing atrophy and deformity (linear scleroderma)
H Raynauds phenomenon (blanching, cyanosis, and
erythema of the fingers and toes); progressive phalangeal resorption that may shorten the fingers (early
symptoms)
H Taut, shiny skin over the entire hand and forearm
due to skin thickening
H Tight and inelastic facial skin, causing a masklike appearance and pinching of the mouth
H Thickened skin over proximal limbs and trunk (diffuse systemic sclerosis)
H Abdominal distention

Test results
Laboratory
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is slightly elevated,
rheumatoid factor is positive in 25% to 35% of patients, and antinuclear antibody is positive.
H Urinalysis shows proteinuria, microscopic hematuria, and casts.
Imaging
H Hand X-rays show terminal phalangeal tuft resorption, subcutaneous calcification, and joint space narrowing and erosion.
H Chest X-rays show bilateral basilar pulmonary fibrosis.
H GI X-rays show distal esophageal hypomotility and
stricture, duodenal loop dilation, small-bowel malabsorption pattern, and large diverticula.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 739

Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function studies show decreased diffusion
and vital capacity.
H Electrocardiography shows nonspecific abnormalities related to myocardial fibrosis and possible
arrhythmias.
H Skin biopsy shows changes consistent with disease
progression, such as marked thickening of the dermis and occlusive vessel changes.

Treatment
General
H Physical therapy
H Heat therapy
H Hemodialysis
H Lanolin emollients
H Soft, bland foods
H Possible enteral feedings
H Regular exercise, as tolerated
H Frequent rest periods

Medications
H Immunosuppressants
H Vasodilators
H Antihypertensives
H Antacids
H Histamine-2 receptor antagonist or proton pump in-

hibitor
H Broad-spectrum antibiotics
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor

Surgery
H Digital sympathectomy or, rarely, cervical sympathet-

ic blockade
H Digital plaster cast
H Possible surgical debridement
H Kidney transplant

H Administer oxygen, as ordered, for pulmonary com-

plications.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Possible adverse reactions to prescribed drugs
H Daily weight
H End organ damage such as renal failure
H Skin integrity
H Nutritional status
H Vital signs, especially blood pressure
H Renal function
H Electrocardiograms
H Pulmonary function
H Abdominal distention

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to assess skin for changes
H avoiding cold weather and cigarette smoking
H reporting abnormal bleeding or bruising and any
nonhealing abrasions
H the importance of staying as active as possible, with
frequent rest periods
H follow-up care
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy and occupation-

al therapy as needed.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

needed.
H Refer the patient to the Scleroderma Foundation.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H attain the highest degree of mobility possible within
the confines of disease
H state feelings about limitations
H express an increased sense of well-being
H regain and maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Avoid using fingersticks for blood tests.
H Provide heat therapy to relieve joint stiffness.
H Elevate the head of the bed to help relieve GI symp-

toms.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Provide a soft, bland diet with frequent small meals.

Scleroderma

739

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 740

Scoliosis
Overview
Description

Common characteristics
H Fatigue
H Backache
H Dyspnea
H Change in appearance
H Kyphosis

H Lateral curvature of the spine thats apparent on

Complications

frontal projection, measures greater than 10 degrees,


and is associated with vertebral rotation
H Right thoracic curve most common
H Classified as nonstructural (flexible spinal curve,
with temporary straightening when patient leans sideways) or structural (fixed deformity)

H Debilitating back pain


H Severe deformity
H With thoracic curve exceeding 60 degrees, possible

Pathophysiology
H The vertebrae rotate, forming the convex part of the

curve.

reduced pulmonary function


H With thoracic curve exceeding 80 degrees, increased

risk of cor pulmonale in middle age

Assessment

H The rotation causes rib prominence along the tho-

History

racic spine and waistline asymmetry in the lumbar


spine.
H Severity of spinal deformity dictates physiological
impairment.

H Familial history
H Detected during community or school scoliosis

Causes
H Nonstructural scoliosis:

Leg-length discrepancies
Poor posture
Paraspinal inflammation
Acute disk disease
H Structural scoliosis: no known cause
H Neuromuscular scoliosis: may be caused by muscular dystrophy, polio, cerebral palsy, or spinal muscular atrophy
H Neurofibromatosis (Recklinghausens disease)
H Traumatic scoliosis: may result from vertebral fractures or disk disease
H Local inflammation and infection

Special populations
Degenerative scoliosis may develop in older patients with osteoporosis and degenerative joint
disease of the spine.

Risk factors
H Congenital or neuromuscular problem

Incidence
H Idiopathic
H Less than 1% of school-age children affected
H Seen at growth spurts between ages 10 and 13
H Affects females seven times more than males
H Infantile scoliosis: most common in boys ages 1 to 3
H Juvenile scoliosis: affects boys and girls ages 3 to 10

about equally
H Adolescent scoliosis: occurs after age 10 and during
adolescence

740

Scoliosis

screening
H Hemlines look uneven
H Pant legs appear unequal in length
H One hip higher than the other
H Backache, fatigue, and dyspnea

Physical findings
H Signs of scoliosis (see Testing for scoliosis)

Test results
Imaging
H Spinal X-ray studies confirm scoliosis and determine
the degree of curvature and flexibility of the spine;
they also determine skeletal maturity, predict remaining bone growth, and differentiate nonstructural
from structural scoliosis.
Other
H Bone growth studies may help determine skeletal
maturity.

Treatment
General
H Close observation
H Brace
H Spinal orthoses
H Functional strengthening program
H Gradually increased activity
H No vigorous sports
H Prescribed exercise regimen
H Swimming, but no diving

Surgery
H Posterior spinal fusion and internal stabilization

(rods and spinal hardware)

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 741

Testing for scoliosis


When assessing the patient for an abnormal spinal curve,
use this screening test for scoliosis. Have the patient remove
her shirt and stand as straight as she can with her back to
you. Instruct her to distribute her weight evenly on each
foot. While the patient does this, observe both sides of her
back from neck to buttocks. Look for these signs:
H uneven shoulder height and shoulder blade prominence
H unequal distance between the arms and the body
H asymmetrical waistline
H uneven hip height
H a sideways lean.
With the patients back still facing you, ask the patient to do
the forward-bend test. In this test, the patient places her
palms together and slowly bends forward, remembering to
keep her head down. As she complies, check for these signs:
H asymmetrical thoracic spine or prominent rib cage (rib
hump) on either side
H asymmetrical waistline.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience feelings of increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H achieve the highest level of mobility possible
H express positive feelings about self
H demonstrate measures to prevent injury to self.

Nursing interventions

Rib hump

Asymmetrical
thoracic spine

Asymmetrical
waistline

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H brace care
H skin care
H safe body mechanics
H cast care, if needed
H signs of cast syndrome
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H relaxation techniques.

H Promote self-care while allowing adequate time.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage deep-breathing exercises.
H Promote active ROM arm exercises.

Monitoring
H Response to analgesia
H Skin around the cast edge daily
H Sensation, movement, color, and pulses
H Intake and output
H Urine specific gravity
H Abdominal distention and bowel sounds
H Skin breakdown

ALERT
Watch for signs of cast syndrome (nausea, abdominal pressure, and vague abdominal pain), which
may result from hyperextension of the spine.

Scoliosis

741

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 742

Septic arthritis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of a synovial membrane
H Usually caused by bacteria
H Usually affects a single joint
H May have sudden onset
H Also known as infectious arthritis

Complications
H Osteomyelitis
H Loss of joint cartilage
H Ankylosis
H Fatal septicemia

Assessment
History
H Abrupt onset of intense pain in the affected joint
H Fever and chills

Pathophysiology

Physical findings

H Bacteria invade a joint, and inflammation of the syn-

H Affected joint kept in a flexed position


H Redness and edema over the affected joint
H Severely reduced range of motion (ROM)
H Warmth and extreme tenderness over the involved

ovial lining results.


H Organisms invade the joint cavity, and effusion and
pyogenesis follow.
H Eventual bone and cartilage destruction result.

Causes
H Bacteria spread from a primary site of infection
H Gram-positive cocci
H Staphylococcus aureus
H Streptococcus pyogenes
H Streptococcus pneumoniae
H Streptococcus viridans
H Gram-negative cocci
H Neisseria gonorrhoeae
H Haemophilus influenzae
H Gram-negative bacilli
H Escherichia coli
H Salmonella
H Pseudomonas
H Fungi or mycobacteria (rare cause)

Risk factors
H Concurrent bacterial infection
H Serious chronic illness
H Alcoholism
H Advanced age
H Immune system depression
H History of immunosuppressive therapy
H I.V. drug abuse
H Recent articular trauma
H Arthroscopy and joint surgery
H Intra-articular injections
H Local joint abnormalities

Incidence

joint
H Chills

Test results
Laboratory
H Synovial fluid analysis shows pus or watery, cloudy
fluid of decreased viscosity, typically with 50,000/l
or more white blood cells (WBCs) containing primarily neutrophils; also a low glucose level.
H Gram stain or culture of the fluid identifies the
causative organism.
H Countercurrent immunoelectrophoresis measures
bacterial antigens in body fluids and guides treatment.
H Positive blood cultures confirm the diagnosis even
with negative synovial culture.
H WBC count is elevated with many polymorphonuclear
cells.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is increased.
H C-reactive protein level is elevated.
H Lactic assay distinguishes septic from nonseptic
arthritis.
Imaging
H X-rays may show distention of the joint capsule, narrowing of the joint space, and erosion of bone.
H Radioisotope joint scan may show infection or inflammation, especially in less accessible joints.
Diagnostic procedures
H Arthrocentesis allows collection of a synovial fluid
specimen for analysis.
H Biopsy of the synovial membrane confirms the diagnosis and identifies the causative organism.

H Gram-positive cocci more common in children age 2

and older and adults


H H. influenzae most common in children younger

than age 2

Common characteristics
H Joint inflammation
H Severe pain
H Pseudoparalysis of affected area
H Warmth and erythema of affected area

742

Septic arthritis

Treatment
General
H Based on antimicrobial susceptibilities and the pa-

tients age
H Drainage by repeated closed-needle aspiration,

arthroscopy, or arthrotomy
H Exercise, as tolerated
H Joint immobilization

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 743

Medications
H Analgesics
H Appropriate parenteral antibiotic for 3 to 4 weeks

Surgery
H Reconstructive surgery for severe joint damage
H Possible open surgical drainage

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disorder.

Nursing interventions
H Practice strict sterile technique.
H Check splints or traction regularly.
H Maintain proper alignment.
H Assist with ROM exercises.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Allow adequate time for and promote self-care.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of joint inflammation
H Vital signs and fever pattern
H Pain levels
H Response to pain medications
H Condition after joint aspiration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the etiology of the disease
H the role of I.V. drug use
H the prevention of recurrence
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the exercise regimen
H rest periods
H home I.V. therapy, if required
H avoiding aggravating factors.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to drug counseling, if appropriate.
H Refer the patient to Alcoholics Anonymous, if appro-

priate.

Septic arthritis

743

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 744

Life-threatening disorder

Severe acute respiratory


syndrome
Overview
Description

Complications
H Respiratory difficulties
H Severe thrombocytopenia (low platelet count)
H Death

Assessment
History
H Contact with a person known to have SARS
H Travel to an endemic area

H Severe viral infection that may progress to pneu-

Physical findings

monia
H Believed to be less infectious than influenza
H Incubation period estimated to range from 2 to
7 days (average, 3 to 5 days)
H Not highly contagious when protective measures are
used
H Also known as SARS

H Nonproductive cough
H Rash
H High fever
H Diarrhea
H Respiratory distress in later stages

Pathophysiology
H Coronaviruses cause diseases in pigs, birds, and oth-

er animals.
H A theory suggests that a coronavirus may have mutat-

ed, allowing transmission to and infection of humans.

Causes
H A new type of coronavirus known as SARS-

associated coronavirus (SARS-CoV)

Risk factors
H Close contact with an infected person
H Contact with aerosolized (exhaled) droplets and

bodily secretions from an infected person


H Travel to endemic areas

Incidence
H More common in adults than children
H Outbreaks in China, Hong Kong, Toronto, Singapore,

Taiwan, and Vietnam, with many other countries reporting smaller numbers of cases
H Affects all races
H Affects both sexes equally

Common characteristics
H Fever greater than 100.4 F (38 C)
H Dry cough
H Shortness of breath or other respiratory difficulties
H Headache
H Muscle stiffness
H Loss of appetite
H Malaise
H Confusion
H Rash
H Diarrhea
H Sore throat

744

Severe acute respiratory syndrome

Test results
Laboratory
H SARS-specific polymerase chain reaction test detects
SARS-CoV ribonucleic acid.
H Antibodies to coronavirus are detected by enzymelinked immunosorbent assay.
H Sputum Grams stain and culture isolates coronavirus.
H Platelet count may be low.
Imaging
H Changes in chest X-rays indicate pneumonia (infiltrates).

Treatment
General
H Symptomatic treatment
H Isolation for hospitalized patients
H Strict respiratory and mucosal barrier precautions
H Quarantine of exposed people to prevent spread
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated
H Global surveillance and reporting of suspected cases

to national health authorities

Medications
The following medications may be beneficial:
H Lopinavir-ritanavir with ribavirin
H Combination of steroids and antimicrobials
H Antipyretics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain in isolation as recommended
H practice good hygiene to prevent further transmission

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 745

H maintain good nutritional status


H maintain a patent airway.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage adequate nutritional intake.
H Observe, record, and report nature of rash.
H Maintain proper isolation technique.
H Collect laboratory specimens, as needed.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Nutritional status
H Respiratory status
H Complications

Patient teaching

Prevention

Preventing transmission of SARS


Severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) transmission
may be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Wash hands frequently.
H Cover mouth and nose when coughing or sneezing.
H Avoid close personal contact with friends and family.
H Avoid going to work, school, or other public places until 10 days after fever and respiratory symptoms resolve.
H Wear a surgical mask when around other people or, if
the patient cant wear one, a mask should be worn by
those in contact with the patient.
H Avoid sharing silverware, towels, or bedding until they
have been washed in soap and hot water.
H Use disposable gloves and household disinfectant to
clean any surface that might have been exposed to the
patients body fluids.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder and treatment
H prevention of transmission (see Preventing transmission of SARS)
H good nutrition, hydration, and rest during recovery
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up, as needed.

Severe acute respiratory syndrome

745

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 746

Life-threatening disorder

Severe combined
immunodeficiency
disease

Assessment
History
H Extreme susceptibility to infection within the first few

months after birth, but probably no sign of gramnegative infection until about age 6 months because
of protection by maternal immunoglobulin G

Physical findings

Overview
Description
H Disorder that involves deficient or absent cell-

mediated (T-cell) and humoral (B-cell) immunity


H Predisposes patient to infection from all classes of

microorganisms during infancy


H Also known as SCID

Pathophysiology
H Three types of SCID have been identified:

Reticular dysgenesis, the most severe type, in


which the hematopoietic stem cell fails to differentiate into lymphocytes and granulocytes
Swiss-type agammaglobulinemia, in which the
hematopoietic stem cell fails to differentiate into
lymphocytes alone
Enzyme deficiency, such as adenosine deaminase
deficiency, in which the buildup of toxic products
in the lymphoid tissue causes damage and subsequent dysfunction.

H Emaciated appearance and failure to thrive


H Assessment findings dependant on the type and site

of infection
H Signs of chronic otitis media and sepsis
H Signs of the usual childhood diseases such as chick-

enpox

Test results
H Defective humoral immunity is difficult to detect

before an infant reaches age 5 months.


Laboratory
H Tests show a severely diminished or absent T-cell
number and function.
Imaging
H A chest X-ray characteristically shows bilateral pulmonary infiltrates.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lymph node biopsy that shows an absence of lymphocytes can be used to confirm diagnosis.

Treatment

Causes

General

H Transmitted as autosomal recessive trait but may be

H Strict protective isolation (germ-free environment)


H Gene therapy (experimental)

X-linked
H Possible enzyme deficiency
H Failure of thymus or bursa equivalent to develop normally or possible defect in thymus and bone marrow
(responsible for T- and B-cell development)

Medications
H Immunoglobulin
H Antibiotic therapy as appropriate

Incidence

Surgery

H Affects more males than females


H Occurs in 1 of every 100,000 to 500,000 births

H Histocompatible bone marrow transplantation


H Fetal thymus and liver transplantation

Common characteristics
H Frequent infections in the first few months after birth

Nursing considerations

Complications

Key outcomes

H Without treatment, infection within 1 year of birth

The patient will:


H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors
H not experience chills, fever, and other signs of illness.
The parents will:
H establish eye, physical, and verbal contact with the
infant or child
H develop adequate coping mechanisms and support
systems.

causes death
H Pneumonia
H Oral ulcers
H Failure to thrive
H Dermatitis

746

Severe combined immunodeficiency disease

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 747

Nursing interventions
H If infection develops, provide prompt and aggressive

drug therapy and supportive care, as ordered.


H Watch for adverse effects of any drugs given.
H Avoid vaccinations, and give only irradiated blood

products if a transfusion is ordered.

Special populations
Although SCID infants must remain in strict protective isolation, try to provide a stimulating atmosphere to promote growth and development.
H Encourage parents to visit their child often, to hold

him, and to bring him toys that can be easily sterilized.


H Maintain a normal day and night routine, and talk to
the child as much as possible.
H If parents cant visit, call them often to report on the
childs condition.
H Provide emotional support for the family.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Growth and development
H Skin integrity
H Respiratory status
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Signs and symptoms of transplant rejection
H Social interaction

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the proper technique for strict protective isolation
H the signs and symptoms of infection and the need to
notify a physician promptly
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Encourage the parents to seek genetic counseling.

Severe combined immunodeficiency disease

747

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 748

Shigellosis
Overview
Description
H An acute intestinal infection caused by the bacteria

Shigella, a short, nonmotile, gram-negative rod


H Can be classified into four groups:

Assessment
History
H Crowded living conditions
H Close contact with someone who has acute diarrhea
H Fever
H Diarrhea
H Tenesmus

Group A caused by S. dysenteriae: most common


in Central America; causes particularly severe infection and septicemia
Group B caused by S. flexneri together with Group
D: responsible for 90% of shigellosis cases
Group C caused by S. boydii: occurs internationally
Group D caused by S. sonnei
H Also known as bacillary dysentery

Physical findings

Pathophysiology

Laboratory
H Microscopic examination of stools reveals mucus,
red blood cells, and polymorphonuclear leukocytes.
H Direct immunofluorescence with specific antisera
may reveal Shigella.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy or proctoscopy may reveal typical superficial ulcerations.

H Highly contagious aerobic, nonmotile, glucose-

fermenting, gram-negative rods cause diarrhea after


ingestion of as few as 180 organisms.
H Rods invade the colonic epithelium and produce enterotoxin, which enhances virulence.

Causes

H Pus in stools
H Signs of dehydration
H Decreased blood pressure
H Hyperactive bowel sounds
H Abdominal tenderness
H Abdominal distention
H Rapid, thready pulse

Test results

H Transmission of Shigella bacteria through the fecal-

oral route, by direct contact with contaminated objects, or through ingestion of contaminated food or
water
H Occasional transmission by housefly vector

Incidence
H Most common in children ages 1 to 4; many adults

acquire illness from children


H Endemic in North America, Europe, and the tropics;

in the United States, about 23,000 cases annually,


usually in children or elderly, debilitated, or malnourished people
H Commonly occurs among confined populations such
as those in mental institutions; also common in hospitals

Common characteristics
H High fever (especially in children)
H Acute self-limiting diarrhea with tenesmus (ineffectu-

al straining at stool)
H Electrolyte imbalance and dehydration

Complications
H Electrolyte imbalance (especially hypokalemia)
H Metabolic acidosis
H Shock

748

Shigellosis

Treatment
General
H Enteric precautions
H Low-residue diet
H Replacement of fluids and electrolytes with I.V. infu-

sions of normal saline solution (with electrolytes)

Medications
H Antibiotics (questionable value, but may be used)

ALERT
Antidiarrheals that slow intestinal motility are
contraindicated in shigellosis because they delay
fecal excretion of Shigella and prolong fever and
diarrhea.

ALERT
A vaccine to help prevent shigellosis is currently
under development.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 749

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H regain and maintain normal fluid and electrolyte
balance
H experience no further weight loss.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.
H Maintain enteric precautions until microscopic bac-

teriologic studies confirm that the stool specimen is


negative.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Comfort level
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prevention of infecting others, through proper hand
washing after using the toilet and before preparing
food.

Shigellosis

749

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 750

Life-threatening disorder

Assessment

Shock, cardiogenic

History

Overview

H Anginal pain

H Disorder, such as MI or cardiomyopathy, that severe-

ly decreases left ventricular function

Description
H A condition of diminished cardiac output that severe-

ly impairs tissue perfusion


H The most lethal form of shock
H Sometimes called pump failure

Pathophysiology
H Left ventricular dysfunction initiates a series of com-

pensatory mechanisms that attempt to increase cardiac output.


H As cardiac output decreases, aortic and carotid
baroreceptors activate sympathetic nervous responses.
H Responses increase heart rate, left ventricular filling
pressure, and peripheral resistance to flow to enhance venous return to the heart.
H This action initially stabilizes the patient but later
causes deterioration with increasing oxygen demands
on the already compromised myocardium.
H These events consist of a cycle of low cardiac output,
sympathetic compensation, myocardial ischemia, and
even lower cardiac output.

Causes
H Myocardial infarction (MI) (most common)
H Myocardial ischemia
H Papillary muscle dysfunction
H End-stage cardiomyopathy
H Myocarditis
H Acute mitral or aortic insufficiency
H Ventricular septal defect
H Ventricular aneurysm

Incidence
H Typically affects patients in whom area of MI involves

40% or more of left ventricular muscle mass (a


group in which mortality may exceed 85%)

Common characteristics
H Previous disorder that decreases left ventricular

function

Complications
H Multiple organ dysfunction
H Death

Physical findings
H Urine output less than 20 ml/hour
H Pale, cold, clammy skin
H Decreased sensorium
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Rapid, thready pulse
H Mean arterial pressure of less than 60 mm Hg in

adults
H Gallop rhythm, faint heart sounds and, possibly, a

holosystolic murmur
H Jugular vein distention
H Severe anxiety
H Decreased level of consciousness (LOC)
H Pulmonary crackles

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum enzyme measurements show elevated levels of
creatine kinase, lactate dehydrogenase, aspartate
aminotransferase, and alanine aminotransferase.
H Troponin levels are elevated.
Imaging
H Cardiac catheterization and echocardiography may
reveal other conditions that can lead to pump dysfunction and failure, such as cardiac tamponade,
papillary muscle infarct or rupture, ventricular septal
rupture, pulmonary emboli, venous pooling, and hypovolemia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary artery pressure monitoring reveals increased pulmonary artery pressure and pulmonary
artery wedge pressure, reflecting an increase in left
ventricular end-diastolic pressure (preload) and
heightened resistance to left ventricular emptying (afterload) caused by ineffective pumping and increased peripheral vascular resistance.
H Invasive arterial pressure monitoring shows systolic
arterial pressure less than 80 mm Hg caused by impaired ventricular ejection.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis may show metabolic and respiratory acidosis and hypoxia.
H Electrocardiography demonstrates possible evidence
of acute MI, ischemia, or ventricular aneurysm.

Treatment
General
H Intra-aortic balloon pump (IABP)
H Possible parenteral nutrition or tube feedings
H Bed rest

750

Shock, cardiogenic

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 751

Medications
H Vasopressors such as dopamine
H Inotropics such as milrinone
H Vasoconstrictors
H Analgesics; sedatives
H Osmotic diuretics
H Vasodilators such as nitroglycerin to treat cause
H Oxygen

Surgery
H Possible ventricular assist device
H Possible heart transplant
H Possible catheter-based procedure such as angio-

plasty to treat coronary artery occlusion

H Cardiac status
H Hemodynamics
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H LOC

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H explanations and reassurance for patient and his
family
H the possibly fatal outcome.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output and hemodynamic
stability
H develop no complications of fluid volume excess
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings and develop adequate coping mechanisms.

Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen therapy.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Follow IABP protocols and policies.

ALERT
When a patient is on an IABP, move him as little as
possible. Never place the patient in a sitting position higher than 45 degrees (including for chest
X-rays) because the balloon may tear through the
aorta and cause immediate death. Assess pedal
pulses and skin temperature and color. Check the
dressing on the insertion site frequently for bleeding, and change it according to facility protocol.
Also check the site for hematoma or signs of infection, and culture any drainage.
H Monitor the patient for cardiac arrhythmias.
H Plan your care to allow frequent rest periods, and

provide as much privacy as possible. Allow the patients family to visit and comfort him as much as
possible.
H Provide explanations and reassurance for the patient
and his family as appropriate.
H Prepare the patient and his family for a possibly fatal
outcome, and help them find effective coping strategies.

Monitoring
H ABG levels (acid-base balance) and pulse oximetry
H Complete blood count and electrolyte levels
H Vital signs and peripheral pulses

Shock, cardiogenic

751

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 752

Life-threatening disorder

Shock, hypovolemic
Overview
Description
H Reduced intravascular blood volume causing circula-

tory dysfunction and inadequate tissue perfusion resulting from loss of blood, plasma, or fluids
H Potentially life-threatening

Pathophysiology

Incidence
H Depends on cause
H Affects all ages
H More frequent and less tolerated in elderly patients
H Affects males and females equally

Common characteristics
H Pallor, tachycardia, hypotension
H Cool skin
H Altered level of consciousness

Complications
H Acute respiratory distress syndrome
H Acute tubular necrosis and renal failure
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Multiple organ dysfunction

H When fluid is lost from the intravascular space,

venous return to the heart is reduced.


H This decreases ventricular filling, which leads to a

drop in stroke volume.


H Cardiac output falls, causing reduced perfusion to
tissues and organs.
H Tissue anoxia prompts a shift in cellular metabolism
from aerobic to anaerobic pathways.
H This produces an accumulation of lactic acid, resulting in metabolic acidosis.

Causes

Assessment
History
H Disorders or conditions that reduce blood volume,

such as GI hemorrhage, trauma, and severe diarrhea


and vomiting
H Patient with cardiac disease: possible anginal pain
due to decreased myocardial perfusion and oxygenation

H Acute blood loss (about one-fifth of total volume)


H Intestinal obstruction
H Burns
H Peritonitis
H Acute pancreatitis
H Ascites
H Dehydration, as from excessive perspiration, severe

Physical findings

diarrhea, protracted vomiting, diabetes insipidus, diuresis, or inadequate fluid intake


H Diuretic abuse

(in chronic hypotension, mean pressure may fall below 50 mm Hg before signs of shock)
H Orthostatic vital signs and tilt test results consistent
with hypovolemic shock (see Checking for early hypovolemic shock)

H Pale, cool, clammy skin


H Decreased sensorium
H Rapid, shallow respirations
H Urine output usually less than 20 ml/hour
H Rapid, thready pulse
H Mean arterial pressure less than 60 mm Hg in adults

Test results
Checking for early hypovolemic shock
Orthostatic vital signs and tilt test results can help in assessing for the possibility of impending hypovolemic
shock.

Orthostatic vital signs


Measure the patients blood pressure and pulse rate while
hes lying in a supine position, sitting, and standing. Wait
at least 1 minute between each position change. A systolic
blood pressure decrease of 10 mm Hg or more between
positions or a pulse rate increase of 10 beats/minute or
more is a sign of volume depletion and impending hypovolemic shock.

Tilt test
With the patient lying in a supine position, raise his legs
above heart level. If his blood pressure increases significantly, the test is positive, indicating volume depletion and
impending hypovolemic shock.

752

Shock, hypovolemic

Laboratory
H Hematocrit is low, and hemoglobin levels and red
blood cell and platelet counts are decreased.
H Serum potassium, sodium, lactate dehydrogenase,
creatinine, and blood urea nitrogen levels are elevated.
H Urine specific gravity (greater than 1.020) and urine
osmolality are increased.
H The pH and partial pressure of arterial oxygen are
decreased, and partial pressure of arterial carbon
dioxide is increased.
H Aspiration of gastric contents through a nasogastric
tube identifies internal bleeding.
H Occult blood tests are positive.
H Coagulation studies show coagulopathy due to disseminated intravascular coagulation.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 753

Imaging
H X-rays (chest or abdominal) help to identify internal
bleeding sites.
Diagnostic procedures
H Gastroscopy helps identify internal bleeding sites.
H Invasive hemodynamic monitoring shows reduced
central venous pressure, right atrial pressure, pulmonary artery pressure, pulmonary artery wedge
pressure, and cardiac output.

H Coagulation studies for signs of impending coagu-

Treatment

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H all procedures and their purpose
H the risks associated with blood transfusions
H the purpose of all equipment such as mechanical
ventilation
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects.

General
H In severe cases, an intra-aortic balloon pump, ven-

tricular assist device, or pneumatic antishock garment


H Oxygen administration
H Bleeding control by direct application of pressure
and related measures
H Possible parenteral nutrition or tube feedings
H Bed rest
H Fluid replacement
H Blood infusion

lopathy
H Complete blood count and electrolyte measurements
H Arterial blood gas levels
H Intake and output
H Hemodynamics

Patient teaching

Medications
H Positive inotropes
H Possibly diuretics

Surgery
H Possibly, to correct underlying problem

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
H express feelings and develop adequate coping mechanisms
H regain adequate fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Check for a patent airway and adequate circulation.

If blood pressure and heart rate are absent, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
H Obtain type and crossmatch, as ordered.
H Administer prescribed I.V. solutions or blood
products.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter.
H Administer prescribed oxygen.
H Provide emotional support to the patient and family.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and peripheral pulses
H Cardiac rhythm

Shock, hypovolemic

753

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 754

Life-threatening disorder

Assessment

Shock, septic

History

Overview

H Previous invasive tests or treatments, surgery, or

H Disorder or treatment that can cause immunosup-

pression

Description
H Low systemic vascular resistance and an elevated car-

diac output (initially)


H Probably a response to infections that release mi-

crobes or an immune mediator

Pathophysiology
H Initially, the bodys defenses activate chemical media-

tors in response to the invading organisms.


H The release of these mediators results in low sys-

temic vascular resistance and increased cardiac


output.
H Blood flow is unevenly distributed in the microcirculation, and plasma leaking from capillaries causes
functional hypovolemia.
H Diffuse increase in capillary permeability occurs.
H Eventually, cardiac output decreases, and poor tissue
perfusion and hypotension cause multisystem dysfunction syndrome and death.

Causes
H Any pathogenic organism
H Gram-negative bacteria, such as Escherichia coli,

Klebsiella pneumoniae, Serratia, Enterobacter, and


Pseudomonas, most common causes (up to 70% of
cases)

Incidence
H Possible in any person with impaired immunity

Special populations
Neonates and elderly people are at greatest risk for
septic shock.
H About two-thirds of cases in hospitalized patients

(most have underlying diseases)

Common characteristics
H Hyperdynamic or warm phase
H Hypodynamic or cold phase

Complications
H Disseminated intravascular coagulation
H Renal failure
H Heart failure
H GI ulcers
H Abnormal liver function
H Death

754

Shock, septic

trauma
H Fever and chills (although 20% of patients possibly

hypothermic)

Physical findings
Hyperdynamic or warm phase
H Peripheral vasodilation
H Skin possibly pink and flushed or warm and dry
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC) reflected in agitation, anxiety, irritability, and shortened attention
span
H Respirations rapid and shallow
H Urine output below normal
H Rapid, full, bounding pulse
H Blood pressure normal or slightly elevated
Hypodynamic or cold phase
H Peripheral vasoconstriction and inadequate tissue
perfusion
H Pale skin and possible cyanosis
H Decreased LOC; possible obtundation and coma
H Respirations possibly rapid and shallow
H Urine output possibly less than 25 ml/hour or absent
H Rapid, weak, thready pulse
H Irregular pulse if arrhythmias present
H Cold, clammy skin
H Hypotension
H Crackles or rhonchi if pulmonary congestion present

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood cultures are positive for the causative organism.
H Complete blood count shows the presence or absence of anemia and leukopenia, severe or absent
neutropenia, and usually the presence of thrombocytopenia.
H Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine levels are increased, and creatinine clearance is decreased.
H Prothrombin time and partial thromboplastin time
are abnormal.
H Serum lactate dehydrogenase levels are elevated, with
metabolic acidosis.
H Urine studies show increased specific gravity (more
than 1.02), increased osmolality, and decreased
sodium levels.
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) analysis demonstrates increased blood pH and partial pressure of arterial
oxygen and decreased partial pressure of arterial
carbon dioxide with respiratory alkalosis in early
stages.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 755

Diagnostic procedures
H Invasive hemodynamic monitoring shows:
increased cardiac output and decreased systemic
vascular resistance in warm phase
decreased cardiac output and increased systemic
vascular resistance in cold phase.

H Administer prescribed oxygen.


H Provide emotional support to the patient and his

Treatment

H ABG levels and pulse oximetry


H Intake and output
H Vital signs and peripheral pulses
H Hemodynamics
H Cardiac rhythm
H Heart and breath sounds

General
H Removal of I.V., intra-arterial, or urinary drainage

catheters as infection source whenever possible

family.
H Document the occurrence of a nosocomial infection,

and report it to the infection-control practitioner.

Monitoring

H In patients immunosuppressed from drug therapy,

drugs discontinued or reduced, if possible


H Mechanical ventilation if respiratory failure occurs
H Fluid volume replacement
H Possible parenteral nutrition or tube feedings
H Bed rest

Medications
H Antimicrobial
H Granulocyte transfusions
H Colloid or crystalloid infusions
H Oxygen
H Diuretics
H Vasopressors
H Antipyretics

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H all procedures and their purpose (to ease the patients anxiety)
H risks associated with blood transfusions
H all equipment and its purpose
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H possible complications.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation
H show no signs of infection
H express feelings and develop adequate coping mechanisms
H maintain adequate fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Remove any I.V., intra-arterial, or urinary drainage

catheters, and send them to the laboratory to culture


for the presence of the causative organism.
H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids and blood products.

ALERT
A progressive drop in blood pressure accompanied
by a thready pulse generally signals inadequate
cardiac output from reduced intravascular volume.
Notify the physician immediately and increase the
infusion rate.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Notify the physician if urine output is less than

30 ml/hour.

Shock, septic

755

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 756

Silicosis
Overview
Description

Complications
H Pulmonary fibrosis
H Cor pulmonale
H Cardiac or respiratory failure
H Pulmonary tuberculosis
H Lung infection
H Pneumothorax

H Progressive pneumonoconiosis disease characterized

by nodular lesions, commonly leading to fibrosis


H Classified according to severity of pulmonary disease

and rapidity of onset and progression


H Usually a simple, asymptomatic illness
H Considered an industrial disease
H Prognosis good unless complications occur

Pathophysiology

Assessment
History
H Long-term exposure to silica dust
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Dry cough, especially in the morning

H Small particles of mineral dust are inhaled and de-

Physical findings

posited in the respiratory bronchioles, alveolar


ducts, and alveoli.
H The surface of these particles generates silicon-based
radicals that lead to the production of hydroxy, hydrogen peroxide, and other oxygen radicals that
damage cell membranes and inactivate essential cell
proteins.
H Alveolar macrophages ingest the particles, become
activated, and release cytokines, such as tumor
necrosis factor and others that attract other inflammatory cells.
H The inflammation damages resident cells and the
extracellular matrix.
H Fibroblasts are stimulated to produce collagen,
resulting in fibrosis.

H Decreased chest expansion


H Tachypnea
H Lethargy
H Decreased mentation
H Areas of increased and decreased resonance
H Medium crackles, wheezing
H Diminished breath sounds

Causes

Test results

H Silica dust due to:

Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas analysis shows:
normal partial pressure of oxygen in simple silicosis (may be significantly decreased in late stages
or complicated disease)
normal partial pressure of carbon dioxide in early
stages of the disease. (Hyperventilation may cause
it to decrease; partial pressure of carbon dioxide
may increase if restrictive lung disease develops.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays in simple silicosis show small, discrete,
nodular lesions distributed throughout both lung
fields, although they typically concentrate in the upper lobes.
H Lung nodes may appear enlarged and show eggshell
calcification.
H Chest X-rays in complicated silicosis show one or
more conglomerate masses of dense tissue.
Diagnostic procedures
H Pulmonary function tests show:
reduced forced vital capacity (FVC) in complicated
silicosis
reduced forced expiratory volume in 1 second
(FEV1) with obstructive disease
reduced FEV1 with a normal or high ratio of FEV1
to FVC in complicated silicosis

manufacture of ceramics (flint) and building materials (sandstone)


mixed form in construction materials (cement)
powder form (silica flour), in paints, porcelain,
scouring soaps, and wood fillers
mining of gold, lead, zinc, and iron

Incidence
H Highest incidence in those who work around silica

dust, such as foundry workers, boiler scalers, and


stone cutters
H Acute silicosis possible after 1 to 3 years in sand
blasters, tunnel workers, and others exposed to high
concentrations of respirable silica
H Accelerated silicosis possible in those exposed to
lower concentrations of free silica, usually after
about 10 years of exposure
H More common in those ages 40 to 75
H More common in males than in females

Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Dry cough, especially in the morning

756

Silicosis

ALERT
Assess patient for the presence of an intensified
ventricular gallop on inspiration, which is a hallmark of cor pulmonale.
H Hemoptysis

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 757

reduced diffusing capacity for carbon monoxide


when fibrosis destroys alveolar walls and obliterates pulmonary capillaries or when it thickens the
alveocapillary membrane.

Treatment

H Changes in mentation
H Sputum production
H Breath sounds

Patient teaching

H Bronchodilators
H Oxygen
H Antibiotics
H Anti-inflammatory drugs

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify a physician
H the need to avoid crowds and people with known
infections
H home oxygen therapy, if needed
H transtracheal catheter care, if needed
H postural drainage and chest percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H the need to consume a high-calorie, high-protein diet
H adequate hydration
H the risk of tuberculosis
H energy conservation techniques.

Surgery

Discharge planning

H Possible tracheostomy
H Possible lung transplantation
H Whole lung lavage

H Refer the patient for influenza and pneumococcus

Nursing considerations

H Refer the patient for tuberculosis testing, if indicated.

General
H Relief of respiratory symptoms
H Management of hypoxia and cor pulmonale
H Prevention of respiratory tract infections
H Steam inhalation and chest physiotherapy
H Increased fluid intake
H High-calorie, high-protein diet
H Regular exercise program, as tolerated

Medications

immunizations, as needed.
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

indicated.

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use energy conservation techniques
H express an understanding of the illness
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H maintain adequate caloric intake.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs and oxygen
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide a high-calorie, high-protein diet.
H Provide small, frequent meals.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Ensure adequate hydration.
H Encourage daily exercise as tolerated.
H Provide diversional activities as appropriate.
H Provide frequent rest periods.
H Help with adjustment to the lifestyle changes associ-

ated with a chronic illness.


H Include the patient and family in care decisions

whenever possible.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status
H Activity tolerance
H Complications

Silicosis

757

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 758

Sinusitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the paranasal sinuses
H Usually follows upper respiratory infections
H May be acute, subacute, chronic, allergic, or hyper-

plastic
H In hyperplastic sinusitis, a combination of purulent

acute sinusitis and allergic sinusitis or rhinitis


H For all types, prognosis good

Pathophysiology
H Impairment in drainage of sinuses and retention of

secretions result in inflammation.

Causes
H Bacterial infections (common)
H Viral infections
H Fungal infections (uncommon)
H Any condition that interferes with sinus drainage and

ventilation
H Swimming in contaminated conditions
H Immunocompromised states
H Diabetes
H Blood dyscrasias
H Allergic rhinitis
H Orofacial trauma
H Endotracheal intubation

Risk factors
H Anatomic abnormalities
H Viral upper respiratory infection
H Allergies
H Overuse of topical decongestants
H Asthma

Assessment
History
H Nasal congestion
H Nasal discharge, clear turning purulent
H Sore throat
H Localized headache
H Generalized malaise; fatigue
H Pain specific to the affected sinus (see Locating the

paranasal sinuses)
H Vague facial discomfort
H Nonproductive cough

Physical findings
H Edematous nasal mucosa
H Low-grade fever
H Edema over sinuses
H Enlarged turbinates
H Mucosal lining thickening
H Mucosal polyps (hyperplastic sinusitis)
H Pain and pressure over affected sinus areas with pal-

pation

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture and sensitivity testing of purulent nasal
drainage shows the causative bacterial organism.
Imaging
H Sinus X-rays show cloudiness in affected sinus, airfluid levels, or thickened mucosal lining.
H Ultrasonography and computed tomography scan
show recurrent or chronic sinusitis, unresolved sinusitis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Transillumination of sinuses may be diminished.
H Sinus endoscopy shows purulent nasal drainage,
nasal edema, and obstruction of ostia.

Incidence

Treatment

H Affects 16% of population annually


H Affects all ages
H Affects both sexes equally

General

Common characteristics
H Nasal congestion
H Purulent nasal discharge
H Facial pain specific to affected sinus
H Fever

Complications
H Meningitis
H Cavernous and sinus thrombosis
H Bacteremia or septicemia
H Brain abscess
H Osteomyelitis
H Mucocele
H Orbital cellulitis or abscess

758

Sinusitis

H Depends on type of sinusitis


H Indirect drainage of ethmoid and sphenoid sinuses
H Steam inhalation
H Local heat applications
H Adequate rest periods

Medications
H Antibiotics
H Analgesics
H Vasoconstrictors
H Nasal corticosteroids
H Antihistamines

Surgery
H Antral puncture to remove purulent material
H Sinus irrigation

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 759

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit an adequate breathing pattern
H show no signs of infection
H express understanding of condition and treatment
H develop no complications.

Locating the paranasal sinuses


The location of a patients sinusitis pain indicates the affected sinus. For example, an infected maxillary sinus can
cause tooth pain. (Note: The sphenoid sinus, which lies
under the eye and above the soft palate, isnt depicted
here.)

Nursing interventions
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Elevate the head of the bed no more than 30 degrees.
H Encourage expression of concerns.
H Apply warm compresses.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Encourage use of a humidifier.

Frontal
sinuses
Ethmoid
sinuses
Maxillary
sinuses

ALERT
Watch for and report vomiting, chills, fever, edema
of the forehead or eyelids, blurred or double vision,
and personality changes.

After surgery
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position.
H Apply ice compresses over the nose and iced saline
gauze over the eyes for 24 hours.
H Frequently change the mustache dressing or
drip pad.
H Provide meticulous and frequent mouth care.

H importance of medical follow-up


H proper hand-washing technique
H avoidance of bending and stooping during the acute

Monitoring

Discharge planning

H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Pain control
H Nasal discharge

H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program.

phase
H avoidance of contact with an infected person.

After surgery
H Excessive drainage or bleeding
H Consistency, amount, and color of drainage
H Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H cautions against driving a motor vehicle or consuming alcohol while taking antihistamines or analgesics
H the need to complete the full course of prescribed
antibiotics
H the need to leave nasal packing in place for 12 to
24 hours after surgery
H the need to breathe through the mouth and refrain
from blowing the nose and sneezing
H the need to refrain from smoking for at least 2 or
3 days after surgery
H signs and symptoms of complications

Sinusitis

759

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 760

Sjgrens syndrome

H Possible epistaxis, hoarseness, chronic nonproduc-

Description

tive cough, recurrent otitis media, and frequent respiratory tract infections
H Possible dyspareunia
H Generalized itching, fatigue, recurrent low-grade
fever, and arthralgia or myalgia

H Connective tissue disease: the most common autoim-

Physical findings

mune disorder after rheumatoid arthritis


H May be primary disorder or associated with other inflammatory connective tissue disorders

H Mouth ulcers, dental caries and, possibly, enlarged

Overview

Pathophysiology
H Lymphocytic infiltration of exocrine glands causes

tissue damage resulting in xerostomia and dry eyes.


H Immunologic activation occurs.

Causes
H Unknown
H Possible genetic and environmental factors
H Immunologic activation

Incidence
H Affects more females (about 90%) than males
H Mean age of occurrence: 50

Common characteristics
H Dry eyes and mouth

Complications
H Corneal ulceration or perforation
H Epistaxis
H Deafness
H Otitis media
H Splenomegaly
H Renal tubular necrosis

Assessment
History
H Xerophthalmia or xerostomia
H Gritty, sandy eye along with redness, burning, photo-

sensitivity, eye fatigue, itching, and mucoid discharge


H Difficulty swallowing and talking; an abnormal taste

or smell sensation (or both); thirst; ulcers of the


tongue, mouth, and lips (especially at the corners of
the mouth); and severe dental caries

Diagnosing Sjgrens syndrome

salivary glands
H Palpable purpura
H Palpable lymph node enlargement
H Dry, sticky, erythematous oral mucosa

Test results
Laboratory
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate is elevated in more
than 90% of patients.
H Complete blood count shows mild anemia and
leukopenia in about 30% of patients.
H Serum protein electrophoresis shows hypergammaglobulinemia in about 50% of patients.
H Typically, 75% to 90% of patients test positive for
rheumatoid factor, and between 50% and 80% of patients test positive for antinuclear antibodies.
Diagnostic procedures
H For a diagnosis of Sjgrens syndrome, symptoms
must meet specific criteria. (See Diagnosing Sjgrens syndrome.)
H Tests supporting the diagnosis include measuring eye
involvement with the Schirmers test and a slit-lamp
examination with rose bengal dye.
H Labial salivary gland biopsy (to detect lymphoid foci)
is the only specific diagnostic technique.
H Salivary gland involvement may be evaluated by measuring the volume of parotid saliva, by secretory
sialography, and by salivary scintigraphy.
H Salivary gland biopsy results typically show lymphocytic infiltration in Sjgrens syndrome; lower lip
biopsy findings show salivary gland infiltration by
lymphocytes.

Treatment
General
H Meticulous oral hygiene
H Humidifier
H Unscented skin lotions
H Frequent dental care
H Avoidance of sugar, tobacco, alcohol, and spicy, salty,

or highly acidic foods


For a diagnosis of Sjgrens syndrome, the patient must
have the following:
H keratoconjunctivitis sicca
H diminished salivary gland flow
H a positive salivary gland biopsy, showing mononuclear
cell infiltration
H the presence of autoantibodies in a serum sample, indicating a systemic autoimmune process.

760

Sjgrens syndrome

H Increased oral fluid intake for mouth dryness

Medications
H Pilocarpine and cevimeline
H Preservative-free artificial tears and sustained-release

cellulose capsules
H Artificial salivas

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 761

H Glucocorticoids or other immunosuppressive agents

for extraglandular manifestations such as systemic


vasculitis
H Saline nasal sprays
H Vaginal lubricants
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Antifungal agents
H Ophthalmic lubricants

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H have pink, moist oral mucosa
H demonstrate thorough oral hygiene practices
H acknowledge problems in sexual function.

Nursing interventions
H Instill artificial tears as often as every 30 minutes to

prevent eye damage, and instill an eye ointment at


bedtime.
H Provide plenty of fluids, especially water, for the patient to drink, and sugarless chewing gum or candy.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Extraglandular manifestations
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the instillation of eye drops and ointments
H the need to wear sunglasses to protect the eyes
H the need to keep the face clean and to avoid rubbing
the eyes
H avoidance of saliva-decreasing drugs, such as atropine derivatives, antihistamines, anticholinergics,
and antidepressants
H meticulous oral hygiene and regular dental visits
H high-calorie, protein-rich liquid supplements to
prevent malnutrition if mouth lesions make eating
painful
H the need to consume a nutritious diet
H avoidance of sugar, tobacco, alcohol, and spicy, salty,
or highly acidic foods
H the need to humidify the home and work environments
H use of normal saline solution, in drop or spray form,
to relieve nasal dryness
H avoidance of prolonged hot showers and baths and
the use of moisturizing lotions on dry skin. (Suggest
use of a water-soluble gel such as a vaginal lubricant.)

Sjgrens syndrome

761

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 762

Skull fracture
Overview
Description
H Break in the integrity of the skull bone
H May be simple (closed) or compound (open)
H May displace bone fragments
H May be linear (common hairline break, without dis-

placement of structures), comminuted (splintering


or crushing the bone into several fragments), or depressed (a fracture that pushes the bone toward the
brain)

ALERT
Because possible damage to the brain is the first
concern, rather than the fracture itself, a skull
fracture is considered a neurosurgical condition.
H Classified according to location, such as cranial vault

fracture and basilar fractures

ALERT
Because of the danger of grave cranial complications and meningitis, basilar fractures are usually
far more serious than vault fractures.

Pathophysiology
H Trauma to the head causes a fracture at certain

anatomic sites, such as:


parietal bone
squama of temporal bone
foramen magnum
petrous temporal ridge
inner parts of the sphenoid wings at the skull base
middle cranial fossa
cribriform plate
roof of orbits in the anterior cranial fossa
bony areas between the mastoid and dural sinuses
in the posterior cranial fossa.

Causes
H Head trauma

Incidence

deep tendon reflexes, and altered pupillary and motor response


In sphenoidal fracture
H Blindness
In temporal fracture
H Unilateral deafness or facial paralysis
In basilar fracture
H Hemorrhage from the nose, pharynx, or ears
H Blood under the periorbital skin (raccoon eyes) and
conjunctiva
H Battles sign (supramastoid ecchymosis)
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or brain tissue leakage
from the nose or ears

Complications
H Epilepsy
H Hydrocephalus
H Organic brain syndrome
H Headaches, giddiness, fatigability, neuroses, and be-

havior disorders

Assessment
History
H Head trauma
H Headache
H Loss of consciousness

Physical findings
H Decreased pulse and respirations
H Altered level of consciousness (LOC)
H Scalp wound
H Bleeding in the periorbital area, nose, pharynx, ears,

or under the conjunctivae


H CSF leakage from the nose or ears; halo sign on pil-

lowcase (a blood-tinged spot surrounded by a lighter


ring)

Test results
Laboratory
H Reagent strips turn blue if CSF is present.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan and magnetic resonance
imaging show fracture, intracranial hemorrhage
from ruptured blood vessels, and swelling.

Treatment

H Simple linear fracture most common, especially in

General

children younger than age 5


H May occur at any age

Common characteristics

H Depends on type and severity of fracture


H Supportive
H Cleaning and debridement of wounds
H Diet as tolerated; nothing by mouth if surgery is nec-

H Persistent, localized headache


H Scalp wounds abrasions, contusions, lacerations,

H Limited activity

or avulsions
H Signs of brain injury agitation and irritability, loss

of consciousness, labored respirations, abnormal

762

Skull fracture

essary

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 763

Medications
H Mild analgesics
H Prophylactic antibiotics
H Dexamethasone (basilar and vault fractures)

ALERT
Dont give the patient opioids or sedatives because
they may depress respirations, increase carbon
dioxide levels, lead to increased intracranial pressure, and mask changes in neurologic status.

Surgery
H Craniotomy to elevate or remove fragments that have

been driven into the brain and to extract foreign bodies and necrotic tissue, thereby reducing the risk of
infection and further brain damage (severe injury)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain neurologically and hemodynamically stable
H express increased comfort and decreased pain
H relate fears and feelings related to traumatic event.

Nursing interventions
H Establish and maintain a patent airway.

ALERT
Nasal airways are contraindicated in patients with
possible basilar skull fractures. Intubation may be
necessary.
H Suction through the mouth, not the nose, to prevent

the introduction of bacteria.


H Position the patient with a head injury for proper se-

cretion drainage. Elevate the head of the bed 30 degrees if intracerebral injury is suspected.
H Apply appropriate dressings; control bleeding as necessary.
H Institute seizure precautions.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Comfort level

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the injury, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative care, if appropriate
H need to watch closely for changes in mental status,
LOC, or respirations
H use of mild analgesics as opposed to opioids
H wound care.

Skull fracture

763

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 764

Sleep apnea
Overview

Alcohol or sedative intake before bedtime


Smoking
H Central
Neurologic conditions affecting respiratory center
Heart disease

Description

Incidence

H Breathing that stops or gets very shallow during sleep


H Pause typically lasts 10 to 20 seconds or more
H Can occur 20 to 30 times or more per hour
H Most common type: obstructive (insufficient air flow

H Predominantly middle-age males


H Increases with age
H 90% of cases, obstructive; 10%, central

into the lungs)


H Rare type: central
H Blood oxygen levels that drop
H Breaths that resume with a loud snort or gasping

sound
H Repetitive apneas that produce sleep disruption,

leading to excessive daytime sleepiness


H Usually chronic

Pathophysiology
H Obstructive

Nasopharynx or oropharynx briefly narrows or


collapses during inspiration.
This occurs because throat muscles and tongue
relax more than normal, tonsils and adenoids are
large, anatomic abnormalities create smaller airway, or excess weight makes it harder to keep the
throat area open.
H Central
Theres no breathing effort for brief periods.
Malfunction of respiratory control center in brain
doesnt send correct signals to respiratory muscles.

Causes
H Upper airway narrowing possibly caused by:

Obesity
Enlarged tonsils or uvula
Low soft palate
Redundant tissue in soft palate or tonsillar pillars
Large or posteriorly located tongue
Craniofacial abnormalities
Alcohol or sedative use before bedtime
H Central form: primarily caused by heart disease,
sleeping at high altitudes, and neurologic conditions,
such as stroke and brain tumors

Risk factors
H Obstructive

Obesity
Male gender
Postmenopausal female
Older than age 40
Nasal obstruction (such as polyps, rhinitis, or deviated septum)
Anatomic narrowing (such as tonsillar hypertrophy, macroglossia, craniofacial abnormalities)
Hypothyroidism
Neurologic syndromes (such as muscular dystrophy, cerebral palsy)

764

Sleep apnea

Common characteristics
H Obstructive

Excessive daytime sleepiness


Loud snoring
Snort or gasp that arouses patient from sleep
H Central
Typically no snoring
Difficulty staying asleep
Abrupt awakenings accompanied by shortness of
breath
Daytime sleepiness

Complications
H Respiratory arrest
H Increases risk of hypertension, stroke, myocardial

infarction, diabetes, and cardiovascular disease


H Work-related and driving accidents due to sleepiness

Assessment
History
H One or more risk factors for either type
H Witnessed apneic episodes at night
H Progression of daytime sleepiness from mild (occur-

ring during quiet activities) to severe (occurring during dynamic activities, such as work or driving)
H Complaints of poor concentration, memory problems, irritability, and mood changes
H Morning headaches

Physical findings
H Most patients have a normal physical examination
H May have hypertension, obesity, or appear sleepy
H Possible findings with obstructive type:

Narrowing of the lateral airway wall


Tonsillar hypertrophy
Long or thick uvula
High, arched hard palate
Soft palate edema
Macroglossia
Deviated nasal septum
Poor nasal airflow
Short neck with large circumference
H Central type may cause cardiac and neurologic symptoms

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 765

Test results
Laboratory
H Thyroid studies, such as triiodothyronine, thyroidstimulating hormone, or free thyroxine rule out hypothyroidism.
H Elevated hematocrit shows polycythemia, which can
occur in nocturnal hypoxemia.
H Arterial blood gas analysis evaluates daytime hypercapnia.
Imaging
H Head measurements and neck X-rays are used as
aids during surgical treatments.
Diagnostic procedures
H Polysomnogram, or PSG, records brain activity, eye
movement, muscle activity, breathing, and heart rate;
how much air moves in and out of the lungs during
sleep; and percentage of oxygen in the blood.
H Multiple sleep latency testing provides an objective
measurement of daytime sleepiness.
Other
H Apnea-hypopnea index determines severity and is defined as the total number of apneas and hypopneas
divided by the total sleep time.
Mild: apnea-hypopnea index 5 to 15
Moderate: apnea-hypopnea index 15 to 30
Severe: apnea-hypopnea index greater than 30

Treatment
General
H Continuous positive airway pressure, also known as

CPAP, most effective treatment


H Bilevel positive airway pressure, also known as Bi-

PAP, (boosts the weak breathing pattern of central


sleep apnea; can be set to automatically deliver a
breath if the patient hasnt taken a breath after a certain number of seconds)
H Adaptive servo-ventilation, also known as ASV, for
central sleep apnea; (monitors the patients normal
breathing patterns and stores the information in a
built-in computer; then, as needed, uses pressure to
regulate the breathing to the patients normal pattern)
H Treatment for associated medical problems
H Supplemental oxygen
H Weight loss
H Modification of activities or habits

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regulate sleep patterns
H maintain a patent airway
H demonstrate effective breathing pattern while sleeping.

Nursing interventions
H Place the patient in semi-Fowlers position for sleep.
H Maintain pulse oximetry while patient sleeps.
H Provide emotional support.
H Administer oxygen via appropriate method, as or-

dered.

Monitoring
H Breathing pattern
H Pulse oximetry (during sleep)
H Sleep patterns

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the use of CPAP, BiPAP, or ASV if indicated
H positioning for sleep for optimum oxygenation
H diet modification for weight control (if appropriate)
H avoidance of driving or operating equipment when
drowsy
H avoidance of alcohol intake
H necessity of follow-up appointments.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for home respiratory supplies and

support.

Medications
H Generally not effective in treating this disorder

Surgery
H Surgical correction of the upper airway may be indi-

cated, depending on the cause of the apnea


H Experimental treatments, such as the Pillar proce-

dure, that involves placement of three tiny polyester


rods in the soft palate; recommended for some people with mild to moderate obstructive sleep apnea

Sleep apnea

765

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 766

Life-threatening disorder

H In temperate zones, incidence highest during winter


H In tropics, incidence highest during hot, dry months

Smallpox

Common characteristics

Overview

Complications

Description
H Acute, highly contagious infectious disease caused by

the poxvirus variola


H Associated with tremendous morbidity and mortality
H Two related viruses:

Variola major (classic smallpox), with a case


mortality of 20% to 50%
Variola minor (alastrim), a clinically milder form
with mortality less than 1%
H Eliminated worldwide in 1980 (World Health Organization declaration) as a result of a global vaccination
and eradication program; routine smallpox vaccination stopped; variola virus, preserved in two research
laboratories, remains unlikely but potential source of
infection; humans were sole reservoir of infection;
no carrier state
H Potential for use in bioterrorism and biological warfare; classified as category-A biological disease,
transmitted human to human with no known treatment
H Also known as variola

Pathophysiology
H Poxviruses are characterized by a large double-

stranded deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) genome and a


brick-shaped morphology.
H Poxviruses are the only DNA viruses that replicate in
cytoplasm.
H The virus is spread through direct contact or inhalation of respiratory droplets.
H The incubation period is 7 to 19 days. Illness onset is
in 10 to 14 days, with onset of the characteristic rash
in 2 to 4 days. Fever and macular rash appear after
an average incubation period of 12 days, with a progression to typical vesicular and pustular lesions over
1 or 2 weeks.
H Its most contagious during the first week of illness
(before the eruptive period) and during the time between lesion development and scab disappearance.

H Fever
H Maculopapular rash

H Secondary bacterial infections


H Encephalitis
H Bleeding abnormalities
H Death

Assessment
History
H Influenza-type symptoms
H High fever, chills
H Rash
H Malaise
H Headache, backache
H Abdominal pain
H Nausea, vomiting

Physical findings
H After average incubation period of 12 days:

Fever
Macular rash
Progression to typical vesicular and pustular lesions, and then crusted scabs
Centrifugal distribution to rash; starts on the face
and extremities; moves to the trunk

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture of aspirate from vesicles and pustules shows
presence of variola.
H Electron microscopy of vesicular scrapings shows
presence of variola.

Treatment
General

H Poxvirus variolae

H Home treatment if possible to reduce spread


H No current treatment other than supportive
H Strict isolation
H Diet as tolerated
H I.V. fluids
H Activity as tolerated

Incidence

Medications

H Last known case in the United States reported in

H Cidofovir possibly given within 1 to 2 days of expo-

1949
H Last case of endemic smallpox reported in Africa in
1977
H Affected people of all ages

H Smallpox vaccine given within 4 days of exposure


H Antibiotics for secondary infection
H Antipruritics

Causes

766

Smallpox

sure

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 767

H Antihistamines
H Analgesics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate nutrition
H verbalize feelings of fear and anxiety
H demonstrate effective coping mechanisms
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H maintain balanced fluid status
H maintain skin integrity.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Report any case of smallpox to the appropriate pub-

lic health office.


H Institute strict exposure precautions, including isola-

tion and airborne, contact, and standard precautions.


H Autoclave all laundry and hospital waste before laundering or incinerating.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Encourage verbalization of fears and concerns.
H Provide adequate hydration.
H Provide a well-balanced diet.
H Assist in the development of effective coping mechanisms.
H Provide adequate rest periods.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complications
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Signs and symptoms of secondary bacterial infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H isolation precautions
H hydration
H skin lesion care.

Discharge planning
H Refer those in direct contact with an infected person

for pre-exposure and postexposure vaccination if


more than 3 years have passed since last vaccination.

Smallpox

767

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 768

Spinal injury

Physical findings

Overview

H Limited movement and activities that cause pain


H Surface wounds
H Pain location
H Loss of sensation below the level of injury
H Deformity

H Level of injury and any spinal cord damage located

by neurologic assessment

Description
H Fractures, contusions, or compressions of the spine
H Most common sites: C5, C6, C7, T12, and L1 verte-

brae

Pathophysiology
H Injury causes microscopic hemorrhages.
H All of the gray matter is filled with blood.
H Necrosis results.
H Edema causes spinal cord compression.
H Blood supply is further decreased.
H Long-term scarring and meningeal thickening occur.
H Nerves are blocked or tangled.
H Sensory and motor deficits occur.

Causes
Serious injury
H Motor vehicle accident
H Fall
H Diving into shallow water
H Gunshot and related wound
Less serious injury
H Improper lifting of heavy object
H Minor fall
H Neoplastic lesion
H Osteoporosis

Incidence
H Most common between ages 15 and 35

Common characteristics
H Based on severity and location of injury:

Muscle spasm or back pain (worsens with movement)


Mild paresthesia to quadriplegia
Shock
Loss of motor function, muscle flaccidity
Bladder and bowel atony
Loss of perspiration below the level of the injury
Respiratory impairment

Complications
H Paralysis
H Death
H Autonomic dysreflexia
H Spinal shock
H Neurogenic shock

Assessment
History
H Muscle spasm
H Back or neck pain
H In cervical fractures, point tenderness

768

Spinal injury

Test results
Imaging
H Spinal X-rays, myelography, computed tomography
scan, and magnetic resonance imaging can indicate
the location of the fracture and the site of the compression.

Treatment
General
H Stabilization of spine and prevention of cord damage
H Hemodynamic support
H Application of a hard cervical collar
H Wound care (if appropriate)
H Chemotherapy and radiation for neoplastic lesion
H Aspiration precautions
H Skeletal traction with skull tongs
H Bed rest on a firm surface
H Rotation bed with cervical traction (if appropriate)
H Splinting: thoracic lumbar sacral orthotics

Medications
H Corticosteroids
H Analgesics
H Muscle relaxants
H Chemotherapy for neoplastic lesion

Surgery
H Decompression of spinal cord
H Stabilization of spinal column

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H develop effective coping mechanisms
H attain the highest degree of mobility
H maintain a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H show no signs of aspiration.

Nursing interventions
H Apply a hard cervical collar.
H Immobilize the patient.
H Comfort and reassure the patient.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide wound care, if appropriate.
H Provide diversionary activities.
H Provide proper skin care.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 769

Monitoring
H Neurologic changes
H Respiratory status
H Changes in skin sensation and loss of muscle

strength
H Skin integrity
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H traction methods used
H exercises to maintain physical mobility
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H the prescribed home care regimen
H the importance of follow-up examinations.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the appropriate rehabilitation

center.
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Spinal injury

769

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 770

Sprains and strains

Incidence

Overview

H More common in males than in females

H More common in athletes (occurs in 80% of ath-

letes)

Description
H Sprain complete or incomplete tear in supporting

ligaments surrounding a joint


H Strain acute or chronic injury to a muscle or

tendinous attachment
H Classified as mild, moderate, or severe (see Classify-

ing sprains and strains)

Pathophysiology
Sprain
H A ligament tear causes bleeding.
H A hematoma forms.
H Inflammatory exudates follow.
H Granulation tissue develops.
H Collagen forms.
H Swelling or stretching of nerves or vessels occurs.
H Persistent laxity and chronic joint instability result.
Strain
H Strains result from the same process as sprains.
H New tendon or muscle eventually becomes strong
enough to withstand normal muscle strain.

Common characteristics
Sprain
H Localized pain
H Swelling and warmth
H Progressive loss of motion
H Ecchymosis
Strain
H Pain
H Inflammation
H Erythema
H Ecchymosis
H Elevated skin temperature

Complications
Sprain
H Avulsion fracture
Strain
H Complete rupture of muscle tendon unit
H Deep vein thrombosis

Assessment

Causes

History

H Fall
H Motor vehicle accident
H Trauma
H Excessive or new exercise
H Sports injury

H Physical activity
H Similar past injury
H Systemic disease with high risk factors
H Local pain that worsens during joint movement
H Loss of mobility
H Sharp, transient pain and rapid swelling
H Stiffness, soreness, and generalized tenderness

Risk factors
H Participation in sports

Classifying sprains and strains


The guide below will help you classify the severity of
sprains and strains.

Sprains

H Grade 1 (mild): minor or partial ligament tear with normal joint stability and function
H Grade 2 (moderate): partial tear with mild joint laxity
and some function loss
H Grade 3 (severe): complete tear or incomplete separation of ligament from bone, causing total joint laxity
and function loss

Strains

H Grade 1 (mild): microscopic muscle or tendon tear (or


both) with no loss of strength
H Grade 2 (moderate): incomplete tear with bleeding into
muscle tissue and some loss of strength
H Grade 3 (severe): complete rupture, usually resulting
from separation of muscle from muscle, muscle from
tendon, or tendon from bone (usually stems from sudden, violent movement or direct injury)

770

Sprains and strains

Physical findings
H Ecchymosis
H Swelling
H Point tenderness

Test results
Imaging
H X-ray results are used to rule out fractures and confirm damage to ligaments.

Treatment
General
H RICE rest, ice, compression (wrapping in an elas-

tic bandage), and elevation to affected area


H Rehabilitation or exercise program
H Nothing by mouth if surgery scheduled
H Limited activity and weight bearing to injured area,

based on extent of injury


H Elevation of affected joint above the level of the heart

for 48 to 72 hours
H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 771

Medications
H Vitamin C supplements
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Analgesics
H Cox-2 inhibitors

Surgery
H Based on extent of injury

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H attain the highest possible level of mobility
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H identify factors that increase the potential for injury.

Nursing interventions
H Apply ice intermittently.
H Apply an elastic bandage or air cast.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate the extremity.

Monitoring
H Edema
H Response to treatment
H Pain control
H Complications
H Adverse effects of drugs
H ROM

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to apply ice intermittently for the first 12 to
48 hours
H how to reapply elastic bandage or air cast
H crutch-gait training
H avoidance of further injury to the joint
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Sprains and strains

771

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 772

Spurious polycythemia
Overview
Description
H Blood disorder characterized by increased hemat-

ocrit and a normal or low red blood cell (RBC) total


mass
H Results from diminished plasma volume and subsequent hemoconcentration
H Also known as relative polycythemia, stress erythrocytosis, stress polycythemia, benign polycythemia, Gaisbcks disease, or pseudopolycythemia

Pathophysiology
H Conditions that promote severe fluid loss decrease

plasma volume and lead to hemoconcentration.


H Nervous stress causes hemoconcentration by an un-

known mechanism. This form of erythrocytosis


(chronically elevated hematocrit) is particularly
common in the middle-aged male whos a chronic
smoker and has a type A personality (tense, hard driving, and anxious).
H In many patients, an increased hematocrit merely reflects a normally high RBC mass and low plasma volume. This is particularly common in patients who
dont smoke, arent obese, and have no history of hypertension.

Causes

Assessment
History
H Headaches
H Dizziness
H Cardiac or pulmonary disease
H Fatigue
H Diaphoresis
H Dyspnea
H Claudication

Physical findings
H Ruddy appearance
H Short neck
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Slight hypertension
H Hypoventilation when recumbent

Test results
Laboratory
H Hemoglobin level and hematocrit are increased.
H RBC count is increased.
H RBC mass is normal or decreased
H Arterial oxygen saturation is normal.
H Bone marrow is normal.
H Plasma volume is decreased or normal.
H Hyperlipidemia may be present.
H Uricosuria may be present.

Treatment

H Dehydration
H Hemoconcentration from stress
H High-normal RBC mass and low-normal plasma

General

volume
H Hypertension
H Thromboembolic disease
H Elevated serum cholesterol and uric acid
H Familial tendency
H Pregnancy

H Cessation of dietary diuretics such as caffeine


H Low-cholesterol, low-fat diet
H Adequate hydration
H Adequate exercise

Incidence

H Appropriate fluids and electrolytes to correct dehy-

dration

Medications
H Antidiarrheals, if needed

H Usually affects middle-aged people


H More common in males than in females

Nursing considerations

Common characteristics

Key outcomes

H Headaches or dizziness
H Ruddy appearance
H Slight hypertension
H Tendency to hyperventilate when recumbent
H Cardiac or pulmonary disease

The patient will:


H express feelings of increased energy
H exhibit adequate ventilation
H express feelings of increased comfort
H maintain normal fluid volume.

Complications

Nursing interventions

H Thromboemboli

H Administer prescribed I.V. fluids.


H Encourage adequate fluid intake.
H Encourage activity.

772

Spurious polycythemia

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 773

H Provide emotional support.


H Provide dietary counseling if appropriate.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Blood studies
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H changing the patients work habits, if appropriate
H the need for proper relaxation
H dietary restrictions
H importance of proper hydration
H recognizing and reporting of signs and symptoms of
increasing polycythemia and thromboembolism.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

necessary.
H Emphasize the need for follow-up examinations every

3 to 4 months after leaving the hospital.

Spurious polycythemia

773

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 774

Squamous cell
carcinoma
Overview
Description
H Invasive tumor arising from keratinizing epidermal

cells

Pathophysiology
H Transformation from a premalignant lesion to squa-

mous cell carcinoma may begin with induration and


inflammation of an existing lesion.
H When squamous cell carcinoma arises from normal
skin, the nodule grows slowly on a firm, indurated
base. If untreated, this nodule eventually ulcerates
and invades underlying tissues. (See Squamous cell
carcinoma nodule.)

Causes
H Unknown
H Actinic damage from solar ultraviolet radiation
H Ionizing radiation
H Chemical carcinogens
H Burns, scars
H Ulcerations

Risk factors
H Overexposure to the suns ultraviolet rays
H Radiation therapy
H Ingestion of herbicides containing arsenic
H Chronic skin irritation and inflammation
H Exposure to local carcinogens (such as tar and oil)
H Hereditary diseases (such as xeroderma pigmento-

H Presence of premalignant lesions (such as actinic

keratosis or Bowens disease)


H Rarely, develops on site of smallpox vaccination, pso-

riasis, or chronic discoid hippus erythematosus

Incidence
H Most common in fair-skinned, light-eyed, and light-

haired people
H Risk greatly increased by outdoor employment and

residence in sunny, warm climate

Common characteristics
H Chronic skin ulceration

Complications
H Lymph node involvement
H Visceral metastasis

Assessment
History
H Areas of chronic ulceration, especially on

sun-damaged skin
H Pain, malaise, anorexia, fatigue, and weakness

Physical findings
H Lesions on the face, ears, or dorsa of the hands and

forearms, and on other sun-damaged skin areas (lesions possibly scaly and keratotic with raised, irregular borders; in late disease, lesions growing outward
or exophytic and friable and tending toward chronic
crusting)

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Excisional biopsy allows a definitive diagnosis.

sum and albinism)

Treatment
Squamous cell carcinoma nodule
An ulcerated nodule with an indurated base and a raised,
irregular border is a typical lesion in squamous cell carcinoma.

General
H Determined by size, shape, location, and invasiveness

of tumor and condition of underlying tissue


H Radiation therapy for older or debilitated patients
H High-protein, high-calorie diet

Medications
H Chemotherapy
H Topical corticosteroids

Surgery
H Wide surgical excision, curettage, and electrodesic-

cation
H Cryosurgery
H Mohs micrographic surgery

774

Squamous cell carcinoma

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 775

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H experience feelings of increased energy
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H express feelings of increased comfort.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide emotional sup-

port.
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Provide periods of rest between procedures if the

patient fatigues easily.


H Provide small, frequent meals and a high-protein,

high-calorie diet.

Monitoring
H Wound site
H Adverse effects of radiation therapy, such as nausea,

vomiting, hair loss, malaise, and diarrhea


H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H information about skin examination
H the importance of follow-up skin surveillance
H avoidance of excessive sun exposure to prevent recurrence; the need to use strong sunscreen.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to resource and support services.

Squamous cell carcinoma

775

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 776

Stomatitis

Incidence

Overview

Acute herpetic stomatitis


H Common in children ages 1 to 3
Aphthous stomatitis
H Common in young girls and female adolescents

Description

Common characteristics

H Inflammation of oral mucosa; may extend to the buc-

H Painful gums
H Ulcers on gum papillae

cal mucosa, lips, palate, and tongue


H Common infection occurring alone or as part of systemic disease
H Two main types: acute herpetic stomatitis and aphthous stomatitis
H Usually heals spontaneously, without scarring, in 10
to 14 days

Pathophysiology
H Stomatitis is an inflammatory reaction that may cause

loss of the oral epithelium as a protective barrier.

Causes
Acute herpetic stomatitis
H Herpes simplex virus
Aphthous stomatitis
H Unknown (autoimmune and psychosomatic causes
under investigation)

Risk factors
H Smoking
H Poor oral hygiene
H Stress
H Poor nutrition
H Chemotherapy
H Immunosuppression

Looking at aphthous stomatitis


In aphthous stomatitis, numerous small, round vesicles
appear. They soon break and leave shallow ulcers with red
areolae.

Complications
H Dysphagia
H Sepsis (in immunocompromised patient)
H Ocular or central nervous system involvement (her-

petic stomatitis)

Assessment
History
H Burning mouth pain
H Malaise
H Lethargy
H Anorexia
H Irritability
H Fever
H Extreme tenderness of the oral mucosa

Physical findings
Herpetic stomatitis
H Bleeding and swollen gums
H Papulovesicular ulcers in the mouth and throat
H Submaxillary lymphadenitis
Aphthous stomatitis
H Slight swelling of the mucous membrane
H Single or multiple shallow ulcers with whitish centers
and red borders, about 2 to 5 mm in diameter (see
Looking at aphthous stomatitis)

Test results
Laboratory
H Smear of ulcer exudate identifies the causative organism in Vincents angina (painful pseudomembranous
ulceration of gums, oral mucous membranes, pharynx, and tonsils).
H Viral cultures performed on fluid and herpetic vesicles in acute herpetic stomatitis identify the virus.

Treatment
General
H Symptom relief
H Nonantiseptic warm-water mouth rinses
H Ice
H Soft-bristled toothbrush
H Smoking cessation
H Soft, pureed, or liquid diet, as tolerated; avoidance of

salty, spicy foods


H Activity as tolerated

776

Stomatitis

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 777

Medications
H I.V. fluids (severe cases)

Acute herpetic stomatitis


H Topical anesthetic solutions
H Topical corticosteroids
H Acyclovir
Aphthous stomatitis
H Topical anesthetic coating agent

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H show improvement or complete healing of lesions or
wounds
H avoid complications
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H demonstrate good oral hygiene practices.

Nursing interventions
H Advise using a sponge instead of a toothbrush for

brushing teeth.
H Suggest rinsing with hydrogen peroxide or normal

saline mouthwash.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Develop a meal plan based on soft, liquid, or pureed

foods.
H Offer iced drinks.

Monitoring
H Lesion state
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the infection and expected course
H the importance of good oral hygiene
H the proper application of topical drugs
H recommended dietary changes
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H (with aphthous stomatitis) the need to avoid such
precipitating factors as stress and fatigue.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program, if

appropriate.

Stomatitis

777

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 778

Life-threatening disorder

Streptococcus
pneumoniae infection,
drug-resistant
Overview

Incidence
H 3% to 35% of pneumococcal illness due to drug-

resistant strains

Common characteristics
H DRSP possibly causing:

Bacteremia
Meningitis
Otitis media
Peritonitis
Pneumonia
Sinusitis

Description

Complications

H Infections caused by Streptococcus pneumoniae

H Colonized people not commonly detected or treated


H Treatment failures, prolonged hospitalization, recur-

among leading causes of illness and death among


young, elderly, and debilitated people
H Also known as DRSP
H Seven serotypes (6A, 6B, 9V, 14, 19A, 19F, and 23F)
accounting for most DRSP
H Vaccine available for the 23 most common serotypes
H Commonly resistant to penicillin; also resistant to
erythromycin, co-trimoxazole, vancomycin, tetracycline, chloramphenicol, and ofloxacin
H In pneumonias caused by resistant strains, death rate
twice as high as in those sensitive to antibiotics

Pathophysiology
H DRSP can affect people by colonization or infection.
H People who carry S. pneumoniae as part of their

normal flora but remain asymptomatic may unknowingly spread the infection.
H Disease results when bacteria multiply locally (otitis
media), multiply after aspiration (pneumonia), or
invade a sterile site (central nervous system or
blood).

Causes
H Abuse of antimicrobial agents
H Increasing prevalence of strains resistant to multiple

drug classes

Risk factors
H Contact with infected respiratory droplets or direct

or indirect contact with objects freshly soiled with


respiratory discharge
H Populations at risk:
Elderly people
Children age 2 and older
Blacks
Native Americans
People with autoimmune disorders
Nursing home residents
Child-care workers

Special populations
The Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices recommends the S. pneumoniae vaccine be
given to people age 2 and older with certain medical conditions and to all people age 65 and older.

778

rent disease, and increased cost


H Death in 14% of adults with invasive disease
H Neurologic sequelae after meningitis
H Hearing impairment from recurrent otitis media
H Developmental delay in children with recurrent otitis

media

Assessment
History
H Member of high-risk population
H Recent exposure to respiratory secretions of infected

person
H Recent antimicrobial use

Physical findings
In meningitis
H Fever
H Stiff neck
H Drowsiness
H Rash
H Seizures
H Increased white blood cells in cerebrospinal fluid
(CSF)
In otitis media
H High fever (101.3 F [38.5 C])
H Irritability
H Possibly effusion
H Bulging tympanic membrane thats red, opaque,
white, yellow, or purple and immobile on pneumatic
otoscope
In pneumonia
H Fluid-filled tissue and lobes
H Shaking chills
H Cough
H Rust- or green-colored mucus
H High fever
H Diaphoresis
H Elevated pulse and respirations
H Bluish lips and nailbeds
H Confusion or delirium

Streptococcus pneumoniae infection, drug-resistant

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 779

Test results

Discharge planning

Laboratory
H Bacteria are isolated from a fluid sample (blood, CSF,
sputum, respiratory drops, ear).
Imaging
H Chest X-rays display pneumonia.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture is performed for suspected meningitis.

H Refer the patient for follow-up, as needed.


H Recommend to the patient that close contacts receive

the S. pneumoniae vaccine.

Treatment
General
H Supportive, symptomatic care
H Activity as tolerated
H Diet as tolerated

Medications
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics (type depending on resistance patterns in

community)
H Vancomycin (meningitis)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report resolution of symptoms
H have normal vital signs
H have adequate oxygen levels
H have normal laboratory values.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide rest periods as needed.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Seizures
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Complications after lumbar puncture

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of covering the mouth and nose when
sneezing or coughing
H regular hand washing
H taking the entire prescription of antibiotic for any
infection
H never giving a prescribed antibiotic to anyone else
H importance of reporting a change in symptoms to the
physician.

Streptococcus pneumoniae infection, drug-resistant

779

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 780

Life-threatening disorder

Stroke
Overview
Description
H Sudden impairment of blood circulation to the brain
H Third most common cause of death in the United

States
H Affects 500,000 people each year, causing death in
half
H Most common cause of neurologic disability
H About 50% of stroke survivors permanently disabled
H Recurrences possible within weeks, months, or years
H Also known as cerebrovascular accident or brain
attack

Pathophysiology
H The oxygen supply to the brain is interrupted or di-

minished.
H In thrombotic or embolic stroke, neurons die from

lack of oxygen.
H In hemorrhagic stroke, impaired cerebral perfusion

causes infarction.

Causes
Cerebral thrombosis
H Most common cause of stroke
H Obstruction of a blood vessel in the extracerebral
vessels
H Site possibly intracerebral
Cerebral embolism
H Second most common cause of stroke
H History of rheumatic heart disease
H Endocarditis
H Posttraumatic valvular disease
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Post open-heart surgery
Cerebral hemorrhage
H Third most common cause of stroke
H Chronic hypertension
H Cerebral aneurysms
H Arteriovenous malformation

Risk factors
H History of transient ischemic attack
H Heart disease
H Smoking
H Familial history of cerebrovascular disease
H Obesity
H Alcohol use
H High red blood cell count
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Diabetes mellitus
H Gout
H High serum triglyceride levels

780

Stroke

H Use of hormonal contraceptives in conjunction with

smoking and hypertension


H Elevated cholesterol and triglyceride levels

Incidence
H Mostly affects older adults but can strike at any age
H More common in males than in females
H Affects Blacks and Hispanics more commonly than

other groups

Common characteristics
H Sudden unilateral weakness or numbness in limb
H Sudden speech difficulties
H Sudden vision disturbances
H Sudden ataxia, gait disturbance
H Sudden altered level of consciousness (LOC)
H Sudden severe headache

Complications
H Unstable blood pressure from loss of vasomotor con-

trol
H Fluid and electrolyte imbalances
H Malnutrition
H Infections
H Sensory impairment
H Altered LOC
H Aspiration
H Contractures
H Skin breakdown
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Pulmonary emboli
H Depression

Assessment
History
H Varying clinical features, depending on:

artery affected
severity of damage
extent of collateral circulation
H One or more risk factors present
H Sudden onset of hemiparesis or hemiplegia
H Gradual onset of dizziness, mental disturbances, or
seizures
H Loss of consciousness or sudden aphasia

Physical findings
H With stroke in left hemisphere, signs and symptoms

on right side
H With stroke in right hemisphere, signs and symptoms

on left side
H With stroke that causes cranial nerve damage, signs

and symptoms on same side


H Change in LOC
H With conscious patient, anxiety along with communi-

cation and mobility difficulties


H Urinary incontinence
H Hemiparesis or hemiplegia on one side of the body
H Decreased deep tendon reflexes
H Hemianopsia on the affected side of the body

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 781

H With left-sided hemiplegia, problems with visuospa-

tial relations
H Sensory losses

Test results
Laboratory
H Laboratory tests including anticardiolipin antibodies, antiphospholipid, factor V (Leiden) mutation,
antithrombin III, protein S, and protein C may
show increased thrombotic risk.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging and magnetic resonance angiography allow for evaluation of the location and size of the lesion.
H Cerebral angiography details the disruption of cerebral circulation and is the test of choice for examining the entire cerebral blood flow.
H Computed tomography scan detects structural abnormalities.
H Positron-emission tomography provides data on
cerebral metabolism and on cerebral blood flow
changes.
Other
H Transcranial Doppler studies evaluate the velocity of
blood flow.
H Carotid Doppler measures flow through the carotid
arteries.
H Two-dimensional echocardiogram evaluates the heart
for dysfunction.
H Cerebral blood flow studies measure blood flow to
the brain.
H Electrocardiography evaluates electrical activity in an
area of cortical infarction.

Treatment
General
H Careful blood pressure management
H Pureed dysphagia diet or tube feedings, if indicated
H Physical, speech, and occupational rehabilitation
H Helping patient adapt to specific deficits

Medications
H Tissue plasminogen activator when the cause isnt he-

morrhagic (emergency care within 3 hours of onset)


H Anticonvulsants
H Stool softeners
H Anticoagulants or antiplatelets
H Analgesics
H Antidepressants
H Lipid-lowering agents
H Antihypertensives

Surgery
H Craniotomy
H Endarterectomy
H Extracranial-intracranial bypass
H Ventricular shunts

Prevention

Preventing stroke
Risk of stroke may be reduced by following these guidelines:
H Stop smoking through a smoking-cessation program.
H Maintain ideal body weight.
H Control diabetes and hypertension.
H Follow a low-cholesterol, low-sodium diet.
H Take prescribed medications as ordered, especially anticoagulants or platelet aggregation inhibitors.
H Perform physical exercise regularly.
H Avoid prolonged bedrest.
H Minimize stress.
H Seek prompt treatment if experiencing signs and
symptoms of stroke.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H remain free from injury
H achieve maximal independence
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway and oxygenation.
H Offer the urinal or bedpan every 2 hours.
H Insert an indwelling urinary catheter, if necessary.
H Ensure adequate nutrition.
H Provide careful mouth and eye care.
H Follow the physical therapy program.
H Establish and maintain patient communication.
H Provide psychological support.
H Protect the patient from injury and complications.
H Position to prevent aspiration and contractures.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Neurologic, GI, and respiratory status
H Vital signs
H Fluid, electrolyte, and nutritional intake
H Development of deep vein thrombosis and pul-

monary embolus

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the dietary regimens
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H stroke prevention. (See Preventing stroke.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to home care services, outpatient

services, and speech and occupational rehabilitation


programs as needed.

Stroke

781

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 782

Strongyloidiasis
Overview
Description
H A parasitic intestinal infection caused by the helminth

Strongyloides stercoralis
H Doesnt confer immunity; in people with autoimmune

disorders, possibly overwhelming disseminated infection


H Because threadworms reproductive cycle may continue in untreated host for up to 45 years, autoinfection highly probable
H Most patients recover, but death resulting from debilitating protein loss possible
H Also called threadworm infection

Pathophysiology
H Larvae develop from noninfective rhabdoid larvae in

human feces.
H The filariform larvae penetrate the human skin, usu-

ally at the feet, and then migrate by way of the lymphatic system to the bloodstream and the lungs.
H Once they enter into pulmonary circulation, the filariform larvae break through the alveoli and migrate
upward to the pharynx, where they are swallowed.
H Larvae then lodge in the small intestine, where they
deposit eggs that mature into noninfectious rhabdoid
larvae.
H These larvae migrate into the large intestine and are
excreted in feces, starting the cycle again.
H In autoinfection, rhabdoid larvae mature in the intestine to become infective filariform larvae.

Causes
H Contact with soil that contains infective S. stercoralis

filariform larvae

Incidence

Assessment
History
H Institutionalization
H Autoimmune susceptibility
H Cough
H Abdominal pain and diarrhea
H Recent travel to endemic area

Physical findings
H Erythematous, pruritic rash at entrance site
H Normal or hyperactive bowel sounds
H Crackles

Test results
Laboratory
H S. stercoralis larvae can be observed in a fresh stool
specimen (2 hours after excretion, look like hookworm larvae).
H Eosinophils and larvae may appear in sputum, with
marked eosinophilia in disseminated strongyloidiasis
(pulmonary phase).
H Hemoglobin level is decreased.
H In white blood cell count with differential, eosinophil
count is 450 to 700/l.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show alveolar or interstitial infiltrates or
pulmonary effusions (pulmonary phase).

Treatment
General
H High-protein diet
H I.V. fluids
H Blood transfusion

Medications
H Thiabendazole

H Endemic to the tropics and subtropics


H Universal susceptibility

Nursing considerations

Common characteristics

Key outcomes

H Erythematous maculopapular rash at the site of pene-

The patient will:


H experience no further weight loss
H maintain normal fluid and electrolyte balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

tration producing swelling and pruritus


H Pulmonary signs including minor hemorrhage, pneumonitis, and pneumonia
H Intestinal infection producing frequent, watery, and
bloody diarrhea, accompanied by intermittent abdominal pain

Complications
H Malnutrition
H Anemia
H Secondary bacterial infection
H Perforated intestine
H Septicemia

782

Strongyloidiasis

Nursing interventions
H Encourage high-protein diet.
H Wear gloves when handling bedpans or giving per-

ineal care, and dispose of feces promptly.


H In pulmonary infection, reposition the patient fre-

quently, encourage coughing and deep breathing,


and administer oxygen, as ordered.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 783

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Response to treatment
H Respiratory status
H Amount and character of stools

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the possibility that thiabendazole may cause mild
nausea, vomiting, drowsiness, and giddiness
H proper hand-washing technique, stressing the importance of washing hands before eating and after defecating
H the need to wear shoes when in endemic areas.

Discharge planning
H Check the patients family and close contacts for

signs of infection.
H Emphasize the need for follow-up stool examination,

continuing for several weeks after treatment.

Strongyloidiasis

783

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 784

Subarachnoid
hemorrhage
Overview
Description
H Bleeding into subarachnoid space

Subarachnoid space located between the pia mater


and the arachnoid layer of the meninges that surround the brain and spinal cord; normally filled
with clear, colorless cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) and
a network of arteries and veins
Blood also entering the CSF pathways
H Two types
Traumatic: more common
Spontaneous (nontraumatic)

Pathophysiology
H Bleeding occurs into the subarachnoid space.
H Blood spreads through the CSF, across the surface of

the brain, collecting and clotting in the ventricles,


cisterns, and foramen.
H Intracranial pressure (ICP) increases due to the
pressure exerted within a closed system.
H Perfusion distal to the rupture is decreased as well as
cerebral perfusion.
H Veins are compressed and venous outflow is reduced.
H Vasospasm occurs from irritation of the meninges,
further decreasing perfusion.
H Subacute or chronic hydrocephalus and brain infarctions can result.

Causes
H Head trauma
H Rupture of intracranial saccular aneurysm
H Intracranial arteriovenous malformation (AVM)
H Hypertension
H Rarely, tumors and blood dyscrasias
H Arterial dissection
H Extension from intracerebral hemorrhage
H Iatrogenic during surgery or intervention
H Meningitis

Risk factors
H Congenital weakness in arterial wall
H Degenerative weakening in the arterial wall from ath-

erosclerosis
H Cerebral aneurysms (associated with genetic abnor-

malities, such as polycystic kidney disease and fibromuscular dysplasia)


H Hypertension
H Pregnancy
H Smoking
H Drug and alcohol abuse

784

Subarachnoid hemorrhage

Incidence
H About 30,000 people a year in the United States have

a nontraumatic subarachnoid hemorrhage


H Predominant between ages 40 and 70
H More common in females then in males
H Ruptured saccular aneurysms: account for about

80% of nontraumatic cases


H AVMs: account for about 10% of cases
H Estimated 23% to 39% occurring due to severe head

injury

Common characteristics
H Vary with location, duration and amount of va-

sospasm, and the degree of increased ICP


H Typically, change in level of consciousness occurring
H Sudden onset of severe headache
H Neck pain and nuchal rigidity
H Nausea and vomiting
H Photophobia
H Seizures
H Possible prodromal headaches caused by minor

blood leakage, also called sentinel headaches: occur in 30% to 50% of cases with aneurysm as the
cause; may occur a few hours to a few months before
the rupture

Complications
H Rebleeding
H Hyponatremia
H Severe neurologic damage
H Paralysis
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Traumatic head injury
H Headaches
H Recent onset of seizures
H Symptoms of meningeal irritation
H Photophobia and visual changes
H Loss of consciousness

Physical findings
All or none of these findings may be present:
H Global or focal neurologic abnormalities
H Symptoms of cranial nerve compression
H Vision loss
H Motor deficits
H Retinal hemorrhage
H Papilledema
H Mild-to-moderate blood pressure elevation
H Tachycardia
H Weakness, paralysis, or numbness on one side of
body
H Difficulty speaking

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 785

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count may show decreased hemoglobin level and hematocrit.
H Prothrombin time and partial thromboplastin time
may be increased.
H Blood typing and crossmatching is done for possible
transfusion.
Imaging
H Computed tomography (CT) scan, initially without
contrast, establishes diagnosis.
H Cerebral angiography assesses vascular anatomy and
bleeding site also assists in surgical planning.
H Magnetic resonance imaging is done if other testing
is negative.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture, only if contrast CT scan shows
negative results and there are no signs of increased
ICP; may detect blood in CSF; contraindicated with
increased ICP because brain stem herniation may result.
H Electrocardiography detects myocardial ischemia
caused by the increased circulation of catecholamines.

H Radiosurgery possibly used to treat small, deep AVMs


H Endovascular obliteration of aneurysms

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express relief from or decrease in pain
H achieve optimum functioning
H demonstrate improvement in orientation
H maintain optimal gas exchange and ventilation
H maintain adequate cerebral perfusion
H verbalize decrease in or relief from nausea
H remain free from injury.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed medications.
H Establish and maintain a patent airway.
H Provide supplemental oxygen and mechanical venti-

lation, as needed.
H Evaluate fluid and electrolyte status.
H Avoid overhydration with I.V. fluids to prevent in-

creases in intracranial pressure.


H Turn patient often, one movement at a time, and use

Treatment
General
H Establishing and maintaining airway, breathing, and

antiembolism stockings.
H Institute measures to prevent skin breakdown.
H Institute seizure precautions, as indicated.
H Prepare the patient for surgery, as appropriate.

circulation as necessary; providing supplemental


oxygen
H Directed at preventing complications, including rebleeding, hydrocephalus, and cerebral vasospasm
H Vasospasm treated with generous volume expansion
and hypertension to promote cerebral perfusion, after aneurysm obliterated
H Providing a darkened, quiet, private room to minimize stimuli
H Elevating the head of the bed 30 degrees to facilitate
intracranial venous drainage
H Vigorous rehabilitation program

Monitoring

Medications

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H importance of preventing Valsalvas maneuver
(straining at stool, coughing)
H medication regimen
H tests, neurologic examinations, treatments, and procedures
H avoidance of unnecessary physical activity for patients receiving conservative treatment
H need to report adverse reactions to prescribed medications
H need to report signs of rebleeding
H importance of follow-up care.

H Analgesics to reduce pain


H Calcium channel blockers, such as nimodipine for

21 days to prevent vasospasm and to enhance collateral blood flow


H Osmotic agent, such as mannitol, or loop diuretic
such as furosemide to reduce ICP
H Antihypertensive agents and vasopressors (possibly
indicated)
H Possibly, antiemetics for nausea or vomiting and
stool softeners to prevent constipation and straining
to defecate

Surgery

H Neurologic status (hourly)


H Signs of increased ICP
H Cerebral perfusion pressure
H Signs of decreased level of consciousness
H Vital signs
H Respiratory and cardiac status
H Seizure activity
H Laboratory test results

Patient teaching

H Hydrocephalus: cerebral spinal fluid drainage or

Discharge planning

permanent shunting procedures


H AVMs and certain aneurysms: possibly obliterated
with embolization; cranial surgery possibly necessary

H Refer the patient to physical therapy, occupational

therapy, and speech therapy as appropriate.


H Refer the patient to social services as appropriate.

Subarachnoid hemorrhage

785

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 786

Life-threatening disorder

Subdural hematoma
Overview
Description
H Meningeal hemorrhage resulting from accumulation

of blood in subdural space


H May be acute (less than 72 hours old), subacute (3
to 20 days old), or chronic (older than 20 days)
H May be unilateral or bilateral

Pathophysiology
Acute
H Blunt impact to the skull may cause a tear in connecting veins (rarely, arteries) in the cerebral cortex.
Chronic
H Chronic subdural hematoma begins as a separation
in the dura-arachnoid interface, which is then filled
by cerebrospinal fluid (CSF).
H Dural border cells proliferate around this CSF collection to produce a neomembrane.
H Fragile new vessels grow into the membrane and
hemorrhage.

Causes
H Head trauma

Risk factors

H Dilated, nonreactive pupil ipsilateral to the

hematoma
H Hemiparesis contralateral to the hematoma

Complications
H Neurologic impairment
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Head trauma
H Headache
H Change in level of consciousness (LOC)

Physical findings
H Dilated, nonreactive pupil ipsilateral to the

hematoma
H Hemiparesis contralateral to the hematoma
H Balance problems
H Altered LOC

Test results
Laboratory
H CSF is yellow with relatively low protein (chronic
subdural hematoma).
H Coagulation studies may be abnormal.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scan, X-rays, and arteriography reveal mass and altered blood flow in the area.

Acute
H Anticoagulant therapy
H Age
Chronic
H Alcoholism
H Epilepsy
H Coagulopathy
H Arachnoid cysts
H Anticoagulant therapy (including aspirin)
H Cardiovascular disease (hypertension, arteriosclerosis)
H Thrombocytopenia
H Diabetes

Treatment

Incidence

H Vitamin K, fresh frozen plasma, platelets, or clotting

H Acute type: occurs in 5% to 25% of patients with

severe head injuries.


Most common in people older than age 40
H Chronic type: most common in people older than
age 50
H Both types occurring more commonly in males than
in females

Common characteristics
H Headache
H Deteriorating mental status

786

Subdural hematoma

General
H Supportive treatment
H Wound care
H Fresh frozen plasma (to correct coagulation)
H Adequate hydration
H Diet based on extent of injury
H Nothing by mouth if surgery necessary
H Bed rest initially, then activity as tolerated
H Flat bed after evacuation of hematoma

Medications
products (if coagulation studies are abnormal)
H Analgesics (after extent of injury is determined)
H Osmotic diuretics
H Anticonvulsants
H Prophylactic antibiotics (with surgery)

Surgery
H Burr holes
H Craniotomy

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 787

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain neurologically stable
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express an understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Provide appropriate wound care.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide emotional support.
H Institute seizure precautions.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Neurologic status
H Wound healing
H Seizure activity
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, anad treatment
H importance of reporting changes in neurologic status
H avoiding aspirin as a pain treatment
H observing for CSF drainage and signs of infection.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to physical therapy, occupational

therapy, and speech therapy, as appropriate.


H Refer the patient to social services, as appropriate.

Subdural hematoma

787

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 788

Substance abuse and


dependence
Overview
Description
H Use of a legal or an illegal substance that causes

physical, mental, emotional, or social harm, such as


opioids, stimulants, depressants, antianxiety agents,
and hallucinogens
H Number one health problem in the United States

Pathophysiology
H Tolerance develops when a drug is administered

long-term (such as an opioid for a cancer patient),


with cross-tolerance developing.
H Withdrawal occurs with abrupt discontinuation or
administration of an antagonist due to rebound noradrenergic activity in the central nervous system
(CNS).

Causes
H Combination of low self-esteem, peer pressure, inad-

equate coping skills, and curiosity


H May follow the use of prescribed drugs to relieve

H Hepatitis
H Cirrhosis
H Vasculitis
H Septicemia
H Thrombophlebitis
H Pulmonary emboli
H Gangrene
H Malnutrition and GI disturbances
H Respiratory infections
H Musculoskeletal dysfunction
H Trauma
H Depression and increased risk of suicide
H Psychosis
H Toxic or allergic reactions
H Impaired social and occupational functioning

Assessment
History
H Abdominal pain, nausea, or vomiting
H Painful injury or chronic illness
H Feigned illnesses
H Overdose
H High tolerance to potentially addictive drugs
H Amenorrhea
H Suggestive behavior patterns or the presence of

known risk factors

physical pain

H Mood swings, anxiety, impaired memory, sleep dis-

Risk factors

turbances, flashbacks, slurred speech, depression,


and thought disorders

H Male gender
H History of depression
H History of other substance abuse disorders
H Familial history
H Peer pressure
H Low socioeconomic status

Incidence
H Can occur at any age
H Experimentation common beginning in adolescence

and preadolescence
H Affects more than 18 million United States residents
who use alcohol and 5 million who use illicit drugs
(fewer than one-fourth treated)

Common characteristics

Physical findings
H Lacrimation (with opiate withdrawal)
H Nystagmus (with CNS depressants and phencyclidine

intoxication)
H Drooping eyelids (with opiate or CNS depressant

use)
H Constricted pupils (with opiate use or withdrawal)
H Dilated pupils (with hallucinogens or ampheta-

mines)
H Rhinorrhea (with opiate withdrawal or cocaine

abuse)
H Inflammation, atrophy, or perforation of the nasal

mucosa (with drug sniffing)


H Sweating (with opiates or CNS stimulants or drug

withdrawal)

H Nutritional deficiency
H Mood swings, anxiety, impaired memory, sleep dis-

H Sensation of bugs crawling on the skin (with alcohol

turbances, flashbacks, slurred speech, depression,


and thought disorders
H Physical signs of substance abuse (based on substance)
H Withdrawal signs when substance not used

H Excoriated skin
H Needle marks or tracks
H Cellulitis or abscesses
H Thrombophlebitis
H Fascial infection
H Bilateral crackles and rhonchi (with smoking and in-

Complications
H Cardiac and respiratory arrest
H Intracranial hemorrhage
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H Subacute bacterial endocarditis

788

Substance abuse and dependence

withdrawal)

haling drugs or by opiate overdose)


H Cardiopulmonary signs of overdose (respiratory de-

pression and hypotension)


H Acute-onset hypertension
H Cardiac arrhythmias

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 789

H Hemorrhoids
H Tremors, hyperreflexia, hyporeflexia, and seizures
H Uncooperative, disruptive, or violent behavior

DSM-IV-TR criteria
H Diagnosis is confirmed with at least three of the fol-

lowing criteria (some symptoms must have persisted


for at least 1 month or have occurred repeatedly over
a longer time):
substance usually taken in larger amounts or for a
longer time than the patient intended
persistent desire or one or more unsuccessful efforts to cut down or control substance use
excessive time devoted to activities necessary to
obtain the substance
frequent intoxication or withdrawal symptoms
when expected to fulfill major obligations at work,
school, or home or when substance use is physically hazardous
impaired social, occupational, or recreational activities
continued substance use despite the recognition of
a persistent or recurrent social, psychological, or
physical problem thats caused or exacerbated by
the use of the substance
marked tolerance
characteristic withdrawal symptoms
substance commonly taken to relieve or avoid
withdrawal symptoms.

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum or urine drug screen reveals the substance.
H Serum protein electrophoresis shows elevated serum
globulin levels.
H Serum glucose measurement shows hypoglycemia.
H Complete blood count (CBC) shows leukocytosis.
H Liver function is abnormal.
H CBC shows elevated mean corpuscular hemoglobin
levels.
H Uric acid levels are elevated.
H Blood urea nitrogen levels are decreased.

Medications
H Detoxification with the same drug or a pharmacolog-

ically similar drug


H Sedatives
H Anticholinergics
H Antidiarrheal agents
H Antianxiety drugs
H Anticonvulsants
H Nutritional and vitamin supplements

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express his feelings related to self-esteem
H join gradually in self-care and the decision-making
process
H engage in social interactions with others
H participate with his family to identify and use support
systems.

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a quiet, safe environment.
H Institute seizure precautions.
H Set limits for dealing with demanding, manipulative

behavior.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Suicide ideation
H Visitors
H Signs of complications
H Nutrition
H Effects of pharmacologic therapy

Patient teaching

Treatment

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H detoxification and rehabilitation, as appropriate
H measures for preventing human immunodeficiency
virus infection and hepatitis
H measures for safer sex and birth control.

General

Discharge planning

H Symptomatic treatment based on the drug ingested


H Fluid replacement therapy
H Symptomatic treatment for complications
H Gastric lavage, induced emesis, activated charcoal in-

H Recommend participation in a drug-oriented

self-help group.
H Refer the patient to support services.

stillation, forced diuresis and, possibly, hemoperfusion or hemodialysis


H Detoxification (inpatient or outpatient)
H Psychotherapy
H Exercise
H Relaxation techniques
H Rehabilitation
H Well-balanced diet
H Monitored activity for safety

Substance abuse and dependence

789

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 790

Life-threatening disorder

Sudden infant death


syndrome
Overview
Description
H Sudden death of an infant younger than age 1 year

without identifiable cause


H Also known as SIDS and crib death

Pathophysiology
Hypotheses
H The infant may have damage to the respiratory control center in the brain from chronic hypoxemia.
H The infant may not respond to increasing carbon
dioxide levels. During an episode of apnea, carbon
dioxide levels increase, but the child isnt stimulated
to breathe. As apnea continues, high levels of carbon
dioxide further suppress the ventilatory effort until
the infant stops breathing.
H The infant may have periods of sleep apnea and eventually die during one of these episodes.

Causes
H Possibly viral
H Hypoxia theory
H Apnea theory
H Possible Clostridium botulinum toxin
H Possibly associated with diphtheria, tetanus, and per-

tussis vaccines

Incidence
H About 7,000 SIDS deaths annually in United States
H 2 in every 1,000 live births; about 60% male

Special populations
SIDS occurs mostly between ages 1 and 4 months.
Incidence declines rapidly between ages 4 and
12 months.
H Increased incidence in nonbreast-fed infants
H Occurs most commonly in fall and winter
H Slightly higher incidence in:

Preterm neonates
Inuit neonates
Disadvantaged black neonates
Neonates of mothers younger than age 20
Neonates of multiple births

Common characteristics
H Respiratory tract infections
H Apnea

790

Sudden infant death syndrome

Complications
H Always fatal

Assessment
History
H Occasionally, respiratory tract infection
H Possible abnormal hepatic or pancreatic function
H Previous near-miss respiratory event in 60% of cases
H With infant wedged in a crib corner or with blankets

wrapped around head, suffocation ruled out by autopsy as the cause of death
H With frothy, blood-tinged sputum found around infants mouth or on crib sheets revealing a patent airway, aspiration of vomitus ruled out by autopsy as
cause of death
H No crying or signs of disturbed sleep by infant

Physical findings
H Postmortem examination possibly showing:

Changes indicating chronic hypoxia, hypoxemia,


and large airway obstruction
Bruising; possible fractured ribs
Blood in the infants mouth, nose, or ears
Mottled complexion; extremely cyanotic lips and
fingertips
Pooled blood in legs and feet
Diaper possibly wet and full of stool

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Autopsy may show:
small or normal adrenal glands
enlarged thymus
petechiae over the visceral surfaces of the pleura,
within the thymus, and in the epicardium
well-preserved lymphoid structures
signs of chronic hypoxemia
increased pulmonary artery smooth muscle
edematous, congestive, and fully expanded lungs
liquid blood in the heart
stomach curd inside the trachea.

Treatment
General
H Emotional support for the family
H Prevention for any surviving infant found apneic and

any sibling with apnea; assessment with home apnea


monitor until the at-risk infant passes age of vulnerability

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The family will:
H use available support systems to assist in coping
H share feelings about the event

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 791

H identify feelings of hopelessness regarding the cur-

rent situation
H use effective coping strategies to ease spiritual dis-

comfort.

Nursing interventions
H Ensure that both parents are present when the childs

death is confirmed.
H Stay calm and allow the parents to express their feel-

ings.
H Reassure the parents that they arent to blame.
H Allow the parents to see the infant in a private room

and to express their grief. Stay in the room with


them, if appropriate.
H Offer to call clergy, friends, or relatives.
H Return the infants belongings to the parents.
H Ensure that the parents receive the autopsy report
promptly.

Monitoring
H Parents reactions and coping mechanisms

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the need for an autopsy to confirm the diagnosis
H basic facts about SIDS
H information to help parents cope with pregnancy and
the first year of a new infants life, if they decide to
have another child.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents and family to community and

health care facility support services.


H Refer the parents to a local SIDS parents group.
H Advise the parents to contact the SIDS hot line

(1-800-221-SIDS).
H Refer the parents to cardiopulmonary resuscitation

classes, if appropriate.
H Refer the family to a home health nurse for contin-

ued support, if indicated.

Sudden infant death syndrome

791

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 792

Life-threatening disorder

Syndrome of
inappropriate
antidiuretic hormone

H Cerebrovascular disease
H Cancer
H Pulmonary disease
H Recent head injury
H Anorexia, nausea, vomiting
H Weight gain
H Lethargy, headaches, emotional and behavioral

changes

Physical findings

Overview
Description
H Disease of the posterior pituitary marked by exces-

sive release of antidiuretic hormone (ADH) (vasopressin)


H Potentially life-threatening
H Prognosis depends on underlying disorder and response to treatment
H Also known as SIADH

Pathophysiology

H Tachycardia
H Disorientation
H Seizures and coma
H Sluggish deep tendon reflexes
H Muscle weakness

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum osmolality levels are less than 280 mOsm/kg.
H Serum sodium levels are less than 123 mEq/L.
H Urine sodium levels are greater than 20 mEq/L without diuretics.
H Renal function tests are normal.

H Excessive ADH secretion occurs in the absence of

normal physiologic stimuli for its release.


H Excessive water reabsorption from the distal convo-

luted tubule and collecting ducts results in hyponatremia and normal to slightly increased extracellular
fluid volume. (See Understanding SIADH.)

Causes
H Oat cell carcinoma of the lung
H Neoplastic diseases
H Central nervous system disorders
H Pulmonary disorders
H Drugs
H Miscellaneous conditions, such as myxedema and

psychosis

Incidence

Treatment
General
H Based primarily on symptoms
H Correction of the underlying cause
H Restricted water intake (500 to 1,000 ml/day)
H High-sodium, high-protein diet or urea supplements

to enhance water excretion


H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Demeclocycline or lithium for long-term treatment
H Loop diuretics if fluid overload, history of heart fail-

ure, or resistance to treatment


H 3% sodium chloride solution if serum sodium level

H Common cause of hospital-acquired hyponatremia

less than 120 or if the patient seizing

Common characteristics

Surgery

H Increased water retention


H Fluid and electrolyte imbalance
H Hyponatremia

H To treat underlying cause such as cancer

Complications
H Water intoxication
H Cerebral edema
H Severe hyponatremia
H Heart failure
H Seizures
H Coma
H Death

Assessment
History
H Possible clue to the cause

792

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no complications
H remain alert and oriented to the environment
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment regimen
H maintain adequate fluid balance.

Nursing interventions
H Restrict fluids.
H Provide comfort measures for thirst.
H Reduce unnecessary environmental stimuli.
H Orient as needed.

Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 793

Understanding SIADH
The events that produce the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH) secretion are depicted in this
flowchart.

Excessive antidiuretic hormone secretion

Increased renal tubule permeability

Increased water retention and expanded extracellular fluid volume

Reduced plasma
osmolality

Dilutional
hyponatremia

Diminished
aldosterone secretion

Elevated glomerular
filtration rate

Decreased sodium
reabsorption in
proximal tubule

Intracellular
fluid shift

Increased sodium
excretion

Cerebral edema

Hyponatremia

Patient teaching

H Provide a safe environment.


H Institute seizure precautions as needed.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H fluid restriction
H methods to decrease discomfort from thirst
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H self-monitoring techniques for fluid retention such as
daily weight
H signs and symptoms that require immediate medical
intervention.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Daily weight
H Serum electrolytes, especially sodium
H Response to treatment
H Breath sounds
H Heart sounds
H Neurologic checks
H Changes in level of consciousness

ALERT
Watch closely for signs and symptoms of heart failure, which may occur due to fluid overload.

Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone

793

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 794

Syphilis
Overview
Description
H Chronic, infectious, sexually transmitted disease
H Untreated, progresses in four stages: primary, sec-

ondary, latent, and late (formerly called tertiary)

Pathophysiology
H The infecting organism penetrates intact mucous

membranes or abrasions in the skin, entering lymphatics and blood.


H Systemic infection and systemic foci precede primary
lesion development at the site of inoculation.
H Organ involvement occurs from dissemination.

Causes
H The spirochete Treponema pallidum
H Transmission primarily through sexual contact dur-

ing the primary, secondary, and early latent stages of


infection
H Prenatal transmission possible
H Transmission by way of fresh blood transfusion
(rare)

Incidence
H In the United States, incidence highest in urban pop-

ulations, especially in people between ages 15 and


39, drug users, and those infected with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)
H About 34,000 cases, in primary and secondary
stages, reported in the United States annually

Complications
H Cardiovascular disease
H Irreversible neurologic disease
H Irreversible organ damage
H Membranous glomerulonephritis
H With fetal infection:

Spontaneous abortion
Stillbirth
Low birth weight
Deafness

Assessment
History
H Unprotected sexual contact with an infected person

Physical findings
Primary syphilis
H One or more chancres (small, fluid-filled lesions) on
the genitalia; others on the anus, fingers, lips,
tongue, nipples, tonsils, or eyelids
H In female patient, possible chancres on cervix or
vaginal wall
H Unilateral or bilateral adenopathy
794

Syphilis

Secondary syphilis
H Headache, malaise
H Nausea, vomiting
H Anorexia, weight loss
H Sore throat, slight fever
H Symmetrical mucocutaneous lesions
H Rash possibly macular, papular, pustular, or nodular
H Lesions uniform, well defined, and generalized
H Macules typically erupting between rolls of fat on the
trunk and proximally on the arms, palms, soles, face,
and scalp
H In warm, moist body areas, lesions enlarged and
eroding, producing highly contagious, pink or grayish white lesions (condylomata lata)
H Alopecia
H Brittle and pitted nails
H Generalized lymphadenopathy
Latent syphilis
H Physical signs and symptoms absent except for possible recurrence of mucocutaneous lesions that resemble those of secondary syphilis
Late syphilis
H Findings that vary with the involved organ
H Three subtypes:
Neurosyphilis affecting meningovascular tissues:
headache, vertigo, insomnia, hemiplegia, seizures,
and psychological difficulties; if parenchymal tissue affected: paresis, alteration in intellect, paranoia, illusions, and hallucinations; in addition, Argyll Robertson pupil (a small, irregular pupil
thats nonreactive to light but accommodates for
vision), ataxia, slurred speech, trophic joint
changes, positive Rombergs sign, and a facial
tremor
Late benign: gummas (lesions that develop between 1 and 10 years after infection and may be a
chronic, superficial nodule or a deep, granulomatous lesion thats solitary, asymmetrical, painless,
indurated, and large or small) visible on the skin
and mucocutaneous tissues; commonly affect
bones and can develop in any organ
Cardiovascular: decreased cardiac output that may
cause decreased urine output and decreased sensorium related to hypoxia, pulmonary congestion

Test results
Laboratory
H Dark-field microscopy identifies T. pallidum from lesion exudate to provide an immediate syphilis diagnosis. (See Identifying syphilis by dark-field microscopy.)
H Non-treponemal serologic tests include the Venereal
Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) slide test, the
rapid plasma reagin (RPR) test, and the automated
reagin test, detecting nonspecific antibodies.
H Treponemal serologic studies include the fluorescent
treponemal antibody absorption test, the T. pallidum
hemagglutination assay, and the microhemagglutination assay, detecting the specific antitreponemal antibody and confirming positive screening results.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 795

H Cerebrospinal fluid examination identifies neu-

rosyphilis when the total protein level is above


40 mg/dl, the VDRL slide test is reactive, and the
white blood cell count exceeds 5 mononuclear
cells/l.

Identifying syphilis by dark-field


microscopy
The presence of spiral-shaped bacteria (Treponema pallidum) on dark-field examination confirms the diagnosis
of syphilis.

Treatment
General
H Immediate examination of all sexual contacts
H Avoidance of pregnancy until a good response to

therapy is demonstrated
H Hospitalization for symptomatic late syphilis
H No sexual activity until cured

Medications
H Antibiotics (penicillin being the treatment of choice)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

H risks to the fetus if the patient is contemplating preg-

nancy

The patient will:


H voice feelings about changes in sexual activity
H express concern about self-concept, self-esteem, and
body image
H state infection risk factors
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H report feelings of increased comfort.

H following safer sex practices.

Nursing interventions

H Consult a social worker to determine home care

H Follow standard precautions.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Promote rest and adequate nutrition.
H In secondary syphilis, keep lesions clean and dry;

Discharge planning
H As needed, obtain a physical or occupational therapy

consultation.
H Refer the patient for contact tracing.
H Refer the patient to a specialist if congenital syphilis

is suspected.
needs.

dispose of contaminated materials properly.


H Report all syphilis cases to the appropriate health au-

thorities.

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Cardiovascular status
H Complications
H Response to treatment
H Compliance with treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of completing the prescribed course
of therapy even after symptoms subside
H the importance of informing, testing, and treating
sexual partners
H the need to refrain from sexual activity until treatment is completed and follow-up VDRL/RPR test results are normal
H information for patient and sexual partners about
HIV infection

Syphilis

795

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 796

Systemic lupus
erythematosus

Assessment
History
H Onset acute or insidious; no characteristic clinical

Overview
Description
H A chronic inflammatory autoimmune disorder that

affects connective tissues


H Two forms: discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) and

systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE)


H Only the skin affected by DLE

Pathophysiology
H The body produces antibodies, such as antinuclear

antibodies (ANAs), against its own cells.


H The formed antigen-antibody complexes suppress the

bodys normal immunity and damage tissues.


H Patients with SLE produce antibodies against many

different tissue components, such as red blood cells


(RBCs), neutrophils, platelets, lymphocytes, and almost any organ or tissue in the body.

Causes
H Unknown
H Predisposing factors:

Stress
Streptococcal or viral infections
Exposure to sunlight or ultraviolet (UV) light
Injury
Surgery
Exhaustion
Emotional upsets
Immunization, pregnancy
Abnormal estrogen metabolism

Incidence
H Affects females eight times more commonly than

males (15 times more common during childbearing


years)
H Occurs worldwide; most prevalent among Asians and
Blacks

Common characteristics
H Recurrent seasonal remissions and exacerbations,

especially during spring and summer

Complications
H Pleurisy
H Pleural effusions
H Pericarditis, myocarditis, endocarditis
H Coronary atherosclerosis
H Renal failure
H Seizures and mental dysfunction

796

Systemic lupus erythematosus

pattern
H Possible fever, anorexia, weight loss, malaise, fatigue,

abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, constipation, rash, and polyarthralgia


H Possible drug history with one of 25 drugs that can
cause SLE-like reaction
H Irregular menstruation or amenorrhea, particularly
during flare-ups
H Chest pain and dyspnea
H Emotional instability, psychosis, organic brain syndrome, headaches, irritability, and depression
H Oliguria, urinary frequency, dysuria, and bladder
spasms

Physical findings
H Joint involvement that resembles rheumatoid arthritis
H Raynauds phenomenon
H Skin eruptions provoked or aggravated by sunlight or

UV light
H Tachycardia, central cyanosis, and hypotension
H Altered level of consciousness, weakness of the ex-

tremities, and speech disturbances


H Skin lesions
H Butterfly rash over nose and cheeks
H Patchy alopecia (common)
H Vasculitis
H Lymph node enlargement (diffuse or local and non-

tender)
H Pericardial friction rub

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count with differential shows anemia
and a reduced white blood cell (WBC) count, decreased platelet count, and elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate; serum electrophoresis shows hypergammaglobulinemia.
H ANA, anti-deoxyribonucleic acid, and lupus erythematosus cell test findings are positive in most patients with active SLE, but these are only slightly useful in diagnosing the disease. (ANA test is sensitive
but not specific for SLE.)
H Urine studies show RBCs, WBCs, urine casts, sediment, and significant protein loss (more than 3.5 g
in 24 hours).
H Blood studies demonstrate decreased serum complement (C3 and C4) levels, indicating active disease.
(Leukopenia, mild thrombocytopenia, and anemia
are also seen during active disease.)
H C-reactive protein level is increased during flare-ups.
H Rheumatoid factor is positive in 30% to 40% of patients.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may disclose pleurisy or lupus pneumonitis.

9400S.qxd

8/2/12

4:48 PM

Page 797

Diagnostic procedures
H Central nervous system (CNS) involvement may account for abnormal EEG results in about 70% of patients, but brain scans and magnetic resonance imaging may be normal in patients with SLE despite CNS
disease.
H Electrocardiography may show a conduction defect
with cardiac involvement or pericarditis.
H Renal biopsy shows progression of SLE and the extent of renal involvement.
H Skin biopsy shows immunoglobulin and complement
deposition in the dermal-epidermal junction in 90%
of patients.

Treatment
General
H Use of sunscreen with sun protection factor of at

least 15
H No dietary restrictions unless renal failure occurs
H Regular exercise program

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
H Topical corticosteroid creams
H Fluorinated steroids
H Antimalarials
H Corticosteroids
H Cytotoxic drugs
H Antihypertensives
H Immunosuppressants, such as azathioprine and

cyclophosphamide

Surgery
H Possible joint replacement

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express feelings of increased energy
H maintain joint mobility and range of motion (ROM)
H maintain skin integrity
H maintain fluid balance.

H Institute seizure precautions if you suspect CNS in-

volvement.
H Warm and protect the patients hands and feet if she

has Raynauds phenomenon.


H Support the patients self-image.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of organ involvement
H Urine, stools, and GI secretions for blood
H Scalp for hair loss and skin and mucous membranes

for petechiae, bleeding, ulceration, pallor, and


bruising
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Nutritional status
H Joint mobility
H Seizure activity

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H ROM exercises and body alignment and postural
techniques
H ways to avoid infection, such as avoiding crowds and
people with known infections
H the need to notify the physician if fever, cough, or
rash occurs or if chest, abdominal, muscle, or joint
pain worsens
H the importance of eating a balanced diet
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the importance of good skin care
H the benefits of exercise
H the importance of keeping regular follow-up appointments and contacting the physician if flare-ups occur
H the need to wear protective clothing and use a sunscreen
H how to perform meticulous mouth care.

Discharge planning
H Arrange for a physical therapy and occupational ther-

apy consultation if musculoskeletal involvement compromises mobility.


H Refer the patient to a rheumatology specialist if she
becomes pregnant.

Nursing interventions
H Provide a balanced diet.
H Provide bland, cool foods if the patient has a sore

mouth.
H Provide a mouth rinse of normal saline solution after

meals to assist healing of oral lesions.


H Apply heat packs to relieve joint pain and stiffness.
H Encourage regular exercise to maintain full ROM.
H Explain the expected benefit of prescribed drugs, and

watch for adverse effects.

Systemic lupus erythematosus

797

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 798

Taeniasis

H Particularly prevalent among institutionalized mental-

Overview

Common characteristics

Description

H A parasitic infestation by Taenia saginata (beef tape-

worm), T. solium (pork tapeworm), Diphyllobothrium latum (fish tapeworm), or Hymenolepis nana
(dwarf tapeworm)
H Although usually a chronic, benign intestinal disease,
dangerous systemic and central nervous system
(CNS) symptoms possible if T. solium larvae invade
the brain or striated muscle of vital organs
H Also called tapeworm disease and cestodiasis

Pathophysiology
H Gastric acid activates larvae, allowing them to ma-

ture, after ingestion of undercooked, bacteriainfested beef or pork.


H Mature tapeworms fasten to the intestinal wall and
produce ova that are passed in the feces.
H A single tapeworm produces an average of 50,000
eggs per day and may live 25 years.

Causes
T. saginata
H Uncooked or undercooked beef
T. solium
H Uncooked or undercooked pork
D. latum
H Uncooked or undercooked freshwater fish, such as
pike, trout, salmon, and turbot
H. nana
H No intermediate host
H Person-to-person transmission via ova passed in
stool

ly retarded children and in underdeveloped countries

T. saginata
H Crawling sensation in the perianal area caused by
worm segments that have passed rectally
T. solium
H Seizures
H Headaches
H Personality changes
D. latum
H Anemia
H. nana
H Dependent on patients nutritional status and number
of parasites
H Commonly no symptoms with mild infestation
H With severe infestation, anorexia, diarrhea, restlessness, dizziness, and apathy

Complications
H Appendicitis
H Obstruction of bile ducts and pancreatic duct

Assessment
History
H Ingestion of raw or undercooked beef or pork
H Occasionally, worm segments exiting through the

anus and appearing on bed clothes


H Increased hunger
H Weight loss
H Nausea
H Abdominal pain (usually in the morning) relieved by

eating
H Pruritus ani

Risk factors

Physical findings

H Handling or eating contaminated food


H Poor hygiene
H Inadequate hand-washing facilities

H Weight loss
H Intraocular larvae

Incidence
T. saginata
H Worldwide, but most prevalent in Europe and East
Africa
T. solium
H Incidence highest in Mexico and Latin America
H Lowest incidence among Muslims and Jews
D. latum
H Most prevalent in Finland, parts of Russia, Japan,
Alaska, Australia, the Great Lakes region of the United States, Switzerland, Chile, and Argentina
H. nana
H Most common tapeworm in humans

798

Taeniasis

Test results
Laboratory
H Tapeworm ova or body segments are seen in feces
(may require multiple specimens).

Treatment
General
H Diet as tolerated
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Anthelmintics
H High-dose glucocorticosteroids

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 799

ALERT
During treatment for T. solium, other health-related
measures, such as laxative use and induced vomiting, are contraindicated because of the danger of
autoinfection and systemic disease.

Surgery
H Possible if complications develop

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of illness
H exhibit no signs of infection
H regain or maintain optimal weight.

Nursing interventions
H Dispose of the patients excretions carefully. Wear

gloves when giving personal care and handling fecal


excretions, bedpans, and bed linens; wash your
hands thoroughly and instruct the patient to do the
same.
H Tell the patient not to consume anything after midnight on the day niclosamide therapy begins because
the drug must be taken on an empty stomach. After
administering the drug, document passage of strobilae.

Monitoring
H Stool specimens
H Daily weight
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H expected response to treatment
H preventing reinfection by washing hands thoroughly
and cooking meat and fish thoroughly.

Discharge planning
H After drug treatment, all types of tapeworm infesta-

tion require a follow-up laboratory examination of


stool specimens during the next 3 to 5 weeks to
check for any remaining ova or worm segments.
H Persistent infestation typically requires a second
course of medication.

Taeniasis

799

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 800

Life-threatening disorder

Tay-Sachs disease
Overview
Description
H Lipid storage disease that results from a congenital

enzyme deficiency
H Leads to progressive mental and motor deterioration
H Always fatal, usually before age 5
H Rare form occurs in patients between ages 20 and 30
H No known cure

Pathophysiology
H In this autosomal recessive disorder, the enzyme hex-

osaminidase A is absent or deficient.


H Without hexosaminidase A, lipid pigments (ganglio-

side GM2) accumulate and progressively destroy and


demyelinate central nervous system cells.
H The juvenile form typically appears between ages 2
and 5 as a progressive deterioration of psychomotor
skills and gait.

Causes
H Autosomal recessive disorder

Incidence
H Affects fewer than 100 infants born yearly in the Unit-

ed States
H About 100 times more common (about 1 in 3,600

live births) in those with Ashkenazic Jewish ancestry


than in the general population
H About 1 in 30 Ashkenazi Jews, French Canadians, and
American Cajuns heterozygous carriers of gene for
this disorder

Common characteristics
H Progressive mental and motor deterioration
H Blindness
H Deafness
H Inability to swallow
H Cherry-red spot on the retina

Complications
H Recurrent bronchopneumonia
H Dementia
H Blindness
H Seizures
H Paralysis
H Death, usually before age 5

800

Tay-Sachs disease

Assessment
History
H Familial history of Tay-Sachs disease
H Normal appearance at birth (but with possible exag-

gerated Moros reflex)


H Onset of clinical signs and symptoms between ages 5

and 6 months
H Progressive deterioration
H Psychomotor retardation
H Blindness
H Dementia

Physical findings
H In 3- to 6-month-old infant:

Apathetic appearance
Augmented response to loud sounds
Progressive weakness of the neck, trunk, arm, and
leg muscles that prevents child from sitting up or
lifting head
Difficulty turning over
Inability to grasp objects
Progressive vision loss
H By age 18 months:
Possible seizures
Generalized paralysis
Spasticity
Blindness
Holding eyes wide open and rolling eyeballs
Pupils always dilated
Decerebrate rigidity
Complete vegetative state
Head circumference possibly showing enlargement
Pupils nonreactive to light
Ophthalmoscopic examination possibly showing
optic nerve atrophy and a distinctive cherry-red
spot on the retina
H In a child who survives bouts of recurrent bronchopneumonia: possible ataxia and progressive motor
retardation between ages 2 and 8 years

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum analysis shows deficient hexosaminidase A.
H Amniocentesis or chorionic villus sampling allows
prenatal diagnosis of hexosaminidase A deficiency.

Treatment
General
H Supportive care
H Suctioning
H Postural drainage to remove secretions
H Meticulous skin care
H Tube feedings with nutritional supplements

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 801

H Activity as tolerated
H Active and passive range-of-motion exercises

Medications
H Mild laxatives
H Anticonvulsants

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient (or family, if appropriate) will:
H avoid complications
H maintain a patent airway
H express understanding of the disease process and
treatment regimen
H seek outside sources to assist with coping and adjusting to the patients situation.

Nursing interventions
H Help the patients family deal with progressive illness

and death.
H Prevent skin breakdown.
H Provide adequate nutrition.
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Implement seizure precautions.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Stress the importance of amniocentesis in future

pregnancies.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status
H Nutritional status
H Neurologic status
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to perform suctioning when needed
H how to perform postural drainage
H how to give tube feedings
H need for proper skin care to prevent breakdown.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents for genetic counseling.
H Refer the parents to the National Tay-Sachs and Allied

Diseases Association.
H Refer the parents for psychological counseling if in-

dicated.
H Refer the siblings for screening to determine whether

theyre carriers.
H If the siblings are adult carriers, refer them for ge-

netic counseling; stress that the disease isnt transmitted to offspring unless both parents are carriers.

Tay-Sachs disease

801

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 802

Temporomandibular
joint disease
Overview
Description

Common characteristics
H Pain, stiffness, and tenderness in jaw muscles, face,

or neck
H Headache
H Earache
H Painful clicking or popping over the TMJ
H Limitation of mandibular movement or locking of jaw
H Malalignment of upper and lower teeth

H Disorder of the temporomandibular joint (TMJ),

Complications

which connects the jaw to the skull


H Includes several conditions that cause tenderness
and pain in the TMJ, including:
Muscle tension and spasm
Psychological stress
Degenerative joint disease
Internal joint derangement

H Secondary degenerative joint disease


H Chronic TMJ dislocation
H Loss of joint range of motion
H Depression
H Chronic pain syndromes

Pathophysiology

Assessment

H Lower jaw has rounded ends called condyles that

History

glide in and out of the joint socket with movement of


the jaw.
H Surfaces of the condyles and socket of the temporal
bone are covered with cartilage and separated by a
small disk, which absorbs shock and keeps the
movement smooth.
H Displacement of the disc causes pressure on and
stretching of sensory nerves, especially the trigeminal
nerve, causing pain.
H Popping or clicking occurs when the disk snaps into
place with jaw movement.
H Chronic malposition of the disc and persistent wear
on the cartilage lining causes further damage.

H Complaints of jaw pain


H Jaw injury
H Recent dental treatments
H Psychological stress

Causes
H Synovitis
H Disc derangement
H Hypermobile TMJ
H Bruxism
H Muscle spasm
H Trauma
H Poorly fitting dentures
H Poor posture of the head, neck and shoulders
H Hereditary conditions affecting the structures of the

Physical findings
H Pain or tenderness without jaw movement; worsens

with jaw movement


H Limited jaw opening
H Facial muscle spasm
H Unilateral facial swelling
H Clicking or popping in the TMJ
H Tenderness to palpation
H Crepitus over joint
H Excessive wear patterns on teeth

Test results
Imaging
H Videoarthrography shows abnormal jaw motion.
H Panoramic dental X-rays show abnormal wear.
H Computed tomography scan shows altered bone
structure.
H Magnetic resonance imaging aids in treatment options.

joint

Risk factors
H Chronic oral habits, such as clenching or grinding

the teeth
H Osteoarthritis and rheumatoid arthritis
H Dental malocclusion
H Fibrositis
H Psychosocial stress

Treatment
General
H Jaw rest
H Heat therapy
H Correction of malocclusion with orthodontic appli-

ance

Incidence

H Stress reduction
H Behavior modification to eliminate tension-relieving

H Estimated that over 10 million Americans affected


H More common in females than in males
H Most common between ages 30 and 50

H Soft diet to reduce chewing

802

Temporomandibular joint disease

oral habits

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 803

Medications
H Anti-inflammatories
H Muscle relaxants
H Analgesics
H Botulinum toxin

Surgery
H Possibly, a procedure to correct disc displacement or

replace a damaged disc

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience relief or decrease in pain
H verbalize an understanding of the condition
H express understanding of measures for relief of
symptoms
H comply with the treatment plan.

Nursing interventions
H Help identify the underlying cause.
H Help the patient identify risk factors.
H Assist the patient with the proper use of malocclusion

orthodontic appliances.
H Help the patient identify triggers for stress.
H Refer the patient to a behavior-modification program

for stress.
H Incorporate stress-reduction techniques.
H Encourage the patient to frequently rest the jaw.
H Apply heat to affected area.

Monitoring
H Compliance with therapeutic plan
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H use of orthodontic appliances
H stress management
H avoidance of clenching or grinding teeth
H diagnostic studies
H consumption of a soft diet to reduce chewing
H avoidance of wide yawning.

Temporomandibular joint disease

803

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 804

Tendinitis and bursitis


Overview
Description
Tendinitis
H Inflammation affecting the tendons and tendonmuscle attachments
H Most common sites:
Shoulder rotator cuff
Hip
Achilles tendon
Hamstring
Elbow
Bursitis
H Painful inflammation of one or more bursae
H Most common sites:
Subdeltoid
Subacromial
Olecranon
Trochanteric
Calcaneal
Prepatellar
H May be septic, calcific, acute, or chronic

Pathophysiology
Tendinitis
H Inflammation causes localized pain around the
affected area.
H Joint movement is restricted.
H Swelling results from fluid accumulation.
H Calcium deposits form in and around the tendon.
H Further swelling and immobility result.
Bursitis
H Bursae sacs hold lubricating synovial fluid.
H Inflammation causes gradual pain and limits joint
motion.

Causes
Tendinitis
H Trauma (such as a strain during sports activity)
H Musculoskeletal disorders (rheumatic diseases and
congenital defects)
H Postural malalignment
H Abnormal body development
H Hypermobility in calcific tendinitis
Bursitis
H Recurring trauma from an inflammatory joint disease
H Common stressors:
Repetitive kneeling
Jogging in worn-out shoes on hard asphalt surfaces
Prolonged sitting with crossed legs on hard surfaces
H Septic bursitis: wound infection or bacterial invasion
(see Anatomy of tendons and bursae)

804

Tendinitis and bursitis

Incidence
H More common in elderly people
H Common in those performing activities that over-

stress a tendon or repeatedly stress a joint

Common characteristics
H Localized pain
H Interrupted sleep
H Limited movement
H Crepitus over involved area
H Swelling over involved area

Complications
H Scar tissue with subsequent disability

Assessment
History
Tendinitis
H Traumatic injury or strain from athletic activity
H Concurrent musculoskeletal disorder
H Palpable tenderness over the affected site
H Referred tenderness in the related segment
H Shoulder:
Localized pain; most severe at night
Pain usually interfering with sleep
Pain aggravated by heat
H Elbow: pain when grasping objects or twisting the
elbow
H Hamstring: pain in the posterolateral aspect of the
knee
H Foot: pain over the Achilles tendon and on dorsiflexion
Bursitis
H Unusual strain or injury 2 to 3 days before pain
began
H Pain that develops suddenly or gradually
H Pain that may limit movement
H Work or leisure activity that may involve repetitive
action

Physical findings
Tendinitis
H Shoulder: restricted shoulder movement (especially
abduction)
H Elbow: tenderness over the lateral epicondyle
H Hamstring: palpable tenderness when knee flexed at
a 90-degree angle
H Foot: crepitus when the patient moves his foot
Bursitis
H Tenderness over the affected site
H Swelling with severe bursitis

Test results
Laboratory
H Various serum and urine test results rule out other
disorders.
Imaging
H X-rays in tendinitis may show bony fragments, osteophyte sclerosis, or calcium deposits.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 805

Anatomy of tendons and bursae


Tendons, like stiff rubber bands, hold the muscles in place and enable them to move the bones. Bursae are located at friction
points around joints and between tendons, cartilage, or bone. Bursae keep these body parts lubricated so they move freely.
SHOULDER JOINT

Clavicle
Acromioclavicular joint

Subacromial bursa
Humerus

Subscapularis muscle

Biceps tendons

H X-rays in calcific bursitis may show calcium deposits

Nursing interventions

in the joint.
H Arthrography is usually normal in tendinitis with minor irregularities on the tendon under the surface.
Diagnostic procedures
H Arthrocentesis may identify causative microorganisms and other causes of inflammation.

H Apply cold or heat therapies, as ordered.


H Promote self-care.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Encourage use of active ROM exercises.

Treatment
General
H Cold, heat, or ultrasound applications
H No dietary restrictions
H Resting the affected joint
H Range-of-motion (ROM) exercises

Medications
H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
H Local anesthetics
H Corticosteroids
H Oral anti-inflammatories
H Short-term analgesics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H have increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain joint mobility and ROM
H perform activities of daily living
H express understanding of the treatment regimen and
disease process.

Monitoring
H Severity and pattern of pain
H Response to treatment
H ROM

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to minimize GI distress caused by NSAIDs
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H activities that promote rest and relaxation
H strengthening exercises
H the prescribed exercise regimen
H need for proper sports equipment, shoes, and playing surfaces
H use of cushioned shoes
H application of cold packs
H proper body mechanics.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a weight-management program,

as appropriate.

Tendinitis and bursitis

805

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 806

Testicular cancer

H Metastasis
H Ureteral obstruction

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Proliferation of cancerous cells in the testicles


H Most originating from germinal cells and about 40%

H Previous injury to the scrotum


H Viral infection (such as mumps)
H Use of DES or other estrogen-progestin drugs by the

becoming seminomas
H Prognosis dependent on cancer cell type and stage

(with treatment, a more than 5-year survival rate)

Pathophysiology
H Testicular cancer spreads through the lymphatic sys-

tem to the iliac, para-aortic, and mediastinal nodes.


H Metastasis affect the lungs, liver, viscera, and bone.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Cryptorchidism (see Cryptorchidism and testicular

cancer)
H Mumps orchitis
H Inguinal hernia in childhood
H Maternal use of diethylstilbestrol (DES) or other

estrogen-progestin combinations during pregnancy

Incidence
H Most common in males ages 20 to 40
H Rare in nonwhite males
H Accounts for less than 1% of all male cancer deaths
H Rare in children

Common characteristics
H Fullness of testes
H Lump in testes

Complications
H Back or abdominal pain from retroperitoneal

adenopathy

Cryptorchidism and testicular cancer


In males with cryptorchidism (the failure of a testicle to
descend into the scrotum), testicular tumors are about 50
times more common than in males with normal anatomic
structure. A simple surgical procedure, called orchiopexy,
can bring the testicle to its normal position in the scrotum
and reduce the testicular cancer risk. Nevertheless, testicular tumors occur more commonly in a surgically descended testicle than in a naturally descended one.

What happens in orchiopexy


In orchiopexy, the surgeon incises the groin area and separates the testicle and its blood supply from surrounding
abdominal structures. Then he creates a tunnel into the
scrotum to accommodate the descent of the testicle.

Reducing the risk further


After orchiopexy, urge the patient to examine his testicles
monthly to detect a tumor at its earliest stage.

806

Testicular cancer

patients mother during pregnancy


H Feeling of heaviness or a dragging sensation in the

scrotum
H Weight loss (late sign)
H Fatigue and weakness (late sign)

Physical findings
H Enlarged testes
H Gynecomastia
H Lethargic, thin, and pallid appearance (later stages)
H Palpable firm, smooth testicular mass
H Enlarged lymph nodes in surrounding areas

Test results
Laboratory
H Elevated levels of the proteins (tumor markers)
human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) and alphafetoprotein (AFP) suggest testicular cancer and
can differentiate a seminoma from a nonseminoma.
H Elevated HCG and AFP levels indicate a nonseminoma.
H Elevated HCG and normal AFP levels indicate a seminoma.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy confirms the diagnosis and can be used to
stage the disease.
H Scrotal ultrasound shows the tumor.

Treatment
General
H Varies with tumor cell type and stage
H Radiation therapy
H Autologous bone marrow transplantation for patients

nonresponsive to standard therapy


H Well-balanced diet

Medications
H Chemotherapy
H Hormonal therapy

Surgery
H Orchiectomy and retroperitoneal node dissection

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 807

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about himself
H report feeling less tension or pain
H avoid or minimize complications
H voice understanding of treatment
H express feelings and perceptions about change in
sexual performance.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Apply an ice pack to the scrotum.

Monitoring
H Wound site
H Vital signs
H Hydration and nutritional status
H Pain control
H Effects of medication
H Postoperative complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H reassurance that infertility and impotence usually
dont follow unilateral orchiectomy
H sperm-banking procedures before the patient begins
treatment, especially if infertility and impotence may
result from surgery
H testicular self-examination.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resource and support

services.

Testicular cancer

807

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 808

Testicular torsion

Incidence

Overview

H Occurs in 1 in 4,000 males younger than age 25

H Most common between ages 12 and 18, but may oc-

cur at any age

Description
H An abnormal twisting of the spermatic cord caused

by rotation of a testis or the mesorchium (a fold in


the area between the testis and epididymis)
H Causes strangulation and eventual infarction of the
testis if untreated
H 90% of cases unilateral

Pathophysiology
H Normally, the tunica vaginalis envelops the testis and

attaches to the epididymis and spermatic cord.


H In intravaginal torsion (the most common type of testicular torsion in adolescents), testicular twisting
may result from an abnormality of the tunica, in
which the testis is abnormally positioned, or from a
narrowing of the mesentery support.
H In extravaginal torsion (most common in neonates),
loose attachment of the tunica vaginalis to the scrotal
lining causes spermatic cord rotation above the
testis. A sudden forceful contraction of the cremaster
muscle may precipitate this condition. (See Extravaginal torsion.)

Causes
H Congenital anomaly
H Trauma
H Sexual activity
H Undescended testicle
H Exercise

Extravaginal torsion
In extravaginal torsion, rotation of the spermatic cord
above the testis causes strangulation and, eventually,
infarction of the testis.

Common characteristics
H Excruciating pain in the affected testis or iliac fossa

Complications
H Loss of testicle
H Infarction of testicle
H Infection
H Infertility

Assessment
History
H Previous episodes of intermittent testicular pain that

resolved spontaneously
H Sudden scrotal pain
H Nausea and vomiting
H Abdominal pain
H Fever

Physical findings
H Scrotal swelling
H Painful testicle
H Horizontal lie of the testicle
H Scrotal erythema
H Ipsilateral loss of the cremasteric reflex

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Doppler ultrasonography helps distinguish testicular
torsion from strangulated hernia, undescended
testes, or epididymitis.

Treatment
General
H Manual detorsion
H Nothing by mouth before surgery; diet as tolerated

after surgery
H Activity as tolerated after surgery
Spermatic
cord rotation

Medications
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Immediate surgical repair by orchiopexy (fixation of
Mesorchium

Testis

808

Testicular torsion

a viable testis to the scrotum) or orchiectomy (excision of a nonviable testis); as with ovarian torsion in
the female, preservation of the organ preferred

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 809

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H express understanding of condition and treatment
H develop no complications.

Nursing interventions
H Promote the patients comfort before and after

surgery.
H After surgery, administer drugs for pain.
H Apply an ice bag with a cover to reduce edema.
H Protect the wound from contamination.

Monitoring
H Voiding
H Scrotal swelling
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H wound care.

Testicular torsion

809

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 810

Life-threatening disorder

Tetanus
Overview
Description
H An acute exotoxin-mediated infection
H Usually systemic, but possibly localized
H Up to 60% fatal in unimmunized patients
H Also known as lockjaw

Pathophysiology
H After the organism enters the body, local infection

and tissue necrosis result.


H Toxins enter the bloodstream and lymphatics, eventually spreading to central nervous system tissue.
H The incubation period is 3 to 21 days.

Causes
H Anaerobic, spore-forming, gram-positive bacillus

H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Rhabdomyolysis
H Death

Assessment
History
H Inadequate immunization
H Recent wound or burn
H Pain or paresthesia at the site of injury
H Complaints of difficulty chewing or swallowing food,

drooling

Physical findings
H Spasm and increased muscle tone near the wound

(local infection)
H Irregular heartbeat and tachycardia
H Marked muscle hypertonicity
H Hyperactive deep tendon reflexes
H Profuse sweating, low-grade fever
H Painful, involuntary muscle contractions
H Rigid neck and facial muscles, resulting in lockjaw

Clostridium tetani
H Transmission through puncture wounds, burns, or
minor wounds contaminated by soil, dust, or animal
excreta containing C. tetani

(trismus) and a grotesque, grinning expression (risus sardonicus)


H Rigid somatic muscles causing arched-back rigidity
(opisthotonos)
H Intermittent tonic seizures

Risk factors

Test results

H Participating in outdoor sports or occupations


H Exposure to animal feces
H Gardening

Laboratory
H Blood cultures and tetanus antibody tests are negative.
H Wound culture is positive in one-third of patients.
H Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pressure is increased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Lumbar puncture (spinal tap) may show elevated CSF
pressure.

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide, but more prevalent in agricultural

regions and developing countries that lack mass immunization programs


H One of the most common causes of neonatal deaths
in developing countries
H In the United States, about 110 cases each year, all
in patients not immunized or whose immunization
expired
H About 75% of cases between April and September

Common characteristics
H Usually, a normal body temperature or a slight fever

in the early stages; fever possibly increasing as the


disease progresses
H Despite pronounced neuromuscular symptoms, normal cerebral and sensory function

Complications
H Pneumonia
H Airway obstruction
H Respiratory arrest
H Heart failure
H Fractures

810

Tetanus

Treatment
General
H Airway maintenance
H Enteral or parenteral feeding
H Bed rest until recovery

Medications
H Tetanus immune globulin
H Tetanus antitoxin
H Tetanus toxoid immunization
H Muscle relaxants
H Neuromuscular blockers
H Antibiotics

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 811

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate fluid balance
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H have a patent airway and adequate ventilation
H show no signs of neurologic compromise.

Nursing interventions
H Debride and clean the injury site.
H Check the immunization history.
H Maintain an adequate airway and ventilation.
H Keep emergency airway equipment on standby.
H Administer I.V. therapy as prescribed.
H Minimize stimulation.
H Perform range-of-motion exercises.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Respiratory status
H Cardiovascular status
H Injury site
H Complications
H Deep tendon reflexes
H Muscle tone

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of getting a booster dose of tetanus
toxoid every 10 years
H the need for tetanus prophylaxis in case of a skin
injury or burn
H the need to avoid external stimulation (evokes
muscle spasms) and to keep the room dark and
quiet.

Tetanus

811

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 812

Tetralogy of Fallot
Overview
Description
H A combination of four cardiac defects: ventricular

septal defect (VSD); right ventricular outflow tract


obstruction (pulmonary stenosis); right ventricular
hypertrophy; and dextroposition of the aorta, with
overriding of the VSD

Assessment
History
H Blue spells
H Diminished exercise tolerance
H Increasing dyspnea on exertion
H Growth retardation
H Eating difficulties

Physical findings

H Blood shunts right to left through the VSD, permitting

H Clubbing
H Cyanosis
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Loud systolic heart murmur (best heard along the

unoxygenated blood to mix with oxygenated blood,


resulting in cyanosis.
H Condition sometimes coexists with other congenital
heart defects, such as patent ductus arteriosus or
atrial septal defect.

left sternal border), which may diminish or obscure


the pulmonic component of S2
H Cardiac thrill at the left sternal border and an obvious right ventricular impulse
H Prominent inferior sternum

Causes

Test results

H Unknown
H Associated with fetal alcohol syndrome and thalido-

Laboratory
H Arterial oxygen saturation is diminished.
H Polycythemia is present. (Hematocrit may be more
than 60%.)
Imaging
H Chest X-rays may demonstrate decreased pulmonary
vascular marking, depending on the severity of the
pulmonary obstruction, and a boot-shaped cardiac
silhouette.
H Echocardiography identifies septal overriding of the
aorta, the VSD, and pulmonary stenosis, and detects
the hypertrophied walls of the right ventricle.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows right ventricular hypertrophy, right axis deviation and, possibly, right atrial
hypertrophy.
H Cardiac catheterization confirms the diagnosis by
showing pulmonary stenosis, the VSD, and the overriding aorta and ruling out other cyanotic heart
defects.

Pathophysiology

mide use during pregnancy

Risk factors
H Maternal viral illness during pregnancy
H Poor prenatal nutrition
H Maternal age older than 40
H History of tetralogy of Fallot in parent
H Down syndrome

Incidence
H Accounts for about 10% of all congenital heart

diseases
H Occurs equally in males and females

Common characteristics
H Cyanosis
H Blue spells, which are characterized by dyspnea;

deep, sighing respirations; bradycardia; fainting;


seizures; and loss of consciousness
H Children squat following exertion (increases blood
flow to lungs)

Treatment

Complications

General

H Cerebral abscesses
H Pulmonary thrombosis
H Venous thrombosis
H Cerebral embolism
H Infective endocarditis
H In females with tetralogy of Fallot living to childbear-

H Prevention and treatment of complications


H During cyanotic spells, knee-chest position and ad-

ing age, increased risk of spontaneous abortion, premature births, and low birth weight

812

Tetralogy of Fallot

ministration of oxygen and morphine to improve


oxygenation

Medications
H Beta-adrenergic blockers
H Prophylactic antibiotics

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 813

Surgery
H Palliative surgery: performed on infants with poten-

tially fatal hypoxic spells (The goal of surgery is to


enhance blood flow to the lungs to reduce hypoxia;
this is commonly accomplished by joining the subclavian artery to the pulmonary artery [BlalockTaussig procedure].)
H Complete corrective surgery: relieves pulmonary
stenosis and closes the VSD, directing left ventricular
outflow to the aorta

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient and family will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H foster improved cardiac blood flow
H express understanding of condition and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Provide postoperative care.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Explain the disorder and its treatment to the patients

parents. Inform them that their child will set his own
exercise limits and will know when to rest.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Blue spells
H Oxygenation levels
H Intake and output

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize serious hypoxic spells, which can
cause dramatically increased cyanosis; deep, sighing
respirations; and loss of consciousness
H preventing infective endocarditis and other infections, and keeping the child away from people with
infections
H following good dental hygiene, and watching for ear,
nose, and throat infections and dental caries, all of
which require immediate treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support and social

services.
H Refer parents to genetic counseling as needed.

Tetralogy of Fallot

813

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 814

Thalassemia
Overview
Description
H A group of genetic disorders characterized by defec-

tive synthesis in one or more of the polypeptide


chains needed for hemoglobin production
H Most commonly occurring as a result of reduced or
absent production of alpha or beta chains
H Affects hemoglobin production and impairs red
blood cell (RBC) synthesis

Pathophysiology
In beta-thalassemia
H The fundamental defect is the uncoupling of alphaand beta-chain synthesis.
H Beta-chain production is depressed moderately in
beta-thalassemia minor and severely in betathalassemia major (also called Cooleys anemia).
H Depression of beta-chain synthesis results in erythrocytes with reduced hemoglobin and accumulations of
free-alpha chains.
H The free-alpha chains are unstable and easily precipitate in the cell; most erythroblasts that contain precipitates are destroyed by mononuclear phagocytes
in the marrow, resulting in ineffective erythropoiesis
and anemia.
H Some precipitate-carrying cells mature and enter the
bloodstream but are destroyed prematurely in the
spleen, resulting in mild hemolytic anemia.

In alpha-thalassemia
H Four forms exist:
Alpha trait (the carrier trait), in which a single
alpha-chain-forming gene is defective
Alpha-thalassemia minor, in which two genes are
defective
Hemoglobin H disease, in which three genes are
defective
Alpha-thalassemia major, in which all four alphachain-forming genes are defective; death is inevitable because alpha chains are absent and
oxygen cant be released to the tissues

Causes
H Inherited autosomal recessive disorder

Incidence
H Second most common cause of microcytic anemia
H Alpha-thalassemia more common in Blacks and

Asians
H Beta-thalassemia more common in Mediterranean

populations

Common characteristics
H Anemia

Complications
H Iron overload from RBC transfusions
H Pathologic fractures
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Liver failure
H Heart failure
H Death

Assessment
Skull changes in thalassemia major
This illustration of an X-ray shows a characteristic skull
abnormality in thalassemia major: diploetic fibers extending from internal lamina and resembling hair standing on
end.

History
H Severity of anemia and symptoms range from mild to

severe:
Fatigue
Shortness of breath
Headache
Angina

Physical findings
H Pallor or bronze appearance
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Splenomegaly
H Hepatomegaly
H Tachycardia
H Systolic murmur (in moderate or severe anemia)

Test results
Laboratory
H Complete blood count shows decreased hemoglobin,
hematocrit, and mean corpuscular volume.
H Serum iron level is normal or increased.
H Serum ferritin level is normal or increased.
H Total iron-binding capacity is normal.

814

Thalassemia

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 815

H Reticulocyte count is normal or increased.


H Hemoglobin electrophoresis shows decreased alpha-

or beta-hemoglobulin chains.
Imaging
H In thalassemia major, X-rays of the skull and long
bones show thinning and widening of the marrow
space because of overactive bone marrow. Long
bones may show areas of osteoporosis. The phalanges may also be deformed (rectangular or biconvex). The bones of the skull and vertebrae may appear granular. (See Skull changes in thalassemia
major.)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of good nutrition
H signs and symptoms of iron overload
H follow-up care
H with the parents of a young patient, various options
for healthy physical and creative outlets. Such a child
must avoid strenuous athletic activity. Reassure the
parents that the child may be allowed to participate
in less stressful activities.

Treatment

Discharge planning

General

H Refer the patient to a hematologist.


H Refer the patient for genetic counseling.

H No treatment for mild or moderate forms


H Iron supplements contraindicated in all forms
H Avoidance of iron-rich foods
H Avoidance of strenuous activities

Medications
H Transfusions of packed RBCs
H Chelation therapy, such as desferal and exjade

Surgery
H Splenectomy
H Bone marrow transplantation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no arrhythmias
H remain hemodynamically stable
H demonstrate age-appropriate skills and behaviors to
the extent possible.

Nursing interventions
H Administer blood transfusions, and watch for adverse

reactions.
H Provide an adequate diet, and encourage oral fluid

intake.
H Provide emotional support to help the patient and

family cope with the chronic nature of the illness and


the need for lifelong transfusions.

Monitoring
H Transfusion reaction
H Signs and symptoms of iron overload
H Complications
H Cardiac arrhythmias
H Anemia symptom severity
H Response to treatment

Thalassemia

815

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 816

Thrombocytopenia

Physical findings

Overview

H In adults, blood-filled bullae in the mouth

H Petechiae and ecchymoses, along with slow, continu-

ous bleeding from any injuries or wounds

Description
H A deficient number of circulating platelets
H The most common cause of hemorrhagic disorders

Pathophysiology
H Lack of platelets can cause inadequate hemostasis.
H Four mechanisms are responsible: decreased platelet

production, decreased platelet survival, pooling of


blood in the spleen, and intravascular dilation of circulating platelets.
H Megakaryocytes are giant cells in bone marrow that
produce the marrow. Platelet production decreases
when the number of megakaryocytes is reduced or
when platelet production becomes dysfunctional.

Test results
Laboratory
H Platelet count is diminished to less than 100,000/l
in adults.
H Bleeding time is prolonged.
H Prothrombin and partial thromboplastin times are
normal.
Diagnostic procedures
H In severe thrombocytopenia, a bone marrow study
shows the number, size, and cytoplasmic maturity of
the megakaryocytes (bone marrow cells that release
mature platelets); study may show ineffective platelet
production as the cause of thrombocytopenia and be
used to rule out a malignant disease process.

Causes

Treatment

H May be congenital or acquired


H Decreased or defective platelet production in the

General

bone marrow
H Increased platelet destruction outside the marrow
caused by an underlying disorder (such as cirrhosis
of the liver, disseminated intravascular coagulation,
or severe infection)
H Sequestration (hypersplenism, hypothermia) or
platelet loss
H Transient occurrence after a viral infection (such as
Epstein-Barr virus) or infectious mononucleosis

Incidence
H Acquired form more common

H Removal of the offending agents in drug-induced

thrombocytopenia
H Well-balanced diet
H Rest periods between activities
H During active bleeding, strict bed rest

Medications
H Platelet transfusions
H Corticosteroids
H Immune globulin
H Immunosuppressants, such as cyclophosphamide

and azathioprine

Common characteristics

Surgery

H Sudden onset of petechiae or ecchymoses on skin


H Bleeding into any mucous membrane

H Splenectomy

Complications

Nursing considerations

In severe thrombocytopenia
H Hemorrhage
H Death

Key outcomes

Assessment
History
H Sudden onset of petechiae and ecchymoses or bleed-

ing into mucous membranes (GI, urinary, vaginal, or


respiratory)
H Malaise, fatigue, and general weakness (with or without accompanying blood loss)
H In acquired thrombocytopenia, possible use of one
or several offending drugs
H Menorrhagia

The patient will:


H incur no injury
H experience no fever, chills, or other signs or symptoms of illness
H demonstrate use of protective measures, energy conservation, a balanced diet, and adequate rest
H demonstrate effective coping skills.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide rest periods between activities.
H Provide a stool softener if necessary.
H Protect all areas of ecchymosis and petechiae from

further injury.
H Take precautions against bleeding; protect the patient

from trauma.

816

Thrombocytopenia

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 817

H Avoid invasive procedures.


H During active bleeding, maintain strict bed rest; keep

the head of the bed elevated.

Monitoring
H Daily platelet count
H Bleeding
H Ecchymoses and petechiae
H Occult blood in stool, urine, and emesis
H During corticosteroid therapy, fluid and electrolyte

balance and signs and symptoms of infection, pathologic fractures, and mood changes

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize and report signs of intracranial
bleeding and other signs of bleeding
H avoidance of straining with stools and coughing, both
of which can lead to increased intracranial pressure
H the function of platelets
H in severe thrombocytopenia, an understanding that
even minor bumps or scrapes may result in bleeding
H how to control local bleeding
H if thrombocytopenia is drug-induced, the importance
of avoiding the offending drug
H if the patient must receive long-term corticosteroid
therapy, the need to watch for and report cushingoid
symptoms and to discontinue corticosteroids gradually
H avoidance of aspirin in any form as well as other
drugs that impair coagulation
H if the patient experiences frequent nosebleeds, using
a humidifier at night
H how to examine the skin for ecchymoses and petechiae
H how to test stools for occult blood
H the importance of wearing medical identification
jewelry.

Thrombocytopenia

817

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 818

Causes

Thrombophlebitis

H Inflammation due to a blood clot

Risk factors

Overview
Description
H Development of a thrombus that may cause vessel oc-

clusion or embolization
H An acute condition characterized by inflammation

and thrombus formation

H May be idiopathic
H Prolonged bed rest
H Trauma
H Surgery
H Pregnancy and childbirth
H Hormonal contraceptives or replacement therapy

such as estrogens

H May occur in deep or superficial veins (see Major

venous pathways of the leg)


H Typically occurs at the valve cusps because venous

stasis encourages accumulation and adherence of


platelet and fibrin

Pathophysiology
H Alteration in epithelial lining causes platelet aggrega-

tion and fibrin entrapment of red blood cells, white


blood cells, and additional platelets.
H The thrombus initiates a chemical inflammatory
process in the vessel epithelium that leads to fibrosis,
which may occlude the vessel lumen or embolize.

Major venous pathways of the leg


Thrombophlebitis can occur in any leg vein. It most commonly occurs at valve sites.

H Neoplasms
H Fracture of the spine, pelvis, femur, or tibia
H Venous stasis
H Venulitis
H Family history of clotting disorder
H Smoking
H Obesity

Incidence
H Increasing with the use of subclavian vein catheters
H Risk for developing deep vein thrombophlebitis dra-

matically increased after age 40

Common characteristics
H Tenderness, erythema, and warmth over affected area
H Swelling of affected leg

Complications
H Pulmonary embolism
H Chronic venous insufficiency

Inferior vena cava


Common iliac

Assessment

External iliac
Common femoral

History
Internal iliac

H Possible tenderness, aching, or severe pain in the af-

fected leg or arm; fever, chills, and malaise

Greater saphenous

Physical findings

Popliteal

H Redness, swelling, and tenderness of the affected leg

Lesser saphenous

or arm
Communicating
(perforator)

Posterior tibial

Anterior tibial

818

Thrombophlebitis

H Asymptomatic in up to 50% of patients with deep vein

thrombophlebitis

Deep femoral
Superficial femoral

H Possible positive Homans sign


H Positive cuff sign
H Possible warm feeling in affected leg or arm
H Lymphadenitis in case of extensive vein involvement

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Doppler ultrasonography shows reduced blood flow
to a specific area and any obstruction to venous flow,
particularly in iliofemoral deep vein thrombophlebitis.
H Plethysmography shows decreased circulation distal
to the affected area and is more sensitive than ultrasonography in detecting deep vein thrombophlebitis.
H Phlebography confirms the diagnosis and shows filling defects and diverted blood flow.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 819

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of follow-up blood studies to monitor
anticoagulant therapy
H how to give injections (if the patient is being discharged on subcutaneous anticoagulation therapy)
H the need to avoid prolonged sitting or standing to
help prevent a recurrence
H proper application and use of antiembolism stockings
H the importance of adequate hydration
H use of an electric razor and avoidance of products
that contain aspirin.

H Application of warm, moist compresses to the affect-

ed area
H Antiembolism stockings
H Bed rest, with elevation of the affected extremity

Medications
H Anticoagulants
H Thrombolytics
H Analgesics

Surgery
H Simple ligation to vein plication, or clipping
H Embolectomy
H Caval interruption with transvenous placement of a

vena cava filter

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H maintain tissue perfusion and cellular oxygenation
H develop no signs or symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Enforce bed rest and elevate the patients affected

arm or leg, but avoid compressing the popliteal


space.
H Apply warm compresses or a covered aquathermia
pad.
H Administer prescribed analgesics.
H Mark, measure, and record the circumference of the
affected arm or leg daily, and compare this measurement with that of the other arm or leg.
H Administer prescribed anticoagulants.
H Perform or encourage range-of-motion exercises.
H Use pneumatic compression devices.
H Apply antiembolism stockings.
H Encourage early ambulation.

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Vital signs
H Partial thromboplastin time for patient on heparin

therapy
H Prothrombin time for patient on warfarin
H Signs and symptoms of heparin-induced thrombocy-

topenia
H Signs and symptoms of pulmonary embolism
H Response to treatment

Thrombophlebitis

819

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 820

Thyroid cancer
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the thyroid gland
H The most common endocrine malignancy
H Papillary carcinomas: nearly 70% of all cases
H Medullary cancer: may be associated with pheochro-

mocytoma; curable when detected before it causes


symptoms

Pathophysiology
H Papillary cancer is usually multifocal and bilateral. It

metastasizes slowly into regional nodes of the neck,


mediastinum, lungs, and other distant organs. Its the
least virulent form of thyroid cancer.
H Follicular cancer is less common but is more likely
to recur and metastasize to the regional lymph nodes
and spread through blood vessels into the bones, liver, and lungs.
H Medullary (solid) carcinoma originates in the parafollicular cells derived from the last branchial pouch
and contains amyloid and calcium deposits. It can
produce calcitonin, histaminase, corticotropin (producing Cushings syndrome), and prostaglandin E2
and F3 (producing diarrhea). Untreated medullary
cancer grows rapidly, commonly metastasizing to
bones, liver, and kidneys.
H Anaplastic carcinoma (giant and spindly cell cancer)
resists radiation and is almost never curable by resection. This cancer metastasizes rapidly, causing
death by invading the trachea and compressing adjacent structures.

Causes
H Previous exposure to radiation treatment in the neck

area
H Prolonged secretion of thyroid-stimulating hormone

(radiation or heredity)

Risk factors
H Familial predisposition (possibly inherited as an au-

tosomal dominant trait)


H Chronic goiter

Incidence
H 1.2 to 2.6 per 100,000 cases in males
H 2.0 to 3.8 per 100,000 cases in females
H Nearly two times the number of cases in Iceland and

Hawaii compared to Canada and the U.S. mainland


H Particularly common among Chinese males and Fil-

ipino females
H Rare in children

Common characteristics
H Painless nodule; hard nodule in an enlarged thyroid

gland

820

Thyroid cancer

H Palpable lymph nodes with an enlarged thyroid


H Hoarseness
H Dysphagia

Complications
H Dysphagia
H Stridor
H Hormone alterations
H Distant metastasis

Assessment
History
H Sensitivity to cold and mental apathy (hypothy-

roidism)
H Sensitivity to heat, restlessness, and overactivity

(hyperthyroidism)
H Diarrhea
H Dysphagia
H Anorexia
H Irritability
H Ear pain

Physical findings
H Hard, painless nodule in an enlarged thyroid gland

or palpable lymph nodes with thyroid enlargement


H Hoarseness and vocal stridor
H Disfiguring thyroid mass
H Bruits

Test results
Laboratory
H Calcitonin assay identifies silent medullary carcinoma. Measuring calcitonin level in a resting state and
during calcium infusion (15 mg/kg over 4 hours)
shows an elevated fasting calcitonin level and an abnormal response to calcium stimulation a higher
release of calcitonin from the node than from the
rest of the gland indicating medullary cancer.
Imaging
H Thyroid scan differentiates functional nodes, which
are rarely malignant, from hypofunctional nodes,
which are commonly malignant.
H Ultrasonography shows changes in the size of thyroid
nodules after thyroxine suppression therapy and is
used to guide fine-needle aspiration and to detect recurrent disease.
H Magnetic resonance imaging and computed tomography scans provide a basis for treatment planning because they show the extent of disease in the thyroid
and surrounding structures.
Diagnostic procedures
H Fine-needle aspiration biopsy differentiates benign
from malignant thyroid nodules.
H Histologic analysis stages the disease and thereby
guides treatment plans.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 821

Treatment
General

H treatments and home care


H medication administration, dosage, and possible

adverse effects.

H Radioisotope (131I) therapy with external radiation

Discharge planning

(sometimes postoperatively in lieu of radical neck


excision) or alone (for metastasis)
H Soft diet with small frequent meals (if dysphagia
occurs)

H Refer the patient to available resource and support

services.

Medications
H Suppressive thyroid hormone therapy
H Chemotherapy

Surgery
H Total or subtotal thyroidectomy with modified node

dissection (bilateral or homolateral) on the side of


the primary cancer (for papillary or follicular cancer)
H Total thyroidectomy and radical neck excision (for
medullary or anaplastic cancer)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current weight without further loss
H express positive feelings about self
H not aspirate
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.

Before surgery
H Prepare the patient for scheduled surgery.
H Establish a way to communicate postoperatively.
After surgery
H Keep the patient in semi-Fowlers position, with adequate neck support.
H Keep a tracheotomy set and oxygen equipment nearby in case of respiratory obstruction.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Pain control
H Serum calcium levels (if the parathyroid glands were

removed)
H Postoperative complications
H Hydration and nutritional status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H (before surgery) the operation and postoperative
procedures and positioning

Thyroid cancer

821

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 822

Thyroiditis

Tracheal or esophageal compression, necrosis,


and hemorrhage

Overview

Assessment

Description

History

H Several disorders that involve inflammation of the

H Recent viral or bacterial infection


H Disorder, such as systemic lupus erythematosus,

thyroid gland
H Autoimmune (Hashimotos) thyroiditis: the most
common chronic inflammatory disease of the thyroid
gland
H Postpartum thyroiditis: a form of autoimmune thyroiditis that occurs within 1 year of delivery
H Subacute thyroiditis: a transient inflammation of the
thyroid gland thats probably viral in origin
H Riedels thyroiditis: a rare condition with unknown
etiology possibly a variant of Hashimotos thyroiditis
H Supportive thyroiditis: an uncommon bacterial or
fungal infection of the thyroid thats potentially very
serious
H Silent thyroiditis: a transient hyperthyroid condition
characterized by a small painless goiter and may be
autoimmune in origin

Pathophysiology
H The inflammatory process has varying effects on thy-

roid hormone levels (may be low, normal, or high).


Also, lymphocytes and leukocytes may infiltrate thyroid tissue.
H Hashimotos thyroiditis is thought to result from lymphocytic infiltration of the thyroid gland and formation of antibodies to thyroid antigens in the blood.
H Riedels thyroiditis causes intense fibrosis of the thyroid and surrounding structures.

Causes
H Mumps
H Influenza, coxsackievirus, or adenovirus infections
H Tuberculosis
H Syphilis
H Actinomycosis
H Bacterial infection
H Sarcoidosis and amyloidosis

Incidence
H More common in females than in males
H Autoimmune thyroiditis most common in middle-age

females; most common cause of sporadic goiter in


children

Common characteristics
H Signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism or hypothy-

roidism

Complications
H Depending on type of inflammation:

Non-Hodgkins lymphoma of the thyroid gland


Permanent hypothyroid or hyperthyroid condition
Abscess formation and rupture

822

Thyroiditis

rheumatoid arthritis, pernicious anemia, or Graves


disease
H Gradual onset of hypothyroid-like symptoms
H Occasionally, symptoms of hyperthyroidism
H Local pain or pain referred to the lower jaw, ear, or
occiput
H Dysphagia
H Dyspnea
H Asthenia, malaise

Physical findings
H Enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter)
H Reddened skin over the thyroid gland
H Indurated neck tissues
H Small, firm, and finely nodular thyroid gland with a

characteristic bandlike depression circling the gland


H A small lymph node in the midline above the isthmus
H Nodularity
H Swelling and warmth of the overlying skin
H Woody, hard enlargement that feels anchored to

surrounding structures
H Stridor

Test results
Laboratory
H In autoimmune processes, serum thyroglobulin and
microsomal antibody levels are increased.
HASHIMOTOS THYROIDITIS
H Thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH) level is in-

creased.
H Triiodothyronine and thyroxine levels are normal or

decreased.
H Antimicrosomal and antithyroglobulin antibodies are

increased.
SUBACUTE THYROIDITIS
H Thyroid hormone levels may be elevated, suppressed,

or normal depending on the phase of the disorder.


H Protein-bound iodine levels are increased.
H TSH levels are decreased in the thyrotoxic phase, fail-

ing to respond to thyrotropin-releasing hormone; in


the hypothyroid phase, TSH levels are increased.
H Radioactive iodine (131I) uptake is decreased.
H Erythrocyte sedimentation rate, white blood cell
count, and hepatic enzyme levels are increased.
H Thyroid antibody levels are transiently low.
H Thyroglobin levels are increased.
RIEDELS THYROIDITIS
H 131I uptake is normal or decreased.
H Antimicrosomal antibody levels are increased.

Imaging
H Thyroid scan may show isolated areas of function or
total failure to visualize the gland.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 823

Diagnostic procedures
H Fine-needle thyroid gland biopsy offers histologic
confirmation.

Monitoring

Treatment

H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Respiratory status
H Signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism or hypothy-

General

H Neck circumference

H Varies with the type of thyroiditis


H Activity, as tolerated

Medications
H Thyroid hormone
H Analgesics
H Anti-inflammatories
H Beta-adrenergic blockers
H Corticosteroids
H Antibiotics

roidism

Patient teaching

Nursing considerations

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H signs and symptoms of respiratory distress
H signs and symptoms of hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism
H long-term hormone replacement therapy after
thyroidectomy
H the importance of wearing or carrying medical
identification.

Key outcomes

Discharge planning

The patient will:


H maintain a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort
H consume adequate calories daily
H express positive feelings about self
H avoid complications.

H Refer the patient to a mental health professional for

Surgery
H Partial thyroidectomy

additional counseling if indicated.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Elevate the head of the bed 90 degrees during meal-

times and for 30 minutes afterward.


H Keep suction equipment readily available.
H Consult a dietitian.
H Provide frequent mouth care.
H Provide meticulous skin care.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Encourage oral fluid intake.
H Encourage verbalization of feelings.
H Offer emotional support.
H Help develop effective coping strategies.

ALERT
After thyroidectomy, watch for signs of tetany secondary to accidental parathyroid injury during
surgery. Keep 10% calcium gluconate available for
I.V. use if needed. Check dressings frequently for
excessive bleeding. Watch for signs of airway obstruction, such as difficulty talking or increased
swallowing, and keep tracheotomy equipment
handy.

Thyroiditis

823

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 824

Tobacco abuse
Overview
Description
H Addiction to nicotine, the drug in tobacco
H Effects on the brain similar to heroin, morphine, and

cocaine
H Includes cigarettes, cigars, pipe tobacco, snuff, and

chewing tobacco
H Results in withdrawal symptoms when a person tries
to stop using tobacco
H Harmful effects of tobacco products dose-dependent

Pathophysiology
H Rapid absorption of nicotine through the lungs of

Common characteristics
H Female smokers: generally have earlier menopause
H Important events given up because of restrictions of

tobacco use
H Continued tobacco use despite negative conse-

quences
H Cravings of tobacco
H Large amounts of time spent using tobacco
H Tolerance to nicotine effects
H Withdrawal symptoms: increased anger, hostility, and

aggression; disturbed emotional equilibrium following stress; impairment across a wide range of psychomotor and cognitive functions such as difficulty
with concentration

Complications
H Cardiovascular diseases: coronary artery disease, pe-

ripheral vascular disease, and stroke

cigarette smokers; bolus of nicotine reaches the


brain within 10 to 16 seconds.
H Equally fast absorption through the oral mucosa of
cigar, pipe, and smokeless tobacco users.
H In the brain, nicotine activates nicotinic acetylcholine
receptors, leading to the release of dopamine and a
discharge of epinephrine from the adrenal cortex.
H Stimulation of the central nervous system and endocrine glands causes a sudden release of glucose,
followed by depression and fatigue; leads the user to
seek more nicotine.

H Cancers of the head and neck, lung, and GI tract


H Chronic lung disease
H Hypertension
H Oral cancer
H Oral leukoplakia
H Nicotine palatinus stomatitis
H Smokeless tobacco keratosis
H Gingivitis
H Periodontitis
H Sinusitis

Causes

Assessment

H Physiologic and psychological dependence


H Pervasive media messages about tobacco use
H Minimization of risks of smoking
H Perception that smoking helps with relaxation
H Other drug or alcohol use
H Mental illnesses, such as depression or anxiety

Risk factors
H Addictive personality
H A friend who was a substance abuser
H Family members who smoke or with other addictions
H In adolescents, average to below average school per-

formance and divorce or family conflict

Incidence
H 25% to 33% of adult males and females smoking
H Numbers expected to diminish to 15% to 20% over

the next 30 years

History
H Use of tobacco products
H Inability to successfully stop using tobacco

Physical findings
H Elevated blood pressure
H Increased pulse rate
H Cough

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows chronic changes related to smoking.
Other
H Nicotine dependence assessment tool, such as the
Nicotine Dependence Syndrome Scale, shows the
level of addiction.

H Rates in adolescents showing a gradual increase

since 1987
H About 5 million smokers in the United States: be-

tween ages 12 and 17; more than 500,000: between


ages 8 and 11
H During the past 40 years: cigarette smoking caused
an estimated 12 million deaths, including 4.1 million
deaths from cancer, 5.5 million deaths from cardiovascular diseases, 2.1 million deaths from respiratory diseases, and 94,000 infant deaths related to
mothers smoking during pregnancy

824

Tobacco abuse

Treatment
General
H Motivation to stop using tobacco
H Behavioral counseling
H Skills training to overcome high-risk situations
H Psychological support
H Alternative rewards and reinforcers

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 825

Medications
H Nicotine replacement therapy in the form of nicotine

gum, lozenges, patches, nasal sprays, and inhalers


H Antidepressants
H Bupropion (Zyban)
H Clonidine (Catapres)
H Nortriptyline (Pamelor)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express a desire to stop abusing tobacco
H identify risks associated with tobacco abuse
H demonstrate improved physical health and function
H verbalize an improved sense of well-being and mental health
H develop a plan to stop abusing tobacco.

Nursing interventions
H Assess the patients attitude toward tobacco abuse.
H Be supportive and remain nonjudgmental.
H Advise the patient about health risks and effective

cessation methods.
H Assist the patient in developing a plan to quit.
H Suggest motivational strategies for quitting.
H Help the patient identify ways to avoid weight gain af-

ter stopping smoking.


H Refer the patient to available resources and support

groups.
H Arrange for follow-up care.

Monitoring
H Prescribed medications and possible adverse effects
H Vital signs
H Psychological and emotional response

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H the risks of second-hand smoke
H withdrawal symptoms and ways to reduce their effects
H strategies to improve chance of successful quitting
H where to obtain support.

Tobacco abuse

825

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 826

Tonsillitis
Overview
Description

H Headache
H Pain, commonly referred to the ears
H Constant urge to swallow
H Constricted feeling in the back of the throat

Physical findings

H Inflammation of the tonsils


H May be acute or chronic
H Typical viral infection: mild and of limited duration

H Fever
H Swollen, tender submandibular lymph nodes
H Generalized inflammation of pharyngeal wall
H Swollen tonsils projecting from between the pillars

Pathophysiology

H Purulent drainage with application of pressure to

H The inflammatory response to cell damage by viruses

or bacteria results in hyperemia and fluid exudation.

of the fauces and exuding white or yellow follicles


tonsillar pillars
H Uvula possibly edematous and inflamed

Causes

Test results

H Bacterial infection (group A beta-hemolytic strepto-

Laboratory
H Throat culture reveals the infecting organism.
H Serum white blood cell count usually reveals leukocytosis.

cocci)
H Viral infection

Risk factors
H Close contact with others in school or child care

facility

Incidence
Special populations
Commonly affects children between ages 5 and 10
H Tonsils tending to hypertrophy during childhood and

atrophy after puberty

Treatment
General
H Symptom relief
H Adequate fluid intake
H Rest periods as needed

Medications
H Aspirin or acetaminophen
H Antibiotics

Common characteristics

Surgery

H Sore throat
H Enlarged tonsils

H Possible tonsillectomy

Complications

Nursing considerations

H Chronic upper airway obstruction


H Sleep disturbance, sleep apnea
H Cor pulmonale
H Failure to thrive
H Eating or swallowing disorders
H Speech abnormalities
H Febrile seizures
H Otitis media
H Cardiac valvular disease
H Peritonsillar abscesses
H Glomerulonephritis
H Bacterial endocarditis
H Cervical lymph node abscesses

Assessment
History
H Mild to severe sore throat
H Young child possibly stops eating
H Muscle and joint pain
H Chills
H Malaise

826

Tonsillitis

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H show no signs of aspiration
H maintain effective breathing pattern
H have balanced intake and output.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage oral fluids.
H Offer a child ice cream and flavored drinks and ices.
H Provide humidification.
H Encourage gargling to soothe the throat and remove

debris from tonsillar crypts.


After surgery
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Watch for signs of airway obstruction or bleeding,
such as difficulty talking or increased swallowing.
H Prevent aspiration by side positioning.
H Keep suction equipment readily available.
H Provide water after gag reflex returns.
H Later, encourage nonirritating oral fluids.
H Avoid milk products and salty or irritating foods.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 827

H Provide analgesics for pain relief.


H Encourage deep-breathing exercises.

Monitoring
H Hydration status
H Effect of pain medication

Before surgery
H Bleeding abnormalities
After surgery
H Vital signs
H Signs and symptoms of bleeding
H Respiratory status

ALERT
Immediately report excessive bleeding, increased
pulse rate, or decreasing blood pressure.

ALERT
The greatest risk of bleeding is 7 to 10 days after
surgery.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of completing the entire course of
antibiotics
H avoidance of irritants
H the need for soft foods for about 3 weeks after
surgery to decrease risk of rebleeding
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H the possibility of throat discomfort and some bleeding after surgery
H expectation of a white scab to form in the throat 5 to
10 days after surgery
H the need to report bleeding, ear discomfort, or a
fever that lasts 3 days or more.

Tonsillitis

827

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 828

Life-threatening disorder

H Half of all cases in settings other than menstruation


H Affects both sexes and all ages

Toxic shock syndrome

Common characteristics

Overview

H Menstruation (the most common setting for TSS)


H Bacteremia (in about 60% of patients)

Description

Complications

H An inflammatory response syndrome linked to bacte-

H Septic abortion
H Musculoskeletal and respiratory infections
H Staphylococcal bacteremia
H Renal and myocardial dysfunction
H Acute respiratory distress syndrome
H Desquamation of the skin
H Peripheral gangrene
H Muscle weakness
H Neuropsychiatric dysfunction

H In the early convalescent period: fever, hypotension,

rash, multiorgan dysfunction, and desquamation

rial infections
H An acute and life-threatening condition
H Also called TSS

Pathophysiology
H Toxic exoproteins are produced by infecting organ-

isms.
H TSST-1 is the most common toxin; staphylococcal

enterotoxin B is the second most common.


H For illness to develop, the patient must be infected

with a toxigenic strain of Staphylococcus aureus and


lack antibodies to that strain.

Causes
H Penicillin-resistant S. aureus

Risk factors
H Tampon use
H Varicella infection
H Streptococcal pharyngitis

Incidence
H Affects 1 in 100,000
H Primarily affects young people

Guidelines for diagnosing toxic shock


syndrome
Toxic shock syndrome is typically diagnosed based on the
following criteria.
H Fever 102 F (38.9 C) or higher
H Diffuse macular erythrodermal rash (sunburn rash)
H Hypotension (systolic blood pressure 90 mm Hg or
less in adults or below the 5th percentile for age)
H Involvement of at least three organ systems:
GI (vomiting, diarrhea)
Muscular (myalgias or liver function test at least
twice normal upper limit)
Mucous membrane hyperemia (conjunctiva, vagina,
oropharyngeal)
Renal (blood urea nitrogen or creatinine level at least
twice normal upper limit, or pyuria)
Hepatic (total serum bilirubin or aminotransferase
level twice normal level)
Hematologic (thrombocytopenia)
Central nervous system (disorientation or change in
level of consciousness)
H Desquamation, especially of palms and soles, 1 or 2
weeks after onset of illness
H Other conditions ruled out

828

Toxic shock syndrome

Assessment
History
H Possible recent streptococcal infection
H Possible tampon use or menstruation
H Intense myalgia, headache
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H Sore throat
H Dizziness

Physical findings
H Fever (104 F [40 C] or higher)
H Pharyngeal infection, strawberry tongue
H Hypotension
H Altered mental status
H Macular erythroderma (generalized or local)
H Peripheral edema
H Vaginal hyperemia, purulent vaginal discharge

Test results
Laboratory
H Isolation of S. aureus from vaginal discharge or infection site supports the diagnosis. (See Guidelines
for diagnosing toxic shock syndrome.)
H Blood urea nitrogen examination shows azotemia.
H Urinalysis shows pyuria.
H Serum albumin levels reveal hypoalbuminemia.
H Serum calcium levels reveal hypocalcemia.
H Serum phosphorus levels reveal hypophosphatemia.
H Complete blood count shows leukocytosis or
leukopenia.
H Platelet count shows thrombocytopenia.
H Serum creatinine level is increased.

Treatment
General
H Aggressive fluid resuscitation
H Correction of electrolyte imbalances

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 829

H Supportive treatment such as possible ventilatory

support
H Identification and decontamination of toxin produc-

tion site
H Bed rest until acute phase resolved

Medications
H Antibiotics
H Inotropics
H Vasopressors
H I.V. immunoglobulin

Prevention

Preventing TSS
Toxic shock syndrome (TSS) may be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Wash your hands before inserting a tampon.
H Change tampons every 4 to 8 hours.
H Use the lowest absorbency tampon necessary for your
menstrual flow.
H Alternate between tampons and sanitary napkins.
H Dont use tampons if you have had TSS because of the
risk of recurrence.

Surgery
H Examination and irrigation of recent surgical wounds

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain and maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assess fluid balance and replace fluids I.V., as

needed.
H Reorient as needed.
H Use appropriate safety measures to prevent injury.
H Use standard precautions for any vaginal discharge

and lesion drainage.

Monitoring
H Cardiovascular status
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs
H Pulmonary status
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H TSS prevention. (See Preventing TSS.)

Toxic shock syndrome

829

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 830

Toxoplasmosis

H Chemotherapy
H Steroid use
H Pregnancy

Overview

Incidence

Description

H Up to 70% of people in United States infected


H Occurs worldwide; less common in cold or hot, arid

H One of the most common parasitic infectious dis-

eases
H Usually causes localized infection
H May produce significant generalized infection, especially in an immunodeficient patient
H Once infected, organism carried for life and acute infection can reactivate
H Congenital type characterized by lesions in the central nervous system (CNS); may result in stillbirth or
serious birth defects

Pathophysiology
H After ingestion, parasites are released from latent

cysts by the digestive process; they then invade the GI


tract and multiply.
H Parasites disseminate to various organs, especially
lymphatic tissue, skeletal muscle, myocardium, retina, placenta, and the CNS (most commonly).
H The parasite infects host cells, replicates, and then
invades adjoining cells, resulting in cell death and focal necrosis surrounded by an acute inflammatory
response.

Causes
H The protozoan Toxoplasma gondii, which exists in

trophozoite forms in the acute stages of infection and


in cystic forms (tissue cysts and oocysts) in latent
stages
H Transmitted by ingestion of tissue cysts in raw or undercooked meat or by fecal-oral contamination from
infected cats
H Congenital toxoplasmosis from transplacental transmission

Risk factors
H Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired

immunodeficiency syndrome
H Immunosuppression

climates and at high elevations

Common characteristics
H Fever
H Rash
H Constitutional symptoms

Complications
H Seizure disorder
H Vision loss (see Ocular toxoplasmosis)
H Mental retardation
H Deafness
H Generalized infection
H Stillbirth
H Congenital toxoplasmosis
H Death

Assessment
History
H Possible immunocompromised state, exposure to cat

feces, or ingestion of poorly cooked meat


H Malaise
H Fatigue
H Myalgia
H Headache
H Sore throat
H Vomiting

Physical findings
H Fever (if generalized, possibly 106 F [41.1 C])
H Cough
H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Coarse crackles
H Delirium, seizures
H Diffuse maculopapular rash (except on the palms,

soles, and scalp)

Ocular toxoplasmosis
Ocular toxoplasmosis (active chorioretinitis) is characterized by focal necrotizing retinitis. It accounts for about
25% of all cases of granulomatous uveitis. Although usually the result of a congenital infection, it may not appear
until adolescence or young adulthood, when infection is
reactivated.
Symptoms include blurred vision, scotoma, pain, photophobia, and impairment or loss of central vision. Vision
improves as inflammation subsides but usually without
recovery of lost visual acuity. Ocular toxoplasmosis may
subside after treatment with prednisone.

830

Toxoplasmosis

H In an infant with congenital toxoplasmosis:

Hydrocephalus or microcephalus
Jaundice, purpura, rash
Strabismus, blindness
Epilepsy, mental retardation
Lymphadenopathy, splenomegaly, and hepatomegaly

Test results
Laboratory
H Specimens (such as bronchoalveolar lavage material
from immunocompromised patients or lymph node
biopsy) contain parasites.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 831

H Intraperitoneal inoculation with blood or other body

fluids into mice or tissue cultures shows isolation of


parasites.
H Polymerase chain reaction detects parasites genetic
material (especially in detecting congenital infections
in utero).

Treatment
General
H No treatment in otherwise healthy patient who isnt

pregnant
H Rest periods when fatigued
H Seizure precautions

Medications
H Pyrimethamine plus sulfadiazine with leucovorin

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Prevention

Preventing toxoplasmosis
Toxoplasmosis may be prevented by following these
guidelines:
H Wash your hands after working with soil or uncooked
meat.
H Cook meat thoroughly before eating.
H Freeze uncooked meat if not using promptly.
H Protect childrens play areas from cat and dog feces.
H Cover childrens sandboxes.
H Keep flies away from food because flies transport
oocysts.
H Pregnant women should avoid cleaning and handling
cat litter boxes or wear gloves.

H ways to prevent the spread of toxoplasmosis. (See

Preventing toxoplasmosis.)

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for follow-up with a neurologist or

infectious disease specialist if needed.

The patient will:


H have normal vital signs
H have an adequate fluid volume
H report an increased energy level
H develop no complications
H maintain respiratory rate within 5 breaths/minute of
baseline.

Nursing interventions
H Give tepid sponge baths to reduce fever.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide chest physiotherapy, and administer oxygen,

as needed. Assist ventilations if needed.


H Institute seizure precautions.

ALERT
Dont palpate the patients abdomen vigorously;
this could lead to a ruptured spleen. For the same
reason, discourage vigorous activity.
H Report all cases of toxoplasmosis to the local public

health department.

Monitoring
H Neurologic status
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H necessary drugs, including the need for frequent
blood tests
H the importance of regularly scheduled follow-up care

Toxoplasmosis

831

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 832

Genitourinary abnormalities
Intestinal atresia

Life-threatening disorder

Tracheoesophageal
fistula and
esophageal atresia
Overview
Description
H Tracheoesophageal fistula: a developmental anomaly

characterized by an abnormal connection between


the trachea and the esophagus; usually accompanies
esophageal atresia, in which the esophagus is closed
off at some point
H Malformations have numerous anatomic variations,
most commonly, esophageal atresia with fistula to
the distal segment
H Two of the most serious surgical emergencies in
neonates; requires immediate diagnosis and
correction

Pathophysiology
H Tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia re-

sult from failure of the embryonic esophagus and trachea to develop and separate correctly.
H Respiratory system development begins at about day
26 of gestation.
H Abnormal development of the septum during this
time can lead to tracheoesophageal fistula.
H The most common abnormality is type C tracheoesophageal fistula with esophageal atresia, in which
the upper section of the esophagus terminates in a
blind pouch, and the lower section ascends from the
stomach and connects with the trachea by a short
fistulous tract.
H In type A atresia, both esophageal segments are blind
pouches, and neither is connected to the airway.
H In types B and D, the upper portion of the esophagus opens into the trachea; infants with this anomaly
may experience life-threatening aspiration of saliva
or food.
H In type E (or H-type) tracheoesophageal fistula without atresia, the fistula may occur anywhere between
the level of the cricoid cartilage and the midesophagus but is usually higher in the trachea than in the
esophagus. Such a fistula may be as small as a pinpoint.

Causes
H Congenital anomalies

Risk factors
H Commonly found in infants with other anomalies,

such as:
Congenital heart disease
Imperforate anus

832

Incidence
H Esophageal atresia in about 1 of 4,000 live births;

about one-third of these neonates born prematurely

Common characteristics
Tracheoesophageal fistula
H Type B (proximal fistula) and Type D (fistula to both
segments): immediate aspiration of saliva into the
airway and bacterial pneumonitis
H Type E (or H-type): suspected with repeated episodes
of pneumonitis, pulmonary infection, and abdominal
infection; choking followed by cyanosis
Esophageal atresia
H Type A: normal swallowing, excessive drooling, possible respiratory distress
H Type C: seemingly normal swallowing followed shortly afterward by coughing, struggling, cyanosis, lack of
breathing

Complications
H Aspiration of secretions into the lungs leading to res-

piratory distress, pneumonia, or cessation of breathing


H Death if untreated
After surgery
H Abnormal esophageal motility
H Recurrent fistulas
H Pneumothorax
H Esophageal stricture

Assessment
History
H Coughing and choking after eating

Physical findings
H Respiratory distress
H Drooling

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays demonstrate the position of the catheter
and can also show a dilated, air-filled upper esophageal pouch, pneumonia in the right upper lobe, or
bilateral pneumonitis. Both pneumonia and pneumonitis suggest aspiration.
H Abdominal X-rays show gas in the bowel in a distal
fistula (type C) but none in a proximal fistula (type
B) or in atresia without fistula (type A).
H Cinefluorography allows visualization on a fluoroscopic screen. After a size 10 or 12 French catheter
is passed through the patients nostril into the esophagus, a small amount of contrast medium is instilled
to define the tip of the upper pouch and to differentiate between overflow aspiration from a blind end
(atresia) and aspiration from passage of liquids
through a tracheoesophageal fistula.

Tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 833

Other
H A size 6 or 8 French catheter passed through the
nose meets an obstruction (esophageal atresia)
about 4 to 5 (10 to 12.5 cm) distal to the nostrils.
Aspirate of gastric contents is less acidic than normal.

H Administer antibiotics and parenteral fluids.


H Maintain gastrostomy tube feedings.
H Offer the parents support and guidance in dealing

with their infants acute illness. Encourage them to


participate in care and to hold and touch the infant
as much as possible to facilitate bonding.

Monitoring

Treatment

H Respiratory status
H Intake and output

General

After surgery
H Chest tubes
H Signs of complications

H I.V. fluids
H Supine position with the head low to facilitate

drainage or with the head elevated to prevent aspiration


H After surgery: placement of a suction catheter in the
upper esophageal pouch to control secretions and
prevent aspiration

Medications
H Antibiotics for superimposed infection

Surgery
Tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia require surgical correction and are usually surgical emergencies. The type and timing of the surgical procedure
depend on the nature of the anomaly, the patients general condition, and the presence of coexisting congenital defects.
H In premature neonates (nearly 33% of infants with
this anomaly) who are poor surgical risks: correction of combined tracheoesophageal fistula and
esophageal atresia done in two stages: first, gastrostomy (for gastric decompression, prevention of reflux, and feeding) and closure of the fistula; then, 1
to 2 months later, anastomosis of the esophagus
H Correction of esophageal atresia alone requiring
anastomosis of the proximal and distal esophageal
segments in one or two stages; end-to-end anastomosis commonly producing postoperative stricture;
end-to-side anastomosis less likely to do so
H If the esophageal ends widely separated: treatment
possibly including a colonic interposition (grafting a
piece of the colon) or elongation of the proximal
segment of the esophagus by bougienage

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H feeding procedures
H recognizing and reporting complications
H proper positioning.

Discharge planning
H Instruct the parents that X-rays are required about 10

days after surgery, and again 1 and 3 months later, to


evaluate the effectiveness of surgical repair.

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H develop no respiratory complications
H remain hemodynamically stable.
The parents or family will:
H express understanding of disorder and treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen as needed.
H Perform pulmonary physiotherapy and suctioning, as

needed.
H Provide a humid environment.

Tracheoesophageal fistula and esophageal atresia

833

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 834

Transient ischemic
attack
Overview
Description
H Sudden onset of focal and transient neurologic deficit

due to brain ischemia


H Vascular (occlusive) in origin
H Rapid in onset; typically reaching maximum effect in

less than 5 minutes

H Headaches
H Confusion
H Vertigo
H Ataxia
H Facial paresis
H Nausea or vomiting

Complications
H Stroke
H Seizure
H Bleeding as a result of anticoagulants
H Trauma (if patient experiences a sudden fall)

H Variable duration; usually lasting 2 to 15 minutes;

Assessment

possibly lasting as long as 24 hours


H Also known as TIA

History

Pathophysiology
H Cerebral blood flow is temporarily reduced or

stopped.
H This affects neuronal function in cortical, subcorti-

cal, and nuclear regions of the central nervous system.

Causes
H Carotid and vertebral artery atherosclerosis
H Hypertension
H Embolism
H Arterial dissection
H Arteritis
H Mitral valve disease
H Acute anterior myocardial infarction
H Congestive cardiomyopathy
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Hypercoagulable states
H Sympathomimetic drugs such as cocaine

Risk factors
H Hypertension
H Cardiac disease
H Smoking
H Diabetes
H Obesity
H Family history
H Hypercholesterolemia
H Atrial fibrillation
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Pregnancy and parturition

Incidence
H From 83 to 200 cases per 100,000
H Significantly higher in Blacks than in Whites
H Affects males at higher rates than females
H Uncommon in people younger than age 60

Common characteristics
H Vision changes
H Hemiplegia
H Hemianesthesia
H Aphasia

834

Transient ischemic attack

H Include family members, coworkers, witnesses, and

emergency medical services personnel in questioning, if possible


H Reports of changes in behavior, speech, gait, memory, movement, and vision
H Symptoms lasting only several minutes
H Recent surgery
H Previous strokes
H Use of illicit drugs
H Complete medication regimen
H May have vague complaints of feeling short of breath;
possibly preceded by palpitations or slight chest
pain; followed by inability to speak properly and facial droop
H History of arteritis

Physical findings
H Low-grade fever
H Elevated blood pressure
H Decreased peripheral pulses compared to the apical

pulse
H Carotid bruit
H Possibly poor language and memory skills
H Unequal pupil reaction to direct and consensual light

exposure
H Diminished cranial nerve response
H Decreased somatic motor strength
H Forehead wrinkling asymmetry
H Incomplete eyelid closure
H Asymmetrical mouth retraction
H Swallowing difficulty
H Lateral tongue movement
H Weak shoulder shrugging
H Visual field deficits

Test results
Laboratory
H Partial thromboplastin time may be decreased.
H Antiphospholipid antibodies are elevated.
H Platelet count may be elevated.
H Cholesterol levels are elevated.
H Elevated D-dimer shows hypercoagulability.
H Drug screens show illicit drug use.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 835

Imaging
H Duplex carotid ultrasonography shows narrowed arteries.
H Angiography shows cerebral or carotid artery stenosis.
H Transthoracic echocardiogram shows thrombus or
structural defect.
H Computed tomography scan of head identifies cause
of TIA.
H Brain magnetic resonance imaging identifies cause of
TIA.
H Magnetic resonance angiography of the brain or
blood vessels shows cause of TIA.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography identifies underlying arrhythmia.
H Ophthalmoscopic examination shows retinal cholesterol emboli.

Treatment
General
H Maintaining patent airway and providing supplemen-

tal oxygen

Medications
H Aspirin or other antithrombotic therapy, such as

clopidogrel and dipyridamole


H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Statins
H Anticoagulants

H Assess motor function.


H Maintain a safe environment.
H Assess the impact of TIAs on all systems and func-

tions of the body.


H Assess the impact of TIAs on psychosocial issues,

body image, and self-esteem.


H If swallowing ability is impaired, avoid giving thin liq-

uids.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Adverse reaction to medication
H Coagulation studies
H Hemodynamic status
H Signs and symptoms of complications
H Neurologic status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects, and the need to report them
H antiplatelet therapy, if indicated
H control of risk factors (see Preventing TIAs)
H dietary modification
H measures to maintain a safe environment
H importance of reporting a change in neurologic status.

Surgery
H Carotid endarterectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize understanding of the condition, diagnostic
studies, treatment, and risk factors
H demonstrate effective ways to cope with sensory limitations
H achieve the maximum visual ability possible
H maintain optimum cerebral tissue perfusion
H remain free from injury and falls
H remain free from peripheral neurovascular impairment.

Nursing interventions
H Evaluate using a stroke scale such as National Insti-

tutes of Health Stroke Scale.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assess level of consciousness, mental status, and cog-

nition.
H Assess speech, facial symmetry, and sensory function.
H If speech is affected, provide alternative methods for

communication.

Prevention

Preventing TIAs
Transient ischemic attack (TIA) risk factors may be reduced by following these guidelines:
H Stop smoking.
H Avoid cholesterol and fat.
H Eat fruits and vegetables that contain potassium, folate
and antioxidants, which may protect against TIA.
H Avoid salt if you have hypertension.
H Exercise regularly.
H Drink alcohol moderately or not at all.
H Maintain a healthy weight.
H Manage diabetes and hypertension.
H Dont use cocaine or other illicit drugs that will increase your risk of TIA.

H Assess pupil reaction to light.

Transient ischemic attack

835

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 836

Transposition of the
great arteries

Complications

Overview

H Heart failure
H Cardiac arrhythmia
H Eisenmengers syndrome (irreversible and progres-

Description
H Congenital heart defect in which the great arteries

are reversed: aorta arising from right ventricle and


pulmonary artery from left ventricle, producing two
noncommunicating circulatory systems (pulmonary
and systemic)
H Commonly coexists with other congenital heart defects, such as ventricular septal defect (VSD), VSD
with pulmonary stenosis (PS), atrial septal defect
(ASD), and patent ductus arteriosus (PDA)

Pathophysiology
H In transposition, oxygenated blood returning to the

left side of the heart is carried back to the lungs by a


transposed pulmonary artery; unoxygenated blood
returning to the right side of the heart is carried to
the systemic circulation by a transposed aorta.
H Communication between the pulmonary and systemic
circulations is necessary for survival. In infants with
isolated transposition, blood mixes only at the patent
foramen ovale and at the patent ductus arteriosus,
resulting in slight mixing of unoxygenated systemic
blood and oxygenated pulmonary blood.
H In infants with concurrent cardiac defects, greater
mixing of blood occurs.

Causes
H Faulty embryonic development

Risk factors
H Maternal rubella or other viral illness during preg-

nancy
H Parent with transposition of the great arteries or oth-

er congenital heart defect


H Poor prenatal nutrition
H Prenatal alcohol exposure
H Maternal age older than 40
H Maternal diabetes

Incidence
H Accounts for about 5% of all congenital heart defects
H Affects males two to three times more than females

Common characteristics
H Within the first few hours after birth, neonates with

transposition of the great arteries generally show


cyanosis and tachypnea, which worsen with crying.
H After several days or weeks, such neonates usually
develop signs of heart failure (gallop rhythm, tachycardia, dyspnea, hepatomegaly, and cardiomegaly).
S2 is louder than normal because the anteriorly
transposed aorta is directly behind the sternum; in

836

Transposition of the great arteries

many cases, however, no murmur can be heard during the first few days of life.

sive pulmonary vascular obstructive disease)

Assessment
History
H Diminished exercise tolerance
H Fatigability
H Coughing

Physical findings
H Cyanosis
H Clubbing of nailbeds
H Pronounced murmurs if ASD, VSD, PDA, or PS

present

Test results
Laboratory
H Arterial blood gas (ABG) values indicate hypoxia and
secondary metabolic acidosis.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays are normal in the first days of life. Within days to weeks, right atrial and right ventricular enlargement characteristically cause the heart to appear oblong. X-rays also show increased pulmonary
vascular markings, except when pulmonary stenosis
coexists.
H Echocardiography demonstrates the reversed position of the aorta and pulmonary artery and records
echoes from both semilunar valves simultaneously,
due to aortic valve displacement. It also detects other
cardiac defects.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography typically reveals right axis deviation and right ventricular hypertrophy; it may be normal in a neonate.
H Cardiac catheterization reveals decreased oxygen saturation in left ventricular blood and aortic blood; increased right atrial, right ventricular, and pulmonary
artery oxygen saturation; and right ventricular systolic pressure equal to systemic pressure. Dye injection reveals the transposed vessels and the presence
of any other cardiac defects.

Treatment
General
H Atrial balloon septostomy (Rashkind procedure)

during cardiac catheterization


H Increased caloric density before correction; no di-

etary restrictions after correction


H Activity, as tolerated

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 837

Medications

Discharge planning

H Inotropic agents
H Loop diuretics
H Prostaglandin E1
H Prophylactic antibiotics

H Refer the patient and family to support and social

services as needed.

Surgery
One of three surgical procedures can correct transposition, depending on the defects physiology:
H Mustard procedure: replaces the atrial septum with a
Dacron or pericardial partition that allows systemic
venous blood to be channeled to the pulmonary
artery, which carries the blood to the lungs for oxygenation and oxygenated blood returning to the heart
to be channeled from the pulmonary veins into the
aorta
H Senning procedure: accomplishes the same result using the atrial septum to create partitions to redirect
blood flow
H Arterial switch, or Jatene procedure: transposed arteries surgically anastomosed to the correct ventricle;
for this procedure to be successful, the left ventricle
must be used to pump at systemic pressure, as it
does in neonates or in children with a left ventricular
outflow obstruction or large VSD; surgery also correcting other heart defects

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H improve oxygenation
H have no signs of heart failure.

Nursing interventions
H Offer emotional support.
H Give digoxin and I.V. fluids, being careful to avoid

fluid overload.
H After Mustard or Senning procedures, watch for signs

of baffle obstruction such as marked facial edema.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H ABG values
H Intake and output
H Central venous pressure
H Signs of heart failure

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover (with the parents):
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to recognize signs of heart failure and digoxin
toxicity (poor feeding and vomiting)
H the importance of regular checkups to monitor cardiovascular status
H protecting the infant from infection and giving antibiotics.

Transposition of the great arteries

837

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 838

Trichinosis
Overview
Description
H An infection caused by larvae of the intestinal round-

worm Trichinella spiralis


H May produce multiple symptoms, such as respiratory,

central nervous system (CNS), cardiovascular complications and, rarely, death


H Also known as trichiniasis or trichinellosis

Pathophysiology
H T. spiralis cysts are found primarily in swine, less

commonly in dogs, cats, bears, foxes, wolves, and


marine animals. These cysts result from the animals
ingestion of similarly contaminated flesh. In swine,
such infection results from eating table scraps or raw
garbage.
H After gastric juices free the worm from the cyst capsule, it reaches sexual maturity in a few days.
H The female roundworm burrows into the intestinal
mucosa and reproduces.
H Larvae are then transported through the lymphatic
system and the bloodstream. They become embedded as cysts in striated muscle, especially in the diaphragm, chest, arms, and legs.
H Human-to-human transmission doesnt take place.

Causes
H Ingestion of uncooked or undercooked meat that

contains T. spiralis cysts

Risk factors
H Residing in a rural area
H Eating wild or noncommercial meats
H Improper food preparation

Incidence
H Occurs worldwide, especially in populations that eat

pork or bear meat


H Affects both sexes equally

Common characteristics
H Usually mild and seldom produces symptoms; when

symptoms occur, vary with the stage and degree of


infection
Stage 1 (invasion)
H Occurs 1 week after ingestion
H Release of larvae and reproduction of adult T. spiralis causing:
Anorexia
Nausea
Vomiting
Diarrhea
Abdominal pain
Cramps

838

Trichinosis

Stage 2 (dissemination)
H Occurs 7 to 10 days after ingestion
H Penetrates the intestinal mucosa and begins to migrate to striated muscle
H Signs and symptoms:
Edema, especially of the eyelids or face
Muscle pain, particularly in limbs
Occasionally, itching and burning skin, sweating,
skin lesions, a temperature of 102 to 104 F
(38.9 to 40 C), and delirium
In severe respiratory, cardiovascular, or CNS infections, palpitations and lethargy
Stage 3 (encystment)
H Occurs during convalescence, generally 1 week later
H Invades muscle fiber and becomes encysted

Complications
H Meningitis
H Subcortical infarcts
H Encephalitis
H Myocarditis with heart failure
H Nephritis
H Glomerulonephritis
H Sinusitis
H Pneumonia

Assessment
History
H Ingestion of raw or improperly cooked pork or pork

products
H Myalgia
H Abdominal discomfort
H Diarrhea
H Constipation
H Anorexia
H Nausea

Physical findings
H Diffuse weakness
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Hoarseness
H Cough
H Abdominal distention
H Macular or petechial rash
H Periorbital edema

Test results
Laboratory
H Stools contain mature worms and larvae during the
invasion stage.
H Diagnosis is confirmed by elevated acute and convalescent antibody titers (determined by flocculation
tests 3 to 4 weeks after infection).
H Aspartate aminotransferase, alanine aminotransferase, creatine kinase, and lactate dehydrogenase
levels are increased during the acute stages, and
eosinophil count is increased (up to 15,000/l).

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 839

H Cerebrospinal fluid lymphocyte level (to 300/l)

is normal or increased, and protein levels are increased, indicating CNS involvement.
Diagnostic procedures
H Skeletal muscle biopsies can show encysted larvae 10
days after ingestion; if available, analyses of contaminated meat also show larvae.
H Skin testing may show a positive histamine-like reactivity 15 minutes after intradermal injection of the
antigen (within 17 to 20 days after ingestion); however, such a result may remain positive for up to 5
years after exposure.

H for travelers to foreign countries or poor areas of the

United States, the importance of avoiding pork consumption; swine in these areas are commonly fed
raw garbage.

Treatment
General
H Supportive care as indicated
H Diet as tolerated
H Initially, bed rest with increased activity as tolerated

Medications
H Antipyretics
H Anthelmintics, such as albendazole and mebendazole
H Glucocorticoids
H Analgesics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H express an understanding of the disorder and its
treatment
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain hemodynamic stability.

Nursing interventions
H Reduce fever with alcohol rubs, tepid baths, hypo-

thermia blankets, or antipyretics.


H Relieve muscle pain with analgesics, enforced bed

rest, and proper body alignment.


H Frequently reposition the patient, and gently massage

bony prominences to prevent pressure ulcers.


H Report all cases of trichinosis to local public health

authorities.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Vital signs
H Respiratory status

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H proper cooking (cooking to an internal temperature
of 150 F) and storing methods for all meat from
carnivores

Trichinosis

839

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 840

Trichomoniasis
Overview
Description
H A protozoal infection of the lower genitourinary tract
H May be acute or chronic in females
H Risk of recurrence minimized when sexual partners

treated concurrently

Pathophysiology
H Trichomonas vaginalis a tetraflagellated, motile

protozoan causes trichomoniasis in females by infecting the vagina, the urethra and, possibly, the endocervix, bladder, Bartholins glands, or Skenes
glands; in males, it infects the lower urethra and,
possibly, the prostate gland, seminal vesicles, or epididymis.
H T. vaginalis grows best when the vaginal mucosa is
more alkaline than normal (pH about 5.5 to 5.8).

Causes
H Usually transmitted by sexual intercourse; less com-

monly, by contaminated douche equipment or moist


washcloths

Risk factors
H Factors that raise the vaginal pH, such as the follow-

ing:
Use of hormonal contraceptives
Pregnancy
Bacterial overgrowth
Exudative cervical or vaginal lesions
Frequent douching, which disturbs lactobacilli that
normally live in the vagina and maintain acidity

Incidence
H Affects about 15% of sexually active females and 10%

of sexually active males

Common characteristics
H About 70% of females and most males asymptomatic
H In females: gray or greenish yellow and possibly pro-

fuse and frothy, malodorous vaginal discharge


H In males: mild to severe transient urethritis, possibly

with dysuria and urinary frequency

Complications

Assessment
History
H Severe itching
H Dyspareunia
H Dysuria
H Urinary frequency
H Postcoital spotting, menorrhagia, or dysmenorrhea

Physical findings
H Vaginal erythema, edema, and frank excoriation
H Frothy, malodorous, greenish yellow vaginal dis-

charge
H Rarely, a thin, gray pseudomembrane over the vagina

Test results
Laboratory
H Direct microscopic examination of vaginal or seminal discharge is decisive when it reveals T. vaginalis,
a motile, pear-shaped organism. Examination of
clear urine specimens may also reveal T. vaginalis.
Other
H Cervical examination demonstrates punctate cervical
hemorrhages, giving the cervix a strawberry appearance thats almost pathognomonic for this disorder.

Treatment
General
H Abstinence from sexual intercourse until cured
H Sitz baths to help relieve symptoms

Medications
H Single 2-g dose of oral metronidazole given to both

sex partners

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express understanding of the condition and treatment
H discuss the impact of the disorder on self and significant others.

H With pregnant women: preterm or low-birth-weight

Nursing interventions

infant
H Prostatitis
H Epididymitis
H Urethral stricture disease
H Infertility

H Instruct the patient to avoid using tampons.


H Provide emotional support.
H Practice standard precautions.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment

840

Trichomoniasis

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 841

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to refer sex partners for treatment
H the need to avoid alcohol while taking metronidazole
because alcohol may provoke a disulfiram-type reaction (confusion, headache, cramps, vomiting, and
seizures)
H the possibility that metronidazole may turn urine
dark brown
H the need to avoid over-the-counter douches and vaginal sprays because they can alter vaginal pH
H the benefits of wearing loose-fitting, cotton underwear, which reduce the risk of genitourinary bacterial growth by allowing ventilation; bacteria flourish in
a warm, dark, moist environment
H prevention of a sexually transmitted disease by using
a condom.

Trichomoniasis

841

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 842

Tricuspid insufficiency

Assessment
History

Overview
Description
H Heart condition in which the tricuspid valve doesnt

function properly
H Also called tricuspid regurgitation

H Occurrence of one of listed causes


H Orthopnea, dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Angina
H Palpitations

Physical findings

Pathophysiology

H Tachycardia
H Crackles in the lungs
H Hepatomegaly (right-sided failure)
H Jugular vein distention
H S3
H Diminished peripheral pulses
H Ascites
H Atrial fibrillation
H Peripheral edema
H Pansystolic murmur (see Identifying the murmur

H The tricuspid valve is incompetent.


H Blood flows back into the right atrium.
H Fluid overload occurs in the atrium.
H Congestive failure occurs, and impedance to the

pulmonary vasculature may result in hypoxemia,


cyanosis, and polycythemia.

Causes
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Endocarditis
H Epsteins anomaly
H Prolapse
H Carcinoid heart disease
H Papillary muscle dysfunction
H Trauma
H Connective tissue disease

of tricuspid insufficiency)

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show right atrial and ventricular enlargement.
H Echocardiography shows right ventricular dilation
and prolapse or flailing of the tricuspid leaflets.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography shows right atrial hypertrophy,
right or left ventricular hypertrophy, atrial fibrillation, and incomplete right bundle-branch block.
H Right-sided heart catheterization shows high atrial
pressure, tricuspid insufficiency, and decreased or
normal output.

Incidence
H Affects both sexes equally
H Usually occurs in childhood

Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Peripheral edema
H Tachycardia
H Fatigue

Treatment

Complications

General

H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Thromboembolism
H Endocarditis
H Arrhythmias

H Underlying cause
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
Identifying the murmur of tricuspid
insufficiency
A high-pitched, blowing pansystolic murmur in the tricuspid area characterizes tricuspid insufficiency.
SYSTOLE
S1

DIASTOLE
S2

SYSTOLE
S1

S2

H Diuretics
H Cardiac glycoside
H Anticoagulants
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Oxygen
H Prophylactic antibiotics in some patients before and

after surgery or dental care to prevent endocarditis

Surgery
H Annuloplasty or valvuloplasty to reconstruct or repair

the valve
H Valve replacement with a prosthetic valve

842

Tricuspid insufficiency

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 843

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H carry out activities of daily living without weakness
or fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen.
H Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
H Alternate periods of activity and rest.
H Keep patients legs elevated to improve venous return

to the heart.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Cardiac rhythm
H Pulmonary artery catheter readings
H Intake and output
H Adverse effects of drug therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions and medications
H signs and symptoms that should be reported
H the importance of consistent follow-up care
H the need to elevate his legs when sitting.

Tricuspid insufficiency

843

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 844

Tricuspid stenosis

Assessment
History

Overview
Description
H Heart condition in which the tricuspid valve improp-

erly functions, allowing backflow of blood into the


right atrium and causing right atrial enlargement

Pathophysiology

H Orthopnea
H Dyspnea
H Fatigue
H Angina
H Palpitations

Physical findings
H Diastolic murmur (see Identifying the murmur of

H Alterations in the structure of the tricuspid valve

tricuspid stenosis)

cause incompetence of the valve.


H Restriction of blood flow into the right ventricle and,
subsequently, to the pulmonary vasculature occurs.
H Obstructed venous return results in hepatic enlargement, decreased pulmonary blood flow, peripheral
edema, and right atrial enlargement.

H Split S1
H Crackles in the lungs
H Hepatomegaly (with right-sided failure)
H Ascites

Test results
Imaging
H Chest X-ray reveals cardiomegaly.
H Echocardiography shows structure of the valves.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiography may show atrial fibrillation.

Causes
H Mitral and aortic valve disorders
H Rheumatic heart disease
H Carcinoid heart disease
H Infective endocarditis
H Endomyocardial fibrosis
H Systemic lupus erythematosus
H Tricuspid atresia

Treatment
General

Incidence
H Affects females slightly more commonly than males

Common characteristics
H Dyspnea on exertion
H Peripheral edema
H Fatigue
H Ascites

H Underlying cause
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Activity as tolerated

Medications
H Diuretics
H Inotropic agent
H Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors
H Oxygen
H Antibiotics before and after dental procedures or

Complications
H Heart failure
H Pulmonary edema
H Thromboembolism
H Endocarditis
H Arrhythmias

surgery in some patients or if infection present

Surgery
H Balloon valvoplasty
H Pulmonary artery balloon angioplasty
H Valvotomy

Identifying the murmur of tricuspid


stenosis

Nursing considerations

A low, rumbling crescendo-decrescendo murmur in the


tricuspid area characterizes tricuspid stenosis.

Key outcomes

SYSTOLE
S1

DIASTOLE
S2

SYSTOLE
S1

S2

The patient will:


H carry out activities of daily living without weakness or
fatigue
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate ventilation.

Nursing interventions
H Administer oxygen.
H Watch for signs of heart failure or pulmonary edema.
H Alternate periods of activity and rest.

844

Tricuspid stenosis

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 845

H When sitting in a chair, elevate legs to improve

venous return to the heart.


H Elevate the head of the bed.
H Keep the patient on a low-sodium diet.
H If the patient has surgery, watch for hypotension,

arrhythmias, and thrombus formation.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and pulse oximetry
H Cardiac rhythm
H Pulmonary artery catheter readings
H Intake and output
H Adverse effects of drug therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H dietary restrictions
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H signs and symptoms that should be reported
H avoidance of triggers.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services as needed.

Tricuspid stenosis

845

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 846

Trigeminal neuralgia

Incidence

Overview

Common characteristics

Description

H Sudden onset of severe, throbbing pain


H Contortion of affected side of the face

H Painful disorder of the 5th cranial (trigeminal) nerve


H Right side of face affected more commonly than left
H Can subside spontaneously
H Remissions last from several months to years
H Also known as tic douloureux

Pathophysiology
H The trigeminal nerve has multiple branches. This

nerve affects chewing movements and sensations of


the face, scalp, and teeth. (See Trigeminal nerve
function and distribution.)
H A trigger zone is stimulated, and interaction or
short-circuiting of touch and pain fibers occurs.
H Paroxysmal attacks of excruciating facial pain result.

Causes
H Afferent reflex phenomenon
H Compression of the nerve root by:

Posterior fossa tumors


Middle fossa tumors
Vascular lesions
H Multiple sclerosis
H Herpes zoster
H Stroke

Trigeminal nerve function and


distribution
Function

H Motor: chewing movements


H Sensory: sensations of face, scalp, and teeth (mouth
and nasal chamber)

Distribution
I ophthalmic
II maxillary
III mandibular

H Affects people older than age 40


H Affects more females than males

Complications
H Excessive weight loss
H Depression
H Social isolation

Assessment
History
H Searing or burning facial pain occurring in lightning-

like jabs
Lasts from 1 to 15 minutes (usually 1 or 2 minutes)
Localized in an area innervated by the trigeminal
nerve
Initiated by a light touch to a hypersensitive area
H Attacks possibly following:
Draft of air
Exposure to heat or cold
Eating, smiling, and talking
Drinking hot or cold beverages
A pain-free period

Physical findings
H Favoring (splinting) of affected area
H Affected side of the face unwashed and unshaven
H Patient never touches affected area
H No impairment of sensory or motor function

Test results
Imaging
H Skull X-rays, computed tomography scan, and magnetic resonance imaging results rule out sinus or
tooth infections and tumors.

Treatment
I

General
H No dietary restrictions
H No activity restrictions

Medications
H Anticonvulsants, such as carbamazepine, gabapentin,
II

and phenytoin
H Antidepressants such as nortriptyline
H Baclofen

III

Surgery
H Microvascular decompression
H Radiosurgery with stereotactic technique
H Partial sensory rhizotomy to sever the nerve

846

Trigeminal neuralgia

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 847

H Percutaneous balloon compression of the trigeminal

nerve
H Alcohol or glycerol injection

Other
H Radiation therapy
H Acupuncture
H Biofeedback
H Electrical stimulation of nerves

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H perform activities of daily living within confines of
the disorder
H consume required caloric intake daily
H express feelings of increased energy and decreased
fatigue
H perform routine roles.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Provide nutritional management.
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H After microsurgery, provide postcraniotomy care.

Monitoring
H Characteristics of each attack
H Precipitating factors of each attack
H Response to medications
H Postoperatively, neurologic function and vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching if indicated
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H nutritional management
H avoidance of triggers.

Trigeminal neuralgia

847

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 848

Trisomy 13 syndrome
Overview
Description
H Third most common multiple malformation syn-

Complications
H Congenital heart defects (common), especially hy-

poplastic left heart, ventricular septal defect, patent


ductus arteriosus, or dextroposition, which may significantly contribute to the cause of death
H Musculoskeletal abnormalities
H Microphthalmia, cataracts, and other eye abnormalities

drome
H In most affected infants, full trisomy 13 at birth;

rarely, mosaic partial trisomy 13 syndrome (with


varying phenotypes) or translocation types
H Brain and facial abnormalities as well as major cardiac, GI, and limb malformations typical
H Full trisomy 13 syndrome fatal
H Also known as Pataus syndrome

Pathophysiology

Assessment
History
H Failure to thrive
H Seizures
H Apnea
H Feeding difficulties

H About 75% of all cases result from chromosomal

Physical findings

nondisjunction.
H About 20% of cases result from chromosomal
translocation, involving a rearrangement of chromosomes 13 and 14.
H About 5% of cases are estimated to be mosaics; the
clinical effects in these cases may be less severe.

H Sloping forehead with wide sutures and fontanel


H Scalp defect at the vertex
H Bilateral cleft lip with associated cleft palate
H Flat, broad nose
H Low-set ears and inner ear abnormalities
H Polydactyl hands and feet
H Club feet
H Omphaloceles
H Neural tube defects
H Cystic hygroma
H Genital abnormalities

Causes
H Chromosomal abnormality

Risk factors
H Advanced maternal age (mean maternal age

about 31)

Incidence
H Many trisomic zygotes spontaneously aborted (50%

to 70% die within 1 month after birth and 85% by the


first year)
H Only isolated cases of survival beyond 5 years in full
trisomy 13 patients; in all survivors, profound mental
retardation
H Estimated to affect 1 in 4,000 to 10,000 neonates

Common characteristics
H Microcephaly
H Varying degrees of holoprosencephaly
H Sloping forehead with wide sutures and fontanel
H Scalp defect at the vertex
H Bilateral cleft lip with associated cleft palate
H Flat, broad nose
H Low-set ears and inner ear abnormalities
H Polydactyl hands and feet
H Club feet
H Omphaloceles
H Neural tube defects
H Cystic hygroma
H Genital abnormalities
H Cystic kidneys
H Hydronephrosis

848

Trisomy 13 syndrome

Test results
Laboratory
H Karyotype, done either prenatally or on peripheral
blood lymphocytes or skin fibroblasts in a neonate or
an aborted fetus, is diagnostic.
H Results are abnormal (but not diagnostic) in
multiple-marker maternal serum screening tests involving different combinations of alpha-fetoprotein,
human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) or free betaHCG in some laboratories, and unconjugated estriol.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography usually reveals multiple abnormalities in the fetus.

Treatment
General
H Supportive care

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H function at the highest level possible
H appear comfortable.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 849

Nursing interventions
H Maintain the infants fluid balance.
H Position the infant comfortably.
H Allow adequate time for the parents to bond with and

hold their child.


H Provide emotional support to the family.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Safety
H Growth

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H activities that can be carried out with the child
H safety factors.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents of an affected infant for genetic

counseling to explore the cause of the disorder and


to discuss the risk of recurrence in future pregnancies.
H Refer the parents to a social worker or grief counselor for additional support if needed.
H Refer the parents to the Support Organization for
Trisomy 18, 13, and Related Disorders (S.O.F.T.)
national support program to allow them to interact
with other parents of infants with trisomy 18 and
trisomy 13.

Trisomy 13 syndrome

849

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 850

Life-threatening disorder

Trisomy 18 syndrome
Overview
Description

Complications
H Congenital heart defects, such as ventricular septal

defect, tetralogy of Fallot, transposition of the great


vessels, and coarctation of the aorta (in 80% to 90%
of patients), which may be the cause of death in
many cases
H Other congenital anomalies, such as diaphragmatic
hernia, various renal defects, omphalocele, neural
tube defects, genital and perineal abnormalities (including imperforate anus), and oligohydramnios

H Second most common multiple malformation syn-

drome
H In most affected infants, full trisomy 18, involving an

extra (third) copy of chromosome 18 in each cell;


partial trisomy 18 (with varying phenotypes) and
translocation types also reported
H Intrauterine growth retardation, congenital heart defects, microcephaly, and other malformations in most
infants with this disorder
H Full trisomy 18 syndrome generally fatal or extremely
poor prognosis (30% to 50% of infants die within the
first 2 months and 90% die within the first year; most
surviving patients are profoundly mentally retarded.)
H Also known as Edwards syndrome

Pathophysiology
H Most cases of trisomy 18 result from spontaneous

meitotic nondisjunction, effecting an extra copy of


chromosome 18 in each cell.

Causes
H Chromosomal abnormality

Risk factors
H Typically increases with maternal age (mean mater-

nal age 3212)

Incidence
H Incidence ranges from 1 in 3,000 to 8,000 neonates;

three to four females affected for every male

Common characteristics

Assessment
History
H Growth retardation, which begins in utero and re-

mains significant after birth

Physical findings
H Short, narrow nose with upturned nares
H Unilateral or bilateral cleft lip and palate
H Low-set, slightly pointed ears
H Short neck
H Conspicuous clenched hand with overlapping fingers

(commonly seen on ultrasound)


H Cystic hygroma
H Choroid plexus cysts (also seen in some normal in-

fants)

Test results
Laboratory
H Karyotype, done either prenatally or on peripheral
blood lymphocytes or skin fibroblasts in a neonate or
an aborted fetus, is diagnostic.
H Results are abnormal (but not diagnostic) in
multiple-marker maternal serum screening tests involving different combinations of alpha-fetoprotein,
human chorionic gonadotropin, and unconjugated
estriol.
Imaging
H Ultrasonography commonly reveals variable abnormalities in the fetus.

H Growth retardation, which begins in utero and re-

mains significant after birth


H Initial hypotonia that may soon give way to hyper-

tonia
H Microcephaly and dolichocephaly
H Micrognathia
H Short, narrow nose with upturned nares
H Unilateral or bilateral cleft lip and palate
H Low-set, slightly pointed ears
H Short neck
H Conspicuous clenched hand with overlapping fingers
(commonly seen on ultrasound)
H Cystic hygroma
H Choroid plexus cysts (also seen in some normal infants)

850

Trisomy 18 syndrome

Treatment
General
H Emotional support for the family
H Nutrition maintenance using gavage feedings

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H function at the highest level possible
H appear comfortable.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 851

Nursing interventions
H Allow adequate time for the parents to bond with and

hold their child.


H Provide emotional support to the family.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Growth

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H home care and feeding techniques.

Discharge planning
H Refer the parents of a child affected with trisomy 18

syndrome for genetic counseling to explore the cause


of the disorder and discuss the risk of recurrence in
a future pregnancy.
H Refer the parents to a social worker or grief counselor for additional support if needed.
H Refer the parents to the Support Organization for
Trisomy 18, 13, and Related Disorders (S.O.F.T.)
national support program to allow them to interact
with other parents of infants with trisomy 18 and trisomy 13.

Trisomy 18 syndrome

851

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 852

Tuberculosis

Common characteristics

Overview

H Weakness and fatigue


H Anorexia, weight loss
H Low-grade fever
H Night sweats

Description

Complications

H Acute or chronic lung infection characterized by pul-

H Massive pulmonary tissue damage


H Respiratory failure
H Bronchopleural fistulas
H Pneumothorax
H Pleural effusion
H Pneumonia
H Infection of other body organs by small mycobacteri-

monary infiltrates and the formation of granulomas


with caseation, fibrosis, and cavitation
H Prognosis excellent with proper treatment and compliance
H Also known as TB

Pathophysiology
H Multiplication of the bacillus Mycobacterium tuber-

culosis causes an inflammatory process where deposited.


H A cell-mediated immune response follows, usually
containing the infection within 4 to 6 weeks.
H The T-cell response results in the formation of granulomas around the bacilli, making them dormant. This
confers immunity to subsequent infection.
H Bacilli within granulomas may remain viable for
many years, resulting in a positive purified protein
derivative or other skin test for TB.
H Active disease develops in 5% to 15% of those
infected.
H Transmission occurs when an infected person
coughs or sneezes.

Causes
H Exposure to M. tuberculosis
H Sometimes, exposure to other strains of mycobac-

teria

Risk factors
H Close contact with newly diagnosed TB patient
H History of prior TB exposure
H Multiple sexual partners
H Recent immigration from Africa, Asia, Mexico, or

South America
H Gastrectomy
H History of silicosis, diabetes, malnutrition, cancer,

Hodgkins disease, or leukemia


H Drug and alcohol abuse
H Residence in nursing home, mental health facility, or

prison
H Immunosuppression and use of corticosteroids
H Homelessness

Incidence
H Overall decrease in TB but greater among high-risk

populations
H Twice as common in males as in females
H Four times as common in nonwhites as in whites
H Higher incidence in Black and Hispanic males

between ages 25 and 44


H Highest incidence in people who live in crowded,

poorly ventilated, unsanitary conditions

852

Tuberculosis

al foci
H Liver disease involvement secondary to drug therapy

Assessment
History
In primary infection
H May be asymptomatic after a 4- to 8-week incubation
period
H Weakness and fatigue
H Anorexia, weight loss
H Low-grade fever
H Night sweats
In reactivated infection
H Chest pain
H Productive cough for blood, or mucopurulent or
blood-tinged sputum
H Low-grade fever

Physical findings
H Dullness over the affected area
H Crepitant crackles
H Bronchial breath sounds
H Wheezes
H Whispered pectoriloquy

Test results
Laboratory
H Tuberculin skin test is positive in both active and inactive TB.
H Stains and cultures of sputum, cerebrospinal fluid,
urine, abscess drainage, or pleural fluid show
heat-sensitive, nonmotile, aerobic, acid-fast bacilli.
Imaging
H Chest X-rays show nodular lesions, patchy infiltrates,
cavity formation, scar tissue, and calcium deposits.
H Computed tomography scan or magnetic resonance
imaging shows presence and extent of lung damage.
Diagnostic procedures
H Bronchoscopy specimens show heat-sensitive, nonmotile, aerobic, acid-fast bacilli in specimens.

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 853

Treatment
General
H After 2 to 4 weeks, when disease is no longer infec-

tious, resumption of normal activities while continuing to take medication


H Well-balanced, high-calorie diet
H Rest, initially; activity as tolerated

Medications
H Antitubercular therapy for at least 6 months with dai-

ly oral doses of the following:


Isoniazid
Rifampin
Pyrazinamide
Ethambutol, added in some cases
H Second-line drugs include the following:
Capreomycin
Streptomycin
Aminosalicylic acid (para-aminosalicylic acid)
Pyrazinamide
Cycloserine

Surgery
H For some complications

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H use support systems to assist with coping
H identify measures to prevent or reduce fatigue
H express an understanding of the illness
H comply with treatment regimen.

Prevention

Preventing tuberculosis
The spread of tuberculosis (TB) can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Hospitalized patients should follow respiratory and
standard precautions.
H A discharged patient should wear a mask around others until hes no longer contagious.
H Tell all health care providers, including dentists and optometrists about TB diagnosis so they can use infection control precautions.
H Cough and sneeze into a tissue and dispose of properly.
H Practice thorough hand washing with hot soapy water
after handling secretions.
H Wash eating utensils separately in hot, soapy water.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H when to notify the physician
H need for isolation
H postural drainage and chest percussion
H coughing and deep-breathing exercises
H regular follow-up examinations
H signs and symptoms of recurring TB
H possible decreased hormonal contraceptive effectiveness while taking rifampin
H need for a high-calorie, high-protein, balanced diet
H TB prevention. (See Preventing tuberculosis.)

Discharge planning
H Refer anyone exposed to an infected patient for test-

ing and follow-up.

Nursing interventions

H Refer the patient to a support group such as the

H Administer prescribed drugs.


H Isolate the patient in a quiet, properly ventilated

H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program

room, and maintain TB precautions.

American Lung Association.


if indicated.

H Provide diversional activities.


H Properly dispose of secretions.
H Provide adequate rest periods.
H Provide well-balanced, high-calorie foods.
H Provide small, frequent meals.
H Consult with a dietitian if oral supplements are

needed.
H Perform chest physiotherapy.
H Provide supportive care.
H Include the patient in care decisions.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Complications
H Adverse reactions
H Visual acuity if taking ethambutol
H Liver and kidney function tests

Tuberculosis

853

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 854

Tularemia
Overview
Description
H Francisella tularensis organism, a gram-negative

pleomorphic bacterium, causing disease in humans


and animals
H As few as 10 organisms able to cause disease
H Incubation period 3 to 4 days
H Six forms:
Ulceroglandular form
Glandular form
Oculoglandular form
Oropharyngeal form
Pneumonic form
Septicemic form

Pathophysiology
H The organism gains access to the host by skin or mu-

cous membrane inoculation, inhalation, or ingestion.


H After inoculation a papule (that eventually evolves

into an ulcer) and high fever develop.

Causes
H Bites of ticks and deerflies
H Eating or drinking contaminated food or water
H Contact with the blood of an infected animal, espe-

cially rabbits
H Breathing in the bacteria F. tularensis

Risk factors
H Participating in hunting and trapping
H Gardening
H Participating in outdoor sports or occupations

Incidence
H About 200 cases in humans annually
H Occurs more commonly in the south-central and

western United States

Common characteristics
H Ulcer and fever

Complications
H Pneumonia
H Lung abscess
H Respiratory failure
H Rhabdomyolysis
H Meningitis
H Pericarditis
H Osteomyelitis

Assessment
History
H Tick bite
H Exposure to contaminated food or water
H Exposure to contaminated blood
H Abrupt onset of fever, chills, headache, and malaise
H Contact with an infected carcass

Physical findings
Ulceroglandular
H Ulcers at the site of inoculation
H Swollen regional lymph nodes
Glandular
H Swollen regional lymph nodes
Oculoglandular
H Painful
H Red eye
H Purulent exudates
H Swollen submandibular, preauricular, or cervical
lymph nodes
Oropharyngeal
H Sore throat
H Abdominal pain
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diarrhea
H Occasionally, GI bleeding
Pneumonic
H Dry cough
H Dyspnea
H Pleuritic chest pain
Septicemic
H Fever, chills, myalgia, malaise, and weight loss
H Absence of ulcer

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count is normal or elevated.
H Blood or sputum cultures are positive for F. tularensis.
H Serology is positive for antibodies to tularemia.
Imaging
H Chest X-ray shows pneumonia.

Treatment
General
H Proper skin care
H Increased fluid intake

Medications
H Antibiotics, such as streptomycin, gentamicin, and

tetracycline
H Antipyretics

854

Tularemia

9400T.qxd

8/2/12

4:50 PM

Page 855

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H regain normal temperature
H regain or maintain normal fluid balance.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Replace lost fluids through diet or I.V. fluids.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Vital signs
H Signs of dehydration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administratiion, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H complications and when to notify the physician
H preventive measures, such as using insect repellent
containing DEET on skin, or treating clothing with
repellent containing permethrin.

Tularemia

855

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 856

Ulcerative colitis
Overview
Description

H Episodic inflammatory chronic disease causing ul-

cerations of the mucosa in the colon

H Condition beginning in the rectum and sigmoid colon

and possibly extending upward into the entire colon

H Rarely affecting the small intestine, except for the ter-

H Coagulation defects
H Erythema nodosum on the face and arms
H Pyoderma gangrenosum on the legs and ankles
H Uveitis
H Pericholangitis, sclerosing cholangitis
H Cirrhosis
H Cholangiocarcinoma
H Ankylosing spondylitis
H Strictures
H Pseudopolyps, stenosis, and perforated colon leading

to peritonitis and toxemia


H Arthritis

minal ileum
H Produces congestion, edema (leading to mucosal

friability), and ulcerations


H Range of severity from mild, localized disorder to

fulminant disease causing many complications

Pathophysiology
H The disorder primarily involves the mucosa and the

submucosa of the bowel.


H Crypt abscesses and mucosal ulceration may occur.
H The mucosa typically appears granular and friable.
H The colon becomes a rigid, foreshortened tube.
H In severe ulcerative colitis, areas of hyperplastic

growth occur, with swollen mucosa surrounded by


inflamed mucosa with shallow ulcers.
H Submucosa and the circular and longitudinal muscles may be involved.

Causes
H Cause unknown
H May be related to an abnormal immune response in

the GI tract, possibly associated with genetic factors

Risk factors
H Stress (may increase severity of an attack)
H Family history
H Jewish ancestry

Incidence
H Primarily young adults, especially females
H More prevalent among Jews and higher socioeco-

nomic groups
H About 1 in 1,000 persons affected
H Onset of symptoms commonly peaking between ages

15 and 30 and again between ages 50 and 70

Common characteristics
H Crampy lower abdominal pain
H Recurrent bloody diarrhea

Complications
H Nutritional deficiencies
H Perineal sepsis
H Anal fissure, anal fistula
H Perirectal abscess
H Perforation of the colon
H Hemorrhage, anemia
H Toxic megacolon
H Cancer

856

Ulcerative colitis

Assessment
History
H Remission and exacerbation of symptoms
H Mild cramping and lower abdominal pain
H Recurrent bloody diarrhea as often as 10 to 25 times

daily
H Nocturnal diarrhea
H Fatigue and weakness
H Anorexia and weight loss
H Nausea and vomiting

Physical findings
H Liquid stools with visible pus, mucus, and blood
H Possible abdominal distention
H Abdominal tenderness
H Perianal irritation, hemorrhoids, and fissures
H Jaundice
H Joint pain

Test results
Laboratory
H Stool specimen analysis reveals blood, pus, and mucus, but no pathogenic organisms.
H Other supportive laboratory tests show decreased
serum levels of potassium, magnesium, hemoglobin,
and albumin as well as leukocytosis and increased
prothrombin time; an elevated erythrocyte sedimentation rate correlates with the severity of the attack.
Imaging
H Barium enema discloses the extent of disease and
complications, such as strictures and carcinoma.
This study isnt performed in a patient with active
signs and symptoms.
Diagnostic procedures
H Sigmoidoscopy confirms rectal involvement in most
cases by showing increased mucosal friability, decreased mucosal detail, and thick inflammatory exudates, edema, and erosions.
H Colonoscopy may be used to determine the extent of
the disease and to evaluate the areas of stricture and
pseudopolyps. This test isnt performed when the patient has active signs and symptoms.
H Biopsy, performed during colonoscopy, helps to confirm the diagnosis.

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 857

Treatment

Patient teaching

General

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H prescribed dietary changes
H need to avoid GI stimulants, such as caffeine, alcohol, and smoking
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H after a proctocolectomy and ileostomy, stoma care
H after a pouch ileostomy, procedures to insert the
catheter and care for the stoma
H the need for regular physical examinations because
of the increased risk of colorectal cancer.

H I.V. fluid replacement


H Blood transfusions (if needed)
H Nothing by mouth (if severe)
H Parenteral nutrition (with severe disease)
H Supplemental feedings
H Rest periods during exacerbations

Medications
H Corticotropin and adrenal corticosteroids
H Sulfasalazine
H Mesalamine
H Antispasmodics and antidiarrheals
H Fiber supplements
H Immune modifiers, such as azathioprine, 6-MP and

methotrexate
H Antibiotics

Surgery

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program if

indicated.
H Refer the patient to an enterostomal therapist if

appropriate.

H Treatment of last resort


H Proctocolectomy with ileostomy
H Pouch ileostomy
H Ileoanal reservoir with loop ileostomy
H Colectomy

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H have normal fluid volume
H have intact skin
H exhibit no evidence of infection
H avoid or have only minimal complications
H maintain adequate caloric intake.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Provide diet therapy.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Administer blood transfusions.
H Schedule care to allow for frequent rest periods.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Hemoglobin level and hematocrit
H Complications

After surgery
H Vital signs
H Wound site
H Pain level
H Bowel function
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Skin integrity

Ulcerative colitis

857

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 858

Urinary tract infection,


lower

Incidence

Overview

Common characteristics

Description
H Bacterial infection of the lower urinary tract system
H Two forms:

Cystitis (infection of the bladder)


Urethritis (infection of the urethra)
H Usually a ready response to treatment
H Possible recurring and resistant bacterial flare-ups
during therapy
H Also known as lower UTI

H Nearly 10 times more common in females than in

males (except elderly males), probably because


natural anatomic features facilitate infection
H Affects 10% to 20% of all females at least once
H Urinary urgency and frequency
H Dysuria
H Cloudy, foul-smelling urine
H Mild fever

Complications
H Damage to the urinary tract lining
H Infection of adjacent organs and structures
H Kidney infections and damage

Special populations
Special populations
In adult males and children, lower UTIs are typically associated with anatomic or physiologic abnormalities and require close evaluation.

Pathophysiology

Elderly people and young children have the greatest


risk for kidney damage because they may lack the
typical symptoms, thereby delaying diagnosis.

Assessment

H Local defense mechanisms in the bladder break

History

down.
H Bacteria invade the bladder mucosa and multiply.
H Bacteria cant be readily eliminated by normal urination.
H The pathogens resistance to prescribed antimicrobial therapy usually causes bacterial flare-up during
treatment.
H Recurrent lower UTIs result from reinfection by the
same organism or a new pathogen.

H Urinary urgency and frequency


H Bladder cramps or spasms
H Pruritus
H Feeling of warmth during urination
H Nocturia or dysuria
H Urethral discharge (in males)
H Lower back or flank pain
H Malaise and chills
H Nausea and vomiting

Causes

Physical findings

H Ascending infection by a single gram-negative, en-

teric bacterium, such as Escherichia coli, Klebsiella,


Proteus, Enterobacter, Pseudomonas, and Serratia
H Simultaneous infection with multiple pathogens

H Pain or tenderness over the bladder


H Hematuria
H Fever
H Cloudy, foul-smelling urine

Risk factors

Test results

H Natural anatomical variations


H Inadequate fluid consumption
H Trauma or invasive procedures
H Urinary catheter
H Urinary tract obstructions
H Vesicourethral reflux
H Urinary stasis
H Diabetes
H Bowel incontinence
H Immobility
H Sexual intercourse (females)

Laboratory
H Microscopic urinalysis shows red blood cell and
white blood cell counts greater than 10 per highpower field, suggesting lower UTI.
H Urinalysis shows bacterial count of more than
100,000/ml, confirming UTI.
H Sensitivity testing determines appropriate antimicrobial drug.
H If the patient history and physical examination warrant, a blood test or a stained smear of urethral discharge rules out sexually transmitted disease.
Imaging
H Voiding cystourethrography or excretory urography
may demonstrate congenital anomalies, predisposing
the patient to recurrent UTIs.

858

Urinary tract infection, lower

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 859

Treatment
General
H Increased fruit juice intake, especially cranberry
H Increased fluid intake

Medications
H Antimicrobials

Surgery
H In case of recurrent infections from infected renal

Prevention

Preventing UTIs
Urinary tract infections (UTIs) can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Practice proper cleaning after toileting by wiping from
front to back.
H Empty your bladder after intercourse and drink a full
glass of water.
H Drink plenty of water each day.
H Urinate when you feel the urge, dont hold it in.
H Avoid irritating feminine products with deodorants,
such as douches and powders.

calculi, chronic prostatitis, or structural abnormalities

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort
H identify risk factors that worsen the condition, and
modify her lifestyle accordingly
H demonstrate skill in managing the urinary elimination problem
H complete the prescribed course of treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Collect all urine specimens appropriately.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Encourage oral fluid intake unless contraindicated.
H Apply warm compresses to lower abdomen for com-

fort as needed.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Urine characteristics
H Voiding patterns
H Vital signs
H Adverse effects of antimicrobial therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H completing the prescribed course of antibiotic
therapy
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H prevention. (See Preventing UTIs.)

Urinary tract infection, lower

859

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 860

Urticaria
and angioedema

Assessment
History
H Drug history, including nonprescription prepara-

tions, such as vitamins, aspirin, and antacids

Overview

H Reported commonly troublesome foods and environ-

Description

H Exposure to physical factors, such as cold, sunlight,

mental factors

H Common allergic reactions


H Occur separately or simultaneously
H Urticaria: may be acute (present less than 6 weeks)

H Adverse reaction to iodinated contrast media used

or chronic (present at least 6 weeks)


H Also known as hives

Physical findings

Pathophysiology

exercise, and trauma (dermatographism)


for diagnostic radiologic studies
H Distinct, raised, evanescent dermal wheals surround-

ed by a reddened flare

H Urticaria is an episodic, rapidly occurring, usually

H Nonpitting swelling of deep subcutaneous tissue on

self-limiting skin reaction. It involves only the superficial portion of the dermis, which erupts with local
wheals surrounded by an erythematous flare.
H Angioedema involves additional skin layers and produces deeper, larger wheals (usually on the hands,
feet, lips, genitalia, and eyelids). It causes diffuse
swelling of loose subcutaneous tissue and may affect
the upper respiratory and GI tracts.
H Several mechanisms and disorders may provoke urticaria and angioedema. They include immunoglobulin (Ig) E-induced release of mediators from cutaneous mast cells and binding of IgG or IgM to
antigen, resulting in complement activation.

the eyelids, lips, genitalia, and mucous membranes


that doesnt itch but may burn and tingle
H Respiratory stridor and hoarseness
H Anxiety, gasping for breath, and difficulty speaking
H Abdominal colic with or without nausea and vomiting
H Signs of anaphylaxis: hypotension, respiratory distress, stridor

Causes
H Unknown
H Drug allergy
H Food allergy
H Insect bite
H Occupational skin exposure
H Inhalant allergens (animal dander, cosmetics)
H Viral infection
H Hormones
H Thyroid abnormality
H Rheumatological disease
H Cholinergic trigger (heat, exercise, stress)

Incidence
H Affect about 20% of general population at some time
H More common after adolescence, with highest inci-

dence in the 30s

Test results
Laboratory
H Decreased serum levels of C1, C2, and C4 inhibitors
confirm the diagnosis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Diagnosis can be confirmed through careful skin
testing with the suspected offending substance to see
if a local wheal and flare result.

Treatment
General
H Emergency measures if signs of anaphylaxis
H Limited contact with triggering factors
H Desensitization to the triggering antigen
H Avoidance of food allergens

Medications
H Antihistamines
H Systemic glucocorticoids

H Affect females more commonly than males

Nursing considerations

Common characteristics

Key outcomes

H Raised, red wheals


H Diffuse edema
H Pruritus

The patient will:


H maintain a patent airway
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H avoid or have only minimal complications
H correlate precipitating factors with appropriate skin
care regimen.

Complications
H Skin abrasion and secondary infection
H Laryngeal edema
H Respiratory arrest
H Severe abdominal colic

860

Urticaria and angioedema

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 861

Nursing interventions
H Maintain a patent airway.
H Reduce or minimize environmental exposure to

offending allergens and irritants, such as wool


and harsh detergents.
H If food is a suspected cause, gradually eliminate
foods from the diet, and watch for improvement.
H Administer drug therapy.

Monitoring
H Vital signs, with attention to respiratory status
H Skin, for signs of secondary infection caused by

scratching
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H how to identify the cause by keeping a diary to
record exposure to suspected offending substances
and signs and symptoms that appear after exposure
H how to monitor nutritional status and food replacements for nutrients lost by excluding allergyprovoking foods and beverages
H the need to keep fingernails short to avoid abrading
the skin when scratching
H signs and symptoms that indicate a skin infection
H use of an epinephrine emergency kit if anaphylaxis
occurs
H use of medical identification jewelry.

Urticaria and angioedema

861

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 862

Uterine bleeding,
dysfunctional
Overview
Description
H Abnormal endometrial bleeding without recognizable

organic lesions

Common characteristics
H Metrorrhagia (episodes of vaginal bleeding between

menses)
H Hypermenorrhea (heavy or prolonged menses,

longer than 8 days, also incorrectly termed menorrhagia)


H Chronic polymenorrhea (menstrual cycle less than
18 days) or oligomenorrhea (infrequent menses)
H Fatigue from anemia
H Oligomenorrhea and infertility from anovulation

H The indication for almost 25% of gynecologic surgi-

Complications

cal procedures
H Prognosis varies with cause, but good prognosis with
correction of hormonal imbalance or structural
abnormality
H Also known as DUB

H Iron deficiency anemia (blood loss of more than

Pathophysiology
H Irregular bleeding is associated with hormonal im-

balance and anovulation (failure of ovulation to occur).


H When progesterone secretion is absent but estrogen
secretion continues, the endometrium proliferates
and becomes hypervascular.
H When ovulation doesnt occur, the endometrium is
randomly broken down, and exposed vascular channels cause prolonged and excessive bleeding.
H In most cases of abnormal uterine bleeding, the endometrium shows no pathologic changes; however,
in chronic unopposed estrogen stimulation (as from
a hormone-producing ovarian tumor), the endometrium may show hyperplastic or malignant
changes.

Causes

1.6 L over a short time)


H Hemorrhagic shock
H Right-sided heart failure (rare)
H Endometrial adenocarcinoma from chronic estrogen

stimulation

Assessment
History
H Abnormal uterine bleeding
H Fatigue
H Infertility
H Bleeding in response to a brief course of proges-

terone
H Absence of body temperature changes during ovula-

tory cycle

Physical findings
H Pallor
H Signs of underlying disorder
H Pelvic examination revealing uterine abnormality

H Usually an imbalance in the hormonal-endometrial

Test results

relationship involving persistent and unopposed


stimulation of the endometrium by estrogen
H Disorders causing sustained high estrogen levels:
Polycystic ovary syndrome
Obesity (because enzymes present in peripheral
adipose tissue convert the androgen androstenedione to estrogen precursors)
Immaturity of the hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian
mechanism (postpubertal teenagers)
Anovulation (females in their late 30s or early
40s)
H Trauma (foreign object insertion or direct trauma)
H Endometriosis
H Coagulopathy, such as thrombocytopenia or leukemia
(rare)
H Drug-induced coagulopathy

Laboratory
H Hemoglobin levels and hematocrit determine the
need for blood transfusion or iron supplementation.
H Serum progesterone levels are decreased.
Diagnostic procedures
H Dilatation and curettage (D&C) or office endometrial
biopsy rules out endometrial hyperplasia and cancer
in females older than age 35.

Incidence
H About 10% of females with normal ovulatory cycles
H More episodes of abnormal bleeding among black

females, possibly secondary to a higher incidence


of leiomyomas and higher levels of estrogen
H Most common in puberty and perimenopause

862

Uterine bleeding, dysfunctional

Treatment
General
H Monitoring of bleeding episodes
H Emotional support
H Balanced diet
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H High-dose estrogen-progestogen combination thera-

py (hormonal contraceptives); maintenance therapy


with lower dose combination hormonal contraceptives

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 863

H Progestogen therapy
H I.V. estrogen followed by progesterone or combina-

tion hormonal contraceptives if the patient is young


(more likely to be anovulatory) and severely anemic
(if oral drug therapy is ineffective)
H Iron supplementation or transfusions of packed cells
or whole blood

Surgery
H Endometrial biopsy to rule out endometrial adeno-

carcinoma (patients age 35 and older)


H D&C (short-lived treatment and not clinically useful,

but an important diagnostic tool) with hysteroscopy


as an adjunct

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have normal menstrual cycles
H express understanding of the disorder and its treatment.

Nursing interventions
H Tell the patient to record the dates of the bleeding

and the number of pads she saturates per day. Instruct the patient not to use tampons.
H Offer reassurance and support.
H Suggest to the patient that she minimize blood flow
by avoiding strenuous activity and by lying down with
her feet elevated.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Amount of bleeding
H Hemoglobin levels
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the importance of following the prescribed hormonal
therapy
H the purpose and procedures of D&C or endometrial
biopsy procedure if ordered
H the need for regular checkups to assess the effectiveness of treatment
H the importance of reporting abnormal bleeding immediately to help rule out major hemorrhagic disorders such as those that occur in abnormal pregnancy
H having a Papanicolaou test and a pelvic examination
annually.

Uterine bleeding, dysfunctional

863

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 864

Uterine cancer
Overview
Description
H Proliferation of cancer cells in the endometrium
H Most common gynecologic cancer
H Also known as endometrial cancer

Pathophysiology
H Uterine cancer is usually adenocarcinoma.
H Metastasis occurs late (usually from the endometri-

um to the cervix, ovaries, fallopian tubes, and other


peritoneal structures). It may spread to distant organs, such as the lungs and the brain, by way of the
blood or the lymphatic system; lymph node involvement can also occur.
H Less common uterine tumors include adenoacanthoma, endometrial stromal sarcoma, lymphosarcoma, mixed mesodermal tumors (including carcinosarcoma), and leiomyosarcoma.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Low fertility index and anovulation
H History of infertility or failure of ovulation
H Abnormal uterine bleeding
H Obesity
H Hypertension
H Diabetes
H Nulliparity
H Familial tendency
H History of uterine polyps or endometrial hyperplasia
H Prolonged estrogen therapy with exposure unop-

posed by progesterone

Assessment
History
H Presence of risk factors
H Spotting and protracted, heavy menses (in younger

patient)
H In postmenopausal woman, possible bleeding begin-

ning 12 or more months after menses stopped


H Vaginal discharge, initially watery, then increasingly

blood streaked

Physical findings
H Palpable enlarged uterus (advanced disease)
H Abdominal tenderness

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Endometrial, cervical, or endocervical biopsy confirms the presence of cancer cells.
H Fractional dilatation and curettage are used to identify the problem when the disease is suspected but the
endometrial biopsy result is negative.
H Multiple cervical biopsies and endocervical curettage
pinpoint cervical involvement.
H Papanicolaou test result may be normal or show
abnormal cells.
Other
H Schillers test involves staining the cervix and vagina
with an iodine solution that turns healthy tissues
brown. (Cancerous tissues resist the stain.)

Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy
H Well-balanced diet

H Tamoxifen therapy

Medications

Incidence

H Hormonal therapy such as progestin


H Chemotherapy

H Most common in postmenopausal females between

ages 60 and 70 (uncommon between ages 30 and 40


and rare before age 30)
H Most premenopausal patients having history of
anovulatory menstrual cycles or other hormonal
imbalances
H Annually about 33,000 new cases reported; about
5,500 eventually fatal

Common characteristics
H Abnormal vaginal bleeding
H Lower abdominal bleeding

Complications
H Anemia
H Intestinal obstruction
H Ascites
H Increasing pain
H Hemorrhage

864

Uterine cancer

Surgery
H Total abdominal hysterectomy, bilateral salpingo-

oophorectomy or, possibly, omentectomy with or


without pelvic or para-aortic lymphadenectomy
H Total pelvic exenteration

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H report feeling increased comfort and decreased pain
H (with partner) express feelings and perceptions
about change in sexual performance
H experience no signs or symptoms of infection.

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 865

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer drug therapy.
H Encourage the patient to breathe deeply and cough.

Monitoring
After surgery
H Wound site and drainage system
H Vital signs
H Postoperative complications
H Pain control
Internal radiation therapy
H Safety precautions (time, distance, and shielding)
H Movement (limited while source is in place)
H Vital signs
H Complications from radiation therapy, such as skin
reaction, vaginal bleeding, abdominal discomfort,
and dehydration

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative and postoperative care
H (if the patient is premenopausal) that removal of her
ovaries will induce menopause
H safety measures involved in internal radiation therapy
H dietary modifications
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H importance of follow-up examinations with a gynecologist.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to available resource and support

services.

Uterine cancer

865

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 866

Uterine leiomyomas
Overview
Description
H Most common benign uterine tumors in females
H Tumors composed of smooth muscle that usually oc-

cur in the uterine corpus, although they may appear


on the cervix or on the round or broad ligament
H Malignant (leiomyosarcoma) in less than 0.1% of
patients
H Also known as myomas, fibromyomas, or fibroids

Pathophysiology

H Malposition of the fetus


H Anemia secondary to excessive bleeding
H Bladder compression
H Infection (if tumor protrudes out of the vaginal

opening)
H Secondary infertility (rare)
H Bowel obstruction

Assessment
History
H Abnormal menstrual bleeding
H Urinary frequency, urgency, or incontinence
H Abdominal cramping during menstruation

H Classified according to location, tumors may be lo-

Physical findings

cated within the uterine wall (intramural) or protrude into the endometrial cavity (submucous) or
from the serosal surface of the uterus (subserous).
H Size varies greatly.
H Tumors are usually firm and surrounded by a pseudocapsule composed of compressed but otherwise
normal uterine myometrium.
H The uterine cavity may become larger, increasing the
endometrial surface area. This can cause increased
uterine bleeding.

H Pelvic pressure
H Abdominal distention

Causes
H

Unknown, but some factors implicated as regulators


of leiomyoma growth include the following:
Several growth factors including epidermal growth
factor
Steroid hormones, including estrogen and progesterone (typically arise after menarche and regress
after menopause, implicating estrogen as a promoter of leiomyoma growth)

Risk factors
H Females of reproductive age
H Family member with uterine leiomyomas

Incidence
H May affect three times as many Blacks as Whites; true

incidence in either population unknown


H May occur at any age, but most common in females

older than age 30

Test results
Laboratory
H Blood studies show anemia caused by abnormal
bleeding (may support diagnosis).
Imaging
H Ultrasonography allows accurate assessment of the
dimension, number, and location of tumors.
H Magnetic resonance imaging reveals calcified
fibroids.
Diagnostic procedures
H Hysterosalpingography detects myomas.
Other
H Patient history reveals evidence.
H Bimanual examination shows enlarged, firm, nontender, and irregularly contoured uterus (also seen
with adenomyosis and other pelvic abnormalities).
H Endometrial biopsy rules out endometrial cancer
in patients older than age 35 with abnormal uterine
bleeding.
H Laparoscopy corroborates other testing.

Treatment
General
H Blood transfusions
H Activity as tolerated

Common characteristics

Medications

H Abnormal bleeding, typically menorrhagia with dis-

H Gonadotropin-releasing hormone agonists to rapidly

rupted submucosal vessels (most common symptom)


H Pain only associated with torsion of a pedunculated
(stemmed) subserous tumor or leiomyomas undergoing degeneration
H Pelvic pressure and impingement on adjacent viscera
(indications for treatment, depending on severity)
resulting in mild hydronephrosis

Complications
H Recurrent spontaneous abortion
H Preterm labor

866

Uterine leiomyomas

suppress pituitary gonadotropin release


H Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs

Surgery
H Abdominal, laparoscopic, or hysteroscopic myomec-

tomy
H Myolysis
H Uterine artery embolization (radiologic procedure)

to block uterine arteries using small pieces of


polyvinyl chloride
H Hysterectomy

9400U.qxd

8/2/12

4:52 PM

Page 867

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report increased comfort and decreased pain
H relate understanding of the disorder and treatment
and state feelings
H return to normal menstrual periods.

Nursing interventions
H Reassure the patient that she wont experience pre-

mature menopause if her ovaries are left intact.


H In a patient with severe anemia from excessive bleed-

ing, give iron supplements and blood transfusions.


H Encourage the patient to verbalize her feelings and

concerns related to the disease process and its effects on her lifestyle.

Monitoring
H Comfort level
H Amount of bleeding
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of reporting abnormal bleeding or
pelvic pain immediately
H the importance of regular gynecologic examinations.

Uterine leiomyomas

867

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 868

Vaginal cancer
Overview
Description

H Proliferation of cancer cells in the vagina


H Rarest gynecologic cancer
H Usually appears as squamous cell carcinoma, but

occasionally as melanoma, sarcoma, or adenocarcinoma

Pathophysiology
H Because the vagina is a thin-walled structure with

rich lymphatic drainage, vaginal cancer varies in


severity, depending on its exact location and effect on
lymphatic drainage.
H It may progress from an intraepithelial tumor to an
invasive cancer.
H The upper third of the vagina is the most common
site of vaginal cancer.

Causes
H Exact cause unknown

Risk factors
H Advanced age (most likely risk factor) combined

with the following:


Trauma
Chronic pessary use
Use of chemical carcinogens (such as those in
some sprays and douches)
Use of diethylstilbestrol (DES) by the patients
mother during pregnancy
Previous cancer of the endometrium, vulva, or
cervix
History of human papilloma virus

Incidence
H Usually occurs in females in their early to middle 50s
H Rarely, rhabdomyosarcoma in children

Common characteristics
H Bloody vaginal drainage
H Urine retention

Complications
H Metastasis possibly affecting the cervix, uterus, and

rectum

Assessment
History
H Presence of risk factors
H Bloody vaginal discharge
H Irregular or postmenopausal bleeding
H Urine retention or urinary frequency (if the lesion is

close to the neck of the bladder)

868

Vaginal cancer

Physical findings
H Ulcerated lesion in any area of the vagina

Test results
Laboratory
H Papanicolaou test shows abnormal cells.
Diagnostic procedures
H Biopsy identifies cancerous cells. Biopsy of the cervix
and vulva may also be performed to rule out these
areas as primary cancer sites.
H Colposcopy is used to locate lesions that may have
been missed during the pelvic examination.
Other
H Lugols solution painted on the suspected area helps
to identify malignant areas by staining glycogencontaining normal tissue. (Abnormal tissue resists
staining.)

Treatment
General
H Radiation therapy (preferred treatment for all stages

of vaginal cancer)
H Well-balanced diet
H Limited activity with internal radiation therapy

Medications
H Topical chemotherapy with fluorouracil and laser

surgery

Surgery
H May be recommended when tumor is so extensive

that vaginas close proximity to the bladder and rectum allows only minimal tissue margins around resected vaginal tissue

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express positive feelings about self
H experience feelings of increased comfort and decreased pain
H express feelings and perceptions about change in
sexual performance (with partner)
H exhibit no signs or symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Administer prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Vaginal discharge

Internal radiation therapy


H Safety measures (time, distance, and shielding)
H Limited movement
H Complications caused by radiation therapy

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 869

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H safety measures (for internal radiation therapy)
H importance of follow-up care
H importance of regular gynecologic check-ups
H potential adverse reactions to chemotherapy and
ways to manage them
H signs and symptoms of infection and the need to report them to a physician immediately
H ways to avoid infection.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient (and family) to American Cancer

Society for resources and support services.

Vaginal cancer

869

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 870

Vancomycin
intermediate-resistant
Staphylococcus aureus

Complications

Overview

History

Description
H Staphylococci infection that has decreased suscepti-

bility to vancomycin
H Common in chronically ill patients; most likely devel-

oping in health care setting


H Patient with methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus au-

reus (MRSA) normally most reliably and effectively


treated with vancomycin; MRSA with decreased susceptibility to vancomycin possibly a sign that vancomycin-resistant strains are emerging
H Also called VISA, VRSA (more severe form) and glycopeptide intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus

Pathophysiology
H Genes encode resistance and are carried on plasmids

that transfer themselves from cell to cell.


H Resistance is mediated by enzymes that substitute a

different molecule for the terminal amino acid so


that vancomycin cant bind.

Causes
H Colonized patient: more than 10 times as likely to be-

come infected with the organism as uncolonized patient such as through a breach in the immune system
H VISA that enters a health care facility through an infected or colonized patient or a colonized health care
worker
H Spread during direct contact between the patient and
caregiver or patient and patient; possibly being
spread through patient contact with a contaminated
surface such as an overbed table

Risk factors
H Diabetes
H Kidney disease
H Previous MRSA infection
H Recent hospitalization
H Recent antimicrobial therapy

Incidence
H First discovered in mid-1996
H Incidence rare, about 16 cases reported in the Unit-

ed States
H Noted in patients receiving multiple courses of van-

comycin for MSRA infections

Common characteristics
H Causative organism possibly living for weeks on such

surfaces as patient gowns, bed linens, and handrails

H Sepsis
H Multisystem organ involvement
H Death in the immunocompromised patient

Assessment
H Possible breach in the immune system, surgery, or

condition predisposing the patient to the infection


H Multiple antibiotic use

Physical findings
H The carrier patient commonly asymptomatic but pos-

sibly exhibiting signs and symptoms related to the


primary diagnosis
H The patient possibly exhibiting cardiac, respiratory,
or other major symptoms

Test results
Laboratory
H Culture shows staphylococci with decreased susceptibility to vancomycin after 24-hour incubation.

Treatment
General
H With an infection, possibly no treatment (Stop all an-

tibiotics and simply wait for normal bacteria to repopulate and replace the strain.)
H Colonized patient in contact isolation until culturenegative or discharged
H Antimicrobial drugs (VISA isolates not susceptible to
vancomycin generally are susceptible to other
drugs.)
H No dietary restrictions
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H Antimicrobials

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H attain hemodynamic stability
H maintain adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Consider grouping infected patients together and

having the same nursing staff care for them.


H Institute contact isolation precautions.
H Ensure judicious and careful use of antibiotics. En-

courage physicians to limit the use of antibiotics.

H No specific symptoms; cultures found incidentally

870

Vancomycin intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus aureus

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 871

H Use infection-control practices, such as wearing

gloves before and after contact with infectious body


tissues and proper hand washing, to reduce the
spread of VISA.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H how to prevent the spread of VISA. (See Preventing
the transmission of VISA.)

Prevention

Preventing the transmission


of VISA
The transmission of vancomycin-intermediate resistant
Staphylococcus aureus (VISA) can be prevented by following these guidelines:
H Practice proper hand-washing techniques using soap
and water.
H Avoid contact with open wounds or contaminated
dressings.
H Dispose of contaminated articles, including items used
for dressing change and protective equipment, properly.
H Family and friends should wear protective equipment
when visiting a patient with VISA.

Vancomycin intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus aureus

871

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 872

Vancomycin-resistant
enterococcus

Assessment
History
H Possible breach in the immune system, surgery, or

condition predisposing the patient to the infection

Overview

H Multiple antibiotic use

Description

Physical findings

H Mutation of a common bacterium


H Easily spread by direct person-to-person contact
H Also called VRE

H Carrier commonly asymptomatic

Pathophysiology

Test results
Laboratory
H VRE is isolated from stool or a rectal swab.

H Genes encode resistance and are carried on plasmids

that transfer themselves from cell to cell.


H Resistance is mediated by enzymes that substitute a

different molecule for the terminal amino acid so


that vancomycin cant bind.

Causes
H Enters health care facility through infected or colo-

nized patient or colonized health care worker


H Spread through direct contact between patient and
caregiver, between patients, or through contact with
contaminated surfaces

Risk factors
H Immunocompromised condition
H Advanced age
H Indwelling catheter
H Major surgery
H Open wounds
H History of taking vancomycin or a third-generation

cephalosporin
H History of enterococcal bacteremia, commonly
linked to endocarditis
H Organ transplantation
H Prolonged or repeated hospital admissions
H Chronic renal failure
H Exposure to contaminated equipment or a VREpositive patient.

Incidence
H Reported in facilities in more than 40 states
H Rates as high as 14% in oncology units

Treatment
General
H With an infection, possibly no treatment
H Colonized patient placed in contact isolation until

culture-negative or discharged
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H Antimicrobials (VRE isolates not susceptible to van-

comycin generally susceptible to other antimicrobial


drugs)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H remain afebrile
H have adequate fluid volume.

Nursing interventions
H Consider grouping infected patients together and

having the same nursing staff care for them.


H Institute contact isolation precautions.
H Ensure judicious and careful use of antibiotics. En-

courage physicians to limit the use of antibiotics.


H Use infection-control practices, such as wearing

gloves and proper hand-washing techniques, to reduce the spread of VRE.

Common characteristics

Monitoring

H No specific signs and symptoms


H May be found incidentally when culture results show

H Vital signs
H Response to treatment
H Complications

the organism

Complications
H Sepsis

872

Vancomycin-resistant enterococcus

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 873

Prevention

Preventing the spread of


VRE at home
The transmission of VRE can be prevented by following
these guidelines:
H Wash hands with soap and water after physical contact
with the patient and before leaving the home.
H Use towels only once when drying hands after contact.
H Wear disposable gloves if you expect to come in contact with the patients body fluids and wash hands after
removing the gloves.
H Change linens routinely and whenever they become
soiled.
H Clean the patients environment routinely and when it
becomes soiled with body fluids with a household disinfectant or a mixture of 14 cup of bleach and 1 qt of
water.
H Tell physicians and other health care personnel caring
for the patient that the patient is infected with an organism resistant to multiple drugs.

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment (see Preventing the spread of VRE at home)
H the need for family and friends to wear personal protective equipment when visiting the patient
H how to dispose of protective equipment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support and social

services.

Vancomycin-resistant enterococcus

873

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 874

Varicella

Complications

Overview

H Reyes syndrome
H Pneumonia
H Myocarditis
H Bleeding disorders
H Arthritis
H Nephritis
H Hepatitis
H Acute myositis
H Congenital varicella-caused hypoplastic deformity,

H With scratching due to severe pruritus: infection,

scarring, impetigo, furuncles, and cellulitis

Description
H An acute, highly contagious viral infection
H The same virus that causes chickenpox, thought to

become latent until the sixth decade of life or later,


causing herpes zoster (shingles)
H Transmission through direct contact (primarily with
respiratory secretions, less commonly with skin lesions) and indirect contact (airborne)
H Commonly known as chickenpox

Pathophysiology
H Localized replication of the virus occurs (probably in

the nasopharynx), leading to seeding of the reticuloendothelial system and development of viremia.
H Diffuse and scattered skin lesions result with vesicles
involving the corium and dermis with degenerative
changes (ballooning) and infection of localized
blood vessels.
H Necrosis and epidermal hemorrhage result; vesicles
eventually rupture and release fluid or are reabsorbed.
H Incubation period lasts 13 to 17 days.
H Infection is communicable from 48 hours before lesions erupt until after vesicles are crusted over.

limb scarring, retarded growth, and central nervous


system and eye problems

Assessment
History
H Recent exposure to someone with chickenpox
H Malaise
H Headache
H Anorexia

Physical findings
H Temperature 101 to 103 F (38.3 to 39.4 C)
H Crops of small, erythematous macules on the trunk

or scalp
H Macules progressing to papules and then clear vesi-

H Lack of immunization

cles on an erythematous base (so-called dewdrops


on rose petals)
H Vesicles becoming cloudy and breaking easily; then
scabs forming
H Rash that spreads to face and, rarely, to extremities
H Rash containing a combination of red papules, vesicles, and scabs in various stages
H Ulcers on mucous membranes of the mouth, conjunctivae, and genitalia

Incidence

Test results

H Most common in children ages 5 to 9, but can occur

Laboratory
H Virus can be isolated from vesicular fluid within the
first 3 to 4 days of the rash.
H Giemsa stain distinguishes the varicella-zoster virus
from the vaccinia-variola virus.
H Serum samples contain antibodies 7 days after onset
of symptoms.
H Serologic testing differentiates rickettsial pox from
varicella.

Causes
H Varicella-zoster herpesvirus

Risk factors
H Close contact with others at home, school, or child

care facility

at any age
H Congenital varicella possibly in infants whose mothers had acute infections in first or early second
trimester
H Neonatal infection rare, probably because of transient maternal immunity
H Occurs worldwide; endemic in large cities with outbreaks occurring sporadically
H Equally affects all races and both sexes
H Seasonal distribution varies; in temperate areas, incidence higher during late winter and spring

Treatment

Common characteristics

General

H Malaise
H Crops of macules progressing to vesicles
H Pruritus

H Strict isolation until all vesicles have crusted over; for

874

Varicella

congenital chickenpox, no isolation


H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 875

Medications
H Antipruritics
H Antibiotics
H Analgesic and antipyretic
H Acyclovir
H Varicella-zoster immune globulin

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H report or demonstrate an increased energy level
H exhibit improved or healed lesions or wounds
H interact with family and peers to decrease feelings of
isolation
H express or demonstrate increased comfort.

Nursing interventions
H Observe an immunocompromised patient for mani-

festations of complications, such as pneumonitis and


meningitis, and report them immediately.
H Provide skin care comfort measures (calamine lotion, cornstarch, sponge baths, or showers).
H Administer varicella-zoster immune globulin if ordered to lessen the severity of the disease.
H Institute strict isolation measures until all skin lesions have crusted.
H Prevent exposure to pregnant women.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications
H Skin integrity
H Signs and symptoms of dehydration
H Signs and symptoms of infection
H Adverse drug reactions

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H how to correctly apply topical antipruritic medications
H the importance of good hygiene and keeping the
childs fingernails trimmed
H the need for the child to avoid scratching the lesions
H the parents need to watch for and immediately report signs of complications (severe skin pain and
burning that may indicate a serious secondary infection and require prompt medical attention)
H the need for parents to refrain from giving the child
aspirin because of its association with Reyes syndrome
H signs and symptoms of Reyes syndrome and the need
to immediately report them to a physician.

Varicella

875

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 876

Varicocele
Overview
Description
H A mass of dilated and tortuous varicose veins in the

spermatic cord
H Commonly described as a bag of worms (see Tak-

ing a close look at a varicocele)

Pathophysiology

Incidence
H Present in 30% of all males diagnosed with infertility
H Occurs in the left spermatic cord 95% of the time
H Highest in males between ages 15 and 25

Common characteristics
H Asymptomatic
H Feeling of heaviness on the affected side
H Testicular pain and tenderness on palpation

Complications
H Infertility
H Hydrocele

H Because of a valvular disorder in the spermatic vein,

blood pools in the pampiniform venous plexus.


H One function of the pampiniform plexus is to keep

the testes slightly cooler than body temperature,


which is the optimal temperature for sperm production.
H Incomplete blood flow through the testes thus interferes with spermatogenesis.
H Testicular atrophy may also occur because of the reduced blood flow.

Causes
H Incompetent or congenitally absent valves in the

spermatic veins
H Tumor or thrombus obstructing the inferior vena

cava (unilateral left-sided varicocele)

Assessment
History
H Infertility
H Feeling of heaviness on affected side

Physical findings
H Palpation of bag of worms when patient upright
H Drained, cant be felt when patient recumbent
H Testicular tenderness

Test results
Other
H Physical examination confirms varicocele.

Treatment
Taking a close look at a varicocele
Varicocele, an abnormal dilation of the veins of the spermatic cord, is asymptomatic, but its important to identify
and correct this condition in adolescent boys because it
causes infertility.

General
H Scrotal support to relieve discomfort

Surgery
H Surgical repair or removal involving ligation of the

spermatic cord at the internal inguinal ring (if infertility is an issue)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of the disorder and its treatment
H express feelings regarding effect on fertility
H express feelings of increased comfort.

Nursing interventions
H Promote the patients comfort before and after

surgery.
H After surgery, administer prescribed drugs.
H Apply an ice bag with a cover to reduce edema.
H Protect the wound from contamination.

876

Varicocele

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 877

H Allow the patient to perform as many normal daily

activities as possible.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Comfort level
H Wound healing

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H wound care.

From Pillitte
Philadelphia

Varicocele

877

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 878

Varicose veins
Overview
Description
H Dilated, tortuous veins, engorged with blood result-

ing from improper venous valve function


H Primary varicose veins originating in superficial veins

(the saphenous veins and branches)


H Secondary varicose veins occurring in deep and
perforating veins

Pathophysiology

Assessment
History
H May be asymptomatic
H Feeling of heaviness in the legs that worsens in the

evening and in warm weather


H Leg cramps at night
H Diffuse, dull, aching leg pain after prolonged stand-

ing or walking
H Aching legs during menses
H Fatigue
H Exercise possibly relieving symptoms because venous

return improves

H A weakened valve allows backflow of blood to the

Physical findings

previous valve in a vein.


H If the valve cant hold the pooling blood, it becomes
incompetent, allowing even more blood to flow backward.
H As the volume of venous blood builds, pressure in
the vein increases and the vein becomes distended.
H As the vein stretches, it loses elasticity, enlarges, and
becomes tortuous.
H Hydrostatic pressure increases, plasma is forced
out into surrounding tissue, and edema results.

H Dilated, purplish, ropelike veins, especially in the

Causes
H Congenital weakness of the valves or venous wall
H Pregnancy
H Tight clothing
H Occupations that necessitate standing for an extend-

ed period
H Deep vein thrombosis
H Trauma

Risk factors
H Polonged standing or time on feet
H Obesity
H Heavy lifting
H Pregnancy

Incidence
H Common in middle adulthood
H Primary varicose veins: Family tendency, affect both

legs, twice as common in females as males

calf
H Orthostatic edema and stasis of the calves and ankles
H Nodules along affected veins and valve incompetence
H In chronic condition, venous stasis ulcers, which

must be differentiated from arterial and diabetic


ulcerations

Test results
Imaging
H Ascending and descending venography demonstrate
venous occlusion and patterns of collateral flow.
Diagnostic procedures
H Photoplethysmography, a noninvasive test, characterizes venous blood flow by showing changes in the
skins circulation.
H Doppler ultrasonography quickly and accurately
shows the presence or absence of venous backflow
in deep or superficial veins.
H Venous outflow and reflux plethysmography can be
used to detect deep venous occlusion.

Treatment
General
H Wearing elastic stockings
H Avoiding tight clothing
H For moderate varicose veins: wearing antiembolism

stockings or elastic bandages

H Secondary varicose veins: usually in only one leg

H For severe varicose veins: custom-fitted, surgical-

Common characteristics

H Avoidance of prolonged standing


H Routine exercise
H Elevation of the legs

H Dilated, purple, ropelike veins


H Edema of calves and ankles
H Venous stasis ulcers

Complications
H Venous insufficiency
H Venous stasis ulcers

weight stockings with graduated pressure

Medications
H Sclerotherapy

Surgery
H Stripping and ligation
H Laser surgery

878

Varicose veins

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 879

H Catheter-assisted procedures
H Phlebectomy
H Endoscopic vein surgery

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of disorder and treatment
H maintain adequate distal and collateral circulation
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H carry out activities of daily living without excess
fatigue or discomfort.

Prevention

Preventing varicose veins


Individuals with risk factors for varicose veins may prevent them by following these guidelines:
H Rest your legs and elevate them periodically if standing
is prolonged.
H Wear supportive stockings.
H Avoid wearing high heels and panty leg girdles.
H Drink 2 to 3 qt (2 to 3 L) of fluid per day.
H Eat plenty of fiber and avoid salt to decrease swelling
caused by fluid retention and constipation.
H Avoid crossing your legs when sitting.
H Exercise regularly
H Maintain a healthy weight.

Nursing interventions
H After stripping and ligation or after injection of a

sclerosing agent, administer analgesics as ordered


to relieve pain.
H Frequently check circulation in toes and observe
elastic bandages for bleeding. When ordered, rewrap
bandages at least once per shift, wrapping from toe
to thigh, with the leg elevated. (See Preventing varicose veins.)

Monitoring
ALERT
Watch for signs and symptoms of complications,
such as sensory loss in the leg, calf pain, and fever.
H Response to treatment
H Skin integrity
H Pain control

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to avoid wearing constrictive clothing
H elevating the legs above heart level when possible
and avoiding prolonged standing or sitting
H how to put on the elastic, antiembolism, or compression stockings before getting out of bed in the morning (or lying with the legs raised for 1 minute before
putting on the stockings)
H how to avoid injury to the lower legs, ankles, and feet
and the need to observe for altered skin integrity of
those areas and to report any problems to the physician as soon as possible.

Varicose veins

879

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 880

Vascular retinopathies
Overview

Central retinal vein occlusion


H Reduced visual acuity, allowing perception of only
hand movement and light within 3 to 4 months after
occlusion
Diabetic retinopathy

Description

NONPROLIFERATIVE DIABETIC RETINOPATHY


H Changes in the lining of the retinal blood vessels that

H Noninflammatory retinal disorders that result from

cause the vessels to leak plasma or fatty substances,


which decrease or block blood flow (nonperfusion)
within the retina
H Microaneurysms and small hemorrhages
H Significant loss of central visual acuity (necessary for
reading and driving)
H Diminished night vision

interference with the blood supply to the eyes


H Five distinct types: central retinal artery occlusion,
central retinal vein occlusion, diabetic retinopathy,
hypertensive retinopathy, and sickle cell retinopathy

Pathophysiology
H When one of the arteries maintaining blood circula-

tion in the retina becomes obstructed, the diminished blood flow causes visual deficits.

Causes
Central retinal artery occlusion
H Idiopathic
H Embolism
H Atherosclerosis
H Infection
H Conditions that retard blood flow, such as carotid
occlusion and heart valve vegetations
Central retinal vein occlusion
H External compression of the retinal vein
H Trauma
H Diabetes
H Thrombosis
H Granulomatous diseases
H Generalized and localized infections
H Glaucoma
H Atherosclerosis
Diabetic retinopathy
H Juvenile or adult diabetes
Hypertensive retinopathy
H Prolonged hypertensive disease
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Impaired ability of the sickled cell to pass through
the microvasculature, producing vasocclusion

Incidence
Central retinal vein occlusion
H Most prevalent in elderly patients
Diabetic retinopathy
H About 75% of patients with juvenile diabetes developing retinopathy within 20 years of onset of diabetes
H In adults with diabetes, incidence increasing with the
duration of diabetes; 80% of patients who have had
diabetes for 20 to 25 years developing retinopathy, a
leading cause of acquired adult blindness
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Occurs in 1% to 6% of sickle-cell patients

PROLIFERATIVE DIABETIC RETINOPATHY


H Fragile new blood vessels on the disk and elsewhere

in the fundus (neovascularization)


Hypertensive retinopathy
H Based on the location of retinopathy, mild visual disturbances such as blurred vision resulting from
retinopathy located near the macula
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Optic disc changes
H Macular changes

Complications
Central retinal artery occlusion
H Permanent vision loss
Central retinal vein occlusion
H Secondary glaucoma
Diabetic retinopathy
PROLIFERATIVE DIABETIC RETINOPATHY
H Vitreous hemorrhage with corresponding sudden

vision loss
H Macular distortion
H Retinal detachment

Hypertensive retinopathy
H Blindness
H Mild, prolonged disease
H Visual defects
Sickle cell retinopathy
H Optic nerve neovascularization
H Sickling crisis
H Optic nerve and macular infarction

Assessment
History
H Changes in visual acuity
H Causative factors

Physical findings
H Decreased visual acuity
H Abnormal opthalmic examination

Common characteristics

Test results

Central retinal artery occlusion


H Sudden, painless, unilateral loss of vision (partial or
complete)

H Appropriate diagnostic tests depend on the type of

880

Vascular retinopathies

vascular retinopathy. (See Diagnostic tests for vascular retinopathies.)

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 881

Treatment

Diagnostic tests for vascular


retinopathies

Central retinal artery occlusion

Central retinal artery occlusion

General
H Immediate ocular massage
H Anterior chamber paracentesis
Medications
H Heparin (if the cause of the occlusion is the heart)

Central retinal vein occlusion


General
H Laser photocoagulation
Medications
H Aspirin

Diabetic retinopathy
General
H Careful control of blood glucose levels
H Eye examinations 3 to 4 times per year; annually for
children with diabetes
H Laser photocoagulation (proliferative diabetic
retinopathy)
H Diabetic diet
H Regular exercise
Medications
H Antidiabetic drugs or insulin as appropriate
Surgery
H Vitrectomy for vitreous hemorrhage to restore vision

Hypertensive retinopathy
General
H Control of blood pressure with appropriate drugs
H Low-sodium, low-cholesterol diet
H Regular exercise

Sickle cell retinopathy


General
H Treatment of disease
Surgery
H Laser retinal photocoagulation
H Retinal cryotherapy
H Vitrectomy or membranectomy

Nursing considerations

H Ophthalmoscopy (direct or indirect): shows blockage


of retinal arterioles during transient attack.
H Retinal examination: within 2 hours of onset, shows
clumps or segmentation in artery; later, milky white
retina around disk caused by swelling and necrosis of
ganglion cells caused by reduced blood supply; also
shows cherry-red spot in macula that subsides after
several weeks.
H Color Doppler tests: evaluates carotid occlusion with
no need for arteriography.

Central retinal vein occlusion

H Ophthalmoscopy (direct or indirect): shows flameshaped hemorrhages, retinal vein engorgement, white
patches among hemorrhages, edema around the disk.
H Color Doppler tests: confirm or rule out occlusion of
blood vessels.

Diabetic retinopathy

H Indirect ophthalmoscopic examination: shows retinal


changes, such as microaneurysms (earliest change),
retinal hemorrhages and edema, venous dilation and
beading, lipid exudates, fibrous bands in the vitreous,
and growth of new blood vessels. Infarcts of the nerve
fiber layer are observed.
H Fluorescein angiography: shows leakage of flourescein
from weak-walled vessels and lights up microaneurysms, differentiating them from true hemorrhages.

Hypertensive retinopathy

H Ophthalmoscopy (direct or indirect): in early stages,


shows hard, shiny deposits; flame-shaped hemorrhages; silver wire appearance of narrowed arterioles;
and nicking of veins where arteries cross them (arteriovenous nicking). In late stages, shows cotton wool
patches, lipid exudates, retinal edema, papilledema
caused by ischemia and capillary insufficiency, hemorrhages, and microaneurysms in both eyes.

Sickle cell retinopathy

H Ocular examination and dilated retinal evaluation:


shows staged ocular symptoms.
Stage 1: peripheral retinal arteriolar occlusion
Stage 2: peripheral arteriovenous anastamoses
Stage 3: neovascular fronds known as seafans
Stage 4: vitreous hemorrhage and tearing of neovascular membranes
Stage 5: severe vitreous traction and retinal detachment

Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain current health status
H regain visual function
H express understanding of condition and its treatment.

Monitoring

Nursing interventions

Patient teaching

H Vital signs
H Visual acuity

H Arrange for immediate ophthalmologic evaluation

when a patient complains of sudden, unilateral loss


of vision.
H Encourage a patient with diabetes to comply with the
prescribed regimen.

Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H complying with therapy for underlying condition
H obtaining recommended follow-up care.

Vascular retinopathies

881

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 882

Vasculitis
Overview
Description
H Autoimmune condition that includes a broad spec-

trum of disorders characterized by blood vessel inflammation and necrosis


H Clinical effects dependent on the vessels involved and
reflective of tissue ischemia caused by blood flow obstruction

Pathophysiology
H The process is initiated by excessive circulating anti-

gen, which triggers the formation of soluble antigenantibody complexes. The reticuloendothelial system
cant effectively clear these complexes, which are deposited in blood vessel walls.
H Increased vascular permeability (associated with the
release of vasoactive amines by platelets and basophils) enhances this deposition. The deposited complexes activate the complement cascade and result in
chemotaxis of neutrophils, which release lysosomal
enzymes.
H Vessel damage and necrosis result.

Causes
H Several theories:

Follows serious infectious disease and may be related to high doses of antibiotics
Formation of autoantibodies directed at the bodys
own cellular and extracellular proteins, which can
lead to the activation of inflammatory cells or cytotoxicity
Cell-mediated (T-cell) immune response
In atopic individuals, exposure to allergens

Assessment
History
H Varied findings, depending on blood vessels involved

Polyarteritis nodosa
H Fever
H Weight loss
H Malaise
H Headache
H Abdominal pain
H Myalgias

Physical findings
Polyarteritis nodosa (depends on body
system)
H Hypertension (renal)
H Arthritic changes (musculoskeletal)
H Rash, purpura, nodules, and cutaneous infarcts
(skin)
H Altered mental status and seizures (central nervous
system)
H Respiratory distress, peripheral edema, hepatomegaly, peripheral vasoconstriction (cardiovascular)

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Not all vasculitis disorders can be diagnosed definitively through specific tests. The most useful general
diagnostic procedure is biopsy of the affected vessel.

Treatment
General
H Avoidance of antigenic drugs
H Avoidance of antigenic foods
H Avoidance of offending environmental substances

Risk factors

Medications

H Hepatitis B or C
H Rheumatoid arthritis
H Sjgrens syndrome
H Other immune system disorders
H Drug allergy

H Corticosteroids
H Antihypertensives
H Analgesics
H Immunosuppressive agents
H Antineoplastics

Incidence
H Can affect a person at any age (except mucocuta-

neous lymph node syndrome, which affects only children)

Common characteristics
H Based on affected blood vessel

Complications
H Renal failure, renal hypertension, glomerulitis
H Fibrous scarring of the lung tissue
H Stroke
H GI bleeding, intestinal obstruction
H Myocardial infarction and pericarditis
H Rupture of mesenteric aneurysms

882

Vasculitis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H express positive feelings about self
H attain hemodynamic stability
H demonstrate adequate ventilation
H avoid complications.

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 883

Nursing interventions
H Assess for dry nasal mucosa. Instill nose drops to lu-

bricate the mucosa and minimize crusting; irrigate


nasal passages with warm normal saline solution.
H Keep the patient well hydrated (about 3 qt [3 L] of
fluid daily).
H Make sure that a patient with decreased visual acuity
has a safe environment.
H Regulate environmental temperature to prevent additional vasoconstriction caused by cold temperatures.
H Provide emotional support to the patient and family.

Monitoring
H Vital signs and neurologic status
H Signs and symptoms of organ involvement
H Laboratory values
H GI disturbances and renal function tests
H Intake and output
H Daily weight

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H watch for signs of bleeding and report adverse effects
to the physician
H the importance of wearing warm clothes and gloves
when going outside in cold weather.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to a smoking-cessation program if

appropriate.

Vasculitis

883

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 884

Ventricular septal defect


Overview
Description
H Heart condition in which an opening in the septum

between the ventricles allows blood to shunt between


the left and right ventricles
H Most common congenital heart disorder
H Also known as VSD

Pathophysiology
H The ventricular septum fails to close completely by

the 8th week of gestation, as it would normally.

Assessment
History
H Dyspnea
H Cyanosis
H Slow weight gain
H Feeding difficulties
H Rapid grunting respirations

Physical findings
H Prominent anterior chest wall
H Clubbing
H Cyanosis
H With a large VSD, audible murmurs (at least a grade

Risk factors

3 pansystolic), loudest at the fourth intercostal


space, usually with a thrill; pulmonic component of
S2 loud and widely split
H With fixed pulmonary hypertension, diastolic murmur possibly audible on auscultation, systolic murmur becoming quieter, and S2 greatly accentuated
H Displacement of the point of maximal impulse to the
left
H Typical murmur associated with a VSD, blowing or
rumbling and varying in frequency
H In the neonate, moderately loud early systolic murmur along the lower left sternal border, possibly becoming louder and longer about the second or third
day after birth
H In infants, murmur possibly loudest near the base of
the heart, which may suggest pulmonary stenosis
H In small VSD, functional murmur or characteristic
loud, harsh systolic murmur

H Fetal alcohol syndrome


H Coexists with additional birth defects, especially

Test results

H VSDs are located in the membranous or muscular

portion of the ventricular septum and vary in size.


H Some defects close spontaneously; in other defects,

the entire septum is absent, creating a single ventricle.


H VSD isnt readily apparent at birth because right and
left ventricular pressures are approximately equal, so
blood doesnt shunt through the defect.
H As the pulmonary vasculature gradually relaxes, between 4 and 8 weeks after birth, right ventricular
pressure decreases, allowing blood to shunt from the
left to the right ventricle.

Causes
H Congenital

Down syndrome and other autosomal trisomies, renal anomalies, and cardiac defects, such as patent
ductus arteriosus and coarctation of the aorta

Incidence
H Affects 2% to 7% of live births
H Slightly more common in females

Common characteristics
H Clinical features of VSD varying with the size of the

defect, the effect of the shunting on the pulmonary


vasculature, and the infants age
H A small VSD possibly closing spontaneously without
ever causing symptoms
H Large VSD shunts eventually causing biventricular
heart failure and cyanosis

Complications
H Heart failure
H Pneumonia

884

Ventricular septal defect

Imaging
H Chest X-rays are normal in small defects; in large
VSDs, they show cardiomegaly, left atrial and left ventricular enlargement, and prominent pulmonary vascular markings.
H Echocardiography may detect a large VSD and its location in the septum, estimate the size of a left-toright shunt, suggest pulmonary hypertension, and
identify associated lesions and complications.
Diagnostic procedures
H Electrocardiogram is normal in children with small
VSDs; in large VSDs, it shows left and right ventricular hypertrophy, suggesting pulmonary hypertension.
H Cardiac catheterization determines the size and exact
location of the VSD, calculates the degree of shunting
by comparing the blood oxygen saturation in each
ventricle, determines the extent of pulmonary hypertension, and detects associated defects.

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 885

Treatment
General
H If the child has other defects and will benefit from

delaying surgery, pulmonary artery banding to normalize pressures and flow distal to the band and prevent pulmonary vascular disease
H Low-sodium diet
H Fluid restriction
H Activity as tolerated

H watching for signs of heart failure, such as poor

feeding, sweating, and heavy breathing


H medication administration, dosage, and possible

adverse effects
H letting the child engage in normal activities
H the importance of prophylactic antibiotics before

and after surgery.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient and family to support and social

services.

Medications
H Digoxin
H Diuretics
H Antibiotics

After surgery
H Analgesics
H Antibiotics
H Vasopressors

Surgery
H For small defects, simple suture closure
H For moderate to large defects, insertion of a patch

graft using cardiopulmonary bypass


H Mesh patch or plug placement during cardiac

catheterization (investigational)

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain adequate ventilation
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H remain free from signs and symptoms of infection.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support.
H Adminster prescribed drugs.

Monitoring
H Vital signs
H Signs of heart failure
H Intake and output
H Respiratory status

After surgery
H Hemodynamics
H Cardiac rhythm
H Oxygenation

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preventing complications until the child is scheduled
for surgery or the defect closes

Ventricular septal defect

885

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 886

Vesicoureteral reflux
Overview
Description

Complications
H Renal impairment
H UTIs

Assessment

H A genitourinary condition in which urine flows from

History

the bladder back into the ureters and eventually into


the renal pelvis or the parenchyma
H Because the bladder empties poorly, possible urinary
tract infection (UTI), which may lead to acute or
chronic pyelonephritis with renal damage

H Urinary frequency and urgency


H Burning on urination

Pathophysiology
H Incompetence of the ureterovesical junction and

shortening of intravesical ureteral musculature allow


backflow of urine into the ureter when the bladder
contracts during voiding.

Causes
H Congenital anomalies of the ureters or bladder
H Inadequate detrusor muscle buttress in the bladder,

stemming from congenital paraureteral bladder diverticulum


H Acquired diverticulum (from outlet obstruction)
H Flaccid neurogenic bladder
H High intravesical pressure from outlet obstruction
H Cystitis
H Sometimes unknown

Incidence
Special populations
Most common during infancy in boys and during
early childhood (ages 3 to 7) in girls
H Primary vesicoureteral reflux resulting from congeni-

tal anomalies most prevalent in females and rare in


blacks
H Also shown in up to 25% of asymptomatic siblings
of children with diagnosed primary vesicoureteral
reflux

Common characteristics
H Signs and symptoms of UTI
H Dark, concentrated urine
H With upper urinary tract involvement: high fever,

chills, flank pain, vomiting, and malaise

ALERT
In children, fever, nonspecific abdominal pain, and
diarrhea may be the only clinical effects. Rarely,
children with minimal symptoms remain undiagnosed until puberty or later, when they begin to exhibit clear signs of renal impairment (anemia, hypertension, and lethargy).

886

Vesicoureteral reflux

Physical findings
H In infants, hematuria or strong-smelling urine
H Hard, thickened bladder (hard mass deep in the

pelvis) if posterior urethral valves are causing an


obstruction in male infants

Test results
Laboratory
H Clean-catch urinalysis shows a bacterial count
greater than 100,000/l.
H Microscopic examination may reveal white blood
cells, red blood cells, and an increased urine pH in
the presence of infection. Specific gravity less than
1.010 demonstrates inability to concentrate urine.
H Elevated creatinine levels (more than 1.2 mg/dl) and
elevated blood urea nitrogen levels (more than
18 mg/dl) indicate advanced renal dysfunction.
Diagnostic procedures
H Cystoscopy, with instillation of a solution containing
methylene blue or indigo carmine dye, may confirm
the diagnosis.
H Excretory urography may show dilated lower ureter,
ureter visible for its entire length, hydronephrosis,
calyceal distortion, and renal scarring.
H Voiding cystourethrography (either fluoroscopic or
radionuclide) identifies and determines the degree of
reflux and shows when reflux occurs. It may also
pinpoint the causative anomaly.
H Nuclear cystography and renal ultrasound may detect
reflux.
Other
H Catheterization of the bladder after the patient voids
determines the amount of residual urine.

Treatment
General
H Increased fluid intake

Medications
H Antibiotics

Surgery
H Vesicoureteral reimplantation (if UTI recurs despite

adequate prophylactic antibiotic therapy)


H Bladder outlet obstruction in neurogenic bladder re-

quiring surgery only if renal dysfunction present

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 887

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H return to normal urinary function
H remain free from infection
H develop no complications of the disorder.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage one of the parents to stay with the patient

during all procedures.


H Explain the procedures to the parents and to the

child, if hes old enough to understand.


H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Make sure catheters are patent and draining well.

Maintain sterile technique during catheter care.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Comfort level
H Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H utilizing the vesicoureteral reflux to double void
(void once and then try to void again in a few
minutes)
H voiding every 2 to 3 hours whether or not the urge
exists
H recognizing and reporting recurring signs of UTI
(painful, frequent, burning urination; foul-smelling
urine)
H the importance of completing the prescribed therapy
or maintaining low-dose antibiotic prophylaxis.

Discharge planning
H After surgery, close medical follow-up is necessary

even if symptoms havent recurred.

Vesicoureteral reflux

887

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 888

Vitamin A deficiency
Overview
Description
H Deficiency of vitamin A in the body possibly resulting

in night blindness, decreased color adjustment, keratinization of epithelial tissue, and poor bone growth
H With therapy, excellent chance of reversing symptoms
of night blindness and milder conjunctival changes;
with corneal damage, emergency treatment necessary

Pathophysiology
H A fat-soluble vitamin absorbed in the GI tract, vitamin

A maintains epithelial tissue and retinal function.


H Healthy adults have adequate vitamin A reserves to
last up to 1 year; children typically dont.

Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of foods high in vitamin A

Common characteristics
H Night blindness (nyctalopia)
H Dry, scaly skin
H Follicular hyperkeratosis
H Shrinking and hardening of the mucous membranes
H Failure to thrive and apathy
H Corneal changes, which can lead to ulceration and

rapid destruction of the cornea (severe deficiency)

Complications
H Blindness
H Infections of the eyes and the respiratory or geni-

tourinary tract

Assessment
History
H Night blindness (nyctalopia)
H Failure to thrive
H Apathy

(liver, kidney, butter, milk, cream, cheese, and fortified margarine) or carotene, a precursor of vitamin
A found in dark green, leafy vegetables, and yellow or
orange fruits and vegetables
H Malabsorption caused by:
Celiac disease
Sprue
Obstructive jaundice
Cystic fibrosis
Giardiasis
Habitual use of mineral oil as a laxative
H Massive urinary excretion caused by:
Cancer
Tuberculosis
Pneumonia
Nephritis
Urinary tract infection
H Decreased storage and transport of vitamin A from
hepatic disease

Physical findings

Incidence

General

H Affects more than 80,000 people annually world-

H Increased dietary intake of vitamin A


H Cream-based or petroleum-based products for dry

wide mostly children in underdeveloped countries


H Rare in the United States, although many disadvantaged children have substandard levels of vitamin A

Foods that contain vitamin A


The following foods contain significant amounts of
vitamin A.
H Butternut squash
H Cantaloupe
H Carrots
H Dandelion
H Kale
H Mangoes
H Red peppers
H Sweet potatoes

888

Vitamin A deficiency

H Dry, scaly skin


H Follicular hyperkeratosis
H Conjunctival changes
H Shrinking and hardening of the mucous membranes

Test results
Laboratory
H Carotene levels below 40 mcg/dl suggest vitamin A
deficiency, but vary with seasonal ingestion of fruits
and vegetables.
H Serum levels of vitamin A below 20 mcg/dl are diagnostic.
Other
H Dietary history and typical ocular lesions suggest vitamin A deficiency.

Treatment

skin
H Control of underlying condition

Medications
H Vitamin A replacement
H Bile salts with biliary obstruction
H Pancreatin with pancreatic insufficiency

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 889

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary changes needed to
improve nutritional status
H express understanding of diet high in vitamin A.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed oral vitamin A supplements

with or after meals or parenterally.


H Provide information on foods high in vitamin A. (See

Foods that contain vitamin A.)

Monitoring

H Signs of hypercarotenemia (orange coloration of the

skin and eyes)


H Signs of hypervitaminosis A (children):

Rash
Hair loss
Anorexia
Transient hydrocephalus
Vomiting
H Signs of hypervitaminosis A (adults):
Bone pain
Hepatosplenomegaly
Diplopia
Irritability

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H signs of hypercarotenemia and hypervitaminosis
H dietary counseling on foods high in vitamin A.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient for nutritional counseling and, if

necessary, to an appropriate community agency.

Vitamin A deficiency

889

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 890

Vitamin B deficiency
Overview

Pyridoxine deficiency
H Can occur at any age
H Rare
Cobalamin deficiency
H Most common in people older than age 40

Description

Common characteristics

H Deficiency of vitamin B in the body


H Most common deficiencies: thiamine (B1), riboflavin

Thiamine deficiency
H Polyneuritis
H Wernickes encephalopathy
H Korsakoffs psychosis
H Palpitations
H Tachycardia
H Dyspnea
H Constipation and indigestion
Riboflavin deficiency
H Cheilosis (cracking of the lips and corners of the
mouth)
H Sore throat
H Glossitis
H Dermatitis
H Eye disturbances
Niacin deficiency
H Fatigue
H Anorexia
H Muscle weakness
H Headache
H Indigestion
H Mild skin eruptions
H Weight loss
H Dermatitis
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Dermatitis
H Occasional cheilosis or glossitis unresponsive to
riboflavin therapy
H Abdominal pain
H Vomiting
H Ataxia
H Seizures
Cobalamin deficiency
H Pernicious anemia, anorexia, weight loss, abdominal
discomfort, constipation, diarrhea, and glossitis
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Ataxia, spasticity, and hyperreflexia

(B2), niacin (B3), pyridoxine (B6), cobalamin (B12)

Pathophysiology
H Vitamin B complex is a group of water-soluble vita-

mins essential to normal metabolism, cell growth,


and blood formation. (See Recommended daily
allowance of B-complex vitamins.)

Causes
Thiamine deficiency
H Malabsorption
H Inadequate dietary intake of vitamin B1
Riboflavin deficiency
H Diet deficient in milk, meat, fish, green leafy vegetables, and legumes
Niacin deficiency
H Corn as a dominant staple food
H Carcinoid syndrome
H Hartnup disease
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Destruction of pyridoxine in infant formulas by autoclaving
H Pyridoxine antagonists, such as isoniazid and penicillamine
Cobalamin deficiency
H Absence of intrinsic factor in gastric secretions
H Absence of receptor sites after ileal resection
H Malabsorption syndromes associated with sprue, intestinal worm infestation, regional ileitis, and gluten
enteropathy
H Diet low in animal protein
H Pernicious anemia
H Medication

Risk factors
H Chronic alcoholism
H Prolonged diarrhea
H Exposure of milk to sunlight
H Treatment of legumes with baking soda

Incidence
Thiamine deficiency
H Affects males and females equally
H Can occur at any age
Riboflavin deficiency
H Most common nutrient deficiency in the United States
Niacin deficiency
H Usually affects adults

Complications
H Cardiomegaly
H Circulatory collapse
H Beriberi
H Pellagra

ALERT
Because of a triad of symptoms, pellagra is sometimes called a 3-D syndrome dementia, dermatitis, and diarrhea. If not reversed by therapeutic doses of niacin, pellagra can be fatal.
H Central nervous system disturbances

890

Vitamin B deficiency

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 891

Recommended daily allowance of B-complex vitamins


Vitamin

Men
(23 to 50)

Women
(23 to 50)

Infants

Children
(1 to 10)

B1*

1.4 mg

1.4 mg

0.4 mg

0.7 to 12 mg

B2*

1.6 mg

1.6 mg

0.5 mg

0.8 to 1.4 mg

Niacin*

18 mg

18 mg

5 to 8 mg

9 to 16 mg

B6

2.2 mg

2.2 mg

0.4 mg

0.9 to 1.6 mg

B12

3 mcg

3 mcg

0.3 mcg

2 to 3 mcg

*requirements per 1,000 kilocalories of dietary intake

Assessment
History
Thiamine deficiency
H Palpitations
H Dyspnea
H Constipation and indigestion
Riboflavin deficiency
H Burning, itching, light sensitivity, and tearing of the
eyes
H Neuropathy
H Signs of mild anemia
H Growth retardation
Niacin deficiency
H Backache
H Sore mouth, tongue, and lips
H Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea
H Confusion, disorientation, and neuritis may become severe enough to induce hallucinations and
paranoia
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Presence of risk factors
H Fatigue
H Distal limb numbness
H Depression
Cobalamin deficiency
H Pernicious anemia
H Anorexia
H Weight loss
H Constipation, diarrhea
H Glossitis
H Peripheral neuropathy

Physical findings
Thiamine deficiency
H Tachycardia
H Ataxia, nystagmus, and ophthalmoplegia
Riboflavin deficiency
H Seborrheic dermatitis in the nasolabial folds, scrotum, and vulva and, possibly, generalized dermatitis
involving the arms, legs, and trunk

Niacin deficiency
H Dark, scaly dermatitis, especially on exposed parts of
the body, that makes the patient appear to be severely
sunburned
H Red mouth, tongue, and lips
Pyridoxine deficiency
H Weakness
H Confusion
H Glossitis
H Seborrheic dermatitis
Cobalamin deficiency
H Abdominal discomfort
H Peripheral neuropathy
H Ataxia, spasticity, and hyperreflexia

Test results
Laboratory
THIAMINE DEFICIENCY
H 24-hour urine collection (commonly measured as

micrograms per deciliter [mcg/dl]) shows the following age-related deficiency levels.

Special populations

Ages 1 to 3, less than 120 mcg/dl


Ages 4 to 6, less than 85 mcg/dl
Ages 7 to 9, less than 70 mcg/dl
Ages 10 to 12, less than 60 mcg/dl
Ages 13 to 15, less than 50 mcg/dl
Adults, less than 27 mcg/dl

H In pregnant females, the 24-hour urine collection

results show:
less than 23 mcg/dl (second trimester)
less than 21 mcg/dl (third trimester).
RIBOFLAVIN DEFICIENCY
H 24-hour urine collection (measured as micrograms

per gram [mcg/g]of creatinine) shows the following


age-related deficiency levels.

Vitamin B deficiency

891

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 892

Special populations

Ages 1 to 3, less than 150 mcg/g


Ages 4 to 6, less than 100 mcg/g
Ages 7 to 9, less than 85 mcg/g
Ages 10 to 15, less than 70 mcg/g
Adults, less than 27 mcg/g

H In pregnant females, the 24-hour urine collection

results show:
less than 39 mcg/g (second trimester)
less than 30 mcg/g (third trimester).
NIACIN DEFICIENCY
H Deficiency is measured by N-methyl nicotinamide in

a 24-hour urine collection as micrograms per gram


(mcg/g) of creatinine.
H Adult deficiency levels are less than 0.5 mcg/g.
H In pregnant females, the 24-hour urine collection
results show:
less than 0.5 mcg/g (first trimester)
less than 0.6 mcg/g (second trimester)
less than 0.8 mcg/g (third trimester).
PYRIDOXINE DEFICIENCY
H Xanthurenic acid is more than 50 mg/day in 24-hour

urine collection after administration of 10 g of


L-tryptophan.
H Serum and red blood cell transaminases levels are
decreased.
H Pyridoxic acid excretion in urine is reduced.
COBALAMIN DEFICIENCY
H Cobalamin serum levels are less than 150 pg/ml.
H Schilling test measures absorption of radioactive

cobalamin with and without intrinsic factor.


H Gastric analysis and hemoglobin studies uncover

causation.

Treatment
Thiamine deficiency
General
H High-protein diet, with adequate calorie intake and
thiamine rich foods (pork, peas, wheat bran, oatmeal, and liver)
Medications
H B-complex vitamins
H Thiamine supplements or thiamine hydrochloride as
part of a B-complex concentrate (with alcoholic
beriberi)

Riboflavin deficiency
General
H Diet high in riboflavin foods (meats; enriched flour;
milk and dairy products; green, leafy vegetables;
eggs; and cereal)
Medications
H Supplemental riboflavin

Niacin deficiency
General
H Dietary enrichment (meats, fish, peanuts, brewers
yeast, enriched breads, and cereals rich in niacin;
milk and eggs, in tryptophan)
Medications
H Supplemental B-complex vitamins
H Niacinamide

Pyridoxine deficiency
General
H Symptomatic
H Dietary adjustments
H Increased carbohydrate intake before vigorous exercise
Medications
H Prophylactic pyridoxine therapy in infants and in
children with seizure disorder
H Supplemental B-complex vitamins

Cobalamin deficiency
General
H Blood transfusion if severe
H Diet high in folate
Medications
H Parenteral cyanocobalamin in patients with reduced
gastric secretion of hydrochloric acid, lack of intrinsic factor, some malabsorption syndromes, or ileum
resections
H Folate

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed supplements.
H Explain all tests and procedures.

892

Vitamin B deficiency

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 893

Monitoring
H Adverse effects from large doses of niacinamide, in

patients with niacin deficiency


H Dietary intake
H Response to therapy

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H keeping an accurate dietary history
H that prognosis is good with treatment
H importance of adhering strictly to their prescribed
treatment for the rest of their lives
H dietary adjustments.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to appropriate assistance agencies if

his diet is inadequate due to adverse socioeconomic


conditions.

Vitamin B deficiency

893

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 894

Vitamin C deficiency

weaned from breast milk to cows milk without a vitamin C supplement


H Also known as scurvy

Overview

Pathophysiology

Description
H Deficiency of vitamin C in the body
H Historically common among sailors and others de-

prived of fresh fruits and vegetables for long periods;


uncommon today in the United States, except in alcoholics, people on restricted-residue diets, and infants

H Deficiency of vitamin C can lead to scurvy or inade-

quate production of collagen, an extracellular substance that binds the cells of the teeth, bones, and
capillaries.
H Because the body cant store this water-soluble vitamin in large amounts, the supply needs to be replenished daily.

Causes
Scurvys effect on gums and legs
In adults, scurvy causes swollen or bleeding gums and
loose teeth.

H Diet lacking foods rich in vitamin C, such as citrus

fruits, tomatoes, cabbage, broccoli, spinach, and


berries
H Destruction of vitamin C in foods by overexposure to
air or by overcooking
H Excessive ingestion of vitamin C during pregnancy,
which causes the neonate to require large amounts
of the vitamin after birth
H Marginal intake of vitamin C during periods of physiologic stress

Risk factors
H Hyperthyroidism
H Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
H Cancer
H Smoking
H Hemodialysis
H Alcoholism
H Economic hardship

Incidence
It also causes follicular hyperkeratosis, usually on the
legs.

H Rare in the United States


H Can occur at any age
H Can affect males and females

Common characteristics
H Petechiae
H Ecchymoses
H Follicular hyperkeratosis (especially on the buttocks

and legs)
H Signs of anemia
H Anorexia
H Limb and joint pain (especially in the knees)
H Swollen or bleeding gums (see Scurvys effect on

gums and legs)


H Loose teeth
H Insomnia
H Poor wound healing
H Ocular hemorrhages in the bulbar conjunctivae
H Beading, fractures of the costochondral junctions of

the ribs or epiphysis


H Psychological disturbances, such as irritability, de-

pression, hysteria, and hypochondriasis

894

Vitamin C deficiency

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 895

Complications
H Sudden death

Assessment
History
H Anorexia
H Limb and joint pain (especially in the knees)
H Insomnia
H Poor wound healing
H Irritability
H Depression
H Hysteria
H Hypochondriasis
H Fatigue

Physical findings
H Pallor
H Petechiae
H Ecchymoses
H Follicular hyperkeratosis (especially on the buttocks

and legs)
H Swollen or bleeding gums
H Loose teeth
H Ocular hemorrhages in the bulbar conjunctivae
H Beading, fractures of the costochondral junctions of

the ribs or epiphysis

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum ascorbic acid levels are less than 0.2 mg/dl.
H White blood cell ascorbic acid levels are less than
30 mg/dl.
Other
H Dietary history revealing an inadequate intake of
ascorbic acid suggests vitamin C deficiency.

Foods that contain vitamin C


The following foods contain significant amounts of
vitamin C.
H Kiwi
H Blackberries
H Lemons
H Broccoli
H Oranges
H Brussels sprouts
H Papaya
H Cantaloupe
H Strawberries
H Green and red peppers
H Peas
H Guava
H Tomatoes
H Kale

H Avoid moving the patient unnecessarily to avoid irri-

tating painful joints and muscles.


H Encourage the patient to consume foods high in vita-

min C. (See Foods that contain vitamin C.)

Monitoring
H Dietary intake

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the importance of supplemental ascorbic acid
H good dietary sources of vitamin C
H not taking too much vitamin C because excessive
doses of ascorbic acid may cause nausea, diarrhea,
and renal calculi formation and may also interfere
with anticoagulant therapy.

Treatment
General
H Diet high in foods rich in vitamin C

Medications
H Vitamin C supplements

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.

Nursing interventions
H Adminster prescribed ascorbic acid orally or by slow

I.V. infusion.

Vitamin C deficiency

895

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 896

Vitamin D deficiency

Incidence

Overview

H Occasionally appears in breast-fed infants not receiv-

H Once a common childhood disease, now rare in the

United States

Description
H Deficiency of vitamin D in the body
H Also known as rickets

Pathophysiology
H Deficiency of vitamin D causes failure of normal

bone calcification, which results in rickets in infants


and young children and osteomalacia in adults.
H With treatment, the prognosis is good; however, in
rickets, bone deformities usually persist, while in
osteomalacia, such deformities may disappear.

Causes
H Inadequate dietary intake of preformed vitamin D
H Malabsorption of vitamin D
H Too little exposure to sunlight
H Vitamin D-resistant rickets (refractory rickets, famil-

ial hypophosphatemia) from an inherited impairment of renal tubular reabsorption of phosphate


(from vitamin D insensitivity)
H Hepatic or renal disease
H Malfunctioning parathyroid gland (decreased secretion of parathyroid hormone), which contributes to
calcium deficiency (normally, absorption of calcium
and phosphorus through the intestine controlled by
vitamin D) and interferes with activation of vitamin D
in the kidneys

Recognizing bowlegs
This infant with rickets shows characteristic bowing of the
legs.

ing vitamin D supplementation and in infants receiving a formula with a nonfortified milk base
H May also occur in overcrowded, urban areas where
smog limits sunlight penetration
H Highest incidence in black children who, because of
their skin color, absorb less sunlight (solar ultraviolet rays irradiate 7-dehydrocholesterol, a precursor
of vitamin D, to form calciferol)

Common characteristics
H Profuse sweating
H Restlessness
H Irritability
H Numerous bone malformations

Complications
H Spontaneous fractures
H Abnormal gait
H Short stature

Assessment
History
H Spontaneous multiple fractures
H Pain in the legs and lower back

Physical findings
H Bowlegs (see Recognizing bowlegs)
H Knock-knees
H Rachitic rosary (beading of ends of ribs)
H Enlargement of wrists and ankles
H Pigeon breast
H Delayed closing of the fontanels
H Softening of the skull
H Bulging of the forehead

Test results
Laboratory
H Plasma calcium serum levels are less than 7.5 mg/dl.
H Serum inorganic phosphorus levels are less than
3 mg/dl.
H Serum citrate levels are less than 2.5 mg/dl.
H Alkaline phosphatase levels are less than 4 Bodansky
units/dl.
Imaging
H X-rays show characteristic bone deformities and abnormalities such as Loosers zones (pseudofractures).

896

Vitamin D deficiency

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 897

Treatment
General
H Sunlight exposure

Medications
H For osteomalacia and rickets (except when caused

by malabsorption), massive oral doses of vitamin D


or cod liver oil
H For rickets refractory to vitamin D or in rickets accompanied by hepatic or renal disease, 25-hydroxycholecalciferol, 1,25-dihydroxycholecalciferol, or a
synthetic analogue of active vitamin D

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.

Nursing interventions
H Obtain a dietary history to assess the patients current

vitamin D intake.
H Administer supplementary aqueous preparations of

vitamin D for chronic fat malabsorption, hydroxylated cholecalciferol for refractory rickets, and supplemental vitamin D for breast-fed infants.

Monitoring
H Dietary intake
H Comfort level

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H watching for signs of vitamin D toxicity (headache,
nausea, constipation and, after prolonged use, renal
calculi).

Discharge planning
H If deficiency is due to socioeconomic conditions, re-

fer the patient to an appropriate community agency.

Vitamin D deficiency

897

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 898

Vitamin E deficiency
Overview
Description

Common characteristics
Infants
H Edema
H Skin lesions
Adults
H Intermittent claudication

H Deficiency of vitamin E in the body

Complications

Pathophysiology

H Disorders of reproduction
H Abnormalities of muscle, liver, bone marrow, and

H Vitamin E (tocopherol) appears to act primarily as

brain function

an antioxidant, preventing intracellular oxidation of


polyunsaturated fatty acids and other lipids.
H Deficiency of vitamin E usually manifests as hemolytic
anemia in low-birth-weight or premature neonates.
With treatment, prognosis is good.

H Hemolysis of RBC
H Skeletal muscle dystrophy

Causes

History

H In infants, usually results from consuming formulas

H Intermittent claudication

high in polyunsaturated fatty acids that are fortified


with iron but not vitamin E (Such formulas increase
the need for vitamin E because the iron supplement
catalyzes the oxidation of red blood cell [RBC]
lipids.)
H Conditions associated with fat malabsorption

Incidence
H Uncommon in adults but possible in people whose

diets are high in polyunsaturated fatty acids, which


increase vitamin E requirements, and in people with
vitamin E malabsorption, which impairs RBC survival

Foods that contain vitamin E


The following foods contain significant amounts of
vitamin E.
H Almonds
H Almond oil
H Asparagus
H Avocadoes
H Canola oil
H Corn
H Corn oil
H Cottonseed oil
H Hazelnuts
H Kiwi
H Mangoes
H Nuts
H Olives
H Safflower oil
H Soybeans
H Soybean oil
H Sunflower seeds
H Wheat germ
H Wheat germ oil

898

Vitamin E deficiency

Assessment

Physical findings
H Edema
H Skin lesions

Test results
Laboratory
H Serum alpha-tocopherol levels are below 0.5 mg/dl
in adults and below 0.2 mg/dl in infants.
H Creatinuria, increased creatine kinase levels, hemolytic anemia, and an elevated platelet count support
the diagnosis.
Other
H Dietary and medical histories suggest vitamin E deficiency.

Treatment
General
H Diet high in foods rich in vitamin E, such as vegetable

oils, whole grains, dark green leafy vegetables, nuts,


and legumes

Medications
H Vitamin E supplementation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H express understanding of dietary adjustments needed
to improve nutritional status.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage patient to consume foods high in vitamin

E. (See Foods that contain vitamin E.)

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 899

Monitoring
H Dietary intake

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preventing deficiency by providing vitamin E supplements for low-birth-weight infants receiving formulas
not fortified with vitamin E and for adults with vitamin E malabsorption
H dietary changes
H that food manufacturers fortify many products
with vitamins and minerals (Read the nutrition facts
panel of food labels to find out if a food contains
vitamin E.)
H that most adults in the United States get enough vitamin E from their normal diets to meet current recommendations. (Caution those on low-fat diets that
low-fat intake can substantially decrease vitamin E
intake if appropriate food choices arent made.)

Discharge planning
H If vitamin E deficiency is related to socioeconomic

conditions, refer the patient to appropriate community agencies.

Vitamin E deficiency

899

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 900

Vitamin K deficiency
Overview

Incidence
H Vitamin K deficiency is common among neonates in

the first few days postpartum due to poor placental


transfer of vitamin K and inadequate production of
vitamin K-producing intestinal flora.

Description

Common characteristics

H Deficiency of vitamin K in the body

H Abnormal bleeding tendency

Pathophysiology

Complications

H Vitamin K is an element necessary for formation of

H Bleeding

prothrombin and other clotting factors in the liver;


deficiency produces abnormal bleeding.
H If the deficiency is corrected, the prognosis is excellent.
H Vitamin K is found in specific foods and is also made
by the bacteria that line the GI tract.

Assessment
History
H Prolonged or easy bleeding

Causes

Physical findings

H Prolonged use of drugs, such as the anticoagulant

H Ecchymosis
H Petechiae

dicumarol and antibiotics that destroy normal intestinal bacteria


H Obstruction of the bile duct or bile fistula
H Malabsorption of vitamin K due to sprue, pellagra,
bowel resection, ileitis, or ulcerative colitis
H Chronic hepatic disease
H Cystic fibrosis

Test results
Laboratory
H Prothrombin time (PT) 25% longer than the normal
range of 10 to 20 seconds confirms the diagnosis of
vitamin K deficiency after other causes of prolonged
PT (such as anticoagulant therapy or hepatic disease) have been ruled out.

Foods that contain vitamin K

Treatment

The following foods contain significant amounts of


vitamin K.

General

Breads, cereals, rice, and pasta

H Diet rich in foods high in vitamin K, such as green

H Oats
H Wheat bran
H Whole wheat flour

Fruits

H Avocados

Vegetables

H Broccoli
H Cabbage
H Cauliflower
H Endive
H Kale
H Lentils (dry)
H Lettuce (iceberg)
H Soybeans
H Spinach
H Swiss chard
H Turnip greens
H Watercress

Organ meats

H Beef liver
H Chicken liver
H Pork liver

Fats, oils, sugars


H Corn oil
H Soybean oil

leafy vegetables, cereals, soybeans, and other vegetables. (See Foods that contain vitamin K.)

Medications
H Vitamin K

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H improve vitamin levels
H show less tendency to bleed easily
H show improved laboratory values.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage the patient to consume foods high in vita-

min K.
H Administer vitamin K to neonates and patients with fat

malabsorption or with prolonged diarrhea caused by


colitis, ileitis, or long-term antibiotic therapy.

Monitoring
H PT
H Signs of bleeding

900

Vitamin K deficiency

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 901

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H warning against self-medication with or overuse of
antibiotics, which destroy the intestinal bacteria necessary to generate significant amounts of vitamin K
H dietary counseling
H warning the patient to take safety precautions because vitamin K deficiency can cause an increased
risk of bruising and bleeding.

Vitamin K deficiency

901

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 902

Vitiligo
Overview

H About 50% of cases beginning between ages 10 and

30
H No racial predilection
H Males and females about equally affected (Females

tend to seek treatment more than males.)

Description

Common characteristics

H Hypopigmentation condition of the skin


H May cause a serious cosmetic problem
H Concurrent risk of other diseases, especially thyroid

H Loss of pigment
H Locally increased sunburn

Pathophysiology

H Extreme photosensitivity in depigmented areas


H Hypersensitivity reactions to therapeutic agents and

H Destruction of melanocytes and circulating antibod-

ies results in hypopigmented areas.

Causes
H Unknown; may have both genetic and environmental

components

Risk factors
H In about 30% of patients, first-degree relative with

the same disorder


H Precipitating factors:

Stressful physical or psychological events


Chemical agents, such as phenols and catechols
H Associated concurrent diseases:
Thyroid dysfunction
Pernicious anemia
Addisons disease
Aseptic meningitis
Diabetes mellitus

Complications
to dyes or cosmetics used to camouflage lesions

Assessment
History
H Familial history of vitiligo

Physical findings
H Depigmented or stark-white skin patches; almost im-

perceptible on fair-skinned whites


H Patches usually bilaterally symmetrical, with distinct

Incidence

borders that may be raised and hyperpigmented (see


Recognizing vitiligo)
H Patches most likely over bony prominences, around
orifices, within body folds, and at sites of traumatic
injury
H Hair within lesions also possibly white
H Prematurely gray hair
H Ocular pigment changes

H Affects about 1% of U.S. population


H Onset at any age

Test results

Recognizing vitiligo
This illustration shows characteristic depigmented skin
patches in vitiligo. These patches are usually bilaterally
symmetrical, with distinct borders.

Diagnostic procedures
H Woods light examination in a darkened room shows
vitiliginous patches in fair-skinned patients.
H Skin biopsy result confirms the diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Sunscreens
H Cosmetics and skin dyes as cover-ups

Medications
H Repigmentation compounds, such as topical corti-

costeroids or calcipotriene
H Depigmentation creams
H Oral psoralen photochemical therapy

Surgery
H Skin grafting
H Tattooing (micropigmentation)

Other
H Narrow-band ultraviolent B therapy

902

Vitiligo

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 903

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H verbalize understanding of the disorder and treatment
H verbalize feelings about changed body image
H avoid complications.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of feelings about appearance.
H Offer emotional support and reassurance.
H Reinforce treatment goals.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Complications

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H that exposure to sunlight also darkens normal skin in
patients undergoing repigmentation therapy
H the use of sunscreen, sunglasses, and protective
clothing
H that results of depigmentation are permanent
H adverse effects of sunlight.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to the National Vitiligo Foundation.

Vitiligo

903

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 904

Volvulus
Overview
Description
H Twisting of the intestine at least 180 degrees on itself
H Marked by sudden onset of severe abdominal pain
H Results in blood vessel compression
H Causes obstruction both proximal and distal to the

twisted loop
H Occurs in a bowel segment long enough to twist,
most commonly the sigmoid colon (small bowel a
common site in children)
H Other common sites: the stomach and cecum

Pathophysiology
H The colon twists on its mesentery.
H A closed loop obstruction occurs, affecting venous

drainage and arterial inflow.


H Cecal volvulus is a congenital defect in the peri-

toneum with inadequate fixation of the cecum. (See


What happens in volvulus.)

Risk factors
H Straining at stool
H Pregnancy
H Intestinal malignancy
H Hernia
H High-bulk diet
H History of previous attacks
H Use of chronic neuropsychotropic drugs
H Chronic constipation and laxative abuse

Incidence
H Varies worldwide in cases of volvulus of the large

bowel
H Accounts for 1% to 5% of all large-bowel obstruc-

tions in advanced Western populations


H Most common sites: sigmoid colon (80%), cecum

(15%), transverse colon (3%), and splenic flexure


(2%)
H Common in regions of Africa, Southern Asia, and
South America
H About 50% of large-bowel obstructions caused by
volvulus occurring in the volvulus belt of Africa
and the Middle East
H Affects males and females equally

Causes

Common characteristics

H Anomaly of bowel rotation in utero


H Ingested foreign body
H Adhesions
H Meconium ileus (in patients with cystic fibrosis)

H Severe abdominal pain and distention


H Vomiting
H Constipation

What happens in volvulus


Although volvulus may occur anywhere in a bowel segment long enough to twist, the most common site, as this illustration
depicts, is the sigmoid colon, causing edema within the closed loop and obstruction at its proximal and distal ends.
NORMAL BOWEL SEGMENT

Sigmoid colon

VOLVULUS

Edematous intestine

Counterclockwise
twist

904

Volvulus

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 905

Complications
H Strangulation of the twisted bowel loop
H Bowel ischemia and infarction
H Bowel perforation

Assessment
History
H Severe abdominal pain
H Bilious vomiting
H Constipation

Physical findings
H Abdominal distention
H Palpable abdominal mass

Test results
Laboratory
H White blood cell count, in strangulation, is greater
than 15,000/ml; in bowel infarction, its greater than
20,000/ml.
Imaging
H Abdominal X-rays may show multiple distended bowel loops and a large bowel without gas. In midgut
volvulus, abdominal X-rays may be normal.
H Barium enema, in cecal volvulus, shows barium filling the colon distal to the affected section of cecum;
in sigmoid volvulus, barium may twist to a point and,
in adults, take on an ace of spades configuration.

H regain normal bowel function


H express an understanding of the disorder and treat-

ment regimen.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage verbalization and provide support.
H Adminster prescribed drugs.
H Adminster prescribed I.V. fluids.

Monitoring
H Pain control
H Bowel function
H Vital signs
H Fluid and electrolyte balance
H Nasogastric tube function and drainage
H Wound site

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H preoperative teaching
H medication administration, dosage, and possible
adverse effects
H the signs and symptoms of infection
H the importance of follow-up care.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to support services.

Treatment
General
H For adults with sigmoid volvulus, nonsurgical treat-

ment: proctoscopy to check for infarction and reduction by careful insertion of a flexible sigmoidoscope
to deflate the bowel
H I.V. therapy
H Nothing by mouth until condition resolves
H Bed rest until condition resolves

Medications
H Antibiotics
H Analgesics

Surgery
H For children with midgut volvulus
H Detorsion (untwisting)
H Resection and anastomosis

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort and decreased
pain
H have stable vital signs
H avoid complications

Volvulus

905

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 906

von Willebrands
disease
Overview
Description
H Hereditary bleeding disorder characterized by pro-

longed bleeding time, moderate deficiency of clotting


factor VIII (antihemophilic factor), and impaired
platelet function
H Also known as angiohemophilia, pseudohemophilia, and vascular hemophilia

Test results
Laboratory
H Bleeding time is prolonged to more than 6 minutes.
H Partial thromboplastin time is slightly prolonged to
more than 45 seconds.
H Factor VIII-related antigen levels are absent or reduced, and factor VIII activity level is low.
H In vitro platelet aggregation is defective using the ristocetin coagulation factor assay test.
H Platelet count and clot retraction are normal.
H Urinalysis is positive for blood cells.
H Stool sample is heme-positive.

Treatment

Pathophysiology

General

H Mild to moderate deficiency of factor VIII and defec-

H Depends on the symptoms and underlying type of

tive platelet adhesion prolong coagulation time.


H This disease results from a deficiency of von Willebrands factor (factor VIIIVWF), which appears to occupy the factor VIII molecule and may be necessary
for the production of factor VIII and proper platelet
function.
H Defective platelet function is characterized by decreased agglutination and adhesion at the bleeding
site, reduced platelet retention when filtered through
a column of packed glass beads, and diminished
ristocetin-induced platelet aggregation.

Causes
H Inherited as an autosomal dominant trait
H Acquired form identified in patients with cancer and

immune disorders

Incidence
H Affects males and females; tends to be more common

in males

Common characteristics
H Bleeding from the skin or mucosal surfaces
H In females, excessive uterine bleeding

Complications
H Hemorrhage

Assessment
History
H Possible familial history of the disease
H Easy bruising and frequent bleeding from the nose or

gums (petechiae rare)


H Menorrhagia
H Hemorrhage after a laceration or surgery
H Possible episodes of GI bleeding

Physical findings
H Bruises
H Abnormal bleeding
H Rash

906

von Willebrands disease

disease
H Decreasing bleeding time by local measures and re-

placing factor VIII and, consequently, factor VIIIVWF

H Avoidance of aspirin
H Alternation of activities and rest periods (if patient is

fatigued after a bleeding episode)

Medications
H Cryoprecipitate (cryoprecipitated antihemophilic fac-

tor)
H Vasopressin analogue such as desmopressin
H Factor VIII concentrates

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience hemodynamic stability
H have palpable peripheral pulses
H maintain normal fluid volume
H incur no injury
H exhibit adequate coping skills.

Nursing interventions
H Provide emotional support as necessary.
H During a bleeding episode, elevate the area if possi-

ble, and apply cold compresses and gentle pressure


to the bleeding site. (Pressure is usually the only
treatment necessary.)
H Adminster prescribed drugs or transfusions.
H Prevent potential injury by using an electric razor,
keeping the room free from clutter, and providing a
cushioned sitting and sleeping surface (such as a
convoluted foam mattress).

Monitoring
H Signs and symptoms of decreased tissue perfusion
H Vital signs
H Frequently, for bleeding from the skin, mucous mem-

branes, and wounds

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 907

H After surgery, bleeding time or other clotting proce-

dure for 24 to 48 hours and for signs of new bleeding


H Adverse reactions to blood products

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the need to notify a physician after even minor trauma and before all surgery, including dental procedures, to determine whether replacement of blood
components is necessary
H warnings against using aspirin and other drugs that
impair platelet function (how to recognize overthe-counter medications that contain aspirin)
H special precautions to prevent bleeding episodes
H the importance of wearing or carrying medical identification
H measures to control bleeding and how to prevent
bleeding, unnecessary trauma, and complications.

Discharge planning
H Refer parents of an affected child for genetic coun-

seling.

von Willebrands disease

907

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 908

Vulvovaginitis
Overview
Description
H Inflammation of the vulva (vulvitis) and vagina

(vaginitis)
H Prognosis good with treatment

Pathophysiology
H Because of the proximity of the vulva and vagina, in-

flammation of one usually precipitates inflammation


of the other.

Causes
Vaginitis
H Protozoan infection (Trichomonas vaginalis)
H Fungal infection (Candida albicans)
H Bacterial infection (bacterial vaginosis)
H Venereal infection (Neisseria gonorrhoeae)
H Viral infection with venereal warts or herpes simplex
virus Type 2
Vulvitis
H Parasitic infection (Phthirus pubis, crab louse)
H Traumatic injury
H Poor personal hygiene
H Chemical irritations
H Allergic reactions, such as to douches or toilet paper
H Retention of a foreign body such as a tampon

Risk factors
H Pregnancy
H Hormonal contraceptives
H Diabetes mellitus
H Systemic broad-spectrum antibiotics
H Vaginal mucosa and vulval atrophy in menopausal

women

Incidence
H Occurs at any age
H Affects most females at some time

Common characteristics
H Vaginal itching in most cases
H Vaginal discharge in many cases

Complications
H Inflammation of the perineum
H Skin breakdown
H Secondary infection
H Dyspareunia
H Dysuria

908

Vulvovaginitis

Assessment
History
Trichomonal vaginitis
H Vaginal irritation and itching
H Urinary symptoms, such as burning and frequency
Candidal vaginitis
H Intense vaginal itching
H Thick, white, cottage cheese-like discharge
Bacterial vaginosis
H Fishy-smelling discharge
H May be asymptomatic
Gonorrhea
H Possibly no symptoms
H Dysuria
Acute vulvitis
H Vulvar burning, pruritus
H Severe dysuria
H Dyspareunia

Physical findings
Trichomonal vaginitis
H Thin, bubbly, green-tinged, and malodorous vaginal
discharge
Candidal vaginitis
H Thick, white, cottage cheese-like discharge
H Red, edematous mucous membranes with white
flecks on vaginal wall
Bacterial vaginosis
H Gray, foul, fishy-smelling discharge
Gonorrhea
H Profuse and purulent discharge
Acute vulvitis
H Vulvar edema and erythema
Herpesvirus infection
H Ulceration or vesicle formation on the perineum (active phase)
H Severe edema that may involve entire perineum
(chronic infection)

Test results
Laboratory
H Wet slide preparation and microscopic examination
of vaginal exudates are used in obtaining various test
results:
Vaginitis diagnosis requires identification of the infectious organism.
In trichomonal infections, the presence of motile,
flagellated trichomonads confirms the diagnosis.
In monilial vaginitis, 10% potassium hydroxide is
added to the slide; diagnosis requires identification of C. albicans fungus.
In bacterial vaginosis, saline wet mount shows the
presence of clue cells, giving it a stippled appearance.
Gonorrhea requires a culture of vaginal exudate to
confirm the diagnosis.
H Diagnosis of vulvitis or a suspected sexually transmitted disease (STD) may require a complete blood

9400V.qxd

8/2/12

4:53 PM

Page 909

count, urinalysis, cytology screening, biopsy of


chronic lesions to rule out cancer, and culture of
exudate from acute lesions.

H proper application of vaginal ointments and supposi-

tories
H the need for meticulous hand washing before and af-

ter drug administration

Treatment
General
H Cold compresses or cool sitz baths to relieve pruritus
H Warm compresses for severe inflammation
H Avoidance of drying soaps
H Loose clothing to promote air circulation
H For chronic vulvitis, changing problematic environ-

H preventing skin breakdown and secondary infections


H good hygiene practices
H wearing all-cotton, white underpants and avoiding

tight-fitting pants and panty hose


H abstaining from alcoholic beverages with metronida-

zole therapy
H that metronidazole therapy may turn the urine dark

brown.

mental factors

Medications
H Antibacterials
H Antiprotozoal agents
H Topical corticosteroids
H Antipruritics
H Topical estrogen ointments
H Antivirals

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express feelings of increased comfort
H exhibit no signs of infection
H express concerns about self-concept, self-esteem,
and body image
H use available counseling or a support group.

Nursing interventions
H Encourage expression of feelings.
H Help the patient develop effective coping strategies.
H Provide comfort measures.
H Use meticulous hand-washing technique.
H Report cases of STDs to the public health authorities.
H Administer drug therapy.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment
H Vaginal discharge
H Signs and symptoms of secondary infection

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the correlation between sexual contact and spread of
vaginal infections
H using condoms to prevent or decrease the spread of
sexually transmitted infections
H notifying sexual partners of the need for treatment
H abstaining from sexual intercourse until the infection
resolves
H completing prescribed drugs, even if symptoms subside

Vulvovaginitis

909

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 910

W
Warts

Overview
Description

H Common, benign, skin growths


H Prognosis varies, some disappearing readily with

treatment, others necessitating more vigorous and


prolonged treatment
H Also known as verrucae

Pathophysiology
H Warts are small harmless tumors of the skin caused

by a virus.
H Most are well-defined.
H Mode of transmission is probably through direct

contact, but autoinoculation is possible.

Plantar
H Slightly elevated or flat
H Occur singly or in large clusters (mosaic warts), primarily at pressure points of the feet
Digitate
H Fingerlike, horny projection arising from a peashaped base
H On scalp or near hairline
Condyloma acuminatum (moist wart)
H Usually small, pink to red, moist, and soft
H Single or in large cauliflower-like clusters on the
penis, scrotum, vulva, or anus
H May be transmitted through sexual contact; not
always venereal in origin

Complications
H Scarring
H Recurrence of wart
H Formation of keloid

H Warts are categorized by location and appearance.

Causes
H Infection with the human papillomavirus, a group of

ether-resistant, deoxyribonucleic acid-containing papovaviruses

Risk factors
H Breaks in skin
H Nail biting

Incidence
H Highest in children and young adults, but may occur

at any age

Common characteristics
H Clinical manifestations dependent on the type of wart

and its location.


Common (verruca vulgaris)
H Rough, elevated, rounded surface
H Appears most commonly on limbs, particularly hands
and fingers
H Most prevalent in children and young adults
Filiform
H Single, thin, threadlike projection
H Commonly occurs around the face and neck
Periungual
H Rough, irregularly shaped, elevated surface
H Occurs around edges of fingernails and toenails
H When severe, may extend under the nail and lift it off
the nail bed, causing pain
Flat (juvenile)
H Multiple groupings of up to several hundred slightly
raised lesions with smooth, flat, or slightly rounded
tops
H Common on the face, neck, chest, knees, dorsa of
hands, wrists, and flexor surfaces of the forearms
H Usually in children but can affect adults
H Distribution usually linear because spreading possible from scratching or shaving

910

Warts

Assessment
History
H Based on type and location
H Contact with someone having warts

Physical findings
H Small, hard, flat-to-raised lump or lesion on the skin
H Small, flat lesion on forehead, cheeks, arms, or legs
H Rough, round, painful lesion on sole
H Rough growth around fingernails or toenails

Test results
Diagnostic procedures
H Recurrent anal warts require sigmoidoscopy to rule
out internal involvement, which may necessitate
surgery.
H Skin biopsy may confirm diagnosis in some cases.
Other
H Visual examination usually confirms the diagnosis.

Treatment
General
H Cryotherapy

Medications
H Acid therapy (primary or adjunctive)
H 25% podophyllin in compound benzoin tincture (for

venereal warts)
H Imiquimod cream
H Bleomycin injection

Surgery
H Electrodesiccation and curettage (see Removing

warts by electrosurgery)
H Carbon dioxide laser therapy

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 911

Removing warts by electrosurgery


1. Injection of 1% to 2% lidocaine under and around the
wart, avoiding the wart itself

2. Electrodesiccation of the wart

3. Removal of the wart tissue with a curette and


curved scissors

4. Light desiccation of the area to control bleeding and


prevent recurrence

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H express understanding of disorder and treatment
H express feelings about change in body image
H exhibit improved or healed lesions.

Nursing interventions
H During acid or podophyllin therapy, protect the sur-

rounding area with petroleum jelly or sodium bicarbonate (baking soda).

H Bleeding
H Lesion healing

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H that conscientious adherence to prescribed therapy
is essential
H that the patients sex partner may also need treatment
H need to avoid direct contact with warts.

Monitoring
H Response to treatment

Warts

911

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 912

West Nile encephalitis


Overview
Description
H An infectious disease, part of a family of vector-borne

diseases that also includes malaria, yellow fever, and


Lyme disease
H Mortality rate from 3% to 15%; higher in elderly
population
H Ticks infected with the virus found in Africa and Asia
only; role of ticks in transmission and maintenance
of the virus uncertain
H Also called West Nile virus

Pathophysiology
H Virus has an incubation period of 5 to 15 days after

exposure.
H Mosquitoes become infected by feeding on birds

contaminated with the virus.

Assessment
History
H Headache
H Myalgia
H Neck stiffness
H Possible recent exposure to bodies of water, dead

birds, or recent mosquito bites


H Decreased appetite
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Diarrhea

Physical findings
H Fever
H Rash
H Swollen lymph glands
H Stupor and disorientation
H Stiff neck
H Change in mental status

H The virus is transmitted to a human by the bite of an

Test results

infected mosquito (mostly the Culex species).


H Disease primarily causes inflammation or encephalitis of the brain.

Laboratory
H White blood cell (WBC) count is normal or increased.
H Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), the
MAC-ELISA, allows a rapid and definitive diagnosis.
H Accurate diagnosis is possible only when serum or
cerebrospinal fluid specimens are obtained while the
patient is still hospitalized with acute illness and they
show an elevated WBC count and protein levels.
Imaging
H Magnetic resonance imaging may show inflammation.

Causes
H A flavivirus commonly found in humans, birds, and

other vertebrates in Africa, West Asia, and the Middle


East

Risk factors
H Recent chemotherapy
H Recent organ transplantation
H Immunocompromised state
H Pregnancy
H Advanced age
H Breast-feeding

Incidence
H In temperate areas, occurs mainly in late summer or

early fall
H In milder climates, can occur year-round
H Risk greater in areas with active cases
H Greatest risk in those older than age 50 and those

with compromised immune systems

Common characteristics
H Incubation period 5 to 15 days after exposure
H No symptoms in most patients bitten by infected mos-

quito; only 1 in 300 getting sick


H Fever
H Headache
H Myalgia

Complications
H Neurologic impairment
H Seizures
H Death

912

West Nile encephalitis

Treatment
General
H No specific treatment
H Respiratory support
H Increased fluid intake
H Rest periods when fatigued

Medications
H Antipyretics

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H maintain collateral circulation
H maintain hemodynamic stability
H have adequate cardiac output
H remain afebrile
H have an adequate fluid volume.

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 913

Nursing interventions

Prevention

H Maintain adequate hydration with I.V. fluids.


H Adminster prescribed medications.
H Provide respiratory support measures when needed.
H Follow standard precautions when handling blood or

Preventing West Nile


encephalitis

other body fluids.


H Report any suspected cases of West Nile encephalitis

to the state department of health.

Monitoring
H Fluid and electrolyte status
H Neurologic status
H Vital signs

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H the proper use of insect repellants, which can irritate
the eyes and mouth, and to avoid applying repellant
to the hands of children (shouldnt be applied to
children younger than age 3) (see Preventing West
Nile encephalitis)
H the expected course and outcomes of the illness
H the need to drink fluids to avoid dehydration
H how to stop mosquitoes from breeding by:
cleaning out birdbaths and wading pools at least
once per week
cleaning roof gutters and downspout screens
eliminating any standing water
not allowing water to collect in trash cans
turning over or removing containers in yards
where rainwater collects, such as toys and old
tires.

To reduce the risk of infection with West Nile encephalitis,


advise patients to follow these guidelines:
H Stay indoors at dawn and dusk and in early evening
when mosquitoes are biting.
H Wear long-sleeved shirts and long pants when outdoors.
H Apply insect repellent sparingly to exposed skin. Effective repellents contain 20% to 30% DEET (N,N-diethyltoluamide). DEET in high concentrations (greater than
30%) can cause adverse effects, particularly in children, and should be avoided; adults should apply repellent on children with no more than 10% DEET.
H Dont place repellent under clothing.
H Dont apply repellent over cuts, wounds, sunburn, or
irritated skin.
H Wash repellent off daily and reapply as needed.

Discharge planning
H Refer the patient to an infectious disease specialist.

West Nile encephalitis

913

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 914

X-linked
infantile hypogammaglobulinemia
Overview
Description

H A congenital disorder in which all five immunoglobu-

lins (Ig) IgM, IgG, IgA, IgD, and IgE and circulating B cells absent or deficient but T cells intact
H Good prognosis with early treatment, except in infants developing polio or persistent viral infection;
usually causing some permanent damage, especially
in the neurologic or respiratory system
H Also called Brutons agammaglobulinemia or XLA

Pathophysiology
H B cells and B-cell precursors may be present in the

bone marrow and peripheral blood, but a mutation


in the B-cell protein tyrosine kinase causes failure of
the B cells to mature and to secrete immunoglobulin.

H Abnormal dental caries


H Polyarthritis resembling rheumatoid arthritis

Physical findings
H Retarded growth
H Lymphadenopathy and splenomegaly usually absent,

despite recurrent infections

Test results
Laboratory
H Immunoelectrophoresis confirms decreased levels or
a total absence of IgM, IgA, and IgG in the serum;
however, diagnosis by this method usually isnt possible until the infant is age 9 months.
H Antigenic stimulation confirms an inability to produce specific antibodies, although cellular immunity
remains intact.

Treatment
General
H Prevention or control of infections
H Fresh frozen plasma
H Well-balanced diet

Causes

Medications

H Congenital

H Immune globulin
H Antibiotics

Incidence
H Affects males almost exclusively
H Occurs in 1 in 50,000 to 100,000 births

Nursing considerations

Common characteristics

Key outcomes

H Asymptomatic until age 6 months, when transplacen-

tal maternal immunoglobulins that provided immunity have been depleted


H Recurrent infections such as bacterial otitis media

The patient will:


H demonstrate an understanding of the disorder
H prevent infections by limiting exposure
H report signs and symptoms of infection promptly.

Complications

Nursing interventions

H Hepatitis
H Enteroviral infections
H Poliovirus

H Maintain adequate nutrition and hydration.


H Perform chest physiotherapy if required.

Assessment

H Vital signs
H Intake and output

History
H Recurrent infections:

914

Otitis media
Pneumonia
Dermatitis
Bronchitis
Meningitis
Conjunctivitis

X-linked infantile hypogammaglobulinemia

Monitoring

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H recognizing early signs of infection and reporting
them promptly
H cleaning cuts and scrapes immediately

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 915

H avoiding crowds and people who have active infec-

tions
H how to meet nutritional and fluid needs during acute

infection.

Discharge planning
H Suggest genetic counseling if parents have questions

about the vulnerability of future offspring.

X-linked infantile hypogammaglobulinemia

915

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 916

Zinc deficiency
Overview

H Dysgeusia (unpleasant taste)


H Hyposmia (decreased odor acuity)
H Dysosmia (unpleasant odor in nasopharynx)
H Severe iron deficiency anemia
H Bone deformities

Description

Complications

H Insufficient amounts of zinc, an essential trace ele-

H Hypogonadism
H Dwarfism
H Hyperpigmentation

ment thats a vital component of many enzymes and


present in the bones, teeth, hair, skin, testes, liver,
and muscles
H Good prognosis with correction of the deficiency

Pathophysiology

Assessment

H Zinc deficiency causes impairment of synthesis of de-

History

oxyribonucleic acid, ribonucleic acid and, ultimately,


protein, and alters normal blood concentrations of
vitamin A by mobilizing it from the liver.
H About 90% of zinc stores are in bone and skeletal
muscle.

H Weight loss
H Poor appetite
H Growth retardation
H Short stature
H Mental lethargy
H Diarrhea
H Intercurrent infections

Causes
H Excessive intake of foods (containing iron, calcium,

vitamin D, and the fiber and phytates in cereals) that


bind zinc to form insoluble chelates that prevent its
absorption
H Blood loss from parasitism
H Low dietary intake of foods containing zinc

Risk factors
H Alcohol consumption
H Corticosteroids
H Celiac disease

Incidence
H Most common in people from underdeveloped coun-

tries, especially in the Middle East


H Children most susceptible to this deficiency during

periods of rapid growth

Common characteristics
H Hepatosplenomegaly
H Sparse hair growth
H Soft, misshapen nails
H Poor wound healing
H Anorexia
H Hypogeusesthesia (decreased taste acuity)

Physical findings
H Sparse hair growth
H Rough skin
H Poor wound healing
H Striae
H White spots on fingernails
H Acne

Test results
Laboratory
H Fasting serum zinc levels are below 70 mcg/dl.

Treatment
General
H Correction of the underlying cause
H Diet high in zinc

Medications
H Zinc supplementation

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes

Foods that contain zinc


The following foods contain significant amounts of zinc.
H Beans
H Dairy products
H Fortified breakfast cereals
H Nuts
H Oysters
H Poultry
H Red meat
H Seafood
H Whole grains

916

Zinc deficiency

The patient will:


H express understanding of dietary needs
H improve zinc levels
H maintain or improve weight
H experience improved skin condition.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Provide information about dietary sources of zinc.

(See Foods that contain zinc.)

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 917

Monitoring
H Response to treatment

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H taking zinc supplements with milk or meals to prevent gastric distress and vomiting
H following a balanced diet that includes foods high
in zinc
H correct use of calcium and iron supplements.

Zinc deficiency

917

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 918

Zollinger-Ellison
syndrome

H GI bleeding
H Steatorrhea
H Duodenal ulceration

Overview

H Metastatic disease
H Hemorrhage
H Perforation
H Obstruction
H Production of other substances, such as corti-

Description
H Rare disease characterized by:

Markedly elevated gastric acid secretion


Peptic ulcer disease
A gastrinoma or non-beta islet cell tumor of the
pancreas or duodenal wall that produces the hormone gastrin
H Gastrinomas, may be single or multiple, large or
small, and benign or malignant.
H More than two-thirds of gastrinomas malignant;
about one-third metastasized to the liver at the time
of diagnosis
H Causes numerous ulcers in unusual areas of the
stomach or intestine, more resistant to treatment
than other ulcers; ulcers commonly returning after
treatment

Pathophysiology
H Tumors that produce excess gastrin form in the pan-

creas, stomach, and duodenum.


H Hypergastrinemia causes hypertrophy of the gastric

mucosa, leading to increased numbers of parietal


cells and increased acid output.
H Gastrin also stimulates acid secretion, resulting in increased basal acid secretion.
H This leads to GI mucosal ulceration.

Causes
H Unknown
H May be hereditary or associated with some cancers
H May be associated with multiple endocrine neoplasia,

type I (MEN I); about 25% of people having gastrinomas have them as part of MEN I

Risk factors
H MEN I
H Family history of ulcer disease

Incidence

Complications

cotropin, with resulting Cushings syndrome


H Decrease in vitamin B12 levels possible due to med-

ication effects

Assessment
History
H Numerous ulcers resistant to treatment
H Presence of peptic ulcer disease without evidence of

bacterial etiology
H Signs and symptoms of disorder
H Anemia

Physical findings
H Weight loss
H Abdominal pain
H Hematemesis

Test results
Laboratory
H Gastrin secretion studies are elevated.
H Fasting serum gastrin level is elevated.
H Basal gastric acid output is elevated.
H Decreased gastric pH shows high acidity.
H Serum calcium, phosphorus, cortisol, and prolactin
levels rule out MEN I.
Imaging
H Computed tomography scans locate tumors.
H Magnetic resonance imaging locates tumors.
H Upper GI endoscopy shows ulcers.
H Endoscopic ultrasound locates tumors and allows a
biopsy to be obtained.
H Somatostatin receptor scintigraphy determines tumor
metastasis.
Diagnostic procedures
H Portal vein sampling

H Fewer than three out of every one million people in

the United States


H Average age at diagnosis: 50
H Slightly higher in males than in females

Common characteristics
H Gnawing, burning abdominal pain
H Reflux esophagitis
H Diarrhea
H Nausea
H Vomiting
H Fatigue and weakness
H Weight loss

918

Zollinger-Ellison syndrome

Treatment
General
H Blood transfusions, if necessary
H Surgical removal of tumors generally unsuccessful

because gastrinomas usually small, numerous, and


difficult to locate; regrowth common

Medications
H Proton pump inhibitors to suppress acid production

and promote healing

9400WXYZ.qxd

8/2/12

4:54 PM

Page 919

H Histamine blockers to reduce the amount of hy-

drochloric acid released into the digestive tract


H Chemotherapy to treat malignant tumors

Surgery
H To stop hemorrhaging from bleeding ulcers, relieve

an obstruction, or close a perforation


H Sympathectomy of nerves that promote acid secretion
H Laparotomy to remove resectable tumors

Nursing considerations
Key outcomes
The patient will:
H experience increased comfort and decreased pain
H maintain balanced fluid volume
H verbalize understanding of disorder and treatment
H return to normal bowel elimination
H maintain appropriate weight.

Nursing interventions
H Administer prescribed drugs.
H Assist with dietary choices.
H Provide preoperative and postoperative care, as ap-

propriate.
H Provide emotional support.

Monitoring
H Intake and output
H Daily weight
H Pain control
H Wound healing (if surgery is performed)

Patient teaching
Be sure to cover:
H the disorder, diagnosis, and treatment
H medication administration, dosage, and possible adverse effects
H diet modifications
H importance of follow-up care.

Zollinger-Ellison syndrome

919

9400 FM.qxd

8/2/12

4:16 PM

Page vii

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 921

Less common diseases


Selected references
Web resources
Index

921

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 922

Less common diseases


Names

Description

Treatment

Achilles tendon
contracture

Shortening of the Achilles tendon that results


in foot pain and strain with limited ankle dorsiflexion; may be due to a congenital abnormality, reaction to chronic poor posture, or a
paralytic condition

Conservative treatment includes raising the


inside heel of the shoe, lowering the heels
of shoes, stretching exercises, support
braces, casting, and analgesics.
Tenectomy may be performed for patients
with fixed footdrop.

Actinomycosis
(lumpy jaw)

Infection caused by gram-positive anaerobic


bacillus Actinomyces israelii, resulting in
painful swellings of granulomatous, suppurative lesions with abscesses commonly on the
head, neck, thorax, or abdomen

High-dose I.V. penicillin cycline is administered for 1 to 2 months, followed by oral


penicillin for 1 to 6 months.
Lesions are surgically excised and drained.

Adenovirus
infection

Acute, self-limiting febrile infection resulting


in inflammation of the respiratory or ocular
mucous membranes, or both; 35 serotypes
cause five major infections; transmitted by direct inoculation into the eye, oral-fecal route,
or inhalation of droplets; highly contagious

Bed rest, antipyretics, and analgesics may


be prescribed as needed.
Ocular infections may require corticosteroid
therapy and supervision by an ophthalmologist.
Hospitalization is required for infants with
pneumonia and in epidemic keratoconjunctivitis.

Alpha1-antitrypsin
deficiency

Autosomal recessive inherited disorder resulting in emphysema and liver dysfunction problems

Enzyme replacement therapy is given


weekly.
Smoking cessation and asthma control are
promoted to prevent infection and lung
problems.
Vaccination against hepatitis B is given prophylactically.
Liver and lung function are monitored.

Alports syndrome

Hereditary nephritis characterized by recurrent gross or microscopic hematuria; associated with deafness, eye defects, albuminuria,
and progressive azotemia

Antihypertensives are given for hypertension.


Hearing aids, learning sign language, and
corrective eyewear or surgical repair of
cataracts are employed.
Dialysis or kidney transplantation may be
required for end-stage renal failure.

American
trypanosomiasis
(Chagas disease)

Febrile parasitic illness prevalent in Central


and South America; cardiomyopathy may occur; megaesophagus and megacolon may develop many years later; can be severe in children

Nifurtimox or benznidazole is given during


the acute phase.
Supportive treatment is given for symptoms
caused by heart and intestinal complications during the chronic phase.

922 Less common diseases

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 923

Names

Description

Treatment

Amyloidosis

A chronic disease resulting in the accumulation of an abnormal fibrillar scleroprotein,


which infiltrates body organs and soft tissues,
resulting in permanent and usually lifethreatening organ damage

Kidney transplantation is used for renal failure, although the new organ may also develop amyloidosis.
If the heart is affected, diuretics, digoxin,
antiarrhythmics, pacemakers, or heart
transplantation may be necessary.
In end-stage GI involvement, total parenteral nutrition is used as needed for malnutrition.

Anal stricture
(anal stenosis or
contracture)

Develops when the lumen of the anus decreases and stenosis prevents dilation of the
sphincter and defecation; can result from
scarring after surgery, inflammation, laxative
abuse, surgical trauma, or congenital abnormality

Conservative treatment includes laxatives,


suppositories, and enemas.
A dilator is used daily.
Anoplasty or excision of eschar is employed with lateral internal sphincterotomy.

Angiofibroma,
juvenile

Highly vascular nasopharyngeal tumor made


up of fibrous tissue with thin-walled blood
vessels that may grow to completely fill the
nasopharynx, nose, paranasal sinuses, and
the orbit

Surgery or cryosurgical techniques after


embolization decreases vascularization.

Barometer-makers
disease
(chronic mercury
poisoning)

Soreness of gums, loosening of teeth, hypersalivation, fetid breath, abdominal cramping


and diarrhea, weakness, peripheral neuropathy, ataxia, intention tremors, irritability and
depression, tachycardia, hypertension, reproductive failures, birth defects (especially developmental neurologic damage), and death

Chelation therapy with dimercaprol is initiated.


Neurologic toxicity generally isnt considered reversible.
Supportive therapy is given for chronic effects.

Berylliosis

A form of pneumoconiosis resulting from inhalation of beryllium or from its absorption


through the skin; characterized by systemic
granulomatous disorder with predominant
respiratory symptoms that can lead to respiratory failure, cor pulmonale, and death

Beryllium ulcer requires excision or curettage. Acute berylliosis requires corticosteroid therapy.
Hypoxia may require oxygen; respiratory
failure, mechanical ventilation. Other respiratory symptoms may be treated with bronchodilators and chest physiotherapy.
Chronic forms are treated with corticosteroids and immunosuppressants.

Less common diseases 923

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 924

Names

Description

Treatment

Blastocystis hominis
infection
(blastocystosis)

Parasitic infection resulting in watery or loose


stools, diarrhea, abdominal pain, anal itching,
weight loss, and flatus; conversely, no symptoms may be present

Drug therapy includes ketoconazole or itraconazole.


Amphotericin B is required for severe disease.
Provide nutritional support.
Monitor for fluid and electrolyte imbalances.

Bouillauds syndrome
(rheumatic endocarditis)

Manifests as a heart murmur of either mitral


or aortic insufficiency; pericarditis and heart
failure are seen in severe cases

Although no specific cure is available, a


course of penicillin should still be given to
eliminate group A streptococci.
Supportive therapy is provided to reduce
morbidity and mortality.

Budd-Chiari
syndrome

Hepatic vein obstruction that impairs blood


flow out of the liver, producing massive ascites and hepatomegaly; may be acute or
chronic

Surgery is performed to shunt hepatic


blood flow and remove obstruction.
If cause is congenital, transcardiac membranectomy or percutaneous stent placement is performed for patients with inferior
vena cava web.
Liver transplantation may be recommended
for patients with marked hepatocellular
dysfunction.

Cat-scratch fever
(cat-scratch disease)

Subacute self-limiting disease characterized


by a primary local lesion and regional lymphadenopathy; more common in children and
young adults in contact with cats (90% of
cases); disseminated form, bacillary angiomatosis, found in immunocompromised
people such as those infected with the human
immunodeficiency virus

Symptomatic treatment is given.


If patient is ill, ciprofloxacin, doxycycline,
co-trimoxazole, erythromycin, cefoxitin, cefotaxime, mezlocillin, aminoglycosides, or
antimycobacterials may be administered.

Celiac disease
(sprue, nontropical
sprue, gluten
intolerance)

Poor food absorption and gluten intolerance


from environmental and genetic factors; recurrent diarrhea, steatorrhea, abdominal distention, and anorexia, resulting in malnutrition; hematologic (anemia), musculoskeletal
(from vitamin D deficiency), neurologic, dermatologic, and endocrine systems affected

Gluten (wheat, rye, barley, and oat products, vegetable protein, malt, soy sauce,
grain vinegar) should be excluded from the
patients diet for life.
Supplements may be given to correct deficiencies.
Corticosteroids may be required.

Choriocarcinoma

Rapidly metastasizing malignant tumor of placental tissue that typically causes profuse
vaginal and intra-abdominal bleeding

Chemotherapy is initiated.
Uterine contents are evacuated.
A hysterectomy is rarely needed.
B-hCG levels are monitored to detect progressively decreasing levels.

Chronic
granulomatous
disease

An inherited disorder in which abnormal neutrophil metabolism impairs phagocytosis, resulting in increased susceptibility to low virulent or nonpathogenic organisms; infections
of the skin, lymph nodes, lungs, liver, and
bone occur

Antibiotics are used for early, aggressive


treatment.

924 Less common diseases

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 925

Names

Description

Treatment

Chronic
mucocutaneous
candidiasis

Inherited defect in cell-mediated (T-cell) immune responses leading to recurrent infections with Candida albicans and potential for
autoimmune-mediated endocrinopathies;
usually begins in early childhood with chronic
candidal infections; endocrinopathies include
hypoparathyroidism (and severe hypocalcemia), hypothyroidism, Addisons disease, diabetes, pernicious anemia; hepatitis

Topical or oral antifungal agents (miconazole, nystatin, fluconazole) control chronic


infection.
Therapy for endocrinopathy is organdirected, depending on the system affected.

Colorado tick fever


(mountain tick fever,
mountain fever,
American mountain
fever)

A benign infection from the bite of a wood


tick infected with Dermacentor andersoni
(Fever begins abruptly after a 3- to 6-day incubation; severe aching of the back, arms,
and legs; lethargy; headache with eye movement; photophobia; abdominal pain; nausea;
and vomiting.)

Remove the tick and keep it for identification.


Administer tetanus-diphtheria booster.
Monitor fluid and electrolyte balance.
Antipyretics are given to reduce fever.

Conversion disorder
(hysterical neurosis)

A disorder that allows a patient to resolve a


psychological conflict through the loss of a
specific physical function, such as paralysis
or blindness

Psychotherapy, family therapy, relaxation


therapy, behavioral therapy, or hypnosis
may be used alone or in combination.
Supportive therapy for affected body part is
used to prevent complications.

Cryptosporidiosis

Watery diarrhea, stomach cramps, upset


stomach, and slight fever caused by a onecelled parasite, Cryptosporidium parvum; life
threatening to those with weakened immune
systems and transplant recipients

Theres no cure, but paromomycin, atovaquone, nitazoxaine, and azithromycin


may reduce symptoms.
Reverse dehydration is used.
Immune status improves with antiviral
agents.

Cystinuria

Autosomal recessive disorder resulting from


an inborn error of amino acid transport in the
kidneys and intestine that allows excessive
urinary excretion of cystine and other dibasic
amino acids; resulting in recurrent cystine renal calculi

Theres no cure, but treatment can reduce


the risk of calculi formation.
Increase fluid intake to 3 L/day.
Sodium bicarbonate or sodium citrate help
alkalinize the urine.
Penicillamine is used to increase cystine
solubility.
Calculi are removed surgically or through
lithotripsy.
Prevent and treat urinary tract infections.

Depersonalization
disorder

Recurrent episodes of detachment in which


self-awareness is temporarily altered or lost
in the entire body or only in a limb; usually
caused by severe stress

Psychotherapy and reality-based coping


strategies may be helpful.

Dientamoeba fragilis
infection

Loose stools, diarrhea, and abdominal


cramping caused by contact with or ingestion
of stool, food, or water infected with the
parasite Dientamoeba fragilis

Infection can be prevented by prudent hand


washing.
Antimicrobial agents are available to treat
Dientamoeba fragilis.
Monitor for fluid and electrolyte imbalances.

DiGeorges syndrome
(congenital thymic
hypoplasia or
aplasia)

Fetal thymus fails to develop, leading to partial or total absence of T lymphocytes and
cell-mediated immunity; may be linked with
maternal alcoholism and fetal alcohol syndrome; increased susceptibility to infections;
hypoparathyroidism and cardiac anomalies
may also occur

Early development of life-threatening


hypocalcemia is treated immediately with
I.V. 10% calcium gluconate infusion.
Fetal thymic transplantation may be required to restore normal cell-mediated immunity.

Less common diseases 925

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 926

Names

Description

Treatment

Dissociative amnesia

Sudden inability to recall important personal


information that cant be explained by ordinary forgetfulness; usually caused by severe
psychological stress

Psychotherapy is necessary.
Hypnosis may be beneficial.
Antianxiety drugs may be ordered.

Dissociative fugue

Wandering or traveling while mentally blocking out a traumatic event; a different personality may be assumed and later cant recall
what happened; may be related to dissociative identity disorder, narcissistic personality
disorder, and sleepwalking

Psychotherapy is necessary.
Hypnosis may be beneficial.
Antianxiety drugs may be ordered.

Dissociative identity
disorder (multiple
personality disorder)

Existence of two or more distinct, fully integrated personalities in the same person;
cause unknown but some type of abuse may
have been experienced

Psychotherapy may be helpful.


Safety precautions may be needed.
Antipsychotic drugs may be ordered.

Duhrings disease
(dermatitis herpetiformis)

Chronic inflammatory disease marked by erythematous, papular, vesicular, bulbous, or


pustular lesions, with tendency toward grouping and associated with itching and burning;
usually symmetrical, with eruptions in elbows, knees, sacrum, buttocks, and occiput

Sulfa-based antibiotics are administered.


A strict gluten-free diet should be followed.

Epidermolysis
bullosa (EB)

Blisters occur in response to normally harmless heat and friction and may result in scarring with disfigurement; prognosis depends
on severity; may be inherited as an autosomal dominant or recessive disorder and
cause multiple complications because skin
and mucous membranes are affected

Avoid skin trauma. sun exposure, and high


environmental temperatures.
Severe forms may need constant medical
attention.
Supportive treatment includes protection of
the skin.
Diet therapy helps combat malnutrition and
promote healing.

Epstein-Barr virus
(mononucleosis)

Classic heterophil-positive infectious


mononucleosis, occasionally complicated by
neurologic diseases, such as encephalitis or
transverse myelitis

Generally, symptomatic treatment because


the disease has a benign course.

Fallopian tube cancer

Cancer that usually produces a palpable


mass, vague abdominal or pelvic complaints,
bloating, or pain in the early stages; over
time, excessive menstrual bleeding may occur; causes appear to be linked with nulliparity and infertility; more than half of the patients have never given birth

Total abdominal hysterectomy, bilateral


salpingo-oophorectomy, or omentectomy is
performed, followed by chemotherapy.
The patient receives external radiation for 5
to 6 weeks.

Fanconis syndrome
(de Toni-Fanconi
syndrome)

Hereditary renal disorder producing malfunctions of the proximal renal tubules, leading to
electrolyte losses and, eventually, retarded
growth and development and rickets

Symptomatic treatment may be given to


replace the patients specific deficiencies.
(Wilsons disease is treated with D-penicillamine; cystinosis is treated with cysteamine.)
Supportive therapy is given by replacing
electrolytes, normalizing pH, and giving dietary supplements.

Fever, relapsing
(tick, fowl-nest,
cabin, or vagabond
fever or bilious
typhoid)

An acute infectious disease caused by spirochetes of the genus Borrelia transmitted by


lice or ticks; presents with recurring high
fever, prostration, headache, severe myalgia,
arthralgia, diarrhea, vomiting, coughing, eye
or chest pain, splenomegaly, hepatomegaly,
lymphadenopathy, and macular rash

Tetracycline or erythromycin is given for


4 to 5 days, except during a severe febrile
attack because it may cause JarischHerxheimer reaction.
Symptomatic treatment is given; for example, parenteral fluids and electrolytes.

926 Less common diseases

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 927

Names

Description

Treatment

Gauchers disease
(glucosylceramide
storage disease,
GSDI)

Genetic enzyme deficiency that causes abnormal accumulation of glucocerebrosides in


reticuloendothelial cells; signs include hepatosplenomegaly and bone lesions

Long-term therapy includes I.V. replacement of the missing enzyme every 2 weeks.
Gene therapy is an experimental approach,
as well as N-butyldeoxynojirimycin
(OGT918) to inhibit production of glucocerebroside.

Gender identity
disorder (transsexualism)

Persistent feelings of gender discomfort and


dissatisfaction from a combination of predisposing factors (chromosomal anomaly, hormonal imbalance, impaired parent-child
bonding, and child-rearing practices)

The patient is referred for psychotherapy to


resolve conflict. Individual and family counseling is recommended.
Sex reassignment through surgery and hormonal therapy may be used.

Hallux valgus

Lateral deviation of the great toe at the


metatarsophalangeal joint, with medial enlargement of the first metatarsal head and
painful bunion formation; may be congenital
or familial, but is usually acquired from degenerative arthritis or prolonged pressure on
the foot, especially from narrow-toed, highheeled shoes

In the early stage, proper shoes and good


foot care such as felt pads to protect the
bunion, devices to separate the toes at
night, and a supportive pad and exercises
to strengthen the metatarsal arch may
eliminate the need for bunionectomy.
Surgery to realign the toe or bunionectomy
may be ordered.

Hand, foot, and


mouth disease
(HFMD)

Common disease of infants and children


characterized by fever, mouth sores, and a
rash with blisters on the hands and soles;
caused by coxsackievirus; highly contagious

Treatment is symptomatic only because


disease is self-limiting.
Acetaminophen and salt water mouth rinses (12 teaspoon salt to 1 glass warm water)
are used to provide soothing relief.

Herpangina

Acute infection caused by group A coxsackieviruses transmitted by the fecal-oral route,


resulting in sore throat, pain on swallowing,
headache, and fever that persist for 1 to 4
days and may cause seizures, anorexia, vomiting, malaise, diarrhea, and pain; grayish
white papulovesicles appear on the soft
palate

Symptomatic treatment emphasizes measures to prevent seizures (such as antipyretics and and tepid sponge baths), fluids
to prevent dehydration, and bed rest.
Provide topical anesthetics for the mouth
(benzocaine and xylocaine) as needed.
Provide a non-irritating diet.
Increase fluid intake.

Hydatidiform mole

Chorionic tumor of the placenta that occurs


early in pregnancy; may follow death of the
embryo and loss of fetal circulation, although
in many cases, there is no fetus

Uterus is evacuated by suction curettage or


abdominal hysterectomy.
Supportive treatment is given for postoperative hypovolemia and anemia.

Hypochondriasis
(Hypochondria)

The unrealistic misinterpretation of the severity and significance of physical signs or sensations as abnormal and preoccupation with
the fear of having a serious disease, which
persists despite medical reassurance to the
contrary; unlinked to cause, although stress
increases the risk; frequently develops in
people who have experienced an organic disease or have a relative who has experienced
one

The goal is to help the patient lead a productive life, despite distressing symptoms
and fears. Outpatient psychotherapy with
behavior modification is the first line of
treatment.
Symptoms must be evaluated to rule out
medical causes first.
Routine psychiatric appointments, regardless of new symptoms, help as part of psychotherapy.

Iodine deficiency

Insufficient iodine from inadequate intake or


thyroid dysfunction; complications range
from dental caries to cretinism

Iodine supplements (potassium iodide


[SSKI]) are administered to correct the deficiency.
Increase iodine intake with iodized table salt
and iodine-rich foods.

Less common diseases 927

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 928

Names

Description

Treatment

Lassa fever

Epidemic hemorrhagic fever caused by the


Lassa virus; transmitted to humans by contact with infected rodent urine, feces, and
saliva; fever persists for 2 to 3 weeks with
exudative pharyngitis, oral ulcers, lymphadenopathy and swelling of the face and neck,
purpura, conjunctivitis, and bradycardia;
shock and peripheral vascular collapse can
occur

Strict isolation is imposed for at least 3


weeks.
Drug therapy includes antiviral (I.V. ribavirin), I.V. colloids for shock, analgesics
for pain, and antipyretics for fever.
Immune plasma from patients who have recovered from Lassa fever is infused.

Leprosy
(Hansens disease)

Chronic, systemic infection with progressive


cutaneous lesions caused by Mycobacterium
leprae; attacks the peripheral nervous system

Drug regimen includes antimicrobial therapy with dapsone, rifampin, clofazimine, or


ethionamide.
Supportive care with aspirin, prednisone, or
thalidomide to control inflammation may be
used.

Leptospirosis

Infectious disease that causes meningitis, hepatitis, nephritis, or febrile disease; may be
mild (anicteric) or severe (icteric or Weils
disease)

Doxycycline or ampicillin is administered.


Supportive treatment of other symptoms is
provided.

Lichen planus

Benign, pruritic skin eruption producing scaling, purple papules with white lines or spots;
cause unknown

Relieve inflammation with topical steroids


and suppress immune response.
Antihistamines are used to reduce discomfort.
Viscous lidocaine is used for mouth lesions.
Corticosteroids may be injected into a lesion.
Topical retinoic (vitamin A) cream and other
anti-inflammatory or anti-pruritic ointments
or creams are used to reduce itching and
inflammation.
Ultraviolet light therapy may be used.

Maple syrup urine


disease

Enzyme defect in the metabolism of the


branched chain amino acids, resulting in
mental and physical retardation, reflex
changes, feeding difficulties, characteristic
odor of urine and perspiration, seizures, and
death; four clinical phenotypes: classic, intermediate, intermittent, and thiamine-responsive

Supportive treatment is provided.


Intake of protein is controlled.
Branched chain amino acids are eliminated
from the diet.
Peritoneal dialysis or hemodialysis is performed to reduce amino acid level.
One form is responsive to early initiation of
thiamine.

Marfan syndrome

Rare inherited, degenerative generalized disease of the connective tissue that causes ocular, skeletal, and cardiovascular anomalies

Treatment is aimed at relieving the symptoms such as surgical repair of aneurysms


and ocular deformities.
Preventive antibiotics are given before dental procedures.
Children shouldnt be involved in maximal
exercise programs because of concern of
aortic aneurysm.

Mastoiditis

Bacterial infection and inflammation of the air


cells of the mastoid antrum resulting in dull
ache and tenderness in the area of the mastoid process, low-grade fever, headache, and
thick, purulent drainage; meningitis, facial
paralysis, brain abscess, and suppurative
labyrinthitis may occur

Intense antibiotic therapy is administered


parenterally.
Myringotomy is performed if bone damage
is minimal.
Mastoidectomy is performed if the mastoid
is chronically inflamed.

928 Less common diseases

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 929

Names

Description

Treatment

Medullary sponge
kidney

Inherited disorder, possibly where collecting


ducts in renal pyramids dilate and cavities,
clefts, and cysts form, producing complications of calcium oxylate stones and infections

Supportive care focuses on preventing or


treating complications caused by stones
and infection. Includes increasing fluid intake and monitoring renal function.
Surgery may be required to remove stones
during acute obstruction. Nephrectomy is
required if serious, uncontrollable infection
or hemorrhage occur.

Monkeypox

Rare viral disease caused by the monkeypox


virus; occurs mainly in the rainforest areas of
central and western Africa; symptoms include
fever, headache, muscle aches, backache,
swollen lymph nodes, and exhaustion; a
papular rash develops within 1 to 3 days of
the onset of fever (In June 2003, monkeypox
was reported in prairie dogs and humans in
the United States.)

Theres no specific treatment for monkeypox.


Persons caring for infected individuals
should receive a smallpox vaccination.
Provide analgesics, antipyretics, and antihistamines as needed.

Multiple endocrine
neoplasia

A hereditary disorder in which two or more


endocrine glands develop hyperplasia, adenoma, or carcinoma concurrently or consecutively; symptoms depend on glands affected

Supportive treatment is dependent on the


affected glands.
Tumors are eradicated; subsequent treatment controls symptoms.

Neurofibromatosis

Group of inherited developmental disorders


of the nervous system, muscles, bones, and
skin that cause formation of multiple, pedunculated, soft tumors and caf-au-lait spots

Intracerebral or intraspinal tumors are removed and kyphoscoliosis is corrected.


Disfiguring or disabling growths are treated
with cosmetic surgery.
Annual eye examinations are strongly recommended.

Nocardiosis

Bacterial infection caused by gram-positive


species of the genus Nocardia and transmitted by inhalation; causes cough, mucopurulent sputum, high fever, chills, night sweats,
anorexia, malaise, and weight loss

Long-term antibiotic treatment with sulfonamides is given.


Abscesses are surgically drained and
necrotic tissue is excised.
Bed rest and supportive treatment are ordered.

Orbital cellulitis

Acute infection of the orbital tissues and eyelids that can spread to the cavernous sinus or
meninges; produces unilateral eyelid edema,
hyperemia, reddened eyelids, and matted
lashes

Hospitalization is required.
Appropriate antibiotics are given.
Supportive therapy includes administration
of fluids, application of warm moist compresses, and bed rest.
Surgical drainage may be necessary.

Parainfluenza

Group of respiratory illnesses caused by the


parainfluenza virus that affect the upper and
lower respiratory tracts; transmitted by direct
contact or inhalation of airborne droplets

Treatment regimen includes bed rest, antipyretics for fever, analgesics for pain, and
antitussives for cough.
Specific treatments are available for croup
and bronchiolitis.

Paroxysmal
nocturnal
hemoglobinuria

Red cell breakdown with release of hemoglobin in the urine, resulting in dark-colored
urine in the morning; symptoms include hemolytic anemia, thrombosis of large vessels,
and a deficiency of hematopoiesis resulting in
anemia (pancytopenia)

Symptomatic treatment with corticosteroids


is provided.
Androgen therapy is administered.
Oral iron supplements and folic acid are
given as needed.
Transfusions are administered to treat
severe anemia.
Thrombotic complications are treated.

Less common diseases 929

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 930

Names

Description

Treatment

Penile cancer

Malignant, ulcerative or papillary (wartlike,


nodular) lesions, which may become quite
large before spreading beyond the penis, potentially destroying the glans prepuce and invading the corpora; generally associated with
poor personal hygiene and phimosis in uncircumcised men, although the exact cause is
unknown

Depending on the stage of progression,


treatment includes surgical resection of the
primary tumor and, possibly, chemotherapy
(bleomycin) and radiation.
Invasive tumors require partial penectomy
(unless contraindicated because of the patients young age); tumors of the base of
the penile shaft require total penectomy and
inguinal node dissection.
Radiation therapy may improve treatment
effectiveness after resection of localized lesions without metastasis; it may also reduce the size of lymph nodes before nodal
resection.
Psychotherapy is recommended for related
emotional issues.

Pilonidal disease

Coccygeal cyst forms in the intergluteal cleft


on the posterior surface of the lower sacrum,
often becoming infected or developing a fistula; may be congenital or caused by irritation
from exercise, heat, perspiration, or constrictive clothing

Abscesses are incised and drained, protruding hairs are extracted, and sitz baths
are ordered.
Entire affected area is excised if infections
persist.

Polymyalgia
rheumatica

An inflammatory syndrome characterized by


significant stiffness and dull aching pain of
the proximal muscle groups, weight loss,
malaise, and fever; cause unknown, but it
predominantly involves whites, tends to run
in families, and is possibly associated with
HLA-DR4 antigens, all of which suggest a
possible genetic predisposition

Corticosteroids, such as prednisone or


prednisolone, are the treatment of choice to
help relieve discomfort and stiffness.

Puerperal infection

Inflammation of the birth canal during the


postpartum period or after abortion; caused
by streptococci, coagulase-negative staphylococci, Clostridium perfringens, Bacteroides
fragilis, and Escherichia coli

I.V. broad-spectrum antibiotics are ordered


to combat infection.
Supportive therapy includes analgesics, anticoagulants, antiemetics, bed rest, administration of I.V. fluids, and prevention of
thrombophlebitis (antiembolism stockings).

Rectal polyps

Mass lesions that result from unrestrained


cell growth in the upper epithelium and protrude into the intestinal lumen; varying in
appearance; include common polypoid adenomas, villous adenomas, polyposis syndromes, juvenile polyps, and focal polypoid
hyperplasia; predisposing factors include
heredity, age, infection, and diet

Specific treatment varies according to type


and size of the polyps and their location in
the colon.
Common polypoid adenomas less than
1 cm require polypectomy, frequently by
fulguration (destruction by high-frequency
electricity) during endoscopy. For common
polypoid adenomas over 4 cm and all invasive villous adenomas, treatment usually
consists of abdominoperineal resection or
low anterior resection. Transanal excision is
performed to remove an adenoma from the
rectum.
Depending on large-bowel involvement,
hereditary polyposis necessitate restorative
proctolectomy, ileoanal anastomosis with
temporary ileostomy.
Focal polypoid hyperplasia can be obliterated by a biopsy.
Increase fluid intake and provide stool softeners to reduce risk of constipation.

930 Less common diseases

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 931

Names

Description

Treatment

Rectal prolapse

Circumferential protrusion of one or more


layers of the rectum through the anus caused
by straining or conditions that affect the
pelvic floor or rectum; patient may also have
a feeling of rectal fullness, bloody diarrhea,
and pain

Treat the underlying cause and eliminate


predisposing factors (straining, coughing,
nutritional disorders).
Manual return of the rectal mucosa may be
necessary.
Surgical repair is performed in severe or
chronic cases.

Retinitis pigmentosa

Genetically induced progressive destruction


of the retinal rods resulting in visual field
constriction, cataracts, edema, atrophic maculopathy, and blindness

No cure exists.
Vitamin A supplementation may be given to
slow degeneration.
Advise the use of sunglasses to protect
from ultraviolet light.

Throat abscess

Either peritonsillar (quinsy) abscess that


forms in the connective tissue space between
the tonsil capsule and constrictor muscle of
the pharynx or retropharyngeal abscess that
forms between the posterior pharyngeal wall
and prevertebral fascia (Peritonsillar abscess
is a complication of acute tonsillitis, usually
after streptococcal or staphylococcal infection. Acute retropharyngeal abscess results
from infection in the retropharyngeal lymph
glands, which may follow an upper respiratory tract bacterial infection. Chronic retropharyngeal abscess may result from tuberculosis
of the cervical spine [Potts disease].)

For early-stage peritonsillar abscess, large


doses of a broad-spectrum antibiotic are
given.
For late-stage peritonsillar abscess with cellulitis of the tonsillar space, primary treatment is incision and drainage under a local
anesthetic, followed by antibiotic therapy
for 7 to 10 days.
For both stages of peritonsillar abscess,
tonsillectomy is recommended after several
episodes. It must be scheduled at least 1
month after acute infection.
Incision and drainage of abcesses.

Tinea versicolor
(pityriasis versicolor)

Chronic, superficial fungal (yeast) infection


producing a multicolored rash or macular or
raised scaly lesions, commonly on the upper
trunk and caused by Pityrosporum orbiculare

Treat with topical antifungals, such as


clotrimazole, ketoconazole, and miconalzole.
Over-the-counter dandruff shampoos applied to the skin for 10 minutes each day in
the shower may also eliminate it.

Toxocariasis
(ocular larva
migrans, visceral
larva migrans)

Infection caused by parasitic roundworms in


dogs and cats spread by the fecal-oral route
and resulting in eye infections that can cause
blindness or visceral (rare) symptoms with
swelling of body organs or central nervous
system

Infection is treated with mebendazole, albendazole, or diethylcarbamazine.


Preventive measures include treating animals and thorough hand washing.

Trachoma (granular
conjunctivitis,
Egyptian ophthalmia)

Infection by Chlamydia trachomatis that affects the eye but can also localize in the urethra; may cause permanent damage to the
cornea and conjunctiva

Topical or systemic antibiotic therapy with


erythromycin or doxycycline is given.
Surgical correction is necessary if severe
entropion occurs.

Uveitis (iritis)

Inflammation of one uveal tract producing


moderate to severe eye pain, severe ciliary injection, photophobia, tearing, a small nonreactive pupil, and blurred vision; results from
allergy, infection, chemicals, trauma, surgery,
or systemic diseases or may be idiopathic

Underlying cause is diagnosed and treated.


Topical cycloplegic and topical corticosteroids are given.
Steroid drops or ointment may be needed.
Oral systemic corticosteroids are given in
severe cases.

Vaginismus

Involuntary spastic constriction of the lower


vaginal muscles with pain on insertion of any
object into the vagina; cause may be physical
or psychological

Maladaptive muscle constriction is eliminated with dilators.


Education, counseling, and behavioral exercises are given.
Kegel exercises to improve voluntary control are ordered.

Less common diseases 931

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 932

Names

Description

Treatment

Whipples disease
(intestinal lipodystrophy, lipophagia
granulomatosis)

GI malabsorption disorder characterized by


chronic diarrhea and progressive wasting,
with skin pigmentation and polyarthralgia

Appropriate antibiotic therapy is initiated.


Supportive therapy with fluid and electrolyte replacement is provided.
Iron, folate, vitamin D, and magnesium
supplementation is administered.

Wilsons disease
(hepatolenticular
degeneration)

Rare, inherited metabolic disorder characterized by excessive copper retention in the


liver, brain, kidneys, and corneas; KayserFleischer rings of the eye are produced, and
deposits may lead to tissue necrosis and fibrosis.

Treatment with pyridoxine in conjunction


with penicillamine, a copper-chelating agent
that mobilizes copper from the tissues and
promotes its excretion in the urine, is lifelong.
Copper-containing foods should be avoided
as well as tap water (because of copper
pipes) and copper cooking utensils.
The patient and his family should receive
genetic counseling.

Wiskott-Aldrich
syndrome
(immunodeficiency
with eczema and
thrombocytopenia)

X-linked recessive inherited disease characterized by defective B- and T-cell functions


(increased susceptibility to infections) and
metabolic defects in platelet synthesis
(thrombocytopenia) (Male infants develop
early bleeding complications [bloody stools,
petechiae, and purpura] and by age 6 months
develop recurrent systemic infections; by age
1 year, eczema develops, leading to scratching and skin infections; high susceptibility to
neoplastic diseases, such as lymphoma and
leukemia, occurs. Average life span is 4
years.)

Bleeding is controlled with platelet transfusions.


Prophylactic or early aggressive therapy
with antibiotics is indicated for infections.
Topical steroids help control eczema symptoms.
Bone marrow transplantation may be effective in some patients.

932 Less common diseases

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 933

Selected references
American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and
Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fourth
Edition, Text Revision. Washington, D.C.: American
Psychiatric Association, 2000.
Atallah, E. and Cortes, J. Optimal Initial Therapy for
Patients with Newly Diagnosed Chronic Myeloid
Leukemia in the Chronic Phase, Current Opinion in
Internal Medicine 6(3):268-74, June 2007.
Atlas of Pathophysiology, 2nd ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. 2006.
Barron, M.A., and Fishel, R.S. Talk to Your Patient about
Breast Disease, Nurse Practitioner 32(10):22-32,
October 2007.
Beattie, S. Bedside Emergency: Hemorrhage, RN 70(8):
30-34, August 2007.
Berra, K., et al. Cardiovascular Disease Prevention and
Disease Management: A Critical Role for Nursing,
Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation 26(4):
197-206, July-August 2006.
Bhoola, S., and Hoskins, W.J. Diagnosis and Management of Epithelial Ovarian Cancer, Obstetrics &
Gynecology 107(6):1399-410, June 2006.
Bickley, L.S., and Szilagyi, P.G. Bates Guide to Physical
Examination and History Taking, 9th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2006.
Black, M.M., et al. Early Intervention and Recovery
among Children with Failure to Thrive: Follow-up at
age 8, Pediatrics 120(1):59-67, July 2007.
Campos-Outcalt, D. Immunization Update: Latest
Recommendations from the CDC, The Journal of
Family Practice 56(5):377-80, May 2007.
Cole, C., and Gazewood, J. Diagnosis and Treatment of
Impetigo, American Family Physician 75(6):859-64,
March 2007.
Davies, D. Reflection on Practice: An Intubated Patient
Suffering Panic Attacks, Nursing in Critical Care
12(4):198-201, July-August 2007.
Dennis, K.E. Postmenopausal Women and the Health
Consequences of Obesity, Journal of Obstetric,
Gynecologic and Neonatal Nursing 36(5):511-17,
September-October 2007.
End of Life: A Nurses Guide to Compassionate Care.
Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2007.

Flusher, K.E., and Krieger, A.C. Current Trends in the


Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnea, Journal of
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 65(10):2056-2068,
October 2007.
Green, P.H., and Cellier, C. Celiac Disease, New
England Journal of Medicine 357(17):1731-43,
October 2007.
Gupta, V., and Lipsitz, L.A. Orthostatic Hypotension in the
Elderly: Diagnosis and Treatment, American Journal
of Medicine 120(10):841-47, October 2007.
Hall, J.C. Sauers Manual of Skin Diseases, 9th ed.
Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2006.
Harrison, B.E., and Therrien, B. Effect of Antipsychotic
Medication Use on Memory in Patients with Alzheimers
Disease: Assessing the Potential Risk for Accelerated
Recent Autobiographical Memory Loss, Journal of
Gerontological Nursing 33(6):11-20, June 2007.
Hoeger, K.M. Obesity and Lifestyle Management in
Polycystic Ovary Syndrome, Clinical Obstetrics and
Gynecology 50(1):277-294, March 2007.
Irwin, G.H. How to Protect a Patient with Aortic
Aneurysm, Nursing 37(2):36-42, February 2007.
Jagannathan, J., et al. Gamma Knife Surgery for Cushings
Disease, Journal of Neurosurgery 106(6):980-87,
June 2007.
Kaasalainen, S. Pain Assessment in Older Adults with
Dementia: Using Behavioral Observation Methods in
Clinical Practice, Journal of Gerontological Nursing
33(6):6-10, June 2007.
Kademani, D. Oral Cancer, Mayo Clinic Proceedings
82(7):878-87, July 2007.
King, J.E. Sepsis in Critical Care, Critical Care Nursing
Clinics of North America 19(1):77-86, March 2007.
Kirk, T.W. Managing Pain, Managing Ethics, Pain
Management Nursing 8(1):25-34, March 2007.
Kobrynski, L.J. Combined Immune Deficiencies in
Children, Journal of Infusion Nursing 29(4):206-13,
July-August 2006.
Krau, S.D., and Parsons, L.C. Avian Influenza: Are We
Ready? Critical Care Nursing Clinics of North
America 19(1):107-13, March 2007.
Kurkowski, C. CA-MRSA: The New Sports Pathogen,
Orthopaedic Nursing 26(5):310-14, SeptemberOctober 2007.

Selected references 933

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 934

Leung, A.K. Febrile Seizures, Journal of Pediatric


Health Care 21(4):250-55, July-August 2007.
Maguire, J.L., et al. Association between Iron-Deficiency
Anemia and Stoke in Young Children, Pediatrics
120(5):1053-1057, November 2007.
Mamaril, M.E., et al. Care of Orthopaedic Trauma
Patient, Journal of Perianesthesia Nursing
22(3):184-94, June 2007.
Martin P.R., et al. Noise as a Trigger for Headaches:
Relationship Between Exposure and Sensitivity,
Headache 46(6):962-72, June 2006.
Mayer, D.K., et al. Health Behaviors in Cancer
Survivors, Oncology Nursing Forum 34(3):
643-51, May 2007.
McKinley, J. New Challenges in Assessing and Managing
Concussion in Sports, American Family Physician
78(7):948-49, October 2007.
Nadel, S., and Poss, J.E. Early Detection of Autism
Spectrum Disorders: Screening between 12 and 24
Months of Age, Journal of the American Academy of
Nurse Practitioners 19(8):408-17, August 2007.
Palombine, J. Canter-related Weight Loss, Clinical
Journal of Oncology Nursing 10(6):831-32,
December 2006.
Percival, J. Smoking: Tackling the Silent Epidemic, The
Journal of Family Health Care 17(4):109-10, 2007.
Ruffolo, C., et al. Urologic Complications in Crohns
Disease: Suspicion Criteria, Hepatogastroenterology
53(69):357-60, May-June 2006.
Rushton, C.H., et al. Building Trustworthy Relationships
with Critically Ill Patients and Families, AACN
Advanced Critical Care 19(1):19-30, January-March
2007.
Samuels, M.A. The Brain-Heart Connection, Circulation 116(1):77-84, July 2007.
Sauerbeck, L. Primary Stroke Prevention, AJN
106(11):40-49, November 2006.
Schiffman, M. Human Papillomavirus and Cervical
Cancer, Lancet 370(9590):890-907, September
2007.
Schoessler, S. Asthma Care at its Peak, School Nurse
News 24(4):20-25, September 2007.
Specht, J. 9 Myths of Incontinence in Older Adults: Both
Clinicians and the Over-65 Set Need to Know More,
AJN 105(6):58-68, June 2005.
Szromba, C. Dyslipidemia in Chronic Kidney Disease,
Nephrology Nursing Journal 33(5):575-76,
September-October 2006.
Tompkins, O.S. Traumatic Incidents and Emotional
Health, American Association of Occupational
Health Nurses Journal 55(10):432, October 2007.
Tucker, O.N., et al. Nutritional Consequences of WeightLoss Surgery, Medical Clinics of North America
91(3):499-514, May 2007.
Vacca, V.M., Jr. Acute Paraplegia, Nursing 37(6):64,
June 2007.
Victor, J.C., et al. Hepatitis A Vaccine versus Immune
Globulin for Post-exposure Prophylaxis, New England
Journal of Medicine 357(17):1757-59, October 2007.

934 Selected references

Wal, J.S. Treating Bulimia in Adolescents: A Family-based


Approach, Eating Disorders 15(5):451-53, OctoberDecember 2007.
Woolf, A.D., et al. Update on the Clinical Management of
Childhood Lead Poisoning, Pediatric Clinics of North
America 54(2):271-94, viii, April 2007.
Yorke, J., et al. Lung Transplantation in Adolescents and
Young Adults with Cystic Fibrosis, Progress in
Transplantation 16(4):343-49, December 2006.
Zgibor, J.C., et al. Using the American Association of
Diabetes Educators Outcomes System to Identify Patient
Behavior Change Goals and Diabetes Educator
Responses, The Diabetes Educator 33(5):839-42,
September-October 2007.

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 935

Web resources
Aetna Intelihealth
www.intelihealth.com
Alateen
www.al-anon.alateen.org
Alcoholics Anonymous
www.alcoholics-anonymous.org
Al-Anon
www.al-anon.org
ALS Association
www.alsa.org
American Academy of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology
www.aaaai.org
American Academy of Dermatology
www.aad.org
American Academy of Neurology
www.aan.com
American Academy of Ophthalmology
www.aao.org
American Academy of Pediatrics
www.aap.org
American Association of Kidney Patients
www.aakp.org
American Burn Association
www.ameriburn.org
American Cancer Society
www.cancer.org
American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists
www.acog.org
American Heart Association
www.americanheart.com
American Lung Association
www.lungusa.org
American Psychological Association Help Center
www.apahelpcenter.org
American Society for Reproductive Medicine
www.asrm.org
American Sudden Infant Death Syndrome Institute
www.sids.org
Arthritis Foundation
www.arthritis.org
Arthritis Society
www.arthritis.ca
Asthma and Allergy Foundation of America
www.aafa.org

Autism Society of America


www.autism-society.org
Center for AIDS Prevention Studies
www.caps.ucsf.edu
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
www.cdc.gov
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Injury Center
www.cdc.gov/ncipc
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Sexually
Transmitted Diseases
www.cdc.gov/std
Dermatology Foundation
www.dermfnd.org
Digestive Disease National Coalition
www.ddnc.org
eMedicine
www.emedicine.com
EndocrineWeb.com
www.endocrineweb.com
Epilepsy.com
www.epilepsy.com
Hereditary Hemorrhagic Telangiectasia Foundation
www.hht.org
Huntingtons Disease Society of America
www.hdsa.org
Iron Disorders Institute
www.irondisorders.org
iVillage Total Health
www.totalhealth.ivillage.com
KidsHealth
www.kidshealth.org
Mayo Clinic
www.mayoclinic.com
Mental Health America
www.nmha.org
Myasthenia Gravis Foundation of America
www.myasthenia.org
NARAL Pro-Choice America (formerly the National
Abortion and Reproductive Rights Action League)
www.naral.org
Narcotics Anonymous
www.na.org
National Abortion Federation
www.prochoice.org

Web resources 935

9400_BM.qxd

8/2/12

4:17 PM

Page 936

National Association for Children of Alcoholics


www.nacoa.net
National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated
Disorders
www.anad.org
National Asthma Education and Prevention Program
www.nhlbi.nih.gov/about/naepp
National Cancer Institute
www.cancer.gov
National Center for Infectious Disease
www.cdc.gov/ncidod
National Center for Learning Disabilities
www.ncld.org
National Cervical Cancer Coalition
www.nccc-online.org
National Council on Alcoholism and Drug Dependence
www.ncadd.org
National Down Syndrome Society
www.ndss.org
National Eye Institute
www.nei.nih.gov
National Fragile X Foundation
www.fragilex.org
National Health Information Center
www.health.gov/nhic
National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute
www.nhlbi.nih.gov
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
www.cdc.gov/niosh
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases
www3.niaid.nih.gov
National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and
Skin Diseases
www.niams.nih.gov
National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney
Diseases
www2.niddk.nih.gov
National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.ninds.nih.gov
National Lung Health Education Program
www.nlhep.org
National Multiple Sclerosis Society
www.nationalmssociety.org
National Organization for Rare Disorders
www.rarediseases.org
National Right to Life
www.nrlc.org
National Womens Health Information Center
www.4woman.gov
Nephrology Channel
www.nephrologychannel.com
Overeaters Anonymous
www.oa.org
Sickle Cell Disease Association of America
www.sicklecelldisease.org
U.S. Food and Drug Administration
www.fda.gov

936 Web resources

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 937

Index
A
Abdominal aortic aneurysm, 58-59
endovascular grafting for, 59i
Abdominal obesity, 519
ABO incompatibility, 276-277
Abortion, spontaneous, 2-3
Abruptio placentae, 4-5
degrees of separation in, 5i
Acceleration-deceleration injuries, 6-7
cervical collar for, 7i
Achilles tendon contracture, 922t
Acidosis
metabolic, 394
respiratory, 696-697
Acne vulgaris, 8-9
Acquired immunodeficiency syndrome, 10-11
Acromegaly, 408
Actinomycosis, 922t
Acute infective tubulointerstitial nephritis, 14-15
Acute leukemia, 482-483
Acute poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis, 12-13,
316-317
Acute pyelonephritis, 14-15
Acute respiratory distress syndrome, 16-17
Acute respiratory failure, 18-19
Acute tubular necrosis, 20-21, 693
Addisons anemia, 52-53
Addisons disease, 22-23
Adenovirus infection, 922t
Adrenal (addisonian) crisis, 22-23
Adrenal hypofunction, 22-23
Adrenogenital syndrome, 24-25
Adult chorea, 380-381
Adult respiratory distress syndrome, 16-17
Age-related macular degeneration, 26-27
central vision in, 26i
Airway crisis in epiglottiditis, 270
Alcoholism, 28-29
Allens test, 139i

Allergic purpura, 30-31


lesions of, 30i
Allergic rhinitis, 32-33
Alopecia, 34-35
cancer drugs causing, 35t
Alpha1-antitrypsin deficiency, 922t
Alports syndrome, 922t
Alzheimers disease, 36-37
Amebiasis (amebic dysentery), 38-39
Amenorrhea, 40-41
American mountain fever, 925t
American trypanosomiasis, 922t
Amnesia, dissociative, 926t
Amyloidosis, 923t
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, 42-43
modifying home for, 43
Anal stricture, 923t
Anaphylaxis, 44-45
Anemia
aplastic, 46-47
folic acid deficiency, 48-49
iron deficiency, 50-51
pernicious, 52-53
sickle cell, 54-55
sideroblastic, 56-57, 57i
Anencephaly, 550
Aneurysm
abdominal aortic, 58-59, 59i
femoral and popliteal, 60-61
intracranial, 62-63
thoracic aortic, 64-65
ventricular, 66-67
Angioedema, 860-861
Angiofibroma, juvenile, 923t
Angiohemophilia, 906-907
Animal bites, first aid for, 678
Anion gap, 394
Ankylosing spondylitis, 68-69
Anorexia nervosa, 70-71

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 937

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 938

Anthrax, 72-73
Anthropometric arm measurements, 557i
Antimalarial drugs, 508, 509
Anxiety disorder, generalized, 304-305
Aorta, coarctation of, 190-191, 191i
Aortic aneurysm
abdominal, 58-59, 59i
thoracic, 64-65
Aortic insufficiency, 74-75
murmur of, 75i
Aortic stenosis, 76-77
murmur of, 77i
muscular, 151t, 152-153, 152i
Aphthous stomatitis, 776-777
lesions of, 776i
Aplastic anemia, 46-47
Apnea, sleep, 764-765
Appalachian Mountain disease, 372-373
Appendicitis, 78-79
Arbovirus, 724-725
Arterial occlusive disease, 80-81
Arteries of leg, 61i
Arteriovenous malformations, 82-83
Arthritis
juvenile rheumatoid, 454-455
osteo-, 564-565, 565i
reactive, 686-687
rheumatoid, 710-711
septic, 742-743
Asbestosis, 84-85
Ascariasis, 86-87
Aspergillosis, 88-89
Asphyxia, 90-91
Aspiration pneumonia, 626
Asthma, 92-93
Atelectasis, 94-95
Atopic dermatitis, 96-97
signs of, 97i
Atopy, factors contributing to, 96
Atrial fibrillation, 98-99
recognizing, 98i
Atrial septal defect, 100-101
Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, 102-103
Autistic disorder, 104-105
Autotransfusion for chest wounds, 351i
Avian influenza, 106-107

B
Bacillary dysentery, 748-749
Bangs disease, 136-137
Barometer-makers disease, 923t
Basal cell carcinoma, 108-109
identifying, 108i
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

938 Index

Beckers muscular dystrophy, 536


Bedsores, 652-653, 653i
Bee sting, 446-447
Bells palsy, 110-111
facial paralysis in, 110i
Benign polycythemia, 772-773
Benign prostatic hyperplasia, 112-113
Berylliosis, 923t
Bilharziasis, 734-735, 734t
Bilious typhoid, 688-689, 926t
Bipolar disorder, 114-115
Bites
animal, first aid for, 678
insect, 446-447
mosquito, preventing, 725, 913
Black widow spider bite, 446-447
Bladder, neurogenic, 552-553, 553t
Bladder cancer, 116-117
Blastocystis hominis infection (blastocystosis), 924t
Blastomycosis, 118-119
European, 216-217
Blepharitis, 120-121
Blepharoptosis, 664-665, 665i
Blood transfusion reaction, 122-123
Body lice, 596, 597i
Body mass index measurement, 556
Bone tumors, primary malignant, 124-125
types of, 125t
Bordetella pertussis, 608i
Botulism, 126-127
Bouchards nodes, 565i
Bouillauds syndrome, 924t
Bowlegs, 896i
Brain attack, 780-781
Brain tumor, 128-129
Breast cancer, 130-131
sources and sites of, 131i
Brittle bone disease, 566-567
Bronchiectasis, 132-133
Bronchitis, chronic, 134-135
pathophysiology of, 135i
Brown recluse spider bite, 446-447
Brucellosis, 136-137
Brutons agammaglobulinemia, 914-915
Bubonic plague, 618-619
carrier of, 619i
Budd-Chiari syndrome, 924t
Buergers disease, 138-139
Allens test for, 139i
Bulimia nervosa, 140-141
Bullous impetigo, 438
Burns, 142-143

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Bursae, 805i
Bursitis, 804-805

C
Cabin fever, 688-689, 926t
Calculi
gallbladder, 176-177
renal, 690-691, 691i
Campylobacteriosis, 144-145
Cancer. See also Tumors; specific type.
basal cell, 108-109, 108i
bladder, 116-117
breast, 130-131, 131i, 584
cervical, 168-169
colorectal, 194-195
esophageal, 278-279
fallopian tube, 926t
gastric, 296-297
laryngeal, 470-471
liver, 490-491
lung, 494-495
oral and pharyngeal, 560-561
ovarian, 580-581
pancreatic, 586-587
penile, 930t
prostatic, 656-657
renal, 462-463, 462i
squamous cell, 774-775, 774i
testicular, 806-807
thyroid, 820-821
uterine, 864-865
vaginal, 868-869
Cancer drugs causing alopecia, 35t
Candidiasis, 146-147
chronic mucocutaneous, 925t
oropharyngeal, 146i
Carbunculosis, 288-289
hair follicles in, 288i
Cardiac tamponade, 148-149
pathophysiology of, 149i
Cardiogenic shock, 750-751
Cardiomyopathies
assessment findings in, 151t
dilated, 150-151, 150i
hypertrophic, 152-153, 152i
restrictive, 154-155, 154i
Carpal tunnel, 156i
Carpal tunnel syndrome, 156-157
Cataract, 158-159
removal methods for, 159i
Cat-scratch fever, 924t
Causalgia, 198-199, 199t
Celiac disease, 160-161, 506, 924t

Page 939

Cellulitis, 162-163
orbital, 929t
synergistic necrotizing, 546-547
Central Mississippi Valley disease, 372-373
Central retinal artery or vein occlusion, 880-881
Cerebral contusion, 164-165
intracranial pressure in, 165i
Cerebral palsy, 166-167
Cerebrovascular accident. See Stroke.
Cervical cancer, 168-169
preventing, 168
testing for, 169
Cervical collar, applying, 7i
Cestodiasis, 798-799
Chagas disease, 922t
Chalazion, 170-171
eye patch for, 171i
recognizing, 170i
Chancroid, 172-173
lesion in, 172i
Chest wounds, autotransfusion for, 351i
Chickenpox, 716t, 874-875
Chlamydial infections, 174-175, 175i
Chlamydia trachomatis, 175i
Chloride, dietary sources of, 418
Chloroquine, 508, 509
Cholangitis, 176
Cholecystitis, 176-177
Choledocholithiasis, 176
Cholelithiasis, 176-177
Cholera, 178-179
Chondrosarcoma, 125t
Chordoma, 125t
Chorea, Huntingtons, 380-381
Choriocarcinoma, 924t
Choriomeningitis, lymphocytic, 500-501
Chorioretinitis, active, 830
Chromaffin tumor, 612-613
Chronic bronchitis, 134-135, 135i
Chronic dermatitis, 230t
Chronic fatigue and immune dysfunction syndrome,
180-181
Chronic granulomatous disease, 924t
Chronic leukemia
granulocytic (myelogenous), 484-485
lymphocytic, 486-487
Chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis, 925t
Chronic progressive chorea, 380-381
Chvosteks sign, 417i
Cirrhosis, 182-183
Clam diggers itch, 735
Cleft lip and cleft palate, 184-185
types of, 185i

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 939

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 940

Clostridium difficile infection, 186-187


Clostridium perfringens, 294i
Clubfoot, 188-189
recognizing, 188i
Coarctation of aorta, 190-191
recognizing, 191i
Cobalamin. See Vitamin B12.
Coccidioidomycosis, 192-193
Cold, common, 196-197, 197i
Colitis
spastic or mucous, 452-453
ulcerative, 856-857
Colorado tick fever, 925t
Colorectal cancer, 194-195
Common cold, 196-197
pathophysiology of, 197i
Complete abortion, 3
Complex regional pain syndrome, 198-199
stages of, 199t
Concussion, 200-201
Condylomata acuminata, 308-309, 308i
Congenital (aganglionic) megacolon, 370-371
Congestive cardiomyopathy, 150-151, 150i, 151t
Conjunctival papillae, 202i
Conjunctivitis, 202-203
granular, 931t
papillae in, 202i
Conns syndrome, 388
Constrictive pericarditis, 604
Consumption coagulopathy, 242-243
Contact dermatitis, 230t
Contact precautions, 144
Conversion disorder, 925t
Corneal abrasion, 204-205
eye irrigation for, 205i
Coronary artery disease, 206-207
Cor pulmonale, 208-209, 342
pathophysiology of, 208i
Corticotropin deficiency, 430, 431
Coxa plana, 478-479
Crab lice, 596, 597i
Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, 210-211
variant, 210
Crib death, 790-791
Crohns disease, 212-213
Croup, 214-215
upper airway in, 215i
Cryptococcosis, 216-217
Cryptorchidism, 218-219
testicular cancer and, 806
varieties of, 218i
Cryptosporidiosis, 925t
Cushings syndrome, 220-221
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

940 Index

Cyclothymic disorder, 114, 115


Cystic fibrosis, 222-223
Cystinuria, 925t
Cysts
ovarian, 582-583, 582i, 636-637
renal, 634-635
Cytomegalovirus infection, 224-225

D
Dacryocystitis, 226-227
Da Nang lung, 16-17
Dark-field microscopy for syphilis, 795i
Darlings disease, 372-373
Decubitus ulcers. See Pressure ulcers.
Defibrination syndrome, 242-243
Depersonalization disorder, 925t
Depression, major, 504-505
Dermal gangrene, acute, 546-547
Dermatitis, 228-229
atopic, 96-97, 97i
schistosomal, 735
types of, 230-231t
Dermatitis herpetiformis, 926t
de Toni-Fanconi syndrome, 926t
Developmental dysplasia of hip, 232-233
degrees of, 232i
signs of, 233
Diabetes insipidus, 234-235
Diabetes mellitus, 236-237
Diabetic retinopathy, 880-881
Dientamoeba fragilis infection, 925t
DiGeorges syndrome, 925t
Dilated cardiomyopathy, 150-151
assessment findings in, 151t
pathophysiology of, 150i
Diphtheria, 238-239
Discoid lupus erythematosus, 496, 796
Dislocations, 240-241
elbow, 240i
hip, 232i
Disseminated intravascular coagulation, 242-243
Dissociative amnesia, 926t
Dissociative fugue, 926t
Dissociative identity disorder, 926t
Diverticular disease, 244-245
Down syndrome, 246-247
Droplet precautions, 238
Drowning, near, 544-545
Drugs
causing alopecia, 35t
causing gynecomastia, 332
causing hypercalcemia, 392
causing hyperchloremia, 394

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 941

Drugs (continued)
causing hyperkalemia, 396
causing hypermagnesemia, 400
causing hypernatremia, 402
causing hyperphosphatemia, 406
causing hypochloremia, 418
causing hypokalemia, 420
causing hypomagnesemia, 422
causing hyponatremia, 424
causing hypophosphatemia, 428
aggravating porphyria, 645
causing rhabdomyolysis, 706
3-D syndrome, 890
Duchennes muscular dystrophy, 536
Duhrings disease, 926t
Duodenal ulcer, 600-601
Dysentery
amebic, 38-39
bacillary, 748-749
Dysfunctional uterine bleeding, 862-863
Dysmenorrhea, 248-249
Dysmetabolic syndrome, 518-519

E
Ear, hardening of, 578-579
Eardrum, perforated, 576, 602-603
Ebola virus infection, 250-251
Eclampsia, 310-311
Ecthyma versus impetigo, 439
Ectopic pregnancy, 252-253
implantation sites of, 252i
Eczema, immunodeficiency with, 932t
Edwards syndrome, 850-851
Egyptian ophthalmia, 931t
Elbow dislocation, 240i
Electric shock, 254-255
Electrosurgery for warts, 911i
Emphysema, 256-257
pathophysiology of, 257i
Empyema, 620-621
Encephalitis, 258-259
St. Louis, 724-725
West Nile, 912-913
Encephalocele, 550
Encephalopathy, hepatic, 352-353, 492
Endocarditis, 260-261
degenerative changes in, 261i
Q fever, treating, 676
rheumatic, 924t
Endolymphatic hydrops, 514-515
Endometrial cancer, 864-865
Endometriosis, 262-263
Endovascular grafting for abdominal aortic aneurysm, 59i

Enterobacteriaceae infections, 264-265


Enterococcus, vancomycin-resistant, 872-873
Enterocolitis, pseudomembranous, 660-661
Epidermolysis bullosa, 926t
Epididymitis, 266-267
Epidural hematoma, 268-269
Epiglottiditis, 270-271
airway crisis in, 270
Haemophilus influenzae, 334
Epilepsy, 272-273
Epstein-Barr virus, 926t
chronic, 180-181
Erbs muscular dystrophy, 536
Erectile dysfunction, 274-275
Erythema, 640-641
Erythroblastosis fetalis, 276-277
Rh isoimmunization in, 276i
Erythrodermic psoriasis, 663
Escherichia coli infection, 264-265
Esophageal atresia, 832-833
Esophageal cancer, 278-279
European blastomycosis, 216-217
Ewings sarcoma, 124, 125t
Exanthema subitum, 716-717, 716t
Exfoliative dermatitis, 230t
Exophthalmos, 280-281
detecting unilateral, 281i
recognizing, 280i
External otitis, 574-575
Extracapsular cataract extraction, 159i
Extravaginal torsion, 808i
Eye examination with slit lamp, 460
Eye irrigation, 205i
Eye patch, applying, 171i

F
Facial paralysis in Bells palsy, 110i
Failure to thrive, 282-283
Fallopian tube cancer, 926t
Fanconis syndrome, 926t
Fasciitis, necrotizing, 546-547
Femoral aneurysm, 60-61
Femoral hernia, 445i
Fibrocystic breast disease, 284-285
Fibroids, uterine, 866-867
Fibromyalgia syndrome, 286-287
tender points in, 287i
Fibromyomas, uterine, 866-867
Fibrosarcoma, 125t
Fire ant sting, 446-447
Flesh-eating bacteria, 546-547
Flu. See Influenza.
Folic acid, foods high in, 49t

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 941

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 942

Folic acid deficiency anemia, 48-49


Follicular cysts, 582i, 583
Follicular hyperkeratosis, 894i
Folliculitis, 288-289
hair follicles in, 288i
Food poisoning, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, 178
Fowl-nest fever, 688-689, 926t
Fractures
hip, 368-369
skull, 762-763
Fragile X syndrome, 290-291
Frostbite, 292-293
Fugue, dissociative, 926t
Furunculosis, 288-289
hair follicles in, 288i

G
Gaisbcks disease, 772-773
Gallstone ileus, 176
Gallstones, 176-177
Gangrene
gas, 294-295, 294i
hemolytic streptococcal, 546-547
Gas gangrene, 294-295
pathophysiology of, 294i
Gastric cancer, 296-297
Gastric ulcer, 600-601
Gastritis, 298-299
Gastroenteritis, 300-301
Gastroesophageal reflux disease, 302-303
Gauchers disease, 927t
Gender identity disorder, 927t
Generalized anxiety disorder, 304-305
Generalized salivary gland disease, 224-225
Genital herpes, 306-307
cycle in, 306i, 365i
primary, 364
Genital warts, 308-309
recognizing, 308i
German measles, 716t, 720-721
Gestational hypertension, 310-311
Giant cell tumor, malignant, 125t
Giardiasis, 312-313
Gigantism, 408
Gilchrists disease, 118-119
Glaucoma, 314-315
optic disk changes in, 314i
Glomerulonephritis, 316-317
acute poststreptococcal, 12-13
Glucosylceramide storage disease, 927t
Gluten intolerance, 160-161, 506, 924t
Glycopeptide intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus, 870-871
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

942 Index

Goiter, 318-319
simple, 318
toxic diffuse, 414-415
Gonadotropin deficiency, 320-321, 430-431
Gonorrhea, 322-323
Goodpastures syndrome, 316, 324-325
Gout, 326-327
tophi in, 327i
Graft rejection syndrome, 328-329
Granular conjunctivitis, 931t
Granulomatous disease, chronic, 924t
Granulomatous rosacea, 714
Graves disease, 414-415
Grawitzs tumor, 462-463, 462i
Grippe. See Influenza.
Ground itch, 376-377
Growth hormone excess, 408-409
Guillain-Barr syndrome, 330-331
Guttate psoriasis, 663
Gynecomastia, 332-333

H
Habitual abortion, 3
Haemophilus influenzae infection, 334-335
Hair follicles, bacterial infection of, 288i
Hair loss, 34-35, 35t
Hallux valgus, 927t
Hand, foot, and mouth disease, 927t
Hansens disease, 928t
Hantavirus pulmonary syndrome, 336-337
Sin Nombre virus in, 336i
Hashimotos thyroiditis, 822
Headache, 338-339
Head lice, 596, 597i
Hearing loss, 340-341
Heart attack, 540-541
Heartburn, 302-303
Heart failure, 342-343
right-sided, 208-209, 208i
Heat syndrome, 344-345
Heberdens nodes, 565i
HELLP syndrome, 310
Hematoma
epidural, 268-269
subdural, 786-787
Hemoglobinuria, paroxysmal nocturnal, 929t
Hemolytic disease of newborn, 276-277, 276i
Hemolytic streptococcal gangrene, 546-547
Hemophilia, 346-347
vascular, 906-907
Hemorrhoids, 348-349
types of, 348i

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 943

Hemothorax, 350-351
autotransfusion for, 351i
Hepatic encephalopathy, 352-353, 492
Hepatitis
nonviral, 354-355
viral, 356-357
Hepatolenticular degeneration, 932t
Hepatorenal syndrome, 492
Hereditary chorea, 380-381
Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia, 358-359
lesions of, 358i
Hernias
hiatal, 360-361
identifying, 444
inguinal, 444-445
sites of, 445i
Herniated intervertebral disk, 362-363
Herpangina, 927t
Herpes simplex, 364-365
genital, 306-307, 306i, 365i
Herpes zoster, 366-367
lesions in, 366i
Herpetic stomatitis, acute, 776-777
Hiatal hernia, 360-361
Hip dysplasia, 232-233
degrees of, 232i
Hip fracture, 368-369
Hirschsprungs disease, 370-371
Histoplasmosis, 372-373
Hives, 860-861
Hodgkins disease, 374-375
Hookworm disease, 376-377
Human immunodeficiency virus, 10-11
Human papillomavirus, 378-379
Huntingtons disease, 380-381
Hyaline membrane disease, 698-699
Hydatidiform mole, 927t
Hydrocele, 382-383
Hydrocephalus, 384-385
Hydronephrosis, 386-387
Hyperaldosteronism, 388-389
Hyperbilirubinemia, unconjugated, 390-391
Hypercalcemia, 392-393
clinical effects of, 392t
Hyperchloremia, 394-395
Hyperkalemia, 396-397
clinical effects of, 396t
false test results in, 397
Hyperlipoproteinemia, 398-399
Hypermagnesemia, 400-401
clinical effects of, 400t
patellar reflex test for, 401i

Hypernatremia, 402-403
clinical effects of, 402t
Hypernephroma, 462-463, 462i
Hyperparathyroidism, 404-405
Hyperphosphatemia, 406-407
Hyperpituitarism, 408-409
Hypersplenism, 410-411
Hypertension, 412-413
gestational, 310-311
pulmonary, 670-671
Hypertensive retinopathy, 880-881
Hyperthyroidism, 414-415
Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, 152-153
assessment findings in, 151t
pathophysiology of, 152i
Hypocalcemia, 416-417
clinical effects of, 416t
signs of, 417i
Hypochloremia, 418-419
Hypochondriasis, 927t
Hypogammaglobulinemia, X-linked infantile, 914-915
Hypokalemia, 420-421
clinical effects of, 420t
Hypomagnesemia, 422-423
clinical effects of, 422t
Hyponatremia, 424-425
clinical effects of, 424t
Hypoparathyroidism, 426-427
Hypophosphatemia, 428-429
Hypopituitarism, 430-431
Hypothermia, 432-433
Hypothyroidism, 434-435
Hypovolemic shock, 752-753
Hysterical neurosis, 925t

I
Idiopathic hypertrophic subaortic stenosis, 151t,
152-153, 152i
Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, 436-437
Immunodeficiency with eczema and thrombocytopenia, 932t
Impetigo, 438-439
ecthyma versus, 439
recognizing, 438i
Impotence, 274-275
Incisional hernia, 445i
Incomplete abortion, 3
Inevitable abortion, 3
Infant botulism, 126
Infantile paralysis, 632-633
Infantile polyarteritis, 458-459
Infectious arthritis, 742-743
Infectious mononucleosis, 440-441

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 943

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Influenza, 442-443
avian, 106-107
preventing spread of, 443
Inguinal hernia, 444-445
identifying, 444
site of, 445i
Insect bites and stings, 446-447
Insulin resistance syndrome, 518-519
Intervertebral disk, herniated, 362-363
Intestinal lipodystrophy, 932t
Intestinal obstruction, 448-449
Intestinal polyps, 642-643
Intracapsular cataract extraction, 159i
Intracranial aneurysm, 62-63
Intracranial pressure, increased, 165i
Intussusception, 450-451
bowel in, 450i
Inverse psoriasis, 663
Iodine deficiency, 927t
Iritis, 931t
Iron
absorption and storage of, 50
overdose of, 51
Iron deficiency anemia, 50-51
Irritable bowel syndrome, 452-453

J
Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction, 689
Jaundice, neonatal, 390-391
Juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, 454-455

K
Kanners autism, 104-105
Kaposis sarcoma, 456-457
Kawasaki syndrome, 458-459
Keratitis, 460-461
Kidney cancer, 462-463
unilateral, 462i
Kidney stones, 690-691, 691i
Klinefelter syndrome, 464-465

L
Labyrinthitis, 466-467
Lactase insufficiency, 468i, 506
Lactose intolerance, 468-469
pathophysiology of, 468i
Lambliasis, 312-313
Landouzy-Dejerine muscular dystrophy, 536
Laryngeal cancer, 470-471
Laryngitis, 214-215, 215i, 472-473
Laryngotracheobronchitis, 214-215, 215i
Lassa fever, 928t
Latex, products containing, 474
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

944 Index

Page 944

Latex allergy, 474-475


Laubensteins stages in Kaposis sarcoma, 456
Lead poisoning, 476-477
Left-sided heart failure, 342
Legg-Calv-Perthes disease, 478-479
Legionnaires disease, 480-481
Leiomyomas, uterine, 866-867
Leprosy, 928t
Leptospirosis, 928t
Leukemia
acute, 482-483
chronic granulocytic, 484-485
chronic lymphocytic, 486-487
Lice, 596-597
types of, 597i
Lichen planus, 928t
Lichen simplex chronicus, 230t
Lipophagia granulomatosis, 932t
Listeriosis, 488-489
Liver, functions of, 492
Liver cancer, 490-491
Liver failure, 492-493
Lockjaw, 810-811
Lou Gehrig disease, 42-43
Lower esophageal sphincter pressure, 303
Lumpy jaw, 922t
Lung cancer, 494-495
Lupoid rosacea, 714
Lupus erythematosus, 496-497
systemic, 497, 796-797
Lyme disease, 498-499
Lymphocytic choriomeningitis, 500-501
Lymphoma, non-Hodgkins (lymphosarcoma), 502-503

M
Macular degeneration, age-related, 26-27, 26i
Major depression, 504-505
Malabsorption, 506-507
Malaria, 508-509
Malignant giant cell tumor, 125t
Malignant hypertension, 412
Malignant lymphoma, 502-503
Malignant melanoma, 512-513
Malignant plasmacytoma, 530-531
Malta fever, 136-137
Mantle zone lymphoma, 502
Maple syrup urine disease, 928t
Marfan syndrome, 928t
Marginal zone lymphoma, 502
Marie-Strmpell disease, 68-69
Mastitis, 510-511
Mastoiditis, 928t

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 945

Measles, 722-723
German, 720-721
incubation and duration of, 716t
Medullary sponge kidney, 929t
Megacolon, congenital, 370-371
Melanoma, malignant, 512-513
Mnires disease, 514-515
Meningitis, 516-517
Haemophilus influenzae, 334
lymphocytic, 500-501
Meningocele, 551i
Mercury poisoning, chronic, 923t
Mesothelioma, 84-85
Metabolic acidosis, 394
Metabolic syndrome, 518-519
Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus, 520-521
Midarm circumference, 557i
Migraine, 338-339
Miscarriage, 2-3
Missed abortion, 3
Mitral stenosis, 522-523
murmur of, 522i
Mitral valve insufficiency, 524-525
murmur of, 524i
Mitral valve prolapse, 526-527
Mongolism, 246-247
Moniliasis, 146-147, 146i
Monkeypox, 929t
Mononucleosis, infectious, 440-441, 926t
Morbilli, 716t, 722-723
Mosquito bites, preventing, 725, 913
Mosquito-borne encephalitis, 724-725
Motion sickness, 528-529
Mountain (tick) fever, 925t
Mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome, 458-459
Mucous colitis, 452-453
Multiple endocrine neoplasia, 929t
Multiple metabolic syndrome, 518-519
Multiple myeloma, 530-531
Multiple personality disorder, 926t
Multiple sclerosis, 532-533
Mumps, 534-535
parotid inflammation in, 535i
Murmurs
of aortic insufficiency, 75i
of aortic stenosis, 77i
of mitral insufficiency, 524i
of mitral stenosis, 522i
of tricuspid insufficiency, 842i
of tricuspid stenosis, 844i
Muscular aortic stenosis, 151t, 152-153, 152i
Muscular dystrophy, 536-537
Myalgic encephalomyelitis, 180-181

Myasthenia gravis, 538-539


Myelomatosis, 530-531
Myelomeningocele, 551i
Myocardial infarction, 540-541
Myocarditis, 542-543
Myomas, uterine, 866-867
Myxedema, 434

N
Near drowning, 544-545
Necrotizing fasciitis, 546-547
Neonatal jaundice, 390-391
Nephritis
acute infective tubulointerstitial, 14-15
acute tubulointerstitial, 20-21, 693
Nephrocarcinoma, 462-463, 462i
Nephrotic syndrome, 548-549
Neural tube defects, 550-551
spinal, 551i
Neurodermatitis, localized, 230t
Neurofibromatosis, 929t
Neurogenic bladder, 552-553
types of, 553t
Niacin, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Niacin deficiency, 890-893
Nocardiosis, 554-555, 929t
Non-Hodgkins lymphoma, 502-503
Nucleus pulposus, herniated, 362-363
Nummular dermatitis, 231t

O
Obesity, 556-557
abdominal, 519
anthropometric measurements in, 557i
body mass index in, 556
Obsessive-compulsive disorder, 558-559
Ocular larva migrans, 931t
Ocular toxoplasmosis, 830
Ohio Valley disease, 372-373
Ophthalmic ointment, applying, 121
Optic disk in glaucoma, 314i
Oral cancer, 560-561
Orbital cellulitis, 929t
Orchiopexy, 806
Orchitis, 267
Orthostatic vital signs, 752
Ortolanis sign, 233
Osgood-Schlatter disease, 562-563
Osler-Weber-Rendu disease, 358-359, 358i
Osteitis deformans, 584-585
Osteoarthritis, 564-565
signs of, 565i
Osteoblastoma, 124-125, 125t

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 945

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 946

Osteochondrosis, 562-563
Osteogenesis imperfecta, 566-567
Osteogenic sarcoma, 124, 125t
Osteomalacia, 568-569
Osteomyelitis, 570-571
Osteoporosis, 572-573
Osteosarcoma, 124-125, 125t
Otitis externa, 574-575
Otitis media, 576-577
Otosclerosis (otospongiosis), 578-579
Ovarian cancer, 580-581
Ovarian cysts, 582-583
follicular, 582i
multiple, 636-637

P
Pagets disease, 584-585
Pain syndrome, complex regional, 198-199, 199t
Pancreatic cancer, 586-587
Pancreatitis, 588-589
Panhypopituitarism, 430, 431
Panic disorder, 590-591
Paraesophageal hernia, 360
Parainfluenza, 929t
Paralysis, infantile, 632-633
Paranasal sinuses, 759i
Parkinsons disease, 592-593
Parosteal osteogenic sarcoma, 125t
Parotid inflammation, 535i
Parotitis, epidemic or infectious, 534-535
Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, 929t
Pataus syndrome, 848-849
Patellar reflex, testing, 401i
Patent ductus arteriosus, 594-595
Pediculosis, 596-597
types of, 597i
Pellagra, 890
Pelvic inflammatory disease, 598-599
Pelvic pain, causes of, 248
Penile cancer, 930t
Peptic ulcer, 600-601
Perforated eardrum, 576, 602-603
Pericarditis, 604-605
Peritonitis, 606-607
Pernicious anemia, 52-53
Pertussis, 608-609
pathogen in, 608i
Pharyngeal cancer, 560-561
Pharyngitis, 610-611
Pheochromocytoma, 612-613
Phosphorus, foods high in, 407
Pilonidal disease, 930t
Pituitary tumors, 614-615
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

946 Index

Pityriasis versicolor, 931t


Placental abruption, 4-5, 5i
Placenta previa, 616-617
types of, 617i
Plague, 618-619
carrier of, 619i
Plasma cell myeloma, 530-531
Pleural effusion, 620-621
Pleurisy (pleuritis), 622-623
Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia, 624-625
Pneumonia, 626-627
Haemophilus influenzae, 334
Pneumocystis carinii, 624-625
preventing, 627
Pneumothorax, 628-629
Poisoning, 630-631
lead, 476-477
mercury, 923t
preventing, 631
Poliomyelitis, 632-633
Polyarteritis, infantile, 458-459
Polyarteritis nodosa, 882
Polycystic kidney disease, 634-635
Polycystic ovary syndrome, 636-637
Polycythemia
secondary, 638-639
spurious, 772-773
Polycythemia (rubra) vera, 640-641
Polymyalgia rheumatica, 930t
Polyps
intestinal, 642-643
rectal, 930t
Popliteal aneurysm, 60-61
Porphyrias, 644-645
Poststreptococcal glomerulonephritis, 12-13, 316-317
Posttraumatic stress disorder, 646-647
Potassium, dietary sources of, 421
Precocious puberty, 648-649
Preeclampsia, 310-311
Pregnancy, ectopic, 252-253, 252i
Premenstrual syndrome, 650-651
Pressure ulcers, 652-653
stages of, 653i
Primaquine, 508, 509
Primary polycythemia, 640-641
Proctitis, 654-655
Prolactin deficiency, 430, 431
Prostate cancer, 656-657
Prostatic hyperplasia, benign, 112-113
Prostatitis, 658-659
Prostatodynia, 658, 659
Pruritus, essential, 230t
Pseudohemophilia, 906-907

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 947

Pseudomembranous enterocolitis, 660-661


Pseudopolycythemia, 772-773
Pseudoprecocious puberty, 648
Psoriasis, 662-663
Psoriasis vulgaris, 663
Ptosis, 664-665
recognizing, 665i
Puberty, precocious, 648-649
Pubic lice, 596, 597i
Puerperal infection, 930t
Pulmonary edema, 666-667
Pulmonary embolism, 668-669
Pulmonary hypertension, 670-671
Pulmonic insufficiency, 672-673
Pulmonic stenosis, 674-675
Pump failure, 750-751
Purpura
allergic, 30-31, 30i
idiopathic thrombocytopenic, 436-437
Purpuric lesions, 30i
Pustular psoriasis, 663
Pyelonephritis, acute, 14-15
Pyridoxine, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Pyridoxine deficiency, 890-892
Pyrimethamine, 508, 509

Q
Q fever, 676-677
Quinine, 508, 509

R
Rabies, 678-679
Radiation exposure, 680-681
Rape-trauma syndrome, 682-683
Rash-producing infections, incubation and duration of, 716t
Raynauds phenomenon, 684-685
Reactive arthritis, 686-687
Reactive polycythemia, 638-639
Rectal polyps, 930t
Rectal prolapse, 931t
Reflex sympathetic dystrophy, 198-199, 199t
Reiters syndrome, 686-687
Relapsing fever, 688-689, 926t
Relative polycythemia, 772-773
Renal calculi, 690-691
preventing, 691
variations in, 691i
Renal carcinoma, 462-463, 462i
Renal failure
acute, 692-693
chronic, 694-695
Respiratory acidosis, 696-697

Respiratory distress syndrome


acute or adult, 16-17
neonatal, 698-699
Respiratory failure, acute, 18-19
Respiratory syncytial virus infection, 700-701
Restrictive cardiomyopathy, 154-155
assessment findings in, 151t
pathophysiology of, 154i
Retinal detachment, 702-703
Retinitis pigmentosa, 931t
Retinopathies, vascular, 880-881
Reyes syndrome, 704-705
stages of treatment for, 705t
Rhabdomyolysis, 706-707
Rheumatic endocarditis, 924t
Rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease, 708-709
Rheumatoid arthritis, 710-711
classifying, 711
juvenile, 454-455
Rheumatoid spondylitis, 68-69
Rh incompatibility, 276-277
Rhinitis, allergic, 32-33
Rh isoimmunization, 276i
Rh system, 122
Riboflavin, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Riboflavin deficiency, 890-892
Rickets, 568-569, 896-897
bowlegs in, 896i
Riedels thyroiditis, 822
Right-sided heart failure, 208-209, 208i, 342
Ringed sideroblast, 57i
Robin sequence, 184, 185
Rocky Mountain spotted fever, 712-713
Rosacea, 714-715
Roseola infantum, 716-717
incubation and duration of, 716t
Rotavirus, 718-719
Roundworm infection, 86-87
Rubella, 720-721
incubation and duration of, 716t
Rubella vaccine, giving, 720
Rubeola, 722-723
incubation and duration of, 716t
Ruptured disk, 362-363
Ruptures. See Hernias.

S
Salmonella infection, 726-727
San Joaquin Valley fever, 192-193
Sarcoidosis, 728-729
Scabies, 730-731
cause and effect of, 730i
preventing, 731

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 947

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 948

Scarlet fever (scarlatina), 732-733


Schistosomal dermatitis, 735
Schistosomes, 734t
Schistosomiasis, 734-735
Schizophrenia, 736-737
Scleroderma, 738-739
Scoliosis, 740-741
testing for, 741i
Scurvy, 894-895
gums and legs in, 894i
Seborrheic dermatitis, 231t
Seizure disorder, 272-273
Sensorimotor nerve degeneration, 331
Septic abortion, 3
Septic arthritis, 742-743
Septic shock, 754-755
Severe acute respiratory syndrome, 744-745
Severe combined immunodeficiency disease, 746-747
Shigellosis, 748-749
Shingles, 366-367, 366i
Shock
cardiogenic, 750-751
electric, 254-255
hypovolemic, 752-753
septic, 754-755
Shock lung, 16-17
Sickle cell anemia, 54-55
Sickle cell retinopathy, 880-881
Sideroblastic anemia, 56-57
ringed sideroblast in, 57i
Silicosis, 756-757
Sin Nombre virus, 336i
Sinuses, paranasal, 759i
Sinusitis, 758-759
Sixth disease, 716-717, 716t
Sjgrens syndrome, 760-761
Skull fracture, 762-763
Skull in thalassemia major, 814i
Sleep apnea, 764-765
Sliding hiatal hernia, 360
Slipped disk, 362-363
Slit-lamp examination of eye, 460
Smallpox, 766-767
Spastic colon or colitis, 452-453
Spider bite, 446-447
Spina bifida, 550
Spina bifida occulta, 550, 551i
Spinal cord defects, 550
types of, 551i
Spinal injury, 768-769
Splenomegalic polycythemia, 640-641
Splenomegaly, causes of, 410
Sprains, 770-771
i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

948 Index

Sprue, celiac or nontropical, 160-161, 506, 924t


Spurious polycythemia, 772-773
Squamous cell carcinoma, 774-775
nodule in, 774i
St. Louis encephalitis, 724-725
Staphylococcus aureus
methicillin-resistant, 520-521
vancomycin intermediate-resistant, 870-871
Stasis dermatitis, 231t
Steatorrhea, idiopathic, 160-161
Stiff lung, 16-17
Stings, insect, 446-447
Stomatitis, 776-777
aphthous, 776i
Strains, 770-771
Streptococcus pneumoniae infection, drug-resistant,
778-779
Stress erythrocytosis or polycythemia, 772-773
Stroke, 780-781
Strongyloidiasis, 782-783
Subarachnoid hemorrhage, 784-785
Subdural hematoma, 786-787
Subluxations, 240-241
hip, 232i
Substance abuse and dependence, 788-789
Sudden infant death syndrome, 790-791
Suicide prevention guidelines, 505
Suppurative fasciitis, 546-547
Swimmers ear, 574-575
Swimmers itch, 735
Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone, 792-793
pathophysiology of, 793i
Syndrome X, 518-519
Synergistic necrotizing cellulitis, 546-547
Syphilis, 794-795
identifying, 795i
Systemic lupus erythematosus, 496, 497, 796-797
Systemic sclerosis, 738-739

T
Taeniasis (tapeworm disease), 798-799
Talipes, 188-189, 188i
Tay-Sachs disease, 800-801
Tears, drainage of, 226i
Telangiectasia, hereditary hemorrhagic, 358-359, 358i
Temporomandibular joint disease, 802-803
Tendinitis, 804-805
Tendons, 805i
Testicular cancer, 806-807
Testicular torsion, 808-809, 808i
Tetanus, 810-811
Tetralogy of Fallot, 812-813

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 949

Thalassemia, 814-815
skull changes in, 814i
Thiamine, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Thiamine deficiency, 890-892
Thoracic aortic aneurysm, 64-65
Threadworm infection, 782-783
Threatened abortion, 3
Throat abscess, 931t
Thromboangiitis obliterans, 138-139, 139i
Thrombocytopenia, 816-817
immunodeficiency with, 932t
Thrombocytopenic purpura, idiopathic, 436-437
Thrombophlebitis, 818-819
sites of, 818i
Thrush, 146i
Thymic hypoplasia or aplasia, congenital, 925t
Thyroid cancer, 820-821
Thyroiditis, 822-823
Thyroid-stimulating hormone deficiency, 430, 431
Thyrotoxicosis, 414-415
Tic douloureux, 846-847
Tick bite, 446-447
Tick fever, 688-689, 926t
Tilt test, 752
Tinea versicolor, 931t
Tobacco abuse, 824-825
Tonsillitis, 826-827
Tophi, gouty, 327i
Torulosis, 216-217
Toxic diffuse goiter, 414-415
Toxic shock syndrome, 828-829
Toxocariasis, 931t
Toxoplasmosis, 830-831
Tracheoesophageal fistula, 832-833
Trachoma, 931t
Transient ischemic attack, 834-835
Transposition of great arteries, 836-837
Transsexualism, 927t
Travelers diarrhea, preventing, 300
Trendelenburgs sign, 233
Triceps skinfold thickness, 557i
Trichinosis, 838-839
Trichomoniasis, 840-841
Tricuspid insufficiency, 842-843
murmur of, 842i
Tricuspid stenosis, 844-845
murmur of, 844i
Trigeminal nerve, 846i
Trigeminal neuralgia, 846-847
Trisomy 13 syndrome, 848-849
Trisomy 18 syndrome, 850-851
Trisomy 21 syndrome, 246-247
Trousseaus sign, 417i

Trypanosomiasis, American, 922t


Tuberculosis, 852-853
Tularemia, 854-855
Tumors. See also Cancer; specific type.
bone, 124-125, 125t
brain, 128-129
chromaffin, 612-613
pituitary, 614-615
renal, 462i
Turners syndrome, 464
Tympanic membrane rupture, 576, 602-603
Typhoid, bilious, 688-689, 926t

U
Ulcerative colitis, 856-857
Ulcers
peptic, 600-601
pressure, 652-653, 653i
Umbilical hernia, 445i
Uncinariasis, 376-377
Undulant fever, 136-137
Urinary tract, neuromuscular dysfunction of lower,
552-553, 553t
Urinary tract infection, lower, 858-859
Urticaria, 860-861
Uterine bleeding dysfunctional, 862-863
Uterine cancer, 864-865
Uterine leiomyomas, 866-867
Uveitis, 931t

V
Vagabond fever, 688-689, 926t
Vaginal cancer, 868-869
Vaginismus, 931t
Vaginitis, 908-909
Vagus nerve stimulation for epilepsy, 273
Valley fever, 192-193
Vancomycin intermediate-resistant Staphylococcus aureus,
870-871
Vancomycin-resistant enterococcus, 872-873
Vaquez-Osler disease, 640-641
Varicella, 874-875
incubation and duration of, 716t
Varicocele, 876-877
identifying, 876i
Varicose veins, 878-879
Variola, 766-767
Vascular hemophilia, 906-907
Vascular retinopathies, 880-881
diagnostic tests for, 881
Vasculitis, 882-883
Vasospastic arterial disease, 684-685
Venereal warts, 308-309, 308i

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

Index 949

9400_INDEX.qxd

8/2/12

4:19 PM

Page 950

Venous pathways of leg, 818i


Ventricular aneurysm, 66-67
Ventricular septal defect, 884-885
Verrucae. See Warts.
Vesicoureteral reflux, 886-887
Vestibular function, normal, 514
Vibrio parahaemolyticus food poisoning, 178
Viral encephalitis, 724-725
Viral hepatitis, 356-357
Viral pneumonia, 626
Visceral larva migrans, 931t
Vitamin A, foods containing, 888
Vitamin A deficiency, 888-889
Vitamin B complex, recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Vitamin B deficiency, 890-893
Vitamin B12
dietary sources of, 53
recommended daily allowance of, 891t
Vitamin B12 deficiency, 52-53, 890-892
Vitamin C, foods containing, 895
Vitamin C deficiency, 894-895
Vitamin D deficiency, 896-897, 896i
Vitamin E, foods containing, 898
Vitamin E deficiency, 898-899
Vitamin K, foods containing, 900
Vitamin K deficiency, 900-901
Vitiligo, 902-903
recognizing, 902i
Volvulus, 904-905
pathophysiology of, 904i
von Willebrands disease, 906-907
Vulvovaginitis, 908-909

W
Warts, 910-911
genital, 308-309, 308i
removing, 911i
Wasp sting, 446-447
West Nile encephalitis, 912-913
Wet or white lung, 16-17
Whiplash, 6-7, 7i
Whipples disease, 932t
Whooping cough, 608-609, 608i
Wilsons disease, 932t
Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, 932t

X
X-linked infantile hypogammaglobulinemia, 914-915

Y
Yellow jacket sting, 446-447
Yuppie flu, 180-181

i refers to an illustration; t refers to a table.

950 Index

Z
Zinc, foods containing, 916
Zinc deficiency, 916-917
Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, 506, 918-919

S-ar putea să vă placă și